Untitled - Smithsonian Institution

y" Is
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR
BTTLLETIN 25
NATIGK DIGTIOKARY
JAMES HAMMOND TRUMBULL
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1903

?FP 89 m-6

CONTENTS
Announcement
Introduction, liy Edward Everett Hale
'^'
Abbreviations
'^^
Natick-English vocabulary
-
- -
\
-^
English-Natick vocabulary .-
Additions and corrections
'
Page.
'"'•

ANNOUNCEMENT
III 1S7T the. United States Geogi'aphieal and Geological Survey of
the Rocky Mountain Region (J. W. Powell, Director) began the issue of
a series of ethnologic reports in quarto form under the title Contributions
to North American Ethnology. Several of the volumes were
printed under special authority conferred by Congressional resolu-
tions: and in March, 1881, the publication of volumes vi, vii, Aiir,
IX, and X of the series was authorized by the Congress through a
concurrent resolution. This authorization was superseded by the law
providing for the jjublic printing and binding and the distribution of
public documents, approved January 12, 189.5. Up to this time there
had been published eight volumes of Contributions (including one
bound in two parts), numbered i-vii and ix.
After the United States Geographical and Geological Surve}' of the
Rocky Mountain Region was merged in the United States Geological
Survey, the Congress made provision for continuing the ethnologic
researches and publications; and in conformity with this law the Bureau
of Ethnology was founded. The Director of the new Bureau (J. AV.
Powell) began the publication of annual reports in royal octavo form
with that for the fiscal j-ear 1879-80, and at the same time continued the
issue of the Contributions to North American Ethnology. Until 1895
the annual reports were specially authorized by the Congress, usually
through concurrent resolutions; since 1895 they have been issued under
authority of the public printing law. Of these reports nineteen have
been pulilished and othei-s are in press; the Fourteenth, Seventeeth,
Eighteenth, and Nineteenth are each in two parts or volumes.
In August, 1886, the Director of the Bureau was authorized by a
joint resolution of the Congress to begin the publication of a series of
bulletins, which were issued in octavo form; and in July, 1888, the
continuation of the series was authorized by a concurrent i-esolution.
When the public printing law was drafted this series was omitted, and
the issue terminated in 1891. Up to this time there had been published
twenty-four bulletins, each undrra spiMial title.

VI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNiJLOG?
Ill tlie law making appropriation for the ethnologic work, approved
June 4, 1897, the title was changcnl to "Ameriean Ethnology"; the
designation of the Bureau was inoditied conforinubly, and the Sixteentli
report (for lS94-'.t5, issued in 1807) and those of later date l)ear the
modified title. From 1895 to 1900 Init a single series was issued l)y
tiie Bureau of Ameriean Ethnology, viz, the annual reports.
In 1900 the Congress authorized the resumption of publication in
l)ulletin form by a concurrent resolution, adopted by the House of
Representatives on April 7 and ))y the Senate on April 27. This
resolution is as follows:
liesolved by the House of RepreHentaiires {the Senate concun-iiiij), Tliat tliere be i.T-intrd
at the Govermnent Printing; OflBce eight thousand copies of any iimtter furiiishuil liy
the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology relating to icsrarches and discov-
eries connected with the study of the American al>origincs, the same to be issued as
bulletins uniform with the annual rejjorts, one thousand tive hundred of which shall
be for the use of the Senate, three thousand for the use of the llcjnse of Representatives,
and three thousand five hundred for distribution by the Bureau.
rursuant to this authority the manuscript of the late Dr J. H.
Trumlmirs Js'utick-English and English-Xatick Dictionary was trans-
mitted to the Puolie Printer on May 1l'. 1'.»(H). wilh th(> ivcpiest that
the same be printed and l)Ound and issued as a IjuUetin imiform with
the annual reports of the Bureau of American P^thnology. The eom-
position was at once taken up; V)ut by reason of the teehni(uxl character
of the matter and unforeseen difficulties in proof reading, the issue of
tiiis initial numl)er of the new series lias been unexpectedly delayed.
It is a pleasure to ticknowledge the courtesy of tl»j American Anti-
quarian Society and of its president. Honorable Stephen Salisbury,
in intru.sting Dr Trumbuirs unique manuscripts to this Bureau: and
it is especially gratifying to express appreciation of the scholarly
interest and aid of Dr Edward Everett Hale, who not only efi'ected
the arrangement for publication but contributed an introduction
to the work. While this introduction was written from the stand-
point of the general literary student rather than the specialist in
Indian languages and characteristics, it pays a just tribute to the memory
of the eminent philologist whose latest, and perhaps greatest,
work was that of compiling and comparing the acompanying vocabu-
laries from the Eliot Bible. James Hammond Trumbull was 1)orn
in Stonington, Connecticut, December 20, 1821: he was a student
at Yale, and held important public offices in Hartford during the
l)eriod 1847-1861. He was an original meml)er of the American
Philological Association in 1869, and its president in 1874 and lS7o;
a member of the American Oriental Society, of the American Ethno-
logical Socii>ty, and of several other learned societies, including the
National Academv of Sciences. In 1873 he was chosen lecturer on

ANNOUNCEMENT VII
nati\ u hmguaoe.-. of Noith America at Yale Universitv, though faikire
of health soon compelled his resio)iation; and from Yale, Harvard,
and Columbia he was the reciijientof degrees in recog-nition of notable
reseai-ehes and publications. In addition to his linguistic knowledge
he possessed great learning and skill as a bibliographer. During his
later years he was a valued correspondent of the Bureau, and his wide
knowledge of both aboriginal tongues and l)ibliographic methods,
freely conveyed to the officers of the Bureau, proved of great service.
He died in Hartford, Connecticut, August 5, 1S07.
Dr Hale pays a merited tribute also to John Eliot, the pioneer student
of aboriginal languages in the New England region, pointing out
that Eliot was not merely a translator of the native tongues but an
original investigator of their structure. Naturally the opinions concerning
the aborigines and their languag-es based on the limited knowledge
of the middle of th(! seventeenth century were much less definite
than those resting on the numerous records extant at the beginning of
the nineteenth century; yet it is noteworthy that the early view of
Eliot, voiced by Dr Hale, as to the widespread grammatic corresjMndences
among the native tongues, possesses a meaning well worth
the interest of the pioneer student and his later interpreters. Truml)ull
and Hale. The place and date of John Eliot's J)irth are not recorded,
but he was baptized in Widford. Hertfordshire. England. August 5,
1604:. He matriculated at Cambridge in 1619, and took a degree in
1622: he subsequently took orders, and, accepting a call to Roxbury,
Massachusetts, emigrated in 1631. He remained at Roxbury in pas-
toral work throughout the remainder of his life: he died Mav 21,
WM. As indicated l)y Dr Hale, his enduring reputation rests chiefly
on his records of aboriginal languages; yet it would seem that he exer-
cised a still more important influence on his own and later generations
through his sympathetic eftorts to educate the tribesmen of New Eng-
land and to raise them toward the plane of self-respecting citizenship.
In this work, too, he was a pioneer; and undoul)tedly he did much to
prepare the minds of statesmen and philanthropists for the huinanitarian
views of primitive men which chai'acterize modern policies toward
the Nation's wards. Thus it is particularly fitting that Eliot, the pio-
neer in sympathetic and systematic study of the aborigines, no less
than Trumbull, the direct contributoi'. should receive from the Bureau
of American Ethnology ^uch honor as this publication may confer.
As has been noted l)y Dr Hale, the Trumbull manuscript and proof
passed through the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet and received the
benefit of his extended acquaintance with the native languages of the
Algonquian stock. The manuscript was not, however, edited crit-
ically; it was. on the other hand, aimed to pi'int the matter substan-
tially as it left the author's hands, with only those minor changes in

VIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHXOLOGY
punctuation, alphabetic ai'rangement, cro.sM refei'ences, etc., which the
author would necessarily have made had he lived to revise the copy;
and a list of abbreviations was prepared. Still, the task of proof
revision proved arduous, and much credit is due Mr F. W. Hodge,
who began, and Mr H. S. Wood, who completed, this work. Grateful
acknowledgment is made to ~Mv Wilberforce Eames, of the New
York Public Library, for aid in interpreting abbre\iations.
July lU, 19U2.

INTRODUCTION
Bv Edward E\'ekett Hale
Dr Trumbull's vocabularies constitute the most important contribution
to tlie scientitic study of Eliot's Indian Bilile which has V)een made
since that wonderful book was published.
To the prepai'ation of these vocabularies James Hammond Traml)ull
gave most of his time throughout the closing years of his diligent and
valuable life. The work was so nearly finished when he died that, as
the reader will see, it is clearly best to print it as he left it, and to leave
it to the careful students of the future for completion by such work as
he has made comparativelv easy. By her generous gift of the beau-
tiful tinished manuscript to the American Anticjuarian Society, his
widow, Mrs Sarah Robinson Trumbull, has made its immediate publication
possible. The officers of the society at once consulted Major
Powell, the Director of the Bureau of American Ethnology, as to the
best plan for its publication. The Bureau placed the uianuscript in
the hands of Dr Albert S. Gatschet, of the ethnologic staff; and the
book has had the great advantage of his extended acc^uaintance with
Algonquian languages as it passed thi'ough the press.
It is hoped that the l)ook will form the first volume in a series of
vocabularies of the native languages. Such a series, under such
supervision as the Bureau will give to the selection and editing of the
works contained in it, M-ill be of great value to students of language;
but it will contain no book more valuable in itself or more interesting
from its history than Dr Trumbull's Dictionaiw.
Even in circles of people who should be l)etter informed, we fre-
fjuently hear it .said that the Bible of Eliot is now nothing but a liter-
ary curiosity, and hardly that. Such an expression is unjust to Eliot's
good sense, and it is (juite untrue. Reverend J. A. Gilfillan, whose
work of education among the northern tribes is so remarkable, found
that his intelligent Chippewa companions were greatly interested in
the Bible of Eliot, and readily caught the analogies of the language
with their own when the system of spelling and of vocalization was
explained to them.
With great good sense, Eliot used the English letters with the
sounds which Englishmen oave tiiem. When the American Home

X BTTREAU OF AMERICAN ETH]Sr(.)LO«Y [bill. 25
Mifssionaiy Society tirst undertook its translations of the Bible, it
adopti'd. after some question, the vowel pronunciation of the Latin
nations. The wadtchu (mountain) of Eliot becomes in Mr. Sherman
Hall's translation uijiuii, the one letter >i being the onl_y letter which
is the .same in both words; 3'et both mean to express the same sound.
It seems now a great pity that the translators in our century did not
use in any way the diligent work of Eliot.
In the spring of 1S99 I 2)laced before a Chippewa boy in the Hamp-
ton (Virginia) school thirty words of the Massachusetts Indian lan-
guage. He recognized at once fifteen of them, giving to them their
full meaning; and with a little study he made out almost all of the
remainder. In the course of two and a half centuries the uses of
words ditfer as much among Indians as among white men, but it
would seem that they do not differ more.
Such careful study as Dr Trumbull and Duponceau and Pickering
and Heckewelder have given to the Algonquian languages shows
be_yond a doubt that John Eliot was one of the great philologists of
the world. His study of the remarkable grammatic construction of the
Indian languages proves to be scientitic and correct. The linguists
of the continent of Eurojie took it for granted, almost, that Eliot's
statements regarding the grammar of the Indian tribes could not
be true. It seemed to them impossible that languages so perfect in
their systems and so cai-efully precise in their adaptations of tho.se
.systems could maintain their integrity among tribes of savages who
had no system of writing. All study of these languages, however,
through the century which has just passed, has proved that the elab-
orate system of grammar was correctly described by Eliot, and, to the
surprise of European philologists, that it is fairly uniform through
many variations of dialect and vocabulary.
It is much to be regretted that a careless haliit of thougiit takes it
for granted tliat a good Indian word of one locality is a good Indian
word of another, and that names may lie transferred from North to
South or from South to North at the free will of an innkeeper or of a
poet. Such transfers of words, which in the beginning amount almost
to falsehood, cause more confusion and more as time goes by.
Mr Filling's valuable bibliography of the Algonquian languages
shows us that there are now existing fourteen complete copies of
Eliot's Bible in the first and second editions. Besides the complete
text we have the New Testament printed in a separate volume in 1061,
and in the Eliot Primer or Catechism, which has been reprinted in the
present generation, we have the Lord's Prayer and some texts from
the Bible, as well as a translation of the Apostles' Creed into the
Massachusetts language. The number of books printed as part of his
movement for the translation of the Scriptures and the conversion of
the Indians is nearlv fortv. For the use of all these books Dr Trum-

HALE] INTRODUCTION XI
bull's diftioiuiry will be of the veiy tir.st value. Is it perhaps just
possible that the publication of this book ma}'- awaken such attention
to the subject that some of Eliot's lost manuscripts may still be
discovered?
Of Eliot's place as a scholar and an educator Dv DeXormandie,
who now fills his pulpit in Roxbury, speaks in the highest terms. It
would seem that we owe to Eliot the establishment of the first proper
Sunday school in America, and perhajjs one may say in the English
realm. On October 0. 1674. the record of his church says:
Tliis day we restored our primitive practice for tlae training of our youtli. Fiist
our male youth, in fitting season, stay every Sabbatli after tlie evening exercise in
the public meeting house, where the elders will examine their remembrance that day
of any fit poynt of catechise. Secondly, that our female youth should meet in one
place (on Monday) where the elders may examine them on their remembrance of
yesterday about catechise and what else may be convenient.
"The care of the lambs," says Eliot, '" is one-third part of the, charge
over the works of God.'"
Dr DeNormaudie ascribes to Eliot the general establishment of
''grammar schools" among the institutions of Massachusetts. He
sa5's: '"One day all the neighboring churches were gathered in Boston
to ' consider bow the miscarriages which were among us might be jjre-
vented," Eliot exclaimed with great fei'vor, 'Lord, for our schools
everywhere among us! That our schools may flourish! That everj'
member of this assembly may go home and procure a good school to be
encouraged in the town where he lives! That before we die we may
be so happy as to .see a good school encouraged in every plantation in
the countr}'!'" Bj' "plantation" Eliot meant separate village.
Cotton Mather says: "God so pleased his endeavors that Roxbury
could not live quietly without si free school in the town." Roxbury was
the town of which P^liot was the minister. ""And the issue of it has been
one thing which has made me almost put the title of ' ScJtoln Illusfj'is''
upon that little nursery; that is, that Roxbury has afforded more
scholars, first for the college and then for the publick, than any town
of its bigness, or if I mistake not, of twice its liig-ness, in all New-
England."
John Eliot was quite willing to accejjt the responsibilities of making
laws and even a constitution for his " praying Indians." As he found
the; Indian tribes, government among them seemed at best absolutely
minimum; he was unable to perceive that they had any government.
Eliot made for them a working constitution for a democracy, on principles
which are so absolutely democratic that they frightened even
the Puritan emigrants around him, the coadjutors of Cromwell and
Sidney. Poor Eliot was even obliged to recall his words in a public
recantation. The democratic constitution which he wrote for his
people is well worth the study of an\' faithful student of government

ill BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bill. 25
today. On much the same plan were his settlements founded where
the colonies of " praj'ing Indians," with the government of the people
by the people and for the people, and with the o^'ersight of a l)ene\'o-
lent judge in Israel, were his coadjutors and pupils. It is, alas,
impossible to tell what would have been the outcome of this remarkable
experiment, for the outbreak of King Philip's war in the year
1GT.5 broke it up before it was fairly tested.
Eliot's first religious service among the Indians was on Octooer 28,
l(!-±

HALE] INTRODUCTION XIII
Englander. The Guy Head Iiidiiins, on Marthu.s Vineyard, a ln'ave
and spirited set of men, retained a knowledge of their own language
later perhaps than did any other of the Indians of southern New
England, but it has died out among them. In the eastern part of
Maine, however, the Passamaq noddy and ilicmac Indians, whose
range extends into the British provinces, still use their dialects of the
Algonquian stock. Vocabularies of the related dialect spoken l)y the
Abnakis, prepared by the faithful Catholic minister, Sebastian Rasles,
still exist; of these the most important was printed liy the American
Academy as edited by the distinguished scholar ]\lr John Pickering.
RoxBURT. Mass., July 19, 1901.
B. X. ]•:., I'.i-LL. 25 II

Abn.=Abnaki.
ABBKEVIATIONS
a

XVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Barton, Barton's Compar. Voc.=Bartou, Benjamin Smith. New viewa of the origin
of the tribes and nations of America. Philadelphia, 1797, 1798. Contains
comparative vocabulary of a number of Indian languages.
Beverley=Beverley, Robert. The history and present state of Virginia, in four
parts . . . III. The native Indians, their religion, laws, and customs, in
war and peace. London, 1705, 1722; Richmond, ISoo. References are to
the second edition.
Bloch=Bloch, Mark Elieser. Several works on ichthyology, 1782-1801.
Bonap.=Bonaparte, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent. American ornithology. Philadelphia,
1S25-33.
Bopp=Bopp, P'ranz. Comparative Grammar of the Sanscrit, Zend, Greek, Latin,
Lithuanian, Gothic, German, and Sclavonic languages. Translated from
the German [Berlin, 1833-52, 1857-61, 1868-71] by E. B. Eastwick.
London, 1845-50, 1856.
3 vols.
Brebeuf=Brebeuf, Jean de. Relation de ce qui a'est passe dans le pays des Hurons
en Tannee 1636. With Le Jeune, Paul, Relation de ce qui s'est passe en la
Novvelle France en I'ann^e 1636, Paris, 1637 ; in Relations des Jesuites, vol. i,
Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and allied documents . . . edited by
Reuben Gold Thwaites, vol. x, Cleveland, 1897. The Quebec edition was
the one used.
C, Cott., Cotton=Cotton, Josiah. Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick)
Indian language. In Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. ii, Cam-
bridge, 1830 (editedby John Pickering); issued separately, Cambridge, 1829.
Cald w. =Caldwell, Robert. Comparative grammar of the Dravidian or South Indian
family of languages. London, 1856.
Camp. =Cami)anius, Johan. Lutheri catechismus ofwersatt pa Americaji-Virginiske
spraket [followed by] Vocabularium Barbaro-Virgineorum. Stockholm,
1696. The vocabulary was reprinted with some additions in Campanius
Holm, Thomas, Kort beskrifning om provincien Nya Swerige uti America,
Stockholm, 1702. The latter work was translated as, A short descrijition
of the province of New Sweden . . . Translated . . . By Peter S. Du
Ponceau, in Penn.sylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. in, pt. 1, Philadel-
phia, 1834; issued separately, Philadelphia, 1834.
Cant. =Canticles (The song of Solomon).
Cass=Cass, Lewis. Remarks on the condition, character, and languages, of the
North American Indians. From the North American Review, no. i. [vol.
xxii], for January, 1826.
Catechismo Algonchino=Catechismo dei missionari cattolici in lingua algonchina,
pubblicato per cura di E. Teza. Pisa, 1872.
caus., causat.= causative.
cf. =confer, compare.
Chald.=Chaldaic, Chaldee.
Charlevoix =Charlevoix, Pierre Francois Xavier de. Histoire et description g^nerale
de la Nouvelle France, avec le journal historique d'un voyage fait par ordre
du roi dans I'Amerique Septentrionale. Paris, 1744; London, 1761, 1763;
Dublin, 1766. There are other editions not containing the linguistic
material.
Chey. =Cheyenne.
Chip. =Chippewa.
Gr. Trav. =Grand Traverse band.
Mack. =Mackinaw band.
Sag.=Saginaw band.
St Marys=St Marys band.
1 Chr.=The tirst book of the chronicles.

TRi'MBULL] ABBREVIATIO>fS SVII
2 Chr. =The second book of the chronii-les.
C. M., C. Math., C. Mather= Mather, Cotton.
Family religion excited and assisted. Indian headimj: Teashshinninneongane
jieantamooonk wogkouunumun kah anunumwontamun. Boston, 1714.
Notit. Ind.=Notitia Indiaruni, in India Christiana. A discourse, delivered unto
the Commissioners, for the propagation of the ( iospel among the American
Indians. Boston, 1721.
AVussukwhonk en Christianene asuh peantamwae Indianog, eti". Second (Me:
An epistle to the Christian Indians, etc. Boston, 1700, 1706.
Col. = The epistle of Paul to the Colossians.
comp. =compound.
compar. =eoniparative.
condit. =conditional.
conj. =conjunction.
Conn. Rec. =Public records of the colony of Connecticut. Vols, i-in, 1636-89,
edited by J. H. Trumbull; vols, iv-xv, 1689-1776, edited by C. J. Hoadly;
appendix, 1663-1710. Hartford, 1850-90.
constr. =construct state,
contract. =contracted form.
1 Cor. =The first epistle of Paul to the Corinthians.
2 Cor. =The second epistle of Paul to the Corinthian.*.
Cott., Cotton. SeeC.
Cotton, John. See Rawson; El. (I. P.).
Cuv.=Cuvier, Georges Leopold Chretien Frederic DagoViert, Baron. Several works
on zoology.
Dan.=The book of the prophet Daniel; Danish.
Danf. =Danforth, Samuel.
Masukkenukeeg matcheseaenvog wequetoog kah wuttooanatoog uppeyaonont
Christoh kah ne yeuyeu teanuk, etc. Trandaiion: Greatest sinners called and
encouraged to come to Christ, and that now, quickly, etc. Boston, 1698.
Oggus. Kutt. =The woful effects of drunkenness, etc. Address in Indian begins
on page 43 with the words "Oggussunash kuttooonkash." Boston, 1710.
Also a manuscript vocabulary of the Massachusetts language, in the library of
the Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston.
Daw.son=Dawson, Sir John AVilliam. Acadian geology. Fdinliurgh, 185."); ;Mon-
treal, 1860; London. lSt8.
Del.=Delaware.
derog. =derogatory.
Descr. X. Netherland, 1671. See Montanus.
Deut. =Deuteronomy.
De Vries=Vries, David Pietersz. de. Voyages from Holland to America, A. Ii. 1632
to 1644. . . Translated from the Dutch [Hoorn, 1655] . . . liy Henry C.
Murphy. New York, 1853; in Xew York Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol.
Ill, pt. 1, Xew York, 1857.
diet, ^dictionary. See Bar. ; Grav. ; Rasles.
dimin. =diminutive.
Duponceau=Duponceau, Peter Stephen.
Corresp. See Hkw.
Notes on El. Gr. See El.
east. =eastern.
Eccl., Eccles. =Ecclestiastes.
Edw.=Edwards, Jonathan. Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew
[Jlohegan] Indians . . . Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts
ami Sciences, and published at the request of the society. New Haven,

XVIII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bills
Ed \v. = Edwards, Jonathan—continued.
1788; London, 1788, 1789; New York, 1801; in llassacliusetts Historical Soc.
Coll., ser. 2, vol. x, Boston, 1823 (with notes by Pickering); in "Works of
Jonathan Edwards, with a memoir of his life and character, by Edward
Tryon (2 vols.), Hartford, 1842. References are to the edition of New-
Haven, 1788, ami that in the Ma.ssachusetts Historical Society Collections.
Egyi'- =Kgyptian.
El., Eliot=Eliot, John.
Bible=The holy Bible: containing the Old Testament and the New. Translated
into the Indian language, anil ordered to be printed by the Conmiissii>ners
of the United Colonies in New-England, at the charge and with the consent
of the CoriJoration in England. Second title: Mamusse wunneetupanatamwe
up-biblum God naneeswe nukkone testament kah wonk wusku testament,
etc. Cambridge, 1663 (also with Indian title only), 1685, (with Indian title
only). Eeferences are to the 1685 edition.
Cir., GBam. =The Indian grammar begun: or. An essay to liring the Indian language
into rules, for the help of such as desire to learn the same, etc. Camliridge,
1666; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. i.x, Boston,
1822 (with notes by P. S. Duponceau and an introduction and supplementary
observations by John Pickering); issued separately, Boston, 1822.
I. P., Ind. Prim.=Indiane primer asuh negonneyeuuk. Ne nashpe mukkiesog
w( ih tauog wunnamuhkuttee ogketanunmate Indiane unnontoowaouk. Kah
Meninnunk wutch mukkiesog. SmmiJ tith': The Indian primer; or The first
book. By which children may know truely to read the Indian language.
And Milk for babes. Boston, 1720, 1747. This is a revised edition, probably
by Experience Mayhew, of Eliot's Primer of 1654 (?), 1662, 1669, 1687(?),
printed with Rawson's translation of John Cotton's Spiritual milk for babes
(also somewhat revised). Parts of the edition of 1720 were reprinted in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. it, Cambridge, 1830.
Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. =Manitowompae pomantamoonk: sampwshanau
Christianoh uttoh woh an pomantog wussikkitteahonat God. Translation:
Godly living: directs a Christian how he may live to please God. Cam-
bridge, 1665, 1685.
N. T. =The New Testament of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ. Translateil
into the Indian language, and ordereil to be printed, etc. Sfcoml til/r: Wusku
wuttestamentum nul-lordumun Jesus Christ nuiipoquohwussuaeneuuum.
Cambridge, 1661 (also with Indian title only), 1680 (with Indian title only).
References are to the 1680 edition.
S. Q., Ramp. Quin., Samp. Quinnup. =Sarapwutteahae quinnuppekompauaenin
. . . mache wussukhiimun ut English-mane unnontCDwaonk nashpe . . .
Thomas Shephard, quinnuppeniimun en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe
. . . John Eliot. Kahnawhutcheutaiyeuongashoggussemeseontcheteauun
nashpe Grindal Rawson. Translation: The sincere convert . . . M'ritten in
J^nglish liy . . . Thomas Shepard, translated into Imlian by . . . John
Eliot. And in some places a little amended by Grindal RawS(.in. Cam-
bridge, l(i89.
Also several other translations.
E. M., Exp. Mayhew =Mayhew, Experience.
Mass. Ps.=Massachusee psalter: asuh, Ukkuttoohomaongash David weche
wunnaunchemookaonk ne ansukhogup John, ut Indiane kah Englishe
nei)atuhqnonkash, etc. Second title: The Massaohuset psalter: or, Psalms of
David with the Gospel according to John, in columns of Indian and EnglLsh,
etc. Boston, 1709.

TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XIX
E. M., Exp. Maylie\v = JIayhe\v, Experience—continued.
Xe kesukod Jehovali ke.ssehtunkup. Kekuttoohkaonk papaume kuhquttuniniooonk
kah nanawelitoonk ukkesukoduni Lord, etc. Second tillc: The day
which the Lord hath made. A discourse concerning the instituticui and
observation of tlie Lords-day, etc. Boston, 1707.
A manuscript letter to Honorable Paul Dudley on tlie Indian languafre of Connecticut
colony, 1722. Contains a translation of the Lord's prayer. When
E. M. alone is used this letter is referred to. It was printed in the New-
England Historical and Genealogical EegLster, vol. xx.xis, Boston, 1885
(communicated by John S. H. Fogg, M. D. ). Reprinted as follows:
Observations on the Indian language . . . Now published from the original
ms. by John S. H. Fogg, etc. Boston, 1884.
It is probable that the Indiane primer of 1720 and 1747 (see El., I. P.) was
revised liy JIayhew.
Engl. = English.
£ph. =The epistle of Paul to the Ephesians.
Esth. =The book of Esther.
Etch.=Etchemin.
Eth., Ethiop. =Etliiopian.
Ex.=Exodus.
Ezek.=The Ijook of tlie propliet Ezekiel.
fern. =feminine.
Forbes' Dahomey=Forbes, F. E. Dahomey and the Dahomans; two missions to
king of Dahomey in 1848-1850. 2 vols. London, 1851.
Force Tracts=Tracts and other papers relating principally to the origin, settlement,
and progress of the colonies in North America, from the discovery to the
year 1776. Collected by Peter Force. 4 vols. Washington, 1836-46.
Fr.= French.
freq. =frequentative.
Gal.=The epistle of Paul to the Galatians.
Gallatin =Gallatin, Albert.
A synopsis of the Indian triljes within the United States east of the Rocky
mountains, etc. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archwlogia .\niei'i-
cana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836.
Hale's Indians of north-west America, and vocabularies of North America; with
an introduction. In American Ethnological Soc. Trans., vol. ii, New York,
1848.
Gen. =Genesis.
gen. =genitive.
Gen. Reg. =New England historical and genealogical register. Publislied imder
the direction of the New England Historic Genealogical Society. Vols.
i-Lvi, Boston and Albany, 1847-1902.
Gerard's Herbal=Gerard, John. The herbal!, or Generall historic of jilantes.
London. 1597, 1633, 1636.
Germ. =German.
Gookin=Gookin, Daniel.
Historical account of the doings and sufferings of the Christian Indians of New
England. In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archa?ologia Americana)
vol. II, Cambridge, 1836.
Historical collections of the Indians in New England. In JIassachusetts His-
torical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. i, Boston, 1792, 1806.
Goth.=Gothic.
Gr.=Greek.
gr., gram.=grammar. See Bar., El., Howse, Maill.. Zeisb., and others.
,

XX BUREAU OF AMERICAIST ETHNOLOGY [BrLL.25
Grav.. ( ;ravier=(travier, James. A iiianusioript dictionary of the Illinois language,
belonging to Dr Trumbull.
Hab. = Habakkuk.
Hag.=Haggai.
Harmon = Harmon, Daniel Williams. A journal of voyages and travels in the inter-
iour of Xorth America, between the 47th and 58th degrees of north latitude,
extending from Montreal nearly to the Pacific ocean, etc. Andover, 1820.
Contains Cree linguistic material.
Hayclen=Hayden, Francis Vandever. Contributions to the ethnography and phil-
ology of the Indian tribes of the Missouri valley. In American Philosoj)h-
ical Soc. Trans., n. s., vol. xii, Philadelphia, 1863; printed separately, Phila-
delphia, 1862.
Heb.=Hebrew; The epi.'^tle i.if Paul to the Hebrews.
Hib. =Hiberno-Celtic.
Higginson = Higginson (or Higgeson), Francis. New Englands plantation; or, A
short and true description of the commodities and discommodities of that
country. -London, 1630; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol.
I, Boston, 1792, 1806; Force Tracts, vol. i, Washington, 18.36; Young, Alexander,
Chronicles of the first planters of the colony of Massachusetts bay,
Boston, 1846.
Hkw. = Heckewelder, John Gottlieb Ernestus.
Corap. Voc.=Comparative vocabulary uf Algonquin dialects. From Hecke-
welder's manuscripts in the collections of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia. Printed for the "Alcove of American Native Languages" in
Wellesley College library, by E. N. Horsford. Cambridge, 1887.
Corresp. =A correspondence between the Rev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem,
and Peter S. Duponceau, esq., etc. In American Philosophical Soc,
Trans, of the Historical and Literary Committee, vol. i, Philadelphia, 1819;
Pennsylvania Historical Soc. Mem., vol. xii, Philadelphia, 1876.
Hist. Ace. =An account of the history, manners, and customs of the Indian
nations, who once inhabited Pennsylvania and the neighbouring states. In
American Philosophical Soc, Trans, of the Historical and Literary Com-
mittee, vol. I, Philadelphia, 1819; printed separately Philadelphia, ISIS;
also in Pennsylvania. Historical Soc. Mem., vol. xii, Philadelphia, 1876.
Also manuscript vocabularies of Chippewa, Delaware, Mahicanni, Nanticoke, and
Shawanese languages, in the library of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, and .several other works containing Delaware linguistic
uiaterial.
Hos. = Hosea.
*
Howse=Howse, Joseph. A grammar of the Cree language, with which is coml.iined
an analysis of the Chippeway dialect. London, 1844, 1865.
i., intr., intrans. =intransitive.
i. e. =id est, that is.
111., Illin. = Illinois.
3IS Diet. See Grav.
imp. =impersonal.
imper., imperat. =imperative.
inan.=inanimate, inanimate object.
indef. =indetinite.
Ind. Laws, Indian Laws = The hatchets, to hew down the tree of sin, which ))eare the
fruit of death. Or, The laws, by which the magistrates are to punish offenses,
among the Indians, as well as among the English. Boston, 170.5.

TRUMBULL] ABBREVIATIONS XXI
Ind. Prim. See El.
infin.=infinitive.
inten.'^. =intensive.
interj. =interieotioii.
interrog. =interl•ogat^e.
intr., intrans. See i.
introii. =introdiiotion.
I. P. See El.
I.«. =The book of the prophet Isaiah.
J. =Jones, John, and Jones, Peter.
John=The Gospel according to St. John. Translated into the Chippeway
tongue by John Jones, and revised and corrected by Peter Jones, Indian
teachers. London, 1831; Boston, 1838 (with Indian and English title).
Also several other translations into Chippewa l)y both authors.
Jeff.=Jefferson, Thomas.
A vocabulary of the language of the Unquachog Indians, who constitute the
Pusspatock settlement in the town of Brookhaven, south side of Long island.
Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
Copy in the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
[Vocabulary of the Mohican, Long Island, and Shawnoe languages. ] In Gallatin,
A., Synopsis of Indian tribes, American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archa-o-
logia Americana), vol. ii, Cambridge, 1836.
Several other manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical Society.
Jer. =The book of the prophet Jeremiah.
John=The Gospel according to St John. For Chippewa Bible quotations see J.
Josh. =The book of Joshua.
Josselyn=Josselyn, John.
Ear., N. E. Rar.=New England's rarities discovered; in birds, beasts, fishes,
serpents, and plants of that country. London, 1672; Boston, 1865; in
American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archa?ologia Americana), vol. iv,
Boston, 1860.
Voy.= Account of two voyages to Xew England [1638, 1663]. London, 1674,
1675; Boston, 1865; in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. .S, v(jI. hi,
Cambridge, 1833.
Judd=Judd, Sylvester.
Gen. Reg. = Article on the fur trade on Connecticut river, in New England His-
torical and Genealogical Register, vol. xi, Boston, 1857.
Hadley, Hist, of Hadley= History of Hadley. Northampton, 1863.
Judg. =The book of judges.
1 K.=The first book of the kings.
2 K. =The second book of the kings.
K. A. See Osunk.
Keat., Keating=Keating, William Hypolitus. Narrative of an expedition to the
source of St. Peter's river, etc. 2 vols. Philadelphia, 1824; London, 1825.
Contains vocabularies of Sauk and Chippewa languages.
L. =Linn6 (or Linna?us). Karl von. Several works on botany.
Lah., Lahontan=Lahontan, Armand Louis de Delondarce, Baron dc. New vo3-ages
to North America, containing an account of the several nations of that vast
continent ... To which is added, a dictionary of the Algonkine language,
which is generally spoke in North America. 2 vols. London, 1703, 1735.
Various editions in French, Dutch, and German.
Lam.=The lamentations of Jeremiah.
Lat.=Latin.

XXII BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
1. c, loc. cit. =loco citato, in the place cited.
Lechford=Lecliford, Thomas. Plain dealing: or, News from New Englaml. London,
1642; Boston, 1867 (with introduction and notes by J. H. Truniljnlli; in
Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, Cambridge, 18.33.
Le Jeune=Le Jeune, Pere Paul.
Relation de ce qui s'est passe en la Novvelle France en I'annee 1634, etc. Paris,
1635; in Relations de Jesuites, vol. i, Quebec, 1858; The Jesuit relations and
allied documents . . . edited by Reuben Gold Thwaites, vols, vii-viii,
f'leveland, 1897. Quoted in Gallatin, A., Synopsis of tribes, American
Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Archa^ologia Americana), vol. n, Cambridge, 1836.
Lescarbot=Lescarbot, Marc. Histoire de la Nouvelle France, etc. Paris, 1609, 1611,
1612, 1618, 1866; London ( translated by P. E[rondelle] ), 1609, [1612?].
LeSueur=LeSueur, Charles Alexander. Several -works on zoology.
Lev. =Leviticus.
Lit., Litu.=Lituanian. Lithuanian.
loc. cit. See 1. e.
,Long=Long, John. Voyages and travels of an Indian interpreter and trailer . . .
To which is added a vocabulary of tlie Chijipeway language . . A list of
words in the Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux tongues, and a
table, shewing tlie analogy between the Algonkin and Chipi>eway languages.
London, 1791.
McK., McKenney=McKenney, Thomas Lorraine. Sketchesfif a tourto thelakes . . .
Also, a vocabulary of the Algic, or Chippeway language, formed in part, and
as far as it goes, upon the basis of one furnished l)y the Hon. .\l)iert (Jallaf'n.
Baltimore, 1827.
Mah.=Mahicanni, Mohegan.
Maill., Maillard=Maillard, Anthony S.
Grammar of the jMikma^iue language of Nova Scotia, edited from the manuscripts
of the Abb(5 Maillard l>y tlie Rev. Joseph M. Bellenger. New York, 1864.
.A.lso a numljer of manuscripts, preserved chiefly in the library of the Arch-
bishopric of Quebec, and several jmblished letters I'ontaining Micmac words.
Mai. =Malachi.
Man. Pom., Manit. Pom. See El.
Mar. Yin. Rec. = Manuscript deeds, etc., in the Imlian language of Massachusetts,
formerly in possession of Reverenrl 1). \V. Stevens, Vineyard Haven, ilartlias
Vineyard (?). Or, possibly, manuscript records of Marthas Vineyard
in the custody of the town clerk at Eiigartown, Massachusetts.
Martius=Martius, Karl Friedrich Philipp von. Beitriige zur ethnographie und
sprachenkunde Brasiliens. Wiirtersammlung bi-asilienischer sprachen.
Erlangen, 1863; Leipzig, 1867.
Ma'*on=>Iason, Maj. John. Brief history of the Pequot war. Boston, 1736; in
INIassaehusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 2, vol. viii, Boston, 1819 (with an
introduction by Thomas Prince).
Mass. = Massachusetts.
Mass. Hist. Coll. See M. H. C.
Mass. Ps., Mass. Psalter. See E. M.
Mather. See C. M.
Matt. =The Gospel according to St Matthew.
Mayhew. See E. M.
Megapolensis=Megapolensis, Johannes. A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in
New Netherland . . . Revised from the translation [from the Dutch, Alk-
maer [1644?], and Amsterdam, 1651 (in Hartgere, J., Be.schrijvinghe van
Virginia, Nieuw Nederlandt, Nieuw Engelandt, etc. )] in [Ebenezer] Haz-

TRiMBVLi.] abbrp:viations xxiii
Megapolengis=]\IeKai)nlensis, Johannes—continued.
ard's Historieal cciUection.s [Philadelphia, 1792], with an introdurtinii ami
notes, bj- John Ronieyn Brodhead. In New York Historical Soc. t'cilL, ser.
2, vol. Ill, part 1, New York, 18-57.
Menom. =Menomini.
Mex. =Mexican.
M. H. C, Mass. Hist. Coll. =Ci:)llection.s of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Ser.
1 (1 M. H. C), 10 vol.s., Boston, 1792-1809. Ser. 2 (2 M. H. C), 10 vols.,
Boston, 1814-1823. Ser. 3 (3 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston and Cambridge,
1825-1849. Ser. 4 (4 M. H. C), 10 vols., Boston, 1852-1871. Ser. 5, 10
vols., Boston, 1871-1888. Ser. 6, 10 vols., Boston, 1886-1899. Ser. 7, vols,
i-iii, Boston, 1900-1902.
Mic. =Micah.
Micm.=Micmac.
Mitch. =Mitchell, Samuel Latham. Several works on the fishes of New York.
mod.=modern.
Moh.=Mohecran.
Montagn. =!Montagnais.
Montanus=Montanus (van Bergen or van den Berg), Ariioldus. Description of
New Netherland. 1671. In Documentary history of the state of New York,
arranged . . , l>y E; B, O'Callaghan, vol, iv, Albany, 1851 (translated from
De nieuwe en onbekende weereld; of, Beschryving van America en't Zuid-
land, Amsterdam, 1671),
Morton, N. E. Canaan=Morton, Thomas. New English Canaan; r,r New Canaan, containing
an abstract of New England. Composed in three bookes. Amsterdam,
1637; Boston, 1883 (Publications of Prince Society) ; in Force Tracts,
vol. 11, Washington, 1838.
MS=manu8cript.
Muh. =Muhhekaneew, Mohegan.
mut.=mutual.
M. Y. Rec. See Mar. Vin. Rec.
n=noun.
n. agent., n. agentis=nomen agentis, noun (or name 1 of the agent.
Nah.=Nahum.
N. A. Review=North American review. Yols. i-ci.x.vv. Boston and New York,
181.5-1902.
Narr. =Narragansett, or, in citations from Roger Williams, more properly Cowweseuck
or Cowesit.
Nash, Men. See Rawson.
Nav. Col. =Navarrete, Martin Fernandez de. Coleccion de loa viages y descubri-
mientos, que hicieron por mar los Espaiioles desde fines del siglo xv, etc.
5 vols. Madrid, 1825-37.
neg., negat. =negative.
Neh,=Thebook of Nehemiah,
N. E. Plantation. See Higginson.
Nipni. =Nipmuc.
Norwood=Norwood, Col. Richard. Yoyage to Yirginia, 1649. In Churchill, Awnsham
and John, Collection of voyages and travels, London, 1732, 1744, 1746;
Force Tracts, vol. in, Washington, 1844; The Yirginia Historical Register,
vol. II, Richmond, 1849 (abridged).
Notit Ind. See C. M.
N. T.=New Testament. See El.
Num. = Numbers.
Nuttall=Nuttall, Thomas. The North American sylva. :; vols. Pliil;'delphia,
1842-49.

XXIV BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY bull. 25
N. Y. II. S. Coll.=Colleotions of the New York Historical Society. Ser. 1, 5 vols.,
New York, 1811-30. Ser. 2, 4 vols.. New York, 1841-59. Publication fund
ser., 2,7 vols., New York, 1868-94.
Obad.=Obadiah.
obj.=obiect, objective.
Oggus. Kutt. See Danf.
Ojib. =Ojibwa, Chippewa.
Onond. =Onondaf;a.
Osunk.=Osunkhirhine (or Wzokhilain), Peter Paul.
K. A. =Wobanaki kimzowi awighigan, P. P. Wzokilhain, kizitokw [Spelling
and reading book in the Penobscot dialect of the Abnaki language, includ-
ing a number of vocabularies, Indian and English], Boston, 1830.
Also several translations into Abnaki.
Palfrey=Palfrey, John Gorham. History of New England during the Stuart
dynasty. 5 vols. Boston and London, 1859-90.
part., particip. =partici[)le.
pass. = passive.
Peq. =Pequot.
pers.= person.
1 Pet.=The first general epistle of Peter.
2 Pet.=The second general epistle of Peter.
Phil.=The epistle of Paul to the Philippians.
Phileni.=The epistle of Paul to Philemon.
Phil. Tran.s See Winth.
Pickering= Pickering, John.
Introd. to El. Gr. See El.
Pier., Pierson=Pierson, Abraham. Some helps for the Indians, shewing them how
to improve their natural reason, to know the true God, and the true Christian
pl.=plural.
religion, etc. [Catechism in Quiripi]. Cambridge, 1658; Hartford, 1873
(from Connecticut Hi.storical Soc. Coll., vol. in; with an introduction bv
James HammonrI Trumbull); in Connecticut Historical Soc. Coll., vol. in,
Hartford, 1895.
poss. =possessive.
Powh.=Powhatan.
Prayer9= [Sergeant, Rer. John. ]
pres. =present.
pret. =preterit.
translateil into Mohegan], [Boston? 174-?]
prog. =progressive.
proh., prohib. =prohibitory.
Pro v. = Proverbs.
A morning jirayer [and a number of other prayers,
Ps. =The book of psalms.
Quinney = [Quinney, John.] The As.sembly's catecliism [in Mohegan]. Stock-
bridge, 1795. Contains also a translation

TRUMBULi,] ABBRKVIATIONS XXV
Rand=Kanil, Silas Tertius—continued.
Also many translations into IMicmac, an. See El.
Sansk. =Sanskrit.
Sax.=Saxon.
Say=Say, Thomas. Several works on .\merican zoology.
S. B. (Chip.) =James, Edwin. Ojibue spelling book. 2 parts. Boston, 1846. Ear-
lier editions (in one volume), Utica, 1833; Bo.ston, 183-5.
S. B. (Del.). SeeZeisb.
sc. =scilieet, namely, to wit.
Sch., Schoolcraft=Schoolcraft, Henry Rowe.
Ind. Tribes=Historical and statistical information, resj^ecting the history, con-
dition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States, etc. 6 parts.
Philadelphia, 1851-18.^7; 1860; 1884 (partial reprint; 2 vols. i.
Also sever.al other works containing Indian (chiefly Algonquian ) linguistic
material.

XXVI BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Shawn. = Shawnee.
sing. =singular.
Smith, Capt. J.=Smith, ^Viptaw John.
Descr. N. England, 1616=A description of New England; or, The observations
and discoveries of Captain John Smith, etc. London, 1616; Boston, 1865;
Birmingham, 1884 (in The English scholars library. Capt. John Smith . . .
Works. 1608-1631 . . . Edited by Edward Arber); in Massachusetts Historical
Soc. Coll., ser. ?,, vol. vi, Boston, 1837; Force Tracts, vol. ii, Wash-
ington, 1838.
Virginia, Hist, of Va. =The generall hi.storie of Virginia, New-England, and the
Summer isles, etc. London, 1621, 1626, 1627, 1631, 1632, 1705 ( in Harris, J.,
Collection of voyages, vol. i), 1812 (in Pinkerton, John, A general collection
of voyages and travels, vol. xiii); Richmond, 1819 (The trve travels . . .
of Captaine John Smith, etc., vol. ii) ; Birmingham, 1884 (.Arber edition;
see above).
1631:=Advertisements for the unexperienced planters of Xew England, etc.
London, 1631; Boston, 1865; Birmingham, 1884 (Arber edition; see above);
in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 3, vol. in, Boston, 1833.
Smith, Fishes of Mass. =Smith, Jerome Van Crowninshield. Natural history of the
S. Q. See El.
fishes of Massachusetts. Boston, 1833.
St., Stiles=Stiles, Ezra.
Peq. =A vocabulary of the Pequot, obtained b}' President Stiles in 1762 ... at
Groton, Conn. Manuscript in the library of Yale University. Copy in the
library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Narr. =A manuscript vocabulary obtained from a Narragansett Indian, Septem-
ber 6, 1769. In the library of Yale University.
Storer, Kept, on Fishes of Mass. =Storer, David Humphreys, and Peabody, William
Bourne Oliver. Report on the fishes, reptiles, and birds of Massachusetts.
Boston, 1839 (Report of Commissioners on the Zoological and Botanical Survey
of the State).
Stour. Misprint. See Storer.
Strachey=Strachey, William. The historie of travaile into Virginia Britannia, etc.
London, printed for the Hakluyt Society, 1849.
gubi.=subject.
suff. =suflfix, suffix form.
Sum.=Summerfield, John. Sketch of grammar of the Chippeway language, to
which is added a vocabulary of some of the most common words. By John
Summerfield, alias Sahgahjewagahbahweh. Cazenovia, 1834.
suppos. =suppo8itive.
Sw. =Swedish.
s. V. =sub voce, under the entry ; also same verse.
Syr. =Syriae.
t., trans. =transitive.
1 Thess. =The first epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians.
2 Thess. =The second epistle of Paul ' j the Thessalonians.
1 Tim.=The first epistle of Paul to Timothy.
2 Tim. =The second epistle of Paul to Timothy.
Tit. =The epistle of Paul to Titus.
Tocqueville=Tocquevi!le, Alexis Charles Henri C'lerel de. De la democratie en
Amerique. 2 v. Bruxelles, 1835. Several other editions.
trans. See t.
v.= verse. See also s. v.
v., vb. =verb.

.
TRUMBiLL] ABBREVIATIONS XXVII
vbl.= verbal, verbal noun.
Vespuciu8=Vespucci, Amerigo (Lat. Vegpiu'ius, Aniericus).
Nav. Col. =Navarrete, ilartin FernanSee Mar. Vin. Rec.
Virg. = Virginian.
voc. = vocabulary
Von Martins. 8ee Martins.
Watts' Cat. See Quinney.
Weber= Weber, Albrecht Friedrieh. Several works on East Indian language and
literature.
Webst., Webster= Webster, Noah. Dictionary ot the English language. Many edi-
tions and revisions.
White=White, Andrew. A relation of the colony of the lord baron of Baltimore, in
Maryland, near Virginia; a narrative of the voyage to Maryland, by Father
Andrew White, etc. In Force Tracts, vol. iv, Washington, 1846.
Williams. See R. W.
Wils. = Wilson, Alexander. Several works on American ornithology.
Winslow, Relation=W[inslow], E[dward]. Good nevves from New-England; or A
true relation of things very remarkable at the plantation of Plimoth, etc.
London, 1624; partly reprinted in Purchas, Samuel, His pilgrimes, vol. iv,
London, 1625; also in Massachusetts Historical Soc. Coll., ser. 1, vol. viii,
Boston, 1802, and ser. 2, vol. ix, Boston, 1822, 1832, and in Young, A.,
Chronicles of the Pilgrim fathers, Boston, 1841, 1844.
\Vinth = Winthorp (=Winthrop) [Adam?]. The description, culture, and use of
maiz. In Philosophical Transactions, no. 142, for December, January, and
February, 1678 [-79]. London, 1679.
Wood (N. E. )=Wood, William. New Englands prospect. A true, lively, and
experimentall description of that part of America, commonly called New
Englami, etc. London, 1634; 1635; 1639; 1764; Boston, 1865 (in Publica-
tions of Prince Society).
Wood (L. I. ), S. Wood=Wood, Silas. A sketch of the first settlement of the several
towns on Long island, with their political condition, to the end of the Amer-
ican revolution. Brooklyn, 1824; 1826; 1828; 1865.
Wun. Samp. See Rawson.
Zech. =Zechariah.
Zeisb. =Zeisberger, David.
Gr., Gram. = A grammar of the language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware
Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the author by Peter
Stephen Du Ponceau. With a preface and notes by the translator. Published
by order of the American Philosopnical Society in the third volume
of the new series of their Transactions. Philadelphia, 1827; in American
Philosophical Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. iii, Philadelphia, 1830.
S. B., Spelling Book=Essay of a Delaware-Indian and English spelling-book,
for the use of the schools of Christian Indians on Muskingum river. Phila-
delphia, 1776; reprinted with additions and omissions, Philadelphia, 1806.
A'oc. = Vocabularies by Zeisberger. From the collection of manuscrifits presented
by Judge Lane to Harvard University. Nos. 1 and 2. Printed for the
"Alcove of American Native Languages" in Wellesley College library, by
E. X. Horsford. Camliridge, 1887.
Also several translations into Delaware, and otlier works containing Delaware
hnguistic material.

XXYIII BUREAU OF AMKRICAK ETHNOLOGY [bull. 25
Zeph. =Zephaniah.
Zig. = (Germ.) Zigeuner, tfyiisy.
*In tlie Natick-English part this sign indicates tliat tlie words it precedes do not
Iselong to the Naticli dialect proper. In tlie English-Naticli part it apparently
indicates that the words it precedes represent ideas foreign to the aboriginal
thought. Its use seems to have been discontinued soon after the commencement
of this part of the dictionary. ,

N^ATICK-ENGLISH

*Abbainoclio. See *chepy; *Hobhamoco.
*abockqu6sin-asli (Narr. ), n. pi. 'the
iiiatf of the house' (with which the
wigwam was covered), R. W. See
(ijipii}t

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin' 25
adtashaii, v. t. an. he hides (himself, or
another), Jer. 23, 24; Lulie 1, 24; wut-
tdttash-uh, she hid them. Josh. 2, 4. See
adtahtou.
[Cree kdht-ow, he hides it; kdht-layoo,
he hides him. Abn. ne-kai'idaSan, ne-
kair-StaSaR, je le lui cache; ne-kaiidSn,
je cache cela.]
adtoail, adtauaii, attdaii, v. t. he acquires
possession of, makes his own;
(used by Eliot for) he buys; imperat.
adldash, buy thou (it), Jer. 32, 7, 8;
adldagk, buy ye, Is. 55, 1; suppos. 7ioh
adtdadt, . . . noh maguk, he who buys,
... he who sells. Is. 24, 2; adt mt»h-
dadtik, 'of great price', 1 Pet. 3, 4;
anoadtu rxibisash, she is of price above
[is W'Orth more than] rubies, Prov. 31,
10; vbl. n. adtodonk, purchasing, acquir-
ing, Jer. 32, 8; adj. and adv. adtu&e, of
or relating to purchase, Jer. 32, 11, 12,
16. Cf. oadtuhkau, he pays (him).
[Narr. kut-tattauam-ish aUke, I will
buy land of you. Abn. net-odai'iSe,
i'achete, je traite; net-atanman, j'achete
de lui; ataSeSangon, achat, traitement.
Cree at-dwdyoo [ahd-ahird, Chip.], he
exchanges, barters, Howse. Chiji. atd-
ineyidii, be sells (him). Bar.]
adtoekit, suppos. of hohtoekin (.?),sheis
) , ;
next in growth (?) ; noh adtoekit, she who
comes next, a 'second daughter', Job
42, 14. Cf. hohtdeu.
[Abn. Sd-^kanar, son frere cadet.]
adtonkqs, as n. a kinsman, or kinswoman;
pi. -sog; kadionkqs, 'thy cousin',
Luke 1, 36; nu tonkqs, ' my kinswoman '
Prov. 7, 4; vmdtunkqus-oh, ' her cousins '
Luke 1, 58; tvadionkqsin, a cousin, C.
One who is akin to or in some sense
belongs to another. Cf. adtoaii; oh-
lunk; iogquos (a twin).
[Narr. nafdricfe, my cousin; vatdnrk.'i,
a (his) cousin; wat-tonksUtuock (v . mut.
they are cousins. Abn. nnadangSs, pi.
-Sssak, mon cousin, sen le fils des pa-
rents de ma mere (dicit vir vel mulier)
nnadaiigSseseskSe [i>' dai'igmses (dimin.)
and squa (fern.)], ma cousine, la fllle
du parent de ma mfire (dicit vir);
nadai'igS, dit-on a la femme de son frfere,
dit le pere an mari de sa fille, etc. Cree
tdIik(io-iiiii)/oo, he is related to him.
Chip, nindaugci.ihi', my mother's liroth-
adtonkqs—continued.
er's daughter, or my father's sister's
daughter (dicit mulier).]
adtuhtag^, supjios. when (it was) in order,
or seasonable (?) ; irenaminneash, at
'the time of grapes', Num. 13, 20.
aetai, aeetaue, aeetawe, ehta'i, adv. at
lioth sides, Ezek. 47, 7, 12; Ex. 25, 19:
seep, on lx)th sides of the river,
Rev. 22, 2; ehtdi-kenag, sharp on both
sides, 'two-edged', Prov. 5, 4.
[Abn. eidaSiSi, ou epemaiSi, au liout,
aux deux bouts de quelque chose.]
agkemut, suppos.'of ogkemaii, v. t. an. he
counts. See ogkemdnat.
agqueneunkquok, suppos. as n., like-
iie.ss, resemblance, Deut. 4. 16, 17, 18.
See ogqvi; ogqueneunk.
SLgqvdt, Squt, suppos. of hogkco, he is
covered or clothed with, he wears (as
clothing) ; ne agquit, ne Aqnt, that which
he wears. Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Adv. agwee, for wear; 'to put on', Gen.
28, 20. See hogkco.
ag'ushau, v. t. he goes under (it)—for
shelter or concealment is implied—
2 Sam. 18, 9; pi. dgqshoog. Job 24, 8.
Cf. ogkmchin.
agTwe. See ogtcu.
ag-nronk, under a tree, 1 Sam. 31. 13.
From agiru and -tiiik, formative. See
mehtug.
ag^ini, agwe, ogvni, (it is) underneath,
below, Deut. 33, 27; Josh. 15, 19; Ex.
20, 4. The contracted form of ohkeiyeu,
e.irthward (El. Gr. 21); ohkeieu, C.
[Del. equiiri, Zei,«b.]
ahamaquesuuk ( ? I , ahamogq (supijos.
as n.), a needle, Mark 10, 25; Luke l-S-
25; ohhomaquesuuk, C. Adj. and adv.
-ogqueme, made by the needle, of
needlework, Judg. 15, 10. Ct.adhkeomm.
[Abn. tsatiiakS, aiguille pour faire des
nattes ou des raquettes; tmnkkandi,
aiguille francoise. ]
ahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it^. See
hahanehtniii.
ahanu, v. i. he laughs. See liahdnu.
ahaosukqueu. See hdsekoeu.
*a'liawgwut (Peq.), a bear, Stile-s.
ahcheu. See

TEUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
ahchevrontam— cuntinuecl.
injiitiimmk, nivet ye Itlie bes^t gifts),
1 Cur. 12, 31; imperat. of prohibition,
ahcheimntukon, thou shalt not covet, or
'desire' it, Deut. 5, 21; suppos. ahche-
wontog, he who is covetous; pi. -gig, the
covetous, Luke 16, 4. Vbl. n. tam-
oonk, coveting, covetousness, Hab. 2, 9
{ahhahchuwonk, Man. Pom. 86) . Cot-
ton has nut-ahchuueehteom (?) , I pro-
cure; nuttahdmelttea, I get (?).
ahchu, ahcheu, v. i. he is diligent,
makes effort, exerts himself (cf. adcArtii,
he hunts). Used by Eliot only
as an adverb, in the sense of diligently,
earnestly, exceedingly, very much, etc.
ahchu analcausuog, they ' had a mind to
work '
' (worked with a will '
, Neh. ) 4, 6
ahdiue taphekon (prohib. ), 'labor not to
comfort me', Is. 22, 4; ah

6 BFREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNULUtiY [Bri.LETIN 25
ahque—cuntiuuiMl.
able fc mil]; alujlnik [alKjuc-mkl, refrain
ye, Prov. 17, 14. Cf. vJiquae; vltqiie.
[Narr. aquie, leave off, do not ; (iquic
(issokish, be not foolish, R. W. 39, 41.
Quir. matta eakquino, it ceaseth not,
Pier.15,40. Cree"

ahtuk—cont i nued
.
(liyomp, ayimp, i:iiiiiini>, 'luirt', 'roe',
is Abn. dianhe, the male of Jeer or
deerkind, a buck. Narr. hiltiomp [kehteiyomp},
'a great buck'; and so, pau-
cottduwaw, -iciAwal, a buck. Del. ayapeii,
Zeisb. East. Chip, ayarbey awaskesh,
male deer, Long.
eiyompAemese, pi. -sog, 'young hart'.
Cant. 8, 14; 'young roes'. Cant. 4, 5;
dimin. of eiyomp.
qunnegk, pi. -gqudoy, -quoog, ' hind '
Gen. 49, 21; Cant. 2, 7; a doe, the female
deer. Narr. aunan, qunneke (the former
term corresponding to Abn. hi'rar, female
of deer-kind); qurmequ&wese, a
young doe.
mmsuog, 'fallow deer'. See 7«(»s.
ahtiishkouwau, pi. -waog, 'noble.s',
principal men, Num. 21, 18.
[Narr. alauskawauog, -kowaug, rulers,
lords. R. W. 120, 13.3.]
ahunou. See hmiiai'i.
*aiaiiiiau, v. t. an. he imitates (him);
nuitiamxdu, I imitate, C. See 6mt6h-
konaucmat; unneit.
*aianne, C. See eiydne.
*alontogkom.p, n. a knave, C.
a'i'jpauehteau, v. cans, he maketh
calm (inishittaihineuh, the storm), Ps.
107, 29. See imwipin.
ait, suppr>s. of ayett, q. v.
aiulikontOTwaonk. See auwakijntovAonk.
aiuskoiantam, v. i. he repents, is sorry;
iiut-aimkokirdam, I repent, Jer. 18, 10;
imperat. 2d sing, aiuxkoiantamaali, re-
pent thou, be sorry for, Acts 8, 22.
aiyomp, a buck. See ahtuk.
*akesu-og (Narr.), they are cnunting.
See ogkelamunat.
akodchu, v. i. he is ashamed; md-aknilj
(iiiit-dgkodcli, C. ), I am ashamed, Luke
16, 3; matia akodchuog, they were not
ashamed. Gen. 2, 25 (nut-dgkodchehlk-
qun, it ashameth me, C). Vbl. n.
-chumik, shame, Prov. 18, 13 [ogkodchuonk,
C. ). Caus. an. akodchehheau, he
shames (him), makes him ashamed;
ktd-a-kodchehhioog, thou puttest them to
shame, Ps. 44, 7. Imperat. 2d-!- 3d
pers. (ihque akodjheh, put me not tn
shame, Ps. 119, 31-
,
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
amaeii, amaei, v. i. he departs, goes
away, withdraws himself, Job 27, 21;
Gal. 2, 12 (without reference to the
mode or to the act of going, but simply
to the separation or removal of one per-
son or thing from another); imperat.
2d pers. sing, anidiih, depart, go away;
suppos. amdlt, amdiit, when he went
away; with an. obj. anidei'iau, he goes
away from him; amaeuoh, amayeoh,
he went away from him, Judg. 6, 21 (?),
more commonly, amaeJdauau, he departs
or goes away from (him), 1 Sam.
16, 14; imperat. 2d -f- 1st sing, amaeih-
tah, depart thou from me, Luke 5, 8;
suppos. part, aiiieldauont, when he de-
parts, when departing, from (him), Jer.
17, 5.
-Smag, -§,inaug, pi. dmagquag, n. gen.
for 'fish taken by the hook.' See
*mimaui.
[amakompau, v. i. he stands away;]
imperat. -paiiish, stand thou away, C.
amaoolikauau, V. t. an. he drives (him)
away; pi. -kauAog, they drive away.
Job 24, 3.
-g,maug. See -dmag.
amaunum, v. t. he takes (it) away. Job
20, 19; Judg. 8, 21; imperat. amaiwsh,
take thou (it) away, Prov. 25, 4. From
amdeu, with characteristic (-num) of
action by the hand. Cf. *aumai'd.
[Narr. amdtinsh, take it away.]
amaushau, v. i. he departs secretly or
with evil purpose, or the like; he 'slips
away', 1 Sam. 19, 10. From amAei'i,
with sh of derogation.
amayeuonk [^amaeuonkl, vbl. n. de-
parture, going away, 2 Tim. 4, 6.
*amisque [=un!(sg], Muh. a Vieaver,
Edw. Cf. titmmnnk, a name which was
apjilied properly only to the living
adult animal. (Abn. tevia'kSe, castor
vivant. ) Amisk, a generic name for
beaver-kind, has been retained in the
principal Algonquian dialects: Abn.
pepSn-emeskS, nipen-emeskS, winter
beaver, summer beaver; kemesks, great
Ijeaver, or beaver skin; alsimeskS (or
naiib-imeskS) , male, nSsemeskS (or skfmeskS),
female beaver. Cree umUk.
Chip. amU-. Hhawn. amixhwah. Miami
mahkwaw. Del. (Minsi) amochk, Zeisb.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
*amniiat, perhaps, it may be, C.
amomau, v. t. an. he warns (him); gives
(him) warning; pi. -&og, Ps. 19, 11;
kut-amm6moh, thou warnest him, Ezek.
5, 18; ii')il-am6mu}i., he warned him.
Acts 10, 22; suppos. amammtt, if he
warn, Ezek. 33, 3. Vbl. n. (pass. ) am6n-
tuonh, warning, Ezek. 33, 45.
^a'mucksh. (Peq. ), .n. a weasel, Stiles.
See *mns

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 9
anaquahaii—continued.
trade, v. 21 {unkesJielo, will you truck?
Wood). N. agentis anaqushaen; pi.
-cnuog, traders, 1 K. 10, 14.
[Narr. anaqushauog (they trade),
'traders'; mmumaqushauoij or mouna-
qushdnchici, 'chapmen ' ; anarjushento,
let us trade, R. W.]
anaskham, ^•. i. he digs, hoes, breaks
the earth, Luke 16, 3 {-hamun, as infin-
itive).
[Narr. anaskhommin, to hoe, or break
up; pi. anashk-homwog, they hoe. Abn.
Sdererke lumen, il le beche.]
*anaskig (Narr.), n. (a digging instrument,
) a hoe, pi. -ganash, R. W.
[Abn. arakih'igan.']
*anauclieniineash. ( Narr. , n. pi. acorns,
)
R. W. ; animchiiii, nut, pi. -minash, C.
[Del. wunachrjuim, Hkw. Abn. anes-
Icemen, pi. -nar, glands; anaskamesi,
chene qui porte des glands. ]
-ane, of the kind of, etc. See un)ie.
anea, adv. further, Luke 24, 28 [=o)!^-
koue (?)]. Cf. dnue, more than.
[Narr. e)iiii;k, further; n' neickomdsu,
a little further.]
*an6qus ( Narr. ) , n. the ground or striped
squirrel, or chipmunk (Taniiaslysteri).
Cf. annuneks (ant).
[Abn. anikwsens. Cf. Abn. naiinan-
kr.vum, il est linger.]
aneiiham, v. i. he has advantage, gains
[giies beyond, aneu-mm']. With inan.
obj. hamaiXaii, he profits or is profited
by (it); toh unne aneuhamau-un
wosketomp, what is a man profited, etc..
Matt. 16, 26; suppos. (t. inan.) aneuhamauadt,
if he gain (it), ibid.; suppos.
pass, or inan. subj. aneu-hamuk, what
is gained; pi. yeuus aneuhamug-hh,
these things are gained, Phil. 3, 7; nut-
tdniiwun, I overcome or conquer, C.
Ybl. n. aneu-mau&onk, gain, advantage,
profit; and pass, aneti-mdadtuonk, 1
Tim. 6, 6.
aneupae. See dntipde.
anin, anun, v. i. (1) it exceeds, goes beyond,
is more than. (2) it rots, corrupts.
From dnue, more, beyond, with the
formative of verbs of growth: it goes beyond,
exceeds (the good or normal);
with an. subj. aniimii, anunnco, he rot.s
('stinketh', .Tohn 11, 39), }>1. nninvug,
dniu, anun—continued.
'they are corrupt', Ps. 14, 1; Is. 50,
2; u-uskaniurii anil nt agive pnhqiwlikit,
'the seed is rotten tinder the clods ' , .Joel
1, 17; suppos. inan. ne aneilk, 'a cor-
rupt thing', Mai. 1, 14; 'rottenness',
Prov. 12, 4; suppos. an. noh unit, he
who is rotten or is corrupt; corrupted
or putrefied flesh or an. being (sometimes
used by Eliot for aneiik, after an
inan. substantive, as Prov. 10, 7 ) . VbL
n. annooonk, decay, rottenness, Pnjv. 14,
30; annunoooyik, rottenness (of flesh,
or an. obj.), putrefaction. Lev. 22, 2.5;
Job 17, 14; su^jpos. pass. (inan. subj.)
animnamuk, when it is rotted, rotten-
ness, Hos. 5, 12.
The primary signification, it will be
observed, is to exceed, to pass beyond;
hence noh unit, he who exceeds or goes
beyond (the natural, the common, or
the normal) designates any an. being
of supernatural, imcommon, or abnormal
qualities or powers; and with the
indef. prefix instead of the demonstrative,
m'anit (somebody or something
that exceeds), became the name of
supernatural lieing or agency, which is
usually translated ' Ciod '
[Del. alett, rotten, Zeisb.]
[Note —It was the intention of the com-
piler to rewrite the foregoing definition.]
aninnulika), it is a help or support
{-uhk marking continuance or permanence);
as n. a .support, 'a stay', 1 K.
10, 19.
aninnum, v. t. he gives (with the hand),
he hands (it), presents (it). From
annmnaiX (q. v. ), with the characteristic
(mim) of action of the hand. Imperat.
2d pi. aninnummk metsuonk, give ye
(them) food. Matt. 14, 16. With an.
2d obj. aninnumau, he gives (it) to
(him); imperat. 2d-|-lst sing, anin-
niiinrh. give thou (it) to me. Matt. 14,8
(aiiiNiiiimeli, help thou me, Ps. 22, 19;
38, 22; keti ununiimah, give thou me, C )
amnmimaii, he gives (him) assistance,
helps (him); -maiiaji mitlamwogsissoh,
he helped the woman. Rev. 12, 16;
kut-aninum-ousJi, I help thee. Is. 41, 10.
See annumaii.
[Narr. kut-dnnum-mi , will you help
nie?; (inuneina, help me.]
.
;

10 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BL'LLEIIN to
*anishaniog, )ilfish, C. fiee* jxiuffn-
anisheau. See diiKxsi'hlncdi.
-anit, ill i-oinpos. for iminit, iimnitto, q. v.
anitchewan, anutchuan lanuc-utrJiKo(i],
V. i. it overflows, flows abundantly,
Ps. 78, 16, 20. See dnnjide; dnuwulchii-
anittue, mlj. cornipteil; pi. -lugh, Ps.
Ss. 5; Prov. 25, 26. See oh m.
*anna, n. a shell, C. ; shell-fish. See hogki.
[Narr. (pi.) anuumick, shells. Abn.
fs, pi. ('ssrti, coquilles; ne.-manese, j'amasse
coquillage pour manger.]
*annachim, n. a nut, C; an acorn. See
*,n,d,irhnnnin,sh; mm.
anneganuhtuk, n. a fish spear. Job 41, 7.
annimmung'quot, n. a stench. Is. 3, 24;
liad i^niell (smell of corruption or
putridity, anni+ nmngquot, the forma-
tive of verbals of smelling, or emitting
Odnri.
annin. Sn- (imiini.
anninnoaonk, annun-, vlil. n. corrup-
tion. Job 17, 14; Lev. 22, 25.
annoke. See (nmhke.
annoOsu, annooosu, v. i. he hopes,
tru.-Jts, is hopeful, 1 Cor. 13, 7 {noh
axHudsu, C); imt-uimdiis, I hope, 2 Cor.
1, 13; suppos. annoosit, when, or if , he
hopes. Vbl. n. annddsuonk (annoaus-,
rtHHOOMS-, etc.), hoping; hope, expecta-
tion of good, Rom. 8, 24; Ps. 62, 5.
anno3, unnaii, v. t. an. he says to, tells
(him). See miruiit and cf. noodnat.
Pret. iinaiop, anmwop, he said to him,
he told him; ne dnim, what is commanded
(.said), Ex. 34, 11; suppos. noh
anotil, he who tells or says to, 'commands',
or directs; loh anont, -what he
commands (may command), 'his commandment',
Prov. 8, 29. With inan.
oil], annumau (q. v.), he gives (command)
to, commands (it) to (him).
In tile verse last cited three forms of
the primary verb occur in the suppos-
itive: anummaont, when he gave (his
decree) to; toll anotil, 'his commandment',
i. e. his commanding, word-
giving; Anmirodl, 'when he appoints',
commands (it).
Eliot's use of the several forms and
derivatives of this verli does not enable
us to distinguish tlieni accurately. The
anuoo, unnaii—continued.
primary signification of tlie rout is, per-
liaps, to send (cf. aiuicotam, rimKoimi'i);
to commission, to direct, to tell.
[Cf. Abn. iied-droi'i, j'ai coutume de
lui dire; arSs, fleche [i. e. a missile].
Del. allunm, go along; alluns, arrow,
liullet; allummahen, to throw; ptuk-
(ihiiis [round missile], bullet, Zeisb.]
anncDnaii, v. t. an. (1) he commands,
directs (him); nut-annam, I command
or tell (them), 1 K. 17, 4; suppos. nean-
nmiKMi, that which I command you,
Deut. 4, 2. (2) he hires, employs (him)
imt-aniimn-uk, he hires me, Judg. 18, 4;
suppos. iw)h annmnoiit, he who liires.
Matt. 20, 1; suppos. pass, aiinooni;, when
he is hired, Neh. 6, 1.3. (3) he sends
(him), Ex. 24, 5; nut-annmn, I send,
.Matt. 11, 10; imperat. 2d + 1st pars,
send thou to me, Is. 6, 8. N. agent.
annoaden, one who serves for hire, Ex.
12, 45; one sent, a messenger, Prov. 17,
1 1 ; anconnumaen, a commander. Is. 55, 4.
[Narr. (indce {= annd)s), hire him;
kat-avnmnsh, I hire you.]
annooosu. See uiinddm.
anncotag: (?), suppos. inan. (that which)
is ripe, or seasonable, Hos. 9, 10; Jer.
24, 2. Cf. adiuhtag; kesanoliteau.
annootam, v. t. inan. he sends (it), Lam.
1, 13; imper. 2d pi. -tammk, -teanimk,
send you, 2 Sam. 17, 16. Vbl. n. -teammonk,
a sending, a command, 2 John 4.
annumau, \-. t. an. (1) he gives word to,
coiiimanils ( him) : anakausiwiik ne nnu-
manoiil, the task which he (suppos.)
giveth (to them) to do, Eccles. 3, 10;
aniimaont, when he gives (to the sea)
his decree, Prov. 8, 29. See annco. Cf.
aninnum. (2) he helps, assists (him):
wiil-niiiiihiia-oh, he helped them. Acts
IS, 27; kut-annum-nnkqun, he helps us,
1 Sam. 7, 12.
annun, annin, \. i. he lays hrild of,
puts hands on, seizes; with au. obj.
annu (?). In either form the verb sig-
nifies to take hold of an an. object; in
the inan. form, to seize (him) by a i^art,
a limb, the dress, etc. (inan. obj.): iculaiiniili
viiii-iiiitchegan-it,he took her by
the hand, Mark 1, 31; kut-anneli, thou
boldest me up, Ps. 73, 23; inut-aiiiiun
iruivieet-iit, she t'autrht him bv the feet,
;

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIUNAKY 11
annun, annin—oontinued.
L'K.4, 27; iniperat. aiiin wussukqun-af,
take (him ) liy the tail, Ex. 4, 4; suppos.
noh anum-moh anunont wehtaiiog-iU, he
who a dog takes by his ears, Prov. 26, 17.
annuneks, n. an ant, pi. -sog, Prov. 6, 7;
30, 2-5. Cf. *anequs (Abn. anikoosess),
chipiiumk.
[Del.
(' /( 0'«, pismire, ant, Zeisb.
]\Iii(l. Abn. a?-;t-M',s, pismire.]
annunnooonk. See a)iniiniajoiik.
*aiinuonk, vlil. n. sneezing, C. Cf.*
iiiniii'jkiooid; 'siKirting', C.
anogku, v. i. he paints (beautifies?) him-
Sf If, 2 K. 9, 30 ; knt-aiiogkeiii, thou paintest
thyself, Ezek. 23, iO [nut-annogBnum, I
paint, C ) . (Vb. adj . an. anogkem, anog-
quesii, he is painted, appears fine.)
[Narr. (v. adj. an.) amakesu, he is
painted; pl. aunakesuck, they are
painted. Abn. eraghinansS, il le faut
matacher, peinturer, etc. ; ned-eraghr, je
me matache; hagS, il se matache.]
andg'qs, n. an. a star; pl. anogqsog, El.
Gr. 9; 1 Cor. 1.5, 41; Job 22, 12; 7Hi>-
hAnogkus [mishe anoggs, great star], the
morning or day star, 2 Pet. 1, 19. For
andgqusm, he appears, shows himself.
In distinction from the sun, which rises
or comes forth {])aspishau) and 'seta
(goes away, wayau), the stars appear
in their places wlien the absence of the
sun and moon makes them visible.
[Xarr. anockqus, pl. anocksiwk; mis-
hdunock, morning star. Chip, andng,
Bar.; (St Mary's) (ni-ooiip. Del. ardnck
(Camp. ) ; alaiik (Zeisb. ). Modern Abn.
,,1-nkw.s, K. A.]
anohke, annoke, n. ordure, dung, Job
20, 7; Zeph. 1, 17 {annohke, C.)
[Abn. arikkan, d'une odeur forte,
ciinnne de pourri.]
anonie, (it is) within, it is inside of, Neh.
6, 10; Ps. 122, 2: m nn6nu\ in the innermost
parts of, Prov. 26, 22, =en
anoomut, Prov. 18, 8; suppos. (or
locat.?) anomut, when it is within or
inside; 'adv. of place', within. El. Gr.
21 {unnommlyeu, adj. (?) within, C);
vmtt innom hog, the "inwards, entrails
(within his body) , Lev. 1, 9. In other
dialects the primary meaning of an&me
is 'telow', 'under'.
[Abn. aranmek, dessous; arai'tmo' k»'-
andme—continued
.
iiiek, sous I'arbre. Chip, (nnhn'tii or
andm' ,
under, underneath, below. Bar.
460 {pindjaii, pindf, in, within, inside
of ) . Del. allami, -iyeij, therein, in there,
Zeisb. Gr. 17.5.]
anoohom, v. t. he sings (a song); imperat.
2d pl. nnoahomcbk . . . ancohomaonk,
sing ye a song, Ps. 149, 1. With an.
2d obj. -homaii, he sings to (him); .sup-
pos. -Iiomont, when he sings, he singing,
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhomom. From
onro { (^r/iHw), he tells, and mm, he goes on
telling, he narrates.
anobhque, a defective or unipersonal
verb used as an adverb or auxiliary,
does not admit of exact translation. It
signifies, primarily, to correspond with,
to be like in form, degree, extent, dura-
tion, etc. (cf. ne-ane, to be like in kind,
of the same kind.) As an adv. it is
variously translated 'as much as', 'as
far as', 'as large as', 'in like manner',
etc. : ne anoohqui . . . ne noohque, as
much as, . . . so much, Rev. 18, 7;
Doh ne anoohque umt, he who so does
('hath so done this deed', 1 Cor. 5, 3);
vesahteagk ne anoohque kishkag, the
length of it corresponds with the
breadth, 2 Chr. 3, 8; suppos. inan. ne
anukkenuk, pasuk ne anukkenuk, 'of one
size', one in extent, 1 K. 6, 25. See
nogque.
[Narr. tou nnArkquaque, how big?; yb
c.nuckquaque, so far; dim. yd anurkqua-
7itt.se, so little way (hence); tounuckqna-
que, how far? Abn. enaSiSl, 'avec ressemblance
d'une chose a une autre'.]
anoDtail (?), v. i. he revengeth himself,
takes revenge, Nah. 1, 2; with an.
obj. -lawni, he takes revenge on ( him),
ibid. Vbl. n. anwiaonk, revenge, 2 Cor.
7, U.
ancotauwanshteunk, suppos. of -xhiili-
tenii, when he takes revenge (by blood )
anavengerof bloo.l. Num.35, 19, 21,24.
anODtauwanshuhteaen-in, n. agent, an
avenger, he who revenges (by blood);
anmto&n-, Rom. 13, 4.
-antam, the characteristic and forma-
tive of verbs expressing mental .-states
and activities. See an&ntam. [In the
Delaware, -elendam, in verbs which
"express a disposition, situation, or
operation of the mind", Zeisb. Gr. 89.]
;

12 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
antcDshau, \. i. he falls backward, vio-
lently "1- by mischance; pi. -0017, Is. 28,
]:-!. See oiitmnu.
anuchuwan. See anitchewan, it over-
flowf-.
anue, (it exceeds, surpasses) as adv.
'more, rather', El. Gr. 21; the sign of
the comparative degree: anue wumiegen,
(it is) better. Matt. 18, 8, 9; anue onk nen
(object. ), more than me, Matt. 10, 37.
[Quir. arwe, arche, artche, Pier.;
iirche mesl, the greatest, p. 40; arche,
'chiefly', p. 40; in compos, arwe, artretingiiot,
more noble; arwenungesee, more
excellent, p. 10; anii-l-Ulaintiiichdsko,
mostmerciful, p.41. l)cl. nllnuiui, ZeisVi.
and for the superl. degree Juhi, most.]
anuhkau, v. t. he is superior to, better
than, surpasses, Nah. 3, 8; »an hut ,
art thou better than?, Nah. 3, 6.
[Quir. arrookawah and arrmkawau.
Pier. 10.]
anlim, n. a dog; pi. anrlmwog. Matt. 7, 6
(Narr. ayim; Nipm. aliim; Quinnip.
artmi. El. Gr. 2; R. W. 107). From
annumau, he holds with his mouth
{annu-n, with -maii the characteristic of
action performed by the mouth ) . [The
Feq. ahteah (Abn. atie), is related to
adchu, he hunts. Cf. Engl, hound
(Gothic, hunda) and hunt.]
[Abn. atU, pi. at'iak; aremSs, -Sssak.
Peq. n'ahieah, (my) dog, Stiles. Etch.
(tllomoos. Del.allum. Chip. (St Mary's)
(in'emoosh; (Sag.) aw nee mmich, dog
( Sch. ) ; anim, ' mean dog , Bar. Miami
'
lain irali. Menoni. ali naim.'\
anumwussukup, -sikkup, -kuppe, n.
a willow tree, Ezek. 17, .5; Ls. 44, 4;
Jol) 40, 22 {-sukuppe, Mass. Ps.).
anun. See dnin.
anupae, aneu-, as adj. and adv. overflowing.
Is. 28, 18; with sokaiion, an
'overflowing shower', Ezek. 13, 13; noh
pish anupadto, 'he [it] .shall overfloM"',
Is. 8, 8. See anifcheiran.
anussehheau, anisheau, v. cans. an.
lie Cdrrupts, makes corrupt. From
anue, or anin (q. v.), it rots, becomes
corrupt, with -sh of derogation: Anusheaog
wuhhogkauJt, they corrupt them-
selves, Ex. 32, 7; suppos. 2d pi. dnis-
hedg, when you are corrupted, corrvipt
yourselves, Deut. 4, 24. With inan.
anussehheau, anisheau—continueii.
sulij. iinistniu, (it) corrupts (it), 1 Cor.
1.5, :«.
aniitchuan. See anitchetran.
anuwodt, as adv. too much, morejhan
enough, Ex. 36, 7, =dnue woh arJt, Ex.
36, .5.
anu'wutchuwan [==anuchxiwan'\ , it over-
flows, Ps. 78, 20. See anitchetcan.
anwohliou, u. a staff, 1 Sam. 17, 40; Is.
10, 15; pi. -lummash, 1 Sam. 17,43.
[Narr. wuttdnho, (his) staff. Abn.
ai'ihadehSn, bAton {ned'anhadehSi, je
m'appuie sur (quelque chose) en marchant).]
an-wohsin, v. i. he rests himself, takes
re.?t, Ex. 20, 11; 31, 17 [nutl'annuwos-
sumivehnuhhog, I rest myself, C. (bad)];
imperat. 2d pi. -sina)k, rest ye, Mark 6,
41; uttoh adt anwosik {anppos.) , whereon
he resteth, Job 24, 23. Vbl. n. -sindlink,
resting, rest, a resting place. Num. 10,
33.
[Abn. uriSessin, il se repose, aiant
travaillc.]
a(5hk8omOD[s], n. a hornet. Josh. 24, 12;
adhkfaummuit, bee, Ps. 118, 12 (but
'hornet' is transferred, Deut. 7, 20, and
'bces-og', Judg. 14, 8, etc.); ohkeom-
ma>s-og, bees, C. ; aohkeomuas, Mass. Ps.
Cf. ahdmafjuemuk (ohhomaqueguuk, C. ),
a needle or pin.
[Del. amoe, a bee, wasp, Zeisb.]
adhsuhqueau. See hosekdeu.
aongkoue. See ongkoue.
aooque, acohque ( ?), v. i. he is against, or
opposed; he is an adversary; hoivan
acoque, who is my adversary? Is. .50, 8;
suppos. noli ayeuqueuk, he who is ad-
verse, an adversary; pi. -queagig, Jfeh.
4, 11. See ayewhteau; ayeuuhkonau.
apehtunk. See appohtean, it remains or
rests in.
*apbine (Narr.), n. the thigh; pi. -mash.
See mehquau; mobpee.
[Chip. (St Mary's) bwaum; (Mack.)
Ihiii-ui, Sch. II, 458. Del. /'( uch poa me,
the middle of the thigh, Zeisb.]
appahquosu. See uppnliqudsu.
appappin, ah.p-, v. i. he sits upon (it);
uutiihpappin, she sits on it, Lev. 15, 20;
suppos. ne appapit, that whereon he
sits, Lev. 15, 22, 23, 26. Augm. of appin.
[Chi]), (t)ipahbeu-ln, a saddle. Sum.]

tkumbvll] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 13
appeh., ahpeh (-haii),n. a trap, a snare;
Is. 8, 14; 24, 17; Job 18, 10; pi. -hanog,
-heonog, 2 Sam. 22, 6; Job 22, 10.
From pahlieaii, it waits for ('!){n'uppaih,
I wait for him, Ps. 130, 5) . Cf. ohppeh.
[Narr. ape; pi. apJ/ia»a, traps; wusk-
iipehana, new traps. Cf. Oree appit,
'
tobacco bag ' . ]
appesettukqussin (? , he kneels; caus.-j-
)
hruli, he made them kneel. Gen. 24, 11;
(v. i. ) rest on their knees; to kneel on
his knees, 1 K. 8, .54; 2 Chr. 6, 13, etc.
appesetukqussin, (-un), v. act. intr. he
kneels, bows the knee; imperat. 2d pi.
ajipesetul-qusmncoi, bow the knee. Gen.
41, 43.
appin, n. a bed (a place to sit or rest on).
Lev. 15, 26; Is. 28, 20; vml-appin, his
bed. Cant. 3, 7 (as a verb, na wiU-appin,
he sits down there, Ruth 4, 1). See
appappin, dppu.
[Abn. thsdkSabSn, lit, eleve de terre;
apSn, lit qui ne Test pas. Chip.: "To
each person who is a member of the
lodge-family is assigned a fixed seat, or
habitual abiding place, which is called
abbinos." —Sch. ii, 63. Del. achpi ney,
a place to sleep on, Zeisb.]
appohteau, it remains or rests in.
[Note.—It was the intention of tlie com-
piler, judging from his reference under apf;fitu7ik,
to complete the definition of the term
appnhteau, but aside from a marginal note in
pencil no reference to it is made in the manu-
script.]
appcosu, apwosu, op-, v. i. he roasts,
bakes: pass, it (an. subj.) is roasted,
Prov. 12, 27; Is. 44, 16; 1 K. 19, 6
{apvdi»i, roasted; appmsish treyaug,
roast the meat, C. ). See ap^con.
[Del. achpussi, Zeisb.]
appu, V. i. (1) he sits; nut-a]}, I sit, Ezek.
28, 2; pi. appuog, they sit, Ps. 119, 3;
suppos. ken apean, thou that sittest, Jer.
22, 2. (2) he rests, remains, abides
{pevsi), Ps. 10, 8; 1 John 3, 14; im-
perat. apsh, pi. apek, apegk, Gen. 22, 5;
1 Sam. 19, 2; Matt. 10, 11; suppos. uoh
apit, he that abideth, who remains
(6 nsvoov), 2 John 9 (matta apei, 'he
is not at home,' Prov. 7, 19). (3) he
is, he continues to be, lives, in a state
where rest or inactivity is implied: toh
htldjiiu, where art thou? Gen. 3, 9: 7ia
k-utapph}, thou art there, Ps. 139, 8; im-
appu—continued,
perat. na apgh, 'lie there' (remain
there), Ex. 24, 12; cf. 1 Sam. 19, 3; .sup-
pos. ne apit, where he was, Ex. 20, 21;
pi. part, neg apitcheg, they whoare, were,
Ex. 7, 18, 21; Luke 5, 7; malta 2nsh nutdppu,
I shall not be. Job 7, 21. With
dppu (he is at rest, or inactive) cf. ayeu
(he is in place, posited), ahteau (he has
himself, or is in possession; habet, se
habet; see ohtauwiAl) ,
ussu (he acts, is
doing, agit),and unnixn, wut-iinniin (he
is such as, or of the sort of) : the verbs
by which Eliot translates, with .sufficient
accuracy, the substantive verb of exist-
ence.
[Narr. yo dppitch ewo, let him sit here;
mat-apeii, he is not at home. Abn. ned' -
dpi, je suis assis; 3d sing. apS. Cree,
dppu, (1) he sits; (2) he remains. Del.
vfdappiii, achpin, he is there in a par-
ticular place; suppos. epit, Zeisb. ; achpo,
he is at home, Zeisb.]
appuhquassumoD (?), n. a pillow; pi.
-mmunash, Ezek. 13, 18; uppuhquas»u-
mmun-it, on a pillow, JIark 4, 38. See
[Abn. pS'kSesimSn, coussin de tete;
p^kSesin iS, ai cela pour coussin.]
appuliquau, v. t. he puts over (it) as a
covering (e. g. of a floor, side, or roof)
he ceils (it) with: appuhquati anom.ukkomuk
mehtugquash, 'he covered the
walls on the inside with wood', 1 K.
6, 1.5.
appuhqudsu, appah-, v. i. he covers,
puts on that which covers; naslipe
cedar, he covers [the house] with cedar,
and, pass., it is covered, etc., 1 K. 7,3;
suppos. inan. ne dbuhquosik, its cover-
ing. Cant. 3, 10. Hence uppohquos,
obhohquos, aboliquos, n. a tent, the cov-
ering of a tent, a covert, Ex. 40, 19; Is.
4, 6.
[Narr. abockqudsinash (inan. ]>1.), the
mats with which the wigwam was cov-
ered. Chip. ali-p6k-we, covering for a
lodge.]
appuminneonash, n. pi. parched corn,
1 Sam. 17, 17; (up-) 2 Sam. 17, 28.
From apwdu, he bakes or roasts, and
min-neash, kernels or fruit.
[Narr. auptimmineanash, parched
corn; aHpihninta-naw-saumj), jiarched
;

14 BUREAU OF AMKKICAN ETHNOLOGY [BTLLETIN 25
appuminnednash—continued.
meal Ijoiled with water. Abn. abimin-
a'nnar, ble groule; nrd'abimme, ried^-
ofcimis?, jefaisgriller ilu ble d'Inde; j'en
groule.]
appunnonneonash, n. pi. 'parched
pulse', 2 Sam. 17, 28.
appuonk, vbl. ii. sitting, a seat, Rev. 4,
41 {iijiphonk, a chair, C).
apsin, V. t. he lie.s upon (it); suppos. ne
ii/isiil:, that whereon he lies. Lev. 15, 20.
*apwonnali, an oyster, C. See *oppone-
ufnihock.
apwosu, it is bake

ashkoshqui, -ki; oshkoski, (v. i. it is)
green; as adj. green, Ps. 37, 2; Jer. 17, 8
{n.

16 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bri.I.ETIN 25
askootasq—eontinueil.
[Narr. askutaj«/ii(i>sh, "their vine ap-
ple, which the English from them call
squashes, about the bigness of apples,
of several colors," R. W. Chip. (Gr.
Trav.) ashkehthmo, melon; (Saginaw)
esli-ke-tah-mo, Sch. n, 462. Shawn.
yeske'elahmdiket; melon [cf. ohhoskeidm
uk, C. supra] . Del. ehaskitamanh (pi. )
watermelon.'!, Zeisb.]
askuhhum, v. t. he waits (and watches)
for (it), pi. -humvng, John 5, 3; ira-
perat. 2d pi. -hinnaik. watch ye (it "I,
Ezra 8, 29.
askuhwheteau, v. i. he keeps watch,
watches, 1 Sam. 4, 1.3; nut-askuhvheteam
(-askwHeam, Ps. 102, 7), I watch;
imper. 2d pi. -ieagk, watch ye, Mark 13,
35, 37. Adj. and adv. -leae, of watch-
ing (with komuk, a watch tower), Is.
21, 5. Vbl. n. -leaonk, watching, a
watch. N. agent, -leaen, a watchman,
Ps. 90, 4; Judg. 7, 19.
*askun (Xarr. ), it is raw. See aske.
askunkq, askkuhnk, n. a green tree,
Ezek. 17, 24; 20. 47; cf. kishkunk; mus-
smunk.
askuwhekonali, v. t. an. (with charac-
teristic of continued action )
he habitu-
ally watches or is a spy upon (him).
asookekodte3,inoo, v. i. he is a de-
ceiver, (habitually) deceives; suppos.
noh asaokekodteamwil, he who deceives,
Job 12, 16. {nut-assaokekodteam, I
cheat, C. ) Vbl. n. -ammonk, -aumuonk,
deceiving, deceit, craft. N. agent.
-ammen, a deceiver, one who is crafty,
Job 5, 12; 15, 5.
me.]
[Xarr. kuti axsokakdmme, you deceive
ascDkekomaii, v. t. an. he deceives,
cht-ats I him), John 7, 12; suppos.
null a.idjkfkuinoni, he who deceives
(another), Prov. 26, 19; pass, noh
a.saokekomil, he who is deceived, Job
12, 16.
asootu, V. i. he is foolish, ignorant, sim-
ple, Prov. 14, 15, 18; 17, 7; pi. -iiog,
Is. 56, 10. Vbl. n. ascotuonk, folly.
[Narr. assdiu and assSko, a fool. Abu.
azSgSaiigan, folie; (isSghi, il est fou, il
n'a point d'esprit.]
aspuhquaeii. See ushpuhquaeii.
,
asq, ashq, asquam, not yet, before that,
Jer. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 3, 7; Luke 22, 34.
(Apposed to dnue, further, more than.
It is the base of aske, *riRkun, it is raw
or not prepared for food: ashkoshki,
green; nniKke, young, new. In compo-
sition it serves as the n. generic for
whatever is eaten or otherwise used
when green or immature; not yet ripe;
pi. i(.ifjuml(, whence our 'squash.' See
askwlfisq.
[Narr. atiqucnn, not yet; ax pumnuwi,
he is not gone by; fiKkfoi, it is raw.
Abn. cskilami'k Sa'saSe, melon d'eau,
qu'on ne fait pas cuire. Micm. echl:,
lorsque, pendant que; echkSmenahh, au-
paravant. Cree numma cskva, not yet.
Del. esquo, esquota, not yet, Zeisb. 111.
escSa, not yet.]
*asqliuttooch.e, whilst, C*. =asq-utlfoclie.
assa[au(?)], v. i. to tuni back: matta
niil-ii>ii]>, I did not turn back, Is.
50, 5. See assoushaii.
[Chip, nind ajeta, '1 draw (move)
backwards,' Bar.]
assamau, v. t. an. he feeds (him), gives
(him) to eat, Ps. 136, 25; imperat.
2d pi. ossammk, feed ye (the flock),
Zech. 11, 4; 2d -(-1st sing, aggameh, give
me to eat; sohkomau [== assohkomau'],
he goes on feeding, habituall)' feeds
or provides food for (him); nus-sohkomon
(suppos. when) I feed (the flock),
Zech. 11, 7; imperat. 2d sing, solikom-
mcDS niit-shepsemesog, feed my lambs,
John 21, 15. From assamau, with char-
acteristic (ohk) of continued action.
[Narr. assdmme, give me to eat. Abn.
ned'n'samaii, je lui donne a manger;
ned'a'sar, je donne a manger. Micm.
eshemSey, je donne a manger. Cree
Asgamayoo, he gives him food; dssamissoo,
he gives himself food, serves him-
self.]
assau. See fiA

TRrMBl'I.I.J NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 17
assishquttauaog'—continut'il.
ptarfi in the l.ielt of Orion, and this if'
nicire prohalily correct, the name .signifying
'three fires', or a long wigwam
in which there are three fires; shvAsh-
cuttow, JR. \V. 47, 80. See (Xarr.) chiji-
jit'tp'iock under chipappn.
assoeposu, os-, v. i. he .slides or slips
harkward, Ho.s. 4, lii.
assompamukquodt, asamp-, (suppos.
where he hides, ) n. a hiding-place, a
place of concealment: hit, 'in a
secret place,' 1 Sam. 19, 2; Jer. 2.3, 24;
'in a den,' Heb. 11, 38. Adj. and adv.
nxsompamuigue: . ayeuonh, hiding
])lace, covert. Is. 32, 2.
[Abn. .vMSaiigan, cache, espece
d'arnioire dans un arbre, etc.]
assdushaii, v. i. he goes backward; nut-
amiusliam, I go backward. Job 2.3, 8;
hit-, thougoeth backward, Jer. 1.5, 6; as-
soiUhaog, they go backward, Jer. 7, 24
{asxulishaog, John 18, 6).
[Cree assiche, backward. Abn. ase-
'taiiiSl, d'une fafon directement op-
jjosee; ned-ase'tai'ise, je niarche a reeu-
Ions.]
a'ESOwnch. See *ausouiicli.
assootamooonk, n. a kingdom, Dan. 7,
27; Obad. 21; =^tahsa>ta)»a>onk, q. v.
C"f. ketrissmt.
assuhshaii. f^fefissiiiUliaii, he goes back-
ward.
assun. See hassun, a stone.
assunekoaz. See assinnekoiis.
asuh, conj. disj. or (El. Gr. 22); a»uhmal,
nor. Gen. 21, 23; Matt. 5, 34, 3.5. Its
primary meaning is 'after' or 'behind.'
Perhajjs related to neese, two.
[Cree ache, Ache, else, other, alias;
iyiih. or. Chip. ishl-wA-, in comp.
'after, or the end of something';
ajavyiH, behind. Del. schi, schita, or,
Zei,-1..]
asuhkaiiaii, v. t. an. he goes after ( him)
j)nrsnes, follows, Deut. 1, 36; pi. -biii-
dog; imperat. pi. asuhhek, follow nie,
1 Cor. 4, 16; suppos. noli asukiil, he
who follows, comes after, Eccl. 2, 18.
Witli inan. subj. amlikoiii, he goes after
(it); jil. asuhkomvog, Jer. 2, 8.
asuhkaue, (it comes) after; as prep, and
adv. after; ni'gonne onk neii . . . amihhnie
onk rien, before me . . . after me,
B. A. E., Bull. 2.5 2
,
asuhkaue—continued.
Is. 4.3, 10. From iisii.h and an, with
characteristic of continuing action or
jirogres.' (-'^').
asumungquodt, ussu-, it smells of, has
the smell or odor of; pi. inan. -quodtash,
they smell of, Ps. 45, 8; suppos. iie
asiiimingquolc, what it smells of, its
smell or odor. Cant. 4, 10; 7, 8; with an.
subj. viit-is»umungqussu, he smells of.
Vbl. n. -qussuonk, his smell; manonlemi
lie osumungqiiok hogkmonk, 'he smelled
the smell of his raiment,' Gen. 27, 27.
Cf. matchenninguot, weetimungquot.
at. See a,Jt.
*atauntowasli (Narr.), imi^er. 2d sing,
clinil) (it); ril'auntawem, I climb. See
U'litlontai'iaii.
*atauskawaw ( Xarr. ) , pi. -vd nog, -u'ciug,
lords, rulers, R. AV. See ahti'islikouiraii.
*attaboaii (Quir. ) , to pray. Pier. 59 ; attubhomurunk,
prayer, ibid. 58, 59.
*attitaash (Narr. ), n. pi. 'hurtle-ber-
ries, of which there are divers sorts,
sweet like currants,' R. W. 91. See
saut&iithig.
[Abn. sa'tar, bluets frais, sans etre
sees (sing, m'te); lorsqu'ils sont sees,
sikisa'tar {afsitar, les fruits sont murs;
bons a manger). Narr. sautaash, 'are
these currants [these berries are] dried
by the natives.']
attdaii. See ndtuaii.
attuk. See ahtuk, a deer.
attumunnum, v. t. he receives (it);
takes, as his own, from another; lit.
takes in his hand {-nnwn), Gen. 26, 12;
suppos. noh altumunuk, he who re-
ceiveth, Prov. 29, 4; pass. inan. ne attumimvmuk,
that which is received,
2 K. 5, 26. With an. 2d obj. attumunmmmiiau,
he receives (it) from (him).
[Cree ootinum, he takes it.]
aU, Su, V. i. he goes thither (to or toward
a person or place); opposed to
vmm, mm, he goes thence (from a person
or place), Geiv. 26, 1; 3.3, 17; Ex.
4, 18 {aiii, he is gone, Prov. 7, 19); pi.
auog ('they journeyed', i. e. went on
their way. Gen. 35, 5), Hos. 7, 11; im-
perat. 2d sing, uush; Igt pi. ofttuh {otuh,
aonotuh, Mass. Ps. ), let us go to; 2d pi.
ongq, go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16; sup-
pos. v.ttoh ai/6i (adi, JIass. Ps. ), ^\hither

18 BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [El'LLETIN 25
aii, au— contimu-tl.
1 (luiiy) jju, John 14, 4; may ne ayui,
the way in which I go, Job 23, 10 (but
a(5dri, as 1 go, as I went to, Acts 20, 12;
6&n uUoh woh dot, going whither I may
go, 2 Sam. 15, 20; ai'wn, if I go to, Ps.
139, 8); toh dijdan, where thou goest;
ne aydan, 'in thy way', as thou goest,
Ex. 23, 20; suppos. 3fl sing, and part.
ayont {aiont, a6nt), when he goes, he
going, Jer. 41, 6; John 12, 35; 2d pi.
a6(')y, when you go, Deut. 4, 5; 11, 8;
3d pi. ne aahettit, 'as they went', when
they were going, Luke 10, 38 (with
inan. subj. auoma; uttoh auomm-uk,
'whither it goeth', Mass. Ps., John 3,
8). From the root of this verb is
formed, by prefixing »*' (preteritive?),
m'ai, may, a path; i. e. where there has
been going (old Engl. gang).
aii or vwin was used when going to
or from a place which was spoken of
without reference to the locality of the
speaker; peyaii (he comes) and monehii
(he goes) to or from the place of the
speaker, or in which the speaker assumes
to be; antAeii, he absents him-
self, takes himself away, without refer-
ence to the act of going.
[Narr. yd kult duiian, go (you) that
way; yd ai'inta, let us go that way.
Chip, nind-ezhah, I go (John 11, 11);
pret. keezhdh, he went to (2, 12); sup-
pos. azit&hyou, whither I go (8, 14; 14,
4); azhahwahnan, whither thou goest
(14, 5). Abn. nemaii neda, je vas 14;
nemanlsi, je vas, je m'en vas. Del. eu
or waeu, he goes (thither, to a place);
sttppos. aane, if I go; ate, if he goes;
part, eyat, going; iraperat. oak; go ye.]
*aucup (Narr.), a little cove, or creek,
R. \V. See kuppi.
audchaonk. See adchai'i.
audta. See autah.
*auhaqut ( Narr. ) , a mantle. See hoiikai.
*aukeeteamitch (Narr.), spring or seedtime,
K.W. m.
*aumanep (Narr.), a fishing line, pi.
-napea.'ili, R. W. 104.
[Del. a ma na lac, Zeisb.]
*auniaui (Narr.), he is fishing, 'is gone
to fish'; pi. aumauog, they fish; nt au-
vu-n, I am fishing; suppos. pi. aumacli-
ick (omdcheg. El.), they who fi.sh, fishermen.
(N. agent. 6maen, pi. -e.nuog,
*aumaui—continued.
fishermen. El.) This verb signifies to
fish with hook and line. It is not used
by Eliot except in the participial 6ma-
chey, and the derived n. agent. (Cf.
naiktmdgquam, I go a fishing.) Its
base is 6m (awn), a fishhook (Matt.
17, 27), primarily a verb signifying 'he
takes fish,' or simply 'he takes' (cf.
amdunmn, he takes, with his hand
etc.), which in the suppos. hasdmaik
(dmmdg, 6mmdg), 'when he takes,' and
pass, 'what is taken'; pi. dnu'uj

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLI3H DICTIUNARY 19
aunchemookaii, unnaunch.—cont'd.
2 Sam. 18, 20. With an. ubj. -oalMiUii'i,
he hears tiihiiLTs to, telU news to (him):
niittuiniiiicl,, ,tnnl:nii,,niiiih wunnauwhc-
mo-jkniniiik, I tolil tliem good news, 'I
communicated to tliem the gospel',
Gal. 2, 2. Vbl. n. -cokaonk, -cokauoitk,
news, tidings, 2 Sam. 13, .30; IS, 25, 26
(achmmwonk, news, C. ). Continiiative
of aunchemaii (-mai), he tells, gives in-
formation.
[Narr. auncJiemokav; tell me your
news; awwin mesh aunchemokau, who
(has) brought this news; tockete-dunchiiii,
what news (do you tell)? Cree
acht'inoo, he relates. Abn. kegSi aritan-
gSat, quelles nouvelles dit on? Sritaugial,
bonnes nouvelles; antse.mS, il en
dit, il en raconte.]
*aunckuck (Narr.), pi. -quduog, 'heath
cocks', R.W. Pinnated grouse, prairie
hen (Tetrao cupido, Wils.?), formerly
common in Massachusetts. From
anogku {aunakesu, R. W. ), he paints
himself, or is painted(?).
auohquaeu, at the end, or extremity,
i^ee uliijimeu.
auskomuwail, auusk-, v. t. an. he
chide.?, reproves, scolds (him). Vbl.
n. act. auuskomuwaonk, chiding, re-
proof given; pass, auuskontuonk, being
reproved, reproof received, correction,
Prov. 1,5, 10; 27, 5.
*ausounch, a'ssownch, (Peq. ) n. a
skunk, Stiles. See squnck.
[Abn. segaiikS, bete puante.]
*ausup (Xarr. ), pi. -pdnnog, the rac-
coon, R. ^y.
[Abn. (ssebanes, 'chat sauvage',
Ragles; modern Abn. ashan," raccoon,
K. A. Del. nachenum, raccoon; but es-
panni-minschi, 'raccoon wood, yellow
wood', Zeisb. S. B. 66. Chip, asseeban,
Long; als'sehuii, Sch.; ndsdmn, Sum.]
*autali, audta, auta^^rhun ( Xarr. , the
)
apron or covering worn in front, R. \V.
ior adtau, he hides; and (caus. ) adtali-
heau-un (adtahivliun), hidden. Cf. ad-
lafUou. Eliot has nish umt-cuUahwhunuhkonnaoash,
(of) these they made
aprons, Gen. 3, 7; i. e. things which con-
tinue til Inr permanently, uh-k-), hide.
auvrakompanaonk, vV)l. n. torment
(endured or suffered), Rev. IS, 7. See
onkapiiniinUludiik.
;
auwakompanau, v. i. he suffers torment,
is tormented. Adv. and adj.
i(iiinikuiiipiii(d)_'
torment.
iitfciioiik, the place of
au'wrakompunnassu, v. i. (a

20 BURKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bfl.i.KTIN 25
*a'waun (Xarr, ), someone; intern ij;. who?
^hijiniii, (]. V.
*awausseus (Peq. ), a bear, Stiles.
[Abn. (iShsS-'i. Menem, ah va;/ sha.
Del. ciu ire sis, a beast, Zeisb. Chip, nh-
iraysee, a wild beast, S. B.]
aTJsrossu. See autmnim.
''a^wwusse (Xarr. ), adv. farther; mriras-
.v,V, 'a little further', R. W.
[Cliip. (St Mary's) waua'suh, far off;
(Mack.) im.i-sau {ivdssa, Bar.). Cree
v'dlhoir, afar off. Abn. aSassiSi, plus
avant, derriere; nanSat, c'est loin;
tiiai'idii iKiiiSatii, ce n'est pas loin. (See
iii'kkII: iii'ii'ilileauufiiat. ) Del. auvssi, -iyen,
lieyonil. over, the other side, Zeisb.]
ayeu, v. i. ( 1 ) he is here, or there; he is in
a place, is located. (2) he dwells; noh
ayeu kali appii, he dwells and abides,
Job 39, 28; mill ai, nvtt atli, I dwell (in
or at), Ps. 23, 6; Ezek. 43, 9; hiU ai,
thou dwellest; pi. ayeuog, they dwell,
Dan. 4, 12; Is. 30, 19; negat. matta
ayevaxjy, they do not dwell, do not
have place, 'they were not', Jer. 31,
15; pret. nutt ai-up, I was (there). Acts
11, 5 [indef. na mo nutt ain, I was there,
Prov. 8, 27; toh kuttain, toll kutt ai-in,
where dwellest thou? John 1, 38]; im-
perat. ayish, dwell thou; suppos. 1st
pers. vttoli dyee (dei), where I may
dwell. Is. 49, 20; Ezek. 43, 7; 2d pers.
dyean; 3d pers. nohityit, he who dwells,
Is. 8, 18; nc ayig, where he dwells. Job
15, 28; pi. (particip. ) neg ayegig, neg im
ayitcheg, the inhabitants, they who
dwell there, Ezek. 38, 11; Mic. 7, 13.
Vbl. n. ayi-iionk, a place, Gen. 18, 24;
Dent. 12, 21; dwelling place, Xum. 24,
21.
[Mull, (suppos.) oieel, he 'who lives
or dwells in a place', Edw. Chip.
aliydli, he is (in a place), John 6, 9; 8,
35, 40; tub aliydh, he shall be (there),
John 12, 20; {ahneende aindahyuv , where
dwellest thou? 1, 38); suppos. dhydyon,
while I am (here), 9, 5; ahy-od, (where)
he is, 7, 11. Cree, net ian, 'I am being
or existent'; i-dii', i-aoo, he is, etc.;
inan. i-dir, it is, etc.; suppos. i-i-dn, or
i-a-ydn, if I am, etc.; i-dt, if he is, etc.
(i-d-tliil, if he is, in relation to another).
Howse (136, 198) regards this as "the
verb substantive in its absolute form,"
ayeu—continued,
and Schoolcraft (u, 436—141) gives the
whole conjugation of the corresponding
Chip, verb, "i-e-mi, to be," as a sub-
stantive verb.]
ayeuhteau, ayeuwehteau, v. i. he
make.^ war, engages in war, tights; im-
jierat. ayeulitediiash, make war, do bat-
tle, fight, Prov. 20, 18. Vbl. n. ayeith-
teiKiiik, iryeiiinil-, war, a battle; pi.
-uiigitsli, Joli 10, 17. N. agent, ayeu-
teani, -in, one who fights or makes war,
Josh. 17, 1; 1 Sam. 16, 18. Cf. .Sanskrit
yudh (pret. dyutsi), pugnare; cum
aec, impugnare; dyudhn, arma.
[Narr. (imperat. 2d jil.) juhetteke,
fight; (1st pi.) jdheltittea, let us fight.
Mull, (suppos.) oioleet, the man who
fights, Edw. Abn. aiSdSak, ils combattent;
ned-aiidSarimaii , je combats
contre lui. Cree ooleetendyoo, he attacks
him.]
ayeuqueiik, \)]. -qi'eagig, he who is op-
posed, an adversary. See druqiie.
ayeuteaontrowaonk, \1j1. n. an alarm
of war, Jer. 4, 19. (From ciyeuhleau,
and ontrovMonk, calling out, shouting.)
[Narr. iivmii'hadlowawdnamit, "tis
an alarm'; vaimrhairloivdvog, they halloo,
shout, R. W.]
ayeuiihkonaU, v. t. an. he goes against,
makes war on (him), Ps. 18, 34; 144, 1.
With inan. subj. vnin-nutcheg ayeuidi-
koneau, his hand is against, opposes
(him). Gen. 16, 12; suppos. an. aymihkoiiohl,
when he goes to war with
(him), Luke 14, 31. Adv. and adj.
iiyeinihkoiie, against, in opposition, Prov.
17, 11; Luke 10, 11; (mutual) ayeimh-
kiDiittvv, in mutual or reciprocal op-
position, reciprocally against, Matt.
10, 35.
ayim, ayum, v. t. he makes (it), Ex.
37, 1; Ps. 78, 16; pi. ayimirog, they
make ()i»// iyain, I niake,C.); with an.
obj. uymaXi uhtompeh, lie makes a bow
(but ayim konhqiiodtash, he makes arrows);
.suppos. noli ayik, ayig, he who
makes (it), the maker. Pa.ss. inan.
ayimoa, it is made; pret. ayima)-ii]i, it was
made, 'it became', John 1, 14; particip.
ayima>un, made, built. Dent. 13, 16. [Is
this, in fact, a v. t. inan. corresponding
to ayeu, he places it?]

NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIOJJAKY 21
Ch
[Eliot did not use tlie letter o, "siiving in rh, of which there iSi frequent use in the language," and
he gave to ch the name of dice (with the sound of cli. in cheat, eheese), lir. 2, ;). Words written by
R. Williams with c hard will be found under k.]
chachepissue. See *rli(iicliipis.iut;
ttildly.
chadchabenum, v. t. he divides (it),
,Ii)b L'O, 12. Frei). oi ch!ppinum,q.v.
chadchabenumdonk, chacha-, vlil. n.
;i I perniant'iit (ir iMiitiiiuingl divisidii,
a Wound-mark, IIos. 5, 10.
chadchapenuk, (when) lie divided (to
the nations) , i. e. set the bounds, etc.,
])eut. i2. ,S.
chadchekeyeuau, v. i. he spealis veliemently;
(used liy Eliot for) lie sweans.
['The word we make for swearing
signiiieth to sjieak vehemently," Gr.
21.] More exactly, to be vehement;
the freq. or augment, of chcke-yeu, it is
violent, vehement. Iniperat. -yeimsli,
swear thou, Deut. 10, 20; suppos. cIkuI-
rlu'ketjeuadt, if he swear, Lev. 5, 4. Vbl.
n. -ynimcwiik, swearing, an oath. Lev.
5, 4"
See clu'kee.
chagohtag, chik-, sujipos. of rliit:olilniii,
it burns.
cbagwas, chaug-uas, pron. interrog. and
relative, what, Matt. .5, 4(); (i, 25. See
l,ayw_,s; l.;,y„r.
[Quir. rhiiyii-Kii, that which; pi.
cluavywiiihili, I'ier. .\bn. kiyS

cheke, checheke—lontinued.
BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN
night), Ps. 127, 2. V. i. chekeu, cheku,
it is late, a long time: newuich cheku,
'after a long time'. Matt. 25, 19. See
chequnappv ,
etc.
[Narr. vnssaume tatslia, it is too late
(in the clay or night).]
chekee, adv. violently, Hab. 1, 9; Is. 22,
18 {chekeyeu, v. i. it is violent, vehement,
forcible; frequent, and intens. chadche-
keyeu; with an. subj. -keyeau, q. v.];
chekee usseonk, doing violently, an act
of violence, Is. 59, 6; (chekewae, forci-
bly, C. ) See cheqimaii.
[Abn. (siganSiSi, malgre, :\ eontre-
cceur; par force.]
chekeenehtuonk, vbl. n. pass, for -i!tu-
onk, violence (suffered), Hab. 1, 3 {che-
keittmne-at, to be compelled, C.?).
chekeheaii, v. cans. an. (1 ) he forces, uses
force with oron (him). (2) he ravishes
(her) , 2 Sam. 13, 22; icut-chekehe-uh, he
forced her, 2 Sam. 13, 14 {nut-chekeyev-
wae, I compel, C. ).
*chekesu (Narr.), the northwest wind;
suppos. chi'kesitch, when it blows north-
west, R. W. Cf. vmt-chekstiau, northwestward.
From chekeyeu, it is violent.
*Chekesuwand, n. pr. 'the [north-]
western god ' , R. W.
cheketamcDonk (?), vbl. n. rebellion,
Prov. 17, 11 (cheketamde, rebellious, C. ).
chekham, v. t. he sweeps (it); mit-chekham-un,
I sweep it, Is. 14, 23 (nut-
jeeskliam, I wipe, C. ). Suppos. inan.
chekhikmik, (it sweeps, ) a broom. Is. 14,
23 checonnachatoonk, ( C. ) . Seejiskham
[Abn. tsikkehigan, balai; ne-tsikekihem-
en SigSam, je balaye la cabane. Chip.
niii tcliigaliiige, I sweep; tchigatdigai>
broom. Bar. Del. tschikhanimen, to
sweep; tschikhikait, broom, Zeisb.]
chekhaiisu, -osu, v. i. act. an. he sweeps,
is sweeping; pass, it is swept, wiped,
Luke, 11, 25; Matt. 12, 44.
cheku, 'after a long time', Matt. 25,
19 [V].
chemau, v. i. he paddles or rows (a
boat); menuhke chemdog, they paddle
hard, with exertion; 'toil in rowing',
Mark 6, 48; suppos. noh chemdit, pi. neg
chemacheg, they who paddle, who 'han-
dle the oar', Ezek. 27, 29.
[Narr. chhnoah (imperat. 2d sing.),
paddle, row; pi. chhneck. Chip, che-
, .
chemau—con tinuei 1
.
mat, he paddles; imperat. 2d sing, chi-
iiiinii [rliiiiiiina, a canoe), Sch. ii, 3S7;
tiiiiiiiin,. canoe, Bar. Del. tschimacan,
a paddk-, Z.-isb.]
*chenau6siie, adj. (an.) churlish, cross,
Cott.
chenesit, (suppos. of clienesu'!) a dwarf.
Lev. 21, 20.
cheouash. See cheaomisJi.
chepaiyeuonk, vV)l. n. freedom, Act.s 22,
28. See iliipj>e.
*ch.epeck (Narr.), a dead person. See
*('hepy.
*chepessiii (Narr. ), the northeast wind,
R. W. See tmtchepwoiyeu ( in the east)
vutchepwosh (the east wind). The
cold northeast was perhaps assigned to
Ch'epy and the spirits of evil, as was
sotmniu, the pleasant southwest, to
Kautdntowit.
*chepewaukitauog' (Narr.), v. pi. 'they
fl\- northward' [i. e. to the northeast],
R. W.; = clirpiroi-uhk-it anog.
chepiohke [chippi, ohke'\, n. the place
apart, place of separation; chepioh-
komuk, the inclosed place [koinukl of
separation, hades, hell, Deut. 32, 22;
Rev. 6, 8; 20, 13; Is. 14, 9. With locat.
affix, cheptohk-it, chepiohkomuk-gut.
[Del. tschipey-achgink, 'the world of
spirits, spectres, or ghosts', Hkw.]
chepiontup [chippi, ontupl, n. a skull,
Matt. 27, 33. Cf. mishkonSritiip.
[Abn. tsipanaiitep, tete de mort.]
chepisk. See chippipsk.
chepshaii, v. i. he is astonished, amazed,
frightened, Dan. 4, 19 (chepshi, Is.
50, 7); pi. -dog, Mark 5, 42; Job 32, 15;
Dan. 5, 9. Adv. chepsde, in astonishment,
in amazement, araazedly, Ezra
9, 3; Ezek. 4, 16. Vbl. n. chepshaonk,
astonishment, Deut. 28, 37; 2 Chr. 29, 8.
[Abn. isibaghinaiigSat, cela est effroy-
able.]
chepshontam, v. t. he fears or is amazed
at (it); pret. nuk-chepslioniamup, I was
astonished at (it), Dan. 8, 27.
*chepy, cheeby (Peq.), 'evil sijirit, or
devil,' Stiles. "Abbamocho or Cheepie
many times smites them with incurable
diseases, scares them with apparitions
and panic terrors," etc., Josselyn's
Yoy., 133. From a letter of Hecke-
welder's (quoted in 2 Mass. Hist. Coll.,
;

TKL'MBn.I.] NATICK-ENGLISH DIGTIONAKY 23
*chepy, cheeby—continued.
X, 147) it appears that the corresponding
Delaware word {tschipey) "had been
made use of, even by missionaries, who
knew no better," for "the soul or spirit
in man"; a use, he adds, which "none
of our old converted Indians would
suffer." The word is, in fact, only
another form of chippe (q. v. ), it is sep-
arate, or apart; cliippeu, (1) he separates
or goes apart; hence, (2) he is dead or
separated (from the living); pi. chij]peog
(Xarr. chipeck), they are separated,
the dead; (3) a specter, ghost, or apparition
of one deceased; something
separated, and preternatural, as manit
(from dnue) is something supernatural.
[Jsarr. chipeck (pi.), the dead; c/ie^-
assotam, the dead sachem; chep-asqudiv,
a dead woman. Abn. UehiSi, separ^ment,
Rasles {chibdi, ghost, K. A. ) . Del.
tschipey. Nanticoke, tsee-e-p, ghost,
dead man.]
chequit. See *cIhti/iiI.
chequnappu, v. i. ( 1 ) he sits still, is at
rest; (2) he keeps .silence, he is quiet; pi.
-puog, Judg. 16, 2; Ex. 15, 16; 2 K. 7, 4;
imperat. 2d sing, cliekunapsh, be still,
Mark 4, 39; 2d pi. -appek, be ye still,
Ps. 46, 10; nmiejMushadt chequnappu,
'the moon stayed'. Josh. 10, 13; and
nepnuz chequnappeup, 'the sun stood
still', ibid, {nul-chequnnap, I am silent,
C. ) From cheke and dppu.
[Abn. ne-t-i^ikajii. je me tais, taceo;
/.i»/(,V(, Kins rien dire, en silence.]
chequnaii, chechequnaii, v. t. an. he
takes by violence from (him), he robs
(him): neg chechekqunukqueaneg pish
chechequnaog (pass.), 'they that prey
upon thee will I give for a prey ' (they
who rob thee shall be robbed), Jer.
30, 16.
[Narr. aqiile chechequnmmmsh, do not
rob me; suppos. pi. chechequnnuivdchick,
robbers; pass, chechequnniltm, there is
a iiibbery ciimmitteil. Abn. iHgaiiSiSi,
par fcjrce, malgn''.]
chequmkompaii, v. i. he stands .still;
pi. -paog, -poog, 2 Sam. 2, 23; imper. 2d
sing, chequnikompaush, stand thou still,
Josh. 10, 12; and indie, chequnikompan,
(he) stood still, v. 13 [where it was
mistaken for the preceding substantive,
nepauz, 'sun,' by Adelung, wlio in tlie
chequnikompail—continued.
Mithridates (3 Th., 3= Abth., p. 3S8)
has given a place among words of the
"Naticks, nach Elliott" to 'chequikom-
pu/i, Sonne.' Cf. nanepauahadt chequnappu,
' the moon stayed ' , v. 13] . From
(7i(7,c and -kompai'i.
chequnussin, v. i. he lies still; noli
nutchequnussin, I would lie still, Job
3, 13.
chequodwehham, v. caus. inan. he
shaves (it ) off, cuts (it) off (makes clean
by cutting; caus. of chekodtam, v. t.
inan. ; cf. chekham, he sweeps or wipes)
chequodicehhwmvog up-puhkukoash, they
shave their heads (withnegat., Ezek. 44,
20). With an. obj. chequodttceijaheau
naslipe chequodtwegaheg, he shaves (him
with a razor, Is. 7, 20 {chequddweehquog,
razor, C. )
.
cliequttum.ma), v. i. he roars (as a lion
or wild beast); pi. -umwog, Jer. .51, 38.
[Abn. zaskadimS, (le chien) jappe.]
chetaeu, v. i. it is stiff. As adj.
) ;
misiiitlupuk, a stiff neck, Ps. 75, 5. Caus.
inan. chelauwehteau, he stiffens, makes
(it) stiff, 2 Chr. 36, 13. Intr. (adj. an.
chelaiiesu, he is stiff, unyielding {nul-
chelaues, I am stiff, C. ).
chetanunaii, v. t. an. he supports (him )
imperat. 2d pi. chetanunmk iicochutnvmdcheg,
'support ye the weak', 1
Thess. 5, 14.
chetimaii, v. t. he compels (him), 2 Chr.
21, 11; wirf-c/irt/m-o-jt/i, they compelled
him. Matt. 27, 32 {nut-chetimiiwam, I am
urgent, C. ).
dietuhquab, n. a crown, Cant. 3, 11;
Is. 28, 3.
[Abn. tsitokkScbi'ii; parures, soit de
cou, soit de tete. ]
*cliicliauquat (Xarr. ), it is

24 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bn.LETIN 25-
chikkup— idiitinufil.
[Chip, jiiiytrdk, pine tree, Bar.; xliin
(jimnk, Sell.]
chikohteau, v. i. it burns, as a tire or a
torch, Kx. -.',, 2; Deut. 5, 23; Jer. 7, 20;
pret. iKfAtm cldkohtop, the fire burned,
Psi. 39, 3; suppos. «c ch&gohtag, that
which l)urns, Gen, 15, 17. From chekee
and okteaa, it is (by nature, inherently)
violent, it rage.s, is fierce.
[Xarr. rhkkol {rlukkoht, C), fire.]
chikosum, chikkohsum, v. t. he burns
(it), Ex.40, 27; Is. 44, 16; withan.obj.
-saii; uiU-chikoss-oh, he burned (him),
Lev. 9, 1 1 . From chekee, with the formative
(sum, a.n. -sail) of verbs denoting
the action of heat. Vbl. n. act. chik-
konuonk, a burning. Lev. 10, 6; Is. 9,5;
vbl. n. pass. eliikko-tinitlHonk, being
burned, a burn, Ex. 21, 25.
chipappu, V. i. (11 lie remains apart,
separate, I'mv. 19, 4; from chippi and
('iji/iii. (2) he is free, at liberty (i. e.
sejiarated or apart from any tribe, not
the subject of any sachem); chipappu
mweiauomonat, she is at liberty to
marry, 1 Cor. 7, 39. Cf. *chepy. .
[Narr. chipp&puock, the Pleiades, i. e.
thev sit apart, form a group bv them-
seh-es.]
chipohke, n. lan^l not occupied;, en
chipijhk-it, 'into alaiKl not inhabited',
Lev. 16, 22. From Chippe and ohke,
separate or free land.
*chippachausin, it divides (as a path
wIktc it fortes), R. W. From chippeu.
chippe, -pi, (it is) .separated, apart;
chippe aijeuonk, the separate place, Ezek.
41, 13. Adv. and adj. cMppiyeue, Ezek.
41, 12; 42, 1, 10, 13. [For derivatives
see chepy, chepiohke, chepioniup, etc.]
Vbl. n. chipaiyeuonk, separation, freedom.
As n. a part, a portion; piukqne
chippi, a tenth part, Ex. 16, .36. Cf.
clioncldi>pe.
[Abn. txehiSi, tmUehiSi, tzatzchiSi, sep-
arenicnt. Del. tK/iiiri, iKpat, separately;
l.-«li,l!i(h-j:)i, asunder, apart, Zeisb.]
chippehtam, v. t. he makes (it) separate,
keeps (it) apart. Num. 6, 2; with an.
obj. -chtaiiau; suppos. chapehtailont,
Het). 7, 26.
chippesu. See chippissti.
chippeu, v. i. he sepai-ates himself, goes
apart, Num. 6, 12; (ial. 2, 12; suppos.
chippeu—continued.
iioh. cliapil, he who separates himself;
]il. neg chapccheg, Ezra 6, 21; Jude 19;
freq. chdilchapeii; with inan. subj.
-/leiiii/), it divides, marks separation
(or i)ass. is divided, Hos. 10, 2); im-
perat. chadchapemmiidj, let it divide
(one thing from another, Gen. 1, 6).
As adv. wut-chadchauhe })oniimim, he
put it dividingly or for separation. Gen.
1, 4. Perhaps this last form should be
referred toafreq. oraugm. of chipappu,
i{. V. See *cliejiy.
chippi. See chippe.
chippinehteau, v. cans. (inan. sul>j. ) it
causes or effects separation. Vbl. n.
chippinutunk, that which separates, a
wall, Ezek. 42, 20 (a hedge, C).
chippinetu, v. i. he is born free; nut-
chijipnieUji, I was born free, Acts 22, 28.
chippinnin, n. a free man. Rev. 6, 15:
-i)niiiiiiii, he is a free man; mmnummaUa
iiut-chijipiiininnu-o}, am not I free? 1
Cor. 9, 1; suppos. pass, chapitiinnumit,
when he is freed, 'being free', 1 Cor.
7, 22. Lit. a man apart, not subject to
any sachem or master. Cf. inissinnin,
a

chippohteau, v. i. he i;- (liabitually,
by custom) separate; he keeps apart.
Vbl. n. cliijipmlaonk, a keeping apart,
separation, Lev. 12, 5.
chipwuttcDnapwaii, v. t. an. lie kisses
^liiiu); chipiiudldiii, v. t. inan. lie kisses
(it); init-chipvmUmnap-o}i, he kisses
him, Gen. 27, 27; wut-cliipwodtamunkquoh
tcusseetash, she ki.ssed (to him)
his feet, Luke 7, 38 {nut-chipvmttconap,
I kiss, C).
[Abn. Sl.fi'damei), il le liai.«e.]
chishkham. See jixkhdii), he wipes
(it).
chiskenitchohhou, ii. a towel, Jolin 13,
5; tliat whieh wipes the hands, or
with whicli the hand is « iped. From
(liinhkhaui and nulch, with the inan.- in-
strum. formative -ohhaa.
*chdgaii (Narr. ), a blackbird; jil. rhoganeuck,
R. W.
NATK'X-ENGLISH DICTK^NARY 25
[Peq. aucJiiKjiji'se; niasxoiri/iih, Stiles.
Abii. tsSgheres; tsSgJierexkS, etourneau,
Rasles; modern Abn. choy-lhskii; K. A.
Del. tschofjuali, blackbird, Zeisb.]
chog-q, n. a spot, a bit, a small piece (for
'farthing', Matt. 5, 26). For chohki.
or chuhki, (it is) like a point or spot.
Cf. kodclntki. Suppos. inan. chohkag, a
spot, a blemish; vmnpe cliolikag, a bright
spot, Lev. 13, 4, 19.
\Cree,cha-chdchngorr,\t is striped.]
Chogqussuog'. See *Chok

26 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
eiyane—continued,
or kinds; all sorts of; of every kind;
maiche eiyane unne, 'store of all sorts of
wine', Neh. 5, 18; wame eiyane, all
kinds of, Dan. .3, 15; iydn-askehtuash,
many (divers kinds of) medicines, Jer.
46, 11. See unne.
eiyomp, n. a male deer, a buck. See
alilii!:.
en, prep, to, toward (after verbs of mo-
tion), Lev. 21, 6; Acts 10, 32.
-en, -enin, the formative of verbals denoting
the active subject, male (nomen
agentis), represents -ninnu {nnln, en'in,
R. W. ), a male, man. The second
{-enin = -en-unne) is the general or in-
definite form, e. g. adcha-u, he hunts;
adcha-en, he who is hunting, as dis-
tinguished from one who may be hunt-
ing or who habitually hunts (suppos.
an. noh adcha-nont) game; adchaenin
(pi. -rtimnu-ojr), anyone who ia hunting,
some hunter; unse-u, agit; suppos. noh
dse-it, qui (quum) agit, oraget; n. agent.
riKxf-a-en, ille agens. usseam-in, qui
agens. See *nnhi.
hahanehtam, v. t. he laughs at (it). Job
41, 29; -elilaiinii, he laughs at (him).
Job 9, 23; suppos. nhanehtauont, when
he laughs at or mocks (him), Prov. 30,
17.
hahanu, ahanu (-nou), v. i. he laughs.
Gen. 17, 17; 18, 12; Ps. 2,4; matla nut-
ahanu, I do not laugh; pret. hit-ahdnup,
thou didst laugh, Gen. 18, 15; loh-
wutch hahanit { suppos. ) , wherefore does
she laugh? v. 13; iihquompi adl ahani-
miik (suppos. inan. or supine), 'a time
to laugh', Eccl. 3, 4.
[Narr. ahdnu, he laughs; pi. -uork:
lairhitch ahdnean (suppos.), why dost
thou laugh? Menom. ah-y-ah-nen, to
laugh. Shawn. ah-yai-he.'\
hahanuonk, ahan-, vbl. n. laughing,
laughter, Job 8, 21; Eccl. 7, 3 {ahhaniioiik,
ahansJiilonk, C).
hasbabp, hashab, n. (1) a net, Micah
7, 2; Luke 5, 5; pi. hashabpog, Ezek.
47, 10; Hab. 1, 16 {dshdp, pi. -appog,
C. ). (2) vegetal fiber or fibrous ma-
terial used for making thread or cord
;
E[
*enada (Narr.), seven (emilla talixlu-, M.
V. Rec).
*enewashim (Narr.), a male (beast).
See ninnu; nomposhini.
*enin (Narr.), a man. See *mun.
enneapeyau (unne-), v. i. he sujourns.
C'f. iitnDxhjici/ati: imperat. iiinciipeyaush
III II iiliLr, 'sojourn in this land', Gen. 26,
S: »)(H«(/)f!/o)io/, tosojourn (here). Gen.
47,4; suppos. part, (pi.) Aneapeoncheg,
who are) strangers, ( sojourners, Lev. 25,
45; (sing. ) anyeapeont, v. 40"; anea-, v. 47.
enninneaonk, vbl. n. a pestilence, con-
tagious or infectious disease; Lev. 13,
44, 46; Num. 11, .33; Jer. 29, 17 {en
ninnu-og, ini Sfjuoi, an epidemic?).
See wesauah&onk, the pestilence or yellow
disease.
*ennomai. See unnomiii, a reason.
*eteaussonk(?), pi. -hash, knives, C. Of.
*eiaimnck.
*e'wb (Narr.), pron. 3d sing, he, she;
au'Aun etro, who is that? ewo manit,
this God; ewb nckqualiAnchick, they who
fear him, R. W. See yeuoh; noh; -co-.
It is properly a demonstrative.
basbabp, basbab—continued.
liiisIii'ilijHifi, 'flax' (the plant, when in
the tiekl), Ex. 9, 31; hashahp, flax (pre-
pared), Judg. 15, 14; 'tow,' Is. 43, 17;
hashabjie tuttuppun, a tow' thread, Judg.
16, 9; hashabp-onak, linen cloth, Mark
14, 51 (hashaponag, Ex. 35, 25). (3) a
spidei-'s web, i. e. net. Job 8, 14; Is. 59,
5.
" Les sauvages racontent que ce fut
Michabou qui apprit a leurs ancStres a
pecher, qu'il inventa les Rets, et que
ce fut la toile d'araignee qui lui en
donna I'id^e."—Charlevoix, iii, 282.
[Narr. ashop, 'their nets;' aahdppock,
hemp; masaunock, flax (Canada net-
tle?), R. W. Abn. rhape, filets, rets;
setagSk, espece de chanvre dont on fait
des rets [taghenank, le chanvre). Chip.
assab, pi. -Wpr, nets.]
basbabubtugq, -bpubtug'q(?) {hash-
abpiililiigij, flax-wood), n. stalks of
flax. Josh. 2, 7; a distaff, Prov. 31, 19.
basbconukco, n. a hat; pi. haslimnukm-
^iniuh, their hats, Dan. 3, 21.
[Narr. asliSnaquo, or saunket'ippo, a
cap or hat, R. W.]

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 27
hasinnekous. See n.flnnekdug.
hassun, n. a stmie: linxxmi, pi. -nash, El.
Gr. 10; dim. haxxiuihiif.i, a little stone,
ib. p. 12; pi. -sash, little stones, 'gravel',
Prov. 20, 17. From a word signifying
to pierce, to cut (?).
)
[Chip, assin, pi. -»»/ I
inan. ), Bar.;
ossin, assin, pi. (an.) -ureii, Sch. Cree
ass'mnee; dimin. asshmis. Del. achmn,
Zeisb.]
hassunekSaz. See assinvekous.
hassunnek, -negk, n. a cave, Gen. 23,
17,20. (That which covers? Qi. hashm-
nuhai, a hat.
hassunneutunk, n. a (stone) wall, Jer.
.=il, 44; Ezek. i:?, 12.
*liawunshecli ( Xarr. ), farewell, R. W.
hennaii, hennou, ahunou, v. t. an. he
calls him (by a name or appellation;
appellat. Cf. ussoirenaii, he calls him
by his name, nominat); pass, he is
called: pish hennou Ishah, 'she shall be
called Woman', Gen. 2, 23; pish hennau
magmhiin, ' he shall be called Bountiful
(i. e. the Giver), Is. 32, 5; suffix form
vnittimih, appellat eum, he addresses
him, he calls him: David nagum wut-
';
tinuh l=u-ut-henna-uh'!'\ mi.m-Manittmm,
'David himself calleth him [my]
Lord', Mark 12, 37; ioh kuUehenit, 'what
art thou called?' Gen. 32, 27; noh ahhenit
{ahhunut, Mass. Ps. ) he who is called,
John 9, 11; suppos. Ahnnont, when he
calls, when calling (him), 1 Pet. 3, 6.
Mutual or reciprocal heltuog, they call
one another, they address one another,
Gen. 11, 3. Vbl. n. hettcowonk, hettu-
onk, mutual address, language, speech,
Gen. 11, 1. See ahenit.
[Narr. tahma l=^toh hennau'], 'what
is his name?' how is he called?]
hettam, v. t. inan. he calls (it); pass.
hettamun, it is called [cf. tissmiveltam, he
names (it) ; iissmirettamim, it is named]
pi. hettamwog, they call (it), Ps. 49, 11;
pass, mwesuonk hettamun, his name is
called, Luke 2, 21 ; hettamun, it is called,
Gen. 2, 11, 14; Is. 56, 7.
[Xari'. tahHtamen [^toli hettamun'],
what is this called?]
-hk. See -'A--.
*Hobbanioco, n. 'their evil God,' Lech-
ford's PI. Dealing, .52. "That we suppose
their Devil, they call Hahantouk,"
Capt. J. Smith (1631). '• Aliamorho or
*Hobbainoco—continued.
Cheepie," Josselyn Voy. (See chepy.)
"In the night . . . they will not budge
from their own dwellings for fear of
their Abamocho (the Devil) whom they
much fear."—Wood's N. E. Prospect,
pt. 2, ch. 8. "Whom they [the Indians
near Plymouth] call Hobbamock,
and to the northward of us, Hobbamo-
qui; this, as far as we can conceive, is
the Devil."—E.Winslow's Rel. (1624).
-hog, -hogk, n. (1) body, corpus, that
which is external or which covers the
living man or animal. For hogki (it
covers), or hogkm (he covers himself,
wears as covering). With impers. pre-
fix, muhhog, the (any) body; pi. ??iM/i-
hogkmog. El. Gr. 9. (2) the person;
with the prefixed pronouns it has the
force of ipse; nuhhog [^ti'hog], my body,
or myself, ego ipse; kuhhog, thy body,
thyself; louhhog, his body, himself.
[Narr. nohock, my body; vuhock, the
body (i. e. his body). Abn. nhaglie,
Shaghe, mon, son corps. Del. hackey,
Zeisb. Cree weydui, the body; ne-yow,
my body, myself.]
hogki, V. i. it covers, or serves as a cov-
ering; as n. wuh-hogki, pi. uiih-hogkiash,
the scales (of a fish). Job 41, 15; suppos.
umh-hogkiit, if it have (that which
has) scales; pi. negwuh-hogkiitcheg, they
which have scales. Lev. 11, 9 ( with inan.
or impers. subj. wuhhogkiegig, v. 10).
So, vmh-hogki, a shell (v.'ohhogke, C. ).
Cf. Engl, shell, scale; Germ, schale;
Greek xoXeoi, SkvXoj'.
[Narr. suckaiihock [sucki-wuhhogki],
black-shell money, E. W. Abn. Sara-
haghi; ecaille de poisson.]
hogkcD, V. i. he clothes or covers him-
self; with inan. subj., it is a covering, it
clothes; sometimes v. t. he wears (or
is covered by) it, Prov. 23, 21; Ezek.
9, 2; Ps. 93, 1; imperat. 2d pi. hogkmk,
'put ye on', clothe yourselves with,
Eph. 6, 11; suppos. an. hogqut, dqut,
agquit, when he wears, or is clothed
with, Ps. 109, 18; 68, 13; Dan. 12, 7; 7ie
dqut, agquit, that which he weal's, which
'is on him'. Gen. 37, 23; 1 K. 11, 30.
Vbl. n. hogkmonk, clothing, a garment.
Num. 31, 20; Prov. 30, 4; pi. -ongash
(aukmonk, C. ). With a subst. express-
ing the thing worn or [lut on, hogkiin-
ninii. V. t. he puts (it) on.

28 BURKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [EL'LLETIN 25
hogkoo—((intiiiued.
[Narr. nroh, 'their deer skin', which
serves for clothing [ = /iO

liovran
—
con t i n uecl .
adv. form is used: homu' miitminirimuty,
-any people.
NATK'K-ENGLISH DKTIOXAKY 29
[Xarr. mnUni, 'thi_-iv is somebody';
ainiun ewd, who is tliat? pi. awanick, \
'some come.' Peq. TCaunnKjruA-, 'Eng-
lishmen', Stiles, i. e. 'some men', or
'who are these?'; owanux, Mason's
Narrat. of Peq. War. Micm. Sen, quel-
qu'iin. celui qui, etc. Abn. aSbon, quel-
-i, postpo.sitive, gives to the indicative
present, which is in fact a preterit, tlie
definite and Hmited force of the truly
present or actual; e. g. aii, he goes;
o((V, he is going, is now on his way,
Prov. 7, 19; sokanon, there is rain;
sokenoiii (nmkenonn!, C), it is now rain-
ing. Though this limited present is
not noticed by Eliot in his Grammar,
and is not often to be found in his
translations, it unquestionably had
place in the Massachusetts, as well as
in otlier dialects of the same group.
[Abn. (, postposit. significat actualitatem
actionis; sSgheraiine, il pleut
actuellement; psan, il neige; psaiine, il
neige actuel lenient, etc.]
ianauwTissu, v. adj. an. he is lean; pi.
-.fiovf/, Gen. 41, .3; suppos.pl. (particip.
-.tilcheg, V. 4. See 6nouims>^>i.
iane. See eiyane.
ianussuog', suppos. pi. iami.isitcheg, for
'swarms of flies', Ex. 8, 21, 24, 29;
they are of divers kinds (?), all sorts of
creatures {?).
in, (in fine comp. -he», -xnine) of the
kind or manner of; yen in kali yi'ii in, of
this manner and of this, 'thus and
thus', 2 Sam. 17, 1.5.
jishontam, v. t. he despises, rejects,
hates (it); nux-ifekeneam kah nut-jishon-
tam, I hate and despise (it), Amos 5,
21; I abhor, Ps. 119, 163; Amos 6, 8;
suppos. jishantog, when he despises, he
despising, hating, Prov. 15, 10. With
an. oh], juhanumaii, he despises or hates
(him); suppos. nohjighamtmm^t, he who
despises; pa.ss. noh jishamanit, he who
is despised, .Tol) 12, .5. Vbl. n. jishan-
'umavonk; pass, jislniiiittuoiik, hatred,
Ps. 25, 19.
)
ho'wan—continued,
qu'un; aScmmi'Kjii, quel Immme esi-ce
qui, etc. Del. auin'i'n; pi. miirenik, who
are they? Zeisb. Gr. 176. Cree ov/enS,
]>1. oinnekee, who? whosoever; indef.
o«/ruk, someone, anyone. Chip, awcnen,
who? pi. -\-ag; aunia, one, some-
Ijody, anybody; avtegrvm, whoev-er,
whosoever, I don't know who; pi.
iogkosishomoo, v. i. oiialuli m't'cliip-
jKig-ii-ut, it 'distils as the dew'. Dent.
'.VI, 2; it moistens (?). Cf. ogqnsltki.
*islikauaussue, (he is) envious; iskou-
(wssiie, enviously, C.
ishkont, conj. lest (El. Gr. 22), Gen.
38, 9; Luke 22, 46. For ashqunuk,
nahqunh, there remains (ne ashqshimk,
what remains, is left)?
ishkouanatuonk, vbl. n. envy, Prov. 14,
.30. Cf. jltiliaiiiltiioiik, hatred, under
jixhiiiilini).
ishpuhquaeu. See iishpvliqudrii, he
looks upwaril.
ishquanogkod, -kot, (after a numeral)
a cubit's length; suppos. isliquanogkok,
measured by cubits, by cubits' length;
with an. subj. -ogkussu, 2 Chr. 2, 11,
12. Xean ishqaanogkok; nequt-ishqiia-
liogkod ne nequt ishquanogkod, etc.,
(measured) by cubits; the cubit is a
cubit, etc., Ezek. 43, 13. From misquan
{meesk, C, q. v.), the elbow, and -ogk,
the base of verbs of counting or num-
l)ering: so many times the length to
the elbow.
jiskham, jishkham, chishkhain, v. i. he
wipes(it); iiiil-jislikam,lv:\\>e{it); suppos.
onatiili iroxketomp jishkog wunnonk,
as [when] a man wipes a dish, 2 K. 21,
13. With an. attributive, jiskliamau,
he wipes (it) for (him); chiskhamaiiSp
wusseetash, she wiped [to him] his feet,
John 11, 2. Cf. chekham, he sweeps.
[Abn. ne-ka-ishaii, je I'essuie; ne-kas-
sesitthan, je lui essuie les pi4s; kasselintK,
qu'on I'essuie. Del. tschiskham-men, to
wipe off, Zeisb. ]

)
30 BUREAU OF AMERICAX ETHNOLOGY
-'k-, -hk-, in composition, denotes tlie
continued or progressive action of tlie
verb; a going on, or continuing to do:
e. g. assamau, he gives him food; sohko-
mail l=assohkamau'\, he supports, or
continues to give him food; petau, he
he puts (it) into; piiuUhm, he goes
into; aindeij, he departs; dmamhkau, he
drives (himi away, lieeps him going,
etc. See k(il(.
*cachauxet (Peq.), the name of a fish;
'limner'. Stiles. Tlie 'chogset', Lab-
rus chogset, Mitch. (Ctenilabrus burgall,
Stour. ) For (hohclioJikesii, marked
with spots, spotted, or striped.
kachemoo, kahchemoo, v. i. inan. it
conies (and continues coming) out
from: nmhm kdchhnco, 'a fiery stream
issued', etc., Dan. 7, 10. See kutche.
kacheu, v. i. he goes or comes out of:
kaclieog, they went out of (the ship),
went ashore, Luke 5, 2.
kadshik, wlien it begins; the beginning
of. See kutchisslk.
kadtupwut, when, or if, he is hungry,
suppos. of kodtuppw.
kah, copulative, and 'k, progressive, in
its simple separable form, "it goes on'
or 'continues'. Cf. Greek iVz; Sansk.
'1^', according to Weber, from root at,
'to go', i. e. 'a going farther.' Sansk.
iji'i, to go; gu, going, or rha, 'et, que';
Greek ks, ts, xai.
[Narr. k(>. Peq. quah, E. M. Chip.
ijaie (postpositive, prepositive, and separable),
Bar. Micm. uk [=aM].]
kahche. maita h'trhe, 'no doubt', it
is not doubtful. Acts 28, 4 [kuhche,
Danf.
kakenumunne, the first-ripe (fruit),
Mic. 7, 1. See keneumunne-mli.
kakenupshont, (when) going very
swiftly; suppos. of Iryhmipshaii. See
kenupshaii.
*kakewau, v. i. he is mad, Mass. Ps.
See koyktiui.
[kasenussit, suppos. a churl, Is. 32, 5, 7. ]
*kask6hat, n. a sturgeon, C See *kau-
jtosli.
K
*cauk6anash (Xarr. ), n. pi. stockings,
R. \V.
[Abn. keiit'sSn-nar, chausses, bas.
Peq. cungoiounlch, a stocking, Stiles.
Del. kail kon, legging, Sch. ii, 472; ga
yiin, Zeisb.]
*caudmpsk (Narr.), a whetstone, E. W.
*kauposh (Narr. ), a sturgeon; pi. -sha&og,
R. \V. {kdpposJiiLndkaskuhatjC.) From
kuppi {nn. adj. knppesu, he is) shut up,
inclosed, protected, i. e. ijy his hard
scales or plates (?).
[Aljn. kabaxKc, pi. -sak. Chip, nam at',
nattgh mwj [i.e. the fish; nwiiohs, El.,
or ii'dtnag'i. Menom. nah mawe, sturgeon
{nahmaish, fish) . PoWh. kopotone,
J. Smith (= close-mouthed?).]
*causkashunck (Narr.), the skin of a
deer, R. AV.
*Kautantowwit (Narr.), "the great
Southwest God, to whose house all
souls go and from whom came their
corn, beans, etc., as they say," E. AV.
Cf. Keihtanit [Kehtaniti, the great God,
Gen. 24, 7.
kechequabinau, v. t. an. he hangs (him)
by tlie neck. Gen. 40, 22: pish kukkecliequabinuk,
he will hang thee, Gen.
40, 19; ahhut kechequaheniitimuk (suppos.
pass. inan. ), that which he is himg
upon, a gallows, Esth. 5, 14; 7, 9 (>!?(X-kehchlquabes
jxminneat, I am choked
with a halter, C. It should be nushpe
])emunnfal).
kechequanaii, v. t. an. he takes him by
tlic throat; with pron. affixes, ukkirheqitaii-iih.
Matt. 18, 28; hence, he
embraces (him), (nuk-kehclifkquan, I
embrace, I hold by the throat, C.
[Abii. ne-keskedSiihian, je lesuffoque. ]
kechisu. See kehchissu.
keechippam, kehch-, keihch-, on the
shore, Jusli. 11, 4; Judg. 5, 17; John
21,4; kehl'ihhiiiiif,tm the sea.shore,
Gen. 22, 17.
*keegsqua'wr (Narr.), a virgin nr maid,
E. W.
[Chip, gigangou-i, she is a virgin.
Del. kikochquees, a virgin; kickoch que u,
a single woman, Zeisb. ; kigape-v, Camp.
Abn. kiganbt'; a young man unmarried.]
)

TRUMBULLl NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 81
keesaqushin. (Xarr. ), it is high water,
R. AV., i. e. it is at its fall height, full
grown. Cf. h'siikidi.
*Keesuckquaiid (Xarr.), the Sun God,
a name of the sun, R. W. IKemkrjttdeanit,
God of Day or of the Sky]. See
kHmk:
ke'hche, kehcheu, v. i. (it is) chief, prin-
cipal, superior (because, ex principio;
cf. ko, kutche); hence, superior by
reason of age, old, ancient; an. pi. keh-
chiog, kuicliiog, the old (collectively),
the ancients, i. e. those who are from
the beginning, Ps. 119, 100; 148, 12;
Esth. 3, 13; kehchiog waantamwog, the
old are wise, ' with the ancients is wisdom',
Job 12, 12. In the sing, kehche
aymonk, the chief place, 2 Sam. 23, 8;
kehcheu umtmshinneunk, the chief fathers
[i. e. fatherhood, n. collect.], Num.
31, 26. Cf. keht-; kehiauail
kehchemugqwomp, n. chief captain.
See mugquoinp.
kehchesonksq \_= kehche-mnksqua], a
queen, E.sth. 1, 9, 11. See sonkfKj.
kehchesuonk, vbl. n. a boil, a sore; pi.
-oiigash, Job 2, 7. See kehkecht'su.
kshcliippam. See keechippam.
kehchisqua, kutchisqua, an ohl woman,
Ruth 1, 12; 1 Tim. 4, 7; jil. -quaog,
Zci'h. 8, 4; 1 Tim. r,, 2.
kehchissu, kechisu, kehchis, v. adj.
he is old, superior by age; as n. an
aged person, Gen. 44, 20; Lev. 19, 32;
nuk-kechisu, I am old, Job 15, 10 {nuk-
kechimi, Luke 1, 18); kuhchlsu-lt,
'when he is old', Mass. Ps., John 3, 4.
Like the Latin senex, senectus, kehcJim
denotes old age entitled to respect,
without associating with it the ideu of
decrepitude or senility. Cf. mahldntam.
" Chise is an old man, and kkh-
c/ii.«ca man that exceedeth in age."—E.
Winslow's Relation (1624).
[Narr. kilchize, an old man; pi. -ziick;
kulchinnu, a middle-aged man (i. e. he
is growing old). Micm. kijigS, vieux;
kljigSiiik, les \ieux. Del. kika/, old,
Zeisb.]
kehcUthau, v. i. he forbears or lefrains
from doing (?): niix-xdumiumup
kehchithijii (inlinit.), ma/ta nuk-kehchil-
iohhou (causat. ), 'I was weary w^ith
forbearing, I could not stay', Jer. 20, 9;
kehchithaii—continued.
supi)os. kehchithaaii, if I forliear. Job
16, 6.
kehkechai, n. a sore, 'botch', Deut. 28,
kehkechesu, v. adj. an. he is sore, ' full
of sores', Luke 16, 20 (augm. of keh-
chem). Vbl. n. kehkechesuonk, a (running)
sore, a boil, Ps. 38, 11; 77, 2; Job
2,7.
[Narr. li'chesammam, I am in pain;
ncMsamam n'sHe, my foot is sore.]
kehketoDhkau, v. i. he goes on talking,
talks much. Freq. of kuttm, he speaks,
with 'k progressive. Vbl. n. kehketmh-
kdonk, keketwk-, talk, loquacity, Prov.
14, 23; Eccl. 10, 13; pi. -oiigash, 'bab-
blings', 1 Tim. 6, 20. N. agent, -kaeii,
a great talker; pi. -kamuog, Tit. 1, 10.
See kiitlm.
kehkomaii, kekomaii, v. t. an. he talks
about (him), slanders, or speaks re-
proachfully of: nuk-k6muk-quog, they
slander me, Ps. 31, 14. Vbl. n. kehko-
mailen, -mwdeii, a talebearer, a slan-
derea-, Prov. 18, 8.
[Cree kiegamaijoo, he scolds him (?).]
keht-, keiht-, in comp. words chief,
principal, (relatively) greatest. As a
prefix to nouns inan. corresponding to
kehche- before nouns an. See httche.
[Del. kilta, great. Abn. "maassa vel
kette, in antecessum," Rasles.]
k^tadtau, v. caus. inan. he makes
sharp, sharpens, whets (it) , Ps. 7, 12;
with inan. subj. -tauomco, it sharpens
(it), Prov. 27, 17; -tauun, he sharpens
it; pass, it is sharpened, made sharp,
Ezek. 21, 9; suppos. kehtattauon, if I
whet (my sword), Deut. 32, 41 [ketoHiig,
a whetstone, Wood). Cf. *cau6mp.ik.
[Abn. ne-kittad8n, je I'aiguise; (ikit-
tadSn, il I'aiguise; kkladangan, pierre d
aiguiser.]
Kehtanit, Keihtannit [keht-( iii)anit, the
chief or greatest manit], for 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 3, 7. With the verb
subst. kehlaiiUoo, keihlannitto, he is (or
it is) the greatest manitto; and with the
locative suffix, kehtanito-ut, the place of
the great manlto, or where he is:
hence, probably, Katttdntoinnl, 'the
groat Southwest God,' (R. W.), or
rather his home in the Southwest.
[Del. getnnnitoint, Zeisb. Gr. 37.]

32 BIREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY L'LLETIX 25
kehtauau(?), v. t. an. he is chief among
or superior to; as n. a chief man; pi.
kehtauaog. 'lords', Dan. 5, 23. Rarely
used and of questionable propriety. X.
agent. Milniitmen. pi. -luijog, 'nobles',
Trnv. .S. IS.
kehtequanitch, kehtcoq- \J:eht, uhrjuae,
-nutch, great, end of, hand], n. the
thumb, Ex. 29, 20; pi. -tchetif:!!, Ju.lg.
1. i\ 7.
[-\.bn. oghHkStrreigi, pollex.]
kehtequaseet [keht, uhquae, -seet, great,
end of, foot], n. the great toe: uk-kehte-
quaseet, his great toe, Ex. 29, 20; Judg.
1, 6, 7.
[Abn. meghitkStsit, ne-ghitkStsil, inon
gros orteil.]
kehtimaU, v. t. an. he appoints (him)
over, appoints (him) to office or command,
2 K. 11, 18; nuk-keitim, I ap-
point (him to rule over, etc.), 1 K. 1,
3-5; kuk-kehtim quoahodtumu-aenuog, thou
appointest prophets, Xeh. 6, 7. From
keht-, with 'm-au, the formative of an.
verbs of speaking, or of action performed
by the mouth; literally, 'he
trreat-speaks him.'
kehtippittenab, n. an armlet; pi.
-dpta^Ji, Is. 3, 19; 'the bracelet that
was on his arm', 2 Sam. 1, 10; kehtup-,
Gen. 24, 30; kihteupeteti/ipew'h, Ex. 35,
22. From keht-, {m)uhpittin (arm),
appt-u (it remains, or is permanent).
iehtoh, keihtoh, n. the ocean, 'sea'.
Gen. 1, 10; P.s. 78, 13; Hag. 2, 6; with
indef. affix, kehtohhan, knhtahhan, any
sea; pi. -hannmh, seas, oceans, Xeh. 9, 6;
with locat. affix, noeit kehtahhannit, in
the midst of the sea, Xum. 33, 8; Prov.
23. 34; kishke kehtahhannit, b\- the sea,
on the seashore, 1 Sam, 13, 5; Deut.
1. 7. Adj. and adv. kehtahhwie, of the
sea: kehlahhan-nuppog, the water of i
the sea, Ex. 14, 21. For kehteau, it is
very great, vast; = 'k-ahteau, it is going
on, or is indefinitely extended.
[Xarr. kitihan and uechekum, the sea,
R. W.: kikhonnohk [?], Stiles. Deh
killan, a great river (?); kitahkan, the
great ocean, Zeisb. (The Del. Indians 1
calleil the great river (Delaware) and
bay Killan (Kilhanne, Kkw.); ^kidhan
niink. in the main river', Zeisb. ) Chip. I
^Sag. ) keechegnhma, lalae; keeche-keeche- I
']
'
kehtoh, keihtoh—continued.
gamaa, great lake, sea; (Mack.) gitche-
gmnee, sea. Shawn. Vclnkitiiiii'. sea.]
kehtohlianiioiauk, n. 'the sand of the
sea', Ps. 78, 27 (kehtahhauomuhk,
Jer. 33, 22;) kehtahhanomitk, 3Iass. Ps.
[=beach(?), 'where the sea goes' (?K].
kehtotan, keiht-, n. a great town. Gen.
10, 12; Rev. 21, 1.5 (keht-, olan)
[Del. kilaUnai. Zeisb.]
keMoonog, kuht-, n. a ship, Prov. 30,
19; Is. 33, 21; Jonah 1,3; i)\. -ogijuash;
keht-mnog, great vessel (or carrier): cf.
pe-mnog. [From verb 'todigout', 'hollowed';
see Ragles under 'crever.']
[Xarr. kilunuck; dim. kilonurkqnese.
Abn. ketSrakS, navire. Menom. kah-
taynemoon. Del. ki tonl te itall (pi.)
ships, Zeisb.]
kehtooquanich. See kehleqiianilch.
keihchippam. .'^ee keechippnm.
keiht-. See keht-.
Keihtannit. See Kehlanit.
keihtoh. See kehtoh.
kekomaii. See kehkomai(.
kekuttoo, V. i. he speaks habitually, has
the faculty of speech. Freq. of kiillo).
kemeu, i it is) secret, private; as adv. 'in
secret ^IMatt. 6, 4, 6 {kemeyeue, secretly,
C. ; -ut kemeayeu-ut, in a secret place,
Job 40, 13); pi. kemeojgish, secret
things, Deut. 29, 29. With verb subst.
kemeyeucD; suppos. kemeyeuanik, or
-yeiiuk, when it is secret; as n. a .secret,
Prov. 2r>, 9; Dan. 4, 9, See kommmto.
[Abn. kimiSi. en cachette. Del. kimi,
Zeisb.]
*keniineiacliick (Xarr. i, n. pi. murderers;
kuk-kemineantin, you are the murderer,
R. W.
ken, pron. 2d pers. sing, thou; sun ken
noh u'oh paont, art thou he who shall
come? Matt. 11, 3; pi. kenafiail, vou, ve
(El. Gr. 7).
[Xarr. ke^n; pi. keenouui n .]
kenai, keneh, (it is) sharp, keen, Prov.
25, IS; in comp. ki'nc-, ken-: e. g. kenompsk,
a sharp stone, Ex. 4, 25; keneh-
quog, a sharp knife, Ezek. 5, 1; kiike-
neuhquayaogish (freq. pi.), sharppointed
things. Job 41, 20 {keniyeue,
sharply, C. ) ; suppos. kenag, when it is
sharp, that which is sharp, Is. 5, 28;
Rev. 14,14; vu^setunk, . . . kenag, the
.

TRVMBfLI.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 33
kenai, keneh—oontinued.
haft . . . the blade (of a knife), Judg.
3, 22; ehtdikenag, on-both-sides sharp,
two-edged, Prov. 5, 4.
[Illin. nikintS, j'aiguise, j'apointis
(Grav.); kinta, kinte, kinIS, dans la com-
position marquent souvent aiguiser,
apointir. Abn. kaiiSis, kaiiSiak, ^pine;
kanSHo, cela. est ^pineux, aigu. Del.
kincu, it is sharp, Zeisb. Voc. 18; Hhnsu,
he is sharp (harsh, jealous, etc. ), Zeisb.
Gr. 167.]
kenaiheau, v. caus. an. he forms (him),
gives him shape. Gen. 2, 7, 19. See
kuhkenauv;ehean (augm. ).
kenam, n. a spoon; pi. -moog, 1 K. 7,50
(kuimdm, quonnam, a spoon or ladle,
C. ). Cf. kem'in; kimumuk; koiinum.
[Xarr. kunam-mduog. Abn. emkSaiin.}
Tienau. See kem'm.
ienauwameonk, vbl. n. [an arraying or
putting in array (?),] an army, Joel 2,
self, a Ijoiirl or obligation. Num. 30, 3.
keneiimunne-ash, n. pi. first-fruits, Lev.
2, 12, 14; augm. kdkeneumunneash,
Num. 18, 12, 13; b'lkeniim-, Ex. 22, 29.
See kdkemtmutiiir.
kenogkeneg, -koneg, n. a window,
Gen. 6, 16; Judg. 5, 28; pi. -gaxh, Dan.
6, 10 [kenag'kinivg, kunnatequankk,C).
kenomp, keenomp, n. 'a captain', John
18, 12; a 'brave', a valiant man {kenom-
pae, valiant, valiantly {-paonk, valor,
C). [Cf. Chwathi (Caribs), 'magna;
sapientije viri', Vespucius, 1497, Nav.
Col., 3, 233.]
[Narr. keinomp, captain or valiant
man, E. AV. Abn. kinai'ihi; kiminhoS
homme courageux; ne-kiiiai'ihni, je suis
brave, genereux, etc.]
lienompattam, v. t. iiian. he look.« at, ob-
serves (it), 1 Sam. ](i, 7.
B. A. E., Bull. 2.5 3
keuompsquab, n. an anchor; pi. -a7;('o^,
Acts 27, 29. See kenuhquab; *kunn6mep.
kenoonaii, v. t. an. he speaks (with au-
thority, or as a superior to an inferior)
to (him), he counsels, advises, instructs,
Ex. 33, 9; Deut. 5, 24; 2 Sam.
17, 15; imperat. 2d sing, kencos; pi.
kencoimk. Vbl. n. kenaonudonk; pa!3S.
kenmnilluonk, counsel, advice, Prov. 20,
18. N. agent, kenaotmaen, a counselor;
pi. -enuog, Job 3, 14 (and kenmsmwa-
enin, Is. 9, 6).
kenugke, 'among'. Gen. 17, 10; Lev.
11, 2; kummke, Mass. Ps. (Vbl. n. ken-
ngkiyeiLonk, a mixture, C.) The primary
signification is 'mixed' or 'inter-
mingle

34 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bfl.LETIX 25
kenun, kinun—contiimtd.
kanun woshetomp, I ciirrv ;i man, C. )•
See kriimum.
[Narr. hniii'ihli, I will carry yuii,]
kenunkquab. See !:< niiliijimli.
kenuukwhonk, kin-, ii. a [liii; pi. -o«gaxh:
Ex. 27, 19; .'!8, 20, 21. From
ArH'f/aiiil iihrjiKir, sharpenedat the point.
kenunnaii, kin-, v. t. an. he carries (an
an. obj. ) in his haiul or arms; sup-
pos. konunnuiit, when he carries (him),
when carrying: uhlomprh, a
bow, Amos 2, lo; miikkiesoli,
a child, Nnm. 11, 12. With pronom.
affixes, iik-kiiiiiii-6li, she bears them,
Deut. 32, 11. See keiiiUi.
kenunnum, v. t. lie carries or liears
(it) by hand [and therefore improp-
erly used in Is. 53, 4, 11], Mark 14, 13:
kiiniiiiiiiim-up, 'he bare it', Ma.ss. Ps.,
.lolin 12,
kenuppe, swiftly, in haste, Dan. 3, 24;
t.i. Cf. kenun, koiinnm.
Is. 5, 26; as adj. -peyeu; with verbsubst.
-pi'i/eum, there is haste, it 'requires
haste', 1 Sam. 21, 8.]
kenuppetu, v. i. he grows fast. Gen. 21,
8, 20; pi. -Itioci, Gen. 25, 27. From
kenuppe, with the formative of verbs of
an. gi'owth.
kenupshaii, v. i. he makes haste, lie goes
quickly, Eccl. 1, 5; 1 Sam. 17, 48;
iniperat. kennjisliaiish, go thou quickly,
make haste, 1 Sam. 20, 38; 23, 27; sup-
pos. ktmnpulioiit, keimpxhoni. Job 9, 26;
Prov. 7, 23. Adj. and adv. kenupshde,
swift-going: kuhloanogquash , 'swift
ships', Job 9, 26; kenuppe kenupshAe
pei/aog, ' they come with speed swiftly ',
Is. 5, 26 {konupwhae, very swiftly, Dan.
9, 21). Augm. and intens. kogkenup-
shai'i, he goes swiftly; suppos. kakenup-
sliont, (when) going swiftly, 'swift of
foot', Amos 2, 15; neg kakenupshonit-
cheg, they who are swift, Amos 2, 14;
Jer. 46, 6.
[Abii. ne-ki'rhtag, that which
is ripe. Is. 18, 5; pi. nisli kesanrntagish,
Jer. 24, 2 (ki'mnnailii, ripe, C. ).
kesantam, v. i. (and t. inan.) he has a
purpose, purposes, intends: mikkeson-
tam, I purpose, 1 K. 5, 5. Vbl. n.
-lanioonk, purposing, a purpose, Eccl.
3, 17; 8, 6. kesi-, kes- (or k-ussi-, kus-) in
comp. words haa the force of 'fully',
' completely ', or sometimes simply augment.,
'very much.'
[Abn. kesi, tres. Del. ghchl, kisrhi,
done, ready, Zeisli.]
kesittae, adj. and adv. cooked, jirepared
for eating (i. e. completed or finished;
see kesleau
)
: kesittae weijaus, ' boiled
meat', 1 Sam. 2, 15 (kestde u-eymis, C).
[Narr. mntteHg keesit/mnno, is there
nothing ready boiled?; imssdume vekissu,
too much boiled or roasted. Aim.
kisede eto, cela est-il cuit? Dt'l. kixrhi-
toon, to make (it) ready, Zeisb.]
kesittu, v. i. he is full grown, lie has
finished growing, Gen. 38, 14; pi. -iing,
Judg. 11, 2. (With inan. suhj. kistikun,
q. v.) Cf. kedeau, it is finished.
kesteau [kcsitteaii], v. i. it is finished,
completed, made complete: niKikinixii-
onk kestedu-un, the work is finished, 1
K. 7, 22 (sometimes used as v. t. inan.;
kesteciH-un, he finishes it, he creates it,
Jer. 31, 22; kesteaunat wut-anakausuonk,
to finish his work, John 4, 34) ;
suppos.
noli kesteunk, he w'ho makes complete,
'the creator'. Is. 40, 28. With an.
obj. kezheitl'i, q. v. {kestoiifmal, to fin-
ish, C.)
[Abn. nc-kcsi'tSn, j'acheve quelque
chose. Cree keesetou; he finishes it.
Narr. inwkeesitin irequdl, he made the
light; awaun keesiteduuin keesuck, who
made the heavens? Del. gi schi toon, it
is done, finished, Zeisb.]
kesteauonk, -teoonk, vM. n. a luaking
comiilete, 'creation', ^lark 13, U).
kesteausu, v. adj. an. it is made com-
plete, 'it is finished', John 19,30; sup-
pos. kesteaiixtk, made complete, a 'crea-
ture', Rom. 1. 25.

kesuk, n.(l) the visible heavens, thesky,

36 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY '
keteau—continued.
39, 1: nag pish keteaog, they shall re-
cover, Mark 16, 18; asq kongketeau
(augni.), is he well?; Mq keteau, he is
well, Gen. 29, 6; su"^ n-oh nuk-keteam,
shall I recover? 2 K. 8, 8. 9. Adj. and
adv., keteae, of life, in life: matug,
'tree of life', Prov. 13, 12; tohke-
kom, 'fountain of life', Prov. 13, 14;
'quick'. Num. 16, 30. Vbl. n. ketea-
onk, living or being alive; the life prin-
ciple or vital force; 'the soul' (i. e. the
life). Job 12, 10; iik-keieaonk wei/aus
vrusqueheonganit, 'the life of the flesh
[is] in the blood'. Lev. 17, 11. See
*kltunckquei.
[Narr. nic-kreteni, I am recovered;
koukertrdvg, they are well. Abu. kighe,
il ,se redonne la vie.]
ketoohomom, v. i. he sings, recites in
song; uuk-keta)liov>om, I sing, Ps. 57, 7;
with an. obj. kctoohomaiiaii, he sings to
(him) or tells by song; pi. -amaiidog,
they sing to (him), 1 Chr. 16, 33; sup-
pos. kodtwhamont, pi. -OHc/iep, Eccl. 2, 8.
Adv. and adj. ketcuhomae, -liamwae, of
singing, of song, 2 Sam. 19, 35; Neh.
7, 67. Vbl. n. kelcohom&onk, a singing,
song: wame ketmhom&e uk-ketwhomaon-
gash (pi.) Ddi-id, all the p.salms (sing-
ing songs) of David [title of the psalma
in meter]. N. agent, ketmhomirden
(indef. -ivahiin), a singer, 1 Chr. 6, 33.
Cf. kuttco, he speaks; keimkau, he goes
on speaking, he talks. See anmhoin.
[Abn. kiSahadS, il chante.]
ketookau, v. t. an. he tells (him), he
goes on speaking to (him), 2 Sam. 20,
18; imperat. 2d sing, ketookasli, 1 Sam.
3, 10; suppos. pass, ahquompi ne adt
kekelwkomuk (freq. ), a time for speak-
ing [when it is to bespoken], Eccl. 3, 7.
From kutto), he speaks, with 'k progres-
sive.
[Narr. kehitto kdunta, let us speak
(talk) together; kuttdkash, speak.]
kezheaii, v. t. an. he perfects, completes,
finishes (him), 'creates'. Gen. 1, 27;
5, 1: nuk-kezeh, nuk-kezheeh, I create
him; pret. nuk-kezheomp, Is. 54, 16; suppos.
noh kezlieunt, he who makes complete,
who creates. Gen. 5, 1. With
inan. obj. kesteau (q. v.).
[Cree kirnehayon, he finishes him;
ki-erhehay, he begins him. (See in
[BULLETIN 25
kezheaii—continued.
Howse, Cree Gr., pp. 19, 20, and 84,
verbs of 'making' in -kdyoo, -kaldyoo,
and -knsou. ) Abn. ne-kisitSn, j'acheve
quelque chose; (with an. obj.) ne-kisi-
hafi. Del. /.w/n7o»,he makes, prepares
(something) ; /.i.sc/i/, ready, done; kischi-
toon, to make something ready; kischi-
echen, it is ready, d(jne, finished, Zeisb.]
kinou. See keni'in.
*kinukkinuin, v. t. he mixes or mingles
(one thing with another), C. ; suppos.
kinukkwiik, \\hen he mixes it; and sub-
stantively, a mixture, the kinnikinnic
and killikinnic of western tribes, —tobacco
mixed with the bark of the red
osier (Cornus sericea) or leaves of bear-
berry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi). Cf.
kcnugke.
[Del. gli eke iii rmi, anything to mix
with, mixture, Zeisb.]
kinun. See kenun.
kinunnau. See kenunnaii.
kishke, ( it is) by the side of, near to, by:
kishke may-id, l)y the wayside. Gen. 38,
14, 21; ktshke-iuk, by the riverside,
Num. 24, 6; Ezek. 47, 6, 7; kishke peyaii,
he came near to, etc., Dan. 8, 17.
[Abn. kikatsisi, contre quelque chose,
joignant quelque chose, lelongdu bord
de la riviere; ^r/.s/.?/, tout proche. Del.
giechgi. Chip, ichigah or tchig. Cree
chceke, close by, near, nigh, by.]
kishki, (it is) broad, great from side to
side: keitotan missi kah kishki, the city
(was) large and great, Neh. 7, 7; mishe-
ki-shkde, broad, wdde (absolutely, or as
opposed to aiarrow). Is. 33, 21; Matt.
23, 5; suppos. ne kishkag {koshkag, kos-
kag), the breadth of it, its breadth or
width from side to side. Job 37, 10;
Ex. 26, 2, 8 ( = ne anoolique-kishkag, Ex.
25, 10).
[Abn. Ssainni-keskegS, il est trop large,
trop ample (e. g. a garment); keske,
large, cela Test.]
kishkunk, n.: nt kislikunk, under a tree.
Gen. 18, 4, 8. See mehtug.
kishpinum, kusp-, v. t. he ties (it)
firmly, binds close, makes fast. From
hippi (close, fast), with the formative
(-nuni, with an. obj. -naii) of verbs denoting
action of the hand; imperat. 2d
sing, kispimish, kusp-, Prov. 6, 21; pi.
ki.ihpincok, 1 Sam. 6. 7; with an. obj.

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 37
kishpinum, kusp continued.
iik-kislipiii-ihili, they tieil them, 1 Sam.
6, 10. ( Vbl. n. ki.^lipiiiuoiil; binding, C.
kishpissu, -ussu, v. i. he ties or fastens,
make."? fast; and pass, he is tied, made
fast. Matt. 21, 2; pi. -suo(/, they are tied,
2 K. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kishpissuonk, pi.
-ongash, bonds, Ezek. 3, 25; Job 38, 31.
[Narr. ksjjunsh, pi. kspunemoke, tie it
fast. Cree kerhepissoo, he is girt.]
*[kissittasliau, v. i. he sweats;] nuk-
klssittaghom, I .sweat, C. See Liissilteau.
*Kitan (for Krhlimil). the great god
( nuvill). See *Kiiiilaiiln,nrit, Ki'htdnil.
kitchewewes [krlirhe urins], n. the great
owl, Lev. 11, 17; =k(hrhe kcohkmkhauK,
Dent. 14, 16. (Strix virginiana?)
kitchisahshau (?), v. i. he falls into the
tire, Matt. 17, Li.
*kitonckquei (Narr.), v. i. he is dead;
suppos. 2d sing, kitonckquian, when thou
diest [shalt die] ; 3d pi. -qufheltit, when
they die; pret. (intens.) kakitonckque-
ban, 'they are dead and gone'; pausa-
wul kiionckqunra, 'he can not live long'
[he is near dying], R. W. Apparently
from ketedonk (vbl. n. from ketean,
q. V. ), the life, with the formative of
verbs of going; ketexwnkq&eu, life goes.
In the Abnaki, a verb adj., from the
same base, ketaitSsS, signified both a
dead person and a specter or the appari-
tion of the dead (answering to chepy,
q. v.); "un qui est mort, si on parle de
lui, dicitur ke'tahSsSa; un mort qui
reviens apres sa mort, kelaiiSuS, '
' Rasle.s.
kitshittau, = kiitcliti^sittau, he washes
(it I. See kiililii-

38 BUREAT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
kod—continued.
indirative, vif-kod-imnnlaiii, ' I will l)e
wise', Eecl. T, 23; suppog. koduan,
(when) 'thou seekest to go', 1 K. 11, 22.
[Narr. hatou eneechmi; 'she is falling
into travail', i. e. is about to be deliv-
ered. Abn. kndaSi, inan. subj. kedaSi,
"nota futuri, vel potius ad exprimen-
(luni je veux, afin que, sur le point de,"
Rasles. Del. n'gatta, I will (from rjat-
tamen, to w'ant, will, desire); gotta, he
willeth, Zeisb. Gr. 162. In the Chip,
and Cree kil (before a vowel, kad) or ga
has apparently lost its desiderati ve force
and beconje a prefix or auxiliary of the
simple future indicative. See Baraga,
88; Howse, 199.]
kodchuki, (it is) apiece, or a part of (it),
.Tudg. 9, .53; Dan. .5, 5, 24; 'a morsel'
(of food), Prov. 23, 8: kodchukishk
{kodcliuki-wisq), 'a potsherd'. Job 2, 8
{kodchi'ihki meijaus, a piece of meat, C).
kodsheau, v. i. inan. subj. it falls out (of
it), as a sword from its sheath, 2 Sam.
20, 8. (jf. kodtinnum, hejiulls (it) out.
kodtautam, v. t. he desires, longs for,
wishes (it). From kod, with the form-
ative of verbs of mental state or disposition;
iiuk-kodtantam,l desire (it), Job
33, 32; imperat. 2d sing, ahgue kodtan-
tash, do not desire, Prov. 23, 3. Vbl. n.
kodtnntamcooiik, desire, will, Prov. 18, 1;
Rom. 7, 18. With an. obj. kodtanumai),
he desires or longs for ( him ) ; suppos.
kodtdnumadi, 'if thou liast a desire unto
her', Deut. 21, 11.
[Xarr. iinillatiiitiim or ncatlileani, I
long forit. Del. gottataine)!, he desires.]
kodtantupont, kodto-, n. the top or
crown of the head. Gen. 49, 26; Deut.
33, 16, 20; Job 2, 7.
[Abn. SsskUan'tebi, au-dessus de la
t6te;

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 39
kodtumwohkom—lont i nued
{-Jiknm), 1)0 goes from year to year;
(with a miineral or indefinite quantita-
tive) he is years old: nabn-npese
Icodtumvxihkom, she is twelve years old,
Mark 5, 42.
[Narr. loh huUeaxhe l.-odtnnnrohkom,
how many years old are you?]
kodtuppcD, V. i. he is hungry, Is. 44,
12; ilatt. 4, 2; pret. 7iuk-kodlup [for
-upup (?)], I was hungry. Matt. 25, 35,
42; suppos. kadtupwut, kodt-, when he is
hungry, Mark 2, 25; Is. 58, 10. .From
kod, desiderative, and -uppco (v. ge-
neric), he eats, he longs to eat.
[Narr. n'cdthip, I am liungry; im'in-
nancattup, I am very hungry. Del. kat
to pti i, to hunger, Zeisb.]
*kog'kaliqutteau, v. i.: nvk-koghiliqut-
team, I counsel or advise, C. ; with an.
obj. kogkohkooioaii, he gives counsel (to
him^C.
kogkeau, kogkewau, v. i. he is mad,
in.«ane, Ijeside himself, 1 Sam. 21, 14;
John 10, 20 (kakewau, Mass. Ps. ): kuk-
kogke'i (pres. actual), thou art beside
thyself; matla nuk-kogke-oh (negat. ), I
am not mad. Acts 26, 24, 25; suppos.
7ioh kogkeuH, he who is mad; pi. -edcheg,
Matt. 4, 24; suppos. pass. inan. as n. kagkeamnk,
madness, being mad, 1 Sam.
21, 13. Vbl. n. kogkeaniik, madness.
K. agent, kogkeaen, imlrf. -'n jiin. a madman.
Ady. kogki', kiHjL,, [Lfighm-, C.),
madly, of madness. Vb. adj. kogkeesu,
he does madly, he is actively mad,
'lunatic'. Matt. 17, 15.
*kogkeliodp6nat, v. i. (infin.) to be
drunk [?], C.
[Cree krexkynypai/oo, lie is drunk.]
kogkeissippannwau, -amou, v. i. he is
drunk, Ps. 107, 27 (suppos. kakesup-
padt, W'hen he is drunk, Mass. Ps. ) ; imperat.
cihgue kogkesupwmvish, don't be
drunk, C. Vbl. n. -ammonk, drunkenness,
Deut. 29, 19. N. agent, -amwahi,
a drunkaril, Prov. 26, 9.
kogkeusquau (v. i. she is a mad woman )
a harlot. Is. 23, 15, 16; pi. -squAog,
Prov. 7, 10. Vbl. n. kogkeusquawoiik,
harlotry, 'lasciviousness', Mark 7, 22.
kog'kewau. See kugki'au.
kogkohsum, kogoxum, kogkohkussum,
kuhkussum, v. t. he cuts in
.
,
kogkohsum, etc.—continued.
shape, carves, engraves, fashions 1 ly cut-
ting (it), Zech. 3, 9; (infin.) Ex. 31,5;
35, 33; suppos. luih ndlUoe kohkubhisit,
he who skilfully cuts, who has 'skill to
grave', 2 Chr. 2, 7. Vbl. n. biijornni-
coonk, carving, 'graving', Zech. 3, 9.
Adv. and adj. kogo.nimwe, kogoksumve,
by carving or graving, carved, graven,
2 Chr. 34, 4, 7; Jer. 51, 47, 52.
kog'kopsau, (he is) deaf, Lev. 19, 14; Is.
29, 18; suppos. kokohsoni, kogkobsont,
Ex. 4, 11; Ps. 38, 13; pi. -oncheg, Is.
43, 8 [kogkopsde mehtauog, a deaf ear,
0. ): kohkobsahtauog, pi. -ogash, deaf
ears. Is. 35, 5, =vmhtauogash kuppiyetiash
(closed ears), Mic. 7, 16. From
kuppi, closed, fast, with augm. redupl.
and intr. an. formative, 'su ko-kup'm,
he is shut close. See kuppoliosu.
[Narr. n\-upsa, I am deaf. Abn. ne-
gaglwjmi. Del. gegepclioat, a deaf i)er-
.son, Zeisb.]
kog'kouequaU, -quaou, v. i. he sleeps
(lightly), he slumbers, Ps. 121, 3, 4.
Vbl. n. -qudonk, slumber, light sleep,
Prov. 24, 33.
kSgkounogoliquolihou, -og'kaliquoh.hou,
n. a thistle, 2 K. 14,9; 2 Chr. 25, 28.
Ci.kdnukkelilahiuhaii, he pierces, pricks.
kogkounum, v. t. he withholds (it);
with an. 2d obj. he withholds (it) from
(him); kiik-kogkouiiiunai'i, thou withholdest
(it) from him. Job 22, 7. From
kSuni-iin.
kogkussohkoag, n. a high place; pi.
-gish, 1 Sam. 13, 6. Augm. of kitssoh-
koag, suppos. of kussohkdi, high.
kogoxum. See kogkolmtm.
kogsuhkoag, n.; pi. +'is/!, 'hills', Luke
23, 30 (for kogkmsohkuaglsh)
koh. See bi.
kohkatoon, kohketcon. See kiihkuttmn.
kohkodhumau, v. i. he chews the cud;
negat. nmltit bilikodhummoa, he does
not chew the cud, Deut. 14, 8, =matta
oiirliifliniiiutrn. Lev. 11, 7; suppos. bih-
kodhinnoiit, Deut. 14, 6, =(inrhitU>iiiont,
Lev. 11, 3; pi. -imcheg, Deut. 14, 7.
Cf. onrhlttamau.
kohkdnooau, v. t. an. he denies (him).
See qih'iiajirdi'i.
kohkuhquag' [suppos. of hilikuhqueu, it
goes up], n. the toji (of a hill orascent).
.

40 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
kohkuhquag'—con t i n ue< 1
a .>iuiiimit, Deut. 34, 1; a lieap (of
Avaters), Jo^h. 3, 13.
kohkuttoon, = kuhkutloan, he thirsts.
kohnkan, (there i.«) drought, v. impers.
as n. Deut. 8, 15; en neepunne kuiikanit,
in the drought of summer. Cf. kuhkiittmi)
Iktilik-, iruttcon, dry, mouth], he
thirsts.
*koliunk (Peii.), a goose, Stiles. See
kommcDto, kummcoto, v. i. and t. inan.
he steals, Gen. 31, 19; Matt. 6, 20; pi.
-touvg, Mutt. 6, 20; imperat. of prohib.
2d pi. kominmtuhkon, do not steal, Ex.
20, 15; Mark 10, 19; suppos. pass. inan.
ne koininmtumuk, that which is stolen,
Gen. 31, 39 {nuk-kmnmcot, I steal, C. ).
Vbl. n. kommootou-onk, stealing, theft,
Ex. 22, 3; Hos. 4, 2. N. agent, kommwtowaen
(indef. -aenin), a thief.
From krmeii, secretly, bj' stealth.
[Narr. kuk-kummml, you steal; ka-
moutakirk (suppos. pi. ), thieves. Chip.
kemoodeshkeh , he is a thief; suppos.
chegemoodid, he who steals, John 10, 1,
10. Abn. kfiTiSlene, il derobe. Del.
kii)iocliii-eii, to steal awav privately,
Zeisb.]
komuk (?), n. a building, an (artificial)
inclosure. The primary signification is,
perhaps, that which is built, for other
use than for a dwelling place (wek),
Acts 5, 23: iroskeche komuk, the top of
the house. Is. 22, 1; axkiiJucetede kniniik-
qiit, in the watch tower. Is. 21, 5; tjim-
nunkque-komuk, high building, ' tower '
.
) ;
meechumee-komuk, food-house, a barn,
Luke 12, 24 (maayeu-komuk, meetinghouse,
C).
[Narr. ininnauchi-c6mock,Si chimney,
R. W. ilicm. cdme, a harbor, Rand.
Cf. Abn. -kamigS, in kelakamigS, the
mB.mla.n(\]pcp(imkaruighek, univers (pe-
/»on»ji.S/, par tout); mesagSigumigS, 'cabane
do pieux, Ala franfaise,' Rasles;
Micm. iiiiikliamigueS, terre, Maill.]
kongketeaii, v. i. he is in good health,
is well. Gen. 29, 6. Intens. of keteau.
*konkitchea (Narr.), as, often (?).
konkont, konkontu, n. (onomatope) a
crow, 'raven'. Cant, o, 11; kutrltikkonkont
[hhrhe konkont], Deut. 14, 14, and (pi.
kihchikkong6ntuog, raven, ravens, Luke
konkont, konkontu—continueh.
koshkag', koskag', width >n- lircudth.
Sec khiiki.
koshki. See kusliki.
kosittag-, kasittag, when it is hot: su|i-
pos. of kn!

TRl'MBULLl NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 41
koueu, kou'weu—continued.
18, 27); tuik-kouem, I sleep, Cant. 5, 2;
suppos. 2d sing, kaean, when thou sleep-
est, Eph. 5, 14; 3d sing, noli hii.t, Iriwit,
he who sleeps; pi. Icaecheg. Vbl. n.
koueonk, sleeping, sleep, Prov. 24, 33;
mishe-koiieoiik, a deep sleep. Gen. 15,
12. N. agent, koui-uen (indef. -(•nin), a
sleeper, Jonah 1, 6.
[Narr. (pre.s. defin.) cowu-ewi, he is
asleep; cowin'icock, they sleep; yd coiv-
uh, lodge here; (suppos.) cdirit, while
he slept. Abn. nc-kaSi, je dors; kaS, il
dort. Del. gmiiriu; participle pres.
(suppos.) geit), sleeping; gauvin, to
sleep, Zeisb. ; n'gduui, Hkw. (n'gSive,
Cass), I sleep.]
kouhquodt, kouhquod, kounkq-, n. an
arrow, Ps. 11, 2; Prov. 25, 18; Job 41,
28; pi. -task, 2 K. 13, 15, IS. From
kd'us, a thorn, idiq- (rad. of uhqude, at
the point or extremity), pointed, and
ohteau (suppos. inan. ), that which has
a sharp point or is sharp at the end.
[Narr. pi. kauquatmh. Peq. keeguum,
khegunl, Stiles. Abn. kafiSHo,
cela est ^pineux, aigu (arSs, fleche
sans iAte;pdk8e, fleche a tete); kunksk-
orS^, fleche oft il y a des plumes, etc.
Cliiji. (Sag.) keenouxiwkoyn.']
kounum, v. t. he carries, supports, holds
in hand; suppos. kounuk (ne kounuk,
what he carried, 'his carriage', 1 Sam.
17, 22); pi. qnnvhttikquasli. koimukeg,
they who carry spears, 'spearmen'.
Acts 23, 23; freq. kogkounum, he holds
or carries (it) habitually, continues to
hold or carry (it), as a distaff, Prov.
31, 19; with an. obj. kounau, kogkou-
naii, Gen. 19, 16; Ps. 1.39, 10; Rev. 20, 2.
koiis, n. a thorn, a briar. Is. 55, 13; 2 Cor.
12, 7; Mic. 7, 4; a bramble, Judg. 4, 14,
15: kishke kdus-sehtu, by the (thorn)
bushes. Job 30, 4. See asinnekoits.
The radical is iihq, pointed (see uh-
qucw.u), with perhaps the vb. adj. form-
ative -ussu, he i.s sharp pointed (pi.
-sog), which gives the noun the animate
form.
[Abn. kaiiSis, epine.'\
kouweu. See koiieu.
kco. See kmu'a.
kcDche. See hxtche.
koocliteau, v. t. he adds to or increases
by progression; primarily a causative,
he makes it progre.ss or go on; infin.
-eaunat, 'to add' (i. e. to go from) one
thing to another, Deut. '29, 19; with
an. 2d obj. nuk-koachte-oh, I add to liim
(years to his life, 2 K. 20, 6). From
kfxjchf (krdclie). See kmlnau.
kcohkrakliaus, n. (onomatope) an owl,
Deut, 14, 15, 16; Lev. 11, 16; pi. -xog,
Job 30, 29; kehche (and inhhe) kmlikmkhaus,
the great owl, Deut. 14, 16;
Is. 34, 15; dimin. koohkcokhomwem, thelittle
owl, Deut, 14, 16, =aihmmous,
Lev. 11, 17. Cf. imwes (screech owl).
[Xarr. kokikehom, ohomous, an owl.
Abn. kSkSkasS, chat-huant (and kSkuifsS,
le coucou) .
Chip, o-ko-ko-o, ko-ko-ko-o.
Del. gokhoos, owl; gokhotit, a little owl,
Zeisb.]
kookcokanogs, n. a bell, Ex. 39, 25, 26
[-ogqut!»u, owl-like (?)].
kcon, n. snow, Ex. 4, 6; Job 6, 16; Ps.
148, 6. Cf. muhpco, sochepo.
[Narr. cone (and sdcJujw). Del. gun,
guhn, Zeisb. Chip, kon, mn-kone. Menom.
koon.']
kcotnau, kootnehteau, v. t. lie makes
an addition to (it), increases (it) by
adding (cf. ko:)chteau) : ahque koalnwh,
thou shalt not [do not] add to it, Deut.
12, 32; matta uk-kootnau-6-un, he did
not add (anything or more), Deut. 5,
22; ttk-kootnehieau-un, he addeth to it.
Gal. 3, 15; imperat. 2d pi. kojlmhtenn-
mk, add veto (it), 1 Pet, 1, 5.
koo'wa, koD, n. a pine tree, 'fir', Hos.
14, 8; pi. kroiniog. From the same
root as kdiis, the tree, like the English
pine (pin tree), taking its name from
its pointed leaves, epines, or its general
shape.
[Narr. koirair, a pine tree; dimin.
kowau-huck (pi.), young pines. Abn.
kHe, pin; kafiSia, 6pine, Rasles; modern
.\bn. ko-ira, pine tree, K. A. Del. cn-u-e,
Zeisb.]
kuhhog, thy body, thy jjerson, thyself.
Malt. 22, 39. See -liog.
kuhkenauwehJieau, v. cans. an. (augm.
of kenniliht'iuj ) he shapes, fashions,
gives form to (an an. obj.). Job 26,.
13; suppos. kiilikewimciheont, he form—

42 BUEEATT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY fBl'LLETIN 25
kuhkenauTvelilieau—continueil.
ins; (when lir Inriiis), Is. 44, 10; pass.
kiihki'iKiilieltiiiti, lie i.-J formed; pret. m(i-
hdikenaihetleap, I was shapen, Ps. 51, 5.
Adv. kuhkenavwe, shapely, in order,
order!}', Luke 1, 1,3. With inan. obj.
hilikenautrehteou, he shape.* or fashions
( it ) ; pret. tiuk-kiihl.rnmnrehteop, I formed
(it), Is. 4.T, 7. C'f. kenawmmeonk.
kuhkham, kuhham, v. t. he marks (It)
out; iik-J.-iiIikJiiiiii-iDi. he marks it out
(naslijxjii iiiiiiiiii'iil, ]>y a line. Is. 44, 13);
suppos. instr. [k)ilikheg'\ kuhheg, that
which serves to mark with, a line; pi.
nuk-kuliheganasli, my lines, Ps. 16, 6:
kuhhegnn-ehtu, within the lines, 'gates',
Deut. 15, 7; freq. and augm. kuhkuhlieg,
a (land-) mark, bound, limit, Ex.
23, 31; Prov. 23, 10; Matt. 25, 4; line,
Is. 2S, 10 (kuhkehheg, a rule; adj. kult-
kiihhi'ij

kukkehtau, kukkeihtaii, v. t. an. he
gives attention to, liearkens to, observes
(him). From tuhkham, he marks (?).
Imperat. 2d sing, kukkeitaxh, Vs. 45, 10
lahchusutash, Mass. Ps.] ; ( 2d -f- 1st sing.
kukkehtah, hearken to me, Num. 23, 18;
2d pi. noh kiikkeitok, to wlioni, hearken
ye, Deut. 18, 1.5.
[Narr. kikkita, hearken thou to me.
Abn. ne-kikl.am, je suis attentif, j'^coute;
imperat. kita, kekSittanmi, je t'ecoute,
je t'obeis.]
kukkonashquaeC?), adv. and adj. :
missonkquaminneash, 'full eai's of corn
in the husk', 2 K. 4, 42.
kukkow. See kiijimk.
*kumma, adv. lately, C. See kiitlmnma.
kummooto. See knmmmto, he steals.
*kunam (Narr. ), a spoon; pi. -imiiiog, E.
W.; kunndin, qiionnum, C. See, kenam.
kunkohteadteae, adv. and adj. of dryness,
dry: olike, dry (i. e. parched
liy drought) land, Jer. 50, 12. See
kolDikaii, (there is) drought.
*kunnatequanick, n. a window, C'.
kenogkeneg.
See
*kunndsuep (Narr. ), n. a killoek or
anchor, R. \V. See kenuhquah.
kuppadt, kuppad, n. ice. Job 6, 16; 38,
29. From kuppi-ohlemi; lit. 'when it
is covered' or 'closed up.'
[Peq. kupjMt, Stiles. Narr. rapdt,
R. W. Del. k'patten, it (e. g. the river)
is frozen up, Zeisb.]
*kuppaquat ( Narr. ) , 'it is overcast ' , i. e.
wlien it is cloudy, = kuppohqaodt
kuppi, (1) (it is) close, shut in, inclosed.
(2) thick, close together. (3) as n. a
thicket (a place where trees grow close
together), a 'wood', Eccl. 2, 6; 'grove'.
1 K. 16, 33; 2 K. 21, 3; kuppahlu, in
covert, Job 38, 40; 'in thickets', Jer. 4,
29; Is. 9, 18; pi. kuppiyeuaxh, 'groves',
2 Chr. 31, 1. (Sansk. kumb or kuh,
tegere; Greek ki'ttoj, 6Ke7roo; Engl.
keep, coop.)
[Narr. cujjji-,-„iarhaiig. thick wood, a
swamp, R. W.]
kuppogki, (it is) thick: kuhpogkii poh-
kenai, (there is) thick darkness, Deut.
4, 11; pasuk menutclteganit unnukkuhque
huppogki, (it is) a hand's breadth thick,
2 Chr. 4, 5; suppos. ne kiilijiogok, the
thickness of it (guhpogok, Ezek. 41, 9).
Adv. kiippogke, Ezek. 41, 26.
.
)
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 43
kuppogki—continued.
[Aim. kijii'ighe, (bois) ^pais, en plat;
suppos. kepaghck. Del. kopachkan; an.
kopaclikisso, Zeisb. ]
kuppohliam, kuppuhham, \. t. he
stops, stays, closes (it), 2 Chr. 32, 30;
pi. 2 K. 3, 25; Heb. 11, 33; suppos. kohliog,
when he stops (it) : noh kobhog, he
who stops (it), Job 38, 37; pi. neg kob-
liogeg, 2 Chr. 32, 4; pass. (Lnan. subj.
kohhamuk, when it is closed, when it
closes, Josh. 2, 5; Titus 1, 11; with an.
ol)j. kiippohhau, kuppuhhoii, he stops
(him). Vbl. n. kiippohhainmimk, -moiniiik,
a stopping (place), a 'haven',
Acts 27, 12. From kuppi + a»n (ohham )
he goes, [nuk-kupham, I shut, C]
[Narr. kujjhoDimm, to shut the door;
kuplaish, shut the door, R. W. Abn.
ne-kephdmeii, je le bouche (un trou).
Del. kpa-hi, shut the door; kpa-lioon, a
door, Zeisb. Voc. ]
kuppohkomuk [kuppi-komuk}, n. (1) a
I'lacc inclosed, shut in; (2) a place
which is thick-set, where trees are close
together, Deut. 16, 21.
[Narr. cappacommock, "which sig-
nifies a refuge or hiding-place, as I con-
ceive." R. \V.]
kuppohosu, kuppuhhausu, v. adj. he
is stiijiped, stayed, shut in, 1 Sam. 23, 7;
Rom. 3, 19; and v. i. he stops or closes.
Cf. kogkopsau, (he is) deaf.
[Narr. ri'eupga, I am deaf. Abn. ke-
bahai'isS, il bouche cela; gagh"p:

ii BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bi'lletin 5'?
kushki, lit is) rough (it scratches, is
hursli): hogkmonk, a rough gariiieiit,
Zech. 13, 4; mayaKh, rough
ways, Luke 3, 5; with an. subj. (v. adj.
kushkesu, he is rough.
)
[Cree, kowiasu, he is rough; kaskaskahum,
he scrapes it. Abn. kakhigan,
la gratte, instrument a gratter les
peaux.]
kuspinum. .'^ee l.islipiimni.
kussa-, kusso-, in conip. words, hot,
warm. See innlikussa.
kusse-, kes-, (augm.) in comj>. words,
very much, fully, compiletely. See
kcf!(iiitaiit.
[Abn. kesi (partic. ) tres.]
kusseh, interj. lo, behold, El. Gr. 22.
[Del. .^che, grluhi. see there! Zeisb.]
kussehtanip[pe], -tanup, n. a stream,
a current, Ps. 124, 4; Is. 30, 28; pi.
-peash, Is. 34, 9. For knssehtan-nippe,
flowing water. Is. 30, 25. Hence (adv.
kussehkume sepuese, the stream of a
brook. Job 6, 15; anumUchuwane kus-
t^ehtanii}!, an overflowing stream, Is.
?,0, 2.S.
kussitchuan, -uwan Ikusse-ntclman^,
V. unipers. it flows in a rapid stream or
current, it continues flowing; as n. a
rapid stream, a current, Ps. 46, 4; 78,
16, 20; pi. -»((.«/!, Cant. 4, 15.
[Abn. ke«i (partic.) tres; kestre, il
va tres vite; kesitsSaiin, kesitann, elle
(la riviere) est rapide.]
kussitteau, -tau, v. i. it is hot; as n.
heat (ot the sun, or natural heat), Job
24, Ul; 30, 30; Is. 49, 10; suppos. kdsil-
tay, kosiltng, when it is hot, in the heat
of the day. Gen. 18, 1; 1 Sam. 11, 11.
For kusK-ohieau (pajeh Jcussohtd-ut, 'till
the sun be hot' , Neh. 7, 3) ; suppos. kos-
ohtag, Ex. 16, 21. (With -sh, of invol.
action or of derogation, kissittashau, he
sweats, C.)
[Narr. hussAitah, it is hot; kdmitUks,
hot weather; nick-qussitldunum, I sweat.
Abn. ke.iidc, vel kesahede, celaest chaud.
Del. ksckiOel:, warm, hot, Zeisb. Gr. 42;
kscliiltea. warm, hot (it is); v.adj.,ibid.
163.]
kusso-. See kmsa-.
kussolikdi, n. a summit, point of rock
or earth, a crag, 'high hill', Ezek. 6,
13; kassohkoi-oiiipsk, 'a sharp rock',
.
kussohkoi—continued.
1 Sam. 14,4; kussohkoiyeue ayeuouganit,.
'in the top of high places', the highest
place, Prov. 8, 2; k~iissohk6iyeue wad-
chii-iit, 'into a high mountain', Is. 40,9'
{kuaxKlikoe imdchu, high hill, Mass. Ps.,
Ps. 104, 18). Cf. tohkmtiiuaog kunsampsk-
ki'ii-yi'ii-iif, 'they climb upon the rocks',
Jer. 4, 29.
kussompskussum, v. t. he heats or
makes hot (an oven, furnace, etc.);
infjnit. -umunat, Dan. 3, 19; suppos.
kussrimpskussuk, when he heats (it),
Hos. 7, 4. From kussa, onqjsk (a stone),
with the formative of verbs denoting
action of fire {-'ssum): he makes the
stones hot (for cooking in the Indian
'
manner )
[Abn. kesiipskidi; pierre chaude.]
kussopitteau, v. i. it is very hot, heated
(by fire, or beyond natural heat); sup-
pos. kussopittag, koi.soptttag, when it is
very hot; as n. great heat, Deut. 29, 24;
2 Pet. 3, 10; Job 6, 17. Adv. and adj.
-pittde, -petde, hot (by the action of fire,
etc. ), 1 Sam. 21, 6; Ps. 6, 1 : ague,
for 'fever', Deut. 28, 2. (Ybl. n. kis-
soptilenlidrmk, fervency, heat, C.
kussoppussu, -pissu, v. adj. an. he is
hot; pi. -snog, Hos. 7, 7; snppos. kusso-
jjosuk, when he is hot: nepauz kussojxmuk,
when the sun is hot (?), 1 Sam.
11, 9 [rruk-kissdpis, I am hot, C. ). Vbl.
n. kussoppissiionk, heating, heat, inflammation,
Deut. 28, 2. From kussa and
appcosu.
*kussunuasliaouk, n. 'fever', Mass. Ps.,
Jolm 4, .'12
( irisaushaonk, El.).
kutamungineaeaix, v. t. an. he pities
(him), Joel 2, IS. Cf. kllteamonteanu-
mai't.
kutclie, koache [k'aii-lie, k' ii-utchel signifies,
primarily, it ])roceeds or makes
progress from ; hence, it begins, has its
origin or source; but while ncoche is
used with reference to a beginning or
starting point, present or past, kmche
or kulche connotes progression or the
going on from a beginning or origin in
the past to the present or future, or the
relation of a cause to its effect in the
present or future. Eliot does not appear
to have made this distinction in
all cases; e. g. kitchu, he began { tocurse,.
)

TRUMBUU.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 45
kutclie, kooche—lontinueil.
etc.), Matt. 26, 74; but nwrli,: in the
corresponding verse, ilark 14, 71. .Yf
vutche Icuiche, 'then began', i. e. therefrom
went on, Gen. 4,26; ?!« . . . kmch,
therefrom (will he gather you together),
Deut. 30, 4; ijeu kmche omohkinunun,
ior this cause I raised thee up, Ex. 9,
16; kcoche-kekondn, kooche-mamonchanan,
koochu wulohkinaan, kcoche-kinnean, 'in
him [from him] we live, we move, we
have our being ... we are his off-
spring'. Acts 17, 28. {hdche, begun;
kmche, more, C. ) Cf. k'; kacMmco
{suppos. kahche-mamk) ; kehche; keht-.
[Narr. nen kUche, I begin, or mik-
kitcheftssetn. Abn. kette, in antecessum,
avant, auparavant. Micm. kicli et klyi
[_^=kitche'\, servent a former des tems
ant^rieurs; kick repond aussi a notre
oui, ou d^ja, pour le temps passe, ^laill.
Cree keeche-tou; he begins it; h'ltche
(conj. causal), that, to the end that.
Chip, k'rja, in advance, beforehaml;
kitchi [after, in time], Bar.]
*kutcliinnu (Xarr. ), a middle-aged man,
K. W . See kehchissu. Eliot has keiJichenuog,
'the aged men', i.e. those who
are growing (-innuug) old. Tit. 2, 2.
kutchiog, pi. old men, Ps. 148, 2; keh-
chelo:/. Estli. 3, 13. See kehche.
*kutcliishin, v. i. (inan. subj. ) it begins,
^lan. Pom. 88; opjiosed to vohkvkquo-
shiii, it ends.
kutchisqua. See k^lu'liitijiKi.
kutchissik, kadshik [snpp(js. of kuichis-
sia or -isliin], when it begins; as n. the
beginning (of that which continues to
be or to act): weske kutchigsik, in the
(very, or new) begmning. Gen. 1, 1;
wutche kutchissik onk yean vehqshik, from
the beginning to the end, Eccl. 3, 11;
kAdshik inutlaok, the beginning of the
world. Is. 64, 4. Cf. kehchissii.
kutchissumau, v. t. an. and refi. he
washes himself or another, 2 Sam. 12,
20; John 9, 7; nuk-kutchessum, I wash
myself, John 9, 11 (nuk-kitisum, I
wash, C. ) ; pi. -marjg vui-hashabprnoh
(an.), they wash their nets, Luke 5, 2;
imperat. 2d sing, -mtish, wash thyself,
2 K. 5, 10; suppos. ktttchessumog nuhhog
nippe, if I wash myself with water.
Job 9, 30. Vlil. n. kulchistmiiidoiik, wash-
I [Xarr.
I kutshamun.
I
kutchissumaii —continued.
ing one's sell nr another, Eph. 5, 26;
Tit. 3,5. With inan. obj. kutchis.nttau,
kilshitlau, he washes (it). Gen. 49, 11;
1 K. 22, 38; imperat. 2d sing, kiitchis-
sit/aush, 2 Sam. 11, 8; pish kuk-kitshil-
tav-jm, thou shalt wash it. Lev. 6, 27.
Vbl. n. kutchusittoonk, Neh. 4, 23.
[Abn. ne-ke»lg8d, je me lave le visage;
ne-kesiretsa , les mains; ne-keneseg-
henaii, ( v. g. une chemise). Del.
kschiechsu, v. adj. clean; kschiechem,
wash him; /.«7i

46 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl-LLETIN 25
kuttco—continued,
)
speech, talk, narration; hellmtronk (see
hennaiX), unnonlajitaouk, language, mu-
tual speech. ( Sansk. gad (dicere, loqui
and hilh (loqui) ; repet. gadgada (lallans,
balbutiens.
[Abn. ketSangan, parole. Chip. ikUo,
he says; gigilo, he .speaks, Bar. (i'kidoo,
J.). Cree kcl(k), he speaks; suppos.
ketool.'i
kuttumma, kit-, adv. very lately, El.
Gr. 21 {kummii, C. ).
[Narr. kitttimmdy, even now; kitttim-
y&i tokcan, as soon as I wake.]
m' (or, as written by Eliot, m followed
by a short vowel ) is an indeterminate
and impersonal prefix which may be
translated by 'some,' 'any,' or occasionally
by 'a,' 'an,' or 'the.' Duponceau
(notes to Eliot's Gr. xiv)
mistook this prefix for 'a definite article',
as Howse (p. 245) has shown.
It is found with substantives signify-
ing the body and its parts, with the
names of a few objects which were
regarded as specially belonging to the
person, and with some concrete and
material nouns, e. g. m'a^keht, grass
(from askehteuu, it is green) ; m'ay, path,
way (from du, he goes); m'in, a fruit
(from -in, formative of verbs of grow-
ing), etc. In all these it retains its
primary signification as a negative or
its secondary as a preteritive particle
(see mo). It negates the personal re-
lation or appropriation which the pronominal
prefixes affirm, e. g. nut-toh
{n'laJt), my heart; ktitiah (k'tah), thy
heart; mclah (m'iah), heart, not mine
or thine, but some or any heart. It has
in no case a definite or determinate
fon-e, but always the opposite.
machemohtae, lasting, enduringly. See
iHirlini,

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 47
maliclie ( nearly related to if not identical
with )/irt///s/ieo«, it passes away, is gone),
( 1 ) after, in time, Luke 6, 1 ; mahcliC
(juinnuppekompauean, after thou art
(mayest be) converted, Luke 22, 32.
(2) it serves as the auxiliary of the perfect
and past perfect tenses, and, com-
bining with the verb, receives the pronom.
prefix: um-mahche ugnen, he hath
done it, Is. 44, 23; ne mahche, that which
hath been, Eccl. 3, In; mahche irunnamunuh,
(he) had blessed them. Gen.
24, 1. Cotton, strangely enough, asso-
ciates this word with "ahtmi'mat, to
have, to be had," and gives "num-
mahche, I have or had; kum-mahclie,
thou hast, thou hadst," etc.
he departs; Xarr. 7tuiw.
Cf. amdeii,
[Narr. mauch or miah: (ashin mesh
com-ma&g, how much have you given?
Cree ghee (auxil.), have. Chip. he. or
ge, J. ; U- (suppos. lea-), sign of the per-
fect and pluperfect, Bar.; masht, yet
[i. e. until now]; ka mash!, not yet.
Del. ma-tschi, already, Zeisb. Voc]
mahchekussum, -kissumcomCD, v. t.
(fire) consumes, burns (it) up, 1 K. 18,
38; 2 Chr. 7, 1; with an. obj. mahchekumvau,
(fire) consumes (him), Job
1, 16; um-malichekiisw-oh, it consumed
him, 2 K. 1, 10; with an. subj. (v. adj.
mahchikkiissu, he is consumed (by fire
or heat); pi. -ixsiuog, Deut. 32, 24.
From mahche, kussa.
mahchepoo, v. i. (1) he has eaten, has done
eatint:: (2) he makes an end of eating,
eats (it) up, Ex. 13, 32; infinit. -inni-
neal, Luke 17, 9; imperat. 2d sing. 77(a/j-
chipmish, eat it up, Rev. 10,' 9 («u»i-
mahchip, I devour, C. ). With an. obj.
mahi-hipuxm [inahcheppaiaii], he devours
(him), i. e. eats him up, makes
an end of him, Ezek. 19, 6. From
mahche and -uppco, formative of verbs
of eating.
[Xarr. mtn'ichepn-ut, when he hath
eaten; maucheptrei'an, after I (shall)
have eaten.]
mahchi. See mohchi, (it is) empty.
mahchinau, v. i. he la sick, Gen. 48, 1;
2 Sam. 13, 1; num-mahchinam {nen
mairhinam. Cant. 5, 8), I am, or was,
sick. Matt. 2.5, 36 {num-mahcheem, C. );
)
mahchinau—continued.
suppos. mahchinadi, Lev. 15, 33; jil.
-hidcheg, the sick. Matt. 9, 12. \'1)1. n.
mahchindonk, sickness, 1 K. 8, 37.
[Xarr. num-mauchnem, I am sick;
maurhhini'ti (pres. defin. ), he is sick
{,„ohchi„nw,C.).-\
mahchishq, n. an empty vessel [mohchi-
iiishq); pi. -quash, Judg. 7, 16; 2 K. 4, 3.
See vhliq.
mahchumoo, -ummu, v. i. (inan. subj.)
it is waste, barren, deserted, Nah. 2,
10; Ezek. 29, 9 (machimoci, Is. 19, 5).
Adv. and adj. mahchumme, mohchiimoae,
of waste, of barrenness, waste, barren.
Is. 52, 9; 61, 4; Zeph. 1, 15. Vbl. n.
-mmmonk, a waste, desolation, Jer. 49,
13. See mchchi'hi; mohchi.
mahchumwehtau, v. cans. inan. he
wastes (it), makes (it) waste; pi. -ehtuog,
Jer. 2, 15: num-mahchxmucehl-oh, I make
thee waste, Ezek. 5, 14. Vbl. n. mah-
chinmcehtoonk, wasting, a making waste,
Is. 59, 7.
mahmuttattag. See mohmultahiag.
mahshagquodt, n. (a time or season of)
famine, (Jen. 12, 10; 26, 1. From maht-
.iliraii. Adv. mahshogque, Ps. 17, 19.
mahshetahshik, suppos. of mishelashin,
there is a tempest, a great wind.
mahtantam, mohtantam, v. i. he is
old, implying decreiiitudc, senility,
and decay. Cf. kehchmu. From maht-
[iiiahche) and -antam, the formative of
verbs of mental activity, he is pastminded
or failing-minded: num-mah-
iantam, I am old, Ps. 37, 25; suppos.
mahtamdog, when she is old, Prov. 23,
22; 'full of days', Jer. 6, 11; 'stooping
for age', 2 Chr. 36, 17. Vbl. n. mah-
tantamdonk, (infirm) old age.
[Narr. matlaCintam, 'very old and de-
crepit.']
mahtohqs. See matok'/s, a cloud.
mahtcD, V. i. he ceases, is done, makes
an end (of speaking); suppos. asq maht-
ajog, 'before he had done speaking'.
Gen. 24, 15; asqmahtmaon, before I had
done speaking, v. 45 [iium-mrihleaim (?),
I cease, C.].
mahtshanco, mohtshanoo, v. i. it grows
less, gradually fails or wastes away,
1 K. 17, 14, hi.

48 BlTREAr OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
mahtshanoo, mohtshanoD—continued.
[Del. .ichauwuiteii, it is faded, Zeisb.
Gr. 164.]
rnahtsheau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it passes
away, fails, perishes, comes to an end
(as the grass or a fiower), James 1, 10,
11; (man's life,) Job 14, 10; (his
strength) decays, Neh. 4, 10; suppos.
ne mahtshunk, 'that which is past',
Eccl. 3, 15; nippe mahtshunk, when the
water fails. Job 14, 11. Adv. and adj.
mahtsh&e, John 6, 27. See mahche;
*)nicliokat.
znalitug'. See melting.
Tnahtupaliteau. See mohluppeau.
mai. See may.
majish, adv. at the last: ne kesukok,
in the last day, John 6, 39, 40, 44; 7, 37;
ogguhsemese majish, 'yet a little while',
John 13, 33 {majjisheyeue, 'lately', C. ).
Intens. maumajish, maumachish, at the
very last, last of all—a sign of the second
future, when it shall have been.
From nialielie. with which cf. pish.
Tnamahche (augm. of vialiche), a sign of
the pluperfect: • vmehkomop, he had
called (them) together. Acts 10, 24.
mamahciie kesuk, the air, the atmos-
phere, 1 Cor. 9, 26; Rev. 9, 2; Prov. 30,
19. [For iiwmehcheu (intens. of j?7('/i-
clieeu), it is empty, void(?).]
*mainaskishau-i (Narr. ), v. i. he has the
(small-?) pox [redness(?)]. Vbl. n. mamisk-ishattonck,
the [small-] pox, R. W.
raamatchenaii, intens. of maicheiiaii.
mamatcheu. See maicheii.
mameechumit, n. the mole. Lev. 11,30.
From ma-meechu, intens. of meechu, he
eats(?).
mameesashques, n. the swallow. Is. 38,
14 ( iniiHi-sdslKjiiifih, 'swallow', Prov. 26,
2, but ic(iine.-

TRVMBn.I,] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 49
manit, manitto—continued.
Ex. 6, 3; and in the "th v. neen Jehovah
kiun-Mnniltromirn), 'I am the Lord your
God' (lit. 'I the Lord am your God'),
and neen kum-Manitlmmwco, 'I will be
to you a God' (lit. I am your God),
ibid.; 7ien ManiHo, 'I am God', Ls. 43,
12; pi. maniltmof/, 1 K. 20, 23; 2 K. 18,
33; with hrht-, Keihtannit, 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 7, i. e. the great manit.
From aneu or an-v, he exceeds, i.s beyond,
superior to, or more than (I'tnue)
another person or thing; suppos. anil,
when he is superior to or more than,
etc. (cf. dnin; suppos. aneiik, that
which exceeds, hence that which rots
or becomes corrupt); with the inde-
terminate and impersonal prefix, jn'anit,
he who (or that which) exceeds or
passes beyond the common or normal,
the preternatural or extraordinary.
manitto is the verb subst. form, he or it
is manit: They "cry out Manittoo, that is,
It is a god," "at the apprehension of
any excellency in men, women, birds,"
etc., R. W. 111. Possessive form, nnmnianittmm,
my god; him-manittwm-vm,
your gods, etc., the suffix mm denoting
that "the person doth challenge an in-
terest in the thing", Kl. Gr. 12.
[Narr. iinanll; ]il. matiittowocl: Peq.
mundtii. Stiles. Chip, mdn-e-do, mune-do;
Kitchi Manito, Great Spirit, Lord
God (Bar.); kesha-munedoo, J. Del.
mani'tio, god, spirit, angel, Cam)!.; ma-
nitto, get-anniito, Zeisb. !Muh. mamiito,
'a spirit or spectre', Edw.]
manitowompae, adj. and adv. [godman-ly,]
jiious, religiou.'j. U.«ed with
pomantainoonk (living, life), as the title
of Eliot's translation (166.5) of "The
Practice of Piety", holy living.
manittowomp [manittoe-omp'], man of
< iod, godly man, 2 K. 4, 7, 9.
' *inannotaubana ( Xarr. ) , embroydered
mats which the women make' to line
thewigwam, 'hangings', R. W. 47. Cf.
maiia,!.
manontam, munn-, v. t. he smells (it),
Gen. 27, 27; Job 39, 25 {meuontam, he
smells; num-mindntam, 1 smell; muii-
7Mtintamooonk, [the sense of] smell. C).
See -mwH/quol.
B. A. E., Bill. 2.') 1
I treaty
manoutam, munn coiitinue

50 BUREAU OF AMERICAX ETHNOLOGY [BI-LI.ETIN 25
mansk, manslik, n. ;i fort, Is. 25, 11';
Micah 7, 12; tnenuhh' nxinf-lrisli, 'stronj:-
holds', Lam. 2, 5.
[NaiT. (mmdnsl:, a fort, R. AV. Del.
imc-nachl;, a fence, a fort, Zeisb. ; Men-
iirhthik (the Delaware name of Pitts-
Imrg), 'at the fort', likw.]
manumuhkemoouk, j^uppos. of hikiihmuhbiiim,
it rushes. Is. 17, 12, 13.
manunnappu, v. i. he remains quiet
(_ir patient, he sits patiently: tiihkmoij
mdnunappuog, the waves are still, are
quiet, Ps. 107, 29, 30.
manunne, litis) slrjw, soft, gentle; adv.
slowly, patiently, .softly (man'mne,
gently, C. ) : iicen nianunne nuttaon kali
manunne neeiian, I a.ii slow of speech
and slow of tongue, Ex. 4, 10. Adj.
manunniyeu. X. agent, -yeuenin, one
who is slow or patient, a patient one,
Eccl. 7, 8. Vbl. n. -;iniuiik, patience,
Heb. 6, 12.
[Abn. mrnnl, liellenient.]
manunnoliteau, v. i. he is quiet (i. e.
has (juietness"), is undisturbed, Prov.
1, 33.
manunnussu, -nissu, \. adj. an. lir is
(i. e. acts) patient, gentle, slow; ini-
perat. 2d pi. manunnussek, -nissegk, he
patient, Rom. 12, 12; 1 Thess. o, 14.
Vbl. n. -nussuonk, (the exercise of)
patience, Luke 8, 15; Rom. 5, 4.
[Narr. tnati ij iixJii'i^h {ior mann nshi'sji'j)
go thnu gently, slowly.]
*raanunusliae nippe, 'still water', Mas.s.
Ps., Ps. 23, 2.
*inanusqussed-ash ( N'arr. ), n. pi. lieans,
R. A\'. ; kehiohleaf nuinasqulsseil, an Indian
bean, C C'f. tuppuhrjuam-ash.
[Peq. musliquisscdes, beans. Stiles.
Chip. (St Marys) miskode'dmin; (Gr.
Trav. ) nish-ko-de-ce-min, Sch. Menom.
ma7ish-ko-che-shock. Shawn. 7n'skochebthah.
Chey. monisk, pi. moniski, Hay-
den, 295. (Abn. mcskSsitiar, gros
comme feves de terre. ) Del. (pi. ) ina-
lachxiquall, Zeisb.]
*inaquaimttiiiiyew, (from) the west,
Mass. Ps. , Ps. 107, 3. C'f. pnhtadhmii/eu,
(friini) the west, ibid., 75, 6.
*inasaunock (Narr. ), flax, R. AV. See
tnaifaijiiog.
masegik, suppos. of missegen {missekin),
it bears or produces much.
,
)
mashesliashques (?), n. the swallow,
Jer. 8, 7. See mameeKaxliijui'.i.
mashq. See mosg.
xaash.quanoii, n. a hawk. Job 39, 26.
Cf. o>r6hshaog; quanunon.
[Del. meechgalanne, hawk, Zeisb. ( i. e.
broad-tail).]
maskeht. See moskeht, grass.
maskehtu. See moskrlifK.
maskoacheg-, suppos. pi. they who boast
b.iasters, Ps. 49, H; Rom. ], 30. See
niuftkoaii.
maskog, suppos. of viiskoni, q. v.
mascotamauut, suppos. of musa>tamni'i
he picrres (him). See muswaii.
masq, mashq. See mosq.
massouog', n. 'nettles', Prov. 24, 31; Is.
34, 13; but 'nettles' is transferred ia
Job 30, 7, Hos. 9, 6, and Zeph. 2, 9.
Comparing (Narr.) masafinock, 'flax',
R. W., the name may probably be assigned
to Urtica canadensis, the Canada
nettle or 'Albany hemp', the fibrous
stalk of which was used by the Indians
for baskets, mats, and nets. From
»« H.wo), it pricks. See musailam ; muswaii.
[Chip, imis-zdn, muhzdn, nettle; gerhe
muhz6n. (great nettle), thistle, Sch. ir;
maxi'iii, nettle. Bar.; malizaJiii, thistle.
Sum. ]
*massowyan (Peq.), a blaird [?],
Stiles.
masugkenuk, (he who is) mighty, powerful,
very great, Luke 22, 26: Manit
wiiiiu; masugkenuk, God Almighty, Ex.
6, 3; suppos. of missagken.
masugkenutclie, (participial l adj. chief
('eldest'. Gen. 24, 2).
mat. See matta.
*matasquas, n. a mat [bat?], C.
matcliaog', 'adv. of denying', no. El.
Gr. 21 : aliloou matchaog, he has noth-
ing, Prov. 13, 7, =ohtoun mo Ifag, v. 4.
See matta.
matche, (it is) bad; as adj. and adv.
bad, badly: matche meman, 'a naughty
tongue', Prov. 17, 4; matche anamaenin,
a wicked messenger, Prov. 13, 17; sup-
pos. machuk (as n. ), that which is bad,
evil, Prov. 17, 13: na machuk ohteau,
there is an evil, Eccl. 6, 1 [matchet,
'adv. of fiuality'. El. Gr. 18]. Intens.
of matta. (Cf. Etigl. n(jt, nought.,
naughty.
,

matclie—continued.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 51
[Narr. maichit, ' naught, or evil. ' Aim.
10, 15; Matt. 26, 11 {imitckekiie, poor;
noh matchekoo, he is poor, C. ). Vbl. n.
matcliekiionk, poverty, Prov. 13, 18. X.
agent, matchckuen (indef. -cnm), a poor
man, Ex. 2.3, 3.
[Narr. num-machcke, I am poor.]
matchemuhgquot, n. a bad smell, Ps.
38, 5; Ex. 7, IS. For matchemimgquohieau,
it smells badly; from mafclii; with
formative of verbs of smelling (nmclmmonquat,
'a stink', C).
[Narr. muchcmi'iqui, it stinks. Aim.
matsimai'igSat, cela sent mauxais. Del.
mochtschimaqfiot, Zeisb.]
matcheniuiikqussu, v. adj. an. he smells
1 ladly. Yl.il. n. -quxsuonk, making a bad
smell, Joel 2, 20 (num-niatchimunkqwk, -toimnk, badness [of heart
matchetou—continued.
or purpose (inactive)], Prov. S, 7; Ecd.
malsighemS, cela est mal, cela n'e:

52 mrRj:AU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
mattamog', mattamag— idiitiimeil.
fn.ilislidy), Prov. 17, iV VK. adj.
iiialliimagqiu'uxsit, -iiKujinxn, he iloes
foolishly, is foolish (actively ).
Vlil. u.
maUamagcoonk, folly (abstractly ), Piov.
15, 14; 1 Cor. 3, 19; maUaina.
-que^lmeonk, foolish doing, f'll
Trov. 14, 17, IS; 1 Cor. 1, IS.
mattanittuonk, vM. ii. i>as>
rnnk,
rU-d.
lifino
cursed, a curse, (ieii. 27. 12, IM; N'eh.
10,29; Trov. 26,2 {i,iall„,niiillini„k.C.).
From vintlaniimiti't.
*niattannauke (Xarr. ), pi. -(Diknnaxh, 'a
line siirt of mats to sleep on', R. W.
[Abn. nniikaiin, iiatte, pean, etc.; snr
quoi on s'assoi; nnlwui k/; j'ai une
natte sur qnoi, etc., Rasles. Del. n iin
mil, mat, Zeis!).]
mattannit, n. the liad spirit, tlie devil;
pi. -luo(j, Kl. h,, Sch. ii,
458). Abn. ki'tsiiiiSi'Kk,'^, dien, le grand
g^nie; malslniSc-skS, dial)le. Del. iiial-
Kclii (or iiiiiclitsrlii) niamiiito or inach-
laiiih,, Ilkw.]
mattantam, v. i. ami t. inan. be grudges
(it), is unwilling. From iii-illn and
-iiiiUiiii, he is nut-miniled; adv. iiiut-
linitiniiiri, 'grudgingly', 2 Cnr. !i, 7.
mattanum (?): iiiiiii-iiinlldiiiiiii, I am unworthy
('to unloose', etc., Mark 1, 71;
elsewhere, iiiil-liipiiiiiiii.
mattanumaii. v. t. an. he cin-.ses ihini),
speaks evil to (him); iniperat. 2d jil.,
.
maUanuiiinok, curse ye (Meroz), Judg.
5, 23; 3d sing, iiialtunuiiiaj, let him be
cui'sed, Deut. 27, 14; matdnuinire winu-
naeli, let (him) be as cursed, Jer. 20, 15;
ull(imunac)i, let ( it ) be cursed. Cf.
niatche; malcheiinii
^mattapeu (Xarr. ), 'a woman keeping
alone in her monthly sickness', R. W.
[= iiiiil-Kpeu, 'she is not at home', R.
W., or iiialliipiiii, she sits aiiart i'?).]
mattappasquas, n. a bat, Lc\. II. 19;
iiiiillalKiKlirjtH'is, Is. 2, 20; mal(i}ipiiiujiifg,
Deut. 14, IS. Sei^ mishahohjuax.
*mattappu, v. i. he sits down; pixli inal-
liippniy, they shall sit, Ind. ],aws, .xvi,
xii. Cf. iiiimmalappiiii'ni. i
[Xarr. iin'illapiili i/iitci;, sit by the tire.] |
niatteag, nothing. See inntta.
mattompog, suppos. as n. war: qnag-
i/iifisliiniiiiiiimmk mallonipug, prepare ye
war, Joel 3, 9; irrbmlngig iiiatlvmpog,
they who delight in war, Ps. 6S, ,30.
Adv. and adj. niiilliiiiijuigiir b'xiikn,!, day
of war or battli-, .lol, :;s, 23.
[Abn. iiKilldi'ibi'kS, la guerre; matlaii-
higSi-areiiaiibak, les guerriers. iMicm.
iiKiUuk, 'to beat'; indllole, 'I beat thee';
malunagii, 'I tight'. Rami. Del. macJi-
lapi'fk, bad time, wartime (mnrlitapau,
bad morning weather), Zeish.]
mattuhquab, n. skin (of a human being),
Lev. 13, 34-38; Ezek. 37, 8; iiattiih-
qitab, my .skin; wadlidir/nah, his skin.
For in'aill-nlupu'ie and t'ippn, that which
is (permanently) upon the outside.
*[mattuhteau, v. i. he (juarrels;] vmn-
jiiiilhililfiiiii, I quarrel, C.
matug. See ini-Iitiig, a tree.
matukkencD. See iiiniikiiim.
*[inat-wakau, v. i. he dances;] aluine
iiiiitirdkiKh, don't dance, C. Vbl. n.
iiiitUinikkd(jiik, dancing, C.
matwati, (he is) an enemy, V.k. 15, 9;
Is. .59, 19; pi. inaliniog.
[Xarr. iinilivm'iog, 'soldiers.']
*inat'wauonck (X'arr. ), vlil. n. a Ijattle.
maii, v. i. he cries, weeps, 2 Sam. 13, 19;
J^l. iiiiiiiiii/, V. 3(5; suppos. noh mauiig, he
who weeps, Ps. 12B, 6; suppos. pass.
niinimuk, when there is weeping, Eccl.
3, 4; suppos. pi. ( particip. ) neg maugig,
they who wee[s 1 Cor. 7, 30 (neg mogig,
^latt. 5, 4 ; frei|. iiiiiii,niiia (he mourns).
)
Adj. and adv. ntanire, Xum. 25, 6 {tiiiim;
2 Sam. 3, 16). Vbl. n. mnuonk, weeping.
[Xarr. iiiduo, 'to cry and bewail.'
Abn. inai'iSi', il pleure a cause, etc.; ne-
maSighi; je pleure. Chip, ke-inalnve
(pret.). be wejit, .Tohn 11, 35; sup|ios.
maliirid, when she wejit. .lohn 20, 11
(.1.).]
*mauch.auhoin [he has gone], "thedead
man'; pi. inani-liauhninimg, the dead,
R. \V. For mnhche-miii.
*inaucliepwut (Xarr.), when he hath
eaten; rmmchepirfiau, after 1 (shall)
have eaten, R. W.; suppos. of mitlir/i,--
jiai, he has eaten.
mauemau, v. t. an. (freq. of maii) he
mourns for (him), (ien. 37, 34; pi.
-iimiig, they mourn, Xum. 20, 29; im-

TRI'MBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 53
mauemaii—inntuiued.
perat. prohili. maueiiiahkon, nidurn tlmu
not, Ezek. 24, 17. Vbl. n. iiiinicmmunk,
mourning, Zeeh. 12, 11.
[Abn. iie-m«Siman, je le pleure.]
naaumachl (?1 is put for 'household
Ptuf, property, Oen. 31, 37, but more
often in thepUiral, matiniachiagh, goods,
effects, movables, Nah. 2, 9: leaguash
asuhmaumachiasit, ' money or stuff ', Ex.
22, 7. The primary meaning is perhaps
'things taken.' Cf. maumunni, it is
taken (as spoil, 1 Sam. 4, 17, 19).
[Narr. moumadduaxli, goods; au-
ic-in,s'i

54 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
meesunk, etc.—continueci.
ken [of. vrshai/ai). El.], hair iir wool,
Zeiab.]
meetsu, metsu, v. i. he eats, he takes
food, 1 K. 19, 6. Active intraiis. form
(or verb adj. an.) of meech-n, as if
meech-esu. Imperat. )H«to'«/!, eat thou;
pi. meetsel;- suppos. noh meelsit, he who
eats, 'the eater', Is. 55, 10. Vbl. n.
meetmionk, food ('meat'. Matt. 6, 25).
Cf. rneechu, mminhau (v. t. an.).
[Narr. ascumflesimmis {=^asi] kilmmetesimmu)
, have you not yet eaten?
kom-melesimmin, your eating (iniinit. 2d
sing. ) . Abn. ne-mitsesi, je mange. Micm.
migichi, je mange. Cree mechesoo, he
eats; iriMiesoosu, he eats a little. Chip.
vemi, he eats. IMenoni. inee-ti'f-^hlii.
Del. mItKu, Zeisb.]
meetwe, metwe(?), n. a 'poplar'. Gen.
30,37; Hos.4, 13.
*meeun, meun(?) (Peq., Groton, 1762),
n. tlie sun, Ptiles.
mehcheeu, mahcheyeu, (v. i. .she is)
barren. Gen. 25, 21; 11, .'50; Luke 1, 7
{mehchiycue, barren; mohchiyi-ue, empty,
C. ). Vbl. n. mehchhjnionk, barrenness,
sterility. 2 K. 2, 21. See inithchuiiim;
miilirjii.
melimehshandm ('.'') , v. i. he pants; iminmfhmi'hshan6m-v.p
(pret. ) I panted, Ps.
119, 131. Cf. sauuhkissv..
[Abn. iiiamantsrrc jieri'Sai'iffan, le
coeur me bat.]
mehquantam, -oantam, v. t. he re-
nieniber.s (it); nmn-, I remember, Gen.
41, 9; imperat. 2

TRfMBCLLj NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 55
mekonaii—continued.
[Narr. ium-inecaiildi, y(ju are a i.iuar-
reler.]
mekonteau, v. i. he contenils, makes
war, James 4, 2 (with ayeuimhieau, he
fights).
[Narr. mecaunlitea, let us fight; me-
rai'itea, a fighter.]
menadchu, n. the left hand; um-menad-
chu, his left hand, Dan. 12, 7 {menalche
?nmjte7ie5i, the left hand, C. ). Adv. and
adj. menadcMe, left, of the left:
wusseet, hia left foot. Rev. 10, 2; of inan.
obj. menadcheinniyeu, (it is) on the left,
Zech. 4, 3, 11.
[Narr. yo nmumialch, (there, to) the
left hand (of the path or way).]
menadtam, v. t. he vomits (it) up, Lev.
IS, 2.5; Jonah 2, 10. Vbl. n. me-nnd-
tamooonk, menatammoni:, vomitini;, .ler.
48, 26.
[Narr. n' munnddiommin, I vomit, R.
AV. Del. me/o?)(/am, he vomits, Zeisb.]
menan, n. the tongue; pi. menanaeh,
James 3, .5, 6; Acts2, 3; wman [iveenan),
his tongue. [Related to annoo, unnaii,
he speak.s, commands (?).]
[Narr. weenat (misprint for veemm'!).
Aim. mJrarS; 3d pers. SirarS.}
"*ineninnunk, n. inilk. In the title of
the Indian translation by Grindal Rawson
of Cotton's "Milk for Babes." In
the quotation from 1 Peter 2, 2, on
the title-page, the adv. and adj. menin-
iiunnue (of milk, milky) is substituted
for Eliot's sogkodlungane. Participial
or suppos. inan. from noanaii, he sucks,
with m' prefixed, that which he sucks
[cf . sogkodtunk; or is it ' what is given
(jnenin-)?]. See noononlamundt; naon-
unAl.
[Narr. munnunnug, (woman's) milk;
Mmnnunbgan, a breast. Abn. merenakSs,
du lait; nenSni, je tete; iiSnanman, je
la tete.]
menogkus, n. the belly. Job 3, 11; the
b.iwels, 2 Chr. 21, 1.5, 18; kenogkus, thy
belly; wunnogkus, his belly, Lev. 11, 42
{mumiogs, bowels, C. ). Cf. wonogfj, a
hole, a pit.
[Narr. wunndks. Abn.«am(/a?i, (mon)
ventre. Del. ivach tey, Zeisb.Voc. 12.]
"*menontain, C. See manontam, he smells.
meniihkequog', n. 'steel', Jer. 1.5, 12
'
menuhkequog'—continued.
(with wissehchuog, 'iron' ), butnotel.'.'ewhere.
It signifies a very hard knife
or cutting instrument. Cf. cliohqubg;
kenehqvbg (under kenai).
menuhketeou, v. cans. inan. he makes
(it) hard or strong; pi. -teoog, Jer. 5, 3
{num-menehketeo, I fasten, C).
ineiixihkeu, -ke, -ki, (it is) strong, firm,
hard {'menuhke or menuhku, adv.
strongly'. El. Gr. 21), Ex. 6, 1 ; 1 K.
19, II; Ezek. 3, 9; suppos. meimlikehik,
when it is hard, Job 37, 38; with an.
subj. (v. adj. an.) menuhkexii, he is
strong. Is. 40, 26. N. agent, menuhkesuen,
a strong man; pi. 'mighty men
of valor', 2 Chr. .32, 21. Vbl. n. in^tnih-
kesuonk, strength, might.
[Narr. minikesu, strong; iniiiio-jiteKu
[dimin. little strong], weak. Abn. ne-
merkasani, je me sers de force, j'emploie
la force. Micm. menakii, je suis jiresse
(adv. vienakS); melkei, je suis dur (adv.
melki).'}
menuhkinnum, v. t. he takes a strong
hold of, holds (it) fast; i)l. -uiairog, Jer.
8, 5; imperat. 2d sing, menuhkenish,
hold (it) fast, Rev. 3, 3, 11. From
menuhkeu, with formative of verbs of
action performed by the hand.
[Abn. ne-merkenan, je le tieiis fortement,
fermement; (with inan. obj.) ne-
merkfiiemcii.]
menuhkonog-, n. a stronghold; pi. -og-

50 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNdLOOY [bulletin 25
menutcheg—continueii.
etr.:jiiilliibjniiilcli{=pelukqiii-iriiniiiilrli,
round-hand), tlie fl8t, Ex. 21, 18; tmo.n-
anntcheg {im6irie, within), the inside of
the hand, the palm, the hollow. Lev. 14,
15, 26. Seemult'mnolilioii, therighthand;
menadcliu, the left hand (iiu'iiilrhitj, ('.;
iinmiilrlick, my liand, E. M.).
[Narr. ininiiirjidy, (his) hand; pi.
-clieya III lull. Al)n. iierdsi, ma main; 3d
pers. Srrfxi. ("Iiip. ni-mmij, my hand,
Bar. l>i-l. iiiirJik, my hand, Zeis!).]
menwee, n. the navel; kemvee, thy n&ve\,
Prov. :i. S; Cant. 7, 2; loeenwee, his
navel, Jnli 40, 16. For m'n6'e, the mid-
dle (?).
[Abn. Sii-i, nombril; imi'iSiSi, milieu. ]
mepit, meepit, n. atnipth; jil. -Inxli, V.\.
Gr. 10; -leaxli, Cant. 4, 2; inrp'il, knjiil.
iriepil, my, thy, his' tooth.
[Narr. nrplt; pi. -Ii-iisli. Peq. iii'eljiil,
(mv) tooth, Stiles. Abn. 3d j)ers.
.^;/,;v.]
mequau. See nuJiipiati.
mequn, n. Ilia feather; (2) a pen, 3 John
13; pi. -iiiioii: inn-miyunoy, his feathers,
I's. 91, 4. Adv. and adj. mequnne,
feathered, Ps. 78, 27; uiii-iiinjiiiiur. Ezek.
39, 17; iiiftichrki'qimaii. iiiislinjiinnii, (he
is) mn.-li fcatluM-cd, full ..f feathers,
Ezek. 17. ::. 7.
[Chi]., im'tjiriiii. Sluiwn. iii,-rk ,, iiiVl.
Del. )„,;/"". /-ei.-l..]
metah [m'tah], n. the heart, 1 K. 3, 12;
Is. 1, .'i; |.l. Iiiisli. Rev. 2, 23; nidtah,
kiilliili, iriilliili, my heart, thy heart, his
heart [niiii'-ns. (my) heart. Wood].
Adj. and a

TKU.MBl'LI,] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 57
mianaii, moUnaii—a mtinued.
\it1i lia-^ the fcirinativeof action l)y the
hand, and perliaps Eliot -was wrong in
using it in the sense of calling together
or causing to assemble. In the same
sense Ragles (as Abn. below) employs
the cans. an. form.
[Aim. ))(-iiiw'(/liiiii(ii'it, j'as.^iemble
(le.-hnmmes).]
*micliachuiick (Narr. ), tlie soul. R.
Williams (113) says this word "is of
affinity with a word signifying a look-
ing glass, or clear re.semblance, so that
it hath its name from a clear sight
or discerning." Pierson's Catechism
in the Quinnipiac dialect has milta-
chonkq, soul. The word has no discoverable
affinity with either of the two
names {kaul-aklneamuck and jjebmoch-
irhaufjudnickf) which AVilliams gives
(]). 136) to 'looking gla,ss'. Elsewhere
(]). 116) Williams writespl. inichirhoiirk-
[Chip. >r,tl,nu,t

58 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
*inisliaimeke—continued.
[Aim. mi'kSe, ^cureuil; jjrhiikS, mes-
I'lnihS, 'ces deux ont un beau poll';
mnki'isesn (dimin.), Suisse [chipmunli].
Etch, mehoo, red squirrel. INIiami vehmirh,
squirrel. Shawn, mi-ci-k-irali.
Del. hnnicquai, Camp.]
mishanog'qus [=mishe-anogqs, great
star], n. the morning star, 2 Pet, 1, 19;
Kev. 2, L'S.
mishantam, missantam, v. i. and t.
inan. he thinks much, meditates, is in-
tent upon (it); Jer. 49, 30; Dan. 6, 3.
Vbl. n. -tainwwonk, much thinking,
meditation, Ps. 119, 97.
mishantoowau, -ontcowau, v. i. he
shouts, cries out with a loud voice, Jer.
2.1, 30; impers. (?) mkhonlanm. Is. 30, 7;
imperat. 2d sing, minliantrnwasli, cry
aloud, 'lift up thy voice', Is. 40, 6, 9.
Adv. and adj. mishanlmwde, with loud
voice, loudly, Ps. 150, 5; Prov. 27, 14.
Vbl. n. mishanlmwaonk, -ontaowaoiik, a
shout, a loud noise {mishontoaonat, to
roar, C. ). From mislie and -ontcowau
(he utters). See*mishonta)ah}nihsu, he
howls.
[Xarr. ininlmi'iiiloira.'ili, speak out.]
mishashq, misashq [^ mislie-m'askehl or
iiiixlir-iisJi(j. great grass], n. a rush. Job
8,11; pi. -(/!«/(/, rushes, 'flags', Ex. 2, 3.
Adj. and adv. miihaslique, of rushes,
'of bulrushes', Ex. 2, 3. Ci.wekinasfj;
inissliash'jnohok.
mishasketomp, n. 'cliampion', 1 Sam.
17, 4, 23, 51.
^mishaupan (Narr. ), a great wind, R.
W., i. e. it blows greatly; inislic-irai'ijiaii.
See 11'dhan.
mishe. See in'igsd, great.
mishe-abohquas. See mishabohquaK.
mishe-adtoau. See mixlioadlue.
mishe-adt-uppco. See iiii!

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 59
mishkouwutchinnoo-we k6us, a prick-
iii.s; l)riar, Ezek. 28, 24.
mishdadtue, adv. of great price, precious;
suppos. mishoadtik, 1 Pet. 3, 4. From
mishe-adtdau. Reemagdadlik; mogoadtue.
mishonogod, (it is) wide, broad; suppos.
-";/'"'. (of a gate or way, Matt. 7, 13).
*raishontCDahpulisu, v. i. he howls;
num-mishonicoahpuhs, 1 howl, C. See
mishantcowau, he shouts.
mishontoowau. See mishantcowau.
*misli0Dn, n. a chin, C.
mishoon, n. a boat. See musham.
*mishquammag, pi. -mauquock (Narr. ),
n. salmon, red-fish, R. W. 103 (=mishqui-dmaug).
[Abn. meskiamcgS; pi. -r/Sak.}
*mishquas]iim (Narr. ), a red fox, R. "W.
iiiislKjiiixfiiijt.i, a fox. Stiles.
*inisliquawtuck (Narr.), a (red) cedar
tree, R. W. { = mishqui-uliiiig).
[Del. me hok ho cus, Zeisb.]
mishqui, (it i.s) red. See musqui.
*mishquslikou, n. a trout, C.
[Abn. (\).\.) skStam-Sk. Bel ineschil-
iriiirek, a trout, Zeisb.]
[mishuntug-kcD, it is much wooded, a for-
est?] -koaoo, 'it is a wood', Josh. 17, 18.
miskaiiau, mussuhkaiiau, v. t. an. it
happens to or befalls (him), it is found
by or comes by chance to (him) : mah-
cliukish . . . pish um-miskaiX6uh, evils
shall befall them, Deut. 31, 17; suppos.
mussuhkunk, Gen. 42, 4.
miskom, mishkom, v. t. inan. hehappens
upim, finds (it); ivoh kummishkom, thou
shall find (it). Matt. 17, 27; suppos.
maskog, when he finds (it), Ps. 119, 162;
Matt. 13, 44.
[Abn. ne-meskamen, je trouve ce que
j'avois perdu (with an. obj. ne-meskaSaii);
ned-askamesi, j'ai fais une bonne
trouve, Rasles. Cree miskum; with an.
obj. miskawayoo. Chip, mikahwon, (he)
found him, J.]
missantam. See mislianlam.
missegen, mussegen [v. i. it grows or
produces abundantly, = inigsekin], it is
plenteous, abundant. Gen. 41, 29, 31;
suppos. ne masegik, that which yields
abundance, plenty, i. e. plenteous har-
vest. Gen. 41, 30, 34. Adv. and adj. ut
misnegene ohke-ii, to a plentiful land,
Jer. 2, 7; 48, 33.
;
missehchuog, n. 'iron', Josh. 8, 31; 2K.
6, 6; Job 28, 2; missehchuog kah menuh-
keqiwg, iron and steel, Jer. 15, 12; mls-
si-hchuogque, made of iron, Deut. 28,48;
1 K. 6, 7. In other places mmoshog (or
mmishag), q. v., is used for 'iron.' Cotton
has missehchmog, mines.
*missesu (Narr.), v. adj. an. he is whole
(the whole of him). See mussi.
*misshat, n. belly, C. Probably 'gros
ventre' ;
for mishe-ohteau, it is great(?).
missi, mishe, misbeu, missiyeu, (it
is) great, Ezek. 17, 3; 1 Chr. 16, 25;
pi. missiyeuash kiU-onkqualunkannsh,
your rewards are great, Matt. 5, 12;
liAiio migsi, it is more and more great,
'it increaseth', P,s. 74, 23; Job 10, 16;
suppos. molisag, when it is great, a great
thing, Ex. 15, 7; Deut. 4,32; Matt. 23,
17, 19; amie itiohsag, (that which is)
more great, the greatest, Matt. 22, 36.
[Narr. mishe, inimi. Abn. mesi:;
nemeseghikSi'tSn, je le fais plus grand.
Cree missow, it is large. Chip, mitcha,
it is big, large. Bar. Del. m'cheii, big,
large (it is), Zeisb.]
missm, mussin, (he is) a captive. Is. 49,
24; 51, 14; 2 K. 5, 2: missinndou, mis-
sinno, he is taken captive, becomes a
captive. Gen. 14, 14; Lam. 1, 3; pi.
-nocoog, Lam. 1, 5. Vbl. n. mi.mnn6co-
onk, captivity.
[Narr. missinnege, num-missinndm
[-nmml ewb, this is my captive.]
missinnin, n. (from missin, with indef.
affix) a man, homo, i. e. any captive
or tributary, in which classes were in-
cluded all men other than those of the
speaker's nation or race (viri). Cf.
wosketomp, omp. PI. missinninniiog,
people, oi iroXXol, Ex. 24, 2, 3; Deut. 4,
33; Num. 22, 5; missinnin kah puppinashim,
man and beast, Gen. 6, 7; howae
missinnin ken, of what people are you?
Jonah 1, 8; lit. what kind of slave are
you? [missinnin or missinninnuog, a
people; tounnissue missiymin, a pretty
fellow, C).
[Narr. nhmuock, ninni-missiiiiiwvock,
men, folk, people.]
missinohkau, v. t. an. he carries (him)
away captive. See 2 K. 15, 29.
missinum. See mussinum.

60 BCREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
missippano sokanunk (?1, it [a cloud]
rains laiu, Is. o, 0. Cf. musguppeg, a
tear. See -xijijiarn.
*missippuskunnicheg, ii. the wrist, C.
For iiiiif^sij)sl;iiiilr}ii:g, the bone next
t(i (jciiningl the hand. Cf. iimssipsk.
-missis, -musses. See iim-inisscs-oh.
missishin, v. i. it touches. See mussinuin.
*mississikkoshk, n. a shin (bone), C.
missittipuk. See miisxitlij/uk, a neck.
missiyeu. See m'tssl.
missoliham, v. t. he announeesi, inake.s
pubHc (see }»(i.ss/.s.v( ); imperat. 2d — 1st
pers. sing. missnli

TRrMBULLl NATICK-SNGLISH DICTIONARY 61
mo—continued.
transitive verbs when their subject is
inanimate, is nearly related to the impersonal
prefix m'—for example, nmkeu,
he descends; ncoke-moo, it descends or is
letdown; com, he goes; covim, it goes.
[Micni. mS, point; maScii (de wS et
Sen, quelqu'un), personne.]
moae. See miae, together.
*moamitteaiig (Narr. ), "a little sort of
fish, half as big as sprats, plentiful in
winter."—E.W.105. Perhaps the smelt
(Osmerus eperlanus), but the name
may be applied to any species which
'goes in shoals' or 'a great many
together.' It has been corrupted to
niummychaug and inummnchog, by which
name several species of small fish are
popularly known, especially the ornamented
minnow (Hydrargyra omata,
LeSueur). From iiinhiiiueau: pass, and
mutual form, iiKiliiiiollleaiiug, they go
gathered together or in great numbers.
*inoatt6qus (Narr.), 'a black wolf, R.
W. 9.5. See mukquoshim; nattcohgus.
mobpee , (?) n. the hip, the upper part of
the thigh, the ham, Gen. 32, 32; pi.
-pidog; 2d pers. kobp-, kupp-, Num. 5,
21, 22; 3d pers. icobpee (tinpvns, a hip,
C. ). Cf. nu'hfjiiiiii, thigh; mohpegk,
shoulder.
[Narr. apome, thigh.]
moehteomaj, v. inan. (pass.) cans, it is
made to be together, it is put together;
suppos. moelitcomuk, when it is 'framed
together', 'knit together', Eph. 2, 21;
Col. 2, 19.
moeu. See mide, together.
moeuwehkomaii, v. t. an. hecalls(them)
together, he assembles. Vbl. n. -koiiioiik,
an assembling, assembly. Num.
20, 6.
[Quir. mauirewht'kormcnk, the church,
Pier. (13, fi4.]
mogki, mogke, mogge, (it is) great (of
its kind or comparatively). Adv. and
adj. great; mogke (pismkrjnanash, great
stones. Josh. 10, 11; 1 K. 5, 17;
weluomash, great houses, Amos 3, 15;
mogkiyeii, it iS" great; pi. -yeitanh, Gen.
41,5 (of ears of corn, they are 'rank');
suppos. pi. mdgngisli, magagisli, great
things.
mogki, mogke, mogge—continued.
[Del. umangi, great, big, large, Zeisb.
(xr. IfiS; mochvrii, great, large, Zeisb.
Voc]
mogdadtue, adj. and adv. precious, of
great price, 2 Clir. 20, 25. See inagt'xid-
tlk; iiiinhodiiliif.
mogquan, -quon, n. the heel; pi. -nash,
Job 13, 27; 3d pers. wogquwi, tuogqiwnn,
his heel. Gen. 3, 15; 25, 26; 49,' 17.
[Abn. mtigSai'in, nagSaiin, mon talon.
Menom. vahqtioiin, (his) heel. Shawn.
okirani'e. Del. ikiii qiioii, the [my?]
heel, Zeisb.]
mogqueen, -quen, ii. a boil, a swelling,
2 K. 20, 7; Is. .38, 21; Lev. 13, 10, 19.
From mogqueinnu, it grows large, en-
larges {mogqvivnoo, 'it became a boil',
Ex. 9, 10).
[Abn. magSiii, enflure. Del. mach-
quin, swelled, Zeisb.]
mogquein, -quen, v. i. it swells, en-
larges, Num. 5, 27; inogquehimi, it becomes
large or swollen, Deut. 8, 4; with
an.sul>j. Diiigquesu, he .swells, is swollen
[noli viogqtieiiui, he swelleth; ninii-inok-
ques, I swell, C. ).
[Narr. mocquexui, he is swelled; mim-
mdckquese, I have a swelling. Del.
maclitreil, great, large, Zeisb. Voc]
mohclii, (it is) empty, unoccupied {moh-
(hiyeue, C. ; mohchoi kmsh week, is there
)
room in thy father's house? Gen. 24,
23. Cf. mehclichi.
mohchumcD. See miihrlmmm, it is waste,
liarrcn, made desolate.
*moliewonck (Narr.), a raccoon-skin
coat, R. W.
[Abn. mdiSak, robe de peau de cerf,
de chat-sauvage, etc.]
mohkas. See mulikoK, a nail, a claw.
*mohkodtaen-iii, a widower, (',
mohkont. See niiijikonl, a leg.
mohkussa, moh.kos, mukos, n. a ( burn-
ing) coal; pi. -ndiLih, Is. 44, 12; 'coals of
tire', Prov. 26, 21; vl mohkoKsaltlu, upon
[among] hot coals, Prov. 6, 28; Is. 44,
19; anue mml mik tie molikon, blacker
than a coal. Lam. 4, 8. For m'kussa,
the hot (n. concrete)? or if Rasles'
translation of the corresponding word
in Abnaki be correct, from inroi and
kucm, black-burned (?), or (Abn. mknse)
merely 'it is black' (?). Cf. kimiiilkaa,

62 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY fBULLETIN 25'
mohkussa, eto.—coiitimied.
etc.; " mocassa, the black of tlie nail",
Wood.
[Abn. iiikmc; eharbon eteint (?);
mkasc-skstai, eharbon ardent. Del. me
linckachtey, a coal, Zeisb.]
mohmoeog', freq. of moeog { = mideog,
q. V. ), they go often, or habitually, to-
gether, 'they often met'. El. Gr. 17.
mohmoskuhteas, n. a frog (obj. pi.
-letwii, Pi*. 78, 45, a misprint? Mass.
Ps. has 7nahmoskohteaseuh). Elsewhere
Eliot has linor/kukquasu-og, frogs. Cf.
Peq. A-.,y,/,„(.w.
mohmounum, frei]. of nwimmv, he gath-
ers together.
mohmuttahtag-, mamuttattag-, mah.-,
(suppos. as) n. lead, l->,ek. 22, IS, 20;
27, 12; Ex. 15, 10; Zech..5, 7; 'tin'.
Num. 31, 22, but not elsewhere.
mohpanag, muh-, -og, n. the breast
[nianinia-], Joel 2, 16; Hos. 9, 14; nohjiniKiii,
:ny breast. Cant. 1, 13; wohpanag,
milip-, her breast, 'bosom', Prov. 5, 20
(iiiolipdnneg, C. ).
[Narr. mapannog, the breast; umn-
nurinogan-ash, breasts. Menom. oh-
jKtiiii. Sluuvn. opaJi la.]
mohpegk, muhp-, -peg, n. theshoulder,
Lev. 8, 2.'); 9, 25; oftener without the
impers. prefix, uhpegk, Num. 6, 19;
18, 18; Ezek. 24, 4; nauwdnau uhpequanah
(accu.s. pi.), 'he bowed his shoul-
ders', Gen. 49, 15; naahaue ohpequan-H,
between his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12.
Cf. multugk.
[Narr. uppHr, shoulder; pi. uppe-
ijiiixk. Chip, pekwun, pikqun, the (up-
per part of the) back. Del. ho pi quon,
the fore shoulder, Zeisb.]
mohsag-, suppos. oimhsi, great.
mohshequssuk, n. a 'flinty rock', Deut.
.';2, 11! ( = inwohshi-qusstik) . See qussuk.
mohshipsq, n. fiint stone, Is. 50, 7 (=raa)-
('ilislii-j)isk, iron stone).
mohtantam. See iiialilunlam, he is old,
decrepit.
*[mohtanuhkussu, ] num-molitanuhkus,
I finish or conclude, C. [?]
*molitcliinau = mahchinau], \_ he is sick;
ntiin-riiiililcliinam, I am sick, C.
mohtompan, (it is) morning, Ezek. 7, 7;
snpjios. -timpog, wlien it is morning; as
n. Gen. 1, 5, 8, etc.; en {or pajeh) moh-
molitompan—continued.
loiii/Kiu-it, till morning, till the morrow,
Kx. 23, 18; Zeph. 3, 3.
[Narr. iiij> (pret. ), I was dumb,
Ps. 39, 2, = mat nak-kaketoop, v. 9.
mokus, mokis, (indef. ) -sin, a shoe
(moccasin); pi. mokussinash, moxinash,
Amos 8, 6; Matt. 10, 10; um-mokis {-us),
his shoe, Deut. 25, 9, 10; pehto.vinasli, put
on your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17; nukkOnok-
kusainash, old shoes, Josh. 9, 5.
[Narr. mocAssinass and mockiissin-
chass, shoes which ' they make of their
deerskin worn out', R. W. Peq. mx'ick-
asons, Stile.". Abn. mkesxen, pi. -j!or;
ne-mckicn, mini Soulier; ne-makseneke,
j'en fais. Micm. m'ki'.ihen, pi. -nel.
Chip, (pi.) muki.fiiian { mi'kmniked, shoemaker),
Bar.; milkesiii, pi. -nun, Howse.
Cree mi'iskeifin, pi. -es'hiii.]
momanch, moomansh, adv. at times,
now and then, often, Prov. 7, 12; Judg:
13, 25; Matt. 17, 15; at intervals.
[Cree mummdin, here and there one.]
momonchu. See mamonchu, he moves
about.
momone, (it is) 'freckleil"; mom67ie
rliohki, 'it is a freckled spcjf. Lev. 13,
39.
momonelitaUau and momontaii, v. t.
an. he makes sport of, mocks at, de-
rides (him), Neh. 4, 1; pi. -tauAog, 2
Chr. 36, 16; suppos. momoiitauont, when

momonehtauati, etc.—continued.
he mocks at, mocking, Gen. 21, 9; Job
12, 4.
mdmdnesu, v. adj. an. he is spotted, is
black or dark colored here and there, in
spots or stripes. Freq. distnb. of mmesu,
he is black; pi. mOmdnesuog, they
are 'grisled'. Gen. 31, 12; suppos. m6-
ynonesil; pi. part, -sitcheg, 'speckled',
Gen. 30, 32, 39 {wicnu momoeeml, when
he is round-about dark-marked, 'ring
streaked'. Gen. 31, 8). Cf. mumaieclioh-
kem.
momonowantam, mamonau-, v. i. ho is
scornful, a ."corner, Prov. 9, 7, 8; 1.5, 12.
Adv. -lamur, 2 Chr. 30, 10.
momdntuunum, mamdnt-, v. t. he puts
it in motion, moves (it) about:
nippe, he 'troubled the water', John
5, 4; suppos. mainonlmmk wussissitlw-
nash, when he moves his lips, Prov.
16, 30.
momdunog', n. pi. the eyebrows; 3d pers.
luniiiiimoimixj (accus. -oh, Lev. 14, 9),
lii.s eyebrows.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY ()3-
[Abn. manmahn, sourcil, le iinil,etr.
Del. mammvon, Zeisb. ]
momooechohkesu, v. adj. an. he is blacksi)otte

64 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LI.ETIS 25
monchanamukqussu—continued,
to (him); whence, n. agent, -qusxuaen,
a 'wonderful one', Is. 9, 6. From mon-
rhrumnnik, suppos. Oi monchanamiii'i (t.
:in. form nf iiiiiiiclniiKitdiii), and iisau.
monchanatam, -um, v. i. (and t. inan.
he is astoni.shed, lie wonders (at it), he
i.s surprised. Is. 59, 16; pi. -amwog,
Matt. 22, 33 ( = chepslmog, Mark 11,18);
monclxiiUasli, 'marvel (thou)', John 3,
7 ( = muhchanl(Viii, Mass. Ps.). Vbl. n.
-tammonlc, wonder, amazement. Acts 3,
10; and causat. -tamwahuwaonk, caus-
ing wonder, a marvel, a wonder, Deut.
13, 1, 2. From monch-u, he moves,
witli fiinnativf of verbs of mental ac-
tivily. he is startled or disturbed in
iiiiiid.
monchanaii, V. t. an. (1) he moves (him),
carries (him) away. Gen. 31, 18; with
affixes, 1 Sam. 30, 2. (2) he conducts or
guides (him): um-monchan-uh en may-
tii, he guided them in the way, (ien.
IS, IH.
[Xarr. maucliu.te, be my guide (ini-
perat., = monchumsli, from moiichuxnu,
v. i. act. he acts as guide, he guides);
him-7nal'ichan-wh, 1 will conduct you.]
moiichu, v. i. he goes, se movet (denoting
merely the act of going, without
reference to its end or aim); hence, he
departs, goes away, removes. Matt. 25,
18; Gen. 24, 10: num-ti,\.-ehtuash,
Dan. 4, 25, 32, 33; 'pasture', 1 Chr. 4, 39,
40; moskehiuash, 'hay'; woskoithkelitiiiish
{= itmske-oskehiuash), 'tender gra,ss',
Prov. 27, 25; mish-ashkehliiai iie ohl.e.
.

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY r>5
moskeht, maskeht—continued.
; .
'tlierewas much grass in that place',
John 6, 10 (oskosk, grass; mosketuash,
hay, C.)- Vlil. su.bst. moihehtuco, he
is grass, Is. 40, 6. Dim. mosMiiuemeK,
El. Gr. 12. From askehteav, it is (lit. it
makes, caus. inan.) green, with the
indetei-m. prefix, that which is green.
See aske.
[Narr. maskituash , grass or hay. A bn
nmkCkSar, herbes. Del. masr/ik, Zeisb.]
moskehtu, mask-, n. (the same word
as the preceding) is used for medicine,
physic, i. e. herbs; owtltih moskehlu-ut,
like a medicine; iyan-aakeliluash, many
(kinds of) medicines, Jer. 46, 11.
[Narr. maskit, physic. Chip, mmh-
k!k! [-keke], Bar.]
mdsogque, adv. and adj. adhering, sticking
to [v. i. it sticks close, adheres],
Prov. 18, 24; Jer. 42, 16. Cf. miminum,
he touches; mississin, it touches.
mdsogquehteau, v. caus. inan. he makes
it adhere, joins it to; imperat. mosogijiietixnish,
j(,in them together, Ezek.
."7, 17.
mosogqunntuu, v. t. ( inan. obj. ) he joins
or puts together; suiipos. mosogqunuk,
when he joins together. Matt. 19, 6.
See riiumuhkomco.
mosq, masq, mashq, n. a bear, Prov.
17, 12; Amos 5, 19; 1 Sam. 17, 34, 36
{moshq, C). The base is the same as
that of ncosquodtamundt, to lick, and the
name signifies 'the licker,' from the
bear's habit of licking his forepaws
(see the Abnaki below) ; [or is it from
(Cree) mdkrm-num, he squeezes (hugs)?
(Howse 93).] Cf. ^aiiviisseus; ^pauk-ilnawaw.
[Narr. mosk, or jMukunavxiu: Muh.
mquoh, Edw. Del. machk, Zeisb. Abn.
aSessSs, ours; n>S8k8aSirtseh3f!S l — mSs-
kSa-SretsiarJ, il se Igche les pattes; mes-
kSi; peau d'ours. Chip, makwd (niAk-
u-ah, Howse). Cree mihhwah.'\
mdiinau. See mianau.
mduuum, v. t. he gathers together (inan.
obj.); kum-mdunum, thou gatherest.
Matt. 25, 24. Freq. mohmounum. Vbl.
n. mounumdonk, mouunHumcoonk, (a
gathering, ) tribute, custom, 1 K. 9, 21
Matt. 17, 25. With an. obj. mianaii,
([ V. Cf. mukkinnum.
B. A. E., Bill. 25 5
mounum—continued.
[Narr. mowinnee, he gathers i fruit, or
inan. obj.); mmmnnai'iog, they gather.
Abn. maiisisi, ensemble; ne-itmiiSrn,'men,
je les mets ensemble; imi.sijn', il
cueille, il ramasse. Del. inainnil, as-
sembled, Zeisb.]
mdushag'. See hhdusIuvi. iron.
moxinash, n. pi. See >i)oku>!, a shoe.
moyeu. See imvi, ordure.
moyeu, moeu. See miae, together.
mroche, as an auxiliary of the future
tense, expresses obligation or necessity
(=moi colche); mmche nuitahuUanlamaudmun
God, 'we are bound to thank
God', 2 Thess. 1, 3; mmche kenpannupumshmn,
'thou art [must] pass over',
etc., Deut. 2, 18 (cf. nmche mos, it must
needs be, Matt. 18, 7) ; mmche ?nos 7m(ahqmntamav.,
(how often) must I for-
give him? Matt. 18, 21. Cf. mos; mche.
[Quir. m6uche, there must be, Pier.]
mcDcheke, "a word signifying more,
much," used to express degrees of
comparison. El. Gr. 15; anue mmcheke,
much more, Rom. 5, 9; 'more
exceedingly'. Gal. 1, 14; nam mmcheke,
more and more, Mark 15, 14; mmcheke
mmcheke, exceedingly, very much, Gen.
17, 2, 6, 20; mmcheke onk, more than.
Matt. 10, 37 {mwchekeyeuuk, excessively,
C).
moochekohtau, v. t. he has more, adds
to his possession of (it); noh mmche-
kohtunk (suppos. ) wahtemwnk, inmche-
kohtaii unkqumnunmoiik, he who increas-
eth knowledge increaseth sorrow, Eccl.
1, 18.
mcDee. See mmi, ordure.
mooi, (it is) black, El. Gr. 13; dark
colored. Matt. 5, 36; Esth. 1, 6; pi.
mmiyeuash, Jer. 4, 28 (not mmeseuash,
as in El. Gr. 13, by typographical
error probably ) . With an. subj. mmem
[v. adj. an. he is] black or dark colored;
pi. mmesuog. El. Gr. 13.
[Narr. m6wi, siicki, black; mowesu, a
black man.]
mcoi, mooee, moyeu, n. ordure, dung,
Ezek. 4, 12; 1 K. 14, 10; um-moyeu,
their dung, 2 K.I8, 27; um-vxme. Lev.
4, 11; 8, 17.
moomansh. See momamh.

66 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
mcomcoskoniaU [= mcomcosl-mauf'i: um-
)»(/:i//((Tjsi'o)/i-(/H/i, they murmured against
liiiii. Ex. 15, 24 {)mm-mo3mmskoav:wn, I
iiiuniinr, 0. ).
moomooskcDau, -kco'wau, v. t. an. he
murmurs at (hun); pi. -kmwaog, they
murmur, Ps. 106, 25; suppos. pi. nag
mainicDskcowacheg, they who murmur,
\i>. 29, 24. Vbl. n. mcamoaskanoaonk,
-rjtieyeuoiik, a murmuring, John 7, 12
(iiimDiinnki-iimnaonk, Ex. 16, 7).
moomcDskquenau [= incomcoskaKiul^:
iiKmncosquendog, they murmur at (him),
Ex. 17, 3 {mwmmsquenmwonat, to mutter,
C).
[Abn. ne-mSskSerdam, je gronde, suis
fache; ne-mSskSirman, je le gronde.]
mcomcDsqlieau, freq. nr intens. of mms-
(jlii'iii'i. he jirovokes (him) to anger.
VI il. n. i>ass. mcomcDsqueUuonk, provo-
cation (received), 1 K. 21, 22.
moomoosqueuttam, v. i. he murmurs,
mutters, grumbles. Perhaps not rightly
used in John 6, 61; cf. um-momoskkeetaii-ouh,
'he gnasheth upon him with
his teeth', Ps. 37, 12, and num-maumuskelunkquog,
'they gnash upon me',
etc., Ps. 35, 16.
[Abn. ne-mai'nnmkigSHassi, je fais des
grimaces.]
moanae. See inmae.
*mo3naeech. (?), a dish or tray, C.
mconaeu. See mwndi
mosnak. See m&nak, cloth.
mconoi, -naeu, (it is) deep, Ps. 140, 10;
Eccl. 7, 24; Lam. 3, 55; as n. the deep,
Gen. 1, 2; a gulf, Luke 16, 26; depth,
Eph. 3, 18; mconM onk, it is deeper than,
Job 11, 8. Adv. and adj. mconoe nippe-
a*/t, deep waters, Ezek. 34, 18; suppos.
moonoag, when it is deep; pi. (with
intens. redupl.) mamoonoagish, (very)
deep places, Ps. 135, 6. In compound
words sometimes mnoi-, amou-.
mconokoi, n. a valley, Deut. 8, 7. See
anii'inhki'ii.
*racDnopagwut, in deep waters, !Mass.
Ps. , Ps. tiit, 2.
mcoohshog. See moaosliog.
*incoonk, vlil. n. weeping, C. See mail.
mcooshog, mcoohshog, moushag, n.
iron, Num. 31, 22; Is. 60, 17; 1 Tim. 4, 2.
Adj. and adv. -shogque, -sliagque, of iron,
Deut. 8, ; 9 Is. 45, 2, etc. Cf . missehch nog;
mOhah'qisq.
mcooshog, etc.—continued.
[Narr. mowdshuck. Abn. san'ghere,
cela est dur; cf. siogke, soggohtunk (the
name apparently signifies black metal;
cf. * wompohshog) . Del. suck-achsun,
[black stone,] iron, Zeisb. Voc. 29.]
moDosketomp, n. a black man [?], El.
Gr. 15. Cf. iroskclomp.
moopau, -p6, -paog (?), n. the cater-
pillar, 1 K. 8, 37; 2 Chr. 6, 28; Joel 1, 4;
2, 25; a.ssamau mrnpoh (accus. ), he gives
food to the caterpillar, Ps. 78, 46 [mm-
paui, jMass. Ps. ).
moos, n. The name of the moose ( Cervus
alces, L. ) is used by Eliot in the pi.
yarasGog for 'fallow deer', 1 K. 4, 23;
"moos, a beast bigger than a.stag, "etc.,
Smith's Descr. of N.E. (1616). "Which
the salvages call a njoss", Morton's N. E.
Canaan. "The beast called a moose",
Wood's N. E. Prospect. The plural
indicates mmsro, or mrnsu. as the orig-
inal form of the singular, a name given
to the animal from his habit of stripping
the lower branches and bark from
trees when feeding; mms-u, 'he trims'
or 'cuts smooth', 'he shaves.' See
maisnm.
[Narr. mods; pi. -soog. Abn. mSs;
pi. -sak. Chip, mons (Bar.) ; moz, mooze
(Sell. 11,464). Cree monipai(, he is quite bald, his head is
bare). Vbl. n. -ontujipaonk, baldness,
;

TRl'MBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 67
moDsontupau, -ppcD—tontimifd.
Jer. 47, 5; Mic. 1, Iti [musantlp, a l)al

68 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulleiik 25
muhkos, muhkas—continued.
^l\r. 4. lo; Ilorsese-koasog, horses' hoofs,
Jmlg. 5, 22. See mukqs and uhqude.
[Xarr. wokassuck, nails. Abn. mekas;
pi. -sak; 3d pi. Skdsar. Del. muckoos,
awl. nail, Zeisb.]
muhkos. See mohkussa, a coal.
muhpanag. See mohjxinag, breast.
muhpegk. See mohpegk, a shoulder.
muhpeteog, -eag, n. a rib, Gen. 2, 22
( mehpcteak, C. ) ; 3d pars, wuhpeleog and
uhpeieog, Gen. 2, 21; pi. -^as/i, Dan. 7, 5.
[Narr. peteadgon, petedgon. Abn. ne-
pigdigan, ma cote, mon c6te; 3d pers.
Splgdigan.']
jnuhpit, u. an arm {mihpU, C) ; pi.
-pillcniifh, El. Gr. 10; 2d pers. kuhp^i;
3d pers. wuhpit; pi. -ittenash, Gen. 49, 24.
[Narr. wuppittenc, -enash, (his) arm,
arms. Abn. pedin, bras; ne-piedin, mon
l.ras.]
muhpoo, V. impers. it snows {mmvpaw,
Wood); pres. def. muhpm'i, it is snowing
{mithpmtvi, it snows; sun muhpco,
does it snow? C. ). Adv. and adj.
muhpme kesukod, a snowy day, 1 Chr.
11, 22. Cf. *s6chepo.
[Cree mixpoon; suppos. mispook.l
taulipuhkuk. See muppuhkiik, a head.
muhpulikukquaiiitcli, -nutch, n. a
linger or finger's end; vlip-, the tip of
his finger, Luke 16, 24; pi. -nitcheash,
fingers, Dan. 5, 5. For muppuhkukquewunnutch,
head of (his) hand.
mulipuhkukquaseetasli, n. pi. the toes,
Dan. 2, 41, 42; .3d pers. iippuhk-, his
toes, 1 Chr. 20, 6. For imippuhkukquewusseei-ash,
head of (his) foot {muppuh-
kukquaset, C. ) . See kehtequaseet, the great
toe.
muhpuhkukqut, (upon the head, as n.
a helmet or covering for the head ; more
often with prefix of 3d pers. uppuhk-,
Is. 59, 17; Ezek. 27, 10; muppiM-ukqut
ohtag ( that which belongs on the head )
'mitre', Ex. 28, 39; pi. uppuhkukqut
ahhohlagisli. 'bonnets', v. 40; Lev. 8, 13.
mukkatchouks, mukkut-, n. a son, 'a
man child', 1 Sam. 1, 11; Job 3, 3.
[Narr. num-muckqudchucks, my son;
muckqnachuckquemese, a little boy. Peq.
muckachux, boy, Stiles. L. Island, maclmchan,
boy; mcwhaiveeskt [=mukkUse,
El.], a little boy, S. Wood.]
) ,
mukkee, n. r. scab, Lev. 13, 7, S.
[Abn. meglii, gale.]
mukki, n. a (male) child; pi. mukkiog,
Ps. 148, 12; 2 K. 2, 24; Gen. 33, 5; dimin.
miikkies, a little child, Prov. 20, 11
Matt. 18, 4; 'babe', Ex. 2, 6 {mukkoies,
C); pi. -sog, Matt. 18, 10. Vb. adj.
mnkklmt, he is a child; suppos. mog-
kiesueon, when I was a child, 1 Cor. 13,
11. Vbl. n. mukkiesumonk (mukkoiennonk,
C. ), childhood, Eccl. 11, 10. [From
iiiukukki. This word has been displaced
hynaumov, etc., in theCree, Chippewa,
and western Algonquian.]
[NaiT. nian-muckiese, my son].
mukkinnum, magk-, v. t. he collects or
gathei's(inan. objects); infinit. -umunat
herbs-ash, to gather herbs, 2 K. 4, 39;
mukkinummk, gather ye ( the tares. Matt.
13, 30); mukkhiitrh, let him gather
(the manna, Ex. 16, 16); suppos. noh
inagumik, he who gathers up. Num. 19,
10. Cf. mdunum.
[Abn. ne-meghencman, je le trie.]
mukkoshqut, n. a plain. Gen. 11, 2; 13,
10; miikoshkui, Gen. 19, 25. From inogki
and oshk { = ashkoshki, green; m'oskeht,
grass), with the locative suffix, the
great grass place; mukoshqutde, plain
(as adj.), Jer. 48, 21.
[Narr. micuckaskeete, a meadow. Abn.
meskikSikS, place where grass is. Micm.
m' skeegooaicadee, meadow.]
mukkookin, v. i. he bares himself, un-
clothes; imperat. 2d pi. mukkmkek, -eg,
be bare, 'strip yourselves'. Is. 32, 11;
with an. obj. mukkmkinaiX, he strips,
makes (him) bare; imperat. prohib.
ahque mukkcokin matcheku, do not [strip]
rob the poor, Prov. 22, 22; suppos. mng-
gmkinont; pi. -oncheg, 'spoilers', Jer.
51, 48. N. agent, mukkaokinnuwaen, a
plunderer, a robber; pi. -enuog, 'extortioners'.
Is. 16, 4 (suppos. mukkookwnuwaenuit,
'if he rob', i. e. if he be a
robber, Ind. Laws, xvi).
[Abn. ne-megSgnaii, je le pille.]
miikkukkontup, n. a bald head. Lev.
13, 42 (lucat. -^ijuiiil).
mukkukkontupau, v. i. he has a bald
head, Lev. 13, 40, 42. Vbl. n. -ppdonk,
baldness. Is. 3, 24. Cf. mmsontupaii.
mukkutchouks. See mukkatchoiikt.
;

TRUJIBL'LL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY (ii)
mukkuttuk, n. the knee, Is. 45, 23; pi.
-nhinng, .Joli .S, 12; Is. 35, 3; 3d pers.
xikkulluk, hiti knee. For m'f/iiituk (from
quttuv-ni, or rather from the same base),
that which sinks down or goes down.
[So, Ang. Sax. cneow, Goth, hneigan,
Engl, knee, and Ang. Sax. hnig-an, incli-
nare, incurvare.] Nish noh mukkulluk
nmwaeu, every knee bows, Phil. 2, 10.
[Abn. nekedekS, nion genou. Del.
guigi', Zeisb.]
mukos. See inohkiutKa.
mukqs, n. an awl, Ex. 21, 6; Deut. 15,
17. From ithqunen. it is jwinted. Cf.
malikos.
, [Narr. (pi.) miickssuck, awl blades.
Del. muckoos, awl, nail.]
mukquoshim, n. a wolf (El. Gr. 9),
Is. 65, 25; Jer. 5, (i; mummugquo>:hia)i,
Gen. 49, 27; inukr]iiisslium,C. (who has
alsii iiattcoliqiixsuoij, wolves). For miik-
qaoMiii the ilass. Rs. (John 10, 12) has
nattoahqus. From mcohwhau, he eats
live flesh, with {-oshijn) the generic de-
terminative of the names of beasts.
[Narr. muckquash'mi, pi. -rnwock;
moattdqus, a black wolf; mttdqus, a wolf;
natoquashunck, a wolf-skin coat. Peq.
mucks, Stiles. Chip, mah ing gun, me m'
gun, mawekan (maheengun, J.), Sch.
II, 464. Menom. manh-tvawe. Shawn.
in'wdi U'ah. Mex. mayaquen lqu = k'\.
Otomi muhii.]
mukquttunk, n. the throat; kuh-quttunkan'it,
to thy throat, Prov. 23, 2. From
the same root as mukkuttuk; m'qutiunk,
the going down (the swallow? or the
bending of the head?).
[Narr. gutluck. Abn. mekSlaiigan,
gosier; 3d pers. akSdangan. Del. gunta,
'swallow it', Zeisb.]
mukukki, (it is) bare, bald, destitute of
covering, Jer. 48, 37.
[Narr. iniickucki, bare (without nap,
said ul rloth).]
mummishkod, n. abundance, 'great
store'; meechum, 'store of victual',
2 Chr. 11, 11. From miB»>; augm. ma-
inissi, very great.
-mung-quot, -quodt, suppos. -mungquok,
the generic determinative of verbs of
smell. See asuhtmmgquodt; maichemungquot
(it smells badly); weetemung-
quot (it smells sweetly), etc.
*niunnannock (Narr.), a name of the
sun and of the moon, R. W. 79. From
anogqs, star (or from its radical), with
a prefix of which the significance is not
clear [or from muiinijh, island (?).]
*munnaonk, n. the throat, C. (?) Cf.
iHfmajuaij.
*inunnawhatteaug (Narr.), "a fish
somewhat like a herring," R. W.
Probably Alosa menhaden, 3Iitch.,the
'bony fish', 'hard head', or 'munhaden'
of the fishermen; called also
in the northern jmrts of New England,
pauhagen. Both names have reference
to the use of this and otlicr species of
herring as fertilizers; rniiiiiinhiinnlilKvi,
he manures or enriches the earth, and
Abn. " pakkikkann, on engraisse la
terre," whence "pSkangan, petit pois-
son."
munnequomin, n. corn or grain when
growing or in the tield, Hos. 14, 7; pi.
-minneajih, -munneash, green earsof corn,
Lev. 2, 14. (Cf. missunkquaminneash,
-mwnash, ftill ears, ears of com, Gen.
41, 5, 7, 22.) [Manured corn (?).]
*inunnog's, bowels, C. See menogkus.
muunoh, n. an island. Acts 28, 1; Rev.
(), 14; with the locative affix, 'inunnohhannit
(menoli-, munnah-) , to, at, or on
the island, Acts 13, 6; 27, 26; 28, 7, 9,
11; pi. -dhhanash, Ps. 97, 1; Is. 41, 5.
Adj. and adv. munnuh-lunuie, iif an is-
land. Is. 13, 22; 34, 14.
[Abn. menafian, lie; -luaiSk, dans
I'ile. Chip, min is, riw niss. Menom.
may nainsh. Shawn, mei) n thl'f. Del.
mun cLh Idhe, Sch. ii, 402, 47-i; nw na hi/
(and -te u), Zei.sb.]
munnohquohteau, v. t. he enriches the
land, fei'tilizes, manures; pajeh munnd-
quohteiian, until I dung it, Luke 13, 8.
munndntam. Seemanonlam, hesmellsit.
*niunnucks (Narr.), the brant goose
(Anser hernia); pi. -suck, R. W.
[Peq. a'kobyeeze, brants. Stiles. Mass.
menuks, a brant, C]
*munnuimug (Xarr. ), milk. See me/tmnunk.
munumulikemco, v. i. it rushes (makes
a rushing sound?); suppos. inan. subj.
iiKDnniiidikemmuk, when there isarush-
ing ( of mighty waters). Is. 17, 12. Vbl.
n. nmnnmuhbujuk, a rushing, ibid.

70 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHN()L(»Gy [BlLLlillN 25
*[m.uiiuiiiieet (?), n. the bladder;] adj.
-toe ijiimtil-, stone in the bladder, Man.
Pom. 8,s.
[.\lin. manSiteli, manSe, les fesses.]
muppuhkuk, muhpulikuk, n. a head,
Is. 1, .5; Amos 8, 10. Rarely used with
the impers. prefix; more commonly
(3d pers. ) uppuhkuk, (his) head, Lev.
1,4; .3,2; Job41, 7; Ps. 68, 21 ('scalp')-
See -ordup.
[Narr. iippaguonlup, the head; mup-
pacucl; a long lock.]
muppusk, -pisk, n. the back, Rom. 1,
30; .Ter. 18, 17; nuppisk, my back; 2d
pers. kup-; 3d pers. vppM, uppmhk;
uppisqiianll, at, on, or to the back, Prov.
10, 13; 19, 29; anaqiudieh kah nuppis-
quanit, before and behind me, Ps. 138, 5.
Fron\ poske, bai'e, uncovered.
[Narr. uppusqmn, the back. Abn.
peskSan, son dos; ne-peskSdnek, derriere
mon dos; ne-paiki-peskSan-enait, je d^couvre
hii, le milieu des 6paules. Chip.
pek u'un', pe quoji nong, pik v'iin.'\
*inuschundaug: (Peq. ), a lobster. Stiles.
See *a>!haunt.
*inushoshketoinp, n. [great man], 'a
nolik- man', :\Iass. Ps., .Tohn 4, 46.
mushoon, mishcon, n. "an Indian boat,
or canow made of a pine or oak, or
chestnut-tree," R. W. 98; a boat, John
6, 22; Act^i 27, 30; pi. -nash, John 6, 23;
ut lun-mishmn-ttt, into the [his] boat,
John 6, 22; kcovisham, thy boat, Samp.
Quinnup. 156; musshoan, boat or canoe,
and pwntaem, C.
[Narr. mishoon; dim. -memese, a little
canoe. Abn. amasSr; pi. -Srar, canot
de bois. Peq. meshire, Stiles. Chip.
chemaun, Sch. ; tchiman, Bar. Del. amo
chool, Zeisb.]
mushqun, n. the liver: nushqun, my
liver. Lam. 2. 11; irusqim, ^mtshqun, his
liver, Prov. 7, 23.
[Chip, koon, quoon, oquoyn, Sch. ii,
4.5S. Miami hav> ko nc. Shawn, o/i
muskesuk, n. (1) the eye, El. Gr. 10;
Job 10, 18; Matt. 18, 9; pi. -ukquash.
(2) the face, Ezek. 10, 14; nusk-, kusk-,
vmskesuk, my, thy, his face or eye.
(Sansk. iksh, videre; aksha, oculus.
[Narr. n-uskeesuck (his) eye. Peq.
skee:uck)i, eyes. Stiles. Muh. hkeesque,
)
muskesuk—continued,
eye. Abn. ne-siser/Hk, ma face; Ss-, .aa
face; )ie-ti

musquanumau—continued.
ahqiie iKits/jtianum, do not fret thyself,
Ps. 37, 1, 7, 8; ahque musquantiiiieh, do
not be angry with me, C.
[Narr. him-musquauiiani-i.ih, I am
angry with you.]
*niusquash, the muskrat (Fiber ziljethicus);
rintskquash, Josselyn's Toy. and
N. E. Rar. 53; musqiuismf. Smith's
Desor. of N. E.; nmskewashe, Morton's
N. E. Canaan; 'civet scented musquash,'
Wood's N. E. Prospect. Imiisqui-oshim,
red animal (?) ormcoskoii (?).]
[Abn. mSskSessS. Del. damascus,
Zeisb.]
musqueheonk, msq-, vbl. n. [from
causat. musquehheau, it makes him I'ed,
it reddens,] blood, Deut. 12, 16, 23;
Acts 17, 26; 28, 8; nmqh-, my blood;
kcoiqli-, thy blood; vrusq- or msq-, his
blood. Adj. and adv. musquelieongane,
bloody. Cf. *neepuck.
NATICK-ENGLI6H DICTIONARY 71
[Narr. mishqui and neepuck, the blood;
misqu'magh, the veins. Chip, mis'kwe,
blood; uskwaiaub, (his) vein. Shawn.
misk vjie, blood; in'sliks mah, vein.
Menom. mainh kee, blood. Abn. mesig-
SaghesS, il est tout convert de sang.
Del. mlmk, blood, Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
musqui, mishqui, msqui, and -que, (it
is) red, Ex. 15, 4; Josh. 24, 6; Esth. 1, 6;
suppos. mosqmig, moshquag, when it is
red. Gen. 25, 30; Ex. 25, 4. In comp.
words, musqu-, msqu-; msquonagk, -ak,
red cloth or clothing. Matt. 27, 28, 31
(see inAnak). With an. subj. (v. adj.)
nnisquesu, (he is) red. Gen. 25, 25; Zech.
1, 8.
[Narr. msqui. Peq. mesKpiou [scar-
let?] , Stiles. Abn. mkSighen iS, cela est
rouge. Cree mlthkw&io, it is red; m'tth-
koo, blood. Chip, misqua, misquoze (an. )
radix, misk, Sch. ii, 466. Shawn, m'sh-
iivh ire. Menom. mamh kiew. Del.
iiinrlikeil, v. adj. red (it is), Zeisb.]
musseet, n. a foot; pi. -lash, El. Gr. 10;
71US-, kus-, vms-seet, my, thy, his foot;
wusseetmoash, their feet. Josh. 3, 15
{mlsseet, a foot, C).
[Narr. u-itssite. Peq. kuzseet, (thy)
foot, Stiles.]
mussegan, -ekon, n. the loins, Ezek. 23,
15; Nab. 2, 10; nnsseganijlitogq-iit, in my
loins, Ps. .38. 7; (inis .wkdiiolilogq. my
;
mussegan, -ekon—continued.
reins, Prov. 23, 16); A'«.5-, in or from
thy loins, Gen. 35, 11; timssekonnhtogqul
msholi, in the loins of his father, Heb.
7, 10.
mussegen. See missegen.
mussegon, v. impers. it hails; as n. hail,
Ps. 148, 8; 78, 48; inissegun. Rev. 16,21;
suppos. mlssegog. Is. 32, 19.
[Abn. sikSrdi, il grfele. Chip, sessegan,
Bar. Cree seyseykuii. Miami me
ze ktuaw.']
musses. See um-misses-oh.
mussi, whole; suppos. (?) nuk-keteaonk
rish mussit, ' my life is yet whole , 2 Sam.
'
1,9. ( Not found elsewhere. The primary
meaning is 'great'. Seemissi.)
m.ussin. See ?ni.«;».
mussinum, mis-, mussunnum, v. t. he
touches (it) [he smooth-handles it;
from moosi, with the formative of verbs
denoting action performed by the
hand]; suppos. noh masunuk, he who
touches it, Lev. 15, 7, 12; Amos 9, 5;
freq. mohmmsunnum, he touches (it)
often, he handles (it). Vbl. n. mvssun-
nunuDonk, touching, touch (missinummonk,
C). With an. obj. mussu-
nail (mis-), he touches (him); suppos.
noh ma.mnont, he who touches him,
Lev. 15, 11, 19; with inan. subj. missis-
sin {-ishin, vius-), it touches, adjoins,
reaches quite to; missishi>i. kesukqvt, 'it
reached unto heaven', Dan. 4, 11; mis-
sussin sussipponkomuk, it reached to the
wall of the house, 2 Chr. 3, 11, 12; mii-
sishin kiihlamog, the ship touches, ia
aground. Acts 27, 41.
mussippeg. See musmipjpeg.
mussipsk, n. the ankle; -kul, to the
ankle, ankle deep, Ezek. 47, 3; 3d pers.
wmsupskon, his ankle bone. Acts 3, 7.
(Strictly the back and sides of the ankle
joint; mussi-poske-oskon, where the
bones touch behind. So, Abn. "ne-
dapskS'kSe, mon cou derriere, metabskS-
'kSe, le derriere et les deux c6t4s du
cou." Cf. missippuskunnicheg, wrist
(the back of the wrist, C. ).
mussisse, adv. in public, publicly (?),
Matt. 1, 19. Cf. mdmusse, mussi.
[Micm. m'shei, tous; m'sheda, tous
ensemble. Narr. mis.sesu, adj. an. the
whole. Abn. messiSi, nifselsdiSi, tout

72 BUKEAU OF AMKRICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
mussisse—continued.
entier. Del. memssu, whole; nvsitfch''-
iji-ii, wholly, entire, Zeisb.]
mussissittcDn, n. a lip (mmustmn, C. );
pi. -/(o.s/i. El. Gr. 10; 3d pers. vmsm-,
his lip, Prov. 12, 19; 17, 4. For nwfmsi-muttmn,
it is close to the mouth.
[Del. u-itche ton, lip, Zeisb.]
mussittipuk, n. a neck, Ps. 75, 5; Is. 30,
28 {iimsitteippey, C. ); pi. -kanash, Judg.
5, 30; kussiUijnik, thy neck, Cant. 7, 4;
urns-, his neck, 1 Sam. 4, 18; mussi-t-
muhpe;/ {uppH-e, E. W.\, joining the
shoulders.
[Narr. fUchipnek.}
mussohquam[in], missoh-, mussunk-,
n. an ear of ripened corn, Lev.
2, 14; ilark 4, 28; pi. -mrtnneash, -minneasJi,
Gen. 41, 5, 7; 2 K. 4, 42. From
tmissoo (dried), with the formative of
verbs of growth, -qumn; mussoliquamin,
it grows

)
muttasonitch, n. the little linger; iiion-
iiKi/-. my little finger, 1 K. 12, 10; 2 Chr.
10, 10. For matla-asuh-nutcli (inenutcheg),
the last of the hand [no hand
after ( ? ) ; last ( or least ) of the hand ( ? ) . ]
muttasons, n. the youngest son. Gen.
42. 13; 2 Chr. 21, i?; 22, 1; -oh, Judg.
9, 5. From raut-asuh , not after ( ? ) . See
the Abnaki below.
[Abn. ne-medesmi'inSi, je suis le cadet
de tons, 'posito quod nullus alius sit.']
muttinnolikou, muttinuhkdu, n. the
right hand; ludtimwhkuu, my right
hand, Ps. 73, 23; wut-, his right hand,
Dan. 12, 7; (unninuhkoe menltchey, the
right hand, C.
muttinnuhkouneiyeue, adv. on the
right hand, to the right, 2 Chr. 23, 10.
[Narr. yd mti'mnock, to the right!
Abn. arenakaiSl, la main droite. ]
muttinwhunutch, n. a finger. See iniU-
tinwhiinitch.
muttompeuk (?), -pek, n. the jaw; 3d
pers. wiittompeak, -pek, his jaw, Judg.
na, demonstrative particle, there: lUx \it
(and 7und), thereat, therein, thereon.
Is. 42, 11; Luke 13, 6; na wutche, therefrom,
thence, hence, Ex. 11, 1; na
ohteau, there is, Eccl. 6, 1; na mo, there
was, 2 Sam. 2, 17; Gen. 1, 3. Cf. He,
nenan, noh, nan.
[Del. ma, 'there it is', Zeisb.]
nabo, nab, a particle which, "from 10 to
20, they add before the numeral '
' : nabo
neqnl, eleven; nabo neese, twelve, etc..
El. Gr. p. 14 {nobo nes, twelve, Mass.
Ps. ). Cf. napanna and Chip, nabino-
taiixin, 'he repeats his words'; nabaan,
'he fastens it (or puts it) to the end of
something,' Bar. [From neepau (?) .]
[Narr. piuck-7iab-naguit, eleven; piiick-
nab-mese, twelve. Peq. piug-naubut-
nuquut, eleven, Stiles. Abn. -negSd-
annkao, eleven; nk-annk&o, twelve.
Chip, midassui ashi bejig, eleven ;
ashi nij, twelve, Bar. Cree melatat-
pcyakoo-sdup, eleven; neeslioo-sdup,
twelve, etc.]
nabohteai, n. dry land, Hag. 2, 6. Cf.
numiobolitedou.
NATICK-EI^GLISH DICTIONARY 73
^
muttompeuk (?), -pek—continued.
15, 15, 16, 19. Adj. and adv. inilom-
jiiikoiu; Prov. 30, 14.
[Del. ta
Zeisb.]
V(im pi can, the jawbone,
muttcon, n. the mouth, EI. Gr. 10; ««(-,
knt-, u'ultmn, my, thy, his mouth; pi.
-nmh; 3d pi. wuttconcowdash, their
mouths, Ps. 78, 30; Heb. 11, 33.
[Narr. wuUdne, (his) mouth. Peq.
kultoneege, (thy) mouth, Stiles. Abn.
ne-dSn, ma bouche; SdSn, sa bouche.
Chip, niridon, my mouth (Bar.). Del.
icdooit, (his) mouth, Zei.^b.]
muttoounnussog, n. pi. the kidneys, Ex.
29, 13; Lev. 3, 4; the reins, Jer. 17, 10;
nut-, my reins, Ps. 26, 2. Cf. vunniif-
sooog, testes.
muttug-k, muttukki, n. the shouMers
(upper part of the back); ut nntlnko I,
on my shoulders, Job 31, 36; kuHuijk.l,
on thy shoulders, Josh. 14, 5; wuttuijkil,
on his shoulders, Luke 1.5, 5 (wuitul.U,
Judg. 16, 3); mitik, a shoulder, C.
nadtauwdmpu, natt-, v. i. he looks ( for
the purpose of seeing some object,
looks for or at an object; cf. nuhqualnat,
to direct the eye or look in that or
this direction), 1 K. 18, 43; 19, 6 {nataxi-ompu);
pi. -puog, they look, 2 Sam.
22, 42. See uvmpu. With inan. obj.
nadtauwompadtam, he looks for (it);
suppos. 2d pi. nadtauivompadtamdg ue-
quai, while ye look" for the light, Jer.
13, 16. With an. obj. nadtauirompumau,
he looks for or at (him).
[Abn. nederanbaddmen; (with an.
obj. ) -bamal), je le regarde.]
nadteoh, nedteuh, as prep, since. Dent.
4, 32: ne ke.ntkok, since that day
when, 1 K. 8, 16; nadteoh paoon, since
when I came. Gen. 30, 30; kddshik
muttaok, since the beginning of the
world. Is. 64, 4 {nateah, lately, since, C. ).
[Abn. nCihjhi:, niaga, netsi, potir lors,
lorsque.]
nadtippaeu. See nehfippaeu.
nadtuppcD, natuppu, v. i. he feeds (aa
an animal, other than man): pigsug
natappuog ut v:adchu-ut, swine feed uiion

74 iBUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETI.N 25
nadtuppcD, natuppu—continued.
thf mouiitiiin, Luke 8, 32; ke-netassu-
11101/ pish nadluiipaiog, thy cattle shall
feed, Is. 30, 23; with inan. obj. nadiiippmwantam,
he feeds on (it), Jer. 50, 19;
with an. obj. Dadtuppoovjaii, -jnvaii, he
prepares food (?) for or feeds (?) him;
imperat. 2d + 3d sing. nadtupweh, 'dress
him meat', 2 Sam. 13, 7; of. v. 5, timn-
iwhieauUch meelsuonk, let her dress the
meat [food]. See -uppoo, determinative
generic of verbs of feeding.
[Xarr. nati'ipirock, (animals) feed.]
naehtau, v. I. Lcausat. inan. from na-um,
he sees (?)], he appears, shows himself
to (him): monchu naihtaumat (intin.),
he went to show himself to, 1 K. 18, 2;
pret. iifii'Iitaomp, he appeared to, 2 Chr.
3, 1: with affixes: ke-nne.ihiunkoo, I appear
to you. Lev. 9, 4. Cf. iiaht'inaii, he
shows (it) to; nahtus»u.
nag, suppos. of v6-nni, he sees, when he
sees (it).
nag. See ner/, they.
nagont, nagunt (?), n. sand, Heb. 11, 12;
1 K. 4, 20; naguniu, -rnitu, in or on the
sand, Deut. 33, 19; Matt. 7, 26. See
kehlohhonndmuk, 'sand of the sea' (kehtahhannomuhk,
Mass. Ps. ), Ps. 78, 27.
[Abn. ncgdkS, sable. Del. le kau,
Zeisb.]
nagum, pron. 3d sing. an. he, El. Gr. 7
( = iioh, q. v.); pi. nagoli ( = nahoh),
they.
[Narr. niifigoin, his own. Del. neka
or lukiimii, he, Zeisb. Gr.]
nagTsrutteae, adv. continually, all the
time, always. Job 7, 16; 27, 10; Prov. 17,
17; 19, 13.
[Abn. nekSleiiii, quelques jours ensuite
(in posterum).]
nagwutteaeyeuooonk, vbl. n. continu-
ance, 'perseverance', Eph. 6, 18.
nagwutteohteau [iiagvmU&e-ohieau'\,\ . i.
it ciintinues to be, it is continual,
1 Sam. 13, 14.
nahen, adv. almost. El. Gr. 21; Judg.
19, 9; nearly, nigh to, Phil. 2, 27, 30:
nen nahen 7iun-nup, ' I am at the point
to die', Gen. 2.5, 33; nahen nuppm, 'he
is at the point of death', Mark 5, 23.
Cf. n&i; nrmu.
[Narr. iieeni (of a dying man), 'he is
nahen—continued,
drawing on.' Abn. nehini, tot, Ijien-
tot. Cree ni-ee, 'exactly.']
nahnagkiae. See nohnagkide.
*nahnaiyeumooadt(?), a horse, C. See
vain'iiiiitik; nayeutam.
nahnashali (freq. of nashail), v. i. he
breathes; 3d pers. infinit. u-umialmash-
onal, to breathe. Josh. 11, 11; -oneat,
V. 14; suppos. nanrishont {nahnashant,
Deut. 20, 16) and nanashonit, when he
breathes; pi. (part. ) neg nanashonilcheg,
they who breathe, Josh. 10, 40 {nen
mH!/)

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 75
naihaue, nauwae, adv. in tlie middle,
Cant. 3, 10. See n6en.
*naiin (Nan-.), by and by; (suppos.
iiaiintcli, R. W.
naicomau. See ndyimmau.
naioomuk. See nayeumuk, [when he is
carried.] when he rides.
naj, 3d pers. sing, imperat. of nano, it is
the same, it is so. See nan.
nameheaii, namheaii, v. t. an. lie finds
(him), discovers (him) [makes him
visible; causat. an. form from nai'i, he
sees him; cf. nahlinau, naehiau]: ne-
iiamheh, ne-namehheh, I find him {-narn-
meh, Hos. 9, 10) ;
kenamheh, thou finde.st
me; ke-namhesh, I find thee, 1 K. 21,20;
suppos. nnmehi'ont, when he finds, he
finding, Prov. 18, 22; negat. nen mnfta
namJieoh, 1 did not find him, 2 Cor. 2,
13; with inan. olij. namehteaii, he finds
(it), Prov. 18, 22; 17, 20; suppos. na-
mehieunk. Ijuke 15,9 {mm-ndmeehteo, I
find, C).
[Abn. ne-iiami'll8n; (an. obj.) ne-na-
mihaii, je decouvre, je vols; ne-namihSe,
je vols.]
namohkaeibheau, v. t. [causat. form of
vmnohkau'], he lends to (him); -kaaih-
huau, Ps. 112, .5; -kohhniu, Prov. 19,
17; imperat. 2d pi. namohkaeihuugk,
lend ye, Luke 6, 35; namakouhe (?),
lend it to me, Luke 11, 5. See nogkoh-
k&eihhuim&t.
[Abn. ne-nemekaSihan, je lui prete;
imperat. nemekaSi or kaSihi.]
namohkau, v. t. he borrows (from or of
another) ; imperat. -kaush, borrow, 2 K.
4, 3; suppos. n&mohkauonmit, when he
borrows, Ex. 22, 14. Cf. nogkohkouunat.
namohs, n. a fish (ndmds, C. ); pi. -mg,
El. Or. 9, iMatt. 17, 27; Ex. 7, 18, 21;
dimin. namolishnes, pi. -mesog, Matt. 15,
34. [The first letter does not belong to
the root, but represents the determinative
particle. It is not found in compound
words (see -dniag). The base is
the same as in aum; trans, amn-au, he
fishes. In the Old Algonkin and in
some modern dialects the determinative
prefix is given to the sturgeon as the fish
par excellence. The final .« represents
the an. adj. form -esu, or what is equiv-
alent to it, («(a,9, animal, animate being.]
[Narr. nruninui'ius, pi. -suck. Abu.
)
namohs—continued.
nanii's, pi. -sak. Old Alg. kicons {nn-
maiii, sturgc. Ill ). Chip, ke'gfi {nam ai',
vanqliiii't;!. sturgeon). Menom. nahniiiixli
(iiiiliiiiaire, sturgeon). Del. na
mei'x, pi. -sak. Powh. noughmass, J.
Smith. Micm. nemesh, Maillard.]
nampcoham, v. i. he answers, replies:
. kah nmvMu, he answered and said.
Job 15, 1; 16, 1; with an. obj. -hamau,
he answers (him), Gen. 41, 16. Vbl.
n. -hamaonk, an aaswer. Gen. 41, 16;
2 Sam. 24. 13. From nompe, in turn,
reciprocally.
namshpeyau, v. i. 'he .sojourns' [visits,
remains for a time (?)], Gen. 20, 1. Cf.
enneapeyau.
nan, a particle denoting likeness or
identity, the same as, or such as: noh
nan, the same person, Heb. 13, 8; Ps.
102, 27; ne nan, the same thing, Dan.
5, 5; John 4, 53 {nenan, nnih, nonl nee,
'the same', C.) ; ne nan qussuk, that
same stone. Matt. 21, 42; pi. inan.
nanoash, such (things), James 3, 10;
with verb subst. ne nano, it is the same,
it is so: noh vnnn (niioh), he is the same
or such; niniin /,, ».;//(), it is not so. Acts
10, 14; yeiifili innftu iroh nanoash, these
things ought not to be so, James 3, 10;
imperat. 3d sing, ne naj, let it be so,
'even so'. Matt. 11, 26; Luke 11, 2;
Rev. 22, 20; ahque ne naj, 'not so',
Acts 11, 8; suppos. ne nag, if it be so,
Dan. 3, 17; malta nanmg, if it be not
so, v. 18. Cf. dunag, neane, nnih. [All
these have the same base, and it is impossible
to distinguish always the forms
of each under Eliot's varying notation.]
[Narr. ma( endno, mat edno, it is not
true.]
nanaanont, pi. {neg) nanadnoncheg; sup-
pos. of nanawunnaii,, they who rule,
rulers, Ex. 18, 21; Is. 52, 5.
nanadnum. See nanawunnum, he bears
rule, he rules over (it).
nanabpi, -peu, ( it is) dry. See nunobpe.
*nanagkcoonk, vbl. n. 'snorting', C.
nanahkineg, (as n.) a sieve. Is. 30, 28.
See nmhkik; nvnnohkrnnmn.
nana[li]konchiyeu-ut, in a narrow
way (passage), Num. 22, 26; in a strait
(place). Job 36, 16: mo adt nanakon-
chanatg, 'where there is no straituess',

7() BUKKAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLEIIN 25
nana[h]konchiyeu-ut—cuntinued.
iliiil.; [iinn-]ii(iiioliho>ikip, I am in a
strait (betwixt two), 1 Pliil. 1, 23.
nanamunnum qunuhtug, lie liran-
(lislies ('shakes') a spear, Job 41, L'9.
nanaseu, adv. one by one, Mark 14, 19;
Is. 2", 12; nandse, John 8, 9. Freq.
from riiixsii, iiunxey, alone.
nanashont, suppos. of ini}iitat:)iai'i, he
breatlies.
nanashwu, v. i. he prepares, makes
ready; imperat. 2d sing, -imh, prepare
thyself, be ready, Jer. 46, 14. With
an. obj. mmaslm-eau, he prepares or
makes (him) ready; with inan. obj.
nanashinetam, he makes (it) ready; snp-
pos. nanaahrretbg, when he prepares
(it), Prov. 8, 27; with inan. obj. and
an. ending, -wetamau oaweUionk, he pre-
pares a habitation for (him), Ex. 15, 2.
nanashwunnum, v. t. he prepares (it);
niniiiana.ilncuiiiium, I prepare it. Matt.
22, 4. (With formative of verbs denoting
action of the hand.)
nanaunum. See nanammnuni.
*naiiawehteou, he keeps [safely, makes
safe] ; miii-inhidueehtoo, 1 keep, C. See
nannoive, iiaiii'»iHea.
nana'wuiinuin, -aanum, -aunum, v. t.
[primarily to keepsafely,] he rulesover,
governs (it), Dan. 4, 17; 5, 21: ke-nanaumtm,
thou rulest (it), Ps. 89, 9. With
an. obj. nanawumiau, -aunnaiX, he rules
over orgoverns (him), Ps. 59, 13; Rom.
7, 1: pish ke-nanauwunuk, he shall rule
over thee, Gen. 3, 16; suppos. nana-
(runont, nanadnont, he who rules; pi.
-uncheg, they who bear rule, rulers, Ex.
18, 21; Is. 52, 5 (nananuacldg, magistrates,
rulers; title-page of Indian Laws).
N. agent, nanuvimnxiaen, iiananuwahi,
vananuaen, a ruler, Num. 13, 2; Ex. 22,
28; Jer. 51, 46; 'a nobleman', John 4,
46, = mushdshkelomp, Mass. Ps. (nan-
auonnuonat, to rule or govern; ndndvanumeeh,
keep thou me, C. )
[Narr. neen nanowwunnemun, I oversee,
I look to or keep; naunduwheant
(and nanoimrtea), a keeper or nurse, an
overseer and orderer( of their worshiiO,
R.W. 52, 112.]
nanepaushadt, -pauzshad, n. the
moon. Gen. .33, 14; ,37, 9; Josh. 10, 12,
. 13;
itepdiizshad, Ps. 148. 3. Cf. nrpdiis,
the sun; also a (lunar) month.
.
nanepaushadt, -pauzshad—continued.
[Xarr. iiniiijuiunltdl, the moon, the
moon god (and inmiiidnnork, a name of
lioth the sun and the moon). Abn.
kizSs (le soleil ou) la lune; nibankhSs,
la lune (nibaii-kizSs, nibaniSi, de nuit;
ne-nibaiise, 'je marchede nuit'). Chip.
kee zis (Sag.), (/i'zis (St Marys), {gisiss.
Bar.), sun; te be ke sis, diV ik ge' zis
(night sun), moon, Sch. Del. ni pa
hum, the moon; nipahwi, by night; nipavouchwen,
to go, to travel, by night,
Zeisb.]
nannahkinnum. See minnohkinnum.
nannowe, nanouwe, adv. freely, Matt.
10, 8; Rev. 21, 6; safely; nanoiviyeue,
in safety. Lev. 25, 19 {nanamve, free;
-(mwiyeue, safely, C. ); vamiove, volun-
tary, of free will, Deut. 16, 10.
naunukshondt. See numtnkkushondf.
nannumit, n. the north wind. Cant. 4, 16.
[Narr. mmummalin and suimddin.'\
nannummiyeu, -mau, adv. at the north,
northward, Gen. 13, 14; Is. 14, 31,
w)ileii miiinuminau, from the north, Ps.
107, 3.
[Del. loinineii, v. adj. northerly,
Zeisb. Gr. 164; lo iixin a cht^ii, north wind,
Zeisb. Voc. 44.]
nand, (it increases) more and more, increasingly;
used as an adverb of com-
parison: nano missi, it increases (becomes
more and more great). Job 10,
16; nano ?n(Bna(as/i, they (inan.) increase
in number, are more, many, Ezra 9, 6;
nano waantam, he is more and more
wise, increases in wisdom, Luke 2, 52
{ndnd, moreover, C. ); nanomu-onhpiaeii
nano nunkfpiaash, 'heaps upon heaps',
Judg. 15, 16.
*nan6ckquttin (Narr.), the southeast
wind, R. W. Cf. iniiinukciuodtul.
nanohkinum,v.t. he seethes (it), boils (?)
it; imperat. and suppos. nanohkinu-
maik toh woh yen ndnohkiinumig, 'seethe
ye that ye will seethe', Ex. 16, 23.
nanomonkquodtau, v. t. (freq. ) he continues
to heap up, he piles (it) up, Job
27, 16. See noinunkqudy; numnvDk-
quail.
*nanompanissuonk, vlil. n. idleness, C.
See the following:
nanopassumau, he supplicates of, en-
treats (him). See namuiipai

TRVMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 77
*nan6wetea, nandu- ( Narr. ) , a nurse or
keeper, an overf^eer and orderer (of
their worship). For nanawehteau, lie
uvei'sees or directs. See aanrnnmnum.
*iiandwussu (Narr.), vbl. adj. an. it is
lean. See Onouwuaw.
*nanpeh, very (used in the comparison
of adjectives): nanpeh peissism, (he is)
very small; nanpehne, 'mostly'; nan-
jyehyeu, 'especially', C.
[Cree ndspich, very, Howse.]
nSnukquok, when there is danger; sup-
]}t}

78 BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
nashaue—continued.
iiKiijnsh, between the ways, 1 Sam. 14, 4;
naiutshime nenaivun kali ken, between u.s
and you, Luke 16, 25; nanohkonlap nashaue
neeninash, I am in a strait betwixt
two, Phil. 1, 23; ne penoioomdi nashaive
uminittamiimmn kah penomp, there is a
difference between a w ife and a virgin,
1 Cor. 7, 34; nashaue ken kah nayum,
between thee and him, Matt. 18, 15;
Cf. ndeu, in the middle, and nkkwe or
nanhxve, third. To the latter (nashwe)
nashaue is nearly related, as are both
these to neese, two.
[Chip, ndssawaii, between. Bar.; ne-
sahwahyee, J. (Cf. Del. lechawwaak, a
fork; l,echeu)on, breadth.).]
nashauonk, vbl. n. [from nashai'i, freq.
iialinaKhaii (q. v.), he breathes]: (1) a
breathing, breath, Gen. 2, 7; Ezek.37,
9,10; ?)(w/(((0)/A-, Job 4, 9; nushaonk, Job
41, 21. (2) the spirit of man, Prov. 18,
14; IThess. 5, 23; a disembodied spirit,
1 K. 22, 21; 2 Chr. 18, 20; Job 4, 15.
[Abn. ne-nt'sse, je respire.]
nashin, [v. i. it is between or contained,]
it makes an angle or corner; yaiiut
nashin, it is 'four-square', Rev. 21, 16,
= yauut nasun, Ezek. 43, 16, =yauut
nashinit, v. 17; suppos. nashik, where it
makes a corner; as n. a corner or included
angle: adt nashik, at the comer,
Mark 12, 10, =adnahshik, Ps. 118, 21;
Acts 4, 11; j/rt?H(( nashik ohke, in the
four corners of the earth, Ezek. 7, 2.
Adv. and adj. nashinne, of or at a cor-
ner: qussiik, corner-stone. Job 38, 6;
sqiumiam, corner gate, Jer. 31, 38.
Cf. nai.
nashomuk, suppos. pass, of mishan, he
kills, f^ee nushdnat.
nashpe, prep, by means of, by, with (an
inan. agent, instrument, etc.), Ps. 78,
28; 1 Chr. 12, .33-37; Eccl. 2, 1.
[Quir. xpe, Pier. Del. nachpi, Zeisb.]
nashqunanum, v. t. (with nmtau) he
kindles (a fire). Lam. 4, 11: nunnashqtmdnmn
nxDleau, I kindle a fire, Jer. 21,
14; 43, 12; 49, 27; suppos. noh nashqun-
naiiiiy, he who kindles (a fire), Ex. 22, 6.
nashquneau, v. i. it burns: najlannash-
quneau, a fire burns, ' is kindled ', Deut.
32, 22; Jer. 15, 14. Adv. -mi&e, burn-
ing: nashquuae naiiau, burning fire,
nashquneau—cc mtinued.
Dan. 7, 9; mohkossaash, burning
coals, Ps. 140, 10; missechttog, red-
hot iron, Indian Laws, i.
nashqussum, v. t. he lights (a lamp,
candle, torch, etc.), he sets it on fire
(kindles a fire, Jer. 17, 27) pret. -unmp
;
lamps-ash, he lighted the lamps, Ex.
8, 3; suppos. nashqiissuk wequananteg,
when he lights a candle, Luke 8, 16.
nashqutteau, v. i. it burns, it is burning:
nmnoimie iiaghqi(tl

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONAKY 79
natinneham—continued.
he yeeks (him), Matt. 18, 12; suppos.
< noh nalinnewlio'iit, lie who seelis (liim),
Lam. 3, 25.
[Narr. natinnelms, search (thou); tia-
qna \. iieg nammukqutcheg, they who

80 BrREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
nayeumuk, naicomuk—coiitinueil.
ride upon I asses), Judg. 10, 4; horsmwi-
oij natieiimiik(pitch);(j horses-oh, 'horsemen
[when] riding upon horses','
Ezek. 23, 6; sing, noli nnmmulcqnt horsen-
oh, he who rides horses, Amos 2, 15
{hence nahnahjeumooadt, 'a horse or a
creature that carries', C. ).
[Narr. kun-ii'iish, I will carry you ( on
my back); naynayoAmeivot, a horse:
vunnia naynayottmewot, he rides on
horseback. Abn. ne-nahSmah, je le
porte sur mes epaules; 3d sing. SnahJman;
ahassS, cheval; ne-nahSmSlcS
ahassS, j'y vais; -iiSihSmaii ou. ne-nanhSmah,
je charge I'enfant, je le porte (sur
le dos). Del. nech na yv.n gees, a horse;
na yu mau, he is carried; iia yu muk, he
carries me; na yvn dam, he carries a
load, Zeisb.]
nayeutam, v. t. he beare or carries (it")
on his person (on his breastplate, Ex.
28, 29): pish nayeutam anveanun, he
shall bear his own burden, Gal. 6, 5;
suppos. part. pi. nayeutogig, they who
bear [are 'laden with'], Is. 1, 4. [From
nauiiiaeu, nauwaehtam, he bends or
stoops to it(?).]
[Narr. nidulash, take it on your back;
nidutamirock, 'they are loden'. i.e. carry
burdens.]
ne, demonstrative and directive particle
or pron. inan. (El. Gr. 7) this, that;
pi. nish, these, those: ne teag, this thing.
ne adt, thereat, at that place, Ezek. 6, 13.
neane, neyane(l) [»« unne, like this, of
this kind, such as this], so, such, in the
same manner as. as. El. Gr. 22; Luke
22, 27, 29; Mark 4, 26; suppos. nedunak;
-ag ( when it is so, or such as ) , according
to, in accordance with, like: neaunak
utit-anakausuonk, according to her work,
Jer. 50, 29; unnaumatuonk, accord-
ing to the law, Ezra 10, 3 [ne/timg, such,
C. ). (2) as n. the appearance of a thing,
its likeness: /i

neekin, nekin—tontinuefl.
the growth of inanimate l]eing, a? does
-etu tliat of animate: netii, he grows;
iiekin, it grows; but from Eliot's use of
these two forms it apiiears that nekin
had the force of an an. passive, he
is born, he is grown ; netu an. in-
^'^ATICK-ENGL[SH DICTIONARY 81
which we may nearly translate
trans. ,
by ' ,
he has birth ' he grows. ' See both
'
forms in the same verse, .John 3, 4]:
indch nekin-nedt (infin. ), from birth,
Hos. 9, 11; ntkri}, (a tree) grows, is
grown, Ezek. 17, 6; Dan. 4, 3.3; (of the
hair), Judg. 16, 12; suppos. nekik, negik,
when it grows or is grow'n, Dan. 4,
33 {nekuk, Matt. 13, 32); pi. an. -kig:
nikeekifj, Rom. 9, 11; pi. inan. -khh:
nehtikish, 2 K. 19, 29; (pass, form) nekit,
when he is born, John 3, 5, 6; pi. ney
nekitcheg, John 1, 13. Cf. adlamugen;
sonkin; tannegen, etc.
[Abn. nigS, un enfant est n4, il est
sorti; IzanigS (cf. tannegen, EL), il cesse
de croitre.]
neempau, v. i. it thunders; as n. thun-
der, Ps. 81, 7 (nimbau, thunder, C. ):
ken-neempomog, 'thy thunder', Ps. 104,
7; 77, 18.
[Narr. neimpduog, thunder.]
neemskom (?), v. t. he brings (it, i. e.
f' lod or drink?) : nunneemskom petukqun-
ueg, I fetch bread. Gen. 18, 5; imperat.
1st pi. neemskomunuh, let us fetch (it),
1 Sam. 4, 3. With an. 2d obj. neemskomah
nippemes, bring me a little water,
1 K. 17, 10.
neen, nen, pron. 1st sing. I; pi. inclus.
keuawun, exclus. neencnimii, we. El.
Gr. 7: nen nnoh, I am he (who). Is.
41, 4; tianoihaue netwtrun kah ken, between
us (exclus. pi.) and thee, Luke
16, 26; but nanashaue kenaumn, Isetween
us (all of us, inclus. pi.), Judg. 11, 10.
The pronoun in the singular has the
form of the noun agent, with n' direc-
tive or demonstrative as the base.
[Del. ni, I; niluna, we (exclus.); ki-
luna, we (inclus.), Zeisb.]
*neepanoii, n. a shower, C.
neepattau, -padtau, v. t. inan. (1) he
stands (it ) upright , erects ( it ) , e. g. a post
or column, 2 Chr. 3, 17. (2) he boils or
cooks over a tire, i. e. .sets up the pot
for boiling: neepatiiu sdbaheg, he 'sod
B. A. E., Bull. 25 6
neepattau, -padtau—continued.
l)iittage'. Gen. 25, 29; imperat. tupa-
liiti.'li nabaheg, 'seethe jjottage', 2 K. 4,
38, and with an. obj. nejja-s [= nepaunh']
m!.'!hc ohkvlik, 'set on the great pot',
ibid. (nej>ntloJiknlirjii6)iat, to lioil the
pot(?),C.).
[Abn. nihadenl:, leve cela; ne-niliade-
nakSn, je leve un pieu. Del. nipachton,
he raises or sets up (e. g. a post, a pole),
7.t'i^]i. Gr. IHO.]
neepattunkquonk, nepattuhquonk,
n. a post or stake, 1 Sam. 1, 9; Is. 33,
20; a pillar, 1 K. 7, 2, 17, 20, 21; an
image (statue), pi. ii'un-neepatlunkrjnonk-
anog, their images, Ex. 34, 13 [nepntnh-
rpionk-ash, (printers') 'columns'. Mass.
Ps. title-page].
neepau, neepoh, v. i. ( 1 ) he stands, holds
himself erect; and, as implying a change
of posture. (2) he rises, erects himself,
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 13; pi. -poog, Ex. 32, 6;
imperat. 2d sing, nepaush, 'up', stand,
Judg. 8, 20; pi. -peak, -piik, stand ye,
1 Sam. 12, 16; Nah. 2, 8; suppos. noh
neepauit, he who stands, Deut. 1, 38
(mm-neepco, I stand, C. ). [Cf. Chip,
and Alg. niha, nipma, he sleeps, and
ISIass. niippm, ( he is ) dead.
[Narr. yd niepoitsh, stay or stand
here. Del. ni pu, he stands; pret. ni
poop; imperat. 2d sing, ni pa v:i!, Zeisb.
Cree nepowoo, he stands.]
*neepuck (Narr.?), blood, R. W. Perhaps
the Pequot (Muh. ) name. See
vmsqueheonk.
[Abn. nebakkanSm, mon sang; 3d
pers. abdkkanSm, hdgakkann, sang.
Miami ne pe kon u-e, blood.]
neese, num. two, El. Gr. 14; an. pi.
neesuog, Deut. 22, 30; inan. pi. nee-
sinash, Cant. 7, 3; suppos. neesit iwmpe,
when it is two times, when it is
doubled. Gen. 41, 32 (neese lahshe,
twice as much. Job 42, 10).
[Narr. neesse. Peq. naez, neese. Del.
ni schi, Zeisb.]
^neeshauog (Xarr. ), eels, R. W. ; neeshuongok,
Stiles. [Neese-aiiog, they go
by twos or in pairs, they couple; cf.
Abn. nissSSak, ils sont mari^s. See
nequitteconnml-og.'] The name of 'neshaw
eel' is yet retained by the fishermen
of 3Iartha.s Vineyard and perhaps
]

82 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY l.ETIN 25
*iieeshauog—continued.
elsewhere in Massafhusetts fm- tlie sil-
ver eel (Manena argentea, Le Sueui').
I am inclined to Vielieve that it origi-
nally belonged to the lampreys ( Petromyzon
americanus, Le Sueur), which
may appropriately be called 'pairera'
or 'couplers' in distinction from the
'single going' eel.
[Peq. iieesh, pi. neei

nehuekikom, -ekugkom—(Continued,
ivna (it),H(is. i:!, S. With an. obj.
lu'huclaikkaii, ]ie tears or rends (him),
as a wild beast his prey; with affixes
vjnn-nehni'kukknii-oli, he tears him, Luke
9, 42; suppos. iioh nehnekukauont, he
who tears (when tearing), 1 K. 13, 26.
Intens. from a primary nekaen, with
the characteristic {-uhk) of continned
action. From the same primary are
formed nek-ussosn, he cuts or gashes;
)ieh-nekshaeii, it rends or tears; neh-nek-
iiniiii, he tears (it) by hand, etc. See
the following.
nehnekikdsu, v. i. act. he goes on tear-
ing, continues to tear; infin. -I'mnheat,
Jer. 15, 3; pass, he is torn; suppos. neh-
negikaugik, when he i." torn, Ezek. 4, 14.
See nehiukibmi.
nehnekinum, v. t. he rends or tears (it)
ill pieces; with an. obj. -kinau: nunlulim'kiuuk,
he pulls me in pieces (as a
lion tears his prey), Lam. 3, 11 (nunnegimum,
I tear, C. ). From ixek-aeu,
with formative {-nnun, -inau) denoting
action performed by the hand, and
intens. reduplication.
nehnekshaeu, v. i. it tears; from neh-
iirkaeii, with characteristic of involun-
tary or violent action. As n. a rent. Is.
3, 24.
nehnekugkom. See nehni'kiko)n.
nehneteapcD (? I. v. i. lie devours, Dan. 7,
VI; IV. t. ) imperat. lu'lnirrteapsh weijaws,
devour thou flesh, v. o.
nelineyai (?), 'cloven'. Acts 2, 3.
nehteau (?), v. i. [he procures food by
hunting or fishing, etc.?]: vanne teay
iicliteau-co-og (pi. neg. ), they caught
nothing (by fi.shing, John 21, 3). Cf.
ncotamogqu&eu, ' I go a fi.shing ; nntin-
'
neham, he seeks for.
[Abn. ne-natehikn, je vais chercher
de'la mangeaille.]
nehtippaeu, natip-, v. i. it is covered
with water; jil. -jxiasli, they (inan.) are
covered, etc.. Gen. 7, 19, 20; [suppos.
luiippog, =neechippog, dew?].
NATICK-ENGLISH DKniONAKY 83
[.Marginal note.— " Wrong; sec aciriueh-
rlii:'' [fioffkn of/fiunvedt'!) .]
nehtde, adv. and adj. skilful[ly], 2 Chr.
2, 8; n6ht6e and ni'ihloc, v. J, intens.
nunnehtde, 1 K. 5, 6. The base (related
to ii'alili'nu, he understands) signifies
nehtoe—continued.
knowledge or skilhici|uirril l)y practice.
The primary verb (lu/itfaii, iiolitouu'.')
I have not found in Eliot.
neht6nuin, v. t. he handles (it) dexter-
ously or skilfully, he is practiced in
the use of (it); pi. -umwog, they han-
dle, i. e. know how to use (swords,
Ezek. 38, 4); suppos. noh nohtonuk, he
who handles (a sickle, Jer. 50, 16); pi.
neg nohtonukeg, they who (know how
to) handle (shields, spears, etc.), 1
Chr. 12, 8; 2 Chr. 25, 5. From nohloe,
with skill, and the formative (num) of
action of the hand.
[Del. iiltii, I can, Zeisb. Voi'. 10.]
nehtiilitau. See ni'tuhlou.
*iieimpauog- (Xarr. ), tliunder, R. AV.
See ncempnii.
neit [lie, with locat. affix], then, at that
time, Judg. 8, 21, 22; Luke 22, 36.
nek. See neck.
nekiu. See neekiii.
nekittomasliik (?), suppos. wliere it
parts or divides: adt neekitlomaxhik may,
' at the parting of the way ' , Ezek. 21 , 21.
Cf.. adt ueesinash nogkishkanadtmnmuk
mayasli, 'where two ways met', Mark
11, 4. [From nequtta, where they become
one (?).]
*nekus, adv. there (?), C.
nemehkuh., 'adv. of likeness', so, El. Gr.
22; but in his translation it is used as a
conjunction: nemekeh, so (accordingly).
Gen. 37, 14; nemehkeh neit, so then,
1 Cor. 7, 38.
nemompaai (?), v. i. 'he has taken a liag
of money with him', Prov. 7, 20.
nemunnum, v. t. he takes (it) in or with
his hand, Ex. 24, 6; Is. 40, 15; Matt.
14, 19; pi. -luiiirog, they take (it). Josh.
4, 8; imperat. 2d sing, nemimush; pi.
-nummk; with an. obj. nemunau, he
takes (him). Josh, 2, 4. Cf. maumunni,
it is taken away; lohq-unnum, he catclies
or takes hold of it, etc. The formative,
-unimm fan. obj. -uiKii'i), denotes, generally,
action performed by the hand;
more exactly, physical action performed
directly upon the object witli-
out the intervention of an instrument
or agent.

84 BUREAr OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGi' BVI.I.ETIN 2o
ne naj, let that be so, si> he it. See nan.
[^iirr. enntch oreridtcli kehi anawayean,
[let it be as yon (•ommand,] 'your will
shall bf law.']
nenan, the same ( thinjj; I, Phil. 2, 2. See
iiatt.
ne nogque, 'that waj-wani', El. tin 21;
toward that. See nogque.
*nencDhque, adv. so, C. Cf. aiirjjhqin'.
See,/..,'/7i".
nepattuhquonk. See neepatlnnkqiKink
nepaus, -pauz, n. (1) the sun, Gen. 19, 23;
87,9; .Josh. 10, 12, 13; Ps. 89, 36. (2)
a month, Ex. 12, 2; Kev. 22, 2; pi. (an.)
-:aog, -zmog: neesvog nepauzaog, two
months, Judg. 11, 37. Cf. keituk, »(n)f-
paushadl.
[Narr. nippaiiw, -pdwus, the sun;
paiisiick npauuK, one month. Abn.
k-izSi!, le soleil; nibadSsse, il ^claire, il
iiiarche.]
nepauzshad, n. the moon. See ncwe-
p„„sh,„l,.
nepeunk, n. a l)ush, Ex. 3, 2, 3; vt ne-
2X-vnkqitini}it. in a bush, Acts 7, 30; Luke
20, 37.
nepun, :i. (the latter part of) summer.
Gen. 8, 22; Jer. 8, 20. Cf. sequan. "The
earing of their corn [the Virginians
call] nepmough, the harvest and fall of
the leaf, tnquitock."—Capt. J. Smith's
Virginia, b. 2, p. 28. Adv. and adj. nepiinii6e,
in or of summer.
[JJarr. neepun and quaqusquan, sum-
mer. Abn. nipene, I'ete pass6; nipen,
r^t4 present; nlpeghe, I'^t^ prochain;
m;)«i/,S/, pendant I'et^. Creeji^m; sup-
pos. II t'peek. Chip. Ji

neteag— ci mtinued
.
ter, fact I, Deut. 4, ML' (hdaiij iii„jk,,,lth-
iiink, a thing left, C. 172).
[Del. iiieiUuwle, 'matter', Zeisb.]
netomp, my friend. See weetomp.
netompas, njy sister. See vectompas.
netuhtou, nehtiihtau, v. caug. inan. he
learus (it), acquires skill in (it): nimneti'ihtou-un,
I learn it. Gen. 30, 27; mim-
maliche netulilop (pret. ), I have learned
(it), Phil. 4, 11; pi. nehtuhtauog, Deut.
31, 12; -tdog, they learn, are skilled
in, Dan. 1, 17. Vbl. n. -toonl; -tnuonk,
learning, .skill, Dan. 1, 17; John 7, 15.
X. agent, -tuen (indef. -tuenin), a skil-
ful man, 2 Chr. 2, 13.
neuantam, v. i. and t. inan. he grieves, is
sorrowful, he grieves for (it), 1 Sam.
20, 34; imperat. of prohib. ahque neuan-
lam/vk, do not grieve. Gen. 45, 5; pret.
-anmp, -mnop, I was grieved. Vbl. n.
-amoonk, grief [grieving], sorrow, Prov.
15, 13; Is. 53, 3. See nohtimwinneat.
yen, for this cause, because of this,
Eph. 3, 14 (iiauwitch, thence, 0. ). Cf.
niiivhutclie, therefrom.
[Del. netrentKchi, Zeisb.]
*neyanat, last year, C.
neyane. See neane.
*neyliom (Narr.), a turkey; pi. -vm-
iiidiiog.
[Aim. nrlti'mi' (and ehhnS), coq.]
*nick6mmo (Xarr. ),a (solemn) feast or
dance.
nikktimme, nuk-, easily, James 3, 17;
with an. subj. nikkmnem. Matt. 11,
30; suppos. (?) nukkuminal : amie nukkurnmat,
more easily, 'sooner', Luke
16, 17; utioh ne nnkkummat, 'whether it
is easier' (to say, etc.), Mark 2, 9; nak-
kwnmathi, 'rather than', (this) 'and
not' that, preferably to, Prov. 8, 10.
ninyeu, nunneyeu, n. urine, 2 K. IS,
27; Is. 36, 12.
nippe, nuppe, n. water, Deut. 23, 4;
Judg. 5, 25; Ps. 78, 16, 20; pi. -pnish,
Ps. 105, 29. From a root 'pe, 'pi (not
found separate), with the directive and
determinative m: In comjiound words
NATICK-ENGLIbH BICTIONARY 85
nippe, nuppe— continued,
tlie sujipos. 'poij is employed, as in sun-
/ippog [iuiujut-pogl, cool water, i. v.
water when cool. See -pog.
[Peq. impp, nupph, Stiles. Quir.
nip'p', Pier. 22. Xarr. nip. Abn. vehi,
eau; W-e6J, eau froide. Cree nippce (in.
comp. -appvooy, ' liquor ' , liquid ) . Chip.
>ubeh,J.; yi'i'hi, Sch. Del. rii'bi, Zeisb.
(and vie ni'ip peek, a lake or pond).]
nippisse, nips (dim. of nij^pe, small
water), a pool or pond, John 5, 2, 4, 7,
as adj. and adv. nuppisse nippie, water of
the pool; nijjpecish, waters of the
pool. Is. 22, 9, 11; pi. -no.'ih, ponds, Is.
19, 10 (nippis, Mass. Ps., John 5,-2).
[Narr. niphoese, 'some water' (for
drinking); n't2)s, a pond.]
nippissepog, nup-, n. a pond or small
lake, Neh. 3, 16: en nnppi&'iepag-init,
'into a standing water', Ps. 107, 35;
'into the lake', Luke 8, 33. From 7i!p-
pisse and -pog.
[Narr. n'nowantam, I am grieved for nips. See nippisse.
you.]
nevrutche [iie inilrlir, that from], adv.
nish, pi. of ne, these or those (inan. ), El.
Gr. 7; Luke 15, 16.
for, from, because, El. Gr. 22; there- nish. See nislnre, three.
fore, Eccl. 2, 1; because, Is. 7, 5; nishkeneunkque, -unique, (it is) un-
clean, filthy. Lev. 5, 2; 1 Tim. 3, 3, 8;
suppos. -unkquok, when it is unclean,
Lev. 5, 2; ne , that which is un-
clean, filthy, 'abominable', Jer. 44, 4;
Lev. 7, 21. With an. subj. nishkenennk-
qwsii, V. adj. an. he is unclean, (one
who is) imclean, etc.. Lev. 11, 5; 12, 2;
Job 15, 16; suppos. -uss'tt, Lev. 5, 3.
Vbl. n. -ussuonk (an.), uncleanness.
Lev. 5, 3; Col. 3, 5. With inan. subj.
mshkeneunkquodiau, it is unclean or
filthy. Adj. and adv. -odtde, Zecli. 3, 3, 4.
[Del. nis ksu, nasty, Zeisb.]
nishkenon [v. imp. it drizzles], as n.
fine rain, drizzle, 'mist'. Acts 13, 11;
'vapor', James 4, 14. N. collect, nish-
kemink, 'small rain', Deut. 32, 2. Cf.
sokanon, it rains.
[Chip, niskddad, the weather is very
bad. Bar. 532. Del. niskelaan, foul,
rainy weather, Zeisb.]
nishketeau, v. caus. inan. obj. he makes
(it) unclean, defiles (it); pi. -eaiiog,
Jude 8.
nishketeauunat, v. act. to defile, to make
unclean: ?tiViAv/

86 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
nishketeauunat—cont i mied
Jude S; ali'jiic nishkliil-mk, do not de-
file yourselves, Lev. 18, 24; i/euxh viin-
m)s/iAiU'7Mnn^/i, these things defile (him ),
Mark 7, 15.
[Del. niskiton, 'he tlirties, bewrays
(it),' Zeisb. Gr. 160.1
nishnoh, each one, everyone (an. ), Lev.
11. l.">; Is. 6, 2: (inan.) Ps. 119, 101.
*nishquekiniieat, to rage, C. 206; nun-
nighqiiel, I rage, ibid. 20.5. Cf. iidslyjuttiii,
a tempest.
*nisliquewain : nen ninniisJtquiwam, I
cliide iir scold; iiitliijiniiiittinnmt, to be
(hill, C. ISo. See (inskoinnwau.
nishwe, nish, num. three, El. Gr. 14;
Ex. 21, 11; nisJnmi, 1 Cor. 13, 13; pi.
an. nishuog; inan. nishuinash, shvnnash,
1 Chr. 21, 10. More exactly nigh, three;
nishii-e, adj. (inan.) the third. Rev. 6, 5;
2 K. 19, 29; (an.) Dan. 5, 7; Rev. 4, 7;
and adv. thirdly, 2 Cor. 12, 28: nashwe
kodtumm, the third year, Deut. 26, 11;
nishu'u, "adv. of order", thirdly, El.
Gr. 21; suppos. (an.) nashmit, when he
is third, he who is third, Rev. 16, 4, =
nashmut, Rev. 14, 9, =nasheucDvi, Matt.
22, 26; tilshwudt nomjv% three times, at
the third time, Ex. 23, 14, 17; Ezek.
21, 14. Cf. iiashaue, between.
nisohke, adv. all the while, so long as,
= }!(' solike, 1 Sam. 25, 7: riisohlce pomanlog,
'all the days of his life' (so long
as he may live), 2 K. 25, 30; tohsahke
ohkemk; 'while the world standeth',
1 Cor. 8, 13.
[Cree soke, extremely, very greatly;
muoM;, always, Howse.]
nissim, I say. See ussinat.
n naj , let it be so. See nan.
nnih, v. i. it is so, it is like or the same
as (with an. subj. neanusm, q. v.): neanussit
wosketomp, nnih um-menukesu-
onk, as is a man so is his strength, Judg.
8, 21; monko nnih, it was so, Gen. 1, 7;
nnih, 'it came to pass', Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1;
Matt. 7, 28; ne yeuijeu nnih, that now is
(so), Eccl. 3, 15; uttoh woh yeush en
nnih, how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; suppos. nnag: nnih mahche
yen nnag, 'it came to pass after this',
i. e. it was so after this was so, 2 Sam.
13, 1; pret. nniyeup, it was so, Eccl. 3,
15; pi. yeush nnitjeupash, these things
.
nnih—continued.
were so. Is. 66, 2; ne mus imili, it must
needs be so, Mark l.'i, 7. See neane,
vniie.
[Del. leii, 'true', Zeisb. < Jr. 173; 'it is
.so', Zeisb. Yoe. 9.]
[Note.—"nnih not separable from iinni."]
nnih, (it) 'was so', Gen. 1, 7; 'it came to
pass'. Gen. 6, 1; 38, 1; Matt. 7, 28; 'is',
Eccl. 3, 15; =unne, q. v. Apparently
a verb substantive from nan or neane,
literally 'it (was) so', or 'it (is) so':
nmii'dog nennih, they said these things
were so. Acts 24, 9; xMoh urjli yeush en
nnih, how can these things be (so)?
John 3, 9; nnih mahche yen, nnag, 'it
came to pass after this' (it was so after
this was so), 2 Sam. 13, 1; ne mahche
dnagkup, ne yeuyeu nnih, that which
hath been is now, Eccl. 3, 15; ne pish
dnak mahche nniyeup, that which is to
be hath already been, ibid.; yeush
nniyeupash, these things have been. Is.
66, 2; nniyeup, 'it came to pass' (was
so), Neh. 4, 12; ne mos nnih, it must
needs be so, Mark 13, 7; voh nniyeuash,
(all things) 'are possible' (may be so)
Mark 10, 27 [nenih, that is, C. 181; ne
ennih or nemehkuli ne (conj. ) so that, C.
234). See dunug.
[Narr. etu or nniit, is it so? R. AV. 29;
nni, eiu, it is true, ibid. 63.]
[This second definition of nnih appears in
the unrevised portion of the manuscript between
the term nishk and P, and, although it
repeats to some extent the references contained
in the first (revised) definition, it is here inserted
in full. The first definition of nnih occurs
in the revised manuscript, where it follows
the terra *nick6mmo.]
*nnin (Xarr. ), man; pi. nn'mnuog, R. W.,
who also writes en'in, man, and pi. nin-
nuock, a "general name belonging to
all natives". Related to ne, neen (I),
nanwe, and mine (of the kind or spe-
cies), the radical meaning of nnin or
nnlnnu is, 'he is like myself, or 'of
the same kind'. This word could
properly have no place in Eliot's trans-
lation. It is, however, once or twice
introduced, as in IMark 10, 6: ninnuoh
(accusat. ) kah squa, 'male and female',
i. e. man and woman. The Indians
restricted its application to men of their
own race or like themselves. (See
nanwe.)
,

*niiin—fontinued.
) .
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 87
[Quir. ren, pi. rinawairk. Abn. nreu-
ai'iht-, homme; ned-aren-aikJSc, je jiarle
Abnaqui. Chip, inini, Bar. ; eninriee, 3.
Cree elh'mu, homo, an Indian. Shawn.
ie ten ee, man; len ah vai, an Indian.
Micui. InSi, homo. Del. lenno, man;
lendpe [=Abn. arenaiibC], a Delaware,
vir; lenni, a man, Zeiab. (see namve);
lin ni le na pe, 'Indians of the same
nation', Zeisb. S. B. 70.]
no (?), adv. and demonstr. pron. (?) at
that (place), that; yen uhqu&en, . . . no
%ihqi«ieu, on the end on this side, . . .
on the end on that side, Ex. 37, 8; n6
pajeh, until (that), Matt. 11, 13; 18, 22;
= noh pajeh, Is. 5, 8 {nd pajeh, until,
C. 2.34). Siier>6a>sukomunneat,nmliqHei.i..
*n6, adv. far off. (The idea of motion is
associated, going far off or to a distance;
noadt, at afar off, at a distance, is used
when distance in time or place is expressed
absolutely.
*n6, for noli, nahoh, or nagoh (?), Luke 23,
28; no aush, go (to him). Matt. 18, 15.
noadt, noadtit, ncoadt, adv. afar off,
Ex. 2, 4; 24, 1; in old time, Josh. 24, 2;
Neh. 12, 46; Ezra 4, 15; Mic. 7, 14:
noootahtah, remove it far from me, Prov.
30, 8 (;nauwut, noadt, far, C. ; noadtit, a
great way off, ibid.). See nmhqueu.
[Narr. nai'iirol, agreat way; nawwatick,
far off at sea, R. W. 76. Del. Jawat, long
ago, Zeisb.]
noadtuck, adv. a long time (El. Gr. 21).
ndahtuk, nddhtuk {^ndeu-tukl, the mid-
dle of the river, Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 16.
noappit, nSahpit, the Highest, the
Mt)st High, Ps. 18, 13; 46, 4; (he who
is) afar off, Prov. 27, 10; suppos. vocat.
pi. ndapipeoyish, ye that are [dwell]
afar (.ff, I,-. 33, 13.
nde. .'^ee nueu.
noetipukok, nouttipukok, n. mid-
night, 1 K. 3, 20; Ex. 11, 4; pajeh
ndeutipukkok, till midnight, Judg. 16, 3;
noetipukodaeu, at midnight, Judg. 16,
\_n6eu-poh-kenae-kod, the middle of the
dark hours or time]
[Narr. nanasliowatippocat, E. W. 67.
Del. la v.'it pi kat, Zeisb. Voc. 44. Abn.
nai'imitehikot, Rasles.]
n6eu, noe, adj. in the middle, the midst,
Ex. 15, 8; Judg. 16, 29: en mwii, in the
3
noeu, noe—continued.
midst, Prov. 23, 34; Matt. 10, 10, =ut
iioeii, Ps. 78, 28; noeukommuk, 'in the
midst of the hall' (i.e. inclosed place),
Luke 22, 55; vmshou ndeu Samaria kah
Galile, went through the midst of Sa-
maria and Galilee, Luke 17, 11; wutch
noeu asinnekoussehtu, from the mid.st of
the bush, Ex. 3, 2; «( n6eu adtanohke-
ieamuk, in the midst of the garden,
Gen. 2, 9. See nashaue.
[Abn. naiiSiSi, le milieu, au milieu.
Del. lelavi, half way (?), Zeisb. Gr. 176;
the middle, half, Zeisb. Voc. 20. Chip.
nawagam, 'in the middle of a lake,
bay, of a river, etc.'; nawaii, center, in
the center, middle, in the middle;
miieaiitrayi, it is the middle, the center;
natrakira, 'in the midst of a forest';
navakire (from naokire), 'it is mid-day
or noon'; ndwabik, 'in the midst of an
object of metal'; now, ndiva, ndwi, "in
composition, signifies in the middle, in
the midst of". Bar.]
nogkishkauonat. See nogkmhkaudnat.
[nogkolikaeihhuunat, v. t. to lend:]
nantolikfiflJiIiiiunat '])i.ih kenogkoh kou-
weh, thou shalt lend to, Deut. 15, 6
{-ogguhkoue, Deut. 28, 12); noh nogoh-
kouheoncheh, that which is lent to, 1
Sam. 2, 20. Vbl. n. nogohkoonit, -kouhxi-
adt (after noh), he who lends, a lender.
Is. 24, 2; Prov. 22, 7. See namohkaeik-
heai'i.
[nogkohkouunat, v. t. to borrow:] nog-
ohkou. he Ijoryoweth, Ps. 37, 21; matta
pisli kenogkohkoatli, thou shalt not borrow,
Deut. 15, 6; nogkohkauimah, it was
borrowed, 2 K. 6, 5; nogkohkoiiaen-in,
a borrower. Is. 24, 2, =nogkulikau-
waen-in, Prov. 22, 7. See namohkaii.
nogkus. See inendgku.'i, the belly.
nogkushkaudnat, nogkusk-, nogkishk-,
V. t. an. to meet (anyone),
Jer. 51, 31; Matt. 25, 1; kenogskunkqunat,
to meet thee, 2 K. 5, 26; wun-
nogskauonal, to meet him, 2 K. 5, 21; 2
Sam. 19, 24; u'unnogskauoh, he met him,
1 K. 18, 7 {lounne nogkishkoadluonk,
'well met' (as a salutation), C. 225).
[Narr. nokuikduatees, meet (thou)
him; nockuskauatUea, let us meet; neenmeshndckugkaw,
I did meet. "They
are joyful in meeting of any in travel.

88 BT'RKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [evi.letin 25
nogkushkauonat, tjlr.—cuutinueil.
and will strike fire either with stones
or sticks, to take tobacco, and discourse
a little together."—R. W. 75. Cree
iiur/dr-skowdi/oo, he meets him. Chip.
iif'ilii/rxJilrjiMl/ihdeii'ur/, they meet one another,
HowseSo.J
nogque, (prep.) toward. Cant. 7, 4: i/eii
iioyque, hither, 2 K. 2, 8 (see yo&i); en.
nogque, toward (the east, Zech. 14, 4).
From nauon&t, to see (?) : nOk, behold
ye; >nuskesnk nogqueon, 'when the eye
saw nie'. Job 29, 11; neh nogqut,
the eye which saw him, 20, 9; noh nog-
queh, who seeth me [whom I am in the
presence of]. Gen. 16, 13; mi'i^-
qunin, when he seeth thee, E.\. 4, 14;
nogqueon, when it sees me. Job
29, 11; hmrau kenogkutnun, who seeth
)is. Is. 29, 15; matta kendgkmvn, he sees
us not, Ezek. 8, 12 ( wunmmmamn,
9, 9) ; matta nogkco, it docs not behold
him, Job 20, 9. Hence, "to the sight
of." It can hardly Vje the contracted
form of lie ogqiii: See iie nogque; nuh-
qnainal.
[Del. loqiifl, see thou; pi. Joqiieek,i^ee
ye. Zeisb. (ir. 174.]
nogquenumunat, v. t. to yield or de-
liver up (inan. olij.): ahqve nogquenu-
mcok, do not ye yield up (inan. obj.),
Rom. 6, 13.
nogqueonat, v. t. an.: nogquegk, yield
yourselves uji (to him), Rom. 6, 13.
* nogquissinneat, v. i. to appear, C.
ISO: iiiniit'igqiiis, I a'ppear; + siimun,
we appear, ibid.; ne ogguhse nogquok,
which appeareth for a little time, James
4, 14. See aiiogkemU; anmhque; aniik-
qUok.
nogqussuonk, n. ajipearance or looks,
C ISO; iioskirlit' iiogquMiioiik, apretem'e,
ibid.
[Cree nok-onKii, he is vi.sible; nok-irim,
it is visilile, Howse 114.]
noh, nagum, i)ers. pron. 3d sing, he, she,
him, her (El. Gr. 7); /io/t is also, and
perhaps in strictness always, a demonstrative
pronoun: this (man), he who
(El. Gr. 7). See *naliog. In Luke 3,
2.3-38, it is used for the Greek rov ( with
v/o!? understood), 'the son of; ?)enmio/t
{iicn ne-noh or nan-noh), I am he (that
or the same he). Is. 41,4; utnoh, in him.
noh, nagum —continued.
C. 17S; niishpe ndgum, with liim; id
iiihiiifii. to him, ibid. 178, 2.31.
*nohhamuniunat, v. t. to sail to (to go
by water?) = iiohhiiiiinii'il: cii linhhiiiiinn,
to sail to. Acts 20, 16; nuUinlutinniiiun,
-hiiiniininn, we sailed to, Acts 27, 4, 7;
imhhamuog, they sailed to. Acts 13, 4;
kod uiihlmg, he was about to sail to.
Acts 20, 3; mdnunnohhomog, when we
sailed slowly.
[Del. nahhnen, to go dijwn tlie Mater
(river, creek); niili.ihiUixii., to sail down
the water; naUahhemen, to sail up (the
water, river), Zeisb. Gr. 242.]
nohkog l^nukonde'], by night, in the
night. Job .5, 14: ne nohkog, in that
night, Dan. 5, 30. See noelqnikok; mik-
koiidi'ii; mikon.
nohkondnat. See nrnkoin'iiint.
nohkdu, n. the right hand ( noh korinuk,
that which carries (?); from kennmiinii-
ndl ). See initlinnohki'ni: allie

TKU.MBri.1.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 89
nohtdnukqus, n. a brother (?): nunnoli-
tonugqus, my brother, Gen. 20, 13; ini-
nolitonuffcjusoh, her brother. Gen. 24, 53,
55; noli icumiohlonnkrjnuoh (constr. ),
whose brother. Acts 11, 2; yiohldniihjim,
my brother, v. 21; Iriiohtdnukqus, thy
brother, v. 23. [Employed only by
females or t

90 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl-LLETl.N 25
*nont—lontinued.
sins), p. 252; nexmy kimwiit kiismmpoo-
aiitamunanonate, 'we must therefore
acknowledge', C. Math. Notit. Ind. 55;
so, in title to Ind. Laws, ni.ih nnshpe
vmmmmdieeg I'usnmit sax,
thou art not far from (it), Mark
12, 34; nacomkonqueog, (it) is far from
us. Is. 59, 9; nuaisukongqush, be it far
from thee, Matt. 16, 2; ndamikdk, 'get
ye far from (him) ', Ezek. 11, 15; ayeuonk
wussaiime namsukoman (and 7mmmkongquean),
'if the place be too far
from thee', Deut. 12, 21; 14, 24. See
noahquexi. {anuckquaque, R. W.).
noGOsukomunneat, etc.—continued.
[Del. n

ncoche—continued.
began to mock him, Lulie 1-i, 30, 29;
yeu nujche uxxi-uaout, tliis they began
to do. [matta ncoche peyoh, 'lam not
come', Matt, 9, 13; nmchi Jchorah, 'I
am the Lord's' (i. e. I proceed from
the Lord), Is. 44, 5, in which places
ncoche is perhaps used for nen mch.]
See tdhnwche, causelessly, ' in vain ', and
hitche.
[Del. nutschi, at the beginnina, Zeisl).
Gr. 177.]
*noochuni, I blame; from vutchumonate,
to blame, ('. 1S2.
ncDchumwesuonk, n. tenderne.ss, weak-
ness, Dent. 28, .56.
ncDchumwetancDwaonk, n oj c h u m -
wehtahwhuttuonk, n. a wound; j)l.
-ijiigash, Prov. 26, 22; 27, 6.
nGDchumwi, adj. weak (El. Gr. 13), Num.
13, 19; ]5rimarily, weak, because in its
beginning (from ncoche): ncochumn-e
mmnepog, moskehtue, the tender
herb, Deut. 32, 2; Job 28, 27; pi. nm-
chumwiyeuash; an. ncochuimresu, (he is)
weak (El. Gr. 13), tender. Gen. 33, 13;
1 Chr. 22, 5; iwh ncochmmresit, he that
is tender, Deut. 28, 54, 56; he that is
lame, Prov. 26, 7; pi. Matt. 11, 5 {nmchtmwe,
maimed, C. 172; nmchimuii,
tender, ibid. 175; noocMmooe, weak, ibid
176).
[ncodsquaonat, v. act. an. to seduce, to
commit fornication with:] ncodxquao-
nont, 'seducing', Ex. 22, 16. See nan-
vmnncodsqimaii.
*ncohchuniwesue, adv. weakly, C. 2.30.
ncDhki, ii03kiyeue, adj. soft, Prov. 25,
15; Job 41, 3; pi. inan. ncokkiyeuash,
Ps. 55, 21; an. ncohkem, tender (soft,
a.s a yomig animal). Gen. 18, 7 (nooh-
keshakatmsh, soft wool, C. 175; noohkie
monag, limber cloth, ibid. 172).
noohkik [that which is softened or made
soft]: "Xocake, as they call it, which
is nothing but Indian corn parched in
the hot ashes; the ashes being .sifted
from it, it is afterwards beat to powder."—Wood.
It is used by Eliot for
'meal' (1 Chr. 12, 40), 'fiour' (Lev.
2, 4, 5, 7; 24, 5), and 'ground corn'
(2 Sam. 17, 19). natkhikanehteush,
NATICK-ENGLISH BICTIONARY 91
nashkik—continued.
'grind thou meal'. Is. 47, 2.] See
nanahkineg; 'ininrKjhkiiiiium.
[Marginal note.—" From ii word which
means 'to .sift', siftefi. Cf. sieve. From
[Narr. "ndir/iirf, parched meal, . . .
which they eat with a little water, hot
or cold", R. W. 33; pishquehirk, unparched
meal, p. 36. Del. lo-cal, flour,
meal, Zeist). Voc. 9 (cf. lo ka hel la, to
let it drop, p. 44).]
noohqueu, noohque [no vliquueu. See
no; ndcosukomunneat]: unncohrjueu, so
far as, at such a distance, Acts, 28, 15;
na noohque, so far distant, Ps. 103, 12;
wussaume ndohk, if it be too far dis-
tant, 'if the way be too long for thee',
Deut. 14, 24 (uttoh unnuhkUhquat, how
far? C. 228). Cf. ancohqite; nuhquainat;
wehque.
[Narr. tou nuckquaque, how far? R. AV!
72 (how- much, 137) ; lou aniickquaque,
how big?; yb aniickquaque, so far, ibid.]
ncokeontamunat, v. t. to descend to or
upon: ncokeontam, (he) came down
(upon the mount), Ex. 19, 20; wunnmkeontamun,
he descended on (it), Ex.
19, 18; ncokontauoog, they descended
(upon it, i. e. a ladder). Gen. 28, 12.
ncDkinat, v. i. to descend, to go down:
ncokeu, he descended, Ex. 34, 5; (from
heaven) Matt. 28, 2; she went down,
Gen. 24, 16; ncokcop, he descended
(pret. ), Eph. 4, 9; nconcokeog, they shall
descend, John 1,51; ncach nmkemkegukqut,
'I came down from heaven', John
6, 38; noh ricokit, he who descends, or
descended, Ps. 133, 3; Eph. 4, 10; noa-
kemo, -ma>, (pass. ) it was let down, Acts
10, 11; 11, 5; Rev. 21, 10; noakitch, let
him descend or come down, Mark 15,
32; ncokinuk wunnutchegash, when he
let down his hands, Ex. 17, 11. From
ncokinwn.
[Del. nahik, nahiwi, down, below;
(whence) nahoochu-en , to go down or
below, Zeish. Gr. 180.]
nrokinumunat, v. t. to pull down, Jer.
18, 7; to lower (inan. obj.) with the
hand, to pull down; nmkinum, she let
it down. Gen. 24, 18; p>ii

92 Bl'REAI' OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVl.I.ETIN 25
iWDkohteauunat, to soften or make ^oft:
nrokohteim, he softens (it), Job 23, 16.
See iimhhi.
nrokompanonat, v. t. an. to let or lower
(one) liown, as l>y a cord, etc.: iimn-
lunkoiiipiiiMh, slie let them down (by a
ford). Josh. 2,15; [jmnlnmkompanit, I
was let down (from the wall), 2 Cor.
11, 33.
nookononat, nohk-, v. t. an. to cast
down, til throw down (an. ob].): !''(((-
Iliiiidhbiinih (ilik-eil, he east him down
to the •rnmnd. Pan. S, 7; inmnmhuh-
/..,/,»/(, li

nooinat, nojw^onat— tontiiiUL'd.
anidrjue, ne niixsiri, he said . . . 'What
the Lord saith [may say] to me, that
will I speak', 1 K. 22, 14 (cf. Num. 24,
13); nmwaa, he said. Gen. 27, 35; 1 K.
8, 15; ncoirop, he said, 1 K. 8, 12; 2 Sam.
13, 28 {anoaimp, he said to, 2 Sam. 13, 35;
unnau, he said to, or saith to, ibid. )
ncowaog, they say or said. Is. 41, 7;
nmcash, say thou, Pro v. 20, 22; Luke
7, 7; ncowagk, say ye, Lev. 11, 2 (nnnok,
speak ye to, ibid. ) ; riliquehitche ncowagk,
do not begin to .say, Luke 3, 8; natadi, if
he say. Gen. 24, 14; natwaan, if thou
.«ayest, Prov. 24, 12 {unncowSnat, to sav,
C. 207).
[Quir. ruwan, to speak, Pier. 52. Del.
ht-e-H, he says, Zeisb. Voc. 9, 20; lu-eep,
he said (pret. ); hi-e, say on, tell.]
ncosh, my father. See mshe.
noDsquodtamunat, noosquat, v. t. to
lick: pish iimsipifittativrog, they shall lick
(thy blood), 1 K. 21, 19; ncosqiiodtog,
when he licks (grass). Num. 22, 4;
ncodsquaniAog wame, they lick up all.
Num. 22, 4; freq. nnmcosquodtamun&t,
-quatamundt, to lick often or habitually;
pish nammsquadtaimrog {-xquatamwog)
piippissai, they shall lick the dust, Mic.
7, 17; Ps. 72, 9; Is. 49, 23; (nootmi)
nmnmsquodtam nippe, the fire licked up
the water, 1 K. 18, 38. See vwsq.
noosukauonat [=asukau6ndt (?); cf.
(isiihkaiinii], v. t. an. to follow, to pursue:
viinttwsukaiioh, he followed them, Luke
22, 54; nmmkauont, pursuing, Judg. 4,
22; mil tvoh nimnmmkau, shall I pursue
(them)? 1 Sam. 30,8; ncosukau, pursue
thou (them), ibid.
ncDsuttahhcDwadnat. See nmswuttah-
irhinioiiat.
noosuttahwhaudnat. See naammttah-
irhauonrit.
*noosweiiat, v. i. to yield; mtnncosweem,
I yield, C. 216.
noDsweonk, n. yielding, submission,
Eccl. 10, 4.
ncDswetamajonk. See nomiehtamoonk,
obedience.
noDswetaudnat, v. t. an. to yield to, to
serve. See noittueetaudnat.
noosw-uttahhouwaen-in, n. a pursuer,
Lam. 1, 6.
;
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 93
ncosvnittahwhaudnat, ncosuttali-,
ncDSuttahhcDwadnat, etc., v. t. an. to
follow alter, to jiursue: riaj.iKll/ihirhnu,
he pursued after (him), 2 Sam. 2, 19;
ncDnuilahhmwaog, they pursued, Judg.
8, 4; iiunnoosnhtahxrhoog, I will pursue
them, Ex. 15, 9; ncg ncomruttahukqueo-
gig, they which pursue (are pursuing)
you. Is. 30, 16; kenmswuttahikqiinat,
(he) to pursue thee, 1 Sam. 25, 29. Cf.
omskauonat.
ncDt. See manail, a basket.
nootamogquaen, ncDtamogquomaen,
n. a fisher, one who fishes, pi. -xiog,
Is. 19, 8; Ezek. 47, 10; Luke 5, 2; nmtamagu-aenuog,
Jer. 16, 16 (cf. onmenuog,
Ezek. 47, 10); ponashahpaenuog,
fishers (with nets). Matt. 4, 18; unltmh-
quinnuaenin, pi. -\-iwog. t'. 159. See
*auma(d.
ncotamdgrquaeu, adj. of or belonging to
a fisherman: hogkcoonk, 'fisher's
coat', .John 21, 7.
ncDtamog-quam, "I go a fishing', .John
21, 3: nag pi.tli irunnmtamdgquoriouh,
they shall fish them [take them by
fishing], Jer. 16, 16.
nootamdgquaonk, n. a draught of fish,
Luke 5, 9.
ncotamog-quomaen. See nmtamogqiiaen.
ncDtamcoonk, n. hearing, 2 K. 4, 31;
tidtche najtamuonk, a quick hearing,
C. 163.
ncDtamunat, v. t. to hear, Ezek. 12,
2: mehtauogiixiih najlamwrnaivt, ears to
hear with, Deut. 29, 4; nunnmUxm, I
hear, 1 Sam. 2, 23 (C. 194); nmtam, he
hears or heard, v. 22; nmtnmvnap, he
heard, Ps. 78, 21; nwtamwog, they hear
or heard, Matt. 11, 5; iniperat. nmtash,
hearthott, Deut. 33, 7 (nootah, hear thou
me, 1 K. 18, 37; ken nmtah, C. 194);
ncotamcok, hear ye, Is. 42, 18; Deut.
6, 4 ; najtiegk, hear ye me, 2 Chr.
29, 5; hearken ye, 2 Chr. 18, 27
{kenaAamfanira), ye hear, C. 194; nm-
toadtiiineaf, to lie heard, ibid. ) ; with an.
obj. nmtonat, to hear a person (.see examples
in imperative above); kenaitah,
thou hearest me, Ps. 17, 6; mehlavog
nmtiit (subj. ), when the ear heard or
hears me, Job 29, 11.

94 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
ncotau, noDteau, n. fire, Ps. 105, 39;
Prov. 30, 16; (ien. 22, 6. See i-lnWna-
suog.
[Quir. ronf and yoiti, Pier. 22. Narr.
mAUapsh yoieg, sit by the fire, R. W. 30;
note, ybte, chickot, squtta, fire; notawese
and chickautawesc, a little fire, ibid. 47,
48. Peq. yeu't, Stiles. Abn. skStdi,
skStar, feu, Rasles. Del. luteil, it burns;
an. n'lussi, I burn, Zeisb. Gr. 162, Voc.
20.]
ncDtimis, n. an oak tree, 2 Sam. 18, 9;
Ih. 44, 14.
[Xarr. paugdiitemiitk, R. W. 89.]
ncotinat, v. i. to lift or take up a burden,
nootindnat, v. t. an. to lift as a burden;
an. ol)j. n(X)tin6x) nippekonta, I drew him
out of the water, Ex. 2, 10.
[Narr. niAutaah, 'take it on your
bark', R.W. 51. [Cree ne natow, I
fet(_-li him, Huwse 52.]
noDwantamdje. ^^eenei'inntam, he grieves.
ncowaonk, n. a saying (that which is
said. Dent. 1, 23; 1 Sam. 18, 8): mttlin-
iimimonk, my saying, Gen. 4, 23; nuttinnmwaonganash,
'my commandments',
E.x. 16, 28.
nCDwesuonk, my name. Is. 42, 8. See
ncowonat. See nmonat.
*nquittaqunnegat ( Narr. ) , one day.
See iiiijiil: -(jiiimu
.
nulilxog', nuhog', my body. Matt. 26, 36;
myself, i^ee ninhhog {nt'ltog).
nuhJiogkat, unto me. Is. 6, 6; Cant. 7,
10.
nuhkuhkauonat, v. t. an. obj. to come
upon, to overwhelm, Ex. 14, 26; pw/i
nulikiilikauau sonthnoh, 'he shall come
upon princes'. Is. 41, 25.
nuhkuhkomunat, v. t. to cover over, to
enveloji, to overwhelm: nnhkulikoin, it
covered, Ex. 14, 28; 40, 34; ifunni'ih-
kukkomuii, it covered it, Ex. 24, 15, 16.
From iimkiiittt.
nuhog'. See iihIiJhh/.
nuhquainat, unuhquainat, v. i. to look,
to direct the eye, without reference to an
object (cf. nadtauiudmpu, he looks for a
purpose, he looks in order to see some-
thing which is or is not within sight):
nuttirmliquain nogque, I look toward (it),
Jonah 2, 4 (cf. iiogijin'); nuhquafog, they
)
nuhquainat, etc.—continued,
looked or faced ( to the north, etc. ) , 1 K,
7, 25; trih wutch nuhquaeog kesukqnifu,
why do you look toward heaven? Acta
1,11. V. t. noli nogqneh, he who sees me,
(ien. 16, 13; iinnhqiidcii, ahaosiikqin'ii,
'he looked this way and that way',
Ex. 2, 12. The compounds are numerous,
as oiiipamuhquaenat, to lookjjack
or behind; mhhmquainat (sonkmhq-), to
look out from, to look forth; ushpiUi-
qudinat (asp-, ishp-, sp-), to look up-
ward, etc. From [naumunat) naum, to
see; -nhqme, to that side, in that direc-
tion (?). See n6, n6adt; *p

nukkone—coutimiecl.
nikhiiinisi, devant, par avance; ncnik-
kaiinSm', je marche devant, Rasles, 558,
559. Del. n'chowiiiei/ii, it is old, Zeish.
Gr. 165.]
nukkononat, v. t. an. to leave, to go
away fmm, to abandon, to forsake,
Dent. IL', 19; pa.«s. }ioh nus&n nukkonau,
he alone is left, (len. 44, 20; pixh nukkonmi,
he shall leave (them), Mark
10, 7; Eph. 5, 31; iinkkoiiog, if ye turn
awaj-, Num. 32, 15; foh wutch nukkdnog,
why have ye left (him), Ex. 2, 20;
ahque nukkosseh (an. suffix), do not
thou leave me, Ps. 27, 9; nukkonant
(part.), leaving. Gen. 2, 24; 'depart-
ing from', abandoning, Jer. 3, 20 (see
mikkodtumundt) ; nukki'mittuoy, they de-
parted from each other. Acts 15, 39
(nukkonittinneai, to be left, C. 199).
[The Narragansett fonn appears to
have been (nukkodUhonat) nickatshdnat
for the v. an., though the first of the
following example.s may be traced to
nukkondnat: mat kunnlckansh, I will not
leave you; ahquie kitnnickkaishash, do
not leave me; tmoh'itch nickatshUan,
why do you forsake me? R. W. 75.
(This form has the characteristic sh of
disastrous or imdesirable action.) ]
nukkukquiinneat, v. i. to be old, with
reference to a measure of duration or
existence: kconenukkukquiinncat, to be
in a full (good old) age, Job 5, 26 (see
-gidmie a.nd kodiumwohkom); toh unnuk-
koohquiyeu noh nonksq, how old is that
girl? C. 240.
nukkukquiyeuonk, age: unttin , 1
K. 14, 4.
nukkummat: uttoh lu: nukkumi/iat,
'whether it is easier' (to say, etc.),
Mark 2, 9,
nukkummatta (?), 'rather than' (it), in
preference to (it), 'and not', Prov. 8,
10. Cf. kuttumma, unless. See nik-
ki'immf.
nukkiimme. See nikki'imme.
nukoh. See ko.
nukon, n. night. Gen. 1, 5, 16; pi. nuko-
nash, nuhkonash, Job 7, 3; nukkon -\-
ash, C. 164. From nmkinat, to descend,
to go down; or from nukkononat, to
leave, to go away from (?) the sun, gone
down or having left (?). See noltkoij.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 95
nukquodtut. See nunnukquodtut.
nukquttegheim, an only child, son or
daughter: inninukquttegheonuh okasoh,
the only one of her mother, Cant. 6, 9;
nunnukquttegheun, my only child, Luke
9, .38.
nummatappinneat, v. i. to seat one's
self, to sit down: nummatuppii, he sat
down, Ruth 4, 1; Luke 14, 28; num-
matappuog, they sat down, Ruth 4, 2;
Luke 22,' 55; niummitapsh, sit do'mi, Is.
52, 2 {nnmmattdpunat, to sit; nunnummdltap,
I sit ; appii, he sits, C. 209) . See
apipin; cf. Almaki (Rasles, 'asseoir',
p. 388).
num-meech. See mtechii.
nummekitclionont, (one) having a flat
nose. Lev. 21, 18 {noieque nnitrhan, flat
nose, C. 170).
nummislie,! . . . greatly, IThess. 3, 10;
Heb. 12, 21; =miiihe, with jirelix of 1st
person.
numxnisses, -ssis, my sister. See tim-
m !'.?.?'< s.
iiunimittani'wros, -wns, my wife. See
mitlaniiriix.
*nuininontuhquah'wrhuttuonk, n. a
debt, C. 203.
*nurQmoohqu6nat, ' to suji uji pottage',
etc., G. 211; pish nummuhquaog, they
shall sup up pottage, Hab. 1, 9.
num-muttuminashum may, 'I run in
the way' ('of thy commandments'),
Ps. 119, 32, = iMin-iHuKuiiiiiKK/niuKjion-
titin may, Mass. Ps.
numpakou. See nompakon, a jewel.
numwabpanumunat (?), v. t. to fill (one
thing with another): num)i:dban hdas-
kon pummee, till thy horn with oil,
1 Sam. 16, 1; numwahpanumriik, fill ye
(barrels with water), 1 K. 18, 33;
num>ixipogkunnumioog umnnonkash, they
filled the troughs (with water), Ex. 2,
16; numwuquom uppmthonchcomnt, she
filled her pitcher, Gen. 24, 16.
num.wae, adj. full of, filled with, Num.
22, IS; 24, l:;; Judg. 6, 28; fully, C. 228.
*numwainechimehk6nat, to fill [to
make full with food (?)],C. 191 :»("(()(«««vamecJiimchleam,
I fill [I am filled, I become
full of food(?)], ibid.
numwameechum, I am full, lie is full
(of food), Prov. .30, 9.

9r> BUREAr OB' AMKRICAN ETHNOLOGY
numwapagod, (a jiUice) full oi water,
L' K. ;;, ]7.
numwap[piiiiieat (?)], v. i. to till up, to
make full (of an. ob].): nag i»sh num-
vx'ipuof/, they shall till (thy houses, i. e.
thy houses shall be full of them), Ex.
10, 6.
numwolitauuiiat (numuvJitinal, 1 Thess.
2, l(i), V. t. and i. to fill up, to make
full, to be full (inan. . subj.): num--
viililniii, it filled (the whole earth),
Dan. 2, 35; it is full, Ps. 26, 10; ;jt.?/i.
wninroliimn, he shall fill (the world),
I^. 27, 6; ri'unniimn'ohtauun naotau, he
tilled it witli fire, Bev. 8, 5; numwohtnii^li.
fill thou (thy hand), Ezek.10,2;
(irsiiiiiiiii iiiniiinjlitano, it is not yet full,
(ien. Iri, Ki; mnmnohtajAet (it) be filled,
C. 191.
numwonkquau, n. a heap. From naniiiiiir,fiik'iiiiu-ii.
See nomunkqudg.
numwonkquttauunat, v. t. to heap up,
Etrl. 2, 26; iiumwonkquoitou, he heaps
up, Ps. 39, 6; freq. nandmongquodtauunal,
to heap up abundantly or to make
great heaps, Ps. 39, 6; Job 27, 16. See
noiniiiikquag.
nunae, adj. dry (?).
Found only in Eliot
in compound words. See nunobpe.
nunassenat, v. t. to make dry, to dry
(froiu nini('u:-ut:sen&t): pish nummnas-
.iiiin. I will dry up (the waters), Is. 42,
l.'i; 44, 27; niinndhsum sepuath, he drieth
up the rivers, Hag. 1, 4. Cf. wunninab-
pelitau-tm, he niaketh it (the sea) dry,
Hag. 1, 4. See nunobpe; nurmobohteat-
nunkane, nonkane, adj. light (not
heavy). Num. 21, 5; 2 Cor. 4, 17; (nun-
kon) Matt. 11, 30; aniie nunkinwog onk,
'they are lighter than', Ps. 62, 9
{nonkke u-ednun, a light burden; nongamu,
lightly, C. 172, 228).
[Narr. ndukon, light; kunnauki, you
are light, R. W. 55, = kunnaukon, p. 75.
Del. langan, Zeisb. Gr. 173.]
nunkomp, n. a young man. El. Gr. 9; pi.
niinkcniijiaog, Is. 40, 30; dim. nunkom-
piien, niiKhoiiijiittniiit (El. Gr. 12): ash
nnnkoiniii'uiiii. when thou wast young,
John 21, IS [iii'iiikiip or nonkumpMS, a
boy, C 156). Cf. vmsken.
nunkquaash l=numwonkquash~\, heaps;
sujipos. nana (?), q. v. Cf. miUtdnn.unk,
ete.
nunksqua, nuaksq, n. a girl (El. Gr. 9),
a young woman. Gen. 24, 14, 16; Deut.
22, 15, 28 {nonkkishq, tvisskisqva, a girl,
C. 157 ) ; penompae nunkqn, a virgin, Deut.
22, 23 (see penomp) ; pi. nunksqunog, Ps.
14S, 12; vunmmksquomog (obj. -moh),
her maids, Ex. 2, 5; nnnksqniiliellil, 'in
their youth' (subj.), when they were
girls, Ezek. 23, 3; dim. nunknqnaes,
nunksquaemes (El. Gr. 12).
[Del. long-ochque'u, a bri.sk young
woman, Zeisb. Yoc. 43.]
*nunnapi. See nunobpe, dry.
nunnaumon, my son: ken nunnaumon,
iji'ii kf'xiihik nojnaumon kuhhog, 'Thou
art my Son, this da)' have I begotten
thee,' Heb. 1, 5. See wunnaumonvli.
*nunne nogkishkoadtuonk, 'well met'
(as a salutation I, C. 225. See nogknsli-
kaiionat.
nunneukontunk, nunnuk-, n. an ini-
ageoridol, 2Chr. 34, 4, 7; ^lie. 1, 7 (nln-
inib'nilonk, C. 155).
nunneyeu, n. urine. See ninyeit.
nunnippog, -ipog, 'freshwater', James
3, 12. See nippe; -pog.
nunnobohteaou [^nanabpiC?)]: nunno-
bohledouut, on dry ground, Ex. 15, 19,
i. e. made dry (?), or dry by nature (?);
Josh. 3, 17, —nabohteauAut, Ex. 14, 16,
22 {mmnapohteaiyeuut, 'in dry places',
Mass. Ps., Ps. 105, 41); wutch nminoboh-
teaduut, 'from the dust of the earth',
Gen. 2, 7 {nnnnopohteai, dry ground,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 35). See nunobpe.
nunnobohteateou, -teaiyeuteop, he
dried up (the waters), made dry land.
Josh. 4, 23; 5, 1 (nunnoppohleaiyeuehieau
tuhkekanmanh, he dries up the springs,
Mass. Ps., Ps. 107, 33). See nunobpe;
minansendl.
nunnohkinnum, nannah-, v. t. he sifts
(it), I.s. 30, 2.-^: nunnininalikinnuni, I
sift (it), Amos 9, 9; nannohkinumuk,
when it is sifted, ibid.; nanalikineg, a
sieve. Is. 30, 28. Cf. ncohkik, from primary
nolikeii (?).
nunnukkunumunat, v. t. to shake
(inan. obj.): nunnukkununi, (he or it)
shook (it), made it shake, Heb. 12, 26;
pass, imnnukkemoo, it was sliaken, Ex.
19, IS (niikbrmo), Ps. 18, 7).
nunnukkushonat, nannukshonat,
nunnukqushonat, v. i. to tremble, to
shake: nnnnnnnukku-ihoni, I quake (for

TRl'.'MBULL] NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY 97
nunnukkushonat, eU\—continued,
fear), Heli. 12, 21; nuniiukk-Hshomp, I
trembled, Hab. 3, 16; nuniuikalwaii, it
trembled, 2 Sam. 22, 8; nannukshaog,
they trembled, Ex. 19, 16; 1 Sam. 14, 15;
nunnukshau mishenuksJidonk mmcheke,
'he trembled very exceedingly'. Gen.
27,33; nunnukkushoni, -cjuslvjiit (part.),
trembling, Mark 5, 33; Acts 9, 6;
matta troh nmmkktishonog (?), 'which
can not be moved' (7), Heb. 12, 28 {nttn-
nukkisshOnat, to tremble or tingle, C.
213; nunnukklshshom, I shake, p. 208;
-kishom, I tremble; iiaoineyaus nunnukis-
shau, my flesh trembleth, p. 213).
[Del. nun gach tsclii, I shake for cold,
Zeisb. Voc. 25.]
nunnukontunk. See mmneuknluuk.
nunnukquappineat, v. t. to be in danger:
iiniuiiikijuiippii en, he is in danger
of, !Matt. 5, 21, 22, =nitk

98 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25-
*iiuppoopassinneat, 'to wither or pine
away (as a tree)', C. 216; mehtuk nup-
pmta, a tree withers, ibid.
nuppunat, v. i. to die, Eccl. 3, 2; 1 Cor.
!t, 15 ( nuppunat, C. 237). The literal or
liriiuitive meaning of this verb is per-
hap.s to go away, or, rather, to sleep. It
is probably allied to nuppoh, a wing or
wings. The Indian languages abound
in euphemisms for expressing death,
"so terrible is the King of Terrors to all
natural men. '
' "They abhor to mention
the dead by name, . . and amongst
States, the naming of their dead Sachims"
is one ground of war, R. W. 161.
nuppco, nup, he dieth or died, Job 14,
10; 21, 23; Is. 59, 5; Gen. 23, 2; Ezek.
24, 18; nen nuptip, I died . . . Gen.
30, 1; 48, 21; Rom. 7, 9; pish nvp,he
shall die, Ezek. 18, 4, 20; kenup,
thou shalt die. Gen. 2, 17; nuppun, he
dieth, Eccl. 3, 19; nuppuk,nupuk, when
he dies or is dead, he may die, Eccl. 3,
19; Rom. 7, 2; 2 Sam. 3, 33; 7ioh neit
nupuk, who died there, 2 Sam. 10, 18;
napukeg, nupukeg, pi. the dead, Eccl.
4, 2, =napunutelng, Num. 16, 48 {pish
nunnup, I shall die; nont wame neniippumun,
we must all die, 0. 188).
[Alg. nipai-. Chip, niba, he sleeps
( Bar. ) ; nibd, he dies. (The Chip, prefix
ni (Bar.) denotes a 'going away',
change (?) of place or posture; cf.
nepau, to rise up. ) Narr. : Roger Williams
usually employs the verb kiionck-
(jwi[iial] (q. v.), to die, and has nipwl,
maw [iiuppm, ain&eii (?)], 'he is gone';
nippitch ew6, let him die [a sentence:
let him be put to death]; niphittUch,
let them die, R. AV. 122; micheme-
sh&wi, he is gone forever, p. 160; yo
dpapav, he that was here; mauchauhom,
the dead man; pi. mauchm'ihomu'ock,
= chipeck; chepassOtam, the dead sachem;
chfpasqudw, a dead woman; sa-
chimaiipan, 'he that was prince
[sachem] here', p. 161. Cree nippu,
he is dead ;
nippua; he sleeps, Howse 31.
Del. mboiui, mortal; mboagaii death,
Zeisb. Gr. 104.]
nupweshanonat, v. t. an. to persuade:
v'liniiejiti'eshanuh, he persuaded him, 2
Chr. 18, 2; sunnummatta . . . kenupweshanukwm,
doth not (he) persuade
nupweshandnat—continued,
you, 2 Chr. 32, 11; nupweshandmun, we
persuade, 2 Cor. 5, 11 (nupweshasJiscoonat,
to persuade, C. 204; nunnup-
'weshan, I persuade, p. 203).
nupweshassowaonk, n. persua,sion,Gal.
b, 8 (iiiijiiresltdssmwaonk, C. 204).
nupwoaonk (?), n. a riddle, Judg. 14,
12-15; a proverb, Prov. 25, 1 {nupu'u-
waonk, C. 163) ; 'a mystery', 1 Cor.
13, 2. See napu-ojaclirg; siogkionaunk.
[nupwoshwonati?),] tucluike: niipimsli-
w6(ig, they are choked (with cares),
Luke 8, 14; nish uhpmsummmmash, these
(inan. ) choke (it), Mark 4, 19 {niippashoon
wutche weyaus, I am choked
[with flesh], C. 185; pusshodnuiinndl,
to be choked, ibid.; nukkehchhjunl/es
peminneat, I am choked with a halter,
ibid.). See kechequabinau.
nushae, adj. slain, killed (dead by vio-
lence). Is. 22, 2.
nushaonk, n. slaughter. Is. 27, 7; Jer.
12, 3; a killing, Heb. 7, 1; Is. 22, 13.
nushehteaen, n. a murderer, Deut. 35,
28; 1 John 3, 15; shehteden, 'liloody
man , Ps. 5, 6.
'
[Narr. keniineiacliick, pi. nuirderers,
R. W. 117.]
nushehteaonk, n. murder (abstract),
Luke 23, 19; killing, Hos. 4, 2; pi.
-ongash, Matt. 15, 19; Mark 7, 21; slieh-
tnvink, Rom. 1, 29.
nushehteauunat, v. i. to connnit nuir-
der, to be a murderer: noli nashtmhp,
'who had committed murder', Mark
15, 7; nmhehteaog ut mayut, they commit
murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9;
kenushteomum, you commit murder,
Jer. 7, 9; nushehleuhkon, -ieahkon, thou
shalt not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21;
'thou shalt do no murder', Matt. 19, 18
[nunnishteam, I kill; nunnishleap, I did
kill, C. 196).
[Narr. kemineantuock, they murder
each other. R.W. 76.]
nushdnat, v. act. an. to kill, Deut. 9, 28;
Esth. 3, 13; Acts 9, 24 {nunishonal,C.
196) ; pass, nushiuinneal, to be killed,
Esth. 7, 4; but nushau, nushaog (3d
pers. sing, and pi.), are used indiffer-
ently for the active or passive voice,
he or they slew or were slain (see nashuhkbnat):
naiinuah, I slew him, 1 Sam-

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 99
nushdnat—continued.
17, 35; 2 Sam. 1, 16; mish, kill thou,
Judg. 8, 20; Acts 10, 13; nwhon (?),
he murders (them), Ps. 10, 8; he slew,
Judg. 15, 15; nmhcok, kill ye, Luke 15,
23; nushehleuhkon, -ahkoii, thou shalt
not kill, Deut. 5, 17; Matt. 5, 21; pish
nunnush, I shall slay, Gen. 27, 41; nush-
ont, nashonl (part.), slaying, Gen. 4,
15; Ex. 21, 14; nushau, nusheaii, he
slew, 1 Sam. 17, 36; Ex. 2, 12; 2 Chr.
25, 3; he was slain, Dan. 5, 30; u'unshouh,
(it) slew them, Dan. 3, 22, = nah
xnmnushoh, Luke 13, 4; piish nushau,
he shall be put to death, Ex. 21, 12,
15, 16, etc.; mos nnsheau, he must be
killed. Rev. 13, 10; nushaog, they slew.
Gen. 49, 6; Judg. 3, 29; pish nushoog,
they shall be slain, Ezek. 26, 6; nush-
oog (as part. pL), slain, they who are
slain, Ezek. 26, 6; 32, 21, 23-25; Is.
22, 2; noh nashomtik, who was slain,
Judg. 20, 4; pass, pish nunnusliil, I shall
be slain, Prov. 22, 13; aosqheonk nashit,
the blood of the slain, Ximi. 23, 24; neg
nushitcJieg, the slain, Ezek. 32, 20.
[Narr. niss, kill him; pi. ni-isoke, E.
W. 122.]
nushuhkonat, v. act. i. to kill, to
make slaughter {nishehkonat, to kill,
C. 196): togkodfeg kodtinniinimiun nush-
uhkonat, 'the sword is drawn . . . for
the slaughter', Ezek. 21, 28 (to go on
killing, to kill as a business, k' pro-
gressive).
nussequnneat [nussu-seqimneal], v. i.
to remain alone: nen wehe nussequnit,
'I only remain', 1 K. 18, 22; nen u-ehe
misseqtmneanit, 1 only am left, 1 K. 19,
14. See sequnau.
nussin, nuttin, I say. See ussindl.
nussu, nusseu, adj. an. alone (solus),
Ex. 18, 18; 24, 2; Deut. 33, 28; Matt.
18, 15; nose, Job 9, 8: mmmisse, I alone.
Is. 63, 3; nahse . . . nusseu, alone ... by
myself. Is. 44, 24; nohmit, if she be
'desolate ' (as, a widow), 1 Tim. 5, 5
{nunndnsiup, I was alone; nomsiycue
(and 'umkse'], all alone, C. 167; wm-
siijeu, ibid. 232).
[Narr. kunnishislicni, are j'ou alone?
mMiishem, I am alone; paiisuck nai'ml
manll, 'there is only one God'; nai'igom
naunt. He alone (made all things, etc. ),
nussu, nusseu—contimied.
R. W.. :!1. 114, 115. Del. lavhoha, adv.
alone, Zeisb.]
[unjnussu, (he is) shaped, etc. See
unrler U.
nutcheg, hand. See jncnulrhig (jii'nul-
rheg).
nuttaihe, pi. an. nuttaiheog; inan. niit-
tailiensh, mine, (is) mine. Gen. 26, 20;
Mai. 3, 17; Ezek. 35, 10. See itmttailw.
nuttaihein, ours, (is) ours. See u-ut-
tiiihe.
nuttin, nussin, I say. See iitlmonat.
nuttiniin: nen nuUinniin nen nuUinniin,
for 'I am that I am', Ex. 3, 14; nc-
ivutche ne nuttiniin {' nc nuttunniin',
Mass. Ps.), 'for so I am', John 13, 13;
qui matla ne mittinniein, 'but it is not
so with me'. Job 9, 35; yeu mo nuUin-
aiin, thus I was. Gen. 31, 40; yeu mUtin-
aiin, thus I have been (and am), v. 41;
ico/t nuttinni onatuh nc matla dniyeii, 'I
should have been as though I had not
been'. Job 10, 19 (nen nutlinne-aiin nen
nutlinne-aiin , 'I am such as such as I
am', or 'I myself remain or continue to
be such as I myself remain' [nuttinneaiin^l
am such as (I)]; nulllnni, I am
become; Inuttin7u2yumun, we are become;
unniinat, to become, C. 181 ) . See
unnaiXnneal. Cf. wuttinnihi.
[Del. n'telli, I (do, say, etc.) thus
or so; k'telli, thou (dost, sayest, etc.
thus or so; u^telli, he, etc., Zeisb. Or.
177.]
nuttinne, even I, Neh. 4, 13; ego ipse,
Ezek. 38, 23.
nux, adv. yea, yes, verily (El. Gr. 21);
verb subst. nuxyeuwutch, let it be yea,
James 5, 12; nuk, yes. Stiles (Narr.).
"nu.r, as it is commonly written, but
should rather be nnkkies, in two sylla-
bles", Exp. Mayhew. See *u.
[Micm. (>, 'oui'; lok {=nok), 'bien',
Maill. 29. Abn. 'ga signif. affirmita-
tem: niga, oui, c'est cela', Rasles 553;
nikki, c'est cela meme, p. 555. Chip.
e nange ka, yes, certainly; e nange, O
yes. Bar. 476. Del. ekee, ay! Zeisb.
Illin. "Rad. naga, nagata, vox feminis
propria, assurement, vraiment; nissi
naga, oui vraiment, je le dis."— Gray.
MS.]
)

100 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'I. I.F.TIN 25
*5, 66 (o nasal ) , yea, yes ; '
' but there being
another Indian wonl of the same signi-
fication, viz., rm.r, ... the former is
scarce ever used in writing."—Exp.
Mayhew. (ok, well, it is well, C. 227.
63.as, daus, howaas, n. an animal, a
living creature. Gen. 2, 19; 7, 4; Lev.
11, 47 {doas [odfM], C. 171); pi. owa,(si-
rieg, Is. 13, 21; odxineg, Ezek. 1, 14; -oa-
dniniy, V. 19 {odasiveg, creatures, C. 171;
(iiiiniiixiiity, p. 56): nishnoh oavs wimiitihuch (forth, out of);
coshi; father; vvj/ans, flesh. Largely used
in compound words, especially in the
names of animals. The termination
-('.Sit of the animate form of adjectives
(El. Gr. 13) is derived from oaas; so nompaas,
male { = ne-omp-oaas, man-ani-
mal); mukquosh (mofifJ-edaas) , great ani-
mal, wolf; musipKiiiifits, imisqiiosh, red
animal, niuskrat.
[.\l)ii. KSaaniik, les aniinaux, Rasles.
Del. '/" "/' .

ogketamunat—con tinned.
ne adfaJi.tik, let him count the number
of, Rev. 13, 18; o(/kcliiiii, he has num-
bered, Dan. 5, 26. (2) to read (C. 20(i);
ogkelani, he read. Josh. 8, 34; ogketamup
matin, lie read not, v. 35; ogketash, read
thou, Jer. 36, 6; hoIi oyketof/, he who
read.s. Matt. 24, 15.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 101
[Narr. akrtadi, pi. akctlamdke, count
,
or reckon ( it ' tell my money ; akesuog,
)
'
'they are telling of rushes'; natkesimin,
I am telling or counting; "for their
play [gaming with rushes] is a kind of
arithmetic"; ntaqme nkesamen, I will
leave play [I cease counting], E. W.
136, 145, 146. Del. wh.kiii

lOi BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LLETIS 25
og-qunneat—cnntimied.
[Nam («vy»((., 46; ofiqiwU-hiiaii. wadchuul,
'he went uji into a mountain'. Matt.
5, 1.
ogquodtum, v. t. 'he garnished', 'over-
laid' (n-ctu, the house) with (it), 2 Chr.
3, 0, 7; iriit-oi/quodluiii-iiii, he overlaid
it with, V. 4. ."i.
ogquoukquag-, n. 'rust'. Matt. 6, 19.
ogquonkshae, adj. moldy; pi. -shaash,
.Tosh. 9, b; verb subst. ogquonJcsheau, it
was moldy, v. 12.
og-quonkshunk, n. 'mildew', 1 K. S, 37;
lit. mold. (Elsewhere than here 'mildew'
is transferred.)
*og'quos, togquos, a twin; pi. -\-siiog, V.
1 76.
[Xarr. tarkqUnvock, twins, R. W. 45.]
og-qushki, adj. wet, moist (by dew or
rain, 0(j), Dan. 4, 33: wenomineash . . .
ni ogquslike, grapes . . . moist. Num.
6, 3. Verb subst. ogqushkaj, let it be
wet. I>an. 4, 15; iogki'isishomoo, it 'dis-
tills' (like dew), Deut. 32, 2 (cf. og-
quehchippnnukquog, they are wet (with
showers), .Tob 24, ,S); kutogqutchippan-
vkqiioq. they wet thee ( with dew), Dan.
4, 2.'>. C"f. inirliipji,„i. See iriillagki;
*orkqiiU:]iiiii,i.
[Peq. irulli'iggit), wet (i. e. it is wet);
ii'(iiiglili'iggiir)ii/, 'deer, i. e. wet-nose',
Stiles.]"
*og-wantainuiiat ( ? ,
) to perceive : ogquon-
tiDiiwiniltiiiiiini. to be perceived, C. 203;
lyqudiiiiiiiiiiiKii, to suppose or imagine,
ibid. 211.
*ogwliau (Xarr. ), a boat adrift, R. W. 99.
og^Piru. See agim.
ohguhsheoog, he niinisheth them,
makes them few, Ps. 107, 39.
*olilioniaquesuuk, a needle or jiin, C.
161 [for „/,/.„,„- (•.')].
olihontseonat. See ontsni.
.
ohkas, =(5fo(S, mother.
ohke, n. the earth, land, Gen. 1, 10; Ps.
78, 69: ut ohkeU, on the earth, Lev.
11, 2 {ohkt\ ground, 0. 160); a country,
region, 2 K. 3, 20; n.t ohkeil, in the land,
I K. 8, 37; nulohkei, to my country.
Gen. 24, 4; kutok, thy land, Ex. 34, 24;
pi. ohkeash, countries. Gen. 26, 3, 4;
iveenohke, the grave, Prov. 30, 16.
From the same radical as otes(mother),
mshe (father), icddii (an egg), etc. ;
' that
which produces' or 'brings forth'.
Like okas (q. v.), the form is passive.
Cf. Greek, yea, yy)\ Egyp. kind (fern.);
ku, a bull; km, the phallus (?).
[Narr. adke and sanaukamuck, earth
or land; n'lttauke, nissawiidirkfiniuck, my
land; iriiskdukamuck, new' ground, R.
W. 89. Del. hacki, Zeisb. Voc. 8.]
ohkehteaen-in, n. a sower, one who
sows. Matt. 13, 3, is.
ohkehteaunat, ahkehteaunat, v. t. to
plant, Eccl. 3, 2; olikehteau tanohket-
eaonk, he planted a garden. Gen. 2, 8;
ohkeieaog ohteuhkSnash, they sow the
flelds, Ps. 107, 37; pish weoiondnneoh-
keteauauog, they shall plant vineyards,
Is. 65, 21 ( =piM ohkehteaog weenomin-
neohtekonash, Zeph. 1, 13); pwh kutoh-
keteam, thou shalt sow, Mic. 6, 15; ne
ahketeaop, that which thou sowest, 1
Cor. 15, 36, 37; pass, ne ahketeamuk up,
that which was planted, Eccl. 3, 2;
ahketead(t), subj. when he sowed. Matt.
13, 4; noh ahketeadl, he that sows, v. 37
( ohkeehkonat, to sow or plant; mUlohkeehteam,
I sow or plant; ahquompl kullohketeam
kuttanni, when do you sow your
rye? C. 209). See ohtmhkonal.
[Narr. aukeeteai'inirn (and quttdwie-
iiuin), to plant corn; aukeeteaumitch,
' plantingtime ' (let him plant) ; aukeeled-
heltit, 'when theysetcorn'; iiuiiiiiiaulaK-
keeteainnen, 'I have done planting',
R. W. 91-92.]
*olikeieu, adj. below, C. 168.
ohkeiyeu, adv. toward the earth (El. Gr.
21 ) ; ohkekontn, out of the ground, Gen.
2, 9. See

TP.IMBILI.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 103
ohkeonogk lohke-wonog, earth hole], n.a
rave: ohkeonogkqut, in cavesof the earth,
Heb. 11, 38, =ohkeonogquehtu,3ohZO,ei.
ohkcDn, 1). a skin (dressed or prepared
for u.se; cf. nskon, osh'm, vniskmi), Lev.
13,46,48, 56; 15, 17. Fn.iii ,„,,,„ in„;U.
to cover, to clothe; cf. In„,l:,n. lit-cLith.';'
himself; vuxkon, i. e. irtiski:uhkojii, a
new or undressed skin. ) Cf. monak.
ohkoonie, adj. made of skins: badgerde
ohkoonie, made of badger skins. Num. 4,
10, 12, 14; ne league maltagunne idskq,
'anything (vessel or bottle) of skin'.
Lev. 13, 59, == league hohkoonie wiskq,
V. 58, = ohkoonie wiskq, v. 57, =teag-
quodlag, v. 48, = matlagune imshq, v. 49,
= wame ne ohkmnayeumk, v. 51; hohhm-
nie auwohteaonk, all that is made of
skins. Num. 31, 20. See ogqunnedt.
ohkooununk, n. collect, skins; skins of
badgers, Ex. 35, 23; cf. nheepgogkunk,
goatsoskunk, sheepskins, goatskins, Heb.
11, 37.
ohkq, n. a worm. See aihk.
ohkuk, ohkuhk, ahkxihq, n. an (earth-
en) pot or vessel. Job 41, 20, 31; 2 K.
4, 39, 40, 41; pi. +quog, Mark 7, 4:
nippee hasmne ahkuhquog, water-pots of
stone, John 2, 6 (ohkuke, a kettle, C.
161).
[Narr. ai'tnirk, a kettle; mishquockvk,
a red (ciijiper) kettle, R. W. 36. ]
ohkukquteaen-iu, n. a i)otter, a maker
of pots, Jer. 18, 6.
ohpantu, 'he treadethon' ( walk.supon),
inan. obj.. Job 9, 8.
ohpequan, shoulder. See mohpegk.
•olippeh, 'I may cast a snare'; (or sup-
pos.?) matla woh ohjipeli, 'not that I
may cast a snare', 1 Cor. 7, 35. Cf.
appeh.
[Marginal note.—"Wrong."]
•*ohquae, C. 235, = uhquae (on the other
end), q. v.
ohquanumdnat, v. i. an. to forsake. See
ahquanuiiiau.
ohquanumunat, v. i. to be loathsome.
See t'lliqiKiiiumuiial.
ohquanupam, on the shore or margin of
the .lea, Ex. 14, 30, =ohqmiiiv kelilali-
liaimil, Mark 2, 13; ohke . . . ohquanshin
may kelahhmmil, 'land by the way
of the sea'. Matt. 4, 15.
Shquassoaeu, -eniu, 'an austere man',
Luke 19, L'l, 22.
ohqueneunkqus, adj. terrible. See vnk-
qm'i„;,iikq>,s.i,u:
ohquontamoonk, indignation, 2 Cor. 7,
II.
-ohtae, -ohtag-, -ohteau, in compound
words, that which is of (or which has)
the quality or nature of, or belonging to.
ohtaeu, 'he croucheth ', Ps. 10, 10.
ohtauunat, ahtauunat, \-. t. to possess,
to have (in possession). Gen. 23, 9;
Judg. 18, 9; Neh. 9, 15; Amos 2, 10
(ahtourmat, to have, C. 194; ahteauii-
nal, to spare or preserve, ibid. 210;
ohto, he hath (it), Mass. Pa.): noh
wadchanont wunnaumoniineuh, olitau
pomnvlamoonk, 'he that hath the Son
hath life', 1 John 5, 12; noh . . .
matla ohtoou pomanlamdonk, 'he hath
not life', ibid.; neg ohlunkeg ohke,
'who were possessors of lands'. Acts 4,
34; nutahtomun . . . wete, we have . . .
a house, 2 Cor. 5, I; ohtauunn&l ohke, to
inherit the land, Ex. 23, 30; noholitunk,
the owner (suppos. ), Prov. 1, 19; hoivan
ohiunk, who hath? Prov. 23, 29; Ex. 24,
14; neieaguas ohtunk kelatleamimg, 'anything
which is (belongs to) thy neigh-
bor', Ex. 20, 17. It is this verb in the
intransitive form {ohteau) which Eliot
has most frequently employed to supply
the want of the verb of existence
(see Du Ponceau's notes to Eliot's
Grammar, xxi-xxix, and Pickering's
Supplem. Observ., xxx-xliv). Thus,
ai/euonk . . . ohieau vmltat Kirjalli-jea-
rim, 'the place is behind Kirjath-jea-
rim', Judg. 18, 12; ohteau, it is, it was,
Ex. 40, 38; Matt. 6, 30; pi>

104 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bfl.LETIN 25
ohtauunat, ahtauunat—lontimied.
iiiiiii, we liave; knHahlomicoa, ye have;
nn,j ahtoug, they had, C. 194, 226).
[Del. olhatton or vmlatton, he has-or
possesses, Zeisb. Gr. 158; hcittan, 'he
has, it has, it is there', ibid. 162; hnlteu,
Zeisb. Voc. 18.]
*oliteak. See *olileiik.
-ohteau. See -ulitae.
ohteoonk, ahtoonk, u. a possession:
iriihililiiniil:, their pos.session, Gen. 47,
II; iriiirh itlili'iiink, 'for a possession',
Lfv. 14, ;i4; mdi-lieiitolitag ohtoonk, an
everlaiJtiiij; jiossession, Gen. 17, 8.
ohteulikonat, v. i. to sow or plant a field,
Matt. 13, 3; Lev. 26, 5; Is. 28, 24:
ohteuhkaunu, is sown, 1 Cor. 15, 43, 44.
See oJiki'lilrainint.
ohteuk, ohteak, ii. a field. Matt. 13, .38,
44; land which is cultivated or inclosed,
or to which the idea of ownership or
individual possession attaches (from
olitauundt oro/i(dc, and ohke) pi. ohieuh-
;
konaxh, Ps. 107, 37; John 4, 35 {ahteuk-
knfi(isl(, C. 160); mit ohte.akonit, in his
field. Matt. 13, 31; nt ohleakonil, in the
field, Ex. 23, 29; ntwskecheohteakonit, in
the open field, Num. 19, 16; Lev. 14, 53
{nlitfuk, soil, a field, C. 160). See ohke.
ohtohtosu, ( is ) removed. Job 14, IS. See
iiiilniiUiiniiial.
ohtomp, ahtomp, n. a bow, 2 K. 13, 16;
Ps. 78, 57: ironkinnau wutolitompe, he
bends his bow (hath bent, Lam. 2, 4)
kulalitomp, thy bow. Gen. 27, 3; ohiomp
kah kimhr/uodtasli , bow
and arrows, 2 K.
13, 15; pi. vmlolitonipi'h, irulahlompeoooh,
their bows; Jer. 51, 56; 1 Sam. 2, 4; ohtompeilchefj,
those who carry bows, bowmen,
Jer. 4, 29; noh konunnont ahtompeh,
he that handleth the bow, Amos.
2, 15; noh nohlulilittikcg kah jjailunkanoncheg
ohlompeh, who handle and bend
the bow, Jer. 45, 9. [olilaf-omp, that
which belongs to a man (?)]. See om-
palcgaftli; ironkiiiowil.
[Abn. Iiti'ihi. Pcq. iiHeump, nulttiiiH/jxh,
(my) Imiw: Toiidunnemaudno
iniinh/iiiiiiiii ii'l: itiiip iiiiijnii iiuckkegunt;
iii

TRl'MBl'LL] NATICK-KNOLISH DICTIONARY 105
omolik[inat?], v. i. to rise up, to rise
from sleep (omuhkenate, to arise, C.
180): omohkeu nompodeti, he rose early
in the morning, Ex. 24, 4; omohku, 1
K. 3, 20; omohkeog nompoiie, they rose
early, Ex. 32, 6; 1 Sam. 29,11; omohkeon
(subj.), when I arose, 1 K. 3, 21; iwh
omokkit nompdae, he who rises early,
etc., Prov. 27, 14; oinkkh, arise thou.
Gen. 19, 15; oniokenim kah nepomm, it
arose and stood upright (pass, form,
'was arisen' and 'was stood'). Gen.
37, 7 {nuUomuhkem, I arise; nuttomukkemun,
we arise, C. 180).
[Abn. iihmikkS, je me leve, a
sonnio.]
— ;
omohkindnat, v. t. an. to raise up, an.
obj.: omohkhu'h, rai.se thou me up, Ps.
41, 10.
[Abn. Sdarimikenaii , je le fais lever,
je le leva de terre. ]
omp, n. man. This word is nowhere
found by itself, and perhaps was already
obsolete when Eliot's acquaintance
with the language was commenced
but its recurrence in compound words
suffices to fix it as the dialectic name
appropriated, in accordance with Indian
usage, to the favored race, whose men
were all viri, while those of other tribes
or nations were contemptuously regarded
aa even less than homines
miisiunuog, or captives. (See misdn;
misKinnin.) From this root come, apparently,
nompaas (ne-omp-6da«, the
man animal), a male; woHkHomp {ivos-
keliuae-omp, hurtful or bloody man), a
warrior, or 'brave', one who bears
arms (see note below); mugqiiomp
(mogke-omp, great man), a captain;
nunkomp (nunkon-omp, light man?), a
young man, not grown up; penomp
{penowe-omp ?, a stranger to man, nes-
cia viri ?), a virgin; omskauonai (for
omp-), to conquer, to put to flight;
and, perhaps, ompehtedonk {omp-ohtde,
that which belongs to man or to the
conqueror), tribute.
[Note.—Regarding woskdomp tbe compiler
notes: "This is wrong, but I can notfl.x the
' true meaning of tcoskct-. This is followed by
a note in pencil: " Perhaps not wrong. 1883."]
ompacliissin, 'the top of it [a ladder]
reached' (to heaven), Gen. L'8, 12.
] iiKiIiloiiipiiUiiiiiunai,
ompamuhquaenat, v. i. to turn one's self
aniund, tn turn back, to look behind
one: uinpainuhquaeu, ' he turned back',
2 K. 2, 24; ahque ompamuhquaish, do
not thou look behind thee. Gen. 19, 17;
ompdmuhquaeoh, she looked back, v.
26; niatta ompamuhquaeog, they look
not back, Jer. 46, 5; ompamnquai-hlinuin,
v.t. he looked back at, Jer. 13, 16. See
niiliquainat.
*oinpana[enat?], v. i. to lift one's self
up, to rise up (as opposed to nauvxwnat,
to bow down): ompandeu, he lifted
himself up; ompanaoop (pret. ), Mass.
Ps. , John 8, 7; ompandit, when he lifted
himself up, v. 10.
*ompateg, jil. +asli, weapons, Mass.
Ps., John 18, 3, = (mwohimongadi (?),
FA. See auirohteau.
*ompattainunat, 'to wear clothes out';.
to wear out; num-
iiiiihi'h' niiipdtlani, I did wear; nag iroh
iiiii/i'iti'miir,,,!, they would wear, C. 215.
ompatussinat, to lean upon {ompalisgiiin'uiat,
C. 199 ) : noh ompatussin u-ek, he
leans on his house, Job 8, 15; ompa-
tussintfog, they lean on (him), Mic. 3,
11; ompatiixsuk, if he lean (or leaning)
on it, 2 K. 5, 18; 18, 21; John 13, 23;
ompatissunm kah anwohhou, 'the stay
and the staff'. Is. 3,1; ompntismnnaiDnk,
the stay, ibid.
ompeliteae, ompeteae, adj. of trilmte;
-teitgiKwh, tribute money, !Matt. 17, 24.
ompehteaonk, ompwet- {ompdcaonk,
C. 203), n. tribute, Gen. 49, 15; Num.
31, 28; Matt. 17, 24, 25; 'toll', Ezra,
4, 20: oirip-olitae, omp-ohtedonk, that
which belongs to men, i. e. masters (?).
See omp. ["oiiipeht . . . doiik, an old
Indian word that signifies obedience
by giving any . . .", C. 155 (partly
illegible in his manuscript I.] See diii-
u'unndonk.
ompenat, v. i. to be loose, unbound,
free, 1 Cor. 7, 27: ompkni, if thou he
loosed (or free) from, ibid.; noh ompeneau
wutch, she is loosed from (the
law), Rom. 7, 2.
ompeneausu, adj. (was) loo.sed, Mark
7, 35; pi. an. - og, Dan. 3, 25.

lOG BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
ompenednat, v. t. an. to loose or unbind
an. obj. (ompmne6nat, to release, Luke
23, 20); = punanaudnat (see p07ianau):
wutdmpinneuh, he loosed him (from
bonds), Ps. 105,20 [-neouhioT-neuh{'!)']\
Acts 22, 30; ompinneau, hi- Innsctli (the
prisoners), Ps. 146, 7; (imiiiinh hI:. loose
ye him, Matt. 21, 2; kiilfiiiipdiiiniinu-
naout, 'I (to) release unto you', i.e.
I to cause to be unbound to you.
Matt. 27, 21; ompin (?), loose thyself.
Is. 52, 2.
•ompenumunat, v. t. to loose, to unbind,
Rev. 5, 2: miipeneum, he looseth (the
bonds). Job 12, 18; ompenim nuppevmnneat,
he has loosed my cord. Job
30, 11; ompinimunash, they are untied,
loosed, Is. 33, 24.
[Narr. aumpanish, untie this; aumpaniimmin,
to undo a knot, R. W. 54.]
ompetag, -ak, adv. afterward, after
that. Josh. 24, 5; Ps. 73, 24; Neh. 6,10;
Mark 4, 28: wutch ompetak; for the time
to come, the future. Is. 42, 23 ( ' shortly '
C. 2H0).
ompeteae. See nmpehleiic.
ompeteaonk. See oinjielili'dimk:
ompontinnumunat magooonk, to send
an iiffering ( or tribute, homage), 1 Sam.
6, 3: itish ompontinumauogish wutch
magcoonk, which things ye return him
for an offering, 1 Sam. 6, 8.
ompcDchanuinunat {omjimrhennt, v. i.?
to roll, C. 206): wuioinpmchaiMtnaont
qus»id; to roll away the stone. Gen.
29, 8 [i. e. to remove the obstruction(?),
omjicinijiiiniat and wutche (?)].
*ompcDclienat, v. to roll, C. 206.
*omppuwussueonknuiikquat, n. vice,
C. 165.
ompsk, ompsq, in compound words, a
stone or rock; equivalent in some cases
, ,
to qussuk, in others to has-nm. See kenompsq
(a sharp stone, under kcnai),
vanashquompskqut (the top of a rock),
fogwonkanompsk (a millstone, under
togguhwonk), kussohkoi-umpsk (a high
pointed rock), etc. Not used in Eliot's
Bible except in compound words; but
iiiiitxitcheompsqut (obj.), ' a great stone '
is in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156. The primary
meaning seems to be an upright
(omput) rock or stone (^^'sA-). Eliot has:
ompsk, ompsq—continued.
pa.upskkodt-ut Ipahm-p' sk'], 'in a cleft
of therock ', Ex. 33, 22; agwepassompsko-
(Mldu, 'under the [cleft upright] rocks',
Is. 57, 5; v-'oskeche piskuttu, (from) 'the
top of the rocks', Num. 23, 9; ut attm-
che pishkodtut, 'on a crag of the rock',
Job 39, 21; kenugke pumipskquehtu, (of
river courses) 'among the rocks'. Job
28, 10; kussampskoiiieiivt, 'on (high)
rocks' (or on a high rocky place), Jer.
4, 29; chippipsk-ut, 'upon a rock' under
water, Acts 27, 29; inamossompsquehtu,
in 'gravel' (?), Is. 48, 19; wutch woske-
chepiskquttu, 'from the top of the
rocks'. Num. 23, 9 {sing. ivoskechepiskq,
on the top of a rock, Ezek. 24, 7).
ompskot, n.: nequt-ompskol, 'a penny',
M-M. 22, 19; Mark 12, 15; Kev. 6, 6
{oiiipskod, a penny, C. 203; ompskoiash,
pence, Ind. Laws, ii, p. 3). Cf. nequt-
ompskinaushettit, 'of a span long' (pi.);
nequl omskinausu ne mhteag, 'a span
shall be the length of it', Ex. 28, 16.
[Narr. nequiitoinpscat, 1 penny (that
is, a penny's worth of ludmpan; prob-
ably a measure of length); neesaAmscat,
2 pence; yowomscut, 4 pence; qutta-
lashaumscal, 6 pence { = quitauatu, quat-
iuatu; neeti =2 qu&Uualiieit, =12 pence,
or a shilling); jjiiickquat (10 qvattuatues),
60 pence, = qutlatashincheck aum-
scat, =nquUt6>nj}eg, or nqxdtnishcadsu,
1 fathom of their stringed money;
Heesaumpaugaliiil:, 2 fathoms = 10 shil-
lings, etc.; ii'i^'iiiiiis^iNs^,ii/i, 2 spans of
wAmpan; ymnjuijisciMsihii, 4 spans, etc.,
R. W. 128, 135.]
ompsq. See ompuk.
[-ompu: en uvmpu, he looks. Ci. Chip.
(lilt waub, to see.]
*ompuwussuonk, n. : aiuntogkoin onipu-
misxiiont, craft cjr guile, C. 165.
ompweteaenu-in, n. a tributary. Lam.
1, 1; pi. umpeleaenuog, Judg. 1, 30.
ompweteaonk. See ompehtedonk.
omp-wunnaonk. See oimnoniAonk.
ompwunnit: (/"// timpnintnit, 'a raiser
of taxe!

ompw-unnonat—continued.
vuldiiipiimikmuh, they were tributaries
to them, Judg. 1, 33; wiitompwunuh,
(he) gave him presents, paid tribute,
2 K. 17, 3.
omskaudnat, v. t. an. to prevail over,
to put to flight: pish omskautr('tO(j, they
shall chase, put to flight. Lev. 26, 8;
omslcom, he prevailed in battle, was
the conqueror, Ex. 17, 11; vutoinsltuuoh,
he chased him, Judg. 9, 40.
om-wrunnaonk, ompw-, n. triVjute (paid
or referred to the payer). Num. 31, 37,
38, 39. See ompehteaonk.
dnag^. See Aunag.
•6nat, auonat, v. t. to go to a place or
object, Eccl. 7, 2; Jer. 37, 12. See examples
under aii., to which add ontuh,
let us go to, 1 Sam. 11, 14; Luke 2, 15;
ongq, go ye, Matt. 21, 2; Josh. 2, 16.
Cf. comundt.
•onatuh, adv. as, like, Ps. 78, In, 27, 65;
onaluh . . . nelatuppi; as . . . so,
Prov. 26, 9 (construed with thesuppos.
mood for unne toh, as though, as when).
Caus. verb subst. onatuheyeum ( ' he took
on him'), he made himself like, Heb.
2, 16.
onch, conj. yet, notwithstanding that,
Ex. 9, 17; Eccl. 1, 7; Hos. 9, 16; olm-
chikoh, but yet, Rom. 5, 7; ohnch, Is.
14, 1 {=^onk, with form of imperat. 3d
pers. singular or absolute participle).
See gut.
oncheteau. See onrhtemi.
•oncheteauun, 'revised' or 'corrected'
(as used in title-page of Rawson's revision
of Eliot's translation of Samp.
Quinnup., 1689): oncliheaog u-uthashahpoauh,
they mended their nets, Mark
I, 19; onchteauunat irek, to repair his
house, 2 Chr. 24, 12; 34, 10; oncheteau-
unat, 2 Chr. 24, .5. See onchteun.
•onchittamauonat (?), v. i. to chew the
cud(?); cLkohkodhumai'i. onchiltamau,
it chews the cud, Lev. 11, 4, 5, 6; on-
chittamont, jiart., cheweth the cud, Lev.
II, 3, =kohkodhumont, Deut. 14, 6;
mnchittamoncheg, pi. they which chew,
etc.. Lev. 11, 4,=kohkodhunwncheg,
Deut. 14, 7; matta onchittamauco, he does
not chew, Lev. 11, ~,=matla kohkodhimCou,
Deut. 14, 8.
NATICK-KNGLISH DICTIONARY 107
oncliteau, oncheteau, he amends (it);
suppos. 2d pi. oneheleaog, if ye amend
(your ways), Jer. 7, 5; onchteomk, amend
ye (yourways), V. 3; onc/irtoc, amended,
title-page of second ed. of Indian Bible.
See oncheleiiHiii).
onchtedouk, n. a repairing, repair: onch-
teoorik iirk, tlie repairing of the house,
2 Chr. 24, 27.
onchteunk, part.: olichtcunk pokgshimk,
the repairer of (he who repairs) the
breach, Is. 58, 12.
ongkome, og-komai, prep, on the other
side of, Josh. 24, 2, 3 (its adversative is
sometime i/od i, 2 Sam. 2, 13 ) : ogkomae,
on the other side (of the way), Luke
10, 31, 32; ogkom&e punnneneulunkanil,
on the other side of the wall, Neh. 4,
13 ('behind the wall'); nag ogkonmt
sepuuf, (to) those beyond the river,
Neh. 2, 7. See acawmeii{6akit). ogkomiik
l = Acconmc^ Jordan, (that which
is) beyond Jordan, Matt. 4, 15.
[Abn.flin5r.9nH (net, en dela. Quir. akkOmmuk
kathmu, over the seas. Pier. 10.
Cree akdmik, across, on the other side.
Del. gamunk, over there, the other side
of the water; achgameu, over against,
Zeisb.]
ongkoue, prep, beyond (El. Gr. 21), 1
Sam. 20, 37: mutuhahame . . . ongkoue,
on this side . . . on that side or beyond
(the river), Josh. 8, 33; aongkoue, ut-
most, farthest off, Deut. 30, 4; Jer. 9, 26;
25, 23; mmup aongkouoh komuf, 'come
from the uttermost parts of the earth',
Matt. 12, 42; en aongkoue, to the furthest
( ' utmost ' ) , Deut. 34, 2 {onkkdue, C. 1 68 )
ongkoue, behind, 1 Sam. 21, 9. See
inuttihfihnnu'.
ongquomdnat. See onkquommommmonk.
onk, conj., a particle which nearly answers
to the Greek 5?), and is commonly
used in the continuation of a re-
cital or for connecting parts of a propo-
sition or members of a sentence less
closely and directly than by kah. It is
sometimes put for 'and', Gen. 20, 12, 13;
Matt. 18, 5; elsewhere for 'so', 'so
that', Ps. 78, 20,29. anue onk wame,
more than all, 1 Chr. 16, 20; anue mhmken
onk neen, he is more great thau I,
;

108 BURKAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
onk— continued.
Mark 1, 7; missi onk, greater than,
Murk 4, 32 {onkne, besides, C. 234).
[Wa^^ it originally the same as ironh ?]
onkaeese, adv. (dimin. of ongkoue), a
little farther, Acts 27, 2S.
[Narr. uirwa-isi'm', R. W. .5.5.]
onkapunanittuonk, n. torment (endured;
referred to the subject), Rev.
9, .5; Ex. 1, bS, 14 {'rigor'). See cm-
iriikiiiii/)it)i('iiiiik.
onkapunanonat, onkapunnonat, v. t.
an. to torment, to torture: mUonka-
punnoridoiil, to torment them. Rev. 9,
5; alupie nnkapnnaneh, torment me not,
Luke 8, 28. Pass, onkapunnandog, they
were tortured, Heb. 11, 3.5. Cf. nuwa-
l.o,u,H,„„ass„.
onkapuunanittue, adj. and adv. cruel,
severe, Heb. II, :ii> (with reference to
the .subjei-t i>r victim).
onkapunnaonk, n. torment, torture,
cruelty [inflicted; referred to the
agent]. Rev. 9, 5 (3d pers. pi.).
onkatog, adj. another, Deut. 28, 30: pnauk.
. . . oiikaloij,one . . . the other, Deut.
21, 15; krtaKsml ayeuhkonont vonkatogeh
kHassmtoh, a king going to war against
another king, Luke 14, 31 (here -on-
katog has the prefix of 3d pers., 'his
other' (?), and objective afHx); pi. oii-
katogig (uiikatnk, Pier. 14). From onk
nr ,n,i,k.
*oukatoganit, conj. otherwise, C. 2.34.
*onkatuk, onkne, conj. besides, ('. 234.
onkauoht, onkanohteau, onkauwoht,
n. ai-lia:krt.
onkquotteonat, v. t. an. ( 1 ) to recom-
]iense (a person ) : oukquotteaii, he recompensed
(them), Prov. 26, 10; neh pfs/i
irntonkqualniwh, he will recompense
her, Jer. 51, 6; hippapasku otikqiiiil(Jii!

TRUMBULL NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 109
onkquotteonat—eontiniied.
minmeinsh, 'I will give you your
money?', p. 135.]
onkqussoliliou, n. the cover or 'lid' (of
a chest, 2 K. 12, 9).
onkup[pe], n. strong drink, Is. 5, 11, 22;
Prov. 20.1, = manuhkntj wullaUamoonk,
Lev. 10, 9, =menuhke iruttaltninoonk,
Num. 6, 3; onkuppe, Prov. 31, 4, 6.
[Abn. a'kslii, boisson forte, Rasles.
Del. aclieimii, .strong, spirituous, Zeisb.
Gr. 167.]
onkwheg, n. = onkwhonk; pi. -\-asli, cov-
ers to dishes, etc.. Num. 4, 7.
onkwhongane, adj. covering, Num. 4, 5.
onkwhonk, n. a covering, Num. 4, 6,
10, 14; a screen or curtain, v. 25, 26;
wulch mishelttash, a covert from the tem-
pest,' Is. 32, 2; 1)1. onkwhongash, cover-
ings, Prov. 31, 22. See piitlocihaiii.
onkwhosuonk, n. that which makes a
cover or covers; pl.-ongauli, Ex. 25, 29.
*onn6hquat (?), 'raining', C. 222. C'f.
u'uniwitqiiudt, fair weather.
[Narr. anaqual, rain, R. \V. 83. Del.
alhacquot, 'it rains a general rain (over
a large surface of country)', Zeisb. Gr.
161; 'stormy, rainy weather", Zeisb.
Voc. 14.]
onoquesuonk, ana-, n. a joint; pi. -on-
yash, Ca.i\i. 7, 1; Eph. 4, 16.
6nouwussu, adj. lean, Ezek. 34, 20 [from
ainou-weyaus, low [hollow] fie.sh (?)]:
a>weei/auseeweespl«h (')iiauiciis,-

110 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIN 25-
ontapinneat, eU:—continued.
[Cree at-Hp-u (an.), 'he other-sits,
changes his seat', Howae 156. Chip.

TKl'MBri.I.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 111
dscDw^nnumunat, v. t. to change, Dan.
7, 25; Jer. 2, 36: Oscowimum umihogkwun-
(ish, he changed his clothes, Gen. 41,
14; matta vMtoscovmnoh, he does not
change it. Lev. 27, 10 {dsaatmnont, if he
change, an. obj.. Lev. 27, 10); malla
nutoliCme ussu, ' I change not' , Mai. 3, 6;
6Kcowema}, it changes, it is changed,
Lam. 4, 1.
ossoeposu, he slideth back, Hos. 4, 16;
assOeposue, adj. Ijaeksliding, Hos. 4, 16.
Cf. assoi'ishau, he goes backward.
otan, n. a town, a 'city', Gen. 4, 17;
Josh. 8, 19, 21; pi. +ash, Gen. 19, 29;
2 Pet. 2, 6. See kehlotan, a great town.
[Narr. olAn, the ti.iwn, jil. oldnash;
olanick, to the town, K. "\V. 120. Del.
u te nei/ {>i tf luird; in town), Zeisb.
Voe. 31.]
otanemes, n. dim. for (//a», a village.
Matt. 21, 2; pi. +asli, Is. 42, 11; Lnke
13, 22.
*dteshem (Nam): v:etu6muck m'llenhem,
I came from the house; acdicmuck noleshem,
I came over the water; imwwa-
tucknoteshem, I came from far; iuckd-
teshana, whence came you? R. W. 28;
iunna wulshaXiock, whence come they?
ibid. 29. See mtshoh; wadchhiat.
*6u, well (it Is -n-ell), C. 227. See *d.
ouwau, 11. mist, vapor. Gen. 2, 6; Job
3'i, 27.
[Abn. aSanis, il fait brouillard; aSa-
nehegai, sur la riviere. Chip, awani-
bissa, it drizzles. Bar. 533; moan, it is
foggy, ibid. 532. Del. awonn, fog, Zeisb.
Yoc." 7.]
ouwassu, he warms or w'armed himself,
Is. 44, 16. See amraxsn.
owanux. See liowari.
0"wohk6ntco&u. See auirohkoiitiTMiii.
owohshaog, n. the hawk, Dent. 14, 15.
See tiiaxJujiianon; quanunon.
owonogkuog', V. i. 3d pers. pi. they
'have holes', they burrow^ Matt. 8,20,
=

11 'J Bl'REAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOOY [Bl'LI-ETIX 25
CDcliiiuneat, \. p. tci lie advantaged (ir
profited (iridcliUnneiit, Is. 47, 12): teug
ncDchnn, what advantage will it be to
we? what am I profited? Jol> 35, 3;
nuMu nmchli-iii, it profited me not, Joli
83, 27; leaguuit kmchiyimirai, what are
you profited? Hab. 2, 18; mchiin, (it) is
profitable, Eecl. 10, 10; woh cochihi, it
may profit. Job 35, 8; vii.v/t miiUa p'ikIi
/.•u»7(i('/)j«.s/i, these things sliall not profit
thee, Is. 57, 12; li/.s/i mtttla in„lrhiiini-
»mi'i's/i, things which eaii not profit (be
profitable), 1 Sam. 12, 21; ii-nnni: It-iuj
viitchieii, it profiteth nothing, Joli 34, 9.
C'f. ojtcltfun, he made from (it).
oohk, cohkq, ohkq, n. a worm. Job 17,
14; 24, 20; 25, 6 (=ai,kajk, Ps. 22, 6);
pi. ujJiijiuK/ij, Is. 14, 11; mhqoii, it bred
worms, Ex. 16, 20; askka)k!nassog,v;orms,
Beut. 28, 39 {askooksc, dimin. askak, Is.
41, 14); klioiiiii;'ii,, Dent. 14, 16! See
krolikcokhnuii.
[Narr. uhomous, an owl. R. \V, 85.]
CDhquaeu. See vliquui:
CDkas. See ('iknu.
comsinneat, annussinneat, v. i. to go
cir come down, to move downward.
See U'a}mf

TRUMBl'LLl NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 113
oonoi, ODnoe— oontinueil.
aibly the Indian who taught him the
word, having misunderstood his ques-
tion, gave him tlie name' of tiie object
to which his attention was called in-
stead of its color. Cotton gives jii-sliai,
blue (168); uppmhou, a flower (160);
peshdnndqual, blue color (168). Ci.
Arab, zahr, a flower; a:' ml:, blue.]
oonou, oondi, adj. dee]). Except in compound
words, it has always the defini-
tive prefix, ni'f/mdi, probably to dis-
tinguish it from coniii, blue ( the color of
deep water); and for the same reason
the m' is retained in such compounds
valley, Gen. 14, 17; en mm'iuhkoiyeuut,
to the valley, Num. 32, 9; en amouh-
koiyeue, into the valley. Josh. 7, 24;
conouohkoiyetie, adj. 'of the low country',
2 Chr. 26, 10 [ajimi-ohke, hollow
land]; pi. (jjii6Hhlii(i.iJi, ixiii6)ihkoiyeimsli,
Ezek. .36, 4, 6.
•CDnouwusse, lean. See ('iiiniiiriixxe.
oncDuat, V. i. 'to yell' as a wild animal,
'to howl': conwog, 'they yell' (as lions'
whelps), Jer. 51, 38 [from anum, a
•iogC?)]; nishno pamk pish mnco, every
one shall howl. Is. 15, 3; viaush ka'h
mmh, 'cry and howl', Ezek. 21, 12;
concok, howl ye, Zech. 11, 2.
[Chip. ira]i-„-,„_,. he howls, Spelling
P.o„k.]
j
OJncDouk, n. howling, Is. 15, 8; Zeph. I
1, 10.
CDucDwaonk. See wunnajin\

114 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Fei'LLETin 25
p'. f^eey"?-.
pS,, a particle which, prefixed to a verb
iu the indicative, gives it the sense of
the 1st pers. imperative: nanimantnm,
I am wise; pu-nwivuantam, let me be
wise. El. Gr. 25.
)
[Cree pa, indecl. particle, prefixed to
the root of the verl), has the force of
'stioiild' or 'would' conditional: nf jid
iiipan, I should or would sleep.]
pa, applied to extension in time, an
indefinite going-on. It has the force of
'yet' in such phrases as 'while he was
yet speaking' . Indie, ash pamekesukok,
while it was yet day, 2 Sam. 3, 35;
pimiiiu, 'upward' in age or time: 'from
twenty years old [kcih, paamit] and upward',
i. e. passing. Num. 26, 2,4,^
pa&me, 2 Chr. 31, 16, 17. Suppos. mh.
pamfoadt, while he yet spoke, Job 1,
16, 17; Matt. 14, 43. Pass. (inan. sub-
ject) pnmanm, it is passed, Ps. 18, 12.
luijierat. 3d pers. would be, regularly
formed, pa] or pajeli (q. v.) [or pame-
jeh (?)], let it go on or continue (until).
Cf. pomantum (suppos. pamuntog), he
lives; pomushau, he walks; pdnixhemi,
itispa.st, etc. (Cf. alsoSansk. pumh, ire,
se movere.
[Abn. piiiil i=iiiupt^i und anptsi), in
' compos. 1 ^endant, vel encore ; il est a
'
(with verb in infinitive), Rasles. Del.
jjeni mi, yet, to this time, Zeisb.]
pa-, pe-, pu- [p'], prefixed to words
which signify motion, denotes indirec-
tion in the act or agent. In verbs of
motion it signifies 'all about', 'in one
direction or another', or without direc-
tion. Cf. pu-nne, 'out of the way',
'astray', and pu-mmoh, the sea; pit-
mmsaj, he swims; jm-muinpnyin, it
creeps; pamUchuan, (water) runs, etc.
[For the Cree, Howse (84) has pim-
mildclwmoo, ' he moves himself horizontally,
crawls', and perhaps this may be
the primary signification.]
paamu, adv. past, upward (in age or
time). Num. 26, 2, 4. See pdme.
paanonteg-, as n. a (winnowing) fan,
Is. 30, 24, i. e. that which blows away.
i^ee piiniuiulitunk.
'
P
.
pabahtanum Ipa-hdl-nn-timl. v. t. he
trusts: pahalitaniiiiKin, he trusts in
(him), has confidence in; inan. pahah-
lantam, he trusts (it), depends on (it).
Adj. and adv. pabahtanum nv, -uw, faith-
fully (pdpiihtantdinirf, C. ).
padahquohhan. See jKiiltnluiiKilil^ni.
padteateamin-asli, ii. )>1. nuts, (len.
43, 1 1
padtippashiu, padtapashin, v. i. it
drops, there is dropping; freq. papadtijipdnldn,
there is a shower; verbal pd-
pddtinunk, 'showers', Deut. 32, 2.
[Del. pankpechen, a drop; popankpechen,
it drops (cf. popelelan, it is showery,
'rains by showers'), Zeisb. Abn.
aiipeterann, il est encore h pleuvoir, il
pleut encrjre. ]
padtohquohlian, padahquohhan, \ . i.
it thunders {{jadloliqnoli'taii and pidtoli-
quohhdmii, it thunders, C. ) ; as a n.
thunder. [From a verb which signifies
'to hear', 'to be heard' (?). Pierson's
Catechism (Quiripi) has padak, he
heareth. Cf . Cree peytow-ayoo, he hears
him; peylurn, he hears it. But see the
next following verb.]
[Note.—The bracketed part of this detinition
is marked "omit" in the mamiserijit.]
[Abn. pklai'ujhiijiiS. Ic foudre. tcm-
nerre. Qvai-.pdddahiiiinldiinii.Vwr. Del.
peelliacqunn, it thunders, llkw., which
Cass corrects to paathoc'quon, 'it begins
to thunder' (from pao, 'tocoiue', and
hoc'quon, 'thunder'). [Is either cur-
rect?] Zeisb. has ped hoc quon, it tluui-
ders; pen da qtiot, it is lieard, Yoc. 26.]
padtuhkuhnteau, \. t. he smites (it)
into (it), 1 Sam. 19, 10, of a dart or
spear thrown from the hand.
pagkodtantam. See pukodtanldin.
paguanau, v. t. an. he destroys (him);,
inan. pagnutan, jMgwodtau, he destroys
(it); v. i. jiaguateau, pagwohteau, he
is destroying, or is a destroyer; pi.
paguaioog, they destroy, are destroyers.
(This was the name given to the
Muhhekans of eastern Connecticut by
neighboring tribes: Pequalluog, Pequots,
' destroyers ' . ) Verbal paguanuonk, de-
stroying, destruction, Prov. 15,11; 18,.

pag'uanau—continncd
7; Is. 59, .7; ' pestilenoe", I'm. 91, li.
From pohi- (pogk--), to break, to iliviiic.
See pohqui.
.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 115
[Narr. panquann, 'there is a slaiifjh-
ter'; pequUt'mg pauquanan, 'the Peqiits
are slain', K. W. 151. Cree pi'tckivalit-
ai/nii, 'he hates' (hiinV.]
paguodche, pagwodche, ailv. 'it may
be', perhajis. El. ( ir. L>2 (poyqiidlrhc, C. ).
[Alg. 7artridge', Jer. 17,
11, =y,„/,/„,/,/.«.«». I Sam. 26, 20. Cf.
p(olipiii]niiilt,„n pi. I, ' quails ',Ps. 105,40.
See iii

IK! BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY lEULLETIN 25
pakodtantana, pogk-, pagk-, v. i. ami
t. iiuui. he cletermines, resolves, pur-
iK.scs, L' riir. 32, 2; Lam. 2, 8. Act.
vhl. p'iktiilldiitdmmonk, determination,
scttlt'd pnrpiise. From jidkodclif and
-iiiiliiiii, ciiniplctelv-minded. Cf. kod-
IdiihiiH, lie intends or wishes.
*pakonii6tain, n. a eodfisli, C.
[Narr. ])iiii pimmU'linnm, it flows, as water,
IIowse4i).]
paimnoli. See juiiiniioli, the sea(?)_.
paniompagin, v. i. unipers. it creeps
or crawls (tmp-punmiSotasliom, I creep,
CI. -\s adj. (also pomompiagfe) creep-
ing, crawling. Suppos. oinUis nolt pdiii-
onipdiiit, an tuiiinal which creeps or
crawls; pi. iinj jiiiiniiiiijiiikcrheg. Freq.
ji(ijiaiii(iiiijiii(/iii, jiiilijii'iiiinii)pri(/in (and
j/i'iju'diKiili-lin/, Ts. 14S, lOi. fiee pop6m-
oiiijiiikcclirij.
[Cn'cphmiiilaclirmoo, ' he moves him-
self horizontally, crawls', Howse 84.
pamompagin—continued.
Abu. iii-ji, iiiiijSxi. je rampe. je marche
siirle ventre. WA.jiliniicIikliiixii iv.adj.
an.), stirreii. moved, Zeisb. (ir. 166;
piiiiiiiitinrh.ni, it cree])s, Zeisb. Voc.
27.]
pS,inontog, sujipos. of puiiiuntdin iq. v.),
he lives: /»,// i„\iiiviit,ui. lie who liveth,
1 K. .1, 2;!, 2.i; Ltini. .S, .'W; pi. paiiionto-
ijiij, ' the livint;'.
pamcostD, pamwSscD, pumosoa, v. i. he
swims, iiiovi'S liimself liy swimming
[imp jiintiij.sajirrnii, I swim, C. ); .suppos.
iioh pdmooiKDirit, he who swims. Is. 25,
11. F«r pame-coxKO). Ci.ajsumi'himl.he
swims.
[.Villi. ii,-p,iiiak^iitsiii. •jenage'.]
pamsheau, pamusheau, v. i. inan. it
jiasses, goes on. See pomtixjiaii.
pamutchuwan. See pnmilchiiiui.
pamwosco. See pamaoam.
*panikqua l^pannuhgtiaeii], 'squint-
eyed', ('. From j)(i>if)(' and vhipn'if, he
looks contrary or jierversely.
panne, pannu, out of the way, [ler-
versely, contrary: panmi ii'nlthi, 'the
wind was contrary', Matt. 14, 24; Acts
27, 4; ail jKiinirii, 'he went another
way', 1 K. 13, 10. Cf. the prefix jia-;
al.^o j/t'/dJc'i , strange, inreign; pnia'fii, it
is spread about.
[Del. pidVivi, elsewhere, otherwise;
pidliiiiii. he goes away, goes wrong,
Zeisb.]
panneaii, v. i. he errs, goes out of the
way, goes wrong, Prov. 10, 17; sujipos.
part. /j'n/i(('o)i(, going astray, 'perverse',
Prov. 14. 2; verbal pdmici/euonk {pan-
iif-ii-iiiik } , wrong-going, ' perverseness '
Prov. 15, 4.
panneiissu, v. i. an. he does wrong, com-
mits a fault; sujipos. nuh jniiiiitiiit {pan-
neihsi'it) , he who does wrong, who goes
astray, Xmu. 5,12,29; verbal jiiDiiieiis-
I'liiiik. wrong-doing, error, Prov. 17, 9;
,Jude 11: agent, vb. jiiiiniriismini, a
wrong-,lo,.r i
'tlie unjust', 1 Pet. 3, 18).
panncowau, v. t. he deceives, speaks
falsely to (liimi. Imperat. 2d -- 1st
jiers. aliijiii' juiiiinninili, ilo not lie to me,
2 K. 4, lii. Adj. and adv. jiaimanvae,
falsely, deceitfully. X. verbal pamicovaonk
[a.\v\ -wayeiionk) , wrong saying,
a lie, Ps. 7, 14; Rev. 21, 27; agent, vb.
,

TBIMEULI.J NATICK-EKGLISH DICTIONARY 117
panno3wau—continued.
pann(Bvrieii-i)i, a Vi-di: Vrom jxutiii^, and
nojii'aii, he sjieaks.
pannu. See ihiiiih-.
panuppu, panuppe, thrciuj.'hout, thoroughly;
as V. i. paiiUji/M iramr, [he) is
through all, Eph. i, 6; prep., Rom. 1,8;
adv.. Gen. 11, 3; Rom. 15, 19; intens.
}>iip(iniiuppe, throughout, 2 t-hr. 34, 7;
wholly, Jer. 2, 20.
[Abn. papanmiSi, 'par tout'.]
panupwushati, v. t. he goes throughout:
jiininpii'Hshaoij otanauli, 'they went
through the cities', Luke 9, 6; 2 Chr.
It!, 9 ( paiumpshdnat hehtoh kali, ohke,
'to compass sea and land', C. ; but
l;iip-pannupwnsln>ne(iii, etc., 'you com-
pass', etc.. Matt. 23, Lt). From jinii-
iippi-t.
papadtinunk, n. coll. tine rain, 'show-
ers', Dent. 32, 2. See padlippasldn.
papahtantam, v. i. and t. inan. he trusts.
See pahalitnr, Stiles.]
papekq, n. a flea, 1 Sam. 24, 14; 26, 20
{poppek, C. ). Cf. palipoltkniiiaii.
[Abn. hahikS, puce; habu, ciron dans
les mains, etc.; pS'kSc, vers dans la
chair, sur viande. Del. acliji'

118 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
*paponaumsu—continued.
' plfnt y tisir in any Algonquian dialect.
Fnmi jiiijiiiii-de and auinsu, diniin.
[Al)n. (iiiS}nii'imt-fS-al:, 'petits [pois-
sonij] de la nier'.]
*pap6iie (Narr. ), winter, U. W. (W. See
],nj,i,ii.
*pap6netin (Xarr. ), v. unipers. (it
blows from the west, or it blows wintery),
the west wind, R. W. 83. From
pfipi'iiie (popon, EL), winter.
papske. See piipiski:
papukuanne. See papaquanyie.
papumunont, jil. -onclieg, suppos. part.
of ju'piiiiiiniti, flying: pdhpumunoiil
psukscs, flying bird (i. e. bird when
flying), Ps. 148, 10.
pasau. See jHixaxiii.
*paslianne, :id\-. fully, C. Seepohsliane.
pash.ksheau, v. i. it bursts asunder,
bursts with violence, explodes; intens.
of jxisiskau (it bursts) by the incorpo-
ration with the root of sJik, marking vio-
lence and disaster.
pashkuhkom. See paxkiilikmn.
pashpehtahheau {-tiihirhnii, El. (ir. ),
V. t. and i. an. he makes (it) pierce
through (him), he 'smiteth through'
(him). Job 26, 12.
[Old .\\^.patchip:kanontaiiure, in
extreme hunger, Lam. 2, 19.
[Abn. jx'skarandamSsse, il a faim marchant
[?], Rasles. Of. Abn. ],rxk(iiil,
'creu'.]
paskoogun tahshe, mnn. nine; i>l. an.
paskaxjmt talisuoii; inan. tahsliiiuisli.
(or fitlimash), El. Gr. 14 (paaukmffun,
Luke 17, 17): naho paskcogtm, nineteen
(as an adj. varied by talmhi (or tohsu)
in ]il. an. and inan.. 2 K. 25, 8); pnskoj-
paskoDgun tahshe—continued.
gun. tiihxhiurhdf/ (pi. an. -kodlog, -kod-
tash), nine hundred. El. (Jr. 15.
[Xarr. paikiigit {paskcogit, C. ), as adj.
pi. with tasuog and tash'masli, R. W.
Del. (Unami) jirxrhkonk, Hkw.]
paskuhkom, pashk-, v. t. he bursts (it)
asunder or in i>ieces (Nah. 1, 13; Jer.
2, 20; 5, 5; 30, 8: api)lied to the burst-
ing of bonds or fetters). Cf. umliqkuh-
koin. See *peskhom>niii.
pasoo, pahsu, v. i. (it is) near. Adv.
near by. Gen. 19, 20; Matt. 24, .33.
[Chip, hhho, near by, Bar. Abn. ph-
sSl, c'est proche. Del. peschol, Zeisb.]
pasooau, pasau, v. t. an. he brings (him)
to: up-pasoo-uh, he brings him, Luke
10, 34; imperat. 2d pi. pascok, bring ye
hither, Luke 14, 21. This is tlie primary
(and perhaps the only) signitica-
tion of the verb: 'near them', bring
them near. From pdsoj, near.
[Abn. ne-phSaii, je I'apporte.]
pasooche [=pid!

TRVMBL'LL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 119
paspishau—continued.
pa.ipishont, (when rising,) sunrise, Eccl.
1, 5; Num. 21, 11; Ps. 50, 1; and of
the rising of the 'day-star', 2 Pet. 1, 19
(up-poshpishaonk nepaz, the sunrising,
C. ) ; freq. papashpishau, he passes
through (a place or country) pi. ; -aoff,
2 Sam. 2, 29. Freq. orintens. oipeshaui,
it blossoms, bursts forth.
[Narr. pdshisha, it is sunrise, R. W.]
pasquag, suppos. inan. (when it is)
made tine, in powder: pusquag nmkhik,
fine flour. Lev. 23, 13, 17, etc. Cf.
sohqui, powder.
[Abn. pesai, poudre. Xarr. pixliijn!-
hick, unj>arched meal.]
pasquodtam, v. t. inan. he chews (it)?;
su]i|)os. i>ass. inan. jKisquodlnmoamuk,
(when it is) chewed, Num. 11, 33.
passipskodtut (for paxsoiitpskudtut) , 'in
the clefts of the rock', Jer. 49, 16;
Obad. 3; pasipskodtwl, Ex. 33, 32: pas-
sompskodchtn, (among) the clefts. Is.
57, 5. From pahshe (pohshe), broken
or divided, and -ompsk, n. gen. for rock.
See ])apokquog.
passishau. See pasisJiau.
passohtham, -ahtham, v. i. he digs a
pit iir trt-ncli, Jer. IS, 20, 22; cf. Ps. 94,
13; p(U!eliiluua{\. t. ), he digs or 'cleaves'
into (it), Judg. 15, 19. Vbl. n. pas-
sohlheg, -ahtheg, a ditch, a pit, Prov.
22, 14; Is. 22, 11 (pohsahleg, Ps. 40, 2);
pi. -gagh, Gen. 14, 10 [passehtan-ash, pi.
'file channels' (of the waters), Mass.
Ps. ,Ps. 18, 1.5]. a. pissagk; pisd.
passukossaii, v. i. he parts the hoof.
Lev. 11, 7. From poligu, divided, and
iitossa, (its) hoof. Seemi«Mo.i; uhqaae.
[Chip, pezhiki, a buffalo. ]
pasuk, num. one; Ex. 12, 46; Judg. 9,
2; Eccl. 4, 8, 10. (In his Grammar,
Eliot gives as the numeral adnoun
'one', netjut, only. ) -pasukm, it is one;
pi. -koomog, they are one, 1 John 5, 7.
Verbal, pasukcoonk, being one, unity,
oneness. -pasukmog, inan. -kajaali,
with nequt prefixed, one hundred. El.
Gr. 15; nequt pasukwe, a hundred times,
Eccl. 8, 12. See Pickering's note on nequt
SLudpasuk in the reprintof Eliot's Grammar
(2 Mass. Hist. Coll. ix), p. xlv.
Cotton made this distinction: "nequt, a
thing that is past; pasuk, a tiling in
pasuk—continued,
being. '
' This Heckewelder considered
a mistake, yet it was not without some
foundation. jMsuk denotes unity and
completeness, one by itself, and with-
out reference to a series; nequtta (its
ordinal is tiegonne, first) appears to ha\'e
the .same base as nukko)me, old, discarded,
left behind [cf. nukkonau, he
leaves (him) behind], and so first in
order of time; but if this distinction
was not already obsolete in the time of
Eliot and Williams it does not appear
to have been observed by either.
[Mah. : "^xtsc/iM^isthetrueMahicanni
word for one", Hkw. Narr. pdwsuck,
R.W. (whogivesalso )igt«/, one). Abn.
phekS, inan. pi'zekSii, one (but iieqvt or its
equivalent is found in nekSdaiis [ = ne-
qutta taltslie}, six; negSdannkdn, eleven;
negSddtegSe, one hundred, etc. ), Easles.
Chip, ba-shick and nin-god-judh (or ning
dwa), Sch. ii, 211, 213, 216. "Be-
fore substantives signifying measure of
time or other things, . . . instead of hejig
\bashick'], we say w'ni/d. "—Bar. Gr. 433.
p&zhig, one; pdzhegoo, he is one, Jones.
Cree piyak, peyakoo, he is one or alone;
peyakooiow ( inan. ,
) he uniteth, Howse. ]
pasukqut, num. once, Gen. 18, 32; Josh.
6, M.
paswauwatiiog', v. i. (pi. ) tliey are near
of kin, 'they are her near kinswomen'.
Lev. 11, 17. From pdsm and weetauoog,
they are related, lit. they live to-
gether.
pas'woh.teau, v. i. (inan. subj.) it is near,
P.S. 22, 11; Zepli. 1, 7. From yxi-sco and
ohieau, se habet.
paswoppu. See pasaitappu.
paswu, adv. lately. El. Gr. 21; 'for a
season', Acts 13, 11: onk paswese
'
( dirain. ,
) some days after , Acts ' 15, 36
(piisiirsi:, SI Kin, C. ). f^ee pdsco.
*pattohquohanni, v. i. it thunders, C.
See padtuhquohhini.
pauanontam, v. t. he fans (it); v. i.
paudiifDitussd, he fans; cf. Jer. 4, 11; 15,
7; Is. 41,1(1.
pauanuhtunk, paan-, pauunon-, n.
a fan (for winnowing), Luke 3, 17; cf.
Matt. 3, 12; Jer. 15, 7. See j)amionteg.
pauchau. See paliclum.

120 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHKOLOGY [Bll.I.KTIS 25
paudtaii, v. t. he liriiiirs (itl. 1 K. S, 82;
Ks^tli. 8, (t \i«i1fii. 1r. liriii;.';^, ('.I; 'he
cciiiieth witir, 2 i^\x\u. is. l'7; iiiipenit.
pdmhamh, hrhig thou, Aiiiofi. 4, 1 {jtnl-
(inish, C. ); t^uppns. p'lii.lhiiik. wlicu he
liriniip, Ps. 12t), (1 •j„uilu„k, Mat^^. IV. ).
VI il. jiiiinllooiik, a briuffinj: in, Heb. 7,
r.t. Ci. /iiixitjau. ( Cf. also Sansk. ;(«Y,
ire; /«»/, ire, aiiire.
[Narr. piiHtniix. l)ring hither, R. AV.
Aim. iijii'fSii, il apporte; nepilSii. j'ap-
jii.rte; with an. obj. ne-phSai'i, je I'ap-
porte. Chill. o hrloon, he brings it.
Cree, inan. ju'iihin-, an. pajshoohai/ooC!),
Howse 41 . l>el. jnioii. he brings, Zeisb.
Gr.lo2.]
-paug, n. gen. in eonipnund words, signi-
fying water. See -p'li/-
*pauganaut (Xarr.l, n. ccultish, pi. -la/n-
inirL; li. W. See *pabjlinnl,n,l.
*paugauteniisk ( Xarr. i, n. an nak tree
{jiiilikiihliiniK, white oak; irisullii/ih'i, reil
[yellow] oak, C. ); jKiiii/antciiussiii'iiiil,
an oak canoe, K. W.
*pauishoons ( Peq. ), meadow lark (Stur-
nella Indoviciana, Bonap. ), Stiles.
*paukunawaw (Xarr."), a Viear; also the
name of the constellation 'the (ireat
Bear, or Charles Waine', R. W. [For
pohkenaimn, he goes in tlie liark or at
night (?).]
*Pauinpag'ussit (Narr. ), n. 'the sea
god . . . that deity or godhead which
thev conceive to lie in the sea.'—K. W.
IIS, 11(1.
paumushaii, v. i. he walks. See /mmu-
sha,,.
*pauociiauog (Narr. I, v. i. "tliey are
playing or dancing', R. W. 14"); /

TRUMBL-LL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 121
peantam—cnntiimeil.
which jiiinitttiii was funned, and is perhaps
identical with jiuninm (q. v.);
peaiommgaii, 'hoUness', Pier. 51. See
(dtahoan.1
.
peantcowau, v. i. he has a small voice,
speaks luw; pass, with inan. subj. permtamomaj,
it has (or there is) 'a small
voice', 1 K. 19, 12. From pe and ontrowau.
Cf. miisliovlcDvmmco, 'it roareth'
(Job 37, 4), has a great voice. See
mkhantanavi
peasin, v. i. it is (very) small; n. a small
thing, Nmn. 16, 13: wmsunme peaxin,
it is too small, 2 K. 6, 1. Double dimin.
peamesanl-in}, a very small thing, Ex.
16, 14. Suppos. inan. peasik, peegik;
and peyitsik, when it is small, a small
thing. Josh. 17, 15: amie peii'.isik onk ne
moteag, 'less [more little] than noth-
ing', Is. 40, 17. Intens. ^«(/«(l.sil' dj. v. ).
See peii.
*pea'we, pewe, adj. little: pcwe miikkoie-
sog, little children; peakonuik, a little
house, C. See jieii.
pechehquogkunk, -givonk, n. the
sheath or scabbard of a sw(jrd. From
pet-au, he puts in. and rliolifiitdi/, a knife;
with the terminal of the sujjiios. inan.
concrete, that which a knife is put
into.
*peeg'hain, v, i. he shaves (himself);
riiip-}ieegham, I shave, C. See chemwd-
iivliliam; nico^tim.
peeksq, peeskq, n. the 'niiiht hawk'.
Lev. 11, 16; Dent. 14, 15.
[Abn. pipigSs, ' uiseau de proie ' (?).
Del. jjischk, Zeisb, Voc. 6 (cf. pvtgeu,
it is night; pingeke, at night, ibid.).]
peeu. See peii.
pegskiyeue (?), adj. 'narrow' (of 'windews'),
Ezek. 41, 26.
pehcheu, adv. unawares, unintentionally,
Nmn. 3o, 11; Gal. 2, 4. Perhaps
related topetsliau (q. v. ), he goes into it
by mischance, he falls into it.
[Abn. jjisSiSi, vel paisi (by mistake,
unintentionally ) . Del. pitschi, acciden-
tally, by chance; as v. he blunders acci-
dentally, Zeisb. Gr. 183.]
pehteau, v. i. it foams; n, foam, Hos.
10, 7; 'the .«cnm' (of a boiling pot),
Ezek. 24, 6, 11, 12 (pehtum): pelnuullw-
pehteau—con t i n ued
,
iiiiii [pi_lilciii (an.) -}nMajn-iil]. he foani-
eth (at the mouth), Mark 9, l.s. Cf.
pexhaui.
[Abn. j^i'ltr or pitt,\ f.iau], froth
(ecume); pitlaSio, it foams: pi'tU'ili
SilSii, he foams at the mouth.]
pehtehennitchab. See pdehtiinitcliiiii.
pehtoxinau, v. i. he puts on his shoes
(moccasins); imperat. pe/(/o.rt)?.((.s/i, put
on your shoes, Ezek. 24, 17. From
pelau and {m)okfis.

122 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BILLETIS 25
[pemsqunnum, V. t. he wreaths, twines,
I
twiHt> (it ;] adj. -numwde, 'wreathed',
Ex. 2S, \-i,=pepemgqunnv.mv:u, v. 22.
[Del. pimochqueii, vbl. adj. turned,
twisted, Zeisb.]
pemsquoh, n. a whirlwind, Job 37, 9;
I.-. 40. 24. For pemgqudil, it winds
al"iiit, twines (?). Ct. pepemsqne.
pemunnealit, -unneat, n. a cord, a
strinj:. Is. -50, 2; Mark 7, 35; pi. ~^ash
and -ronash, Judg. 15, 13; 16, 11, 12.
Suppos. of pemunohU'au (it is twisted
or plaited), 'when twisted' {j)emin-
neiiht oine, a tishing line; pedmenyaht,
a cable, C). The primary meaning
seems to be plaited or braided; that
which is made by putting one (strand
or thread ) across another. Cf. pummee-
che. See tuttuppun.
[Abn. pemaiSi, il va de travers. Cree
pim-icli, crasswise. Del. pimenatan,
thread; ;>im«/, slanty, Zeisb. Cree peeme-num,
'he awryeth it'; phnme-num,
'he twists it', How.se 93. Powh.:
"Their women use to spin ... a kind
of gras.^ they call peinmenau; of these
they make a thread very even and
readily."—J. Smith, Hi.'^t. of Va.]
penaekinnu, v. i. it grows and spreads,
spreads as it grows (of a vine, Ezek.
17, 6). ¥ro\iipenn?u, with k progressive,
and -iiinu, the characteristic of verbs of
growth and production :
' it goes on
growing and spreading , or ' it continues
'
tu spread as it grows.'
penaeu, v. i. it is spread about, as a
growing plant, tree, or vine. Cf. pa«n?,
out of the way.
[Xarr. penayi, 'crooked', E. W. 56.]
penohkonau, v. t. an. he casts or throws
(him) down: kvp-petnthkon-eh, thou
easteth me down, Ps. 102, 10 ( penohkonal,
to throw down, C. ). From nmhkonau,
he throws (to the ground); with
the prefix pe-, he throws from a height,
casts down (to the ground). See na>kondnat
and its cognates, and penuhkau.
[Abn. ne-penakann or 7)e-nesakkan,
'je le jette du haut en bas.']
*penoht, n. soot, C. 161.
[.\bn. plratdl.^
penomp, n. a virgin, (ien. 24, 16; Is. 7,
14; pl.-/>aojr, Esth. 2, 19. From penotie,
strange, in its secondary or privative
penomp—ton t i n ued
.
.^ense. and -omji, n. gen. for 'man', nes-
cia viri (?). Cf. *keegsq>iaw; *ipiaui

penCDwohteau, v. i. he is strange or un-
NATICK ENGLISH DICTIONARY
like l)y nature. From pKnuweandohti'H'i
he is a stranger or foreigner.
penoowomai, n. a difference, Ezek. 22,
2(5; 44, 23.
penuanumau. See penajiratuimau.
penug-quekontu. See piuiukqwkoiiiu.
penuhkau, v. t. an. ami inan. he ca.sta
(it j down upon (him) ; up-pmuhkau-oh,
'he cast (it) down upon them', Josh.
10,11. Ci. penohkonaii.
penuhteau, v. t. inan. it casts ( it ) down,
he casts (himself) down upon the
ground, 1 K. 18, 42; Dan. 8, 10. Caus.
he makes it fall (?).
penushau, v. i. he falls; inan. subj. pe-
luishenii, it falls (as a flower, 'fadeth'.
Is. 40, 7, 8; nup-pinlsshom, I fall, C. ).
Vbl. n. penushuoiik, falling, a fall. Cf.
jietshau, he falls into; pjoijkishin, an.
pogkusgu, he drops, falls inanimately;
chuuopsheau, he falls into the water;
kilchisahshau, he falls into the fire; kep-
shau, he falls by stumbling or by reason
of an obstacle, etc.
[Abn. pemn; il tombe d'en haut.
The corresponding primary verb is not
found in Eliot. From it penushau is
formed by adding sh (marking mischance
I to the root. Old Alg. pnnkmn,
to fall.]
penuwohkomuk. See penmwohkomuk.
penuwot. See pencDwohl.
pednog'ok. See pemaogok.
*peoiitaeni, a boat or canoe, C.
*peCDnog', n. a little ship, Mass. Ps., John
21, 8. Cf. kehla/nijg (kehte-dnog), a ship.
So, peawe-Onog, the small conveyance.
These names were framed for English
and foreign boats, as distinguished from
the canoe (musliaon) or Indian boat.
They do not appear to have been widely
used.
[Abn. kelSrakS, a ship; saiirSpeSragS,
a barque.]
pepemsque, ailj. and ailv. (badly) contorted.
Intens. or freq. form of pem-
squau (Sa.Tr. pemisqudi, q. v.), of the
serpent, 'crooked'. Job 26, 13; Is. 27, 1.
Frompt'm (twisted) with squ l = skow'],
the mark of badness, violence, or mis-
chance. Cf. pemsquoh.
[Xarr. jtendyi, crooked; ]iemisqudi,
crooked or winding, R. W. 56. ]
,
123
pepemsqunnumcDonk, vbl. n. a wreath,
2 Chr. 4, 12, 13.
pepemsqusliau, v. i. "it whirleth about'
(of the shifting wind), Eccl. 1, 6.
pepenam, v. t. inan. he selects, chooses
(it). Gen. 13, 11; Is. 40, 20; v. an. pe-
penaii, he chooses (him). Adj. pepe-
naue, chosen, selected, Jer. 49, 19.
From penuire, 'he differences it'.
[Del. pipinamen, to choose, Zeisb.]
pepenautchitcliunkquonk, -uhquok,
II. a mirriir, Ex. 38, H; i' ('..r. 3, IS;
James 1, 23; (pi.) Is. 3, 23.
[Narr. pebenochichauquiinick (?), a
looking-glass, R. W. Del. pepena
Zei.sb.]
pepummu, v. t. {-mm, v. i. ),
he shoots
often, continues shooting. Freq. of
pummu, q. v.
[Narr. pi'pemCii,
or fowl', R. W.]
'he is gone hunt
pepuinwaeii(u), n. agent, one who
shoots often or habitually; pi. -nuog,
'archers', Judg. -5, 11; 'sIkk iters', 2
Sam. 11, 24.
*pequa-wrus (Narr. i, n. a gray fox, R. W.
95; pequas, a fox. Wood.
peshaui, v. i. (1) it blossoms, puts out
flowers: pis/i peshauau, it (for an. he)
shall blossom. (2) n. a flower, James
1, 10; pi. -aonash, 2 Chr. 4, 5. Commonly
with prefix of 3d pers. See up-
pisliau. Cf. (freq. ) paspishan, ( intens.
pasishau, and pashksheau.
[Abn. abasiar (pi. ), ils bourgeonnent;
pi''ltfr.'!S abai'in, le pain enfie.]
*pesliaui (Narr. ), blue;pes/iajtiuas/i (pi. ),
violet-leaves, R. W.; peshai, blue, C.
[Abn. titiens, blue paint; pdidiem,
violet. Chip, api.s.?;, violet; apissin, it
is of a violet or dark-blue color, livid,
black-blue. Bar.]
*pesklionimiii (Narr.) v. i. (1) it thun-
ders (
'to thunder', R. W.). (2) it ex-
plodes, as a gun; 'to discharge a gun'.
Suppos. inan. concrete peskunck, that
which thunders, agun. Cf. pnnkulikoni,
he bursts (it); pashkshma, it bursts
asunder.
[Abn. ne-pcskam, I fire a gun; aSenni
peskak, who shoots?; paskS'KuS, (the
gun) bursts. Cree pa-fkei-imoisoo, he
shoots himself; pooskoopulhu, it bursts
(from within), likeagun; pdske-ptiihu,
)

124 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
*peskh6inmin—continueil.
it bursts (from without), as a bladder;
puii,ttikee-putJiu, it splinters; paskesiggun,
a gun. Old Alg. paski.iigan. Del. poak
sac(m and pai tichk hi am, gun; pat ach
hull iiicii, to fire a gun, Zeisb.]
*pesupouck (Narr. ), n. 'an hothouse',
"ii kind of little eell or cave . . . into
[wliieh] frequently the men enter after
they have exceedingly heated it with
store of wood, laid upon an heap of
stones in the middle," etc. "Here do
they sit round, . . . sweating togeth-
er."—R. \V. loS. Verbal from *jii'siij>-
pau.
*pesuppau-og' ( Xarr. I, v. i. (pi.) they
arc swcatinir, K. \V. l.iS.
[Cree mi'-iiiipuiiiisiii, 1 sweat. Chip.
nnid-ahiirs. Bar.]
*petacaus (Xarr. ), n. 'an English waist-
coat'; diniin. jirliirdirsiuiiirnt; 'a little
waistcoat', li. \V. 107. From piitlog-
qiKii. he hides himself (?). Cf. piitlog-
ijniijnohhoii, a veil.
petau, n. a quiver, Jol) 39, 23; Is. 22, G.
From jh'Iiiii.
[Ahn. pilaraiu,.]
petashqushaonk, petaoshq-, vbl. n. an
outside iraniicnt, 'cloak', Is. .59, 17;
J.uke (), 29; 'vesture', Ps. 102, 26.
*petasinna (Narr.), 'give me some to-
liacco', K. \V. 35.
petau, V. t. he puts (it) into, Ex. 37, o,
3s, 7. Impcrat./wtotsA, put thou (it) into
(it), (ien. 44, 1. Suppos. inan. con-
crete pilunk (that which is put into),
a bag or jiouch ; petoggc, Wood. Intens.
(involuntary action) j3d.

TRUMBl'LL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 125
petutteau, \'. t. he enters, jjoes into,
Gen. 24, 32; Ex. 24, 18; imperat. 2d
pers. sing. pHnttensh, come thou in,
enter in, Gen. 24, 31. From jirlaii.
[Narr. petitees, 'come in', R. \V. 30.
Abn. pctaSighr, he enters.]
peii, peeu, or peTveu, v. i. it is httle, it
is small; ph'u onk, (it is) less than,
Ezra 9, 16. This primary verb (rep-
resented by Cotton's peawe) is rarely
found in Eliot by itself, but to it must
be referred a gieat number of modal
and derivate forms. Caus. peeheau, he
makes (him) small, causes him to be
small; pa.ss. he is made small (or 'low',
James 1, 10): kuppch-esh, I make thee
small, Jer. 49, 15; Obad. 2. Imperat.
peuh, 'bring (thou) him low ', Jo))
40, 12. See pedsiii.
^pe'we. vSee *peauv.
peweu. See pt-ii.
peyau, v. i. he comes hither; imperat.
peyaush, come thou; peynnk (-onk,
-onch), come ye; suppos. part, payont,
when coming; v. t. an. peyauau, he
comes to (him): knp-peijaunsh, I come
to thee, Ex. 18, 6.
[Narr. peydu, he is come; peeyduog,
they are come, R. AV. 48, 49. Abn. iie-
6a, jeviens; iS

126 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
pissogqsheau, v. i. it sticks, cleaves fast,
l>y niisc'hanie. Lam. 4. 4; suppos.
pu

TBUMBCLL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 127
pog'kesu—continued,
tive-aniniate'), as in Ps. 43: tohwhutch
pogkesean, why dost thou cast me off?
[Abn. iKibilsiSi, 'loin de nous; a,
I'ecart'.]
pog-ketam, v. t. inan. he casts (it) away,
puts (it) from him {/lakctum, C):
iinp-p(,fjkfUi,ii, I cast off, 2 K. 23, 27;
inipcrat. jMy,-hi.sl,. cast thou (it) out,
Matt. 7, "); su|ip(is. jxu/keloff, when he
casts (it) off.
[Narr. n'pakctaiii, I will ]iut her away;
aquie paketash, do not put away; n'pa-
kenaqun, I am put away, R. W. 126.
(In the first two examples he has used
the ina.n. pogkelam for the an.jiogkencm.
Old Alg. packihin, I abandon or forsake,
Lah. Abn. tie-baghUamm, j'abandonne
eela. Del. pakiton, he throws (it)
away.]
pogkodantam. See pakodtamtan.
pog-kohham. See poggohham.
pog-komunk, n. a rod, a stick (carried in
the liand 1, Ex. 21, 20; Prov. 29, 15: pog-
koinaiikipiuiik, a stake. Is. .54, 2; -7?iM/i-
quonk, a pillar. Gen. 28, 18, 22; 31, 45.
[Cree puckamoggun, a club or cudgel,
Howse.]
pogkussu, V. i. act. an. he drops, falls
(as an inan. body, or without external
cause. See peniislmu); suppos. homin
woh pogkussit, 'whoever shall fall',
Matt. 21, 44. AVith inan. subj. pogk-
ishm{ni), it falls; pi. -iieash, Nah. 1, 12;
suppos. ne pogshuuk, it (when) falling.
Is. 34,4. See pirohkelichtiaii.
[Cree jMlikeKtn, he falls (as in walking),
Howse 80. Alg. pafigiKln, il tombe
(un objet inan. ).]
pohchanutch, -nitch., n. a linger; 3d
pers. ujijKili-. his finger. Y. subst. pah-
chanilchiiH, he has fingers (is fingered),
2 Sam. 21, 20. From pohshe, divided,
and -miich {menutcheg) , hand. Cf.
pmhchmit, toe, from pohshe and -sit, foot.
*polichatuk, ])!. +qu1nmh, a bough, C.
See/-o/.-.?/,a».
pdhchau, v. i. he turns aside, ileviates.
i^ve jiiilirhau.
pohkeai, -nai, v. i. it is dark; adj. dark;
n. darkness, Gen. 15, 17; Is. 5, 20; 45, 7;
Amos 5, 18: pohken-ahtu, in darkness,
Eccl. 2, 14. Adv. and adj. pokenae,
darkly, obscurely, Job 22, 13; 1 Cor.
)
pohkeni, -nai—continued.
13, 12. Intens. pohpohkeni, .lob 24, 15.
Related to pohki, clear, open, as Incus
to lucendo, etc. See paupak'inanik; pi'ig-
ketium; cf. kuppogki.
[Narr. pnukiinmim, dark, R.W. Abn.
pekenem, pekeneghe. Del. pdckemun, very
dark, Hkw.]
pohkenittipukook [ pohken i-tipiikwk] ,
'in the dark night', Prov. 7, 9. See
*tuppaco.
[Xarr. poppakunndch, 'dark night'
{ = P'i-pohkcnil, when it is verv dark),
R.W.]
pohki, pahke, v. i. (1) it is clear, trans-
parent, that may be seen tlirough,
pervious, Rev. 21, 11, 18. (2) Adj.

128 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
pohki, pahke—continued.
up' (i. e. the sky dears), R. W. 82.
Abn. paiKjSiSi, purement, sans melange
(pdi'iijSiSi Sios, I eat clear meat ) ; pdhSi;
an arrow; pikai'm, thread.]
pohkohquodtae, adv. when clear, in a
cU-:ir (lay, .Vnios 8, 9. See poliLi.
pohkshau. See jtokghan.
*pohkuhtimis, n. white oak, C. See
*j,a,„yniln„i.d:
pohpohkussu, n. a partridge, 1 Sam. 26,
20. >^vt' piilipahksha^; ci. pmhpmhquHog,
quails.
pohpcoquesit, suppos. part, (one who is)
hiiue; )il. -If)ifij, Acts 8, 7. See poh-
,p,..'

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 129
pohqussittont, having a Ijroken foot,
Lev. 21, 19. Freq. pohpmquesit, one
who is lame (pi. -tcheg, Acts 8, 7).
From poh'jiii and m'seet (musseet).
pohsahteg, a ( iiiirv?) pit, Ps. 40, 2. See
pnsxAhtlian,; pi.isuffk:
pohshaue, adv. fully, completely, thoroughly.
Col. 1, 25. See pUkodche.
pohshe, pahshe, it halves, divides in
two, is severed; a half, a part of, some
of (as opposed to wame, the whole of),
Ex. 24, 6; 37, 1; Deut. 12, 7; Luke 19, 8;
Rev. 8, 1; 11, 9, 11. See poh^ui. (Cf.
San.sk. paksha, a side, half (a month).
Zend, pas, yeh-p&sh, one half (Engl,
piece). Tamul pag-ir, to divide; pxil, a
part.
)
[Narr. paushe, 'some'; poqv^su, half
(of an. obj.), R. W. Abn. pS'kSies
(inan.), -ii, la moietie en large. Del.
parhsiiri (an.?), half, Zeisb.]
pohsheau, v. i. it divides in two, cleaves
asunder, halves itself, Zech. 14, 4. Cf.
pokshau, he breaks (by violence); pa.s-
ishav, it bursts; pohqici, it breaks,
pohshequae, puhsh-, adv. at noonday,
Jul) ,5, 4 { puhsharpm-ut, Acts 10, 9).
From pohshe, half the day or sun's
course.
[Narr. paushaqiiau; pdireshaquav; R.
W. 67. Abn. paskSe. Del. pachhacqueke,
Zeisb.]
pohshinau, v. t. an. he divides (him) in
two, halves (him): pishitp-])uJ>sliin-6i(h,
tlicy shall divide it (an animal), Ex.
21, :».
pohshinum, v. t. inan. he divides (it),
halves (it); pi. +u'og, Ex. 21, .3.5. Cf.
pasinnum.
[Narr. pamhinum-min, to divide (into
two). Ahn. ne-psikassi, 'je fens'. Del.
jxichsenum-men (infin. ), Zeisb.]
pohshittahliam, v. t. inan. he cuts (it)
in two, Is. 45, 2; Zech. 11, 10.
poke. See pooki:.
pokshau, pohksliau, v. t. he breaks
(an. obj.) with force or violence; with
inan. subj. poksheau, it breaks, is
broken; with inan. obj. jyokshadtau, he
breaks (it), Ps. 107, 16; Jer. 28, 4.
Suppos. an. part, pokshont, when break-
ing, 2 Sam. 22, 35. Adj. and adv.
pokshAe, broken, Jer. 2, 13. Vbl. n.
pok.^hdonk, a breaking, a breach, Prov.
B. A. E., Bull. 25 9
pokshau, pohkshau—continued
15, 4; Is. 30, 13. See pohsheau, it
divides in two; pohqui, it breaks.
['Savr. pokesha, -shawwa, 'itis broke';
poki'slidttouwin, to break, R. W.]
poksunkquonk, n. a saw, Is. 10, 15. See
tussonkquonk.
[Abn. pslpodaSoiigan, ieniipodai'igan.
Del. pachkschican, a knife; ]}achschach-
quoacan, a board-saw, Zeisb.]
pomahhom. See pomohhom.
pomantam, v. i. he lives, Gen. 5, 10, 16,
19, etc.; suppos. pomantog, when he
lives (or lived). Gen. 5, 12, 13, 15, 18,
etc. ; part, (indie. ) pamontamunutch , liv-
ing, 1 K. 3, 26. Adj. and adv. -tammae,
living. Vbl. n. pomantamoonk, living,
life. From j^dme (or pamco), it con-
tinues, with -antam, the formative of
verbs of mental and emotional activity.
Seepdme. An earlier derivative, pometu
{ pom-ohteau) , he 'continues to be', is
not found in Eliot, but he has its
verbal, pometuonk (q. v. ).
[Narr. as-n'paumpmaunlam, I am very
well (am yet alive); taubutpaump mauniaman,
I am glad you are well, R. W.
Abn. nSri-pemanSsi, je suis en bonne
sante. Cree pemoot-ayoo, he walks;
pemdt-issu, he is aXive; pemooi-aymagun,
it goes (as a watch), Howse 36, 80.
Del. pommauchmi, he lives; part. {s\i^-
pos.), pemauch-tit, Zeisb. Gr.]
pometuonk, n. vbl. (from pomelu; see
pomantam) a generation, Eccl. 1, 4;
Deut. 32, 5.
pomitchuwau (it flow.s, goes on), 'running
water'. See pamitchuan.
pomohhom, pomah-, v. i. he goes by
water, sails, Acts 27, 9. Yhl. n. -moonk,
going by water, a voyage. Acts 27, 10.
Agentivej3!(»imo/i/(a»i«'aen(M),pl.-nMo^,
'mariners' (Jonah 1, 5), those going
(habitually) on the sea. From piimmoh
or ])dme (q. v.) and wmm, he goes.
[Creepimasu, he sails.]
pomompagee, adj. creeping, crawling,
Lev. 11, 44, 46. See pamompagin.
pompasuhkonk, n. vbl. a ball (to play
with). Is. 22, 18.
pompu, pohpu, V. i. he plays, is playing
(puhpu, he plays, C); p\.+og, they
play, Ex. 32, 6; Zech. 8, 5; t. an. poihpau,
he plays with or for (him): sun
.

130 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
pompu, pohpu—ooiitinued.
inth ji'iiiipdi, wilt thou play with him?
Jol) 41, 5 (piihpuog, they play; puhpinneal,
to play, C. ) Vbl. n. pompuonk,
play, sport, Judg. 16, 25 {puhp&onk,
playing; pompoonk, recreation, C.
piiluiipmoiik, Ind. Laws, iv).
[Xarr. pauorhcn'toy, they are playing,
R. W. Cree pdpu, he laughs; intens.
p&pdpu; freq. pdpisku. Chip. (St
Marys) pau-pe, (Sag.) pah-pa, he
laughs, Sch. ii, 469. Del. papahy (for
jiapah;/?), to play, Zeisb.]
pompuhchai, n. a member, organ, limb,
or part ..f the body, 1 Cor. 12, 14, 19, 26;
pi. -i-iieuasli, 1 Cor. 6, 15; ukkosucpom-
puhcli/ii, the virile organ, Deut. 23, 1.
N. collect, pompnhchainnc-unk , all the
members or organs collectively, 1 Cor.
12, 26.
pomushau, v. i. (1) he walks. (2) he
journeys, goes a journey, 1 K. IS, 27;
2 K. 10, 31; but in this sense the freq.
popomushmi is more commonly used.
(3) he goes or passes by. Suppos. poiiiHshadt
(and pamumshadt), when he
walks, if he walk, Ex. 21, 19; Gen. 3, 8;
noh pomiitihadi, he who walks, John 12,
35. With inan. subj. pdmsheau, pam-
ushau, it goes on, passes, is pa.st; pass,
inan. {pdrnxlieomo)) paumushoma), it is
passed by or over. Is. 40, 27; Jer. 6, 4.
N. agent, jiommhaen, one who is walk-
ing, a traveler; pi. -nnog, Job 31, 32.
Vbl. n. pomushaonk, a journey (Gen. 24,
21; 1 K. 19, 7), a walk. Freq. pojxj-
vnixhati, -tvusluiu, he walks much, goes
about, travels, journeys, Acts 10, 38;
Matt. 9, 35 (papaum-); imperat. popdni-
Khagk, walk ye, John 12, 35; with inan.
subj. popomsheau, it moves about.
From pdme (piunmm). The primary
form of this verb appears to be pom-
nssH (see Muh. and Abn. equivalents
below), the act. intrans. form (he con-
tiimes doing), as pom-antam is the sim-
ple intrans. or neuter form (he continues
feeling or thinking, he lives ) , and
pomohhom (or pdm-wa>m), the inact.
intrans. (he continues going, passively
or without action of his own, he sails
or goes by boat). This primary form
is energized in pomushmi, by the aspi-
rate, as in the intens. usskhaa for ux-
;
pomushau—continued.
nssu. See iissendt; m'seet (mtisseet), a
foot. Cf. Sansk. parnb, ire, se movere.
[Narr. as pummUsin, 'he is not yet
departed' (he lives yet); nowecontum
puinmixhem, I have a mind to travel;
as-pnmi)uiii, he is not gone by; pi. as-
pummi'iirirk, R. W. This last is an earlier
form, which I do not find used by
Eliot* [pjom-dil, he continues going or
travels to a place (see aii), goes onward,
pa.«se8 by], corresponding nearly to the
V. i. inan. subj. (and impers. ) puinmeii,
paamu, it goes on, passes. Abn. nepemSme,
je marche; pemSsse, il marche.
Muh. ii'puinseh, I walk; paumseet, he
who walks, he walking. Micm. pemi'ei,
I walk. Cree pemoot-ayoo, he walks.
Chii). (St Marys) pbit-d-ml', he walk.s,
(Sag.) jH'mussay. Del. pomaii; suppos.
pnnsit, Zeisb. Gr.]
[*XoTE.—The compiler afterward wrote the
following ill pencil on the margin: "Correct
this. Eliot has the verb ash pamiomlt, Luke
J'2. 47, while he wa.s going on. and puinmeii is
V. i. inan. .subj."]
ponam. See jitiuiiin.
ponanau, v. t. an. he lets loose, sets
free (an an. obj. ) : pish ponanau psnhes-
iih, he shall let loose the bird, Lev. 14, 7;
ijunnegk pananau (pass.), a hind (is)
let loose. Gen. 49, 21. From aiuimnait,
he sends (him) away, with jia indefi-
nite or indirective prefixed.
ponashabpaen, n. agent, one who sets
nets, a fisherman; p\. -± "og, Matt. 4,
18. From pdiuim and axhah (haxhaliji),
he sets a net.
ponasketuwosuen, n. agent, one who
administers medicine, a physician, Jer.
8, 22; Col. 4, 14. From //r//!-fo/i, (m)a-
ske.hta {moskehlu), and nsstndt, he ap-
plies or administers medicine.
[Narr. maskit pmiamiin, 'give [put
on] me a plaister', R. W. 1.59.]
*poilgqui, shallow, ('. See ;

TRUMBULLl NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 131
ponquag, n. a fording place, Gen. 32, 22;
poiiiiqui, shallow, C. See tmskeonk.
[Ahn. pankSk-Kt, il y a peu d'eau dans
la riviere; pakdiSi, peu; ne-hi'kagan-
sSffhe, je passe la riviere au guet,
Rasles. Mod. Abn. po'^gua, shallow;
po"^guaso, very shallow, Osunk. 46, 5.'5.
Chip, bdgw'i, Bar.]
ponteam (? ,
) v. t. with prefix : ponhponieain
li(t.i.mnni'ttonk, he digs through the wall,
Ezek. 12, 7; nag pmmup-ponleaog, they
dig (quite) through (the wall), v. 12.
ponum, ponaiu (pamuin, C. ), v. t. he
. 356."
jilaoe^, i)uts(it) by hand (Lat. pon-it),
PjX. 4, 6; 40, 22, 24: nup-ponam, I put
(it), 1 Sam. 28, 31. Imperat. po»,s/),
put thou. Gen. 24, 2; 47, 49; poniU'h,
let him put, Rom. 14, 13. Suppos. pon uk,
he who puts, (and part. ) putting. V. t.
an. ponnu, he puts or places (him):
itp-pon-uh, he put him. Gen. 2, 5; Is.
14, 1; poneh, put thou me, 1 Sam. 2, 36.
V. t. inan. and an. ponamauau, he puts
(it) on (him): up-ponamau-un, he puts
it on (him), Gen. 39, 4; up-ponuni-iin-
mii, he puts (it) on (it). Gen. 29, 3.
I'Ssirr. ponmmtuta, (let us) lay it on;
poneu-lmxh, lay down your burthens;
(lukuck pi'mamuii, to lay in the earth,
R. W. Abn. ne-pSnemen, je le mets;
iie-p8nmaSan, je mets dans lui. ]
*pooke, poke, ' a small kind [of tobacco]
with short round leaves', used by the
Indians in New England, Josselyn,
N. E. Rarities, 54. Wood's vocabulary
gives 'pooke, coltsfoot.' Prof. Tuckerman,
in a note to Josselyn, loc. cit.,
makes thisinferior kind of tobacco, '
' not
colt's foot, but Nicotiana rustiea, L., the
Yellow Henbane of Gerard's Herbal, p.
But he is unquestionably right
in his inference that "the name poke
or pooke was perhaps always indefinite."
It signifies merely 'that which
is smoked', or 'which smokes'. See
pmkeu, and cf. ptikit.
[Corvado (Brasil?) bob', tobaccij;
Vuri poke; see Martins. ]
popdmompakecheg', vbl. n. pi. 'creeping
tilings'. Acts 10, 12. See painompagln.
popomshaonk, vbl. n. from popomshau,
freq. of //oiniishmt, a going to and fro.
Is. 33, 4.
,
popdn, V. i. it is winter; n. winter, Cant.
2, 11; Ps. 74, 17 (pret. puppoau-vp, it was
winter, Mass. Ps. ). Adj. and adv. po-
ponae, of \yinter, in the winter. Cf.
tohkoi.
[Narr. papi'iiie; papoitn-h'csinisli, winter
month; pupapocnp (misprint for pa-
pocup), last winter, R. W. 69, 70. Quir.
pahduks, in winter. Pier. 28. Abn.
pebSn, I'hiver; pebSne, le passe; pebSghe,
le prochain. Cree pepoon, it is winter;
]}epoon-oop' un, it was winter; kuttd
pejtoon, it will be winter; suppos. pe-
pook, when it is winter; pepook-oopun,
when it was winter; pepooke, when it
shall be winter, Howsc 191, 192. Chip.
peebon, last winter; peebonoong, next
winter; peebong, Si-h. Old Alg. pi-
po'in.]
*poponauinsuog' (Narr. ), winter fish.
See *paponaumJ

182 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIK &
posekinau, -num—cijntinued.
wlien liuryiiig, lie who buries, and
(pa?s. j>!irt. ) liurieil. Vbl. n. act. pow-
kindonk, a Ijurying; pass. -niUedonk, a
being-buried, burial, Matt. 26, 12. Adj.
and adv.: posekhiiUude ohke, a burying
place, Gen. 23, 4 (nup-pmsukin, I bury,
C. ). [From poskinau, he strips naked,
makes bare (?), or the derivative
m'pusk {nittppusk), the back, 'he places
or is laid on his back' (?).]
[Narr. posakunnamun, to bury, R. W.
Abn. 7>e-p8skenan, je I'interre.]
poske, adj . naked
: nup-poske, I naked, Job
1,21; ndv.jjoskeu. Adj. an. (v. i.act.),
poskissu, he is naked, Ex. 32, 35; suppos.
part. pi. poskissi{ni)tcheg, the naked,
2 Chr. 28, 5; Ezek. 18, 7. Cans, poskissiheau,
he makes (him) naked, Ex.
32, 25; 2 Chr. 28, 19; and, with sh
privative, up-posqushdhed-uh , they make
(him) go naked, hurtfuUy, Job 24, 10.
V. i. inan. subj. poskohteau; with the
aspirated sibilant (privative), poshkohleau,
it is naked, Job 26, 6. Cf. mup-
pusk.
poskinum, v. t. inan. he bares ( it) , makes
bare or naked: jioskinum wuhpit, he
makes bare his arm. Is. 52, 10. An. pos-
kinau, he makes (him) naked, bares
(him) : nup-poskin, I strip (him) naked,
Hos. 2, 3. Imperat. pof:kmusli kehqiiau,
uncover thy thigh. Is. 47, 2.
poskissu, V. i. he is naked: nup-ponkis
I am naked, i. e. by my own act
(this is the intransitive active form, or
'adj. an.' of Eliot; seeposke). Imperat.
poskis kuhkont, make bare thy head. Is.
47, 2; pi. 2^oskissegk, make yourselves
bare. Is. 32, 11. Vbl. n. poskisseuotik,
nakedness, Rom. 8, 35; Ex. 20, 26.
[Narr. nip-pdskiss, I am naked; paus-
kesu, naked. Abn. ne-paskenaii, 'je le
mets a nud', je le depouille.]
posksin, v. i. he lies down naked, 1 Sam.
19, 24.
pdtab, a whale. See pcotii.op.
pdtantam. See pcotau.
*powwaw (Narr.), 'a priest', R. W.
See jiiniiirni.
poochenau, n. the bosom, the breast:
up-poochenaout, in his bosom, Lam. 2, 12
(up-pmcltinau, hosoai, C.). From poh-
shinde, divided in two (?).
)
poahpcohquttog', n. pi. 'quails', Ps. 105,
40. See clirodimirdor/ ; palipahk.'^has;
*paiipock. (Cf. Cree pi'i-patdyoo, it is
spotted; chd-chdehagoa; it is striped,
Howse 73.
pookeu, v. i.. is used by Eliot to translate
' he is puffed up ' (Or. (pixjioi); pl.pcoke-
U'og, they are puffed up, 1 Cor. 4, 18; sup-
pos. pookit, when he is puffed up. Col.
2, 18; pi. neg pookecheg, they who are,
etc., 1 Cor. 4, 19 {6i itKpvOiocoi.tsvoi).
Caus. an.pmkhuwdhuau, it puffeth(him)
up, 1 Cor. 8, 1. Cf. piikit, smoke, which
is perhaps identical with the suppos.
pookit. vp-pookmnk (kehtoh) 'the swell-
ing (of the sea)', Mass. Ps., Ps. 46, 3.
poonampau, -pamau, he looks away
from (him), Is. 22, 4. From -and
wompu, he looks.
pcopootauonk, vbl. n. (continued) blow-
ing, a blast of air, Ex. 15, 8 (for 'nees-
ings', Job41, 18). See paitaw, he blows.
poosampu, pos-, v. t. he looks in or into
(it), John 20, 5, 11; 1 Sam. 6, 19. See
voihpii.
they entered
into a shij)', John 6, 17 (pret. pmsupa-
pcDsu-og' kuhtcDnogqut, '
neg, Mass. Ps. ).
[Abn. pSsS, he emljarks. Chip, hosi,
Bar.]
pODtaop, pcDtab, potab, n. a whale,
Gen. 1, 21; Job 7, 12; Matt 12, 40. From
pa)tau (he blows) l-pog (water)?].
[Narr. poloj). Peq. podumhaug, pu-
dumbaug, Stiles. Abn. pSdebe (i. e.
p8da8-'bi). Del. 'mhiachk, Zeisb.]
pCDtau, V. i. he blows, breathes strongly.
(Not used in this form by Eliot, who
has instead the transitive pmtantam.
T. inan. pojlaiitam, he blows (it) or upon
(it). Imperat. pcotantash, Ezek. 37, 9;
pi. -amcok, blow ye upon (it), Cant. 4,
16. Freq. pcopaAau, he continues blowing;
part, noli paopa>tauont(og), he who
bloweth, Is. 54, 16. Cf. poukeu; pmpoo-
iauonk; pcotoemo).
[Narr. potduntash, blow the tire.
Cree pootdlum, he bloweth (it). Abn.
ne-p8daSe, je souffle le feu; pSdaSaiigan,
soufflet a feu {popcopcolauimn&nmk, bel-
lows, C. ); ne-p^iaSaiimaii, je souffle
contre lui.]
pcDthonsli, -ansh, n. a 'pitcher', vessel
for carrying water, Gen. 24, 15, 20;
)

TRUMBrLLl NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 133
pcothonsh, -ansh—continueJ.
jiwIlnmcJoi, 'Imrket', Is. 40, 15; pmlhonclute
nippe, a pitcher of water, Mark
14, 13. From paudlaii, he brings. Cf.
quomphunJc, a dipping instrument.
[Abn. pulaiHsS, poOwitsS, 'espece de
cruehe d'ecorce, ronde en haut, pour
aller querir del'eau'; 2J

134 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
puhpuhki, puppuhke—continued.
[Aim. II piks/'jlii'ii, 'cela est creu j
decUuis.' Del. jiurli txclie sii, hollow,
Zei.-b.]
puhpuhkitteau, V. t-aus. inan. he hollows
(it), nuikes it hollow, Ex. 38, 8.
puhquohka, n. a clod of earth; \i\.-eash,
1 !/ni.
*puhtantani, v. i. he mistakes (?),C.
pukit, pukut, II. smoke; suppos. form
of V. i. puk-kntteau (Rev. 9, 2), there is
snujke. From pohk-eni, dark (?), it
blinds (?). Ct. pcoJceu. Adj.-adv. /)i(i--
kutiae, smoky, of smoke. Is. 14, 31 ; Joel
2, 30. Dimin. pukkuttaemes, 'vapor',
Ps. 148, 8. (Cf. Sansk. panka, lutum,
pulvis; Tamil, jmg-ei, smoke.
[Narr. puck, smoke: nip-pucku,
'smoke troubleth me', R. W. 48;
2mkilta, smoke, Wood. Abn. ne-pekesi,
'je suis comme aveugle de la fum^e';
pekediii', il fume.]
pukquee, n. ashes, Gen. 18, 27; 'mire',
2 Sam. 22, 43. The primary signification
is dust; like pvkit, that which
darkens or blinds (?).
[Abn. ]irkkS, cendre. Chip, pinggivis,
dust, ashes. Del. pkindeii, light ashes,
Zeisb.]
pukqui, V. i. it goes through, continues
{-nlik) going through; hence n. a hole,
Ex. 28, 32; 39, 23; suppos. nepukquag,
pi'iijiiiig, or pohquag, that which is
through, a hole, Ex. 28, 32; 39, 6, 18,
23; 'the eye of a needle', Mark 10, 2.5.
See pohki; puhpuhki.
[Narr. puckMim-min, to bore through;
(pucliirliegavash for) puckii'hi g anixsh
(pi.), awl blades (for boring .shell
money), R. W. 130, 131. Del. pku schi
kan, a gindet, Zeisb.]
pukqussum, v. t. he bores through (it),
makes a h..le through, 2 K. 12, 9.
pum. See jnunmoh.
puniipsk, pi. -nquanh, for 'rock,' Job 29,
ti; kcii'igke fiiimijixqueMu, among the
rocks, Job 2,s, 20; pi. pumupsquehluash,
rocks, 1 K. r,i, 11. From pummeu{'?),
and fliiiji.ik. rock.
)
*pumnaumpiteuiick (Narr.). n. the
toothaclie, K. \V. 59; iijiiuii-. my teeth
ache, ibid. 15ti.
*puininechesham, he slides, C. (in 1st
pers. nnp-pinni)ii'clit'sliii).
pummee, n. oil, Ezek. 45, 14; Luke 10,
34 {pummee or sammee, C. ).
[Abn. pemi, huile, graisse; jtemikan,
6tant fondue, on la tire (de dessus
I'eau). This last word, or, rather, the
passive participle of the same form,
jiemikan ('fat skimmed' or 'dipped'
from the surface of the boiling water in
which it was melted, to be poured over
fine-chopped meat), gave a name to
the preparation so much jirized by the
northern tribes and by Canadian voy-
ageurs.* Old Alg-pimiVc, fat.Lah. Del.
psemi/ii, fat. Camp.; pomi, Zeisl).]
[Note.— " Same root with pminnen ?".]
pummeeclie may, a crossway or path,
Obad. 14.
pummeneutunk, n a wa'n or rampart,
2Sam. 20, 15; 22,30.
pumraetonkupunnaonk, vbl. n. (from
pininni'-vl and iiiil-rijiiniiiau, he tortures
(him) on the cruss), is used by Eliot
for the crucifixion; the cross of Christ,
Hel). 12, 2; John 19, 19. Elsewhere,
jmmelshhi; as (to take up) his cross, up-
putiietnlnn-eum, Luke 14, 27.
pummeii, v. 1. it crosses, traverses, goes
across, passes (?) from side to side. Cf.
pdme, it passes onward or along. Only
found, in Eliot, in derivatives. See
piomiiKhmt.
[Qa\v. pumiwan, 'to walk' (in their
own ways). Pier. 37. Abn. jJ^xMiSi, il
va de travers; pemelsintS, met cela . . .
de travera. Cree phnmich, crosswise.
Del. fihneil, pimiecheu (v. adj.), oblique,
Zeisb. Or. 164; 'slanty ', Zeisb. Voc]
pumminnum. See pummtmnvm.
pummoli, pum, a name of the sea, or
ocean, which had perhaps become obso-
lete, or superseded by kehloh, before the
coming of the English, but was still re-
tained in compound and derivative
words. It seems to be derived from the
diffusive particle ^xt-, and mmuncit, the
verb of motion—that which goes all
about, is everywhere in motion, without
course ordirection. [kehloh (El. ), k'ltthan
(R.AV. ), from the inan. adj. kehtc, means

TRl!MBULL) NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 135
pummoh, pum— continued.
that wliich is chief or greatest, relatively
great, vast.] Among the words
preserved by Eliot and R. Williams,
into the composition nf which this
name of the ocean enters, are the fol-
lowing: paiimpijr/ussit (Narr. ), the sea
god, K. W. 98; punimunat, pummunumunat
(?), to offer, to consecrate; pu?;i-
upsq, pumipsq, a rock (in the sea?);
pwnmdhhamwaenuoy, mariners, Jonah
1,5 {pummoh-mmundi, those who go on
the sea; pummultshoUoevhiuog {pamushadtaen-inuog'!'],
C. 183); ohqmmupam
[ohrjumm pum'], on the shore or border
of the sea, =ohquanu kehtahhannit, Mark
2, 13; pdmosooweneat, to swim (pumosoo-
cncit, C. 212) ; cf. oklcultdsanuhiaout [uk-
keihiohsanvhiaoutl, to cast themselves
into the sea, to plunge into the sea.
Acts 27,43; uvsketupam [woskeche pum],
the surface of the sea. Is. 18, 2 (cf. Gen.
1,2); kehcMppom,-pam [kehche=kutche,
pum], on the shore, John 21, 4, etc.;
keechepam, Gen. 22, 17.]
[Note.—The above definition was not transferred
from the rough draft of the manuscript
to the revision, seemingly through oversight.]
pummdhham, v. i. (1) he goes inactively
or without exertion (?). From pdme
and com. See under po»a(.

13(5 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
*puinponi—continued.
sliiin."— K. \V. 144. From jO!«mmmnMni
(fix'q. punijmiinnanrntm), he habitually
or by custom offers (it); part. pass.
pumpum-munim, '
offered '.
*Punachmonog' { pi. ), the French, (".
pung'womuhq-uash, n. pl.'(iuicksjind.s',
Acts 27, 17.
*punnetunck (Xarr. ), n. a knife, R.
W. 51. See clioliqiio;/: *Clit(am).
puppinashim, n. a beast (El. Gr. 9), Kx.
23, 29; Kev. 4, 7; pi. +wo

TRVMBl'M,] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 137
puttukqunutch, -nitch, n. the fist, Ex.
21, IS. Frcin prluhiiii and lacnutch(eg),
'I'dUiid-liiuiil '.
puttukquobpissegk, V. iinperat. pi. 'gird
youm-lvcs', L«. 8, 9 (see Kx. 29, .5).
puttukquobpus, -obpis, -oppis, ete.,
n. a girdle, U. 8, 24; .Ter. 1,'!, 1 ; Ex. 28,
4; 29, 5. Properly a contracted form
of V. i. an. liultukrpiobpeim, he is girdled,
bound about (the loins): nup-puttukqvobhesin,
I am girdled, 'it bindeth me
about'. Job 30, 18; puttagrjuohpmu vmt-
toffkodteg, 'had his sword girded by his
side', Neh. 4, 18; pi. -pminujih, Rev.
15, 6. From puttogr/ue-au (it covers)
and mobpee (hip), with the intransitive
active or simple animate affix -ussu.
quadhog', quadhuk, suppos. .3(1 sing, of
ipith'ililiiiiii, he measures.
qua^washwetam. See quaqiioahwetam.
quah, interj. 'of disdaining', El. Gr. 22
{rhah, tie upon it! 0.).
quahtinnittimuk (suj)[)0S. pass. part, of
ipu)ilr)itiiiii.), forbidden; for 'common',
Acts 10, 14, 1.5. See queiMinnuh.
*quanoowask, a bottle, C. See qunn-
(iMisq.
quanukquesit, suppos. .'Id pers. of qun-
iiiihqiiiKii, he is lame.
quanunkquaean, suppos. 2d pers. sing.
of qiiiiiiiii'ikijiiiiyei}, he dwells high, in a
high place, Obad. 3. See qunnuhqutayeu.
quanunon, n. a hawk. Lev. 11, 16; but in
the same connection, in Deut. 14, 15,
owdhsliaog stands for 'hawk'. See
mashquanon. Cf. qunnuwD, 'lion' (panther),
and qimhqiinomni, 'greyhound'.
From qunni, long, and , tail (?).
Cf. Del. qiien-schuckuney (long-tail)
'panther'; chau wa Ian ne, 'an eagle
with a forked tail', Zeisb.
quaquadlxum, v. frecj. of qiilliihhani, he
measures.
quaquequeshont, n. gra.sshopper, J^ev.
11, 22; Judg. 0, 5; pi. +atjg, Ps. 105, .34;
Is. 33, 4 ('locusts'). Suppos. part, of
quequeshau, he goas leaping. Cf. chwisompif;
mcDpau.
Q
puttukquobpus, etc.—continued.
[AliM. prdegSabiisSn, ceinture. Virg.
liiilliiii/irfipiKHijii^ 'a cap or hat', IStra-
.•hey.]
pwog'keU, v. i. he ili|is or immerses himself,
2 K. .'), 14. Sv.i- J,ii,yl.-;„i,,i,i,.
pwog-kusheau en nippekontu, 'it fell
into the water', 2 K. 0, 5.
pwohkehchuau, v. i. he sinks, disastrously
or by mischance: nup-pwohk-
ehchuauani, I sink (in the mire), Ps.
69,2. See pogkus,iu.
pwohkijlihowau, v. i. she hatches eggs,
Is. .->4, I."): maUd pwohkoyeog (from
piror/b'ii V), 'does not hatch ', Jer. 17, 11.
[Abn. pSkShS, reuf edos.]
quaquoshwetam, quagwash-, frecj. of
qii(i.iliiiiiir/litarii, he prepares.
quashinum. See quoshinum.
quashke'ik, suppos. of qushkeu, he goes
back.
*quattuliqu6hqua, afternoon, C. From
qallauiii, he (i.e. the sun) sinks, goes
downward.
[Narr. qultukquaquav, 'after dinner',
R. W. 67.]
*quausse8 (Peq. ), 'a virgin girl ', Stiles.
See pf /lomyv; *Hqudimm {nndur aqua).
quehsh.au. See qucshau.
quehtam, v. t. he fears (it), stands in
fear of ( it) ; suppos. Tioh quohtag, he who
fears, Ezek. 9, 2; Heb. 11, 27. Cf.
quUidnumau, he honors, shows respect
to (him). See qitxhau; wabesendt.
[Del. 71(1 ta men, to fear something,
Zeisb.]
quehteau. See ahquehteau.
quehtianumau, he honors. See qullid-
queihtinnuh, quiht-, quht-, \. t. an.
he forbids (him), he threatens (him):
itk-qullilin-iiiili, he forbade him, John
3, 14; imperat. 2d sing, queihtna, forbid
thou; 2d pi. quihtinnwk, forbid ye;
sujjpos. part, quohlinont, forbidding.
Acts 16, 6; 'when he had appeased
(them)' [i. e. caused them todesist(?)].

i;3s BUREAU OF AMKRICAN KTHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
queihthinnuh, etc.—continued.
Acts 19, 35 (Gud qiwhtehchaj, God for-
bid, C. ). V. t. inan. and an. queihti'liteau,
qui-, he forljids (it) to (him):
n-oh howan qutehtean n/;)/)*', ciin any man
forbid water? Acts 10, 47 {nuk-queehtltl,„„i,
1 forl)id, C).
queishontam. ^^ee qiifsluidlfnii.
qxiekscD, v. i. he hisse.s. iSee quequsm.
quenappu, v. t. he sits or rests upon (it)
snp})us. noh quenapit, he who sits upon
(it). Is. 40, 22 {quenobpuuncke [^queuappuonh;
vbl. n.], a stool, Wood).
quenau, -nae, adv. as soon as, Mark 5,
:{(i; .Tosli. S, 19; Deut. 8, 9; 'scarcely',
(icu. 27, ;50. Cf. *quenauet.
*quenauet, v. impers. it is wantint;.
Kxp. Mayhew; nmmtt ov quenauat, ' tu
be wanting or defective'; adv. queiuui-
a'lli; 'necessarily', C.
[.\1in. c'skaSana, j'ai besoin de.]
quenauhikoo, v. i. he wants, is in need;
or iuijjers. it is wanting to him: jMs^ik
kuk-quenauliik, ' one thing thou laclcest '
Mark 10, 21; 1st pars, nuk-quenmihik, I
am in want of, it is wanting to me; Ist
pi. nuk-quenauhik-umun, Jer. 44, 18; 3d
pl. quenaiihlk-quorj. Suppos. 3d pers.
sing, qiioialmk. Vbl. n. quenauhikm-
onk, qiiemiiiiivliikcoonk, lack, want (of
anything) Job 4, 11; 38, 41. Y. an. i.
quenauv'usm, he is wanting, is lacking
(as, to make up a prescribed number
of men. Num. 31, 49). Caus. quenau-
vwlinan, lie causes (it) to be wanting,
Judg. 21, 3. Augm. quequenauamnn,
he i.-i in great want, need, or privation,
1 Sam. 13, 6 ('in a strait'). Vbl. n.
-mcoonk, difHculty, want, 'distress',
Neh. 2, 17.
[Narr. matta nick-queliick, I want it
not; tau'hitch qiienaw&yean, why com-
plain you?; (/HcHofctfityj/, they complain,
R. W.53, 66.]
quenikkompau, v. t. lie stands upon
(it I, AlllnS 7. 7. C'f. qlll'sikkOllljXIII.
quenohtau, v. t. he lays a foundation
for, he founds (it), places (it) upon:
qu(ii(jhi(w-un, he founded it (and pass,
it is founded or rests on), Luke 6, 48;
pret. -unap, ibid. Suppos. quenohhink,
when lie places or supports (it); quenohliiiikiriiiiiiiitcli
hijssiinnutonganit, 'if he
loaned his hand on the wall', Amos 5,
, ;
quenohtau—eon t i nued
19. With inan. subj. quenohteau, it
stands or is founded on, 2 Chr. 4, 4;
suppos. lie quenohlag, that which it
stands on. As n. a foundation, ,Tudg.
16, 29; 2 Sam. 22, 8 ( = ,«--/»•» o}dari, that
which i.s under, IV. IS, 7).
quencowaii, v. t. an. he denies (him),
makes denial to (him), Mark 14, 68,
70 {queenmwo-nat, to deny; nuk-quenwviini,
I deny, C. ). Elsewhere kolMn-
maii, as in Luke 22, 57; Titus 1, 16; koh-
koiiiwoiraa God, he denies God, Ind.
Laws II. [From nlique and naiiran, he
refrains from .speaking (?).]
[Cliip. ahf/imjinivatuni, he denied (it),
.T(.)liii 18, 25. Cree dyooanu-etmn, lie de-
nies it (which Howse analyzes 'he
strong-back-hears it').]
quensin, v. i. he supports liimself, leans;
pl. -)l"V);/, Is. 48, 2.
quentamcD, v. i. (inan. pass. ) it is wanted,
is mi.ssed; mo-tmij queiUumm, nothing
was missed, 1 Sam. 25, 21; cf. v. 15.
quequan, v. impers. it shakes, it trem-
bles, Ps. 18, 7; as noun, an eartlKjuake,
Is. 29, 6; pl. +as!i, Matt. 24, 7.
[Abn. kS'igSan, tremble-terre. Cree
kwiku'un, it (the earth) trembles.]
*quequecum (Narr.), n. a duck; pl.
-]-mdii(ig, R. W.; quequeetum, Stiles.
Peq. quauqaauinps, 'black ducks'; quaqueekum,
'ducks', Stiles. Onomatopo-
etie, but the form is that of a verb, 'he
quack-quacks'. Cf. Cree 'hah-ha-wa>j,
the olil-wife or long-tailed duck (Anas
glacialis) , and Peq. vrujoivA-nms (Stiles),
for the same species. See *sesep.
[Abn. kSikSimesS, canard. Del. qid-
qu'mgus, the gray duck, Hkw.; 'large
ducks', Zeisb. S." B. 28.]
quequeshau, v. i. he goes leaping. Freq.
of qiirKhiin.
*quequisquitch ( Peq. ), n. a robin. Stiles.
quequssu, queksoo, v. an. i. he quacks,
he lii.-*ses; itug qiiekswog, 'they hiss'.
Lam. 2, 16. \. t. an. quequssumau,
q>iekqmmau, he hisses at (him) or for
(him), Is. 7, 18; Jer. 49, 17.
[Abn. kSikStiseiit, il siffle; iii'-kSlkSi

queshadtam, queishontam, v. t. inan.
he leaps over (it); nuk-rjueshadtam, I
leap over, 2 Sam. 22, 30; Ps. 18, 29.
queshau, quehshau, v. i. he leaps,
jump.s, Luke 1, 41 ; John 21, 7; Acts 3, 8
( chdiiwpsquajsliaii, agrasshopperjumps;
inikrjiKexhshom, I leaped, C. ). Freq.
quequhhcm, he goes leaping, Cant. 2, 8;
Acts 14, 10; 'skips', Ps. 114, 6. Re-
lated to quogqum, he nins, the substi-
tuted esh denoting sudden or violent
motion. See quaqiiequeshont.
[Abn. iie-kesirra, ou ne-kes8s8e, 'je
cours, je vas vite.' Cree kwosgetoio, he
jerks it; kicdskwdskoo-piUhu, it moves
by leaps or jumps.]
quesikkompau, quesuk-, v. t. he stands
upon (it), Amos 9, 1; kuk-quesikkompau
qusmk, thou standest upon the rock,
Ex. 33, 21. Cf. qiifnikkompaii.
quhtinnuh, quiht-. See qm iluinnuh.
quinahsinnunk : (ii'islipe) qninahfdnnunk,
'(with) a pestle'. Pro v. 27, 22. From
qunni, quirme, and hadsun, assin, 'long
stone'.
-quinne and (suppos.) -quinogok, after
a numeral or an indefinite quantitative
('few', 'many', etc.), is used for ke.mkorltaah,
days, or (suppos.) kextikok, on
the day; or, more exactly, for nukonash
(nights), suppos. nohkog. It is formed
from koueu, he sleeps. "Their age
they reckon by moons, and their actions
by sleeps, as, if they go a journie, or
are to do any other business, they say
three sleeps me walk, or, two or three
sleeps me do such a thing, that is, two
or three days."—Josselyn's Voy. pa-
»uk kesuk . . . asuh piogtukqninne, one
day ... or ten days, Num. 11, 19;
nequtta tahshikquinne, for six days, Ex.
24, 16; suppos. nhluk-qmnogok, on the
third day, Hos. 6, 2.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 139
[Isarr. nees-qiinnagat, 'two days';
shuck-qun6ckat, 'three days', R. W. 69.
Abn. kate'kSniSi or nekStSgheniSi, une
nuit; nisSgniSi, deux nuits, etc. Del.
guto-kenak, one day, Hkw. ; nguUokuni,
one night, nischogunak, two nights, etc.,
Zeisb.]
quinnuppe, (it is) roimd about, all
around; it turns. As adv. and prep.,
q\dnuuppe kouiog %i:eekit, 'they lodged
quinnuppe—continued,
round aVjout the house', 1 Chr. 9, 27.
With an. subj. quinnuppu: an qiiinnuppu,
he went about (Galilee), Matt.
4, 23. It is, in fact, an intransitive verb:
quinnuppu, he turns, changes his course;
with inan. subj. -pen; suppos. noh
quinnupit, he who turns or is turned.
Lev. 20, 6; imperat. 2d pi. quinnuppegk,
turn ye, 2 K. 17, 13. Vbl. n. quhi-
nuppeonk, a turning, conversion (as in
Acts 1.5, 3). V. t. inan. qiiinnuppmum,
he turns (it) about, 1 K. 8, 14; suppos.
noh quanuppinuk, Prov. 28, 9. V. i.
refl. quinnuppehtau, he turns himself
about, Mark 5, 30. V. t. an. quinnuppunau,
he turns (him) about, 'converts'
him; suppos. part, quanupplnont, when
turning, 'converting', Ps. 19, 7; James
5, 19. V. i. inan. subj. quinnupsheau,
it (e. g. a path, a trail, a boundary)
turns about, Josh. 19, 12. V. t. inan.
subj. quinnuppohtran, it encompasses,
surrounds, turns itself about.
quinnuppekompau [ = quinnuppuompau']
V. i. he stands turned about, is
(and remains) converted; pi. +017, they
are converted. Is. 60, 5. N. agent. -/)au-
ac»( i" ), one who is converted, a convert,
Luke 22, 32. 'Sanipmiileiihae Quinnuppekompauaenin'
is the title given by
Eliot to his translation of Shepard's
'Sincere Convert'.
quinnuppohke, as adv. 'everywhere',
Acts 17, 30. For quiniiuppe-ohke, round
about the country.
quinnupshau, -pwushau, v. t. he goes
round alKiut (itl; pi. -."hdo;/, Ps. .59, 6;
imperat. jjI. -pwsliak, go ye round alx)ut
(it), Ps. 48, 12: ne quonupishunk, (the
river) which encompasses (it). Gen. 2,
11, 13.
-quinogok. See -quinne.
qukqunuksheau. See qunnukquegu.
*qunnamaug- (Narr. ), a 'lamprey'; pi.
-i-6-(((A-. "The first [fish] that come in
the spring into the fresh rivers", R.W.
102. (^=qunni-amaug, long 6sh.) Cot-
ton gives
' qurmammag, bass' [?]. See
*missiifkeke.
*qunnannonk, n. a blanket, C.
qunnassin. See quinalmnnunk, a pestle,
i. e. 'lung stone'.

140 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
qunnegk, n. a hind, a female deer, Gen.
4St, 21 ; ]il. -iiqulXo'j, Job 39, 1; Cant. 3, 5.
See aliliilc.
[Narr. aunArir quunike, a doe; qnnnc-
(judwese, a little young doe, R. W. 96.]
qunni, v. i. it is long; as adj. long, El.
(Ir. I.'); Mark 16, h: qunni onk, longer
than, .If)b 11,9 {anfqunna(i [=anw qitn-
na.ff'], 'longest', C). With an. subj.
gumicsii.
[Abn. kSn,'; kSuisS, kSnagSat, il est
long, free kUiwon; it is long; an. kin-
ivooxn, he is long, i. e. tall. Del. guneu,
Zei."!). Illin. kinmacatmi, bois long,
arbre haut; kincoaccoanaM, habit long;
kiiiiiiium, kincoaki, long, Gravier.]
qunnonoo, n. a 'lion'. Is. 5, 29; pi. -f 0(/,
Cant. 4, 8; a panther (?). Cf. quolt-
qnnonon, ' greyhound '
;
quammon,
'hawk'. The name signifies 'long-
tailed'. ('i.*l:aHa„h.
[('hi|i. ,iniiraiio,rr, it lias a long tail,
liar.]
qunnuhqutayeu, w i. hedwellscm high,
Is. :!:;, r^
qunnukque, n

TRrMKI'I.1,1 NATICK-f:NGLISH DICTIONARY 141
quogquohteau—contiiHicil.
eninp, threat*, Acts 4, 29. Cf. r/iieihtin-
niili.
quohquuonou (?), for 'greyhound',
Prov. 30, 31. See quanunon; ifminonm.
quohquohquoanetdu (?), n. an ass; pi.
-{-"I/, (icii. 12, 1(1. Klsewhere the Knfj-
lisli word !.< transforrcil without traiis-
latif)n.
quohtinont, forbidrling (him); part, of
f/nfilillmtiili ((). V. j.
quompham, v. t. he dips (it) up; infin.
qiinmphamun-al nippe, to dip up water.
Is. 30, 14. In Gen. 25, .30, the imperat.
2d .sing, qnompaldsh is used, from a form
qu.(iiiq>haliim, he dips (it)?
[NarF. quamphaali , qiuimphom'dnnea,
(take thou uj); and) 'take up for me
out of the pot ' , R. W. 36. (Jree kw/'/ppa-
Jmin, he scoops or lades it out, Howse.]
quofnphippau [^quompham n%ppe'\, v. i.
he dijis up water; pi. -aog, 'they drew
water', 1 C'hr. 11, 18. Cf. vnttluhppau,
he draws water.
quoinphunk, (inan. part, of quompham,
that which dips or takes by dipping), a
net. Ailj. quiyihphdnf/ane anahausuonk,
network, 1 K. 7, 17, 41.
[Chip, kwaubahwii, he fishes with
scoop net, Sch.; ahkwahiwihgun, a seine;
kiM hv a gim, a scoop net, S. B. 2, 18; a
ffua hi nn ijrii, ibid. 2, ID; a gvxi hi na
gan, I'ar. ]
quonooasq, n. a gourd, Jonah 4, fS, 10
{qii/inmira«k, 'a bottle', C.; i. e. made
from a gourd?). From qunni, long,
and n. gen. «*/(pl. anquanh.) ,
thatwhich
may 1 le eaten raw. Cf . (inka/tanq; mon-
aKkajlimq.
quoshae, -6e, -aue, it is l)eforehand, in
anticipation of; it goes before, in time;
as adv. quosh6e naum, he foreseeth,
Prov. 27, 12: quoglide mixsohhaiinriig,
they prophesy. Num. II, 27; qauHlu'mu
jvort'a", he ])romises, Heh. 12, 2*).
quoshappu, v. i. he is (remains) ready;
imperat. 2i\ \i\. qtiDHhnjrpr.gk, Luke 12, 40.
quoshauweheau, v. t. laus. he makes
(him J ready, prepares (him); more
common in the freq. form, quaquaxhwcheau
and fpiagquash-,aji in Jonah 4, 7.
AVith inan. obj. (pioHhauwi'Mnm, he
makes (it) ready, prepares (it), and
freq. quaquoxhwehtam, quagquoshvxhtam,
quoshauvr^lieau— continiUMl.
Jonah 4, (>; Prov. 30, 2."). See quoslivx-
niik.
quoshinum, quash-, v. t. he takes (it)
beforehand, has (it) in readiness:
qtiiiKliiiiiiiiiirng uk-ki'iunkquwjtii}l , 'they
make ready their arrow', Ps. 11, 2.
quoshkinnum, he turns over (see titlepage
of Indian Bible); 'translated'.
quoshoau, \ . i. he promises; infin. qun-
nlio6nat, to 'vow' (to say beforehand),
Eccl. .5, 5.
[Abn. rif-ketleSe, je promets, je lui dis
jiar avance.]
quoshodtum, v. i. lie .lays beforehand,
predicts, prophesies; imperat. quoshod-
tmh, -odish, prophesy thou, Ezek. .30, 2;
34, 2. Vbl. n. quoshodtuohk, a prom-
ising, i. e. the subject of a jiroriiise, the
thing promised; j)l. -Diignnh, 'the prom-
ises', Heb. 6, 12. N. agent, quoshodtutnv)aen-in,
one who predicts some-
thing, a prophet. Dent. 13, 1; Matt. 13,
57. Cf. kOimkquom, 'a witch'.
[Cf. Abn. kSmgaiin, divination,
' fausi3es obsen'ations de futuro ' , etc.
see Rasles under jongleur, .ioxglerie.]
quoshde. See qu.oshdi:
quosliohteau, v. i. inan. subj. it is made
ready, prepared, or provided, Matt.
22, 8: vxime quoshalitaunh, 'all things
are ready', ibid. v. 4.
quoshomau, v. t. an. he says beforehand
to (him), promises (it) to (him): kukqiiDitliom,
thou promisest or hast prom-
ised (him), 2 .Sam. 7, 28; I Chr. 17,
26; suppos. part, quoshomont, vowing,
promising, Mai. 1, 14; Heb. 6, 13; iwh
quoshomont, one who is pledged, 'be-
trothed'. Lev. 19, 20; Deut. 20, 7. Vbl.
n. qiwsh/imdonk {-muvMonk), a promis-
ing, saying Vjeforehand, Acts 1, 14;
2 Pet. 3, 9; pa-ss. part. inan. nc quo-
sh/nnuk, that which is i)romised, being
promised.
quoshquechin. See q^iosquechin.
quoshquodchu, v. i. he feels cold, suffers
from cold [shakes with cold?] (quos-
quatrliw, C. ); infin. -nhinal, as noun, 2
Cor. II, 27.
[Narr. nMei-7M87Hate/i,Iamcold,E.AV.
Chip. 7iiii gikadj, I am cold. Bar.]
quoshqussausu (?), v. adj. an. he is circumcised,

142 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
quoshqussausu—continued.
(/i(o.v(/i)(yi(s(/'

quthum, =ijiillnhliam, he measures or
weighs (it).
*quttauatu (Xarr. ), sixpence or its value
in bead money; otherwise quttatashanm-
scat, six-penny's-worth, R. W..128, 129.
quttaueu, kuttauweu, v. i. he sinks, goes
down (in mire, Jer. .38, 6; in water,
Luke 5, 7; in a pit, Ps. 9, 15) : ahque l-ul-
tav-eti, let me not sink, Ps. 69, 14. Cf.
-qiiHunk, the throat; quUiihham, he
weighs; quttidmimau,'he shows respect;
m'kuttuk {muhkultuk) , the knee.
[Abn. ne-ghedahamen, 'je I'enfonce
dans I'eau, et vaaufond'; (jhedurra, il
enfonce dans I'eau.]
*quttauneinuii, 'to plant corn', R. W.
91. Fitv prmqultdimemun (?).
quttaushau, quttuhshau, v. i. he sinks
disastrously or liy mischance; he is
drowned, Amos 9, -t; pi. qullahshauog
onatuh qusmk, they sank to the bottom
like a stone, Ex. 15, 5, —quttauushaog,
V. 10. From qiittmieu, with sh of mis-
chance. With inan. subj. quUausheau, it
sank, 1 Sam. 17, 49; ' qutonkamaomxD
kannshmm' , it sinks thy boat. Samp.
Quinnup. 156.
quttiantam, v. t. inan. he honors, shows
respect to (it).
quttianumau, v. t. an. he honors, shows
respect to (him), Dan. 11, 38: nitkqtichtMnum
kelassoat, I honor the king,
Dan. 4, 37; imperat. qiMi&num kmdi,
honor thy father, Ex. 20, 12; suppos.
part, noh quUlanumont, he who honors,
shows respect to, Prov. 14, 31. Vbl.
n. quttianumoonk, (showing) respect,
honoring; pass. qutOAnittuonk, being
honored, respect or honor, as referred
to its object. Cf. quchtaru, he fears,
and see quttaiiHi, he sinks.
quttompag'hooteg, n. a balance, a weigh-
ing instrument, Jer. 32, 10; Deut. 25,
*rame (Quir.), within, in, Pier. 48, 49,
and passim.
*rainuk (Quir. ) , as postposition and prep-
osition for under: nippe ramtik okke,
waters under the earth, Pier. 46. Cf.
ranie.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 143
R
quttompaghcoteg;—continued.
l."; qnitoiiijKiiiIifotdii. he weighed (it) in
a balance, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Vbl. n. quttompaghmtoonk,
weighing, C. See omp-
xkot, a penny, and examples there-
under.
*quttO'w, n. a log (?), C.
quttuhham, quthum, v. t. he measures
or weighs (it), Ezek. 40, 28, 32; Job
28, 25; suppos. noh quadhnk, he who
measures; pass. part. man. qiitluhumuk,
quthumnk, measured, Jer. 31, 37; an.
qiittnhhiil, qiUwInit, (he is) measured,
Dan. 5, 27; freq. qn

)
144 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
sabae. See smipde.
sabaheg (suppos. inan. of saupahhiau)
iiiaile soft, softened (by water?); n.
'pottage', 2 K. 4, 38; sobaheg, Gen. 25,
29; sebaheg, Judg. 6, 19, 20; adj. sabah-
hegane, 2 K. 4, 40; neepalaush sahihcg,
'seetlie pottage', v. 38. See smip&e.
sdbasum, v. t, he melts (it); infin.
-umunat, Ezek. 22, 20; suppos. inan. or
part. pass, sabastimuk, when it is melted,
Ezek. 22, 22. Vbl. n. sabassumoaonk,
a melting, a furnace for melting; and
supijos. instr. gab

sampvri, -we— continued.
ire )iiini-iit, in a straiglit way, Jer. :-il, 9;
in tlie right way, Ps. 107, 7; suppos.
(rarely used) sampoi, if it he right,
Prov. 20, 11 [?]*. Suj)pos. inan. ne samj)img,
that which is right, 2 K. 22, 2.
Adj. inan. gampwe yeu, Ezek. 45, 11.
V. adj. an. sampwesu, he i.-* ^^traight,
upright, 'an upright man', Job 1, 1
suppos. iioh samjnvesit, he wlii> is up-
right, Micah 7, 4. V. adj. inan. stnn-
poldeau, it is straight, upright; cans.
sampwehteau, he makes (it) straiglit:
sampwehteaunh kum-may, make thy
way straight; part, sampwehleau-un,
straightened. V. adj. an. act. aamp-
u-emsei'i, he does straight, uprightly.
Adj. and adv. -usseae, doing justly,
uprightly, 2 Pet. 27, 7; righteous, Ps.
11, 7. Vbl. n. sampweusseoiik; up-
rightness (in doing), justice, righteous-
ness, Deut. 24, 13; Ps. 11, 7. N. agent.
-unseaen, he who does right or justly, a
just man. (Cf. Sansk. samd, (1) similis,
sequalis; (2)8equus; (3) integer; sorn(;)drf,
perfectio, felicitas. Lat. similis; Engl,
same.)
[*NoTE.—Marked "No!" by the eumpikT in
the manuscript.]
;
NATICK-ENOLISH DICTIONARY 145
[Narr. .munipi, straight. Quir. soin-
pdiij, (it is) riglit. Pier. Abn. sanhiSl,
'francliement, .sans feinte', but the examples
given show that the word was
used in the sense of fairly, justly. Cree
s'nnmuiz, perpendicular; s'lininutiiium, he
erects it.]
sampwushanau, sampshanau, v. t. an.
he guides (them); ken i«impiriishaii-op,
thou didst guide, lead, Ps. 10, 1. Part,
suppos. sampshanont, pi. -oiiclteg, they
who guide, guides, Is. 9, 16. N. agent.
sampiriisliaen, a guide ( = sampwoslids-
sean, Ps. 55, 13).
*sanaukainuck (Narr. ) n. land; nissaumdtrkamuck,
my land, R. W. 88.
( Prol)ably land inclosed and cultivated,
a field: from and komuk, inclosed
place. See sonkin, it grows, and cf.
Abn. SsaiikanSr, 'la terra produit'.
Perhaps the same as sowanohkomuk
(Josh. 15, 19), 'south land', a field
with southern exposure (see sow'a)t(i/CTi).
Cf. *ohieuk.
B. A. E., Bull. 25 10
*sauuegkcooiik (?), 'to sneeze', C. ; but,
liy its fiirin, a verbal noun, sneezing (?).
PerhajiS for naiwifjkaxmk, 0.
[Abn. iieiiikkSanmS, I sneeze.]
sanukkuhkau. See minnukkuhkan
sasamatahwhutteaonk, vbl. n. pa.ss.
punishTiifiit rei'civeil; being punished,
(ien. 4, 13: pi. -migasli, 'scourgings',
Hell. 11, .36.
sasamatau, v. t. he chastises (him):
nus-sa,iamat-oh, I punish him, Jer. 23,
24; I chastise (him), Luke 23, 16, 22
(iinx-xohsamatoh, I chastise; nus-fdsainit-
/iihlimam, I jjunish, C. ). Cans, .yisci-
iiKilalnf'hau {-ahhwau), he punishes
(them), causes (them) to be chastised;
suj^pos. pass, sasamatahwlnil, when he
is punished, Prov. 21, 11.
[Narr. sasaumitai'ivhilcli , let liini )je
whipped, R. W. 122. Abn. iiS-sfn'niit-
ie/idfi, je le l)ats (leg^rement ).]
*sasauiickaparauck ( Xarr. ),n. 'tliesas-
safras tree', R. W. 90.
[Abn. sasangSbemakS, 'bois puaut
pour faire vomir'; iiia'kSani), Imn d
manger.]
*sasemin-easli (Narr.), pi. cranberries,
R. W. 90.
*saslikontcD'waonk, n. 'a shrill tune, or
voice', C.
sasiogokish, pi. ditficult (very hard)
things, Ex. 18, 26. Suppos. ]iL oi
sasiogke, freq. of siogke, it is hard, diffi-
cult.
sassadt, n. 'a crane'. Is. .38, 14. Cf.
taanag, crane, Jer. 8, 7. See Cree
tluitlikke, tears, rends; and cf. lunnogki.
*sassakussue puppinashimwog-, ' wild
beasts', Mass. Ps., Ps. .50, 11 (for louoh-
kijmukrpie })upp>iim!

146 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [EPLLETIN 25
saup—oontiiiue. Xbn. seba. Micm.s/'"-
?)(7/, tv matin; shahonSk, deraain. Cree
(riijijiak-i'. tciuiorrow {wi'puch, soon).
Cliiji. in'ihaiKj, iomoTTOw, jeba{shaiba),
in tlie morning. Del. sedpolc, tomorrow
mcirning, Zei.sb.]
saupae, sabae, it is .softened, made soft
by water; as adj. 'miry', Dan. 2, 43;
saupde manmnsk (softened clay), 'mor-
tar', Gen. 11, 3. Suppos. concrete, sA-
baheg, that which is made soft, 'pot-
tage', boiled food (perhaps from a
cau.sative form, saupahMau, he makes
it soft); hence sappaen (modern suppawn,
sepanii, sfpan, Webst. ) for saupd-
un, softened. "The crushed corn is
daily boiled to a pap called by them
siip/Kieii."—Descr. of X. Neth., 1671.
Cf. Kdbasniii, he melts, softens by heat.
[Narr. nasaump, "a kind of meal pottage,
unparched; from this the English
call their samp", etc., E.W. 33. Abn.
ntsailbann, sagamit^; ntsanbe, fais-en;
kesahbS, Sios-mi'ibS, bouillon de chair;
names-saiibS, bouillon de poisson, etc.
Chip, nis-sdhawe, lam wet (with rain),
Bar.]
*saupuck (Narr. ), n. gmipowder, R. AV.
149; mbiirh, C.
[Abn. xaiuiiibir/Sak, il fait des eclairs.
Del. cn.tiijipiirnk, lightnings; sapieditite,
when it lightens, Zeisb.
saushkisashaii, siashk-, v. t. an. he
scares, frightens (him): kus-siashkisaslieli,
thou scarest me (by dreams). Job
7, 14.
sauskshanittuonk, vl)l. n. being terri-
tied, terror, fright; pi. -ongmh iiukko-
iideii, terrors by night, Ps. 91, 5.
[Abn. ne-si'ffhesti, je suis ^pouvant^.]
sauuhkissu, v. i. (adj. an.) he pants
(is viTy weary, exhausted) (sauuhkis-
ainncat, to pant; nii.i-S((i(n]ikis, I pant,
C. ) ; sui)pos. xdiikiisxil, when he jiants,
Ps. 42, 1.
[Abn. saiikStcstic, il tombe en di^fail-
lance de marcher; saiikStesi, de
chaleur, etc. Del. schanxsin, to be
weak, Zeis)). Ur. 104.]
sauuuum, v. i. he is weary, ' his .strength
faileth', Is. 44, 12; niLi-sauunum, I am
weary. Gen. 27, 46 {pogkodche nud-soufimim,
I am very weary, C. ); suppos. noh
]
sauunum—con tinned.
.iiiiiHiiiik, he W'ho is weary. Job 22, 7.
V. t. an. sauunumau, he wearies (him).
Vbl. n. sauunumoonk. weariness, faint-
ness, Lev. 26, 36.
[Narr. uii'-t'i'iiriniix. I am weary. Abn.
ne-sai'-.ii'ii. je suis las ile marcher; ue-saS-
iirokkr, je suis fatigue du travaille ', etc.
snSiSi, lassement. Del. schmiwewi, tired,
W'eak, Zeisb. Gr. 104; schauwiissv, he is
weak, Zeisb. Voc. 28; schamvalaim', to
faint with hunger, ibid. 55.]
*sawlioog ( Narr. ) , loose, unstrung beads
or shell money, R. W. 131. (For seah-
ii-'hoog, they are scattered. SeesealiJuim.)
[Cf. Abn. miSt, ' nonchalamment,
.sans I'accommoder, sans le lier', etc.]
seahham, seoh-, v. t. he scatters (it),
sprinkles (it), Prov. 20, 8; P.«. .53, 5;
Lev. 3, 2. Freq. Sfsealihcim, Prov. 11,
24 (with iiian. suffix). With an. obj.
siiiliiiJidii. .

TErMBlTLL] NATICK-KNGLISH DICTIONARY 147
see—continued.
29, 30, (of drinkj Ho?. 4, IS. C'f. suMjke,
it is hard, difficult.
[Cree shn sm, he is sour or salt; s(vappwooy,
sour liquor, i. e. vinegar.
Chip. (St Marys) she wun, (Sag. ) seeivan.
Menom. shwjwon. Del. shu won, Sch. ii,
478; xchiron, Zeisb.Voc.fi.]
seep. See -vpu, a river.
seepsin, sepsin, v. i. (he extends him-
self,) he lies down, Buth .3, 7; Jonah 1,
5; imperat. 2d sing, sepsinh, lie down;
suppos. se}}sinon, when I lie down. Job
7, 4.
[Abu. mi'isadSbiii (etendn) or .mii-
sdlS. Del. mpsin, to be naked; xopsu,
he is naked (?), Zeisb.]
*seg'auo (Narr. ), a widower, R. W. See
sekousq.
[Del. schihuiral: (pi. I, widowers,
Zeisb.]
segenam, v. i. he is indolent, slothful.
More common in the freq. and intens.
sesegenam, he is habitually idle, lazy:
nag gesegenamwog, they are idle, Ex.
5, 8. Cf. with ahque segenamoak; be not
slothful or remiss ( in a particular matter),
Judg. 18, 9; ahqi-tt' seaegenammk, be
not slothful (by habit), Rom. 12, 11.
Adj. and adv. -amife, Prov. 10, 4; Matt.
20, o, 6. Vbl. n. segeneamoaonk, and
saseg- (gdsekeneanmonk, C. ) , slothful-
ness, idleness.
[Narr. kus-sdsaqus, you are slow.
Abn. akSahik, le dernier (?) , or me'glare,
'il n'est pas ceinture, 11 va a la negli-
gence'.]
seip. See sepu.
sexppog' \,seepog'], n. 'salt water', James
3, 12. Elsewhere in Eliot's translation
the English word 'salt' is transferred.
sekeneam, sekenam, v. t. (1) he re-
fuses, rejects; (2) he manifests aversion
to; (3)he hates (it), Gen. 37,35; Jer.31,
15; Prov. 13, 5. Suppos. >U)h sekenog,
he who refuses, hates, Prov. 15, 27.
With an. obj. sekeneau, he refuses,
rejects, hates (him), Gen. 27, 41: nus-
sekeneau, I hate him, 1 K. 22, 8; 2 Chr.
18, 7; suppos. noh sekeneait, pi. -itcheg,
they who hate (him) , Prov. 8, 36.
Vbl. n. act. sekeneaudonk, hating,
hatred felt, 2 Sam. 13, 15; sekeneausuonk.
sekeneam, etc.—continued.
hatred in exercise, active hatred; pass.
nekeneadlaonk, -eoadtuonk, being hated;
hatred received, Gen. 3, 15; Eccl. 9, 1;
recipr.ormutual, sekeneniltuimk, enmity,
mutual hatred, Prov. 10, 12.
[Narr. sekineam, I have no mind to it;
iiix-sekinmg, heUkes not me; sekinneauluttaurk,
they hate each other. Abn.
nc-sigahdam, je ne le veiix pas. Del.
srldnglnamen, to hate something; -

148 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
sepe—fontiniKMl.
to draw fnrtli; 6ni'C,iir. 67rivS-fiT
(6TtsiS-£ii'), t.u pour out a liquid; Goth,
and Aiii).
sepham, v. t. he offers, be sacrifices (it);
V. t. an. m/ilKimiiu, he offers or sacrifices
(it) to ihini). 1 Cor. 10, 20.
sephausu, v. i. lie sacrifices, offers sac-
rifice; j)l. -not/, Hos. 4, 13. Vbl. n.
-uonk, a sacrificing, an offering, Ezra 9,
4; Ps. lis, 27; pi. -uongash {sephausu,
it is offered or sacrificed, C. ) .
IST. agent.
sephmisuaen, one who offers, a priest.
Lev. 1,9. N. collect, sephaumeneuaamik,
priests collectively, the priesthood, 1
Pet. 2, 5. [See Rasles under joxc;leuk,
JONGLERIE. ]
sephausuau, v. t. he offers or sacrifices
to (liini).
sepohtaeu, v. i. he is, or continues, long
(in a place?); suppos. noh sepohiadt,
'when he had been there a long time',
Gen. 26, S. Adj. and adv. sepohtde,
(long) contiuuing, Jer. 30, 23. Par-
ticijiial nijiajitau-un, long continuing,
'durable'. Prov. 8, 18.
*seppag:ham, he sails, C. (i. e. sepag-a>m,
he goes l)y spreading out, by a sail).
See sepaglivnk.
sepsin. See seijisin.
sepu, seip, seep, n. a river, Dan. S. 3, 7;
Gen. 2, 10, 14; pi. -uasli, Ezek. 47, 9.
Literally, 'it extends, stretches out, is
long', a continuing stream. See sepe.
The inseparaljle generic name for river
used in all compound words was -tuk
(q. v.), from tukkm, fluctuat, nndat. vt
,iepii-nt, by the river; nnxlinm .^, j,iiiirhlv,
in the midst of rivers, I'.zi-k. L".i, M; sepu-
]>o(/, a river of water, Ps. 119, 136; Rev.
22, 1 . Dimin. sepuese, sepuwus, pi. -hash,
'brooks', Job 20, 18.
[Narr. seip, R. AV.; sepe, sebe, Stiles;
dimin. sepoese, a little river; sepoeinese,
a little rivulet, R. W. 88. Old Alg.
fipim, a river {sibikinan, to pour out),
Lah. \]m.sipS, \>\. sipSar. Cree seepee,
sepu, seip, seep—continued.
pi. -^- I'l. t'hip. srlii: seepee, j)l. + vrun.
Del. .npu, Zeisb.]
sequan, (it is) summer, Ps. 74, 17; Matt.
24, 32; rather, early summer {sequan,
spring, C. and R. W. ). Cf. nepun.
Adv. and adj. sequane, of summer, in
sunmier, Dan. 2, 35; Prov. 26, 1. The
radical perhaps signifies 'dry ' ; cf. Abn.
sli/San, with sikkaaiisS, 'le ruisseau est
tari'. In the Catechismo Algonchino,
p. 22 (iiu. 2S),sdkv)aninik (in the spring)
is translated 'diffluente arborum humore',
Fr. 'quand la seve coule'. But
there is no 'arbor' in the synthesis.
It means probal)l>' 'when water runs'
(i. e. when it thaws'.' ).
[Quir. sequoks, in summer, Pier. 28.
Abn. sigSiin, le printemps. Cree sek-
n'lDi, it is spring. Chip, segwun, spring.
Del. .

sequttahwhau, v. t. he remain!' (of a
number), lie i.s left, of (them), Deut.
3, 11. Otherwise written ashqueht-,
asqueteah-, asqut-, mhqueht-, etc. Suppos.
pi. neff sequttahwhutcheg, they who
are left of, the remnant of, Deut. .3, 11
(asqiitldlnnitcluy, 1 K. 9, 21).
sequtteaumuk, ashqueteamuk, i)ass.
suppos. inan., that whieh is left, the
remnant; pi. ^ Ish, the leavings, Ex.
12, 10; Matt. 15, 37.
sesegenam, v. i. lie is habitually idle,
.slothful; freq. of seyenum, q. v.
sesegk. See sesSkq.
[sesekeu, v. i. he stretches himself (in
bed or when lying down) :] matta woh
wuUit sesekein, he can not stretch him-
self thereon. Is. 2S, 20. Cf. sesepdeu,
he stretrhes himself land remains
stretcheil).
[Abn. lu'-sasaglu'sin, 'je m'etens,
etant couche'. Del. schucliachgeu,
straight along, Zei.sb.]
sesekq, sesegk, n. a venomous serpent,
•adder', tien. 49, 17; Pro v. 23, 32;
'viper', Acts 28, 3; pi. -qudog. Perhaps
this name was applied by the
Indian.s only to the rattlesnake, and
is onomatopoetic. Cf . sesekco, ' he jieeps
(as a bird). Is. 10, 14; sausauag (suppos.
), when it ' tinkles ', 1 Cor. 13, 1 ; and
cf. a.ikmk, snake; queqnssK, he 'hisses'.
(Cf. Greek diZsi; Tonga, sisi; Polish,
hszi/k, to hiss.
)
[Narr. .ihek, rattlesnake, R. W.;
seasicke, Wood. Abn. sisikSe, serpent a
sonnettes; SsigSimi, la sonnette; sessegS,
il orache.]
*sesep, qunusseps, n. a duck, C. See
*quequecum. This name perhaps signifies
a diver. [Cf. Abn. twtsapi, 'je me
plonge dans I'eau'; 3d pers. tmmpS,
from which freq. lai^-tsaSapS or Ise-tsapS
would be regularly formed.*]
[*NuTE.— Murkert " rioubtful " in tlip margin."]
[Cree seeseep, pi. ~nk. Chip, .iheesheep,
pi. ~ug.^
sesepaeu, v. i. he stretches himself,
2 K. 4, 34; suppos. noh sesepanet, he
who stretches himself; pi. nag sene.pauecheg,
Amos 6, 7. From itepe {sepAeit, he
extends), with augm. reduplication.
'
NATICK-ENGLLSH DICTIONARY 149
sesepaeu—continued.
)
Cf. hiu-en; mpsin; sesekeu. (Sansk. .i!.,
jacere, dormire; snap, dormire, jacere;
smjjiia, somnium.
shehteaeu [for ntuhefilni,,,], n. agent, a
murderer.
shpun-au. See uspunwidndl.
shuog, for nisliiuig, an. ].l. three, ,Ier.
36, 23. See nlsliire.
shwe, pi. inan. .«lnr:„a.-

150 BTREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bvi.letin 25
siogke — (•( iiitinued.
Greek o^vi; Lat. acerbus, asper; Ang.-
Sax. suryhe; Eng. sour, sore, sorrow).
See scmor/okifJi.
[Narr. m'lckat, liard ; siuckimw;!, ' they
;ire st(.>ut men , i. e. liard flghters. Cree
'
.ias

sogkodtunk—continued.
Prov. 30, 33; Joel 3, 18 (mgkndunk, C. )
pi. -nr/ciith, teats, dugs, Ezek. 23, 8, 21;
Luke 23, 29. A verbal (suppos. ) from
sohkodtintium, he draws forth, that
which ia drawn out.
[Abn. ne-sereghinihighf., je tiro \e luit
(v. g. de la vache).]
sogktmau, v. t. an. he catche.s hold of
(him), 1 K. 2, 28.
sogkussohhou, n. an earring. Job 42, 11;
Prov. 25, 12; pi. +nash, Ex. 35, 22.
[Abn. ne-saghesehi, pi. -hSiKir, meg
])endants d'oreille.]
sogkuttin, V. t. inan. (suV)j. and obj.),
it catches hold of (it), 2 Sam. 18, 9;
freq. sohsoghuttin; suppos. sohsogkiltik,
that which catches hold of, as n. coll.
'hooks', Ex. 26, 32; from which is
formed solisogkittikeu, it hooks, Ex. 26,
37.
soh-, as a prefix, signifies forth from, out
from, movement from the place where
or in which the action of the verb
begins. It is opposed to pe, pd, signi-
fying approach to, or toward: pe-yau,
he comes to; soh-ham, he goes forth, out
from. (Cf. Sansk. su, se movere, effun-
dere, and its derivatives; or st, sal. Lat.
se-, sine, separative particle.
sohham Isoh-mml. v. i. he goes forth.
Matt. 13, 3; Is. 42, 13 {suhham, Mass.
Ps. ) ; imperat. 2d sing, sohha.ih, go forth
suppos. sohhog, if or when he goes forth
inan. part. soMomjtri, gone forth. Vbl.
n. Kohliamdxynk, a goingforth, departure,
Heb. 11, 22.
[Narr. sdwwhush, pi. .lavMke, go forth;
iimssauhenmUa (?) , let us go forth, R.AV.]
sohhcoquaeu, v. i. he looks forth, looks
out (as from a door, or window), Judg.
5, 28 [sonkmquaeu, Gen. 26, 8). See
nuhguainat; uhquAe.
solilioo'WTinau, v. t. an. he puts, brings,
or thrusts (him) out; infin. -wun&nal,
to bring (them) out. Is. 42, 7; Ex. 3, 8.
With inan. subj. sohhcowultau,he brings
or ))uts (it) out. Cf. sohmmum.
[Xarr. kus-sawhdki, do you put me
out of doors?; nis-savMcunckeivu (?) , he
puts me out of doors. ]
sohkau, sonqhuau, v. i. he overcomes,
prevails, has the mastery: nus-sonqueh,
1 have prevailed. Gen. 30, 8; kuiii-
)
; ;
TNTATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 151
sohkau, sonqhuau—continued.
vitrheiiie .mhkau, th(ju [jrevailest fori'ver,
Job 14, 20; suppos. iioh noltkog, he who
overcomes, has the mastery. Rev. 3, 21.
With an. obj. aohkauau, soi'ujhuauau,
he prevails over, has the mastery of
(him); suppos. noh sohkauoni, he who
overcomes, 1 John 5, 5; Luke 11, 22;
pi. nag sohkauoncheg, Kev. 15, 2.
[Cree s&koo-hayoo, he overcomes, subdues
him; sAkoo-tow, he overcomes it,
Howse 165. Chip, nin ge shdhgnoje-6g,
I have overcome them, Jones in iV)id.]
sohkeuum, sok-, scDk-, v. t. he ixjure
forth, pours out; iiippe, he pours
out water, Num. 24, 7 [scokunum, Mass.
Ps.) ; imperat. 2d sing, and pi. sohkin-
ush, -cnk, pour out; suppos. noh sohke-
7mk, he who pours, 2 K. 3, 11. From
sohkeu, it pours, with tlie formative
'num, denoting action of the hand.
See sokanon; *s6kenug, etc.
[Abn. ne-sSgnemen, je verse, manu.]
sohkenumau, v. t. an. and inan. he
pours (it) out to (him). Job 16, 20.
[sohkeu, V. i. it pours forth, emits. This
primary verb is not perhaps used by
Eliot; but he has its pass. (inan. subj. )]
sokemoo, it is poured out, 1 K. 13, 5.
From its base, sohk, sook, are formed
t. inan. sohkinnum, he pours (by hand);
sokanon, water pours, it rains; suhkou,
.tuhquontam, he spits, urinates (expels
water), etc. Cf. nonkin, it springs up
(as a plant), it grows. (Cf. Sansk. m,
effundere; mc, emittere, inspergere, hu-
mectare, irrigare, perfundere; shtkdra,
pluvia tenuis; Old Germ, seilijan, min-
gere; seich, urina. ) Bee Kokanon.
[Abn. sSgherann, il pleut.]
sohkom, V. t. inan. he overcomes, j)revails
over (it); otan, he took the city,
Judg. 9, 45 ; mutlaok, he overcomes
the world, 1 John, 5, 4; imperat.
sohkash machuk, overcome evil, Rom.
12, 21. See sohkau.
sohkomaii, v. t. an. he feeds (him),
provides food for. See assamau.
sohkdsu, V. i. ^an. act.) he gains the
mastery, prevails, conquers. Rev. 6, 2;
is victorious, is prevailing; suppos. noh
aohkausil, he who is victorious. Rev. 3, 5.
Vbl. n. sohkdsuonk, -kausuonk, mastery,
victory.

152 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
sohkunkquodt, as n. height; adv. in
height (measureofaltitudeorelevation)
ne sohkunk, ne sohkunkquok, its height,
Kev. 21, 16; Ex. 25, 23 [i. e. suppos. that
to which it has grown, gone up to?].
From Honkiii (?). A great number of
form,«, of several roots, are employed by
Eliot to express 'height', 'in height',
and 'high'. Besides those noted are
ui' xolikonkog, the height of it, 1 K. 6, 2;
ne (i.ihpohtag, Ex. 37, 1, ne ashpilhtag, v.
10, and ne nhshpohtag, v. 25; ne kodlunk-
qiioy (of a small object), Ex. 30, 2; ne
aniDhqae spohtag, spwnogkog,
spongok, its height from bot-
tom tci top. Gen. 6, 15; Ex. 25, 10; 27, 1.
[Atjn. spigaiinS, la cabane est haute;
tii rspigiinnik, voilu de combien (elleest
haute).]
sohmagunum. .See suiiimdgiiiiHm, he
stretrhes forth, holds out (his hand or
siimething with his hand).
sohq. See .tmkf/, saliva, spittle.
sohqshanau, v. t. an. lie tears (him) in
pieces (as a wild beast his prey), rends
(him): ishkont aolikwuihonau, lest he
tear (me), Ps. 7, 2; with inan. obj.
.tohr/sIiadUnt, heteareth (it); sokshadtoh,
Deut. 33, 20; suppos. sohqshadtunk,
when he tears, 'rends it in pieces', Ps.
7, 2; pass. inan. -adtau-un, it is (vio-
lently) broken or t(_>rn in pieces. Is. 30,
14.
sohquennum. See xohqiinnain.
sohquettahham. See mhquflahhain.
sohqulikauau, scoquhk-, v. t. he continues
tearing or rending (him); with
the characteristic -uhk of continuing
actiiMK
sohqui, (it is) in small jiieces, tine, in
dust or powder; adv. suhque puppksi,
'small dust'. Is. 29, 5; suppos. ne soh-
quag, that which is in small pieces, in
dust or powder, Deut. 28, 24. Adj.
inan. sukquiyeue, in powder, 2 Sam. 22
43. See ptrnpiiig.
sohqunnum, sohquen-, v. t. he breaks
(it) in pieces, he pulls (it) to pieces,
Mark 6, 41; Is. 5, 5; Jer. 1, 10. From
soliqui, with trans, formative -imum,
denoting action performed by the hand.
*sohquompooo (?), a coward; -ompmonk,
cowardice, C.
;
soh.qussuin, v. t. he cuts (it) small,
makes it small by cutting: sohqsum-un,
he cuts it in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13; 7MS-
mliquK, I cut (her) in pieces, Judg. 20,
6. From sohqui, with formative -xuin,
denoting cutting, etc. (see Howse, free
Gr. .S7).'
sohquttahhani, sohquet-, v. t. he
breaks (it) in small pieces, pounds (it)
or beats (it) small The formative tah-
huiii, according to Howse (Cree Gr. 86),
"implies he beats or batters the object,
after the manner of the root." Inan.
pi. nohqaUahhamunash, they (grains of
corn. Is. 28, 28) are broken; otherwise
smliq-, sukq-. Adj. and adv. sohpMahhae,
pounded; pi. xohqnllulihdsli, whence
the adopted name sncrolaxli. Of. poh-
qinuiiim.
[Vix-f seekira-laln'ini, he beats it into
smaller pieces.]
sohqutteahhau, v. i. he is faint-hearted,
cowardly (suhkutleahhune, adj. faint-
hearted, C. ); pi. -hdog, they are fainthearte

sohsumoomoo— continued.
from Eliot's Translation', incorporated
into the index of Mr Pickering's edition
of Eliot's Grammar.
sohsumwae. See iDohsium'n: , adj. liright,
shininfr.
soh.teau [.'.•o/i-o/((m»], v. i. it extends,
is extended, is long (relatively or by
measure). Found only perhaps in the
suppos. ne suhteag, the extending of it,
its length : ne mhteag kah ne koskag Icah
ne sohkunk, ' the length and breadth and
height of it', Rev. 21, 16; ailaeu nesahteag,
'on the two ends' (i. e. on both
sides of the length of it), Ex. 25, 19.
Vbl. n. sohteaonk, length, measure of
length, Eph. 3, IS.
sohTvunum, v. t. lie puts forth (his
hand or something with or in his
hand), (ien. 38, 28. Cf. miinmdgunum.
sohwushau, v. i. it goeth forth, goes on
(of a boundary line, Josh. 19, 11, 13).
sohwutchuan, v. i. it flows forth, flows
out from: tiipjie sohwiUckuan, water issued
out, ran out, Ezek. 47, , 1 2. From
soh and wviche-u, it proceeds from. Cf.
pamitchimn.
sokanon [it pours], it rains; as n. rain,
ilatt. 7, 25 {sookunnon, Mass. Ps., Ps.
105,32; scokenonni, it Tains; sunscokenon,
does it rain?; onnnhquat, raining, C. );
suppos. sokanonk, sokenunk, when it
rains, Deut. 32, 2: iiashpe pahkontaut
maliche sokanonk, 'by clear-shining
after rain', 2 Sam. 23, 4. Cf. sokanon
nwtau, it rained fire, Luke 17, 29, with
sokanuni ncutau, he rained (poured out)
fire. Gen. 19, 24. Cans, mknnfmieau,
he causes it to rain, Ex. 9, 23. From
gohk, sohkeii, it pours, with a formative
denoting rain or water falling, as dis-
tinguished from -pog, water at rest.
This formativeol" generic is -'nan, -nnon.
or -nncon (Abn. -'raiin; Del. -Ian). It
is found, besides in sokanon, in mogkin-
non (mogke-non) , it rains excessively;
triMinnon, it rains much; nishkenon, it
mist-uordrizzles; ahqunnon (ahque-non),
the rain ceases, it holds up; and in its
suppos. form in onnohqual, 'raining',
(when it rains), C, =&naquat, 'rain',
R.W. See sohkennni. (Cf. Sansk. m»«»?,(1,
madidus (unrf, madidum es-se) ; ran, ire.
Goth, rnnn, currere, fluere.)
)
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 153
sokanon—continued.
[Narr. sokenim, dnaquat, rain; soke-
nitcli, W'hen it rains; )mshunnan, a great
rain, R. W. 81, 82. Abn. sSgherai'm, il
pleut (probably from soli-kenmn, to
pour forth; but cf. Sansk. itkAra, pluvia
tenuis, from sic and stk, irrigare, hu-
mectare; &

154 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
sonksq, ett-.—continued.
sohkau, and aqua; cf. *sdc!iiiii.] Often
written sunk-squaw and sunrh sijna.
[Narr. saunks, the queen nr sachein's
•wife; pi. sauncksquiiaog. R. W. IL'O:
saunck squauh, Stile.s.]
sonkun. See .toiikin.
sonqhuau. See nohkau.
sonqui, (it is) cold, cool, Matt. 24, 11';
V. adj. an. xonquesu, he is cold {xoiik'jiii,
-qiini, cold; olike sonkqui, the earth is
cold; 7tus-so7ikqus, I am cold; annum
sonkquesu, the dog is cold, C In the
last example sonkquem is not apjiro-
priately used; sonqui denotes, not the
sensation, but a quality of the object
which imparts sensation; being cold,
not feeling cold). Cf. lohkaeu; tohkoi.
[Narr. saunqni nip, is the water
cool?R. W. 34.]
sontim, n. master, Matt. 26, 18, 25; a
prince. Cant. 7, 1: nus-sonlimom ketas-
scat, 'my lord the king', 2 Sam. 13, 33;
pi. -mdoff. Vbl. n. sontimoaonk, sover-
eignty, C. See *si'ichiiii; solikau.
sowaniyeu, s6anaiyeu, sowaniu, it is
southward, to or at the south (or, more
exactly, the southwest). Gen. 12, 9; 13,
1, 14; Job 9, 9. Adj. and adv. souwte,
southern, of the south. Matt. 12, 42; pi.
sourtnish, soanish, things of the south,
Ps. 89, 12; Is. 43, 6: sou-atiohke [sowane-
ohke], the south country. Gen. 24, 62;
souMnohkonivk [so van c-ohke-koimikj,
'south land'. Josh. 15, 19 (i.e. inclosed
land, field).
[Narr. soiraniu, the southwest (see
note to so^ransh-in) . Del. schau'aneii,
southerly, Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
sowansh-in, the wind blows from the
' south ; sowatish (.suppos. when it
blows'), as n. the south wind, Job
37, 17; Cant. 4, 16.
[Narr. touwuttin, the south wind;
sou'w&n[shen, the southwest wind blows.
"This is the pleasingest, warmest wind
in the climate, most desired by the In-
dians, making fair weather ordinarily;
and therefore they have a tradition
that to the southwest, which they call
sounrainiii, the gods chiefly dwell; and
hither the souls of all their great and
good men and women go."—R. W. 83.
sowansh-in—continued.
Quir. j/erou kon sauanAiouk, ' in another
country to the southward'. Pier. 28.]
*sowwanand [soirane-(m' )dniQ, 'the
southern goil ', R. W. 110. See note on
si,ir(nixli-iii above.
scohq, sohq, n. saliva, spittle, 1 Sam. 21,
13; Jol) 7, 19. See .vk/iA-ow.
scDhqkuhkom, v. t. inan. it bursts (it)
ill pieces (as wine a l)ottle), Mark 2, 22;
Luke 5, 37.
scDkenum. See sohkenum.
S03kussun-it (?), v. (when he began to)
amend, recover from sickness, John 4,
52, =smksehp, Mass. Ps.
sooquhkauau. See sithqnhkauau.
soowampagTjneheg, n. a sling, 1 Sam.
17, 40; 111. -: ash. 2 Chr. 26, 14.
spadtauwompaeu (for usp-), he looks
upward. Is. 38, 14 (infin. -pinneat);
imperat. spadtaaonxpsh, 'lift up thine
eyes' (look up). Is. 49, 18. See mh-
puliqii/'ilnat.
spuhhoD. See usp/uhho).
spuhhcDwae. See uspuhhcowde.
spuhhoDwaonk, vbl. n. See usphaawdonk,
a refuge.
spahquaeu. See imhpuhquAinat, to look
upward.
spukquodt, as n. the taste or flavor of a
thing, Ex. 16, 31: ne dshpukquok, the
taste of it (when tasted), Num. 11, 8;
Job 6, 6.
[Narr. Icdqua aitphckquat, what does
it taste of? Abn. Sri-p/8gSat, cela a bon
gout; matsi-pSgSal, cela a mauvais gout.
Cree metlio-spiickoosit, he is well-tasted;
mutche-si>uckwun, it is ill-tasted. Del.
inachtschtpoquot, it tastes ugly, Zeisb.]
spunauonat. See Ujipunauonat.
squa, female; as n. one of womankind,
a female; pi. squaog, women, 1 Tim. 5,
14 (where the prefix mink was probably
omitted by error of the press); but
rarely used by Eliot except in compound
words. Vb. subst. squaiyeuoa,
she is female. Gen. 6, 19. In comjx
nunksquu, agirl ; sonksq{ua ) , aqueen, etc.
(eshqua, C. ). With the termination
denoting a living creature {-ds for odas) ;
squdas, squdus, a woman (femina);
as adj. female. Num. 5, 3; Deut. 4, 16;
Matt. 19, 4. Cf. mitiamwus{sis) , mulier,
uxor. See nompaas, a male.

squa—continued.
[NaiT. sfyudit's, pi. -suck, woman,
women; dimin. squAsese, a little girl
(sryi(f(H/iscs, Stilei?). Cree iskwdyoo. Del.
odifjiji'i'i, woman; och quelschitsch, girl,
Zeis!..]
'
*Squantam. ' They acknowledge a God
whii they call Sguaniam, but worship
him they do not."—Josselyn's Voy.
"The good god they call Tantum, and
their evil god, whom they fear will do
them hurt, they call Squantum."—Higginson's
N. E. Plantation. The name
is clearly the contracted form of mus-
quantam, he is angry.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 155
" If it be but an
ordinary accident, a fall, etc., they will
say . . . musqudnlnm manit, God is
angry."—R. W. 109.
squashim, squoshim, a female quadru-
ped, Deut. 7, 14; adj. nquAshimwe, Lev.
4, 28, 32; 5, 6. Cf. nomposhiin, male
quadruped.
[Xarr. squashim, R. W. Del. ocltquwhum,
Zeisb. In the Abnaki, Ra.sles
says "the small animals (including
the otter, the marten, etc.) were distinguished
by nanbikikS, male, and
skSekikS, female; the moose and both
species of deer by aianbe, male; herar,
female, and the lynx, 'lion' [panther],
hare, and some others by naiibessem,
male, and skSessem l = squAshim, El.],
female."]
squehtahwhau. See st^qultahwhau, he is
left, remains of.
sqTii. See musqui, red, bloody.
*squnck (mod. skunk), Josselvn's Voy.
82, 85.
[Abn. siyankS, bete puante. Chip.
(St Marys) slii kaug, (Gr. Trav. ) shegog.
Peq. ausounch, Stiles.]
squdntam, squout, squoant, n. a door,
a gate, .Julin 10, 9; 1 Cor. 16, 9; Gen.
21, 17 (usqin.nt, a d.M,r, C); pi. -ainash,
Acts 16, 2() ( "^/^/». .»/,„„(,.,/!, Job 38, 10).
Adj. and adv. -miiim:, the door of, or by
the door: imtch squontame kek-it, from
or out of the door of thy house. Josh.
2, 19. Probably from the root of sequnnau,
to be left (see sequnau). Cf. Chip.
ishkwdti.dem, 'door', with iskkwdiithhi,
'he leaves it'—the opening left in
(building) the house.
squdntam, etc.— continued.
[Narr. fquauntdumuck, at the door,
K. "W, .51. Chip, ishkwdndem. Bar.;
(Sag.) squov (Jem, (St Marys) ish kiron
dnim, Sch.]
squdshim. See squashim.
*squtta (Narr.), fire, R. W. 47 {squitia,
a fire spark, Wood). Cf. nashqutteau;
ncolau. (Sansk. osha, actio urendi,
ardor; ush, urere.
)
. [Abn. skStai, -tar, feu; skStaSio, il y
en a. Cree esk'oot&yoo, (there is) fire.
Muh. stauulack shell.s. From sucki and andwsuck
(R. ^\.), shells, i. e. shell-fish.
*suckauliock (Narr.), 'black money'.
"They break out of the shell [of the
j)oquauhock] about half an inch of a
black part of it, of which they make
their suckmihock or blackmoney, which
is to them precious."—R. W. 104, 1,30.
From sucki, black, dark-colored, and
hogki, shell [cf. movjhackees. Wood,
from mwi, black, and hogki-ash (pi. )].
*sucki (Narr.), black, dark colored, purple.
V. adj. an. suckesu, he is black, a
black man. "They call a blackamoor
suckduUakunc, . . . for sucki is black, and
wautacone, one that wears clothes."
R. W. 60.
—
[Del. suckeii, v. adj. (it is I black,
Zeisb.]
stthkou, v. i. he spits, Mark 7, 3.5 (suh-
quinneal, 'spitting', C. ; but it is in the
form of the so-called infinitive, to spit:
nuli'eskduovs, I spit; nis-suke, I am mis-
chievous, spiteful (?), C). The primary
meaning appears to be to eject,
discharge liquid; hence noh sdgket, noh
sdgketog, qui mingit. See scohq, saliva.
V. adj. an. suhkesu, he is a spitter, he
ejects water {sukkissu, -og, C. ; sicki.mi,
-og, R. AV., long clams, 'spitters').
[Abn. sesseks, crachat; sessegS, il
crache; nesesek8,sa.Uve; ne-seghi, mingo.
Del. ii'sls silk, spit, Zeisb.]
sukoshkodtaeu (?), adv. stooping,
crouching. Gen. 49, 9.

156 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
sukquiyeue, adj. and adv. in fine pow-
der, in small pieces. See sohqiii.
sukqusha-og, v. i. they are broken, Dan.
11, 22.
sukquttahham, v. t. he heats lit) small.
See siiliqiittubhani.
*sumliup (Narr. ), n. pi. -^pai'iDij, hea-
vers, R. AV. 95. Cf. *iiinisque; *n6osHp;
iummunk. nSosup and »umhnp probably
correspond with Abn. nSse-meskS, the
female, and atfii-mi'skS, the male beit\'er.
summag-unum, Bohm-, samogkin-, v.
t. he stretches forth, holds out (his
hand or something in or with his
hand). Is. 5, 25; Gen. 22, 10; Ex. 15, 12
{nus-summoglcinnitchaem, I stretch out
my hands, C. ). Suppos. summaglnnk,
when he held out (his hand. Josh. 8,
19). Pass, menutdieg )ie S(nno(jkmnk,
the hand which is held out. Is. 14, 26.
"With inan. subj. (v. i. ) summagohteau,
(his hand) is held out, Is. 14, 27.
With inan. ol>j. and an. ending, mimiituijiitiuiiiiintin,
he holds out (his hand)
to or against (him). Is. 5, 25. From
xiili- and iiiagro (he gives, presents),
with formative {-num) denoting action
of the hand.
sun is called by Eliot (Gr. 21) an 'adverb
of asking', signifying 'is it?': sunmimatta,,
'is it not?'; sun vmnnegen vmnnesen,
is it well to do good? etc., Mark
3, 4; sun nen god, etc., am I a god? 2
K. 5, 7; simnamatia yen . . . , is not
this . . . ? Job 4, ti.
[Cree iidli. Chip, iki.]
sunkisq. See tnjuksq.
sunk-squaw. See .s-ohA>(/.
*sunnadm, nanummatiu (Narr.), the
mirth wind, K. W. Fmm soiranc-adt
{soiixin-it}, to or toward the south (?).
*sunnuckliig (Narr.), a falling trap for
wolves, loaded ' with a great weight of
stones', R. W. 143; a crushing instru-
ment. From the same root with the
following words.
*suniiucklug'—continued.
[Del. »ill ki te he men, to squeeze close,
til press, Zeiab. (cf. achsiin-hHtehican, a,
steel trap (?), Zeisb.).]
sunukehteau, sunugqueht-, sanuk-,
v. cans, he crushes (by a weight), he
causes to be crushed. Suppos. pass.
(inan.) iie-sanukehtarauk, that which is
crushed. Is. 59, 5. With an. obj.
-tahhemi, -taJnvhan., he crushes (him),
makes a weight to fall upon (him) ; stmtmyqiiftidivJuniiudii,
fall (ye mountains)
on us, Luke 23, 30. The primary verb
(s«n«H-«t (?), it falls heavily, it oppresses
or presses down ) is not found
in Eliot.
[Abn. nf-.vkkikk(imen, je le foule; ne-
Krkeki'iieiiieii, je le serre, mann; nr-segSs-
kikaSdii, je I'ecrase.]
sunukkuhkau, sanuk-, v. t. he crushes
(him) (by a falling weight [Jiassun,
stone] is implied, or by force from
al)ove): nuK-sunvkkiihknk, he crushes
me, Jer. 51, 34.
-sup. See -flip.
*suppawn. See smijide.
suppequash, n. pi. tears. See inits-
siippiy.
sussequnnum, v. t. lie anoints (it).
Lev. 8, 10; t. an. siissiquniian, he anoints
(him): niis-sussequn, I anoint (him),
Ps. 89, 20. Vbl. n. sussequfonk, anoint-
ing, ointment, Prov. 27, 9, 16; Ex. 40,
15. Pass, -qunitiiionk, being anointed,
1 John 2, 27. Cf. .so/ifomMn, hepoursout.
[Cree sooskoomi, he is smooth; sooskivow,
it is smooth.]
sussippoeu, -poi, it is on one side of, on
the border nf: sumppoeu Lebanon, on
the side of Lebanon (Lebanon on-the-
side), Is. 37, 4; nequt sussippoi, . . . og-
komaev, on the one side, . . . on
the
other, Ezek. 41, 2; .tussippoe squonl, 'the
sides of the door', ibid.
sussipponkoniuk, n. the wall nf the
house, Ezek. 41, ti; 2 Chr. 3, 11; .lus-
supjivnkomiik, I^ev. 14, 37.

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 157
't. See adt.
tabach, 'let it suffice', Ex.44, 6; imperat.
3d sing, of h'lpi, ij. v. See ti-ami-.
tabepcD. See tapepti.
tabhum. See lajihinn.
tabuttantam, \. i. he is tliankful, gives
thanks, Dan. ti, 10; Luke 22, 17; with
a.n.ohi.-lwi,aii, he thanks (him) [kut-ta-
hotomish, I thank you, C. ) Adv. -tum-
we, -lamwe, thankfully (lahaltdntamme,
C. ). Vbl. n. -

158 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
tannog-ki—continued.
ilrchire; tarokSl-sS, (le loup) hurlt'.
lifl. '() lachit, cracked, split, Zeisb.]
tannogkinnum, v. t. he tears (it), as
cloth or a garment, 1 Sam. 15, 28.
From tannogki, with the formative
-niim, denoting action performed by the
hand.
[Xarr, l-itiii-niiirlif-tannakuniiani-ouK,
I have torn it off for you. Abn. nc-
dararaghinahadSn, I tear (my dress);
ne-taraghenemen, je le creve de la
main.]
tanuog'sheau, v. i. it tears, is torn with
violence or by force, 1 Sam. 15, 27.
From tannogki, with sh, characteristic of
forcible or violent action.
tanohketeaonk, adtan-, vbl. n. a garden,
Cien. 2, S, 10; Cant. 4, 12. From
{ad)tmiohkete(m, he plants, cultivates.
Suppo.i. inan. adtanohketeamnk, when
planted, cultivated; used for 'garden',
(ien. 2, U.
tanohtdadtu, v. i. he casts lots, determines
by lot, gives or takes by lot; pi.
-j-og, Ps. 22, 18. \h\. n. -tiumk, determination
by lot, Num. 26, 55; Prov. 18,
18. See adtuaii, he buys.
*Tantum. "The Penobscots call their
god Tantum."—Ca.pt. J. Smith. "The
good god they call Tantum, and their
evil god, whom they fear will do them
hurt, they t'all Squantum."—Higgin-
son's N. E. Plantation. Probably con-
tracted from keihtdnnMtmn, 'my great
god', fivf Kiih'annit; manit; Srpmiitimi.
tanuppogguhhamobonk, vlil. noun, a
threshing floor, Jer. 51, 3.3. From ad-
tau{im) and poggohham, a place approl^riated
for or to threshing; =ahhut-
linuuipjjogliamnk, 2 Sam. 24, 21.
tapantam, v. i. he is satisfied, contented,
lit. enough-minded, Dent. 33, 23; im-
perat. 2d pi. -ina/k, be ye content with.
Luke 3,' 14.
[Del. Ii,„l,-ndam. Zeisb.]
tapeneani, v. t. he accepts (it), receives
(it) with satisfaction, Eccl. 9, 7; imperat.
2d sing. tape.neash, Deut. 33, 11; 3d sing.
tapeiienj, let him accept it, 1 Sam. 26, 19.
With an. obj. tapeneauau, he accepts
(him), is satisfied with (him); suppos.
part, kipenmuonl, Esth. 6, 6. Vbl. n.
tapeneani—continued.
( pass. ) lapeneauincoonk, acceptance, being
accepted.
[Del. fepihilleu, it is enough, Zeisb.]
tapenum, v. i. he is able, is sufficient,
Dan. 3, 17; 2 Cor. 9, 8; suppos. noh ta-
penuk, he who is able; pi. neg tapenuh'g,
theywho are able, 'suchas had ability ',
Dan. 1, 4; Ex. 18, 21. From /h, I bought (them), Luke 14,
19.
tt.pi, taupi, V. impei-s. there is enough,
it suffices, Prov. 30, 15, 15; with pron.
prefix nut-tapet, there is enough for me.
Gen. 33, 9; imperat. 3d sing, lahnrh,
' let it sufiice ' , Ezek. 40, 6. ( Cf . Sansk.
tarp, satiare; Greek rdpTtoo.) See
waine.
[Narr. iaAhi, it is enough. Abn. tebat,
c'est assez. Micm. tebia, assez, Maill.
Del. tepi, Zeisb.]
tapupwcD. See tapepu.
*taquattiu (Narr. ), it freezes: .«"'/) taqudt-
///), the river is frozen; ouke llia,
the ground is frozen, K. AV. [togqaattln,
it congeals, stiffens, Ex.15, 8). From
tohkoi {lahki, R.W.), it is cold. (Cf.
Sansk. (mr', tegere; Lit. dengiu.)
[Abn. tagiaden, cela est gel^, fig^;
iagSatiiS, il est gel^. Cree ia'k'Su; it is
cold; awk'wutt'in, it is ivozen. Del. ta;i;
rjuat till, frozen; ta tax can, thick, stiff,
Zeisb. S. B. 29,30.]

TRUMBULL NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 159
*taqubnck (Narr. ), n. ' fall of leaf and
autumn', R. W. Vbl. from tohkoi {tahti,
K.W.), freezing, whvu frnst cuiiies.
[Abn. higSiii'igS. C'lv,- Inrhr/il.-iu, it is
autumn. Powh. Uupuhu-k, the harvest
and fall of leaf, Smith's^ Virginia. Del.
iachquoacu, Zeisb.]
tashkuhkom, task-, v. t. he treads
npon (it); freq. tattashhuhhcnn, Hos.
10, 11 (infin.); suppos. tatiashkukog,
when he treadeth out (the corn, Deut.
25, 4; 1 Cor. 9, 9). With an. obj. tashkuhhauau;
freq. taUashkuhkauau, he
treads upon (him), 2 K. 14, 9; 2 Chr.
25, 28; (infin.) Luke 10, 19.
[Abn. ne-dakeskdmen, je le foule aux
pieds. Cree tdkooskvm, he treads on
it, -skum " implying with certain roots
the use of the leg or foot", Howse, 87.]
Hashpooonk, tasp-, n. a table, C. [This
lias the form of an active vbl. n., and
can not mean 'table', though it may
signify a meal, eating what is held up;
from tahslte-uppco.1 Eliot transfers the
word 'table' without translation.
•tashununi. See iahsliinum.
*tatackoinmau-og (Narr. ), n. pi. por-
poises, ll.W. 103. From fakigkom (he
keeps striking), with -mdi'i, generic for
'fish': the fish which keeps striking
(the water).
*tatag'g'anish (Xarr. ),v. t. (imperat.2d
sing.) 'shake this', R. "\V. .54. Cf. tat-
taiii'iiiiim.
*tatag'g-oskituash (Xarr. ), n. pi. 'afresh
meadow', R. W. [tataggii-oskeht-uash,
shaking grass (?).]
[Chip, totogan, 'a trembling jjiece
of groiuid in a marsh or swamp'.
Bar. Del. tutaxan, .«tiff, close (?).]
tatta, I know not, I can not tell, John
9, 12; 20, 1.3 {tatto, Mass. Ps.) . Augm. of
toh, 'it may be', an adv. 'of doubting',
as Eliot calls it (Gr. 22).
[Narr. tattd. Abn. taiinega, je ne
sais, qu'en sais-je? Del. taktdani, Hkw.
laktani, 'be it who it may' (adv.); 'I
don't know where'; otta, 'ia, no, not;
iiKilla tiiiii, in no way, Zeisb. Gr.]
tattagkomaii, v. t. an. (freq. of fogkomau)
he strikes him repeatedly, beats
(him): vfiU-tattagkorii/yith, they beat
him. Acts 18, 17; suppos. tuitngkoinont,
when he l)eats (him), Luke 12, 45.
;
tattagkomati—continued
AVith iuan. obj. taUoykodliaii , he lieats
(it); suppos. iioh tohtogkodtog, he who
beats (it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. See togkodtam.
tattamwolitau, v. t. (cans.) he incloses
(it) with; Y>^. -tduog qiismkijuwKuh, they
set in (it) stones; pass. inan. liassimash
tattam trohtait-un-ash . . . ut poliquag,
'stones inclosed in ouches', Ex. 39, 10,
6. Vbl. n. tattamwohtauonk, setting, in-
closing, Ex. 28, 20.
tattauunum, v. t. he shakes (it), Acts
18, 6. The formative -nnni implies
action performed by the hand. Caus.
lattauv:oldeau, he makes (it) shake,
causes (it) to shake; tattauwohteash
kuhhog, shake tliyself. Is. 52, 2.
tatteoMaii menutcheg', he smites (him)
with the fist. Is. 58, 4; suppos. (noli) idd-
tcadt, he who smites (him) with, Is.
3, 17.
*tattuppuiinohkonat, v. i. (infin.), to
spin, C. See luppinohteau; tidhipjmn.
[tatuppagin, v. i. it rolls (on its axis
or about itself) . ] From tatuppe, all the
same, motion about a center without
advance (?). V. adj. -ginauxu^ it is
rolled together or on its axis; pi. -snash,
things rolled uji. Is. 34, 4. With sh (of
involuntary action or mischance ?),
iai uppagsheau, it rolls itself or is rolled;
suppos. -shunkj 'when rolled together',
'a scroll', Rev. 6, 14. See tuppindhieau;
tuHuppxm.
[Abn. ne-datebipSilSn, je roule (v. g.
pierre, arbre, etc. ) ; ne-datehenemen, je
le roule. Cree tiilppe-put!in, it turns
(on its axis).]
*tatuppauntuock (Xarr.), v. i. pi. they
are weighing (with scales or balances),
R. w. m.
tatuppe, V. irapers. it is equal; as adv.
alike, equally. Job 21, 26: ne tatuppe, ne-
tatup, 'like, so', El. Gr. 22 {latrippriien,
just so; -j/fHc, equally, C). Adj. ^(//»;;-
peijeu, pi. -yeuasli, equal (things), Is. 40,
15; Rev. 21, 16. V. subst. tatappeyeum, he
is (or it is) the same as, equal to: wame
u'eyaus tatuppemoskeldum, all flesh is (the
same as) grass, Is. 40, 6; pi. -yeucoog,
they are equal to, the same as. Is. 40, 22;
Luke 20, 36; suppos. -yeuoakish, things
when equal, Ps. 17. 2. From tdpi, it
suffices, by intens. reduplication.
.

160 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BrLLETlN 20
tatuppehteau, v. cans. inan. he makes
(it) equal, equalizes (it), Ps. 33, 15.
[Abn. tetebughenaSe, il le divise egalement.]
tatuppequanum, v. t. he rolls (it) along,
^latt. L'7, HO: L's. 2. Suppos. pass, tatuppe-
,jiiuiiiiiiiiih. when rolled, that which is
nilU-d; hence, as n. 'a wagon', Num. 7,
3; pi. -iiiii(jixlrAUi\ -iiiinjfjiia.^h, ' i-hanoiii'
Ex. 14, 9. SujiiMis. iiuui. trilnpjie/]uai, is now popularly given to the
Labrus americanus Bloch ( Labrus tau-
toga of Mitchell).
tauumaog, taUm-, taucom- (?), n. a
street, Dan. !t, 2.'i; Rev. 21, 21: tamim-
muogijHi-ldu, into the street, Josh. 2, 19.
[Narr. eatau-may would be ' old way
or ' long used way ' (?). See eatavms.l
taiiwohpahham. See touopham.
teSg, as 11. tiling, object (chose): ne
Inig . . . iiiatia frag, or matteiig. some-
thing . . . nothing, Luke 22, 35; Prov.
9, 13; »(' tciig peyasik . a very little thing
(suppos.), Is. 40, 15.
teaguas, pi. -assinish, n. things, matters,
which are not tangible or material, Is.
42, 9: lie teaguas, something (spoken,
Luke 11, 54). Augm. tanteaguassinash
(with vaiiie, all), things. Gen. 24, 1;
Prov. 26, 10; Is. 44 , 24. The primary sig-
nification of iedg seems to lie property,
possession, something had: iic (ihtunl;
what he hath; ne ohtag, what is (se
habet). See ohtauvndt; olihuk.
[Narr. te&qua, what is this?; ieaqua
n aunt irk evh, what comes lie for?;
teaqiia run-natinne, what look you for?;
leag yo augirliattirk, what hangs there?;
•iiit-leiiiignasli, my money, R.W.]
teaguash, teauguash, pi. things, possessions;
used by Eliot for 'money';
Gen. 23, 13; Matt. 17, 27, etc.
teagwe, teague, adj. and adv. 'any',
Rev. 7, 1: teague, . . .ne league, of money,
... of anything, Deut. 23, 19. As an
interrog. what?: teagwe woi mishonim-
wai, what shall I cry? Is. 40, 6. See
chagii'as.
teauuk, adv. presently. El. (ir. 21;
quickly, immediately, Gen. IS, 7; Acts
10, 29,' 33.
[Narr. tedno, 'by and by'. ]\Iicm.
temk, d'abord; temkeSei, premierement.
Main. Quir. charague, quickly.]
teaogku, adv. 'rather, untinished', El.
Gr. 21 ['on the way to' an end not yet
attained (?), or 'shortly'; cf. tlijhqiil].
See nogqiie.
teashiyeuonk, teateash-, vbl. n. a
family, Deut. 29, 18; Jer. 33, 24
{ehaxliiyeiionk, leashmnfiniieonk, C. ).
tenogkequas. See tinogkukqiuix.
tetequstin, V. i. it trembles, 'pants' (of
the heart, Ps. 38, 10). From tatagkom
(see tattugkoiiiai'i), he beats, with sh,
characteristic of violent action.

TRVMBVLlJ NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 161
tiadche, adv. unexpectedly, El. (ir. 22;
1 Sam. 6, 9; suddenly' John 11, 7
{vnohi'l, immediately, Mass. Ps., John
13, 21).
-tin, -tinne. P>liot calls these "supple-
tive syllables of no signitieance", etc.
See tcutllnne-{- ,
iruUll^.
*tinnog'kohteas, n. a toad; pL ^-suogjC
tinogkukquas, tenogkequas, n. a frog;
pi. +.viog, Ex. 8, 2, 10; Ps. 105, 30 (tin-
nogkohquase, -mug, C). Cf. *k(ypiau»i;
mohmoskuhteas. Frona a verb signi-
fying to jump, with ds (udas), animal:
the creature which moves by jumping.
Seetm)7uig, crane ('croaker'?).
[Abn. arikdaS, il saute.]
tiohqui, tiuhque, it is short; adv. and
adj. short, Num. 11, 23; Ps. 89, 47; Rom.
9, 28 (nuUiohquem, 'in short', i. e. I am
brief, I will speak briefly, C. ). V.
adj. an. tiohqussu, he is short, of low
stature. Y. caus. inan. tiohquehteau, he
shortens (it), makes (it) short: kid-
tiohquehte-6h, thou makest (it) short to
him, Ps. 89, 45.
[Narr. /i(:(7i(0)?(/",s.?»,he is .short, R.W.
60. Quir. taioquiah, is' short (of life),
Pier. 39. Abn. tadkSessS, il est court;
taSdkSdi, cela est court. Del. laquetto
(adv.), short, Zeisb.]
tiohquonkque, (it is) low; suppos. tioh-
quiikquodt, when it is low. Is. 32, 19.
-tipimon (?): md-lipimon, my shoulder-
blade, Job 31, 22. See mohpegk; miit-
tugk.
tipukok, suppos. when it is dark. See
*tuppaco.
tisasquodt: mohclte tisasqtiodi, after (the
season of) mowing, Amos 7, 1.
toanneu, v. i. he gapes, yawns {nut-
toiv'umieevi, I gape, C. ); with an. obj.
tCannehlon, he gapes at (him); md
towinehtijitgqufig, they gape at me, Ps.
22, 13.
togguliTwhonk, toguli-, togwonk, vbl.
n. (from toglium) the pounding (of
corn, etc. ) ; hence a mortar or place
for pounding: id togguhirovganil, 'in a
mortar', 'in mills', Num. 11, 8. Adj.
and adv. togguhwongane, of grinding, of
a mill; togukwoiigandmpsk, togwonkanompnk,
a millstone. Job 41, 24; 2 Sam.
11, 21; Is. 47, 2.
B. A. E., Bull. 25 -11
togguhwhonk, etc.—continued.
[Nan-. Idrkiiiirk or ircskwick, 'their
pounding nmrtar', R. W. Abn. tagia-
hai'igmi, la pile. Del. Iiicliijuonhnncan,
Zeisb.]
toghum, togguhhum, V. t. he grinds (it)
{tn,i,/,ildi,iiji-ii,i-,it, to grind, C); »»(tijghuMiiii-eijii,
thfv ground it, Num.
11, 8.
)
[Narr. tdckhfnmiiin, to griml corn, R.
AV., i. e. to beat it in a pounding mortar.
Abn. Sda khSdmen, il pile quelque
chose dans la pile (ble, viande, etc.).]
togkodtam, v. t. he strikes (it) with a
stick or some implement, Ex. 7, 20;
Num. 20, 11; suppos. noh togkodtog, he
who strikes (he when striking). Is. 41,
7; Ezek. 7, 9. Freq. tohlogkodtain, tat-
tagk-, he .strikes repeatedly, beats (it);
suppos. noh lohtogkodtog, he who beats
(it), 1 Cor. 9, 26. Vbl. n. togkodtuonk,
a blow, a striking, Ex. 21, 25; freq.
todlogkodtuonk, iaiogk-, a beating, Deut.
17, 8; 21, 5 (pi. tattagkodtuongash,
'stripes', Ind. Laws). With an. obj.
togkdinaii; he strikes (him) ; suppos. noh
togkoinont, he who strikes or may strike,
Ex. 21, 12, 15; freq. tattagkomau (q. v.),
he beats him. Vbl. n. act. togkomco-
waonk, a blow given, Ps. 39, 10; pass.
togkomilteaonk, a blow received, a being-
struck, Job 23, 2. See togku.
togkodteg, n. (a striking instrument),
a sword, Lev. 26, 6; 1 Sam. 17, 45; pi.
-egash, -eganash, Ps. 59, 7. From tog-
kodtam. (Cf. Sansk. tug, ferire, vul-
nerare, tremere; tad, pulsare, ferire;
tat, iiercutere, ferire. Hib. tathaiin, I
kill; tathog, 'a slap'. Cf. Lat. tlgnum,
with Ind. n. gen. -uhlug, wood, a beam,
a stick.
[Narr. ii' tatakcom-muckqun ewu, he
struck (beat) me, R. W. 148. Abn. ?«?-
dd'khSdmen, je pile (quelque chose);
iii'-diigaman, je le bats (v. g. lapide);
ne-taglietSn, je frappe avec cela. Cree
tdkalum, he stabbeth (?) it; tdkd-chegd-
yoo, he stabbeth; ootommahun, he beat-
eth it; oolommaheggiin (a beating instrument),
a hammer, tomahawk; but cf.
tummehtam, tuiiimigquoliwhau. Micm.
taktem, je frappe. Powh. tockahacks,
pickaxes; lomahacks, axes, J. Smith.
Del. tangamuk, he stabbed or pierced;

HV2 BUREAU OF AMERIC'AX ETHNOLUOY [bulletin 25
togkodteg— cciiitiiuu'il.
hill i/ii iiii'iid, pierced; titiKjandlcan, tmi-
i/iiiiiiriiii, a spear, Zeisb.]
togkogku, V. i. it stops, stays, is staj'ed
(of the progress of pestilence, 2 Sam.
1'4, 5); uiU-io(;kdi/keiii, I stop, C. With
/,'.;//, characteristic of sudden or violent
actiiiii, totjkogquhau, it was stopped,
stayed, Num. 16, 48, 50, =to(ikogqv.'

tohkaeu, ailv. 'in mid weathi-r', Pniv.
25, 20. See IcjIiIy,!.
tohkekom [^liilil:iii-'I:-miitai. it comes
cool (?)], n. a f--pring (of water), a
fountain. Lev. 11, 36; pi. -koiiDmia.ih,
Josh. 1.5, 19. Adj. and adv. -l-om>iH(e,
of fountains, Cant. 4, 15; Neh. 3, 15:
tohiekommupoc/, springs of water {-pog),
Xum. 19, 17; jo.sh. 15, 19.
[Abn. tekcbi, eau froide; lekeplghe,
fontaine. Cree id,ke-gumn, cold-liquid-
is-it; it is cold (?). Chip. (Sag.) tach-
kcehea, Sell, ii, 462; iakigami, spring
water. Bar. ; tlikagnmi, the water is cold,
S. B. Shawn. Ink-ee-kum-ce. Miami
tntr-kcny-gair-mc. ]
tohkequn, tuhkekun, v. i. it is heavy,
Prov. 27, 3; Job 6, 3; 23, 2; pi. ^iish,
ilatt. 23, 4: titkjcekhiikqunash, thej' are
heavy (for me), Ps. 38, 4; suppos. tuh-
kequog, when it is heavy, Ps. 38, 4; ne
taliknjiiok, the weight of it, 1 K. 10, 14:
viiiiltiiltki'qnanc, by weight, of the weight
of; pi. -finagh, Num. 7, 86.
NATIC'K-ENGLISH DICTKiNARV 163
[Xarr. qussiicgun, heav.v; kiik-qihsuck-
qiii), you are heavy (cf. qussiik, a rock).
Abn. tekigSr, il estpesant; iek'igSan, eela
est pesant. Del. iak-achM'in (heavy
stone), lead, Zeisb.]
tohkoi, V. impers. it is cold, cold is; as n.
cold, Job 37, 9; John 18, 18: ka>ne tohkoi,
the cold of snow, Prov. 25, 13; suppos.
(concrete) tohkcig, when it i.s cold, Job
24, 7; pi. -gish, Nah. 3, 17 (nimcheke
tohkoi, it is very cold (weather) , C. ) . The
primary signification is, perhaps, con-
gealed, stiffened, or made hard, solid (by
cold). Ci.ln;iqii,lltni iy-drT.ttiq>ii'illin), it
congeals, it Ini'zi-; hiqiidnk, and with
these togkoglii, it is ."^topped, obstructed.
[Narr. tahkl, tdlakki, 'cold weather';
tahkieg, cold [cool, diinin. (?)]; tuki-
tippoait, it is a cold night. AVjn. tag-
Saden, tkdi, (la sagamit^) est froide,
cela est gel^, fige; tekighen, la terre est
froide; tekiteha'kat, il fait froid la nuit,
etc. Cree tak'oii; it is cold. Del. tekek
[suppos. =tohkag {"!)}, cold, Zeisb. Gr.
42. Chip. Iti ka gu mi, 'the water is
cold', S. B.]
tohkokquok, suppos. when it is cold
weather, in a season of cold, 'in the
cool of the day', Gen. 3, 8.
[Narr. taukocks, cold weather.]
tohkonog-que, cunj. altliciugh, El. Gr.
22: tul:-. J..1, i:;, ^n.
*tohkcosin, v. i. [he raises liinisclf (?)]r
he climbs; iiiil-tnliknis, I cliinl.; Inlikumii-
iHvl, to climb, ('.
tohkcotaau, v. t. he olimljs uiion (it)
iiiftitg, he climbed the tree, Luke
19, 4: pi. lolikcotauaog iceetudmehtu, they
clind) up upon the houses, Joel 2, 9;
kunsampskoii/ea-iit, they climb up
upon the rocks, Jer. 4, 29. Vbl. n.
tohkajtanoiik, a ladder, ( len. 28, 12 [t

164 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVI.LETIN 25
tohsii, tohsheu, adj. or, as Eliot classes
it, a '(listrihiitive pronoun', signifying
li(i\v inuoh: "pi. tohsuog, tohsvnmli,
how many", El. Gr. 8. Elsewhere
( p. 14) he givea "tohm, or tahshe, which
is varied [in the pi.] tohsuog, iohsuash,
or toMiinash", as an 'additional' or
'word suppletive, which signifieth
nothing' added to the numerals from
5 to 9 (inclusive), and 'which receiv-
eth the grammatical variation of the
thing.s juuribered, animate or inani-
mate': mtpamia tahshe, five; an. pi.
iKijuniiiii tiilntriog; inan. pi. napanna
loIisMixli [or tahshinash'i; yea tohsheu,
for so much?; nux, ne tohsheu, yes,
for so much, Acts 5, 8; wunneese tah-
she, twice as much. Job 42, 10; nequt
pasukme tahshee, a hundredfold (times
so much), Luke 8,8 {tohshe, so much;
9i(' lohsliit, so often, so many times, C).
n. an. tohsuog, how many (persons);
inan. lolishhuish, iahshinash, tohsuash,
how many (things); ne adtahshe, ne
aJihiit talishe, [that which is to or at so
many] so many as, the sum of, 2 Sam.
2, 23; Mark 6, 56; 2 K. 4, 8; suppos.
inan. ne adtahsil, the whole number,
the sum. Rev. 13, 18 {ne audtahsimt,
'the sum of the number', 1 Chr.21,5);
suppos. an. pi. ne adtahshehellit, they
being (when they were) so many, as
many of them as, Judg. 3, 1; 1 Tim.
6, 1. As a 'suppletive' to the numerals
from 5 to 10, the signification of tahshe
{tohsii) is obscure, though Eliot was
certainly wrong in supposing it without
significance. It may not improbaljly
be related to tahshin, he lifts himself,
raises up, and tahshinum, he holds up
or raises (his hand or something in his
hand). With an inan. subj. tahsltin
Vjecomes tahsheu, it lifts, or is lifted up.
The Algonquian system of numbers was
quinary, and borrowed doubtless fnim
the fingers of the hand. At five
{napanna, nabo napajina, or sometimes
napanna tahshe), one hand was put up
{neepoa, neepan-nn, stood upright); at
six, 5-f 1, one finger of the second hand
was raised, nequtta tahshe, and so on.
[Narr. tashin com-mesim, how much
shall I give you?; pi. inan. tashinash.
Abn. kt'ssSaknaSa, on taiin! kessSihidit,
tohsii, etc.—continued.
combien sont ils?; kessenSrnaSa, ou kis-
Sf ((.yar, combien . . . de ces choses?; ni
akesinaii, voilil tout, voila toutes (des
poires); negSdaiis, six; p\. an. negSdaiu-
ki-ssSak; inan. -kessenSr. Micm. tach,
combien?; tachigek, combien sommes-
nous?; tachigigik, combien sont-ils? etc.
(comme un verbe) ; an. pi. ajSgom dPclti-
gik, six; deck a'emploie ordinairement
apres les nombres 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 100, 1000,
etc. Cree "from(d/ito, number (?), are
formed it-ttissit-uk (an. i. ), they are, or
number, so many; it-tahtin-tmh (inan.
i.)", etc.; nickoot-wdssik, six. Del.
tsrhitscli, more, again; /( tclieu, how
much? Zeisb.]
tohw^utch, toh'waj, adv. interrog. why?
(El. Gr. 21), Job 3, 11, 12: tohinitch
kouetjog, why sleep ye? Luke 22, 46.
tohvaj is the indefinite and suppos.
form. From toll and initche, what
from? wherefore?
[Cree tan'v'echr, what from? why?
Xarr. tawhVrh.']
tolnwuttintupanoh, 'he cared for
(tliem)': mat . . . loliirullinlujHinooh, he
'not . . . careil for (the poor)', John
12, 6, =" inalta ii-utche tohen tupponumop"
, Mass. Ps. (Eliot has matia lohhentupAnmnaum
shepsoli, 'he careth not
for the sheep', John 10, 13, =)ho^^) luppanumom
sheepsoh, Mass. Ps. ).
toraeii, v. i. he escapes, saves himself,
goes clear (infin. tomun-ut, to escape,
- Ezra 9,8). Cans. an. tomhkni, he causes
to go clear, saves, delivers, 1 Sam. 23, 5;
iniperat. 2d sing, -f 3d. pi. tomireh, save
thou them, 1 Sam. 23, 2; suppos. noh
tuns init-toiiililk, he can deliver me, 1
Sam. 17, 37. Cans. inan. toiuuvhteau,
he saves (it), 2 K. 13, 25.
tomogkon, v. i. it is flooded, there is
a flood. As n. a flood. Gen. 6, 17;
Jol) 22, 16; Matt. 7, 25; the rising of
water, flood tide {nippe tdmogkon, water
flows, C; tominogkon, tommog, Ma.ss.
Ps. ). PI. wadcJiuash sogkodt}ink tonwg-
konasli, the mountains flow with milk,
Joel 3, 18. Suppos. tomogkog, when it
flows with, when there is a flood, Ex.
3, 8.
[Narr. tamocam, flood tide; taumacoks,
upon the flood (i. e. when water

TRl'Mm'I.I.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 165
totuogkou—lontiiiued.
is rising), R. W. 100. Abn. tamagaii,
lamareenionte; tamagaijhi', mareemon-
tante.]
*toii(Muh. ),aconnei.'tive, and, moreover
(between clauses); ./o/i, Ps. 19, 1, 2, 11,
also AVatts' Cat. 25, ans. 3, and Lord's
Prayer in [Quinney's?] Assembly Catechism
5, 6.
tonkqs. See mltonkqx, kinsman or kinswoman.
toshkeonk(?), vlil. n. a 'crashing' noise,
a crash, Zeph. 1, 10.
touappu [timcn-appu, he remains soli-
tary or deserted], v. i. he is deserted,
abandoned: imn-neechanog touappuog,
my children are desolate. Lam. 1, 16.
toueu, touweu, v. i. it is solitary, de-
serted, unoccupied: iil touweu, 'in the
desert', Ps. 78, 40. Hence suppos. Um-
wag, 'a gap' (place left open), Ezek.
13, 5.
[Del. tauwieclien, it is open (e. g. the
way), Zeisb. Gr. 168.]
toxiiesu, V. adj. an. he is solitary, de-
serted; a.s n. [touimis, louih), an or-
phan, a fatherle.ss child, Ex. 22, 22;
Deut. 14, 29; 27, 19.
[Xarr. I,»rniinjrl-, fatherless chil-
dren, K. W. 4.1.]
touishin, touwushiu, v. i. inan. subj. it
is desolate, it Ues waste: olik-e pish toui-
shin, the land shall be desolate, Mic.
7, 13; suppos. ne twmhshik, that which is
desolate or waste. Hag. 1, 9. Adj. and
adv. iouishinne, touumshiiine. Job 15, 34;
Is. 35, 1.
[Del. tun icir clu^n, it is open, Zeisb.]
tduntomuk. See 6ontomuk, the womb.
touohkomuk [suppos. inan. or pass,
part, of lonolikeu, from tnueu-olike, de-
serted place, 'wild land' (?)], n. the
desert, the wilderness, a solitary place,
Ex. 5, 3; Ps. 107, 4; Is. 14, 7; 44, 23
(touohkomuk, C. ) ; pi. -ukquash. Is. 48, 21.
Adj. and adv. -ukque, of the wilderness,
etc., not cultivated, Deut. .32, 10; 2 K.
4, 39; Is. 10, 18.
[Del. tachanigeij, woody, full of wooil,
Zeisb. Gr. 165; Ic-kf-ue, the woods,
Zeisb. Voc. 30.]
toudhpeu, V. i. he goes in (or into) water,
John 5, 7 {tauohpe, Mass. Ps. ); suppos.
tauohpit, when he goes into water,
ibid. V. 4.
touohpuhteau, v. t. (cans.) he casts it
into (the water); pi. -teaog en kehtahhihiit,
they cast (it) into the sea, Jonah
1, r,.
touopham, tauwohpahham, v. t. he
puts (it) in water, 'seethes' it, 12x. 29,
31; Xum. 6, 19 [nuitauohpunukwh, he
puts me into (the water), Mass. Ps.,
John 5, 7). Cf. neepatiau.
[Abn. tsaSapS, ilse plonge dans I'eau.
Narr. toi(H'o;).'!^7idmniA-«'(imperat. 2d pi. ),
ca,st anchor, i. e. throw the stone into
the water.]
t6uppuhhosu, V. adj. an. lie is i)ut into
water; snijpot^. nolo tuuppiilihii.iil, he (or
an. obj., as irei/aus, flesh) wlien jiut in
water, 'sodden'. Num. 6, 19.
touweu. See torn ii.
touvnishin. See toiii.ililii.
touwutchathamcoonk, 'a breach' (in a
house), Amos 6, 11. See tdinnilchuxh-
mik-ish.
*tou'nruttin ( Xarr.
the soutli wind (?),
R. \V.
*toyusk (Narr. ), n. a l>ridge, K. W.
tmxkmnk.
[Del. lu yach quoan, Zeis!).]
tcoanneu. See ptoawu.
tcohpu. See taijiu.
ttnkeu, tcohkeu, v. i. he wake
Cf.
In mi
sleep, Ps. 78, 65; pret. nut-taikrp, 1 did
wake, Ps. 3, 5; Jer. 31, 26; imperat. 2d
sing, icokish; suppos. taokeii, when he
wakes, is awakened, Zech. 4, 1; tmktoti,
when I wake, Ps. 17, 15. With the
characteristic (xh) of suddenness or
involuntary action, tmksheu. V. t. an.
obj. toA'iHO", he wakes, awakens (him):
uut-tmkiti-iik, he wakes nie. Is. 50, 4;
Zech. 4, 1.
[Xarr. tukiKh, wake thou, ])l. tukeke;
kituini/ai [kittumma. El.] tokrau, as soon
as I wake; v. t. tokinish, wake liim.
Abn. ne-tSkiru, je m'eveille; nc-tskki-
mai'i, 'je reveille, moi parlant', etc.]
-toon. See niuttmu, the mouth.
tconeque, it slips, is slippery; as adj. and
adv. Jer. 23, 12; imperat. 3d sing, taine-
ijiiuj, let it slip or be slippery, Ps. 35, 6.
toDnequshin, v. i. inan. subj. (it) slips
or slides, Ps. 94, 18; suppos. nuncet
tmnukqwhik, when my foot slips, Ps.
38, 16. With an. subj. tconequxsii, he
slips, is slipping. (Toonukquexuf kup-

1()() BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [lU'LI.KTIN 25
(
toanequshiii— 'oi 1 1 i n urc 1
jKil. slipiKTv ice, v.: I)ut the adj. shcuild
lie liiiiii'ijiu' or lajneiliquslibine.)
toonuppasog', n. the tortoise, Lev. 11, 29.
[Al)ii. tSri'he; pi. -hak, tortue. Del.
hioljie Ittiipe, Hkw.]; InIjik, turpa, Cani-
panius (iinde deriv. terrapin); lul pi',n
water or .«ea turtle, Zeisb. ]
tcopu, taah.pu, (there is) a (white) frost.
Gen. 31, 40; Ps. 78, 47; 147, 16 ('hoar
frost'); icop, 'dew', Cant, fi, 2; suppos.
Icohpuvndt, wlien there is frost, Ex. IG,
14. Of. iiinlij„i,i, it snows (C).
[Narr. lii/m, a frost; missHldpu, agreat
frost. Del. /'. pan, frost, Zeisb. S. B.
12; 'it freezes a white frost', Zeisb.
(;r. 101,]
tcoskeonk, v1il. n. a fording place (?): nl
l,„.dynn;i>iiiit. at the ford. Is. 16, 2. Cf.
*l(iiii'ixL; a l)ridge; see poi'iijimi/.
[Narr. init-tocekemlu. to wade: tmr-
h'tiirk, let us wade.]
tcowu. Seeyjtoj(c», he ilies.
-tugk. See iinittiigk, iii'tngk, the shoul-
ders, i. e. tlie upper part of the back.
tuhkekqun. See tohkequn, heavy.
tuhkekun. See tohkequn.
Huhkes, adv. by this time, Mass. Ps.,
John 11, 39; =]li'v rtqiionipak, El.
-tuk, n. generic for 'river'; found only
in conipoinid words, as kishketuk, near
to or liy tlie river, Ex. 2, 5; Ezek. 47,
6, 7; Kuiilihik (ndeii-tuk), the middle of
the river, .Josh. 12, 2; 13, 9, 6; krliteih-
tiikqut, at tlie great river. Gen. 15, 18.
So, qunni-ttik-vt (hodie, 'Connecticut'),
at the long riv'er; inism-tuk ('Mystic'),
the great river, etc. It is a contraction,
or perhaps the suppos. form, of a verb
lukkco, signifying it waves, flows in
waves, fluctuatus est. The pi. tukkooog
is used by Eliot for 'waves', Ps. 65, 7;
89, 9; Mark 4, 37, etc. {keitoh wnllnk-

TKUMEULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 167
tummuuk—foiitinueil.
be sharjK' ami bnjad, witli which he
cuts downe trees as thicke as a man's
thigh, afterwards dividing them into
lengths," etc., Wood. See *amisque.
[Narr. tummdck, pi. -j- gun Hog; (also)
noosup-pauog; sumhup-pmmj, R. W.
Abn. teina'kSe; le mille, atsimeslS, fem.
ncoehneskS. Del. fiimdque, Hkw.]
tummussum, v. t. he cuts off; as used
by Eliot it has the same signification as
tumiiifliiiim, q. v.* "Withan. obj.tammM.s-
sahwhau, with nearly the same signifi-
cation as lummehtahwhim. Freq. iadfamswau
wuhk-MsoJi, he cuts his nails,
Deut. 21, 12.
[*Margixal Note.—"The difference is that
one is severed by repeated blows (-eliialmm),
the other by simple cutting {-usmm). See
Howse87 et seq."
[Abn. iie-iemeseinen, ne-tciiii'iiSn, je le
coupe. ]
*tuniiock(Xarr. ), whither'.' Svv tnhiioh.
*tuppaco (Xarr. ), 'toward night': ok- \
mat'ippijnd (suppos. ), 'toward night';
rianashoira-tlppocal, midnight, R.W. 67.
Eliot does not employ this word in the
present or indicative, but lias its suppositive
(tipukaA; -ok) in thecompounds
pohkeniuipukoak, 'in the darkness of the
night' (when it is dark night), Prov.
7, 9; pajeh noe-lipukkok, till midnight
{iioiittipptilikoci, 'late at night', C);
nodiptikoddeu, at midnight, tuppaco
signifies it is dark, or the time of dark-
ness, and lias the same base with j>oh-
keni (q. v.), if not formed from it
directly by tlie prefix ape-piilliii. it turns (

168 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
ubbuhkumun: iimtch uhhikunnmit, from
tlif kernel (of the grape), Num. 6, 4.
Cf.

(iliquontamun^t, etc.—continued.
viixh, they I iiian. ) shall be an abomina-
tion to you, Lev. 11, 11); Ohijuonittam-
woh, they abhor (it), Ps. 107, 18; i'lh-
quontamof/, if you abhor (it), Lev. 26, 15.
lihquosket, uukquasket, -quoshket,
-keht, n. poison of stTpents, Ps. 140, 3;
Peut.32, 33; poison of arrows. Job 6, 4:
umlonkqiiosketneunnk, their poison, Ps.
58, 4; unkque unkquoshket, 'the cruel
venom' (of asps), Deut. 32, 33.
lihshuaonk, uhsua-, ushuwa-, n. a custom,
Judg. 11, 39; Jer. 32, 11; pi. -ongash,
Acts 6, 14; 21, 21 [us-huwdonk, an
example, C. 116; uhsJmwaonk, Danforth,
Otrgii-s. Kutt. 52). See Ufgeonk.
iihtappattauunat, to go out (as fire),
to be quenched (see taJitippadtau):
nmtau malla uhtappattoun , fire is not
quenched, Mark 9, 44; matta ii-oh Ahtappattauumuk,
it shall not be quenched,
Mark 9, 43, 45, 46, 48; matta imh uhlappadiadmunoa,
(it) can not (juench (it),
Cant. 8, 7.
uhtea: naotau uhtea, the fire goes out,
Prov. 26, 20. See oidhamunal.
-lihtug, in compound words, for mt'hhig,
tree, wood.
likkosue [uhq-usm ?], adj. pertaining to
the organs of generation: ukkome jjom-
puhchatiyeum, the virile organ, Deut.
23, 1.
ukkosuonk, n. the pudenda. Lev. 18, 7,
8, 9: ukkomonganil, 'by the secrets',
Deut. 25, 11. Perhaps from kezheamial
(to give life to): kezheau, he created
(Gen. 1, 21), gave life to.
ukkutshaumun, n. lightning, Ex. 19,
10; Ezek. 1, 14; Matt" 24, 27.
[Xarr. culshdudia, R.W. 82.]
ukkuttuk, (his) knee. See mukkuttuk.
ukoh: nen tikuh, I am, Ex. 3, 14. See ko.
ukquanogquon, n. a rainbow. Rev. 4,
4; 10, 1.
ukqunonukqudonk, n. (his) lock of hair;
long lock. Num. ij, 5. See qiiiwnuh-
ipuiaii.
ukquttunk, (his) throat. See iiiukqut-
luiik.
ummanunnelitaunnat, v. caus. to appease,
to make calm: itinmannunneh-
tfiuii, he apjieaseth (strife), Prov. 15, 18.
ummequnne, adj. feathered, Ezek. 39,
17. See mequn.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 169
ummissies, ununisses, n. (his or her)
sister: iiiiniiissicsin, our sister. Gen. 24,
60; (constr. ) uiniuM-soh, his sister, her
sister, Ex. 2, 4; kummmif!, thy sister
(father's daughter). Lev. 18, 11; weem-
mussoh, (his) younger sister, Judg. 15, 2.
Cf. vieetompas, (his) sister, by father or
mother; weetahtu, tceetuksquoh, sister.
[Narr. weesummis (and vi'ticks), a sister,
E. W. 45. Muh. nmase, an (my)
elder sister, Edw. 91, = nmees, ibid. 87.
Del. wis, eldest sister, Zeisb. Voc. 5.]
ummittamwusseuat, v. i. to take a wife,
ummittamwussoh, n. constr. the wife
of; his wife, Gen. 11, 29. See niittum-
?(•((.«; ifiism.
ummittamwussu, he took a wife. Gen. 25,
1: ummittamwusseheunt (part. ), taking
a wife, Ex. 21, 10; wuske n mmittam-
intfiKit, if or when he takes a new wife,
Deut. 24, 5. See 'icetauomonal.
ummittamwussulikauau, he took a
wife for (his son, Gen. .38, 6).
*uinmug:kconaittiiouk, n. permission,
C. 203.
*umukquinumunat, to rul), ( '. 207.
*umukquompae, adv. valiantly, C. 234.
Cf. kiitomp; mugquomp.
uuantam. See nnx'iniam.
*uiigowa-ums ( Peq. ), ' old wives '
, Stiles;
Fuligula glacialis Bonap., or long-tailed
duck; old squaw. (Called '/i((/j-/(«-imy
by the Crees;ci7caiice« by the Canadians.
Nuttall, p. 45, represents the call of this
duck by the syllables ' oijh-oiujh-egh,
'oyh-ogh-of/h-ough-e/jh. Cf. unkque and
derivatives.
unkhamunat, v. t. to cover,
'
to jiut a
covering o^er, or upon, Ezek. 38, 9:
nnkhumwog, they covered (the ark), 1
K. 8, 7; ne unkivhuk, for covering, that
which may cover, Hos. 2, 9. See puttoghamunal;
wuttunklmmun&t.
unkquamonat, -anat, oucquomonat,
V. i. to suffer pain, to feel jiain: iruh-
hoij pish onkqimmomo), his body shall
have pain. Job 14, 22; uutongquomom,
I am in pain, I feel pain, Jer. 4, 19;
nutonquomoiiiuimm, we are in pain, Is.
26, 18. See kehkeclusu, sore.
[Xarr. nchesammam, nchesaiiuiiaUatn,
I am in pain, E. "\V. 156. Cf. Cree
dwkoosu, 'he is sick'; dwkoohayoo, 'he
hurteth him', Ilowse 79.]

170 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BILLETIN
unkquanumooonk, n. sorrow, Jol) 41,
'22; EvtA. 1, IS {onkrjuaniimaioiik, Lain.
1, 12): iiiisli-iiiikquomommongaiiil, in
great extremity, Job 35, 15. See uii/:-
tjiuiiiiiiiiaxitik; oiikiiiioniniommcoonk.
unkquanumwinneat, v. p. to be grieved
(ir afflicted, to be in affliction, Is. 14, 3:
nag mishe unkguamiinuog, they are in
great affliction, Neh. 1, 3; onkquanum-
wil, when he was in affliction, 2 Chr.
33, 12; cans. an. uhqnamimwehe6u

TRrMBri.i.l NATICK-EIS^GLISH DICTIOJ^^ARY 171
unnantamunat, eti'.—continuccl.
tion anil perhaps was nut in use, but
it serves in forming a great number
of verbs expressing states of the mind,
mental operations, passions and emotions,
etc. Among the more important
of these are the following: ahquountam-
uni'il {kIiijii,-, not to think of), to for-
give; kodliniidiiuiaat (.see hod), to de-
sire; inalchciKinlamnnal (matchi-l, Ijad),
to think evil of; inchquantamum'it (mehqunum,
he finds), to remember; missantamun&t
(hm'ssj, much, greatly), to
think much, to meditate; monclianaiamimat,
to be astonished; musquantamu-
iiAt {musqui, red or bloody), to be angr\-;
munkoimntaiiiuniil {niHiikoan, he
boasts), to be boastful, to be very glad;
natwontamundl, to devise, to meditate
upon; neuantamun&l, to grieve, to be
sorry; onquotantamunat, to recompense,
to avenge; pabahtankiinu»dt {palxihtamtm,
he trusts), to trust; pnkodldntamu-
mit (paguodche, perhaps), to intend or
have a mind to; peantammwt {pit, let
me),toiiTa.y;poanatam.undt, to be mirth-
ful, to make sport; talmtlantamundt
{taupi, hip!, sufficient, enough), to be
thankful, to give thanks (to be satisfied
or to have enough ) ; unantamundt, to be
"wise; u•a^lnnnluInundt{^vanne, negai.), to
forget; weekontamundt {wceknne, sweet,
pleasant), to be pleased, to be glad;
wuttumantnmundt, to be troubled; wun-
nantainimdt {irutine, good), to bless.
From the same root appear to be de-
rived the names given by the Indians
to their gods. "They do worship two
gods, a good god and an evil god. The
good god they call Tantuin and their evil
god, whom they fear will do them hurt,
they call Squaiitnm."—Higginson's Jf.
E. Plantation. The latter name, applied
to the same evil deity who was called
Habhamouh or Hohhamoco (Lechford's
PI. Dealin'_' 'I'i), appears to be the con-
tracted .111 \n\>. sing, indicat. present
of iiiiisijiiiiiitiniiiiiii'il: 111^ xquantam, 'he is
angry', or literally, 'bloody-minded'.
The composition of Tantum is less obvi-
ous.
[XoTE.—The last paragraph of this definition
is marlied "Xo" in the margin. It wa.s
probably the compiler's intention either to
rewrite or to omit it.]
unnantamwe, adj. willingly. .Tudg. .5, 2;
1 Chr. 29, (i,
unnanumonat, v. t. an. to permit ( iin-
iiininkkonut, to permit; umununeh, per-
mit me, C. 20S): vnnanumit, if (he)
permit, 1 Cor. 16, 7; nniiantog, if (he)
permit (it), Heb. 6, 3; i. e. if he will.
See iinniinltimi'indt.
unnaunchemookaonk, aunch-, n. news,
tidings, 2 Sam. V.',, .'^O; LS. 2."i, 26; ]il.
-oiigd.tli, I Sam. 11, 6.
unnaunchemookauonat, aunch-, v. t.
an. to tell news to, to communicate
new information: auncheinaokinionat, 'to
carry tidings to', 1 Chr. 10, 9; nuttinaunchemmkmiotidoh
v-unna u nclie »( co-
kauonk, 'I communicated to them the
gospel' (i. e. good news), Gal. 2, 2;
mmchaiiifokauonti, let me bear tidings
to (him), 2 Sam. 18, 19. V. i. mtnrhe-
mcokaonat (?), aunckemaikaog , they tolil
the tidings, 1 Sam. 11, 4; piUh kut-aun-
chemaokom, thou shall bear tidings.
2 Sam. 18, 20; padaunchemmonit Said,
when tidings came of Saul, 2 Sam. 4, 4
{unnonchimwinneat, to tell; iwttinOn-
chim, I tell; imnoowomoo, we are told,
0. 213). See annco; aunchemookau; hen-
nail; unnoimt; iriiiiiiniiiirliiiiiinhiiiKk.
[Narr. uamirlu uinLiur, ti-11 me your
news; avncheiii

172 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BrI.LETIX 25
unne, etc.—continued.
actual), that which is or may be so
(see iiiinag); and with ne, neannak, the
color, appearance, or other specific
quality of an object; mine, 'that is',
id est, Rom. 9, 8; uimaiinneat (q. v.),
for Hime-ayinneat, to be so, i. e. of such
kind or condition, -in or -en, as a
suffix of animate nouns, has the same
meaning, referring an individual to the
species or kind, and constituting nouns
general [?] or appellative [?], as »»(-
taun-uh, his or her daughter, the daughter
of; wut-taun-in, a daughter, any
daughter; wut-taun-hmk (collective),
the daughterhood, or the whole of the
daughters; adchaen, a hunter, i. e. some
particular hunter; ndchaea-iii, a hunter,
i. e. any hunter, one of the hunter
kind.
unneapeyau. .'^ec iiDinilipeijiiii, he so-
jiiurns, stays.
unnehenat, uuhenat, v. i. to act, to
conduct .me's self.
unneheonat, unheonat (ueheonat?),
V. t. an.*to conduct one'sself towardor
with respect to another, to act toward,
to do to or deal with: ne uncoiritdt irnttin-
lii'uiiat iiiiunis-'--iii)iin»nin

TRVMEVLL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 173
unnohkdnat—continued.
penvhkonth, tliou castej^t me down, Ps.
102,10). Ct. )}inkiithjiiiit; penohkmaii.
unn6hteainunat(?),uiinuht-, v. t. inan.
to cast (it) down: mnidhteash, cast (it)
down, Ex. 7, 9; l-iUtlnnuhteam, thou
castest it down (to the ground) ,
Pa. 89,
4-1; unnohte.au uppogkommik, lie cast
down his rod, Ex. 7, 10. Cf. nwkononat;
penohkonau.
unnohteaudnat, v. t. an. and inan. to
cast or throw (an. obj.) to or into: mi-
nohteaog motaut, they cast (them) into
the fire, 2 K. 19, 18.
unnomSi, a reason, the reason, 1 K. 9,
15 [ennomai, Samp. Quinnup. ;
mai, ennomaii/euonk, C. 158).
tinndm-
unnonat, v. t. an. to tell, to say to, 2 Sam.
17,16; Matt. 28, 9. See annm; hennai'i;
vnnaunchemmkauonat; uttindnal.
unnontcowdonk, n. language (in its re-
stricted sense, peculiar to a jieople or
nation). Gen. 11, 1: kuttwe unnontcowaonk,
' the voice of speech ' , Ezek. 1
24; kuttinnimtwwaonk, thy speech (manner
of speech), Matt. 26, 73.
unnontukquohwlioiiat, v. t. an. to owe
to another, to owe [unnohtukquahwhit-
tinneal, to owe (to be in debt); kiilfin-
nohtukquahe, I am in your debt, C. 20.S )
ahque toh unnontukqudu-huiteg, 'owe no
man anything', do not owe, Rom. 13, 8;
toh kittinnontukquohlmk, how much dost
thou owe to, Luke 16, 5; anuntukquoli-
wonche, one who owes. Matt. 18, 24;
rnT>namonti(kquohha)vaen, -in, a creditor,
Luke 7, 41. See nmnamontukquohwhdnat.
unncohamauonat, v. t. to sing (songs)
to: unna>hama)k . . . wuske tinnmhom-
aonk, sing ye to (him) a new song. Is.
42, 10; anmhomont ketmhamaongash, he
who sings songs (singing songs) to,
Prov. 25, 20. Cf. ketmhomom.
unncDhamunat (?), v. t. to sing (songs).
See anaohomunnt.
unncDhomaonk, n. a song, Is. 42, 10;
Num. 21, 17. Cf. ketaihomaonk.
unnoohqueu, so far distant, at such a
distance, Acts 28, 15 {yftoh iinnuhkiih-
qiiat, how far? C. 228, = Narr. tounuck-
qmiqii,-, R. W. 74). See ncohqueii.
unnoDwaouk, n. a commandment. See
u-uttinnaiwaonk.
, ;
uuncDwonat, to speak to, to tell, to command.
See niinco; noaonat.
unnug'keni, (it is) sharp [speaking (?)]
(of the tongue, Prov. 5, 4). Cf. kenai.
unnvLhquainat, v. i. to look (toward or
at), = nuhquninat, q. v.: nnnuhquash
ketahhaniyeu, look toward the sea, 1 K.
18, 43.
unnukquominneat, v. i. to dream, Gen.
41, 17; vnnukqtiijin, he dreamed, Gen.
41, 1, .5.
unnukquomoaonk, -muonk, n. a dream,
Deut. 13, 1; Dan. 4, 5; 6 {-quam&onk,
C. 163) ; nuttinmikquomwonk, my dream,
Dan. 4, 7, 8; unmigquomoaonk, Gen. 41,
15.
unnukquomunat, v. t. to dream: nuttiunugquomun,
I dreamed (a dream). Gen.
41, 15. Cf. kodttd-quom-unat, to be
sleepy, C. 209.
unnukquomuwaen, n. one who dreams,
a dreamer, Deut. 13, 1.
[un]nussu, (he is) shaped or formed,
made like, made such as [!«n));(s.s-u]:
toll minussu, what form is he of? I Sam.
28, 14; niatta iianvahteaou neanussit, 'I
could not discern the form thereof
(an. ), Job 4, 16; ne auussit God, in the
form (likeness) of God, Phil. 2, 6; muh-
hogkat nussu, 'in bodily shape', Luke 3,
22. See neane; neaunak; nussu.
[un]nussuoiik, n. form or shape (of an.
obj.?): inittitmuiiimonk, his fonn, Is. 52,
14; lit neheironche louttinnugmonganit, in
his own image. Gen. 1, 27. Cf. neaunak.
unuhquainat. See mihqnainat.
*ununanum6e, adv. mildly, C. 229.
*ununumauwonate, togive (to), C. 192.
See aninnum.
*uppaqudntup (Xarr.), the head, li.W.
58; nuppaqu6}itup, my head, ibiil. See
uppuhkuk.
uppasq (?), n. 'the horse leecli', Prov.
30, 15.
uppeanashkinonog', n. pi. flags, rushes,
Is. 19, 6.
uppeshau, n. a flower, Ex. 25, 33; Job 15,
33; Is. 40, 7 (vpjieshon, C. 168) ; pi. uppe-
shauanash, uppishdonash, Ex. 25, 31, 34;
37, 17: sonki7i uppishaanish , it bloomed
blossoms. Num. 17, 8. From peshauonal,
to blossom; 3d pers. sing, indie, pres.
'it blossoms'; so phhau, a flower, James

174 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN
uppeshau—coiitimieil.
1, 10; peshuonmh, flowers (without the
prefix), 2 Chr. 4, 5. See *peshai, bhie.
uppisk, his bacli: uppisquanit, at his
liuik, ln'hind him. See muppusk.
uppohchanitch, n. (his-) finger, Ex. .H,
]H. ^ef jKthrhiiiiiitch.
upp6h.qu6s, obbohquos, n. a tent (awn-
ing or eovering), Ex. 40, 19; tie dbiih-
quosik, its covering. Cant. 3, 10; alioh-
qunx Kokiimm, a covert from rain. Is. 4, 6.
See (ipjiiiliijiii')f!u, he covers.
upponat, uppunat, v. t. =apwon(tl, appiruiiiii'il,
to lialvc or roast. See appmsn;
iljiirnli: lllliltlipjKU.
-uppCD. Sec iKiillnppco.
uppoDSU. Sec ajijKOxu.
uppcoteau. See ulipeafeau.
uppojunneat, uppwunneat, a radical
verl) meaning to feed one's self, to eat;
it is not found in Eliot or Cotton, but
from it many derivatives are made. See
un

:-i.i,] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 175
uspunauonat, etc.—continued.
; ,
tioii becomes the object. Occasionally
the animate form (ushjMiKmal) is intro-
duced, as in Eccl. 3, 19: ne ashpunahetlit
. . . wosketomjxwg, ne wulwihpuno-
veau pvppinashinmog, pasuk ushpundor/
vxirne, 'that which befalleth . . . men
[which men may encounter by chance]
befalleth beasts, even nnc tliiiit; bcfidl-
eth them [all] '; talnp/,, »>;,»,,,),„/ ,r,,,„r,
' one event happeneth to them all , Eccl.
'
2, 14; nag wame . . . unhpiinaog, 'chance
happeneth to them all', Eccl. 9, 11; ne
ashpunadt mattamog, ne mittishpinon, 'as
it happeneth to the fool so it happeneth
to me', Eccl. 2, 15; lohwutch wame yen
spimnaog, why is all this befallen us?
Judg. 6, 13; matta wahtemun ntloh ash-
pinai, not knowing what things shall
befall me (may happen to me). Acts 20,
22; shpuniujilli toh korl shpiiiUKii, 'let
come on me what will', Job V.i, 13.
Cf. mixkaihiu.
[Xarr. tahmpundyi { = (oh asp-), what
ails him?; tockeliispanem, what ails you?
tockefiispumummafjiin, what hurt hath
he done to you? R. W. 157.]
usquesu wanne teag, he leaves nothing
undone, Josh. 11, 15: uvh mo kussequeus-
sumirw, you should not leave (it) imdone,
Luke 11, 42. Cf. aske, it is raw
(unfinished), and sequnau, he remains.
*usquont, n. a door; pl.--((/H((s/(, C. 161.
See s,p„;„lam.
usquontosu. See iiKhqiioiiluxliiiiraf.
usseaen-in, n. a doer, one who does,
.James 1, 25.
ussenat, asenat, v. t. to do, to per-
fiirm, to accomplish, to execute, Ps.
149, 7; ilatt. 6, 1; 5, 17: unseii, ussn, he
does, or did, Esth. 4, 17; Prov. 14, 17;
ne nuiussen, 'that do I', Rom. 7, 15;
ultoh kodnsse matta 7iutussein, what I
would (wish to do) that do I not, ibid.
imeit, itsit, aseit, when he does, if he
does. Matt. 7, 24, 26; toh asce, what I
did (might be doing), Xeh. 2, 16; noh
asit, he who performeth, or executeth
(suppos.). Is. 44, 26; Ps. 146, 7; ussish,
do thou, Ex. 20, 9; ne tissek, that do
ye, James 2, 12; (negat.) ussekon, thou
Shalt not do, Ex. 20, 10; (pass.) uttoh
aseinit, whatever was done. Gen. 39, 22;
ne asemuk, what is done, Eccl. 8, 17; pi.
ussenat, asenat—continueil.
asemukish, (things) done, Eccl. 8, 16-
(nultissem. niaclmk, I commit evil, C.
186).
[Del. liisn,,, he doth; /ii.v.s-;, ,lo it,
Zeisb. Voc. 9. Cree a'cheeoo, he moves,
has the faculty of moving, Howse 32;
is-puthu, it so moveth, ibid. 80.]
usseonk, n. doing, dealing, Ps. 7, 16;
an example, C. 166. See uhshudonk.
usseu. See n.isi'ndt.
ussinat, wussinat, v. i. to say, (o tell:
n-nsnimit jiaslijie v."ussisseioaniil, 'to jn'onouncewith
his lips'. Lev. 5, 4; mmin,
I say. Gal. 1, 9; kussin, thou sayest.
Matt. 27, 11; Mark 15, 2; itussin, he
saith, Zech. 1, 3; nussim, if I say, when
1 say, Prov. 30, 9; Ps. 78, 2;' kituim,
when thou sayest. Job 22, 13; Is. 47, 8;
n-oh mmim, shall I say? Heb. 11, 32;
toh kussimwo), what say ye? Matt. 16,
15; uttoh afean (?), whatever thou
mayest say, Num. 22, 17; us, say thou,
2 Sam. 13, 5; nag u.^,* say thou to them,
tell them, Lev. 18, 2; Zech. 1, 3; nussiji,
1 said, Eccl. 3, 17, 18; 7,23; {an.) kutfis-
seh,* thou sayest to me, Ex. 33, 12 (?)
{7iisdm, I say; nutiimumcap, I said;
teagna kissim, what you say?; nissimun,
we say; nimmunnmnp, we said, C. 207;
toh kuttinnooircim or kussin, what do you
say? ibid. 217) . [The examples marked
with an asterisk are rarely, perhaps not
at all, used except in the indicative,
suppos. present, and imperative; namvndt
and annmu-onat (unndnat) supply
the other tenses and persons. ] Cf. nmdnat;
vtthumat.
ussin6nat(?), v. t. An. = ulti,umat, to say
to, to tell: nssegk, tell (you) me. Gen.
24, 49; unseh, tell thou me, 1 Sam. 14,
43. (See examples (*) under ussindt.)
ussisli[au]dnat, v. t. to run to, toward,
into: usmshdtiat, to iiee to, Jonah 1, 3;
woh nutmsishon, ' that I may run ( hasten,
go quickly) to (him)', 2 K. 4, 22; ».«.«'-
.s/m/i, he ran to (them). Gen. 18, 7, (him)
1 Sam. 3, 5; ussishau imnnogskauoh,
he ran to meet him. Gen. 29, 13; ahaosukque
(ahauhsukqueu) tissishaog, they
run to and fro, Joel 2, 9; nd wsishash,
'escape (thou) thither', run to it. Gen.
19, 22; ushfihish, flee thou to, Xum. 24,
11; aliauhsukque ussishunk, run ye to^

176 BUREAU OF AMERICAK ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
ussish [ au] onat—cont iiiued
and fro, .Ter. 5, 1; 49, 3; na ussishagh,
run thou to, 'escape thither', Gen. 19,
22; »(! m^mshau, (he) runneth into it,
Prov. 18, 10; hitushishaumwm, ye run
to (it), Hag. 1, 9; nussMum [nnsseu-
itssishmi), he runs alone, 2 Sam. 18, 24,
26; moushavog, they run together to,
Acts .3, 11; negonshont {negonne-ussishoiil),
running before (another), 2 Sam.
18,27. Hee poinushau.
[Cree ii-i.ts'emoo, v. i. he flees, speeds
thither; if-lKK'au-aijoo, v. t. he dispatclies
him tliitlier, Howse 172.]
ussowenonat, ussco-, v. t. an. to name,
or give a name to (an. obj.); pass. uf:so-
irenitibmeal, to be named: vnitlissowenuh
Israel, ' he called his name Israel', Gen.
35, 10, 18; pisli kiiltissou-en Jesus, 'thou
shalt call his name Jesus', Luke 1, 31,
= imh htUussancen Jesus, Matt. 1, 21;
nag kuttunsmwenuhquog, they named
thee, Jer. 30, 17; pass, nntussmweiiitleomun
kcjowesuonk, we are called by thy
name, Jer. 14, 9.
[Cree vi'etliai/oo, he names him,
Howse46.]
ussowen6iiat, v. t, to call by the name
of, to give the name of to (an. and
inan. ): u.imu:eneg, call you me by the
nanieof, Kuth 1, 20; u-isoivenau, he called
her name . . . , Gen. 3, 20. Cf. hettam.
[Narr. iahma [toll hennau), what is
his name?; tahossowetam {(oh ussowelamun),
what is the name of it?; tahetla-
vifu, what call you this? R. W. 30.]
ussowessu, adj. (is) named, Gen. 27, 36:
toh itssotvessu, what is his name? Prov.
30, 4. The 3d pers. sing, of an irregular
verb {ussoviesiUnnan), to be named or
called: kiMhoww, kuttismces, thou art
named, Gen. 17, 5; 35, 10; toh kidtisovis,
what is thy name? Judg. 13,17; asmu-csil,
when he is named, beingnamed. 2 Sam.
13, 1, 3; ussowes, call his name, name
him (v?), Hos. 1, 6, 9 (from ussov:ese6-
7iat, V. t. an. (?): ussowesedog, if you
should call me, Ruth 1, 21).
[Narr. ninssauese, I am called; tocketussaweitch
[toh kuiussoivis), what is your
name? "Obscure and meane persons
amongst them have no names", R. W.
29. Hegives " matnou'esuonckane, I have
no name; noivAnnehick nouvsuonck, I
.
ussowessu—continued.
have forgot my name, which is common
amongst some of them."]
ussco-wessenat, v. t. an. to name, or give
a name to ( inan. obj.) . Pass, ussoioenittitiiintt,
to be named.
usscowessenat, v. i. to be called, or to
have the name of: iissou-exu Jakob, he
is named Jacob, Gen. 27, 36; pish
kuttissotres A., thy name shall be A.,
Gen. 17, 5; pish kultissou-esu ./., thou
.shalt be called J., Gen. 35, 10; pish us-
sou-esu, his name shall be called. Is. 9, 6;
knttiissoawesimn'co, ye are called, or
named, 2 K. 17, 34 {assooxresit, called,
C. 1S4). Cf. hettam.
usscowetamunat, usso-, v. t. to name, or
give a name to (inan. obj.), nominare:
irulussou-etamun ne ohke, he called the
name of that place (Peniel) , Gen. 32, 30;
33, 20; nssowetamuk Babel, 'the name
of it is called Babel', Gen. 11, 9 (toh
katu.it, by the wayside,
Gen. 38, 14, 21; nenne imikkies-vt, as
(like to) a little child, Luke 18, 17;
vt Dnmaskus, at Damascus; tit syna-
gogs, in the synagogues. Acts 9, 19, 20.
The vowel of the locative suffix is vari-
able, as nt olanit. Acts 8, 8; ut kehtah-
hannit, Is. 43, 16; en ivekit; en ohkeit
(or ohket); xd manmtnt, Acts 9, 25; ut
v'uhhogkat, Mark 5, 29. See n

TRl-MBrn.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 177
uttindnat [= !o»((5»a( (?)], v. t. an. to
tell, to fay to: millin, I say to (this
man), Matt. 8, 9; l:,itllnsh, I say to thee,
John 1.3, 38 {nUsIm, I say; nutthmcoxoap,
I said, C. 207) ; wiMinuh, he said to him,
John 8, 25; 9, 35 {u-uitunuh, Mass. Ps.,
John 3, 4) ; he said to them, John 8, 39;
vjutiinmh, they said to him, John 8, 25,
39 {uvttonapah, he said unto him, Mass.
Ps., John 3, 2, 3; hUiunush, 'I say to
thee', ibid. 3, 5); nuiiinonash imdtaok,
I say to the world (these things) , John
8, 28; kiiUinnonmimuw, I say mito you,
John 13, 20, 21; ^Uash, say thou to
(them). Is. 40, 9; yeu hittinnunnunan,
this we say unto you, Acts 4, 15.
[Narr. teaqua ntuimawen, or ntemoem,
what shall I speak? R. W. 64. Cree
iUrayoo, he so says, Howse 42.]
uttiyeu, adv. where (El. Gr. 21): vMyeu
Ane, wherever, Deut. 28, 37.
[Narr. tuckiu, iiyu, where, R. AV. 49;
tuckiu sachim, where is the sachim?
ibid. 48.]
uttiyeu, 'pron. interrog. of things',
which; pi. uttUjeuash (El. Gr. 7) : uttiyeu,
which (who) of these, Luke 22, 24, 27;
an. pi. utiiyeug, whom, Luke 6, 13.
W. The inseparable pronoun of the 3d
pers. sing, and pi. Before w it coalesces
with that letter, and the sound of m is
substituted. Before a vowel 'I or id is
inserted for euphony, as ohtomp, a bow,
irutohtomp, his bow.
-waabe, adv. above. Is. 6, 2; Ex. 40, 19:
u'utch waabe, from above, Ps. 78, 23.
Prep, wa&be vmsmssittconit, above his lip,
or to his lip above (?), Lev. 13, 45.
•wraabe'iyeu, adw upward, Ezek. 41, 7.
waabenat, waapenat, v. i. to rise, to go
upward: waaheit, if or when he rises
up. Job 31, 14; waapin, there arises or
arose (a new king, Ex. 1, 8); oowaobenadut,
infin. 3d pi. (they) to mount
upward, Ezek. 10, 16; with inan. subj.
u-aabpemanik, iraabemcouk, when it rises
or mounts upward (as smoke), Is. 9,
18; Num. 24, 17; na pish u-aapemm,
there (it) shall be raised up, it shall
rise up. Is. 15, 5; nippeash unapemmash, i
B. A. E., Bull. 25 12
TT
\
uttoh [ul-toh], adv. to what, wlicreunto,
Matt. 11, 16; whither, Cant. 6, 1; to
what, how: lUtoh en wunnegen, how
beautiful! ibid. 7, 1; wherein, Gen. 21,
23; how? Job 22, 13 [lUtoh missi, how
great, C. 171; vtloh unni, what manner;
ultokau amh ma«a, whether or no, ibid.;
uUoh imulikfiliquat, how far? ibid. 228).
[A curious analogy might be traced between
ut-toh and Engl, whi-ther (Old
Germ, hue-dar, Goth, hia-thm-; Slav.
kotoril; Sansk. katara (Bopp. 69, 1-2),
from ka, interrog., and tara; Greek
-TEpo%, Lat. terminus, tram, tran-sgrcdi.
Cf. tat, Bopp. 161.]
[Del. enda, Zeisb.]
uttcoche, adv. in due season, seasonably,
Ps. 104, 27: u'utch ultojcheeu kah ahquompi,
'for a season and a time', Dan.
7, 12; papatime ahkuttmche wayont, at
the time of the going down of the sun.
Josh. 10, 27; no uttmche, as often as,
1 Cor. 11, 25, 26; tohvttmche, how long,
Num. 14, 11. V. subst. vltcoclieyeum,
there is a season, tit time, opportunity,
Eccl. 3, 2, 3, 4. Of. ahquompi; see mch.
weabenat, waapenat—continued.
the waters rise up, Jer. 47, 2 (^wus
voppinnok. thin air, C. 176).
waabese, adj. an. above. Lev. 14, 5, 6.
waabeu, -waapu, it 'raised itself up',
'went up', Dan. 7, 5; Gen. 2, 6: (with
an. or inan. subj.) -noh waaheit, which
goeth (may go) upward, Eccl. 3, 21
(najwabeem, I arise, C. 180).
waadjishadt, v. t. to couple, to fasten,
join, unite one thing to another, Ex.
26, 6.
waadjishunk, n. a couplim.', j.iint, Ex.
26, 4 et seci.
waanegugish, pi. precious things. See
u-aoiufjugish; wuniiegik.
waantamcBonk, n. (El. Gr. 10) wi.'-dom,
2^Chr. 1, 11, 12; 1 K. 4, 29; discretion,
Ps. 112, 5: nmv

178 RUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNt)L0C4Y [BrLLETlN
•waantamunat, v. i. to lie wit^e (conjugated
in EI. Gr. pp. 25-27, as example
of verb subst.) : nmwadntam, I am wise;
kooimaniam, thou art wise; waantam
noh, he is wise; vxmntam, 'iti his right
mind', compos mentis, Luke 8, 35;
triiinitftmirofi, they ai'e wise; mmiitnsh,
lit- thou wise; waantaj, let him be wise;
iraniilniniin, when I am wise (or if I am
wise); waanlaman, if thou art wise;
iraantof/, if he be wise; negat. iniiin-
luinmiinat, not to be wise.
waantamwe, adv. (El. Gr. 22) wisely, 2
Gin-. 2, 12; Prov. 17, 2.
waantamweyeuonk, pi. -iiiiiiniiiixh, a
proverl), proverbs, Prov. 1,1. See mtji-
iradoiil; xKji/Lrjjinioiik: iiiiiiiiiipin,aiiii);.
waapenat. See irdi'ilnnnt.
•waapenumunat, v. t. to raise up, to lift
up: inmjiininiii po(/koiimnk, he lifted up
the rod, Ex. 7, 20; waapiniik (i-iittlmioli-
koii, when he held up his right hand.
Dan. 12, 7.
waapinonat, v. t. an. to raise up, to lift
up, an. olij.: mini, in nnxkrn, rai.se thou
up the lad, (ien. 21, LS.
[Cree o'opahoo, he raises himself ( as a
bird), Howse84.]
waapu. See vaahrn.
•waashanau, v. t. an. lie hangs (him):
((( irddxlianajk, hang ye him thereon,
Esth. 7, 9; roiraiishanouli, they hanged
him, Esth. 7, 10; nah miradshanouh,
they hanged them, 2 Sam. 21, 9. Witli
inan. obj. u-dohsliadtoog, they hanged
(it) upon,Ezek. 27, 10; vymhuhadto ohkr,
he hangeth the earth upon (it), Job
26, 7. See kirlieqiKihiiKin.
waashau, woushau, \. i. he Iiangs, lie
is hanging: iioh iroiislntn, he who hangs
(on it). Gal. 3, 13; nag woushaog meh-
iugqitt, they hang on the tree, Josli. 10,
2fi; iroi'ishiDik, if it hung (on his neck),
:Matt. 18, (i, =,radshnnk, Luke 17, 2;
injliiroijhxltiiiik link irlii ink, 'hangings',
Ex. 26, 36.
waashRu, -waushpu, wowushpu, adj.
an. delicate, effeminate: noh n-mixlipit,
he who is (maybe) delicate, effeminate,
Deut. 28, 54, 56. See mnniHjijiwnnk.
waban, n. wind, Xum. 11, 31; 1 K. 18,
45; Ps. 78, •i9i(n-dimn, G. 158); nnnrpin,
the wind ceased; nn nn) mixhaotcepin,
there was a great calm, Mark 4, 39.
waban—contimied.
[Xarr. minpi, pi. n-dnpcuinsli; inijfluin-
pan, a gi-eat wind. "Some of them account
of seven, some of eight, or nine
[winds]; and in truth, they do . . .
reckon and observe not only the four,
but the eight cardinal winds", etc.,
R.W. 83, 84. Pe(i. inilfun, wind. Stiles.]
wabesenat, wabesinneat, v. i. to fear,
to be afraid: uabr.ni, (he) feareth, is
afraid, Prov. 14, 16 {nmn-dbes, I am
afraid, or I fear; 'nroirabesnniini or nm-
irrtpnntiimuiiinn, we fear, G. 179, 191);
wahesnug, (they) were afraid. Is. 41, 5;
wabsek, fear ye, Ex. 20, 20; nhijiii' ndbsek,
fear not, Matt. 14, 27, = imhfxrlitmk, Is.
44, 8. See (jui-htam; ijnxhti'i.
wabesuonk, n. fear, 2 Gor. 7, 11 in-ap-
snnntiiniooinik, 'afraid', G. 217). See
nnnnnkipixsiininrjk.
wabesuontamoaoiik, u. fear, fi-ight (u-iiji-
snmildnnjoonk, 'afraid', G. 217).
wabesuontamunat, v. t. to fear or be
afraid of (inan. olij.). I»eut. 28, 58; 3d
pers. mn-dlirxininldinnnnl, Is. 31, 4. Gf.
quplikini.
wadchabuk, wadchaubuk, wutcliaubuk,
n.a r.i..t, Deut. 19, 18; Matt. 13,6;
Rom. 11, 16, 18 (vnlchOppchk or iroWipp,
G. 164); in compound words, -inlrhnn-
bllk, -adclidhiik. V. sul>st. nnadrlidhiikaog,
they shall take root, Is. 37, 31 ; nag
ajii-ddcliabnkajog, they have taken root,
Jer. 12, 3; /dsk nnu'jrlidbukod, it shall
take root, 2 K. 19, 3C. See vmtckionqnom.
[Narr. ndlh'i/j. a root of tree, R. \V.
89. Abn.,s\('/((/yi,-(i/)'(A-, 'racine A canot'
(petites, Sadahisar). ]\Ioil. Abu. vd-
ddp, root to sew with. Del. tsi-hnpplr,
roof, Zeisb.Voc. 12.]
wadchanauonatC?), v. t. to have in keep-
ing, to have pos.se.ssion of (an. obj.):
wddchdiiau flocksog, 'he had possession
of flocks'. Gen. 26, 14. See ohiauum'tt.
wadchanittuonk, n. (the state of being
kept), salvation, safety. Is. 59, 16.
wadchanonat, v. t. an. to keep (a person
or an. olij.), to keep securely, to
protect (conjugated in El. Gr. 28-58):
kcDiirtdcJiansh, I keep thee; 7imiiMdcha-
iii'mg, I keep them; ncon-adchamikqiiog,
they keep me (I am kept by them);
negat. wadchanounat, not to keep, El.

wadchanonat—continued.
(jr. 58; pass. imdchamtt(ina.l,U> be kept:
wadchanounat, not to be kept, El. Gr.
62,63; nmvadchanit,! am kept; wadchanau,
he is kept; wadchanooy, they are
kept; suppos. iradchaiiiUmon, when I
am kept; mtdclianil iioh, when lie i^^
kept,
wadclianumuiiat, v. t. inan. to keep (it),
tu own or possess (conjufjated in El.
Gr. 2o, 27); to save. Matt. 18, 11: ucowculchanumun,
I keep (it); kmwadchanumun,
thou keepest it; cowadchanumun,
he keeps it; kmicadchanuimimwco,
ye keep it; wadchanmnwocj, they keep
it; imperat. imdchnniili, keep thou (it);
wndchamtrh, let him keep (it); luadchxmiimulluh,
let us keep; wadchanumcolc,
keep ye. Suppos. wadchammion,
if I keep; wadchanuman, if thou keepest;
wadchanuk, if he keep [noh waddianah,
he who keeps or possesses; God wadchanuk
kesuk kah olike, God the posses-
sor of heaven and earth. Gen. 14, 19,
22); ivadi-hanumog, if we keep; u-adchammmj,
if ye keepr wadchanumaheltif,
if they keep. Negat. ivadchanummn-
nat, not to keep.
, ,
[Xarr. vadt-hanaainii, keep this for
me, R. ^\. .52.]
wadchanuwaen, -in, n. one who keej.s
or saves, a .savior, Is. 4.5, 21.
[Xarr. wcmrhaunat, a guardian (of
a child); pi. ivauchaiuimachick, R. W
126.]
wadchaubuk. See wadchdbuk.
[wadchinat] v. i. to come or proceed
out or from: inushmnmh wutjuhaash,
boats came from (Tiberias), John 6,23;
mtihoh loh kod imtjishoiit, it 'bloweth
where it listeth', John 3, 8; toh wad-
chiit, whence he was (might come from )
Judg. 13, 6 umketomp ( wachiUPharisemt,
'a man of the Pharisees', Mass. Ps.,
John 3, 1 ) ; ne imdchieh, ' whence I am ',
John 7, 28; noh wajehayeuuf Godut, 'he
which is of God', John 6, 46; ne^ ivad-
cldilcheg Christ, 'theythatare Christ's',
Gal. 5, 24; nidi wutchiyeuash Jehovah,
these things 'are the Lord's', Dent. \(\
14; ne . . . mtcheun miUamwossigs-oh
(of) 'that made he a woman', i. e. that
he from-ed a woman. Gen. 2, 22; irajhet
mittamwosmsit, 'born of a woman', Gal.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY I7l>
[wadchinat]—continued.
4,4; howanivadchegit Godut, 'whosoever
is born of God', 1 John 3, 9; 5, 4; noh
wutchu . . . nixh wame, 'of him [as
cause or source] are all things', Rom.
11, 36; vmtchaiyeumo), it belongs to
(hiui), in the sense of it proceeds fnjm
or is caused by, Ps. 3, 8; menuhb-suonk
vmlchaiyeumco Godut, power belongeth
to God, Ps. 62, 11; mihhogkal tnutchai-
yt'unwoash (nish), to me belong (these
things), Deut. 32, 32; yeush wajehayeu-
ugish, 'these things which concern'
him, Acts 28, 31; kenaau kwchmimwo)
wutch agwu, neen ncochai wohkumaicn, ye
are from beneath, I am from aliove,
John 8, 23. From u-ntrhr, ,„rh. Cf'.
comundt.
[Narr. lunna wutshanock, whence
come they? R. W. 29, and see other examples
under *6teshem. Del. vmnds-
clium, -chen, the wind comes from (a
particular quarter), Zeisb. Gr. 161, 182;
uiitxrhihiUeii, it comes from (somewhere),
ibid. 182.]
wadchu, n. a mountain, Ps. 7s, (i,S; pi.
+ ash. Job 9, .5 [imdrhii, , ash, ('. 1.58):
mixhadchu, a great mountain. Rev. 8, 8;
ininadchu kah tmdchti, mountain and
hill, Luke .3, 5; wadchuekonlu, 'in the
liill country'. Josh. 13, 6.
wadchue, adj. mountainous: ni iradchue
o/dril, 'to the hill country', Luke 1,39.
wadchuemes, n. dim. a liill (small
mountain), Is. 40, 4; ]>I. - ush. Is. 42
15: uvdehuu-emexash. little liills, Ps
114, 4.
wadhuppa[enat]. See iniiinli/./Hilnint].
wadohkinneat, v. i. tu dwell (in a
place), to be an inhabitant of, Neh. 11,
2: neg uaduhkilrheg, the inhabitants of,
they who dwell in (a land, or country),
(Jen. 26, 7; Is. 9, 2. See wutohkimieat'.
wadsh, wadtch, n. a (bird's) nest, Ps.
84, 3; Num. 24, 21: wutch a}n-adslud,
from her nest, Prov. 27, 8.
[Del. u-ai-h xcliie dwy, Zeisb. \'oc. SI.]
wadtan, wodtan, n. the rump. Lev. 3,
9; 7, 3; 8, 25. Cf. u-utlu„kin{unat), to
bend a b(iw.
wadtauatonkqussuonk, n. (the making
a sound,) the voice. Is. 40, 6: wwadt'-,
his voice, Is. 42, 2; -uoy, they make
a noise (of the sea). Is. 17, 12; (of

180 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bri-LETIX 25
-wadtauatonkqussuonk—contiuued.
wheels), Ezek. 3, 13; vjuttauatonkqusme
^vusseetash, the sound of her feet, 1 K.
14, 6; 2 K. 6, 32; unkqii£)ieunkquo(Ue
iratllamttunhjunintonk, a dreadful sound,
Job 15, 21.
wadtaumaogish, things which belong
til, have iuriuence on, or concern, Luke
lii, 4l': ric uvdlaumauncog wuhhogkat,
tli;it which does not concern himself,
I'rov. 2ij, 17. Cf. jnssainnatdouk.
wadtch. See vndsh.
wadtonkqs. See adtonkq.'!.
wadtutchuan. See vuttitduiuan.
waeenodtumunat, waeenot-, v. t. inan.
olij. to praise or commend: waeenod-
tKiiiirog, they praise (it), Ps. 89, 5; ivae-
cnodtumuvhettich, let them praise (it),
Ps. 148, 5; 149, 3; iraeenotum magugish,
'it boasteth great things', James 3, 5.
With an. obj. vaeenotumaunnog nag, 'I
boa.st of you to them', 2 Cor. 9, 2
(double transitive form); kcuwoweeno-
tumaiioiiihtuiw, we commend (her) to
you, Rom. 16, 1. See waeenomonat.
waeenomonat, v. t. an. to praise, to
commend, 1 Pet. 2, 14; freq. woweenomo-
nat; waeenomcok, praise ye (him), Ps.
150, 1, 2, 3; waeenomonch, let him praise
(him), Ps. 150,6; woweenom6uh,[t'hey)
commen the conjugation of
the several f(irms of imJironal, wahteoxi-
unol, milili:iiiiiri{lii'oii(it, etc.).
[Xarr. luc'itta iinirdiniriin; matta no-
vahi'ii, I knew nothing, R. W. 51 (cf.
matta iirxiiraldidili. 'I know not', Gen.
4, 9). Del. III! irna Idik, he knows me,
Zeisb.]
waKheonk, n. knowledge (of persons),
Phil. 3, 8.
wahheuunat, v. i. tri lie known (by
others), John 7, 4: iralanru-aii, he is
kiiiiwn. Prov. 31, 23.
wahsukeh. See vasukeh.
wahteauonk. See imldeonk.
wahteauunat, v. t. inan. to know or
have knowledge of, to understand,
Eccl. 1, 17; 7, 25 (-oimnat, C); 'to per-
ceive', Deut. 29, 4: wahteouuii\_atl icancgik
kali machuk, knowing (to know)
good and evil. Gen. 3, 5; imhteoa, he
knoweth, undenstandeth (it), 1 Chr.
28, 9 (-ail, Ps. 104, 19); suppos. noh
vaiitag. he that understandeth (v. i. ),
Prov. 8, 9; matta tvalitmiioii, he does
not know (it), John 15, 15; kmirah-
tiuniiiuicau, ye know it, John 7, 28 {nag
kmwahteoh
vahfeoog, they know, C. 196) ;
-iruttahhcoiroash, thou knowest their
hearts, 1 K. 8, 39; noowahteouun, I know
it. Gen. 48, 19; kcownhteoiin, thouknow-
est it, Rev. 7, 14; ne irahteoinm, this
thing is known, Ex. 2, 14; vahtrnnk,
knowing, when he knew, Mark 5, 30,
33; vahteauKli, know thou, Dan. 3, 18
{nmirdteo, I know, I understand; najicdtcomini,
we know; imhteouiiimt, to know;
imhtouish, know thou; noli vahtcoitch,
let him know, C. 196).
[Narr. noiraiitam, I landerstand; co-
vxiiitam, you understand [thou under-
standest]; cowdlHam tmrhitchr nijjpceyaumen,
do you know why I come? R.
W. 31.]
wahteauwaheonat, v. t. an. (cans.) to
make one's self known to (another):
vahteaiKralu'onl, making himself known
to (them), Gen. 45, 1; nen pish ncoirdh-
teauirah, I will make myself known to
him. Num. 12, 6 {iralitcauwah, make
him to know, C. 196).

wahteauwahudnat, v. t. inan. (caus. ) to
make a thing known to, Is. 64, 2; Rom.
9, 22 (piali, u-ithtcautrahuau, he shall
make it known, Is. 38, 19): nmtcalUeauu-nhikqun,
he made (it) known to me,
Eph. 3, 3; waine nish ioowahteamcahunundoadi,
I make all these things known
to you, John 15, 15.
wahteonk, wahteauonk, n. knowledge,
2 Chr. 1,11, 12; I,'^. 40, 14; 44, 19; 1 Cor.
8. 1.
waiyont, .sun-setting. See n-ai/oiit.
waj, wajeh l=wiitcJi, trutclu'l, for, be-
cause of, Prov. 17, 14: ycu wajeh, for
this cause, Jolin 12, 18; newajeh, there-
fore (for that cause), John 12, 17, 19, 21,
^neu-aj. John 13, 31; neinUehe yeu v-tij,
'for, for this cause', etc., Rom. 13, 6
{ne waj, for which cause, C. 234; u-aj,
conj. for, ibid.). See intldie.
wame, wamu, adv. all, wholly (El. Gr.
21), full {irani(ji/ciic, usually, C. 230);
with V. subst. wamut, there is enough,
sufficient. Gen. 45, 28; Ex. 9, 28; Matt.
6, 34: nam-amcil, I have enough, there
is enough for me. Gen. 33, 11; inan. pi.
rmmutmh, sufficient, Ex. 36, 7; ohke
wamiii, there is land enough, Gen. 34,
21; icamok, iiomold; when or if it is
enough, if it suffice, 1 K. 20, 10; cimie
ne woh adt womohk, more than (when
it was) enough, Ex. 36, 5; wamach, let
it suffice, Deut. 3, 26; tmmatitch, let
them suffice, be sufficient, Deut. 33, 7;
wamenau, he has enough; imitia phh
wamenait, he has not enough, is not
satisfied, Eccl. 1, 8; nmmmanittamnmnii,
it sufficeth us, we have enough, John
14, 8. Cf. k'lpi {tabach, let it suffice,
Ezek. 44, 6). See imhshe.
[Xarr. iruitinct iaupi, it is enough,
R. AV. 35. Abn. egSami, tout entierement,
Rasles 552. Del. n-emi, all, Zeisb.
Gr. 178.]
wamepwunneat, v. i. to be full, to have
enough of food, to till one's self, Luke
15, 16: uxunepmh, he is satisfied, Is. 44,
16; wamepwog, they are satisfied, are
filled, Deut. 14, 29; Mark 8, 8; wame-
pcop, (she) was sufficed, had enough to
eat, Ruth 2, 14; imilln jiixh kaiwamepmniwm,
ye shall not be satisfied. Lev. 26, 26;
neg woh mo iramepaogig, they which can
never have enough. Is. 56, 11; iru-aiidnnm6uh, she may forget
them. Is. 49, 15; wananiununon, if I forget
thee, Ps. 137, 5; neg. aliqae wanan-
!(»), do not (thou) forget, Ps. 10, 12; Prov.
3, 1; wanantunoncheg, they who forget
(him), Ps. 9, 17; nmwandnumukquog, I
am forgotten (they forget me), Ps.
31, 12.
wanashque, wunnasli-, wannasq-,
prep, on the top of, Gen. 28, 18: wan-
ashque iriitanirohhoti, on the top of his
staff, Heb. 11, 21; (of the scepter, ) Esth.
5, 2; waiina.ique nppuongan'd, the top of
the throne, 1 K. 10, 19; wanasliqiioinpsk-
qid (objective), 'the top of a rock',
Ezek. 26, 14. ( Rasles gives to the corresponding
Abnaki word a more extended
meaning: SanankgiSi, SanafkSi-
iruKiskSk, le bout, an bout; Sanaskiiltan,
le bout ilu ncz, etc.) See wiinnash.
wanashquodtinnoog'ish, n. pi. mountaiti
tops, Ezek. 6, 13; Gen. 8, 5: suppos.
icanashqKodtinnu iradchmd, (when) on
the top of the mountain, Ezek. 43, 12.

182 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
wanashquonk, n. the top (le bout); the
to|, of the l>nus;li (tree), Is. 17, 6.
waneemsquag Iniinne-mfisgui '!'}, crimson
(clnth), Jer. 4, 30.
wanegik. See vunne; vmnnegik.
wraunantamoe, -coe, forgetful, James 1,
25. See imnantamfoini.
wannasque. See irdinishrjui:
wanne, witliout,

TRl'MBt'LI,] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 183
wasukeh, i-tc.—cuntimied.
kiit, she who hath a husband, Rom.
7, 2 [noh asukkaiMU, he whom she follows
after?]; collect, ouiessukkiinneunl;
all husbands, collectively, Kjih. 5, '25.
See wussukeh.
[Narr. ii:dsick, an husband, R. W. 44.
Peq. nehyu^hamug, my husband. Stiles.]
*watannxre, adv. knowingly, C. 228.
*watbncks (Nurr. i. a cousin, K. W. 4.i.
Sec a.ltn„kqs.
*wattap I Xarr. I , a root. See wadchdbuk.
waunonulikauonat, v. t. an. to flatter
{waunomihkcouvnat, C. 192): noh wdunonukumdnt,
he who speaketh flattery,
Job 17, 5 {nmwauwunmMkmwnm, I flat-
ter, C. 191). See papannmiixiu. Cf.
tvaecnomondl.
*wauompeg. See *w(imjjaiii.
wauonat, waonat, wauwdinat, v. i.
to go astray, to go out of the way: nm-
amvoin, I have gone astray, Ps. 119,
176; onaluh aheepsiit waonit, as a lost
sheep (as a sheep when it goes astray),
ibid. ; woonu, he goes astray, Prov. 5, 23
wSonuog, they go astray, Ps. 58, 3 {nepauz
malla pish wayaum, the sun shall
not go down. Is. 60, 20 (?)]; no w&dnit
wulch mayiii, he who wandereth (if he
wander) out of the way, Prov. 21, 16;
wauonit, going astray (if he go astray),
Deut. 22, 1; Matt. 18, 12; neg waiion-
itcheg (obj.), they who go astray, ^Matt.
18,12 {wdwdnchik (as adj.),' wandering,
C 176; wawonn&og, they wander; xcowoot«o;j,
I wander, ibid. 214). From^
and auonat. See nanvAyeu; luayont.
[Cree wunnissu, he errs; vunnesin,
he loses himself, goes astray, Howse
SI.]
*waudntam (Xarr. i, n. a wi.se man or
counselor; jil. wauuiUakick, wise men,
K. "W. 120. See vxianlamimat.
'nrauontamauduat, v. t. an. and inan. to
bear witness of, or testify of (it) to
(persons): ncoivauontamau, I testify of
. . . to . . . Rev. 22, 18; kanvauonta-
munkqunean, he testifies of (these
things) to you, Rev. 22, 16.
wauontamunat, v. t. to testify of (inan.
obj. ) : nmiiduirftdntamnii, I testify of it,
Jnbu 7, 7.
waushpu. Sec miiixlijiii.
;
waussunimudnat, v. t. an. to worship,
waussumoncheg-. See iri,inis.iiiiji

184 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
•wrauwonat, wrauwaonat—continued.
things wliifh I testify to you, Dent. 32,
46.
*wau'wonnuonk, n. wandering, or going
astray, C. 214. See iraaijriat.
*wawaniek, n. a dress, C. 160.
waweenwhatuonk, n. 'strife', Prov. 15,
IS.
wawTinonukoDae. See iniiiunuhlcujiraeH.
*wa'W"whunnekesuog' ( Xarr.) pi. mack-
,
erel, R. W. lO::! [inii,ii go with: inrhmi, go
thou with him. Matt. 5,41; ojiirechauoh,
he went with them, Acts 10, 23; coweechauonh,
they went with him, ibid.
( = ajweecJiogquoh (?), Acts 20,4); vee~

trujibvll] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 18^
weechauonat, wechaonat—omtinued.
fhaieitii, if tliou gu with nn\ Judg. 4, 8;
koou'echaush, I go with tliee, v. 9; ivee-
chauau, he went with (him), ibid.
[Narr. cowechmish, I will go with you;
coirechaw ewu, he wall go with you;
uvchauatittea, let us accompany (go to-
gether), R. W. 73.]
weeche, prep, with, in comiMny with
(a person, or an. obj.), Ex. 23, 1; Job
1, 4: hcDweeche wamseumgh, I go down
withthee. Gen. 46, 4; noh weecJiiyeumnk,
he wag with me, Xeh. 4, IS. Cf. nashpe,
with (inan. obj.).
[Del. irUschi. Zeisb.]
weechinnineuinraonclieg, n. pi. one's
family or company, Lev. 25, 10. See
teashiyeuoonk.
week. See urk.
weekinashq. See irekina.iq.
weekittamun[neat (?)], v. i. to dwell in
tents ur houses; courekittainuimaout, Ps.
78, 5.5. See wekinneat.
weekitteinat, v. i. to build a house (for
one's self?), to pitch one's tent: vekil-
teau, she builds her house, Prov. 14, 1
he pitched his tent. Gen. 31, 25; vwche
wekiltean, he began to build, 2 Chr. 3, 2;
wekitleaog, they pitched their tent.s, Gen.
31, 25; mattapish u-ekittecvoog, they shall
not build houses. Is. 65, 22; wekMteagk,
build ye the house, Hag. 1, 8; weekikash
[for u-ekiiteash (?)], build thee a house,
1 K. 2, 36. See adtannegcn.
*week6hquat, fair weather, C. 158. See
irunnohqiiadt.
weekomonat. See welikomonat.
weekon, wekon, adj. sweet, Prov. 20,
17; 27, 7; Rev. 10, 9; pi. +ash, Prov.
16, 24. (Strictly, perhaps, verbimpers.
'it is sweet', 'they are sweet'.)
[Del. win gan, sweet; win gal, tasting
good; win gi, gladly, Zeisb. Voc. 12.]
weekontamoonk, n. pleasure, gladness,
Eccl. 2, 1; 2 .'^am. 6, 12; 1 Chr. 16, 27;
joy, Prov. 14, 10; delight, Prov. 15, 8
{u'ekontama>onk, gladness; taphettaonk,
cheerfulness, C. 193).
weekontamunat [ = wekon {unn) anlamunaQ,
V. i. to be glad, to rejoice, to
be pleased, Eccl. .3, 12; S, 15 (C. 192;
to be willing, ibid. 215): nmiivkotiiayn,
I am glad, Ps. 9, 2; tuekoiilam, he is
;
weekontamunat—continued,
glad, Ps. 16, 9; pa.ss. form with inan.
suljj. nekoiitammmm, (it) rejoices, ia
made glad, ibid.; wekoniask, rejoice
thou, be glad, Joel 2, 21; wekontammk,
kah ahche nniskouantammk, rejoice (ye)
and be exceeding glad, ilatt. 5, 12.
See *wiissekitteahhnonat.
[Narr. nowecdntam, I am glad, R. W.
65. Abn. n8i.ghi)iamen, je le trouve
agreable, a mon gre; n'Sigaiidam, je le
veux. Del. v.-inginamen, to be pleased
with ;
wingelendam, to love or be pleased
with something, Zeisb. (jr. 179.]
weekontamwae, --we, adj. and adv.
glail, joyful, merry, Num. 10, 10; Esth.
5, 9; Prov. 15, 15; 16, 24 (uvkotilanioe,
willingly; matwekontdmn-c, unwillingly,
C. 230).'
weekshik. See wehqshik.
weematoh, n. (his) brother; constr. the
brother of. Gen. 25, 26; Acts 12, 2;
Mark 3, 17: nt-mfit, my brother, Acts 9,
17; kemat, thy brother, Gen. 27, 35;
neematog, my brethren, Matt. 12, 48;
keinatog, thy brethren, Luke 18, 20;
vxmaiog, his brethren, ibid. v. 19;
kemattmwdog, your brethren, Xum. 32,
6; kematou (v. subst. ), (I am) your
brother. Gen. 45, 4. See n-edompas;
veetnkiiqvoJi.
weemattinneunk, n. collect, the breth-
ren, the brotherhood. Acts 10, 23; 1 Pet.
2, 17.
ween, wein, ii. the marrow. Job 21, 24;
Prov. 3, 8; Is. 25, 6; Heb. 4, 12.
[Abn. Mn, Rasles.]
weenan, his tongue. See iiiiiian.
weenohke, n. a grave, Prov. 30, 16; Hos.
13, 14: iroskeche treenohket, on her grave,
Gen. 35, 20; weenohkeyeuco nek, the
grave is my house, Job 17, 13. [waeen-
ohke, earth all arotmd (?); waecnu-ohke,
the winding up place(?).]
weenominneasli [ ir c n o m i s - m i n neash,
vine-fruit], n. pi. grapes. Lev. 19, 10;
Matt. 7, 16: nrenom, a grape. Is. 18, 5.
[Narr. venomeneash, grapes, R. AV.
91.]
weenomis, n. a vine, Ezek. 15, 2, =wee-
noinc.tipijog, Ps. 128, 3. From inwenu,..
roundabout (?).

186 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BI'I.LETIN 25
weenom-wrussipog, -mesippag, n. a
vine, Ps. SO, 8; pi. + Kns/i, Ps. 105. 33
(lit. vine leaves: u'enoinh-inniiXjxM/, the
vine in leaf).
•weenojit, n. raven. Lev. 11, 15 (but
'kite', Deut. 14, 13): kutdiikkonkoiit,
'raven', Deut. 14, 14; rjiisMtkrjuainixh,
'kite', Lev. 11, 14. Cf. hinkont.
weenshonat, weeushauonat, v. t. to
beg, to ask alms (from), Luke 16, 3:
weiishaii, he was begging, Mark 10, 46;
he begged (bread), Ps. 37, 25; wenshin-
nitch, let them beg, Ps. 109, 10. See
vrnshamauonat.
weenu. See iirirrnii.
•weenulikauonat, v. t. an.: ireeniilikaii-
vaotj neg, they en

weetahtu, ii. a sister or half-sister, Lev.
, 20, 17; 21, 3; John 11, 5 (strictly, one
of the same household or family, a
near relative), {uetiikkniiij, my si.ster,
Luke 10, 40.) See utninlxtiies; iveetom-
pas; weetuksquoh
.
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 187
[Narr. welicks, u'ehiimnils, a sister,
R. AV. 4.5.]
weetateamung-anin, n. a neifjhbor,
Prov. 27, 10; Jer. 6, 21: kcUittcamuiig,
thy neighbor, Ex. 20, 16, 17; weetatleamung,
his neighbor, Ex. 12, 4; pl.+oi;,
Luke 14, 12 [nehtohU'aviiiiih. my neigh-
bor, C. Math., JSfotit. Ind. .54) . See
ini-
fiihtimohi; irutohtii.
weetauadteaen, -in, ii. a bride, Jer. 16,
ii; Joel 2, 16; Rev. 22, 17. Cf. ivessen-
weetaudmog' (suj^pos. [ires. 1st and 3d
pers. sing, 'if I marry her',) n. a be-
trothed one, 'spouse'. Cant. 4, 9, 10, 11.
weetauomonat, v. t. an. to take a wife
or husband, to marry, Matt. 19, 10
{ivetouddtiimale, to be married, C. 201):
weetoomau, he took (her) to wife, Ex.
2, 1 ; noh wetauadteadt, he who is (when
he is) married, 1 Cor. 7, 33; wetauad-
teaan, if thou marry, 1 Cor. 7, 28;
ouweetauomdiih, 'they had her to wife',
married her, Mark 12, 23; ^lass. sekousq
noh wetauommiqj sephamuaeiiin, a widow
who had a priest (for husband),
Ezek. 44, 22; iretauomont, he or she
marrying, Rom. 7, 3 (ncowHuuattam, I
(a woman) am married; nummittxmi-
ini,i!tis.tit, I (a man) am married, C. 201).
Cf . inn m titu m inimfixit.
weetauomwaheonat, v. t. an. to cause
to marry, to give in marriage: ireeldimvi-
nxiheau, he gave (her) to (him) as a
wife, Ex. 2, 21.
*weetauoog, they live together, Ind.
Laws, XIII, 10. See pamcamvdt&og.
[Del. tiileii, he goes with (somebody),
Zeisb. Gr. 83; witawema, he stays with
him, Zeisb. Voc. 60; iritnvvemuk, he is
with me, ibid.]
weetemuugquot, -quok (suppos.), n.
perfume, Prov. 27, 9 {wechimcrxjnal,
irelimunkfjiil, a sweet smell, C. 163).
weetomonat, weto-, v. t. an. to dwell
with (to live in the house with), Judg.
17, 11; to be 'present with', 2Cor.5,8:
»c

188 BUEEAIT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bfl.I.ETI.V 20-
weetuksquoh—cDntinued.
11, 2 (ii;i,n,nIilnintl:ijnssolt, Eliot); »v-
iiihliKjh, liis s-iis^terf, John 11, 3 [weesumkoh,
Eliot) ; ivetahtu, the sister of
(him), John 11, 39 (so Eliot) ;
wetukuh-
quoh, her sister, John 11, 1; 28, 5 (ti-ee-
tukgquoh , veetdhiu, Eliot ) . So, -n'hen the
speaker is a female, nctahl, my brother
{iwht

TRUMBVLL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 189
•wehquog, suppns. l)lunt: )ni.%'lunt, Eccl. 10,
10.
[Del. loiqaon, (it is) blunt, not sharp,
Zeisb. Gr. 167.]
*weliquohke [ivehque-ohke'], the end of
the earth ('uttermost part'), Mass.
Ps., Ps. 2, 8. See Jco/iAwK.
wehquoshauonat, v. t. to go as far as:
wehquoshdug, they went as far as, Acts
11, 19.
wehsue (?), adj. fat, Zeeli. 11, 10. See
ii-refi; iriinnoijqui:.
wehtauog, ( his) ear. See mehtduog.
wehwepetu, he is lame (from birth.
Acts 3, 2): loehwheepHu, he is a cripple,
Acts 14, 8. See ncochumivesu.
-rtrein. See veen.
weis. See wcrs.
wek, week, n. (his) house, tent, or
dwelling, Ex. 20, 17; Prov. 14, 11: we
ponamum u'eek, he pitched his tent
there. Gen. 12, 8; ayimun icetu, he built
a house, 1 K. 6, 9. See loetu.
[Del. vi kit, his house; ivik he, to
build a house; ici qiioam, house, Zeisb.]
wekinasq, weekinashq, n. a reed. Is.
42, 3; (sugar) cane. Is. 43, 24: pi.
-\~uaBh, reeds. Is. 19, 6. Cf. mishashq.
Perhaps from )i;i'k and ashq {mi-oskeht),
house grass, with which the roofs of
the W'igwams were filled in or covered.
"Their houses are very little and
homely, being made w-ith small poles
pricked into the ground and so bended
and fastened at the tops, and on the
sides they are matted with boughs and
•covered on the roof with sedge and old
mats."—Higginson's N. E. Plantation,
ch. 12. "The meaner sort of wigwams
are covered with mats they make of a
kind of bulrush."—Gookin, 1 Mass.
Hist. Coll. I, 149.
[Narr. loekinash, reed; pi. -}- quash,
R. W. 90.]
*wekineauquat (Narr.), fair weather:
vekinnauquocks, when it is fair weather,
R. W. 81 (weekGhquat, fair weather;
roekeneankqiiat, warm weather, C. 158).
See *dnndhquat; tminnohquudt.
Tvekinneat, v. i. to occupy or live in a
house, tent, or other dwelling place,
Prov. 21, 9: na weekean, when ye dwell
therein, Deut. 8, 12. See ueckiUamun
IrieaQ.
wekinneat—continued.
[Narr. tuckoivekin, where dwell you?
R. W. 29. Cree nrgeemayov , he tenteth
with him, Howse 22.]
' *weki-tippocat ( Narr. , ) it is a warm
night', R. W.
wekitteaonk, n. a building, 2 Cor. 5, 1.
*wekoh.tea (?), as interj. 'O brave', C.
234.
wekomonat. See vehkomonal.
wekon. Sec n-i-ekon.
*wek6nche, adv. commonly, C. 227.
[(!^uir. ni'ijiiiije, 'often'. Pier. .5.]
wekshik. See irehqahik.
wekuhkauoiiat, wekuhkonat, v. t. an.
to build a house for (another person, ^
etc.), 2 Chr. 2, 3; 6, 7; or, as in Gen.
33, 17, vekikauau, ' he made booths for
(cattle)': ivekuhkon, he went on build-
ing, Neh. 4, 18; wekuhkau, build the
house for (of the Lord), 1 Chr. 22, 11;
nohpish neowekekunk, he who shall build
me a house, ibid. v. 10; kcowekekauunimnanonut,
to build thee a house, ibid.
29, 16.
wematin, n. appel. a brother, 1 C^or. 5,
11; Mark 13, 12 (oowemuttiv, C. 162).
See weetuksquoh.
[Narr. iiematittuock, 'they are broth-
ers', R. W. 45.]
wenauwetu [ininne-irelul'l, adj. an. (is
or was) rich, 2 Sam. 12, 1; pi. -j-og,
Ruth 3, 10 [viumie wHu, a good house,
C. 170): iimiauvxiuen, -in (indef. and
general), any rich man, Prov. 28, 11.
"A winnaytue, that is a rich man, or
a man of estimation, next in degree
to a sachem or sagamore."—Morton's
N. E. Canaan, ch. 19. Cf. v:viineel>i-'r.
wenauwetuonk, n. riches, Prov. 30, 8.
*wenise (Narr. ), an olil woman; pi. weni-
suck, R. ^\^ 44. See kehclmqua.
wenom-in (?), n. a grape: seane wenom,
the sour grape. Is. 18, 5. See min.
[Del. (?) vi mi min, it is ripe, Zeisb.
Yoc]
wenshaen, n. a beggar, one who begs,
Luke 16, 20, 22; obj. wenshahnih, 1 Sam.
2, S.
wenshamauonat, v. t. to ask (alms)
from, (an. and inan. ) to ask for (alms)
oairenshamuh ne teagtias, he asked an
alms (something) from them. Acts 3, 3.
See iceenshuniit.
:

190 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIN 25
wenwe, weenwee, n. (his) navel, Job
40, 16: kenwtf, kcenire, thy navel, Cant.
7, 2; Ezek. 16, 4. See menu-ee (m'noe!).
*wenygh ( Narr. 1, woman, Stiles; (Peq.
iii:liili:ir(ili, my wife, ibid.
wepamooe, wepamue, adj. of genera-
tion: iruskannem, semen virile.
Lev. l.S, 16, 17, 18.
wepamuwaonk. See ireepainoe.
*wepe (occurs in chap, x.xii of Roger
^\'illiams' Key, prefixed to an accusa-
tion, judgment, or sentence, or addressed
to a delinquent): ivipe Imnnuhatmi'm,
you killed him; jc?pe kuhkemia-
eant'm, you are the murderer; u-epe cuk-
ki'i mm fiot, you have stole, etc., 121, 122;
ciipiiilldki'innamun w^pe warne, (he com-
mands that) 'all men now repent', p.
118 ( 'only •, Mass. Ps., Ps. 2, 12) . See
»(•/«'.
[Peq. ii-epi-, but (=qiit, EL), Exp.
INLiyhew, Lord's Prayer.]
•wepumauonat, wehpumonat, wepim-
6nat, etc., v. t. to eat with, to share a
meal with: irilipiimup, he did eat with
(them). Gal. 2, 12; pish koourpimiiiiica),
ye shall eat with me, 1 Sam. 9, 19; yemh
'tmhncDineepemukqiHjy, they shall 'dine'
with me, Gen. 43, 16; kcowelipumopanneg,
thou didst eat with them. Acts
11, 3 {wehpilliltid; let us eat together,
Exp. Mayhew).
[Del. irijtaiitiii (recipr.), to eat with
each other, Zeisb. Gr. 133.]
wepumawaonk, n. carnal connection
(natural or unnatural), Lev. 18, 23.
wequai, n. light. Gen. 1, 4; Zech. 14, 6,
7; John 1, 5, 8: wequaiaj, let there be
light, let light be; mo wequai, there was
light. Gen. 1, 3.
[Narr. wequdi, light; irequashim
(dimin.?), moonlight, R. W. 68.]
wequananteg, n. 'candle', Prov. 31, 18;
lamp, light, (ien. 15, 17; Ex. 27, 20;
Lev. 24, 2: chugohtxiij, a burning
lamp. Gen. ].5, 17; vequdnaiitei/iuli,
chikohtdiish, lamps burned. Rev. 4, 5
{irasdquondnHick, a light or candle; «?-
qiidiidnctekonnduhtuk, a candlestick, C.
161). The word 'torch' is transferred
by Eliot without translation, as in Zech.
12, 6.
[Narr. weqitanantig, a candle or light;
pl.+«»!\.~diiog; and )rdm-
paturk, pi. -j-quduog, R. W. 86.]
*wequasliiin (Narr.), moonlight, R. W.
68. .'^ee imjiial.
wequtteamunat ( =inlnjiiiiiniiniidt),we-
qutteamaudnat (
wequtteamoa {
=iri liijinhniiaiioitat),
=iri hiiiiiliniKiu), v. i.
she calleth, 'crieth', Prov. 8, 3: vehqut-
teamu'eon, when I called, Is. 65, 12 {noowequUeam,
I call, C. 183; ncoireqiitleamn-
miiii, we call, ibid. 184). See irrlikoino-
nai.
*wequttinneat, to be called, (". 184.
*wesattiniis, red oak; nisukkfiiik, oak
wood, ('. 164. Sen */>angduli'misk.
*wesattippog-, bitter water, C. 168.
weshaganash, wlshagkinish., n. pi.
hairs on the liod)' or limbs of man or
animals, Ex. 35, 23; Is. 7, 20; Mark
1, 6; Matt. 3, 4 (of. meesmk). Adj.
oatveshaginnde, hairy, 2 K. 1, 8; pi.
v:eshnhiiinnniash, Gen. 27, 23. V. subst.
aiir, sluniniin. he was hairy, Gen. 27, 11
(iikkiixhde nivskq, a hairy bear, C. 171;
from kushki, rough?). [Mr Pickering
in index to El. Gr. gives "weshagan,
hair of animals." The meaning can
not be thus restricted, as will be seen
from the above examples. It is compounded
from and hog, body, or
hogkoa, it clothes, covers the body, a.s
icceshittwn from tron, mouth.] See irigh-
shinrussiioiik.
*weslieck (Narr.), n. the hair, R. W.
58. (Cf. Eth. iiha-kii, hair-doth; Sax.
sceacga, hair, shag.
•weske. See wuske, young, new.
*weskuiick (Narr. ), a pounding mortar,
R. W. 50. See loggiihtrhoiik.
*wesogkeyeu, adv. bitterly, C. 227.
wesogkon, adj. bitter, Prov. 27, 7; Rev.
)
10, 10. See veesogkinmonk, bitterness.
Cf. ii-i-e.we, gall.
[Del. iri sack can, Zeisb. Voc. 33.]
*wesokkuiik, oak wood, C. 164. See ire-
sattiiiuit.
[Del. v'lMwhgak, black oak, Zeisb.]
*wesonikuh, interj. ah! (of sorrow?), C.
234.
wesoshaonk. See iriexauitlidonk.
*wesquaubenaii (Narr.), to wrap up a
Viody fnr the grave, R. W. 161. See
iree.'tqKapiniiajt.

TBrMBUI.I.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIOXARY 191
wessentamwaen, -in, n. a bridegroom,
Jer. 16, 9. See wussentamn-den.
wessukeh. See wasukeh, her husband.
wesuonk, OJTve-, n. a name, Gen. 11, 4
( = ]S^arr. nvmonck, R. W. 29): iicowhu-
onk, my name, Is. 42, 8; kmwe.tiionk,
thy name, Gen. 12, 2. From trussinC!)
See uxxoyri'xxK.
*wesuonkanehk6uat, to name: iimicesu-
onkani'hkdntam, I name, C. 202.
wetahtuoli. See weetuksquoh.
*wetapiininiii (Xarr.), to sit down: u-et((inrdiiirira.

192 BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
"wog-kauunonat—c(jntinued.
/.niiiff'iiiin iiininiisrjuaniiinaonk, 'he was
luiivcd witli choler', Dan. 8, 7.
wogkoueonk, n. a stir, a tumult, commotion,
Ho?'. 9, 14; Rom. 7, 5; Acts 20, 1.
wogkouunumunat, v. t. to stir up, to set
in motion, to excite (inan. obj.): noowogkouunum,
I stir up (your hearts),
2 Pet. 3, 1; icogkouunish, stir up (thy
strength), Ps. 80, 2; pass, oian wog-
kouwemoo, the city was moved. Acts 21,
28; nippe wogkoxihncouk, when the water
is troubled, stirred, John 5, 7.
•woh, eonj. 'of possibility', may or can
(El. dr. 22), a word usually employed
to express the 'notion of possibility to
be' or to form the potential mode of a
verb ( El. Gr. 20) : woh kenmheh, ' intend-
est thou to kill me?' Ex. 2, 14; utloh
woh yeunh en nnih, 'how can these
things be?' John 3, 9; matia voh wunnampcoliamauoli,
he can not answer
him. Job 9, 3.
*-woh]iog'ke, (a body,) a shell, or anna
((]. v.), C. 156. See hogki.
wohkoeu, wolikde, adv. and adj. at the
.^idc oi- sides, on the sides of, on the
ends of: vofkcchi: kali uvJikoeu 'waeenu,
on 'the top thereof and the sides
thereof, round about', Ex. 30, 3; neese
wohkoe, 'on the two sides thereof, Ex.
37, 27; ut wohkoeu, 'in thy borders',
Ps. 147, 14; ut aitohqiiaeu, on the two
ends of (the breastplate), Ex. 28, 24;
lit uhijuaeu, at the ends, v. 22; ne anaih-
queu kishkag, its breadth (from side to
side), V. 16; coquohlogquosh, the ends
(of the chains), v. 25. See uhquae.
-wohkuhquoshik, n. the end, conclusion,
Prov. 14, 13: en wolikukcjuoshhiU, to the.
end, to the utmost, thoroughly. Job 35,
36; ut mohkukqushik, unto the end (of a
matter, or in time), P.s. 119, 33, =no
pajeh wohkukquashinil, Rev. 2, 26; noa-
wohkukquoiyeum, my last end, Num. 23,
10; asquam oahquaeu, 'the end shall not
be yet',' Mark 13, 7. See wehqglrik.
"wohkukquoshinat, v. i. to come to end,
to lie ended: vohkukquosMn, (it) ends,
is ended. Is. 24, 8; 40, 2; pish wohkuk-
quushinanh, (they) shall be ended. Is.
60, 20; u'ohkukquoshik, when it ends,
ended, Jer. 8, 20; en imhkukquoshhiit,
to the end, to the utmost, Job 35, 36.
wohkukquoshitteauunat, v. t. ( inan.
subj. ) to end, to make an end iif (inan.
obj.), Dan. 9, 24.
wohkummiyeu, adv. and adj. above,
upward. Is. 37, 31: ut wohkmniyeu, at
the top (of a dress, Ex. 28, 32); irutch
. . . uiisscganit kah wohkuininhjeu,
'from . . . his loins even upward',
Ezek. 1, 27.
wohpanag, his or her breast, Prov. 5,
20: wohpandgimil, on the bosom, John
13,23. See mohpanag; ci. pcochenau.
*wohquatuinunat, v. t. to pronounce or
emiihasize: samp-wohquatumunat, 'to
]ironounce right', C. 243; uititin noh-
qualuniooonkCmnco, 'their manner of
pronouncing', ibid. 242.
wohqut : uiitch wohqut, from above, Ps.
IS, 16, ==wHlrh ivaabu, 2 Sam. 22, 17.
wohshinumunat, v. t. to open, Ezek. 21,
22; Rev. 5, 2, 3, 4 {woskwunnuniundt);
to 'uncover', Lev. 18, 7-13: uiohshinuin,
he opens (it). Is. 28, 24; wohshimim
sqnont, he opened the door. Acts 5, 19;
1 Sam. 3, 15; woshmmum, he uncov-
ered. Lev. 20, 11; u'osMvunumaik kenog-
kaneg, open you the window, 2 K. 13,
17 (the plural is used, perhaps by mistake,
for the singular number, 'open
thou'); vmshwunnumun, he opened it,
ibid.; noh woshwunuk, he who (may)
open. Rev. 3, 8 {noouvshwunum, I open,
C. 202) . See pohki and its derivatives,
also irnsliiriidsliinc; trusliwohtag.
wohshitanaumauouat, v. t. to open to
(a person): nam'ohshitannwnau nms-
squontamash, I opened my doors to
(him), Job 31, 32.
wohshitanurnunat, woshwetanuraunat,
v. t. to open (a door or gate):
ird/islilliimish, -nish, open the door, 2 K.
9, 3; kmskquontash, open thy doors,
Zech. 11, 1; wohshitAnwog squontamasli,
when we opened the doors, Acts 5, 23.
l = )rnhf:himnv-}relv, to openahouse (?).]
wohsippahtae, wohsippohtae, wdsupohtae,
woohsuppde, adj. and adv.
bright, shining, glittering, Ezek. 27, 19;
hence, wohsippahtde, adj. of copper, Ezra
8, 27 (but in 2 Tim. 4, 14, 'coppere
smith ' is transferred ) : vMsipp&e, bright,
Dan. 12, 3; icusippohtae xvequai, bright
light, Ezek. 32, 8; logkodteg, bright
sword, Nah. 3, 3; glistering sword. Job

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 193
"wohsippahtae, etc.—continued.
20, 25; qussukquanash, 'glLstering
stones', 1 Chr. 29, 2; qunuhtug,
glittering spear, Job 39, 23.
[Del. sabbeleu, 'it sparkle.s, glitters',
Zeisb. Gr. 164.]
•wohsittae, wosittae, adj. bright. Cant.
5, 14; 'glistering', Nah. 3, 3; ncotau
trualttau, the fire was bright, Ezek. 1, 13.
wohsumaudnat, v. t. an. to sliine upon
(an. obj.), 2 Cor. 4, 6.
'wdhsumoe, sohsum.'wae, adj. bright,
shining, light-giving, Luke 11, 36 {ivussumBe,
C. 168) : ivohsuinoe wequdi, a
shining light, Prov. 4, 18, =sohsum-
vxte weqvdi, John 5, 3.5.
wohsumcoinumieat, sohsum-, v. i. to
shine, to emit light: wequai sohsumajinco,
the light shineth, John 1, 5; nukoa
woJimimmmoo, the night shineth, is light,
Ps. 139, 12; wohsumdmou, (it) shone,
Matt. 17,2; inattawohsumaomunmut, (it)
not to shine, Job 36, 32; woJisumaim-
(outch, let (your light) shire. Matt. .5,
16 (wohsumvimteat, to shine, C. 208).
[Del. waseleu, woachei/i'ii, v. adj. clear,
light, Zeisb. Gr. 16.5.]
w^ohsuraoDonk, n. a shining forth, emit-
ted light: anivhsiundonk wequananteg,
the light of a candle. Rev. IS, 23;
moohsummonganm, their shining (of
the stars), Joel 2, 10. Cf. jiumohmmco;
sohxdmmnico.
wohsumunat, oowohsumunat, wosum-,
V. t. (but for the most part used
intransitively or without object ex-
pressed) to shine upon, to give forth
bright light, 2 Cor. 4, 6; Rev. 21, 23:
oowohswnun, (it) did lighten it, Rev. 21,
23; pish kmwosum, thou shalt shine
forth, Job 11, 17; jnsh wOsumivog, they
shall shine, Dan. 12, 3; wShsish, shine
thou (give light), Is. 60, 1; wequai woh-
sumwkitcli, let not the light shine on it.
Job 3, 4 (ncmoossum, I shine, C. 208;
nepdz wohw,m, the sun shineth, ibid.).
See *squtta.
[Abn. SasdkSre, lumiere; Sassenemaii-
gan, -nar, ehandelle.]
wohtamunat, v. t. to understand, to
comprehend, Eph. 3, 18: num-mcocheke
wohtam. onk, I have more understanding
than . . . , Ps. 119, 100(H'o/iwohtam,
v. 99) ; malta vahteauaiog
B. A. E., Bull. 25 13
wohtamunat—continued.
aguli iriilihiiinriig, tliey have not known
nor understood, Is. 44, 18; najwohtamunan
{-un"?), we understand it, 2 K.
18, 26; wohiamwk, understand ye, Prov.
8, 5; wautaj, let him understand, Matt.
24, lr>, = irahteimutch, Mark 13, 14. V. i.
freq. wohipohtarimnat, to possess or exercise
the understanding, to under-
stand, Dan. 10, 12; woh katwahteomwrn
. . . kmnainptiimifco . . . kmwohtamumwaj,
ye may know, . . . believe me . . .
(and) under^^tand. Is. 43, 10.
wohtoh: ir,;ii/,,/i :ri:iiniitimadt, (when) he
climlis up soini- othtT way, John 10, 1.
*'wohwatCD-wau (as adv.), ho, halloo!
C. 233.
wohwayeoagish, pi. rings. See Mw/fyaj'.
wohwohquianumcDog', 'they are at
their wits' end', Ps. 107, 27. From
wdhkoeu (?).
•woh.wolitam.cooiik, n. understanding,
Is. 40, 2.S; 44, 19.
wohwohtam'we, adj. of undei'standing,
Is. 40, 14.
wohwohteauunat, v. i. to bark, as a
dog. Is. 5t), 10; Diatta urjtiu'ohteaumog,
they can not bark (a7iiim wohwdhteau,
the dog barks, C. 181; wohwohkonat, to
bark (at an. obj.), ibid.).
woliwohtog, ( if he understand, ) he who
is prudent, a prudent (man), or one of
uuilerstanding, Prov. 14, 6, 15.
wohwosliwolikossayeu, wohwdsh.-
WTilikossae, adj. cloven footed, di-
viding the hoof. Lev. 11, 7; Deut. 14, 7:
vohii'tjuhu'ulikussaeu, (it) divides the
hoof, Deut. 14, 8. From wohskinmnun&t
and wuhkos; so, wohshwuhkossaecheg,
irdhwoshukossaecheg, they who part the
hoof, Lev. 11, 3, 4; Deut. 14, 7; vmhweoh
wuhkosscDoh, they divide not the
hoof, Deut. 14, 7. Cf. neesukossont
pasmhosstiiX.
woi, "adv. of wishing", 'Oh, that it
were'!. El. Gr. 21; interj. 'of sorrow',
El. Cir. 22 (O, wo! C. 234).
womantamunat, womon-, v. t. to love,
inan. obj.; nirjiromantam, I love (thy
law),Ps. 119,113; iiummaicheke wonion-
iam, I love (it) very much, Ps. 119, 97;
womantdmaik wanegik, love ye that
which is good, Amos 5, 15; kanuomantamuinwiD,
ye love (them, inan.), Luke
;

194 KUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Bt LLETI.N 2a
womantaniunat, v\r.— (-(pntimied.
11, 42(mwr„m6iiUnu wnssukhuiik, \ love
a book, C. L'OO).
wometuaeu, ailv. kindly, Idvitif^ly: (i;>-
iiiiliiiii'ii imiirliliciji/, if you deal kiiiilly
with me. Gen. L'4, 49.
•womiyeu,- wODmiyeu, adv. downward,
Kzek. 1, 27: iriiiiiihini irdjiiili/rii, very
low, I>eut. 2.S, -i:i. See inmiiniiiiwi'il, etc.
*woinoausiniieat, \ . i. to love: inniKmiik-
,jiilssiii,i,'nl. to lie loved, ('. I'OI). See
iriimdlitdiiiiiiiul: in.iiiniiiit.
womoausu, adj. an. (
he is) kind, lovinjr,
1 Cor. i:;, 4.
womoausue, adj. of love, lovinjj;: hmiruiiininisih'
kill, ',ni„, III, viillh'iioiik. thy
lovinj.' kindness, I's. HI', 2.
womompenat, v. i. to lon6(j, if yc love (them), Luke
(i, :!2; »v,H(r»»/

*'wompain—contitmed.
pnih, ami it is of two sorts; tlie one is
wliite, tlieiitheris of a violet coloiire."—
Morton's N. E. Canaan, I, ll'.
wompan, from iniiii/m. Sei- ikIcIiuuvih-
pni/; iitrliiiinim/iini, etc.
*Wompanand [iriiin/iini-maint] (Narr. ),
the Kastern (tO(1, K. W. 110.
wompanne, -neu, adv. all night, Juflg.
19,9; (»'

196 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'I.I.ETIN' 25
wompsikuk—continued.
bald eagle, Zeisb.Yoc. 60 (from i/'oappS,
wliite, and ii:o lanne, (a bird's) tail).]
wompu, oihpu, he sees, he looks. This
primary verb is not found separately in
Eliot, but is employed to form numerous
compounds, in the sense of to look (to
see pm-posely), as vomompn {irmmiyeu),
he looks down pmmiiipK, he looks into,
;
etc. It is found in other dialects of the
Algonkin, as Cree wdppii, 'he sees'
(Howse 43); Chip, oow&hhxmden, he
sees it (Jones, John 11, 9). Cf. wmmunat
and nuhquaeu. The three verbs
signify: naum, he sees (voluntarily or
involuntarily, without reference to pur-
pose); nuhquaeu., he directs his eyes,
looks (by accident or designedly);
omjiu, he looks and sees. Cf. womjA,
bright, white; vompag, bright light,
'when he sees'; molitonipan (R. W.
molnuban), break of day, etc. See nad-
tauwoinjiii.
[Cree wupim, it is daylight, Howse
77. Abn. ioppa, 'voila' (Rasles, subst.
part. nn). Old Alg. id-ouapaman, I see
(him) ; ni-ouahateii, I see (it) , Le Jeune
(Arch. Am. ii, 25); ouabemo, to see,
Lah.]
wompuhquont [»'ompi'-p!(/iti(/."] ,particip.
having (wliite or) gray hair, having a
gray head, 1 )eut. 32, 2.5 : luowompuhquom,
I am gray haired, 1 Sam. 12, 2; wompo-
quol, (when) I am gray haired, Ps.
71, 18; wompuhquaog, (they are) gray
haired, Job 15, 10 (noh vomppiihqua,'he
is gray [headed], C. 232.) See *»''««-
pishocki.
[Del. wiKip hoc qua wou, gray hair,
ZeisI,.]
wompuhshog. See vompohshof/.
•wompumus, n. a chestnut tree, pi. +
.miKh, Ezek. HI, 8; Gen. 30, 37. See
*ir6uipi)ni.'

TBUMBfLL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 197
wonog'q—continued.
the door'. Cant. 5, 4; ii-ijnogque pnnsah-
thetj, the hole of the pit, Is. 51, 1; v:utch
hassunonogqut, from the holes in the
rocks, Jer. 16, 16; petshonat or/qunat, to
fall into a pit, Matt. 12, 11.
[Del. u'oa lac, a hole; tnil /»/(, he is
digging a hole; u-ocil lieeii, to dig a hole,
Zeisb.]
wouteauunat, v. i. to dig a hole: iiw-
ti-onteam, I have digged, 2 K. 19, 24;
^mnteau ohkit, he digged in the earth,
Matt. 25", 18; loanleasli, dig thou, Ezek.
8, 8; tv6nteaon, when I digged, ibid.;
' w6nteauh Icah uikuthdmim, he made a
pit and digged it', Ps. 7, 15; vvnieaog,
they dig pits, Ps. 119, 85. See kutta'h-
ha,n.
•wroohsuppae. See wolmppaldap.
woonki, adj. and adv. (1) crooked, Prov.
2, 15: woonki ayeuongash, crooked places.
Is. 45, 2; ne woonkag, that which is
crooked, Eccl. 1, lo; u-oonkagif:h, crooked
things, Is. 42, 16. (2) perverse, wrong,
Hab. 1,4; nashpewoonkagk, wrongfully,
Jer. 22, 13. Cf. penaeu; pepemsqite.
[Narr. wduki, crooked, R. \V. 54.
Cree wdgow, it is crooked, Howse 71.
Del. viiktsrliri'i, v. adj. it is criioked,
Zeisb. Or. 164.]
woonkitteauonat, v. t. (an. and inan.?)
woonkitteau iiummayash, he makes my
paths crooked (for me). Lam. 3, 9.
woosuppahtumunat, v. t. to make
bright, to furliish, Ezek. 21, 11: wooi

198 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOCiY [Bl'I.LF.TIN 20
*woskeheuonat, to hurt : imxkeJtli illimifdl,
to !«' liiirt, C'. 195; nmwoskheum , I hurt,
ihi.l.
woskehittuonk, ii. violence (suffereil),
a wouuil, Kx. 21, lio; spoiling, Hah. ], 3
(=,roxMniwa,mhC>), (ien. 6, 13; cf. v.
11).
woskehtinneat, v. t. inan. and v. i. to
ilo harm to (inan. obj.), Rev. 7, 2,
= irnxkiJiti'iiiiiniat: nmvtosketeoli, I per-
secuted (it, the church), Phil. 3, 6;
(iJkjiii' iroskehtmumk nh-ke, do not harm
(ye) the earth. Rev. 7, 3; matla cowoske-
Ienmwna6ut moskehtumh, (they) not to
hurt the ffra-is, Rev. 9, 4.
woskehuwae, adj. hurtful, harmful, 1
Tim. 6, 9; mat imiikehuwde, 'innocent',
Jonah 1, 14.
woskehuwaen, n. one who hurts or
•harms, 'the spoiler', Jer. 51^ 5(); pi.
(obj.) V.53: iroskehinriH'iinoij, 'spoilers',
2 K. 17, 20; 1 Sam. 13, 17.
woskehuwaonk, ii. violcnre, hurt, (icn.
(i, 11.
woskehuwdnat. .'>ee iraskln'oiiat.
woskesit, (he is) blemished, deformed.
Lev. 21, 17, 18, 21. Cf. chohkhii.
•wosketohteak : ut woskelohteakoii ,
-on the
open fields, Ezek. 29, 5.
wosketomp, n. a man, vir; pi. wosketompiiiii/
(cf. iiiisxliiiiin, a man of another
race or nation, a captive): noeu iriiske-
loiHjHiiilitu, among men, Ps. 78, 60;
v'oxki'tompoao (v. subst. ), he is a man,
he became a man (El. (xr. 12, 16);
woskelonij) kuli jiilttdiinrosxissoli iikkez-
hi'iili, 'male and female created he
them'. Gen. .5, 2 (riiikko)ie icosk, an old
man, C. 157; nawlmtche u'osk, some men,
ibid. 175; onkalog woske, another man,
ibid. 232; nanwi woske, any man, ildd. ).
See omp.
[Narr. skei'fomp, pi. xkeeloinjuiuog,
man, men (also imhi, inihiiiiiog), R. W.
44; iiiminiK-k, iiiiiniiiiissiiii'iirock, eniskee-
t()ii)j)iii'nrog, "men, folk, people", ibid,
pref. 19; eiuii or eiwxkretomp, a man,
ibid. 11.5.]
woskheonat, woskehuwonat, woskhonat,
V. t. an. to hurt, to injure, to do
harm to (an. obj.), Prov. 6, 18: iKjoirosk-
hiikijini'il, to hurt me, (Sen. 31, 7; km-
voxkhiimiimt, to do tliee hurt, v. 29;
aimit^kheonanul wuskcloinjiidi, (they) to
woskheonat, etc.—continued.
hurt men, Rev. 9, 10; inatta nrnwosklieijunoiioij,
we harm them not, 1 Sam.
25, 7; iroskeheau, he wrongeth, injureth,
Prov. 8, 36; irnh woskehenii, (it) may
harm (him). Job 35, 8; woskeheuntj-par-
ticip. harming, one who hurts, Rev. 11,
5; ulloli v'oskeadt, ' whom thou j)ersecut-
est', injure.st. Acts 9, 5; vogkhinniiiit,
'thou that spoilest', Is. .33, 1; tmit y/i'.s/i
kmwoakhukka), he shall not hurt thee,
Acts 18, 10; matin oowoskheiili, hurt thou
him not, Luke 4, 35; woskeheiihkon, do
him no harm, Jer. 39, 12; nliqijie vonki'-
heuk, do (them) no harm, Ps. 105, 15
(woskehheaog vmhhogkwih, they hurt
themselves (injure themselves), C.
239) ; pa.ss. nmwoskhii, I am hurt, Jer.
8, 21; koawoskiUeop, thou wast S])oiled,
Is. 33, 1.
wososhquit(?): ria nt vosoxlirjiiH, 'the
marshes thereof, Ezek. 47. 11 { irassd.i-
keltt, a meadow, C. 160).
[Del. n.isiskitnu, v. adj. marshy,
muddy, Zeisb. (ir. 164.]
wossabpe, wassabbe, adj. and adv.
thin, 1 K. 7, 29; Lev. 2, 4 (wits.'^ippi,
C. 176) : vossdbpeiuhhamirog namikcg,
they beat (it) into thin plates, Ex. 39,
3; jiix}! immnppete.amm, (it) shall be
made tliin, become thm. Is. 17. 4.
mufMe; irun-ifipjn'.
Cf.
[Del. vsr}iii])p

TRVMBrLL] NATICK-EXGLISH DICTIONAKY 199
wowussumonat, etc.—continued.
(it), Is. 44, 1.5; noauvii'ussumomun, we
worship (iutrans.), Gen. 22, 5; nai/
wausmmoncheg, they who worship, Ps.
97, 7 (nmwourussuivdmun, we worship,
C. 216; wovjussum God, worship God,
ibid.; wauumsgitiumeat, to be worshiiiped,
ibid.). Of. nauvamim, he bows
down; pciintdiii, lie prays.
•wowussumonclieg, waus-, j)!. worshipers,
they wliu worship, Ps. 97, 7; 2 K.
to (a place), 1 Sam. 15, 12; Jonah 1,3;
Ex. 2, 5; iL'oamsuog, they go down (to
the gates), Judg. 5, 11; noh toomtsit, he
wlio gueth down, Eccl. 3, 21; onatuh
pnpphiiinhim oonmsgit, lie goeth down
as a beast, Is. 63, U; kmweerhe ivcom-
seutish, I go down with thee (into
Egypt), Gen. 46, 4; neg immiissilcheg en
passohtlieganit, they that descend into
the pit, Ezek. 26, 20; 31, 16; ne uhhut
womusdmuk, the descent, downward
slope (of a mountain), Luke 19, 37;
nwwomussin wadchuut, I camedown from
the mount, Deut. 10, 5. See u-omiyeu.
[Xarr. vmimsii lirannitu'], down hill,
R. W. 76.]
-woomsuonk, n. a ravine (?), a steep de-
scent; khhke woamsuanganit, 'by the
clift of (Ziz)', 2 Chr. 20, 16. Cf. tro-
muhhdi'iij.
*wucliechepuniiock (Narr.), "a great
bunch of hair Ixmnd up l)ehiud."
E. W. 5S.
•*wuchickapeuck (Xarr.), "birching
bark and chestnut bark, which they
—
dress iinely and make a summer cover-
ing for their houses."—R. W. 48.
wudchinat. See wadchinat.
wulihog, (his) body, himself, Lev. 21, 4;
Prov. 31, 22; Cant. 3, 9. See muhhdg.
wuhhogki, that which covers the body;
hence a shell, and in pi. vuhhogkiash
(q. v.), scales (of fish), Job41, \h: inihhogUitcheg,
(fish) having scales, Le\-.
11, 9.
[Xarr. mirkmihock, surk/ucJiock [.nicklu-uhhogkl,
l)lack-shell], black money,
wuhliog-ki—continued.
R. W. 104; poquaCihock [ktipp(j;/ki-ii'iOi-
liogki {?)], 'a little thick shell-fish',
ibid., the round clam; metniuhock [
and Tif/y/iw/A-/],' the periwinkle" (Pyrula
carica or canaliculata), iliid.
wuhhogkomminueasli, n. pi. husks,
Luke 1.5, 1(>: inihhogkomnnit, to the
husk, Num. 6, 4.
WTihkds, cokes, n. a hoof (his hoof), his
nails or claw, Dan. 4, 33; Deut. 21, 12.
10, 19.
See muhkiis.
"wcom. .'-
nimujui, I betray, Matt. 27, 4; noh mnas-
scomoh, who betrayed him, Matt. 10, 4,
= neh wnncmoomukqutcheh, Mark 3, 19;
nmiche mmagsmmedg, ' if ye be come to
betrayme', 1 Chr. 12, 17; conassmindnat,
to betray him, John 13, 2 {wanassmmit,
he was betrayed (?), C. 182 [when he
was betrayed (condit.), as in 1 Cor. 11,
23, whence Cotton probably to

200 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25-
•vsrunnag-kittuliliausuen, -in, a tarpen-
trr, Is. 44, i:-!.
wunnaiyeu, adj. ami a

wunuanumonat—rcmtinneil.
thee, Gen. i'2, 17; nmnitiiinn, I bless
(her), Gen. 17, li!; ininiKiniiiiiili, bless
me, Gen. 27, 34; ii;i.>

202 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
wunneechanat, -onat, v. i. 3d pers. infinit.
of iinrlifiijiiiil, to conceive, Heb.
11, 11. Sfi_- inimjiiijiiauoiKit.
wunneechaneunk, n. offspring, collec-
tively, Kom. 9, S (all children).
wunneechan I oh I , his child, constr.
the rhilil iif, i. e. offspring, son or
daughter, indeterminate of age or sex;
pi. wunneechaneumoug, children, off-
spring, as related to aicJieluongnnaouh,
their parents. Matt. 10, 21. See lu'crhaii.
wunneechanonat, v. t. an. to beget (a
child): null iniiiccclnniit. lie who begets
(a child), Dan. 11, 6.
wunneetupanatamwe. In the title of
Eliot's Bible, excellent, 'holy'; grace,
' grace of God ' , Acts 1-1, 43 ; vbl. n. , holy
man, i\lark6, 20. Cf. inatchetupanotam,
'profaned', Ezek. 22, 2tj.
•wunnegren, 'adv. of quality' (El. Gr. 22)
and adj. (it is) good, pleasant (used by
Eliot sometimes as the equivalent of
wunne, but, strictly regarded, wiinne or
u'lmni is applicable to the abstract, the
possible or suppositive, or the subject,
vimnegen to the conoete, the actual,
or the object; yet Eliot was compelled
to employ the latter form to express
abstract good. See wunnegik*) : tcuti-
iHiniinni . . . na
en unmnegen, he saw
. . . that it was good, Gen. 1, 4, 10, IS;
ne wunnegeri ut v-nskemikqut, the thing
was good in his eyes, Gen. 41, 37; 'he
was content' with it, Lev. 10, 20; anue
wunnegen, (it is) better, a better thing.
Matt. 18, 8, 9; ut u'unnegen ohkeii, . . .
uiinnegen nvtahtauonk, 'in pleasant
places, ... I (have) a goodly heritage',
Ps. 16, 6; (rare in) pi. wuniiegenush,
good things, Matt. 12, 35; v. subst.
negat. inalta wuniiiyciiiiinaj, -no, it is not
good, (icn. 2, bS; 2 Sam. 17, 7; Matt.
19, 10; ijiiciKiii ii-itiinc iniiinegenninoogk,
thenceforth it is (will be) goodfornoth-
ing. Matt. 5, 13; iranne irunnegennin-
ncogk, no good thing will (he withhold)
Ps. 84, 11.
[Foot note,—' ' On reflection I am convinced
that uninnegrn is. primarily, the contracted infinitive,
or 3d pers. sing, indie, pres, of a verb
wunnegendt, to be good, as wunnesenAt, to do
good or well. From this verb trunneglk and
(negat.) nmniiegennhinmg. etc, are regularly
formed. No, it is the inanimate noun, or 3d
pers. pres. indie, meaning -good thing'
ibaiiiim or (caAoc) or • it is good'."]
,
wunneg-en—continued.
[Aim. Srli/hiii, 'cela est bon, beau',
Rasles, Narr. n-unnegin, comsh {kmieuhl,
welcome, sleep here, R. W. 38. Del.
vu lie rhen, it is good or well done,
Zeis!.. V..C. 34.]
*wunneg'enaue, adv. famously, C. 228.
wunnegik, wauegik, -guk, that which
is good, a good thing, 2 Tim. 1, 14:
nishnoli vxuieguk, every good thing,
Philem. 6; /!

trvmbull] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 203
WTinnepog—continued.
14:,2, = umnnejxti]n(i!ili, Ps. 105, 35, =«'«(/-
nepukquash, Mark 4, 32: wunnepogqne
meetsuonk, 'a dinner of herbs', Prov.
15, 17. Cf. weesadtippogquosh, bitter
herbs, Ex. 12, 8; Num. 9, 11.
[Narr. nmnrtipog, leaf, pi. -^guaiih,
R. W. 89. Del. icu nipak, Zeisb. Voc. 35.]
wunnesenat [wunne-ussen&t'\, v. i. to do
good, to do well. Num. 24, 13; Mark
3, 4.
[Del. miUIissin, to be good; icuUsso,
good, handsome, Zeisb. Gr. 166.]
*wuiinetooahtauinat, v. t. caus. to make
guild; 3d pers. abiietodithtdu'tnat, 'to
make (it) good', C. 226.
wunnetue, WTUinetu, adj. an. good,
Ps. 112, 5; beautiful. Gen. 29, 1"; 1
Chr. IB, 29 {wunneloue, good, bonus,
C. 226) ;
vmnnetuu, a good man, Ps. 112,
5; Matt. 12, 35. Cf. ivenauwetu, rich.
[Narr. uimnetu, ' proper and personal '
R. W. 60; umnnetinillii, my heart is good,
ibid.]
^wuiiiietunat, to be good: kamcttinrit,
{ thou ) to l)e good, C. 226.
-wunnetuonk, rone-, n. goodness, Prov.
20, 6; excellency, beauty. Job 14, 10:
a/iidnonk, his beauty, its beauty, 2 Sam.
1, 19; 14, 25; wutche kmneehionk, for thy
good, Deut. 10, 13.
*wunniish (or ueliuiiii.-unne-hogk,
gddd-liiidicd or wtdl-covered], adj. fat,
1 Sam. 28, 24; Ezek. 34, 20; as v. vunog-
kcoog, they shall grow fat, Deut. 31, 20;
mo ahche inmogkm, he was very fat,
Judg. 3, 17.
[Narr. wauirutiockdo, it is fat, R. W.
143.]
WTinnog'qutcheg', jil. they who are fat,
the fat, Is. 10, 16; Ezek. 34, 16; =ini6)iog-
qnlehey.
wrunnohquodt: plxh umnohquodt, it will
be fair weather. Matt. 16, 2 (weekdh-
qwil, fair weather; wunnohqwU, pleasant
weather; wekeneankquat, warm weather,
C. 158). See oinioliqinil.
[Narr. ii-ckineaiiquat, fair weather,
R. W. 81.]
wunnohteahuau, he maketh peace, Ps.
147, 14.
wunnohteauunat, \. t. to set up, to
erect: wunnohtoog, they setup (towers).
Is. 23, 13. See umnnash.
WTinnompamukquok (after ndt), 'in an
open place', (ten. 38, 14.
WTinnompeuhkohteaonk, n. craftiness,
Eph. 4, 14; iriiiiiioiiibeukanittuonk, a con-
spiracy, 2 K. 17, 4. Cf. asoakekodtcdynco.
wunnompeuhkonat, v. t. an. to beguile,
to deceive 1 ly craft : umnnompeuhkonomp,
he beguiled (Eve), 2 Cor. 11, 3.
wunnompewessu, adj. an. 'subtile',
Gen. 3, 1 (:=iie}itdmpuwkimenu, 2 Sam.
13, 3): wunnompeitmssuieu, adv. subtilely,
1 Sam. 23, 22; {-uwdeu) with
guile, Ex. 21, 14; ti'mmompuwussmme,
with subtlety, (tcu. 27, 35; 2 K. 10, 19.
wunnompuwussinneat, v. i. to be
crafty or subtle, to deceive by craft
(with affix of 3d pers. pi. Eph. 4, 14).
wrunnompuwnssuonk, n. subtlety (con-
omp-. his subtlety, 2 Cor. 11, 3).
wunnoni'wausseonk, n. righteousness,
riglit-doing, I'rov. 11, 18; Matt. 5, 6.
wunnomwayeuonk, n. truth (ab.stract),
Ex. 34, 6; Prov. 8, 7; Rom. 1, 18. Cf.
V'unnamuhquUee.
wunnonk, n. a dish, 2 K. 21, 13: vxonon-
giinit, in my

204 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LLETIN 25
wunnonk— contimieil.
[Xarr. h-iihik'hii/ [irininaii;/], 'a tray',
R. W. 5(1; |,1. iniiiiKiiKjaiiaxli. Micin.
Slab, , I, •nil plat', Maili. 10. Del. iilamniti,
a ilish; iihicaitahcn, to make
dishes; iilroverbs, Prov. 25, 1. See siogkoo-
ii-iiiiiik; inKinlitiinrci/riiiiiik.
wunnussoDog, n. pi. (his) testicles, Deut.
23, 1: adj. «•»»/,».«»,-, Job 40, 17; r/i/iWi-
(junnusiiatont, one who has his testicles
broken, Lev. 21, 20. P>om neeauog, a
pair (?).
wunuutcheg, wunnutcli, ii. iliisi hand.
See lllflliilrli.y.
wunogkcoe. See iriiiiiiuijiiii,'.
wunoDwhonat, v. t. an. to Hx a valua-
tion on, to value (for ransom?): pish
atiKjoirliali, he shall value him. Lev. 27,
12; inan. irtinioliniiiiiiii'il: pixli irniwlia-
mini, he shall estimate it, Lev. 27, 14.
Cf. intiiimliain.
wus, n. the brim or edge, (of a cup) 2
Chr. 4,5: id witssadt, on theedge of (a
curtain), Ex. 26, 4, 5; on the brim of,
2 Chr. 4, 5; pi. icussasli, the borders of,
2 K. 16, 17.
[Narr. tmss, 'the edge or list' (of
cloth), R. W. 134.]
wusapinuk, wussapinuk [wus-appinuk,
that which is on the edge of], n. the
bank

TRT'MBl'I.I-] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 205
wusapinuk, vnissapinuk—continued.
2,1.'); Dan. 12, 5: kishke 'unissdpenuk,'by
the bank, Deut. 4, 48; umssdpinuk vl
sepuut, on the bank of the river, Gen.
41, 17; dniurutchiian vitusabanukquosh,
(it) nverflowed its banks. Josh. .3, 15
{in,s.-

20(> Hl'REAU OF AMEKU'AN ETHNOLOGY [iin.i.ETiN iS'
wuskodtuk, n, the fmvlirail, Ex.28, 88;
Ezck. ;i, 9: A-".v/,„,//i,/.-, thy joreliwi.l, v.
8; ut nttxko'itnii'iiil. c.ii liin fori'lieail,
Rev. 14, 0. St'o ,uiisb„!l„k: ,n,sh;-]u'.
[Narr. inxnUliirk, tlu- fdrfhcail, K. W.
58.]
wuskdn, n. (^liis) bone, Job 2, 5; Ezek.
37, 7; pi. +«.?/(, Judg. 19, 29; Ezek.
37, 1, 3: H)».iAv(H«*7), the bones, Prov.
14, 30 (wlshbrn, iivshkecn, C. 157 [but
perliaps iiiily of a broken bone]). See
as/.;„i: niiish,,,.- ../,/,„)„,• ,,sku„.
[Del. /',„•/, /,-,(„, h,,ne, '/ji-iAi.l
wuskonontup, n. the skull, 2 K. 9, 35;
.ruili:.9,."i:;; Mark \'t,22;=^u'Uf!kon-6nlup,
bone-head; so, niixlikondnlup [=mi.s7ic-
ini»koii-07iftip'], John 19, 17 {muKkoiioiillp,
C. 157). Cf. chepiontup; iiiislikoiiotiliij).
wuskoshim, wuskishim, a

Ri':Miiri.i.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTK fNAKY 207
wussenumonat—coiitiiiueil.
king's son-in-law', 1 Sam. 18, 22; piah
ken waseenuniukqucli, tlioii shalt be my
son-in-law, 1 Sam. IS, 21; imnciMmnk-
ijiilrhi, a sipii-in-law, .Inilg. 1.5, 6.
wusshashquobok (? ) , n. the flag (a water
plant), Job 8, 11. t'f. iiiiflKixlK].
wussin, he saith, 'M pers. .^ing. indie.
jireH. from iissini'il cir {I'limiiintt.
*wussiuninueat, v. i. to ailorn (one's
self I, t.j make handsome; /(.««(», 1
adorn; noli irnss!iiiiii, he adoriieth, C.
17i1.
' *wussinnuontainunat, to be adorned '
C. 17!l (to adorn one's self with, inan.
ol>j. •.'!.
wussisses, Tvussusses, (his) uncle (eon-
sanguineus?), Esth. 2, 7; father's broth-
er, Lev. 10, 4: nwsuKses, my uncle, Jer.
1)2, 8; kiissusses, thy unele, Jer. 32, 7;
wslies-oli, 1 Sam. 10, 14; 14, 50; uinmU-
laimoussoh m.ihesoli, his uncle's wife.
Lev. 20, 20 {oosluvin, an uncle, C. 162).
) ,
Dimin.froma).y/i

208 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BfLLETIN 25
wussukliumunat, etc.—continued.
[>'arr. vussuckquash, ' write a letter '
iniAvu-kirheh; -tiimmi (?), write, 'make
me a letter' [for vussAckrchonk oyimeh
; (?) ] wussv,ckwhH-e, tnissuckwhonrk, alet-
ter.
'
' From
vmssack-whommi'n, to paint
for, having no letters, their painting
comes the nearest."—R. W. 66.]
wussiikqun, n. a tail of an animal, Job
40, 17; Is. 9, 14: nmtmkqunt, by the tail,
Ex. 4, 4.
[Narr. iimssuckgiw, a 'tail, R. W. lOo.
Al>n. .Sni'i/ziiii; queue (de castor). Del.
sv/, «,/,»'».•;/, Zeislx]
*wussukquolilionk, n. a l)Ook, C. 216.
*wussukwli6suoiik, n. writing, Ex. 32,
16; ('evidence') Jer. 32, 14, 16, etc.:
ut irHxnukiiiionyanit, 'in a book', Ex.
17, 14, but elsewhere r(t hcokut viissiikvhonk,
Dan. 5, 25. (On a blank leaf of
the copy of Eliot's Bible which is before
me a former owner has left his autograph,
"«(>/! E/i.i!iii,iif>i iiossohfjiiohwonk"
(my book), and underneath, in English,
"I Elisha, this my hand.")
wussumitteaonk, n. judgment or sen-
tence ( incurred, referred to the object).
Job 27, 2.
wussuin6nat, v. t. an. to judge, to pass
sentence on, to condenm, 1 K. 3, 9: (3d
pers. sing.) mmmmiat, Is. 3, 13; kco-wm
kuhhoij, thou condenmest thyself, Rom.
2, 1; naumaiuonk (for koosittum'?),
thou judgest the law, James 4, 11; ah-
que a>mma>k, judge (ye) not. Matt. 7, 1;
wdmmoid, indmfnimont, wasiimonf, particip.
judging, he who judges, 2 Tim.
4, 1; James 4, 11; Job 21, 22; (uto-)
Prov. 29, 14; wuummau, he judges
(them), Ps. 7, 11; mmimvh, he sentenced
him ('gave sentence'), Luke 23, 24;
msum&uh, they judge him, 1 Cor. 14,
24; kcDSumomu'op, ye have condemned
(him), James 5, 6; kmsitteamwo), ye are
condemned, v. 9; matta mvakompande
imigsunKiii, he is not condemned, John
3, IS.
wussusses. See vussisses.
wut-, i)refixed to the name of a place or
people, forms a gentile or ancestral
noun, as vmt-Hehrew, the Hebrew, Gen.
14,13; vmt-A7norite,i\)id.: so iikkananU,
the Canaanites, v. 21; n

"TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 209
wutcheksuayeu, -iyeu—continued.
[Xarr. chil.-rsi,, the nurthwest, E. W.
83;

210 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletix 25
*wuttag'kesmneat, to be wet: nrntiiylces,
I am wet; iimltKjki'niCunan, we are wet,
C. 215. See initUujhi.
wnttah, liis heart. See mitah (m'tah).
wuttahhamonk, -unk, n. a well, Gen.
21, 25, 30; 24, 11; John 4, 11: Jakob
ailhomoiik, Jacob's well, John 4, 6; irut-
tolilicimiiiik, 'the well', ibid. See knttah-
ham, he Iwut-aeetaue, on each side
(?l, or iretahlu-k/juosh, brothers or sis-
ters (?)].
wuttaite, liis, (is) his, belongs to liim.
Lev. 27, 15, 19, 26: mittaiheh kah ncii
icittiaiheuh, (he) is mine and I am his.
Cant. 2, 16; nish wuttaiheash Cesar, the
things which are Caesar's, Mark 12, 17;
noh- v(tdfilti;it, 'he whose right it is', to
whom it belongs, Ezek. 21, 27; mdtmhe,
(is) mine, belongs to me, Ps. 60, 7;
nippe nutaihen, the water is ours. Gen.
26, 20; vame rie nmtman nuttaihe, all
that thou seest is mine, Gen. 31, 43;
ivame . . . riuHahiin, all . . . is ours, Gen.
31, 16; ahioonk kuttahein, the inheritance
shall be ours, Mark 12, 7; wame nutkii-
heot), kuttuiheot/, all (an. pi.) mine are
thine, John 17, 10.
w^ttamantamunat, v. t. t(j be troubled,
ti> liave care or trouble about anything
{irnttiindntamiinal, to care, C. 184):
kootrimdiitdiii, thou art careful, full of
care, Luke 10, 42; wtUtamantam, he is
or was troubled, Dan. 5, 9; nootamana-
tam, I am troubled, Ps. 38, 6; wultamanatamcok,
be ye troubled. Is. 32, 11.
See wutlmanlamiinal.
[Narr. niiop notammduntam, friend, I
am busV, R. W. 49. Cree &them-mu,
he is difficult (?); ehayoo, he perplexeth,
embarrasseth him, Howse.]
*-WTittam§,uog:, n. toViacco; iriiltuiiinu'isim,
give na- t.ihaco, R. \V. 55; ,r,iti:,„n„.
Peq. u'littuinmunc, a pipe, Stiles. Mass.
«(n iroh kmtam, will you smoke? C. 241,
=k(jjt(ilt(un (?), drink (?). [wuttam (he
*vruttainS.uog—continued.
smokes) is, I think, for vuttnmau, X. an.
form of iruttaltam, he drinks. Cf. the
Aim. Sdamaii, 'petun' (tobacco); Sdame
{^widtamau, El.), il petune, Rasles.]
See filijiiKoiikiixli; tiidtoohpocomireohisli.
WTittamehednat, v. t. an. to trouble, to
disturl.i, to discomfort, to hinder: ootam-
I'lieimaooht, to trouble them, 2 Chr. 32,
18; (ihqiie inittamheh, do not trouble me,
Luke 11, 7; nhqnc inittdinlirli hihhiig, do
not trouble thy.self, Luke 7, 6; howaii
)riittaiiiliilikilrli, let no man trouble me,
Gal. 6, 17 {inittamhuondt, to hinder;
nmtamehhUicam, I hinder, C. 194).
[Narr. cut&mmisli {kmtamelmh, C.
194), I hinder you; cotammume, cutani-
iiie, you trouble me, R. W. 49. Cree
(lOtiiiiiiHi-lliOd, he is busy; ooliiinme-
lidijoo, he interrupts him, Howse 82.]
WTittaonk, n. a path: um-may-eue uiita-
oiK/iniojdxli, 'the paths of their way',
Job 6,18; vuttdonganit, 'in their paths',
Prov. 2, 15; vndtaonganagh, her paths,
Prov. 3, 17.
[Abn. anSdi, chemin; (suppos. ) nnS-
dik. {may is not found in Rasles. )]
*-wuttap6hquot, wet (weather), C. 176.
See inittiujki.
w-uttash, pi. vuitdj, let it seethe (boil)?
Ezek. 24, 5 (or is vmihtj for -cash, 2d
pers. sing.?). Cf. intssue.
vratt&t, adv. behind (El. Gr. 21), Judg.
18, 12; behind all, hindermost, Gen.
33, 2 {wuUate, after, behind, C. 235):
wuttdt wagig, they who are last, Matt.
19,30; uddtatohtdgish, 'things behind',
Phil. 3, 13. See vutamiyeu.
[Del. v-lnik, afterwards, Zeisb. Gr.
172; at last, the last, ibid. 178.]
wuttattamdonk, cotta-, n.

THUMBULI.] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 211
wruttattamunat, eti-.—fdiitinueil.
the form of a vt-rl) transitive and fre-
quentative. The earlier form of the
intransitive is not found in Eliot. As
meechhml means primarily to eat vegetal
food, the radical verl) from which
wullaiUimimal is derived signified to
drinli water. This earlier form, without
reduplication, may be traced in some
of the phrases given liy Roger Williams
and Cotton: aqiue^waumatouss (iihque ii'n-
meatloush), do not drink all, R. W. 34;
mill ivoh kcotam eyeu, will you smoke it
now? [i. e. drink (?)], C. 241. There
was another word, meaning to drink
(intransitive), whose original form it is
not easy to trace in its compounds.
The radical appears to be nip, related
perhaps to swipde, siibde (q. v.), siqipequash
(tears); possibly to sepe, sep.
kogkeissippamw&en, a drunkard (koghe-
sip-, C. ; kakesup; Mass. Ps. ); tohneil
wonk ohksippamwean, 'if you will leave
off drinking', C. 240 [iihque-sip- (l)^,
nuttanncotam matukqs iroh maltii inisfippano
sokanunk, 'I will command the
cloud that it rain no rain ujjon it'. Is.
5, 6; IdptnppdmJieUH {IdpsuppamwehhiUit,
Mass. Ps. ), 'when they have well
drunk' {tapi-sippam-'] , John 2, 10;
nup-pomgraualsum mweeksippaonk, the
(sweet? wekonl) juice of my pomegran-
ates, Cant. 8, 2. Cf. mussuppeg, a tear.
[Narr. niccdivkatone, I am thirsty,
R. W. 33 {=nuk-kohkuttoon) ; piiutons iio-
tatdm, give me drink; iruttaUanh , drink,
ibid. .34; tnittattinnulta, let us drink,
ibid. 3.x]
vruttattamwaitch, n. a spoon. Num. 7,
62, 68; p\. + uash, v. 86; a cup, Jer. 2.5,
15; 1 Cor. 10, 21; wuUaUaniwaklj , Gen.
44, 2 [nmlatlamwaetch, my cup, C. 161).
From w uti at t amw elie 6 na I , to give to
drink, to cause to drink, 'let him (it)
give drink to me'.
[Narr. kumliii, a spoon; pi. kunnn-
muaog, R. AV. 50.]
wuttattashonat, v, t. an. to- hide (a
person), Ex. 2, 3; iciiUatliiylnih, she hid
him, Ex. 2, 2. [= u-ultat-altalishmmt, to
hold tehind anyone (?) ; suffix an. form
from nrf(a.sAoi(, he hides.] t'f. ]ViiiUti-
coiie (?); mittunkhumuiidl.
[Marginal note.—" Wrong."]
wuttaun, -wnttaunoli, (his) daughter;
appel. initlitiiiih, iiriilt(,niii, C. 162), a
daughter, Matt. 10, 35; constr. miltint-
noh, the daughter of, 1 Clir. 2, 49; ].l.
wiitlaunog, u-uttiUKiij, ii-iill(iiii«ii/: iiiillnn-
ttex {miU6nni'i'.i, ('. 162), my daughter,
Deut. 22, 17; Judg. 11, 35; kuUaunes, thy
daughter. Gen. 29, 18; imUnmindnog, our
daughters. Gen. 34, 9; kiittiiiinaioog, your
daughters, Gen. 34, 9; .ler. 29, 6; iritt-
linoh ncokas, my mother's daui;hter,
Gen. 20, 12; in,Wi„i,an,k, a. coll. the
daughters, all the daughters, .fudg. 21,
21. Cf. ireetiihlu: iirclmn/ifi.i. See ndloi-
kll, second daughter.
[Narr. nittai'inls, my daughter, K. W.
45. Bel.wdan, daughter; n-ihi nail, liis
daughter, Zeisb.]
wuttaunaenat (?), to have (as fatlier or
mother) daughters: hi)i uiuj/iiak inillij-
neii, 'and afterwards she bare a daugh-
ter', Gen. 30, 21; matta pisli koalmiuhjeti,
thou shalt not have daughters, Jer. 16,
2. Cf. u'uniiaiiioniieiuit.
wuttenantamdonk, n. (his) will, wish,
^Mark 3, 35; the will of, the purpo.se of:
null asi'it n-nltendiifiniKMiiik iimsli, he who
doeth the will of my father. Matt. 7, 21
kultenanlamooiik n lunn-h, thy will be
done. Matt. 6, 10 ( ne imj, Luke 11,
2); iiialta nnttcnaiiliuiioonk, ijiU kiitlaihe
nnrij, not my will but thine be done,
Luke 22, 42. See unnuntanuDoiik.
wuttin, wuttinne, he himself, she herself,
ille ipse, the emphatic pronoun
of the 3d pers. sing.: iiHuh iniUia loiias-
Kiiimm, how has she become a desola-
tion? Zepli. 2, 15. See utuiaiinui'tit.
*wuttiniiiiiinekossinat, to serve: «•««/((-
niumihknatliniii'iil, to be served, C. 208.
vruttinneumuJikauaonk, n. his service,
a serving (him), servii'e rendered to,
Ezra 6, 18.
•wuttinneiiiiiuhkaudnat, v. t. an. to
serve (him), 2 Chr. 29, 11; 34, 33:
wuUinnei'imohkauaog, they served (him ),
Gen. 14, 4; kmtendmuhka&unup, I have
served thee, Gen. 30, 26; caus. wuttinnetimuhkonimiuumiikup,
thou wast
made to serve, Is. 14, 3; iiuilta kcotin-
ninneumuhkdiiuwahinna), I have not
caused thee to serve, Is. 43, 23.
wuttinniin (?), 3d pers. sing. pres. indie,
from wuttinnaiinneat, = ini!-uiiite-aiin-
;

212 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
•wuttinniin—lontinued.
)((((/, ti ) 1 )e like (or such as) himself, to be
of his (own) kind{?): nedne unnantog ut
ti'ultahhut, ne umttinniin, 'as he think-
eth in his heart, so is he', Prov. 23, 7;
neauiil wultinneumin, ne wuttmniin wui-
KoiititiKninm, 'as with the servant, so
with his master'. Is. 24, 2; vMttinniin
huirau. 'wliosoever'. Matt. 16, 24, 25
(inilliiiiKiiiii /yo(TO?(, Prov. 6, 29); ne pish
iriilliiiiiliii, 'so will be his manner', 1
Sam. 27, 11. fien iniuaiimiedl.
wuttinnohkoe, wruttinuh.koe, adj. and
adv. rifiht (ilexter), Ex. 29, 20; Lev.
8, 23, 24; Rev. 10, 2: mMinohkounit, in
his right hand, Matt. 27, 29; Rev. 2, 1
(unninuhkoe menUcheg, the right hand,
O. 157). See iiintliiini>hk6u; nohkAu.
•wuttinnohkou, (liis) right hand, Dan.
12, 7: nnlt'nmuhkou, my right hand, Ps.
73, 23; kuttimmhkou, thy right hand,
Ps. 18, 35; vmtch muUinuhkduneiyeue,
from the right .side (of the temple, etc.),
L'C'lir. 2:!. 10. See muttinnohkdu; nohkdii.
wuttinnoowaonk, n. (his) commandment.
Acts 15, 5; the Word, John 1, 1
( = kuttmwmik, ibid. ) : nuttincowaongash,
my commandments. Gen. 26, 5. [unnoowaonk,
from nnncowonat, annamau
(

wuttitchuwan, eti;.
—
NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 213
ociii tinned,
nitely); xnhiriUrhudu, it flowed out of,
forth from; nohk-hetduidii, it gushed out,
burst out, Is. 35, 6; unnikhuan, it flowed
to, ran to; uvireeijonchuan, it flowed
round aljout, 1 K. 18, 35.
[Ahn. (iri'lsgnnn, il coule, v. g. le
sang.]
wuttogki, n. moisture, Luke 8, 6. See
oi/qiiithkl, wet, moist; *wuttap61iquot, wet
weather; wuttagkesinneat, to become wet.
[Peq. wuth'iggio eyhv-krezuk uvenugh,
wet today, very; waughtugyaclu/, a' deer,
i. e. wet nose', Stiles.]
wuttogque. See oggit!^.
*wuttolikoliko3miime6nash, jil. liLuk-
berries, C. liU.
wutt6huppa[enat]. See tvuttnlippalni-
al].
w-uttompek. See viitoinpeui:.
wuttdntauunat, v. t. to climb to or into:
wutiimtauadt, if he climb up (into it),
John 10, 1; lutontauohtou, he climbed
up, went by climbing (on his hands and
feet), 1 Sam. 14, 13; nontaudheltit kemk-
qiit, if they climb up to heaven, attain
to by climbing, Amos 9, 2. See toh-
kootauuitat.
[Narr. atAuntowash, climb the tree;
ntdimtawcm, I climb, R. W. 91.]
wuttoohpooom-weonish, n. tobacco, C.
2-11. See (Narr.) irv.ttamduog; uhpu-
mnkafih.
*'wrutto6nat, to complain: nmtanrain, I
complain; imtowap, I did complain,
C. 186; »Hn kailooicam nulihog, did you
complain of me? ibid.
*wuttotukkon : teackhe wnltotiikkon, 'it
jerketh or suddenly twitcheth', C. 195.
wuttooantamunat, v. t. to care about, to
be careful (jf, inan. obj. {icuttanantamu-
nat, to care, C. 186): viittaiaidam, he
careth for, 1 Cor. 7., 32, 34. Cf. u'ultamantamumil.
wuttoohuppa[enat]. See H-utiuhppa\_en-
af].
*wuttookummissin, a grandmother, C.
162: kukiiinniiix, thy grandmother, 2
Tim. 1, 5; {kokuurmes) thy aunt. Lev.
18, 14.
wuttoan, llii-iniouth,themouthof(him),
Ex.4, 11; I'niv. 10, 31. See multoaii.
*wuttoonautainoonk (?), u. 'valor',
Man. Pom. 86, 1. 1.
*wuttd6tcliikkinneasin, a grandfather,
C. 162.
*wuttoD'wosketoinpaog, pi. 'luciiof liigh
degree', Ps. 62, 7.
wuttug-k. See irnhtitk.
wuttuhliuuk, n. a paddle, Deut. 23, 13.
[Narr. wutkunck, a paddle or oar,
R. \V. 99; pm'dous nendiehmick l=]}nudtaiixh
nmttuhlmnk}, bring hither my
paddle, ibid. Del. tahacan, paddle, oar,
Zeisb.Voc. 29.]
wuttulippa[enat (?)], wuttODhup-,
wadhup-, wutt

214 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
wuttunkhumunat—continued.
witli a cloth, 1 Sam. 19, 13. See also
iiiikhiiiiiiiDi'il; of. * ]yimlacone.
WTittuukin[6nat] ahtompeh, to bend
a lidw: ikjIi iradliinkinoiit ahlompeh, he
wlio bends a bow; wuttunkinonch iirntoh-
lomju'h, let him bend his bow, Jer. 51,
3; l)nt kenaau vonkinoghh ohtomp, )'0U
tliat Viond the l:)Ow, Jer. 50, 14, 29; neg
ya. See yo; yoal.
yaneinn: iraiuu; yane'inno vvlch malta-
iiiiiij, '\n not seemly for a fool', Prov.
26, 1.
yanequolilico, n. a veil. Gen. 24, 65,
=puUogqtiequohhott, Gen. 38, 14, ^ong-
qaequohhou, Ex. 34, 33; 2 Cor. 3, 14.
yaneyeu: jtiiih yaneyhim, it shall be
as, or like, Is. 17, 5 (circumstance to
circumstance or fact to fact); ne wank
yane, and likewise (in the same man-
ner), John 6, 11.. Cf. neane; oiiatuh;
f'll'ippi:
yanitchan [iiaiiiUtmim-niiirhrg, he shuts
the hand (?)], n. a handful, Lev. 2, 2;
pi. +((.s7i, Kzek. 13, 19: nequlnutchan, a
handful of, 1 K. 17, 12.
yanittanumunat, yean-, v. t. to shut
(a door, gate, etc.): ydiiitainnn aqnoiit,
he shuts the door, Judg. 3, 23; yanil-
tanumivog, they shut the gate, Josh. 2,
7; yeaiiillanumau (v. i.), he shut the
door, Gen. 19, 6; pisli keanittamtm,
thou shaltshut the door, 2 K. 4, 4.
yanunumunat, v. t. to shut: ydnunum
irii!tke,tnk(]n(i.^li, he shuts their eyes. Is.
44, 18; yanunwih, shut thou (their
eyes). Is. 6, 10; noh yamuiiik, he who
shuts (his eyes) Is. 33, 15.
[ Xarr. i/r:h, pi. inan. four (things), Prov.
30, 18, 21; yauut rxii, four square, Ex.
38, 1 ; yauquinogkok, on the fourth day,
2 Chr. 20, 26; nabo yau, fourteen;
yauuHchag {-kodtog, -kodtash), forty.
El. Gr. 14.
[Narr. yi'ih, four, R. W. 41. Peq. y

TRUMBULL] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 215
yo, yS, adv. yonder, that way: yeit nog-
que in kah yd in, hither and tliither, to
this side and to that; y6 iiultdnan, we
will go yonder, Gen. 22, 5 {wonk hi)
kuppeyaunumun, we will come again
[hither (?)] to you, ibid.); monchishyeu
iciitch, yaintsh, go hence to yonder place,
i. e. go hence, go to yonder (from yd-
auonat), Matt. 17, 20.
[Narr. yo nowi-kiii, I dwell here, R. W.
29.]
yoai, y6aeu, yoae [yu ayeu], adv. on
that side, 2 Sam. 2, 13; Dan. 7, 5: iculch
ydde kesukqut kah yen onk in aongkoue,
from the one side of heaven unto the
other, Deut. 4, 32; xriitcl( yade . . .
nogque, on the one side ... on the
other, 1 Sam. 14, 4; 2/daftt . . . nahohtoe
ydayeucok, on the one side (of the ark)
... on the other side, Ex. 37, 3; xd
ydde, at the sides of ( the ark ) , v. 5 ; u-utch
yoai, yoaeu, yoae—continued.
yeddeu . . . ogkomae, out of one side
. . . out of the other (of the candle-
stick), v. 18; |>mm^ 2/o

EXGLISH-]^ATICK

a)}lior, uhquannmau; inan. vliqnniihiiii,
he has an extreme aversion to; tilDjimn-
vmaii, he is abhorred, is loathsome; nhqudnumukquoJc
(when it is abhorred ) , an
aliominable or detestable thing.
abide, apjm; it al)ides in, appehhink-un.
able, lapenum (Idpinnum), he is able,
[lotest. From lApi, sufficient.
abomination, vhrjuanuiinikijKok.
abound, iiionat, when tliere is much or
])lenty; imm-mcochekohtoh, I abound,
rhil.4, 18.
about, (concerning) papaunie; (round
about) quinnuppe; imfemt {iraene, v:e-
«-e)if, C. ).
above, waahe, vohcpit ; iniU-h vohqut,
mitch vuabu, from above; vdlihiiniiii'n,
upward; kuhkuhque, higher up.
abundance, ne masegik, when it is plenteous
(missech&onk, C. ), an abounding;
maunelash, mish&unekish, 'great store',
R. W.; muiiniiUhkfid iiiecchiiii,, 'store of
victuals'; nioiuilnxh, many things, abun-
dance; monaonk, abundance; mmnaiit,
when there is plenty.
accept, lapeneam, he receives with satis-
faction; tapeneaummonk, accej^tance;
iapeneunkquol, that which is acceptable.
From Idpi, sufficient, enough.
accompany, wechau, he goes with, an.
obj.; kam'echaugh {kotivchausli, R. W.),
I go with you; wechauattittea, let us accompany,
R. W. From weeche-au, he
goes with.
according: to, neaunak [oe aiinak, that
which is so].
acorn, pi. andticJieniineaaJi, R. W. See
nut.
across. See crossover.
act (agere), ussenal, to do, to act; ».«.ianiniauxachick, R.W. );
iiiaiii.iliqii(Hnts(ie)i-!ii, an adulteress. See
fornication.
advantag-e. See profit.
adversary. See again.st; enemy; oppo-
site.
advice, kfrnonitlvonk, good advice re-
ceived. See counsel.
advise, kogkahtimmi, v. t. he gives advice
to, advises {kogkahqultemt, he advises,
C. ) ; weogquihtmajk knli keneetamook,' give
your advice and counsel', Judg. 20, 7.
affair (matter of business), umtiijt-uonk.
affrighted, chepsluni, chepshontam, he is
affrighted, startled, astonished {kitchee-
gahteau, he affrights; kitchesshanittinneat,
to be affrighted (?); kultijshnnUtuonk,
fright, C).
afraid, vxibesu, he fears, is afraid; nmirabes,
I am afraid; qusliau wahemoneau,
he is afraid of (him); queihtani, he is
afraid (to do, to go)— not implying
slavish or disgraceful fear {vesdssu, (he
is) afraid; cowhassf are you afraid?; tawhilch
xresdseanf why fear you?; mano-
wemss, I fear none, R. W. ). See fear.
after, adv. after that, afterward, jie mahche
(see have, auxil. ); prep, amhkaue
[asuhkaueu, it goes after, follows]: ne-
gonne onk nen . . . asulikaue onk nen,
before me . . . after me, next after
219

220 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25-
after—coiitinueil.
(in order of time or place); nahohtueu
(secundus, -a, -iim); )mh asuhkilt, lie
who goes or comes after. Cf. asah, or;
neese liu-essel, two.
afternoon, qvdttuhqnbliqiu'i, C. ;
panicom-
paii; iiitinrdidrqdir, R. \V. ; ([iiUuhqua-
qudir, after dinner, iliid. See day.
afterward (in the future), (iinpetak.
again, (a second time) nompe; (in addi-
tion) iroiik {vonkanet, otik, or vonk,
again, C. ).
against, ayeuuhkonc; mutually opposed,
iijlciiiiJikonlttue {ayeiikauntUe, C. ); ayeuii}iki>ii

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 221
animal—continued.
sents the verb of animate agency, ua-gii,,
he does, acts. The prefi.K is perhaps
the inseparable pronoun of the 3d pers.
sing, w' {eird, he, K. W. ), as in howan,
awduu [t'lru-unrii, any he],
ankle, mnsxijixt: irnsxiipskon, his ankle
bone [»('.v».«i7'^)oi-(«/.ri/i,the8ide bone?].
anoint, sussequnnau, lie anoints (him);
sussequmim, he anoints (it) {nussisseg-
quhi, I anoint, C. ); act. verbal susseqmonh,
anointing, anointment; pass,
verbal susscqunniituonl; being anointed.
«,notlier, onkalog, another person, pi. onk-
alogig, others; onkalog, another thing,
pi. onkatoganash {onkcUuk, onkne, besides;
onkatoganit, otherwise, C. ) . From
oiik, ironk.
answer, nampmham, he answers; namprohatiKin,
he answers (him).
ant, aiiniDH'kx.
any, anybody, any person, howan {avd-
un, K. W., whoso; Del. auven, who; au-
won, /ioffwi, anybody, C. ) . nanwi, nanive:
nanwe uvsketomp, any man, C. ; nanwe
missinninnuog, common people, C. Adj
inan. teagire: lit leagve mehiugkit, on any
tree; ne teaguas, any thing.
apart, chippi, cheppi (it is separate):
chippeu, he separates himself; chippau,
he separates himself to, 'consecrates
himself.
Appear, nunnogguis, I appear, C. ; dnukquok
(when it appears), the appearance
of a thing {nogqunmionk, appearance,
liioks, C. ). See looks.
appease, vui-manuinu'lilutin, he appeaseth
(strife, Prov. 15, 18), from manunne,
quiet, calm, moderate, mahtednum, he
appeases or pacifies, C. ; mahieanndnaf,
to quiet, ibid., from niaJilo), he makes
an end, has done.
appoint (a person to post or place), kehti-
HKiil, he appoints (him); kuk-kehtim,
thou appointest (him); noh nukkehtim,
he whom I appoint.
appoint or designate (a place or inan.
oh}.), knJiqvtlum, he appoints (it). Adj.
kuhqiilliDiniie, appointed.
apron, aiilah, aiitau'hun, audtd, the apron
or covering worn in front by the In-
dians; 'a pair of small breeches or
apron', R. W.
.
archer, pi'jnimirafn-m, one who .^limits
habitually, pi. -innuog; pepii}iiiilclng
(pi.), they who are shooting, actually.
From puminu, he shoots, with frequentative
reduplication.
arm, muhpit (mehpit, C); wuhptl, his
arm {u-uppUlene, pl.-nash, R. W. ). m'ap-
peht, related to appih, a trap; suppos.
appekit, (when) it holds fast or catches.
around, waeenu, adv. and prep, it goes
around, winds or curves around (waene,
wewmte, about, C); quinmippe, adv.
[qidn-appu, quinuppu, it turns about],
about, around; quinuppohke [quinnup-
pu-ohke], everywhere, all about.
arrive, lUiauke wtishem, I come by land,
R. W. 31. Cf. Cree tuckoo-mn, he arrives
( by land) , Howse 50. For mitohke (?)
Cf. aukeetfitshauog,' 'they go by land',
R. W. vnmishoonhommhi, 'I come by
water' (i. e. by boat, nmshoon), R. AV.
31.
arrow, kouhquorit, kdunkquodt (suppos.
part, inan., having a pointed or sharpened
end); pi. +o.?/i. cmlquatash, arrows,
R. W. Peq. keeguum, arrow;
nuckhegunt, my arrows.
artful. See crafty.
as, iwane [ns-imni, like that, of this or
that kind], as, so, in like manner;
onahih lunne-toh], as though, as if, as
when, used with the suppos. mood;
ivehque [au-uhquaeu, going to the extreme
or limit] as far as; wutch . . .
vehque (with verb of motion), from
. . . io [yo wi-que, thus far, R. W. );
adtahshe, alloache, iMooche, ahhut tahshe
[for adt tolisu, =ut-tahshe\, as ranch as,
as many as, as often as (ayalche, as
often, R. W. ). See like; long as; such.
ascend, kuhkiihqxieu, he goes up, denoting
voluntary, progressive upward motion;
imdpit, wadbeu, he rises up or ascends,
denoting change of place, without re-
spect to locomotion; with inan. subj.
waape-mcD, it rises, ascends (is rai.sed),
as smoke, the water in a river, etc.;
ushpeu, ushpushau, he ascends into the
air quickly or with swift motion, as the
soaring of a bird, etc.; with inan. subj.
ushpemm, iisspemco, it mounts aloft, is
borne upward. See go.
.

222 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BCLLETIN 25
ashamed, akoih-liti, he is ashamed; ?»((-
(ibidj {iiiit-dgkodch, C), I am ashamed;
akiiilrliclihidn, he makes (him) ashamed,
puts (liiui) to shame {nut-dgkitdi-heh'ikqun,
it ashameth me, C).
ashes, pubjuee. Cf. pHkit (Xarr. piick),
"iniike; piikr/uee, mire, mud; pohqut
(tluit which is broken off?), a brand.
ash tree, monnnks, Is. 44, 14.
ask, iKilmlomau, he asks (him) a question,
questions; nalcotomifehteau, natmlonnth-
icnn, he inquires, asks a question; natm-
Uiiiii'thkitti, he makes inquiry of, he asks
qiu'sfiiins I if (about anything) (natco-
itiiiiiri-likitd. luitmiomuhkim, he asks, in-
quires, C". ; n' nalotemuckauri , I will ask
the way (inquire about it) , R. W. ; kiin-
tidtoti'inif do you ask me? ibid.).
ask for, irehqiietmi), he asks for (it); weh-
qiiiiiiinaii, he asks (him) for (it) {ka>-
veque.lummdush, I beseech you, C. ).
Cf. trehkomau, wei-komaii, he calls (him).
assemble, mmeog, maiyaeog, they assfiiilile,
meet together; mukkinneonk
iimnnm or mhjaemoo, the assembly meets
(is gathered together) ; freq. mohmoeog,
they meet often or habitually (mimvSiuck,
let us meet; mkiiceheUit, when
they meet, R. W.). From mide, miyae,
moee {moyice, C. ), together. V. t. an.
miariau, he assembles, causes (them) to
assemble, gathers together (midvetie, a
court or meeting, R. W. ).
assembly, iiuMiiii-clikonionk, mlshfu'onk, a
great many together; nnikkinneinik, a
gathering.
astonished, chcpuliau, he is astonished,
amazed; monchanaiani, he wonders. See
amazement; wonder.
astray, /)f(H»p, outof the way; panneail, he
goes astray; suppos. part. an. panneont,
babe. See child; infant.
back, iiiii]ipii>

TRVMBl-LL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 223
'bad, match( (Lat. male) ; suppos. part,
inan. matchit, when it is bad; concrete
n. mcUchuk, machuk, evil, that which
is bad; adj. matcheloa [matchetco, he is
bad], bad, evil, wicked; tnalchesu [mat-
clie-u.%w, he does badly], a bad person,
i. e. (one, he, who) acts badly; vbl. n.
of agency malcheseaen-in, an evil doer;
act. vbl. matchetdonk, badness, wicked-
ness (in disposition, purpose, or nature)
pass. vbl. )iiiitrhni,'h,lhin„l:. wickrclness
encountered or rciiTrcd to its (.liject;
act. vbl. >ii

224 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LLETIX 25
bear—I'on tinned.
iiiijiwJi, Edw. ; Del. mak'hk, machk,
Hkw. ). From m(»iii/wU| (mauytidu, R.
W. ), he devours, eats, an. obj.(?).
Peq. a'hawgimt, Stiles; Narr. honooh,
ibid. See.wolf.
Tbear ( v. ), kemnmimm, he bears or carries
(it), takes it along; with an. obj. kenunau,
konunau, he carries (him); with
suffix xikkenvnuh, he carries or bears
him; h'munoid (suppos. part. an. ), when
he carries or bears: konunont ahlompeli,
carrying a bow (see take), kdunum,
he bears, sustains, holds up; suppos.
part. inan. kouriuk, when it carries, it
carrying, a carriage or anything used
for carrying burdens; freq. kogkoumim,
he supports, holds strongly or firmly.
nayeutam, he bears (it) on his person
as a burden; imperat. 2d pers. sing.
tiniii'iifaxh. bear or carry it {nidulash,
take it on your back, B. W. ) ; suppos.
pass. part, nai/euinuk, naia/muk, (when
he is) borne or carried on the back (of
.a man or beast), hence nayeumuk, when
he rides: nayeumukquog kamelsoh, 'they
rode on camels', Gen. 24, 61; noh naatmukqul
(nayeumukqut), he who rides, a
Tiorseman; pi. neg nayeumukqutcheg,
Tiders, horsemen. So nahnayoumewot,
R. W.; nahnaiyeumdoadl, a horse 'or a
creature that carries', C. ; T)e\.nayundam,
to carry on the back or shoulders;
nanayunges, a horse, 'the beast which
carrieson its back', Hkw. Perhapsfrom
nauicaeu, he bends down; nmiwaehtaiii,
he bends or stoops to it. See horse.
"bear children, neechau, nechau, she is in
ti-avail or brings forth {ntechaw; paug-
cSlche Ipakodchel nechainrav, she is
already delivered, R. W.). See beget.
bear fruit. See produce.
beard, u-eeshittcon, =weshak-i(Oji, hair (of
the) mouth (?). See hair.
beast, puppinashim, p\.-i- icog (pennshim,
pi. + v'ock, R. W. ). See animal.
Jjeat, tadagkomau, he beats (him); suffix
wui-tattagkomduh, they beat him;
tallogkodlam,iohtogkodtam, he beats (it).
Freq. from logkomau, he strikes (him),
and hiykiidhiin, he strikes (it), pogguliham
i jiiirkliniiiiiii)!, to beat out corn,
R. W. ), he threshes or beats out corn.
See grind; strike.
beautiful, trannegeii (good, handsome,
desirable, pleasing); wunnehhmu, he
beautifies himself, makes handsome;
wrnmdilesu, he makes (it) beautiful or
pleasing.
beaver, tumm&nk, pi. -\-quaog (tommunque,
Peq.; tumunk, C. ; tummock, R. W. ).
From Itunmigqitohhou, he cuts off (sc.
trees)? Cf. Abn. tema'kSe, ]il. -kSak,
castor vivant. ndosuppauog (pi.) and
sumhuppai'iog, R. W. See *ami)ique.
because, newutche, ne wutche (for this,
from this). See cause; therefore;
wherefore.
become. Cotton gives 'I am become,
nutlitini'; ' to become, tmniinat' . Eliot
has the verb unnaiinneai, 'so to be' (1
Cor. 7, 26), evidently from imni, such or
of the kind, to be of the kind, to be
such, to become such. In twc) or three
instances this verb is employed as the
representative of the verb 'to become',
though it is not to be regarded as its
exact equivalent; thus loh dniit, what
may have become of him, Ex. 32, 1, 23
( = li)h aolis, where he might be, Acts
7, 40).
bed (place for sleeping), appin; wuUippcn,
his bed Iwuloppin, he sat there].
bees, aohkmummussog (ohkeommmsog, G. ).
beiore (in frontof), anaquohlag [when it
is opposite, anaoquen-olitag], before (it);
aHoqudbit [when he is opposite, atico-
gueu-apit], before (him); anaquabeh,
before me; anaquabean, before thee;
anaquabheUit, before them (atidquabit,
before him, C. ;
(inaquoltlag wek, before
his house, ibid. ) [ancoqueti, opposite,
from nultquaeu, he looks toward] . negonuhkau,
he goes before or in advance
of, he leads; -riegonlcoau, he sends (i. e.
in advance of himselt) to another. See
lead.
before (preceding mi\me) ,negonaeu; adv.
negonne, formerly, before time; asquam,
not yet; quoshde, beforehand, anticipa-
tory.
begr (ask alms), weenshau, he is beg-
ging; n. agent, ueenshaen, a beggar;
weenshaniav, he asks for (it) as alms;
co-wensham-uh ne leaguas, 'he asked an
alms from them'. Acts 3, 3.
beget, v'unnci'climiau, he begets (a
child or children, without reference to
sex); wunnaumomeu, wunnanioniyen, he

TEDMEUI.L] ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 225
beg:et—continued.
begets (a son or sons) ; imttauniyeu, wutt6neu,
he begets (a daughter or daughters).
With a feminine nominative
the same verbs signify to bear, to bring
forth.
begin, expressed by naiclie [uo ivutclie']
or kooche [k6 wutche} in combination
with a verb. The former regards the
beginning only as a completed act or
point of time without regard to ensuing
or progressive action or to lapse of time;
the latter (kmche, kuiche) indicates pro-
gression from a starting point,beginning
of action yet in progress or continuous.
See 2 Cor. 8, 6: neyane nmche usdp, ne
ko tatuppe kesteimkquneau, 'as he had
begun, so would he [goon and] finish.'
nmche wekilU'fin, lie began to build; yeu
naoche usaenaout, this they began to do;
neyane nmche tts»ip, as he began to do;
kiitche ussean, kah wonk nuppakodche us-
fein, 'when I begin [to do] I will also
make an end' (do thoroughly), 1 Sam.
3, 12; kthtchisuk, kddshik, (when it began)
in the beginning. Gen. 1, 1; Is.
64, 4; umtche kutchisgik onk yean wehq-
shik, from beginning to the end {nen
kitche or nuk-kitcheicssem, Ihegin; kutche,
begun, C. ); kachemm, (it begins,) it
starts from, issues from (as a stream,
etc.). See come from.
beguile. See deceive.
behave. See conduct one's self; do to.
behavior, imniyhionk. See business.
behead, tummigquohw6u, he beheaded |
(him) {t'unequassin, 'to cut off or behead',
R. W.).
behind, wuttat, wodtat {wiittate, C. ) : muHat
tvagig (those who go behind), 'they
who are last ' ; wodtat ohtagiah ... ne-
^ond/itoi/is/i, 'things behind . . . things
before', Phil. 3, 13. wuttamiyeu (it is
behind), the hind parts or posteriors; 3d
pers. mtamiyeu, his hind parts. See back.
behold! (interj.), kusseh, lo! behold! see
thou! Cf. Lat. ce, ecce ( = ce-ce), Fr.
voici.
believe, wunnamptam, he believes
(it); wunnamptau, he believes (him);
noanamptam, I Ijelieve {mmnamptamooonk,
belief, faith; pi. vmnnampuhtogig,
believers, C). "This word they use
just as the Greek tongue doth that
B. A. E.,BuLL. 25 15
believe—continued,
verb nt%ivciv, ior believing or obey-
ing, and they say, coannamnatmis, I will
obey you [or, I believe you]."—R. W.
65.
*bell, kwkmkanogs (onomatope).
*bellows, popcopmtawoandmuk, C. [that
which is blown with; from pmtauaeu,
he blows].
belly, menogkus {munnoys, bowels, C);
wunnogkus, his belly (wunn&ks, R.W.),
from wonogq, a hole (?). misshdt,
C, for mishehit, suppos. part, from
inishehheu, he is lifted up, made great,
enlarged. See bowels.
belong to, nultaihe, it belongs to me,
is mine; kuttaihe, it is thine; vmttaihe,
it is his; nuttaihein, nuttaihen, it is ours;
nish imiUaihe-ash, the things which are
his. ohtau ( he has ) , it belongs to ( him
as a quality, attribute, or appendage;
kut-ahtau-un kelassmtamoonh, 'thine ia
the kingdom', Matt. 6, 13; noh ohlunk,
he having, the owner, he to whom it
belongs; ne teaguas ohtunk, anything
which is (belongs to), Ex. 20, 17. Vbl.
n. ohtoonk, ahtdonk, a having or lielonging,
a possession. In compound
words -ohfde signifies belonging to, of
the nature or quality of. vmtchaiyeumm,
it belongs to, in the sense of it pro-
ceeds from, is caused by, or the like;
menuhkesiwnk vmtchaiyeumm Godut,
power belongs to God, Ps. 62, 11. See
his; mine; thine.
below, adv. and prep, ay we, agvm, ogwu.
ohkeiyeu {ohkeieu, C. ), below, i. e. earthward,
agwe, or agwu, the more common
form, is apparently contracted from
ohkeieu.
bend, woonki {wduki, R. W.), it bends,
is crooked; wonkinmnn, he bends (it)
{wonkunum, C); ne woonkag, that
which is bent; pi. woonkagish, bent or
crooked (things). See crooked.
bend one's self, nauwaeu, he bends
down or stoops; nauwoau, nauvjuseu
[nauwaeu-ussu], he performs the act of
bending or stooping; nddusit, when he
bends, bending; nauwanum uppuhkuk,
he bends his head; nauwaehtam, he
bends down to or before (it); nauwakompau,
nauwosikompau, he bends or
stoops.
)

22n BUREAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
bent. See t-rooked.
berry, in compound names, -niinne, pi.
ndnneash, small fruit of any kind {wut-
tAhimneanh. strawberries, R.W. ; wattahminneoh,
a strawberry, C. ). See whor-
tleberry.
besides, onkne (more than that, further),
C. ; wonk; as conjunction, chauhohkish,
'except, besides', El. Gr.22; chonchippe
(chippe, Mass. Ps.), he or it excepted,
saving, excepting; kcotne, C. [for qui
besiege, weenuhkauivaog neg, they besiege
or encamp round about them; weenuh-
/.o»i, he besieged (it) \_=u'aeenu-iihkom,
lie f;oes round about].
bestow. See give.
betray, wimassoomau, he betrayed (him);
wanascomit, when he was betrayed ( wa-
'liassmmit, betrayed, C. ); nmmisamm, I
betray; n. agent, unmassmmwaenin, a be-
trayer, one dealing treacherously.
betiveen, nashaue {nashdue,C.): nashaue
iiiitiiusli, between the paths.
beyond, ongkoue, aoiigkdue {onkkfjiie,C.):
iniluhshame . . . ongkoue, on this side
. . . beyond (a river, etc.); ongkome,
oiigkomde, on the other side of: ydai . . .
ogkomai, on this side ... on the other
side {acdwmuck, R. W.; so, Acawmenda-
kil, England, ibid., =agkome-en-ohke-ut,
in the land on the other side or beyond
Alg. gaamink, on the other side, Lah.).
From onkhum, he covers or hides (it).
bind, kishphtum, he binds, ties, makes
(it) fast; kunlipinush (kspimsh, R. \V.),
bind it or tie it fast; kishpinaii, he binds
(him); v. i. act. kMpissu, he makes
fast, and i>ass. lie is made fast or tied.
togkiipjiiiKin, he binds, holds fast by
bonds (him); freq. or intens. tohtogk-,
tattagk-, tahtogkuppinau. wicshjmnnum,
he binds up or together, =a,ssepinum.
keneepinau, he binds (him), as by oath,
imposes an obligation.
birch bsirk. See bark (n.).
bird, piijjpinslinas (pi. -j-og), a bird or
fiiwl, avis {n'peshawog, pi., fowl, R.W.;
jiiij)j)mu.'shaog, Ma.ss. Ps. ).- Cf. Chip.
jjenaisi. psukses, 'a little bird', pi. -{-og
(pussekeses^ik, R. W.; pissukaemesog,
birds, C, i. e. very small birds, a dimin-
utive of the 2d degree)
.
;
birth, iieiiiioi)k, iieeknonk [from iii-lu,
riekit, a bringing forth, and pass, a
being brought forth] ; wunneetuonk, uninneekunnk,
his birth. See bom.
bit, rhogcj; rhohkag, a spot, spotted; kod-
chuhki, a piece or fragment. See piece;
spot.
bite, sogki'pwan, he biteth; sogkep^mu
(niissogkep&wam, I bite, C. ); suppos.
noh sagkepwut, he who is bitten. Cf.
sogkunum, he catches hold of, hooks
into. See hook.
bitter, vtesogkon; vbl. n. weesogkinoaonk,
bitterness {weesogkeyeu, bitterly, C. ).
Cf. weesive, the gall; weesSe, yellow.
black, ma)i {inSiin, sucki, R. W. ) ; adj. an.
iiKoesti, (he is) black; pi. inan. wm-
eyeuaxh; an. mmemog {inmaMie voske,
black man, C, ^mooosketomp, El. Gr. ).
sucki, R. W.; an. suckesu: "hence they
—
call a blackamoor suckduttacone, a coalblack
man; for sucki is black, and
wadtacone, one that wears clothes," R.
W.; but, strictly speaking, sucki was
dark colored and not black. The dark
purple shells from which the more valuable
peag was made, and the dark
peag itself—blue, purple, or violet
were named from their color sucleau-
hock.
blackberries, n-nHoh kohk(j)>itiuned-
misli (?), C.
blackbird, chdgan; pi. -niuck, R.W. : "Of
this sort there be millions, which are
great devourers of the Indian corn",
ibid. Teq.auchugyeze l=chohkes:ii, choh-
kexitclip, spotted?], massoun/an, Stiles,
the bolxilink, Emberiza oryzivora?
bladder, mninmneetau: mmiunneeloe qtis-
suk, stone in the bladder, Man. Pom. S8.
blame, iriitchumonate, to blame; noachum,
I blame,C. ; (?) vmtchimau, he is blamed,
1 Tim. 3, 2; icutchimimeach, let me bear
the blame; montrag vvtchimau, he is
l)lameless (is nothing blamed). See
condemn.
blast (of air), pcopmtaudonk, a blowing
strongly. From jjcopmtau, intens. from
pcDtmi, he blows.
blasting (of grain) pi.

TRlMBVLLl ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 227
*blanket, ;>M( «(/»(' ^

228 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BUI. I.I 25
boil—continued.
qiionchekomehteau iiipjiefi.th. Arc t-auseth
the waters to boil, Is. 64, 2.
bonds, l-ixhjilsxiionija.ih, pi. of kiKltplAm-
iink, from kixhpis.iii, he ties.
bone, muskon, his bone, the bone of;
miskon {weshkeen, v;uhkon, C. ); pi. jniwkonash,
bones; vuskonatth, his bones.
Cf. dskon, a horn; askon, iwkoii, a hide
(oskdn, C); vmtmkoii, his hide. •«'«-
veen, a horn, C.
*book, viHSSiiktrhonk ( wuasukquohhonk,
C), vbl. n. from vyussukhtim, H'ussukkuhhum,
he writes, continues writing.
See write.
bore, pukgusmm, he bores a hole (in or
through), 2 K. 12, 9; jnickhummin, 'to
bore through', R. W.; pukquag, (when
it is bored) a hole, eye of a needle,
Mark 10, 25; piickwheganafili, awl
blades for boring the wampum beads,
R. W. Cf. pithptihkc, hollow; papvkquarine,
pajMquanne, thoroughly; poh-
qiide, open; pohki, clear, transparent.
piidhkuKsoJihug mukqs, he bores his ear
(bores to him the ear), Ex. 21, t>.
born, iieekit (when he is brought from);
neetu (he comes forth, is born, primarily
grows) : noh neekit ut neekit, 'one born in
my house'. Gen. 15, 3. See birth.
borrow, nogkohkou, he borrows; nogkoh-
kouun, (it is) borrowed; n. agent, nog-
kohkouaen, -mm, so -knhkamraeniii, a
borrower, namohkau, he borrows; na-
j}i()hkausJi irishquash, 'go borrow ves-
sels', 2 K. 4, 3. The causatives of
both verbs are used for the verb to lend
naniohkaihlmau, mi mohkohheau, he
lends; nogohkohheati, iiogolikoeihhiiau,
he lends; suppos. iioli imgohkooiiit, a
lender.
bosom (pectus, sinus), pmrhenav, (uppcDcMnou,
C. ): nppoocheneadvt, in his
bosom [^i)oh»Mnaen, it is divided in two,
is halved]. See breast.
both, tieeswe, Matt. 13, 30; 15, 14 (mi-
neesu-e, C. ?); neeae, two.
bottle, quonooasq {quaiiaowask, C. ), i. e. a
gourd; irisq, a vessel. From wq, a
gourd (?).
bottom, ohkeU; ut agwe; ohkeiyeu tie, the
bottom of it; wutch woskeche onk yaen
ohkeH, vutch wo.fkeche onk yime dgin:,
from top to bottom. Matt. 27, 51;
:
bottom—continued.
Mark 15, 38; ut iimtchomqid kehtahlian-
7iil, ut agwe kehtahhannit, in the bottom
of the sea [tuiumatuck, in the bottom,
R. W.).
bough, branch, wuttuhq, louttuk [init-uh-
qiKii; at the ends or outermost parts ?].
paui-hautaquiimsash, branches, R. W.
pohchatuk, a bough, C. : pohchohkom pohchatuk,
he breaks a limb, ibid, umd-
tuckqim, a piece of wood, R. \V. ; pi.
iimttoohqunash, wood, C. cheAoua-ih, cheouwh,
branches (of a vine), Gen. 40,
10, 12.
bought, adtoadche. See buy.
boundary, chadchabenumdonk, a bound
mark, i. e. division; from chachaubenum
{chadchapiinum, C ), he divides.
kiihkuhhunk, a boundary (a marking
out); hihkuhkeg, (that which marks) a
bound mark, limit.
bow, n. an. ahlomp, ohtomp: nutahtomp
(Peq. n'teump, nutteumpub, Stiles), my
bow; wutahtompeh, their bows; pmtonkunaog
u-utahtompeuh, they bend their
bows, Ps. 64, 3; ohtomp kah konhquod-
tash, bow and arrows.
bow down, nauwaeu, he bows down;
nairosu, he makes a bowing or bending;
nauwaehtam, he bows down to (it) ; nau-
wnehtauau, he bows down to (him).
See bend.
bowels, mendgkus [munnogs, C. ) , the belly
or the bowels, vmttinnomhog, the en-
trails, = vmt-anome-hog, of the inside of
the body. See belly.
boy, mukkatclionks {iiii'iikqiiiirlnirks, R.
W.; Peq. and Narr. hi".7,,(,//»/. stiles),
a man child, a boy (iimiki'iji, iinnknm-
paes, a boy, C. ; but nunkomp is rather
a young man) ;
nummuc.kqii4cMicks, my
son, R. W. ; muckquacJmckquemene, a lit-
tle lioy, ibid.
bracelets, kehtippitteruipeash, kfMeitppete-
ni'tpea.ih, from kehte, great, petauun, it is
put on, appa (?) ; or is it from kelile and
appeh (suppos. appehit), trap, gin, that
which holds fast ?. See ring.
brag, mishcovau, he bragS or swaggers,
C., = iiiii'hehlieau (?), he makes himself
great. See boast.
brain, louttip, R. W. (where "their opin-
ion is that the soul keeps her chief
seat and residence"); ivaanlaui wiittiip,
;

.
brain—con t i n ued
a wise brain, C. ; mcluppeoi

230 BCREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
brook—continued.
Dimin. from sepu, a river. Dimiu. of 2d
degree xepohnme, a little rivulet, R. W.
broth, pottage, subaheg, sebaheg, sahaheg,
that which is made soft or thinned.
From xiiiipn, , sabfti', goit, thin, melting.
brother, imiial-itli, liis brother, the l)roth-
er of (him); irrnnil-iii (mveiiiiitlhi^C),
a brother, i. e. any brother, the brother
of any; Keema/, my brother; tenia/, thy
brother; pi. wanatog, his brothers (wee-
iiialUliiDck, they are brothers, R. W. ).
wedahtu-oh, her brother or sister, properly
one of the same family or born
in the same house {netat, a si.ster, C. ).
nun-nohtdmikqus, my brother; kenohtdnukqus,
thy brother; tnmnohtdnukqus-
oh, her brother, the brother of (her).
ioeetomp

TEUMBUIJ,] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 231
bury—continued.
mun, to bury, R. W. ) ; ponekinit (wheahe
is buried), his burial; posekinitieaonk,
a burial, being-buried. From poskm,
' he is naked; poskinaii, he strips (him)
naked or is naked.
bush., nepeunk; (}iippixhirnn'nhl\u)k.
business, affair, uaniijlaonk [act. vbl.
from unnaiinneal, to be so or in such manner],
condition, case, circumstances:
ponniyeue imniyetlonk, 'rude behavior,
manner, way, state, condition', C;
vmnnegen unmye\i(mk, a good cause,
ibid.: iiiuirhiuiii, mink, 'fvil case', El.;
iniltiDiiii/, iiiiiKj'isli, liis affairs, plssauvmUknik,
pisxisln'toiik (j,iss,ii,ifii,mk, C),
business, employment.
but, conj. qut {qui, qid ouch, C. ); webe,
wepe (only), but, Mass. Ps. ; qut onch,
ohnchikoh, but yet.
buy, adtdaii, he purchases from (him);
noh adtuadt, he who buys, a buyer;
call (v.), roehkomaii, irrckomaii, he calls
(him) : wehkom kali.-

232 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
captain—continneil.
parison ) . keenomp {kenompde , valiantly
kenompaonk, valor, C. )•
captive, inMsin, indef. iiiismnmn {missinnege,
R. W. ; indii-iniKxiiiam ev'o, this is
my captive, R. W. ). »/ii.ssHmi»i prima-
rily signifies a man (homo) of any other
(that is, inferior) nation, as distinguished
from wosketomp, the trite-man (vir);
literally it is '.one of the many', miisi-
niiinii; \A. inl.i.iinninnnog, people {nin-
i,iinix^un'nn,rl:, 'folk', R. W.), answer-
ing t(i ( iivi-k oi TtoXXoi etymologically,
but more exactly to ftdpfiapoi, 'barba-
rians', in its applied use; musindou, mis-
dnncD, he is a captive, an outside or for-
eign barbarian.
capture, mminohkonau, he takes or carries
away captive (him or them);
with suffix nah iimnmsi7i.ohkonuh, he
took them captive. See catch; seize;
take.
care for, u-ulla>anlam, he cares for, is
careful of (it); inittamantam, he is care-
ful, or full of giit, one taking a dog by the
ears.
caterpillar, maipaog, mcopaucok.
;

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 233
cattle, netassu {netan, C. ), pl- nettigsuog,
any domestic or tamed animal.
caught (by inan. obj.), upjju}tkuk Hogknt-
tin, his head caught (in a tree).
cause; causing. Efficient causality \va.s
expressed by a special form of conjuga-
tion of the verb, of which Eliot gives
an example in his Indian Grammar,
page 59, and of which frequent use is
made in his translation of the Bible.
Its characteristic is the insertion of
-wah- or -eh- after the root of the verb,
as pogkenumu'og they are blind, pogkenumwahedog
they are made t(j be
blind; nmtam he hears (it), ncotamwaheh
cause thou me to hear; vahteau
he imderstands, wahteamoaheh cause
thou me to understand; noh pmrneoiil
he who goes astray, noh panneidilifunl
he who causeth (others) to go astray,
etc. The formal cause and the material
cause are expressed by wulch, alone and
in compounds, entering into the compo-
sition of nearly all verbs which include
the idea of source, origin, production,
or the like, as referred to the issue or
thing produced, the animate or inanimate
object proceeding from, issuing
from, or caused by another. See be-
cause; father; from.
cave, cavern, hassunnegk.
cedar, chikkup (utchukkuppemix, C. ; misliquwwluck
l^=musqui-uhtug, red wood],
R. W.).
change, osmwunum wiUhogkmunash, he
changes his garments; dsanvunont, if
he change (beast for beast, Lev. 27,
10) ; maila nid-6h6tme umit, I change not
(I do not changeably); dsmtcemco, it is
changed, it changes; pajeh dsmivemcDiik,
till it is (shall be) changed.
cheat, cumkekodteamm, he uses deceit,
deceives intentionally {nvt-a.iscokekod-
(aiTO, I cheat, C. ) ; imJi iixaikiliiilleamwit,
the deceiver, he wli.> cli'icivrs (habitually);
n. agent. asaikikudUmumen, one
who deceives (actually). See deceive.
cheek, manamau, m'nmnau; nannconau,
my cheek; wannconan {wonnunou, C),
his cheek [jtconau, he sucks?].
cherish, nuisohkommoosinvam, I cherish
or nourish (mmmoonittinneat, to be
cherished or nourished, C. ).
chestnut, ii-oiiip\iiiiui< (tivinpimisli, R.W. ),
a chestnut tree; iroiiijjiiiuneaKh, chest-
nuts, R. W.; iniumpmurich (Narr. ),
Stiles; Del. tnipim, chestnut, Hkw.
[wompi-mmmash, white fruit or nuts].
chew, patsquodUiin, he chews (it)?; tis-
(jiiiiin pdsqiKidlamminuk, before it was
chewed. Num. 11, 13 [pmquag, tine, mi-
nute; cf. pup-pissi, dust], onchittaman
or kohkodhumau, it chews the cud;
oncMttamont, kohkodhumont (suppos.
part, an.), chewing the cud. nncheteaaun,
'revised' or 'corrected', is used on
title-page of Rawson's edition of Samp.
Quinnup. (Sincere Convert), 1689.
chief, kehche, kehte, kehtau, he is chief
or relatively great. See old. mmag,
laoJisag, relatively great or important;
atiKf mohfiig, that which is more or
most great; inhtsugke, great, powerful,
important; mcmigkenuk, (when he is)
very great, chief; wame mamgkennk,
'the Almighty'. piahquUuk,piahqiittii-
munutche, chief or principal (man, serv-
ant, etc.). Gen. 40, 20, 22. See ruler;
sachem.
child, mukki, pi. -\-og; dimin. mukkii'-i, a
little child (mukkoies,C.; num-muckiese,
my child, R. W. ). nmnuk, (when he
sucks) a sucking child; noonukde muk-
kits iHiu'iiiiii.i, { noonsu, R. AV. ; Narr.,
II II II III.'(f Stiles; Peq. nuzau.f, Stiles) a
suckling, pemeg, peissiisu, (he is) very
small [an. dunin. from pea-, little] pek-
;
sissit [suppos. part, from jiemissul , when
he is very small; noh /jelsnimt, 'he who
is least', Matt. 11, 11; pi. peksissitcheg.
Intens. or dimin. of endearment, papeis-
sesu, papei»msit,papeasek (inan., but ap-
plied to children, 'little thing') (par
poos, a child, R. W. ; nip-pdpoos, my
child, ibid.; Peq., pouppoug Stiles; Lat,
pupa, pusa). iinikkutchouks {miickqidi-
chucks, R. W. ), a male child, a son.
See boy. nunkomp {nunkup, C. ), a boy,
a youth; dimin. nunkompaes, nunkompor
ernes {nonkumpaes, C.) {^^nunkon {nauki),
light, levis, and omp, man] . nunkgqua,
nunksq (nonklshq, C. ), a girl, young
woman [rmnkon-sqiKi']; dimin. nunh-
squaes, nunkequaemes. See young, nee-
chanog, pi. (they are born) children
(without regard to age or sex), offspring;
irnnneeftmn, his child (Muh.

234 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
child—continued.
iniiThim, Edw.; henechdnog, your child-
vmnneecMneunk, tlie children,
ren, C.) ;
as a body or class, collectively. See
daughter; son.
*ch.iinney, wanachikomuk [wunnachkemmnk,
C; icunnauchic&mock, R. W.),
^iniiuwhqi-a'-koinuk, on the top of the
house.
chin, inislimn, C.
chogset. See cunner.
choke, nuppashoon, I am choked, C.
iiiijiintr:laruog, they are choked. El.
choose, pijii'iKnn, pepeneum, he chooses
(it); pejienash, choose thou; pepenau,
he chooses or selects (him); mahche
pepen&xionche, after having chosen
him, C. From penmive, it is different;
pe-penau, he differences.
chosen, pepeitmwonche, -auoncJie. one who
is chosen.
circle. See round.
circumcise, quoshqitssau, quosquguiau, he
circumcises (him); quoshqussausu, (he
is) circumcised; suppos. part, noh
quoshqussuk, being circumcised.
circumcision, vbl. n. qxioshqussawuonk.
*city, bliloliin, keihtotan, great or chief
town. See town.
clam, poquauhock, R. V^.; Peq. "pouhquauhhaug,
p' quaughhaug, Stiles; the
round clam ( Venus mercenaria), from
the black or, rather, dark purple margin
of the shell, of which the Indians made
the '.SKcA'oii/iocA'or black money', R.W.
104. The first portion of the name,
pooquaw, is retained in Nantucket; the
last, quauhaug, in other parts of New-
England. Rasles gives (Abn.) 'pekSe,
pi. pekSahak, huitres'. The derivation
is not clear. Perhaps pukquag,
that which is bored, and hang (hogk),
a shell; or pukquag (poquag) may be
employed in its derived sense, an in-
closure, with reference to the box-like
character of the shell as contrasted with
the gaping valves of the Mya. sickis-
suog {sdkkissuog, C. ; Peq. si^cksmmug,
Stiles), long clams, Mya arenaria
[=:suhq-, soliq-vssuog, they spit or
squirt].
claws, talons, onkqunnhog; uvnkqimne-
sog, their claws [iikquon-este, dim. a lit-
tle hook], muhkos, pi. miihkossog, the
;
claws, talons—continued,
nails, claws, hoofs \_in'uhkdm, a sharp
point].
clay, manmnsk, pi. manoonskog, 'bricks'.
clean, pahke, pohki (pohkoiySue, C. ;
pah-
keyhw, cleanlily, ibid. ) ; pa/i/.rs», (he is)
clean, made clean or pure; pahketeau,
he cleans (it), makes clean.
clear, pahke, pohki, (it is) clear (pahke-
yeiie, C. pduqui, R. W. pohqude, open,
; ) ;
manifest, that may be seen through
{pahkee, pohkiyeu, clearly, C. ); pdhkok
(when it is clear, transparent) , the clear
sky (pduqui, pdttquaqudt, 'it holds up',
R. W., i. e. it is clear). Related to
puhqui, it is hollow, bored through;
pdquog, a hole; hence, that which may
be seen through. Cf. Greek Sid, Sia
ay 00, S£iH0D(6Eixvv/.i:), possibly Sazo),
to divide.
cleave, pohshinum, he divides, cleaves
in two, literally he halves (it), from
polishe, half, pahpassehtau, lie cleaves
it, makes it divide Ipohshe, with redup.
freq. and caus. inan. form].
climb, kutdntauohtou, he climbed up,
went by climbing; wutSntauau, he
climbed up to or into a place {n't&untmvem,
I climb; al&unlowash, climb
thou, R. W. ); tohkmtaau, he climbs
on (it), as a ladder, a rock, a tree
{nut-tohkcoK, I climb, C).
close, closed, kuppohham, he stops,
shuts, closes (it); noh kohhog, he who
stops or closes; kobhamuk, suppos. part,
inan. pass, closed, when it is closed
{kuppash, ' shut the door', R. W. ; kup-
pdhhn»h hsquont, shut the door, C. );
kuppi, thick, close, dense (cuppi-mach-
Aug, a thick wood, a swamp, R. W.);
kuppahlu, in a thicket or thick wood;
kuppadt, knppdd (when it is close), ice
(Peq., kuppat Stiles); kuppohhou (the
instrument of closing), a door; koppomuk,
kobhamuk, kobhog, a closed place, a
harbor or haven; kuppiMam l=ktij>pi-
tam, closed mouth,] a dumb person, etc.
See shut.
*cloth, monak (maiinek, R. W.; monag,
C), m'dnag, m'onagk, in compound
wortis -onagk: womponnk {wompinuit,
R. W.), white cloth; msquonagk {mishquimdl,
R. W. ), red cloth, comaunekun-
nuo, have you any cloth? R. W., i. e.
kum-maunek-unnuo. monak was often

TKL'MBULL] ENGLiaH-NATICK DICTIONARY 235
cloth^continued.
used for a garment, cloak, coat, or other
clothing. That which is traded (?); of.
hum man6haminfha.ve you bought? ; nummmianaquisli,
I come to buy (of you);
mOKwKKjiishmiog, chapmen, R. W. Or,
with reference to its texture, monak,
that which is many (?).
clothe, hogJcm, he is clothed (with); hogkiath
[ocquashj'R.'W.), 'ijuton', be thou
clothed with; hogqut, agquit (when he
pvits on), clothed with; ne ngquit, ne
dqut, that which he is clothed with
{squdus ai'chaqut, 'a woman's mantle',
R.W. ) ;
ogqiivnmt, hor/-. to wear clothes,
to be clothed {iii/iiiiiinii-iit, to put on,
C); iml-6g

236 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHJSTOLOGY [BCLLETIN ;
command oMOHwai', (iimamim (bespeaks
«ith authority to), he commands
(him); annmndnish, I command thee
{kut-annamnk, he commands thee; yiul-
annoonuk, he commands me, C. ) ; ioh
dnont, ne dnont, what he commands;
suppos. part, noh dnont, he who commands,
he when commanding; itiMinnanmonk,
(his) saying, command. See
say; think.
commandinent, naumali(oiik,i[A. -nnga«h,
law, commandment, annoateamcooiik:
traltaniiojtcainaionk God, a commandment
of God; act. vbl. from annmteam,
annmtam, he commands (inan. obj. or
intrans.) nmwao7ik, a saying (by a
superior to an inferior), a commandment;
from yimvau, he says. See say.
hihkuhiraonk, ordering, an order or
command [lit. a marking out, from
hihkciiau, he marks out, sets in order].
common, matchekeyeum, it is abundant,
it is common; namr,- minsiinihinuog,
common people; noun. /' hil;'jiiiiiii,coiTamon
bread (namve ii-oskiiomji, any man,
C ); 'nanwe umt-Epistleum Jitde', the
general epistle of Jude.
commonly, nrkon'-lir, 0.
commotion, ifoi/binioiik (a .stirring up,
iir setting in motion), a stir, tumult,
(•(inimotion.
companion, veetomnkqnU-h (he who goes
with or accompanies) ; weetomp, a com-
panion, comrade, friend. See friend.
compare. See liken.
compel, cJietdtiuiran, he compels (him),
C. ; '•hctimiiii, El. See force, v.
complain, giienoii)diwg, they complain,
R. \V. (rather, they are in want, lack
something); tahwhUch guenawdyeanf
why complain you (sing.)? R. W.
completely, pakodche (paucdtche, 'al-
ready', R. W., atnd paugcotehc) : pakod-
che iissenat, to do completely, to ac-
complish ;
freq. papogkodche, to the full
or uttermost. See finish.
conceal. See hide.
conceive, wompeguau, irompequaeu,
-fjutkiii, she conceives, is pregnant; wom-
pequait, if or when she conceives;
adj. wompequde (wompiqiio, C. ), with
child, pregnant; vompequauonk (aconceivmg)
, conception.
concerning-, prep, papaume.
condemn, pnkodchimmi, pogkodchimmi
(he makes an end of, finally disposes
of), he utterly censures or condemns
{pogkodchumnmonat, to condemn, to
convince (?), C. ). From pakodche,
completely, utterly; lit. there is an
end of it, he finishes it. wiisnmiau, he
judges, sentences, or condemns (him).
S(ee judge.
condition, circumstances, ilnnli/nionk
(his affairs, matters, res). See business.
conduct one's self or behave toward,
do or act toward, unncJihuati, ttnni;-
heau, unheau, he deals with, treats,
acts toward, does to (him); ne pish
kutlinhen, that or thus thou shalt do
to me; toh kittinheshf what am I doing
to thee? how do I act toward thee?;
ne unneheh, so deal thou with me,
2 Chr. 2, 3; unnehhuk {unneheiik)
nay, deal ye with them, deal with
them; ne nuttinhetm. ne dnhit, I do to
him as he hath done (as he may do,
suppos.) to me, Prov. 24, 29. Tliis
verb, of very frequent use, is a causa-
tive from neane, such, so; unnehheau,
he causes it to be so to him.
coney, icadtuckqties, R. W. In the re-
print 'the conck', but in the original
'the conie'. mohtukqnaxog, conies, Ps.
30, 26 [mihtukquasuog, Mass. Ps., Ps.
104, 18).
confess, sampmam, gampmnntam, lie ciin-
fesses (it); sainpoaau {samjipmiran, ('. ),
From mmpwe,
he confesses to (him ) .
sampuA, rectus.
conjuror, pamcau {potcwdu; R. W.), a
priest, conjuror, or sorcerer. See
priest; wizard.
conquer, soltkom, he conquers, overcomes,
prevails over (it): nohkom olan,
he took the town; sohka»h. mncluik,
overcome (thou) evil, Rom. 12, 21; an.
soJikau, he prevails over, conquers
(him); suffix wug-sohkau-oh, he prevailed
over him; noh sohkauont, he who
prevails or conquers (suppos. when
conquering); p\.neg sohkauoncheg, they
when conquerors, the conquerors, dn-
nfiau, dnnmmu, he overcomes or con-
quers, C. (?).
consider of, meditate on, devise,
natwonlam, he considers of (it).

TRUMBULL] ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 237
consume, mohtupohteati, mohtiippaeu (it
Itasses away), it is consumed, wastes
away, dissolves, vanishes, or the like;
with a pass, signif., moMuppaimo, it is
consmned, melted {mohtupaenate, to
consume; num-mohtupaem, I consume or
I am sick, C. ) With the sense of mis-
fortune or disaster, mahtsheau, it wastes
away, consumes; so, mahtsheau, mahsheau,
it decays, it fails, it vanishes
away. From jnac/ie. See decay; have;
pass away; sick, nmtau mahchekmsiim,
the fire consumed (it); noatau mahchekussuau,
the fire consumed (him),=
mahche-chiko8»um, made an end of burning,
mohiutlano, it is consumed; mah-
higquaah mohtutta-ash, the trees are consumed,
i. e. burned up. mahlsuwae,
mdhlmhhuae, consuming (as a fire).
contempt, vbl. n. act. mishtmanumaonk,
a despising or contemning; pass, inish-

238 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BILI.ETIN 25
corn—fontiiiued.
i-all their samp, which is the Indian
corn beaten and boiled", R. W.; wtpumineaiKiwshump,
'their parched meal
boiled with water', ibid.; from mup('ie,
sahde, softened by water, macerated
(whence sdbaMy, pottage; wus-
Kiibpe, thin): ne mupae {nawsaump,
K. W. ), that which is boiled soft or
macerated in water; hence, sappaen
[Muppae-tui, pass. part, form], 'the
crushed corn boiled to a j^ap ' , Montamis,
De.scr. N. Netherland, 1671, = the
suppawn, sepawn, of the Dutch (and
pone of Pennsylvania and Maryland?).
m'sickquatash, 'boiled corn whole', R.
W., = mod. succota.sh Isohqutlahlmsh,
inan. pi. from solicjutiahham, he breaks
it to pieces, or, as applied to an ear of
corn, he shells it; m' sohrjuttahhcu^h (sc.
mimieash), the shelled corn boiled, in-
stead of boiled ears].
corner, nai.ijag, nayag, naJiimiyag, the
external point where two lines meet, a
corner or angle externally, a point [ndi,
squared, angled; naihaue (noeu), in the
middle or between two]: adt miiyag,
to or at the corner; yaue naiyag (or
naee) welii, the four corners of the
house; freq. adt n/ihndiyag, at the four
comers, i. e. at all the corners, iimhik,
= naiyag [from naiihdiie, between]:
yau-ut nashik ohke, at the four corners
of the earth; adj. nashimte, of or at a
corner; nasliinne qussuk, a corner-stone.
pajchekeheg, pcotsai, pcochoag, pcochag,
a retired place, out of the way, a
recess, a corner: vi pcochoag, adt pm-
chag, in a corner, Prov. 21, 9; 25, 24;
aush pooisani, go into the closet, Matt.
6, 6 [from pahchau, pauchaii, he turns
aside, deviates; or from jiiili

.
TKT7MBVLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 239
cover—continued
my face; vbl. n. onkwltonk, a covering,
a screen; n. concrete onkwheg, that
which covers (as the cover to a disli or
box) ; henca onkqueeklia)l=onku:hegm'],
a hat. Cf . ogqunncai, to wear clothes, to
becovered; w/J-co, he is clothed; oykome,
ongkoue, beyond, on the other side of
(covered), puttagham, puitugJmm, he
covers up, he hides (it) : puttoghumunat
poshkissuonk, to cover one's nakedness,
C ; n. concrete, piMagwhrg, a covering
wuttunk-
\jputtqgtieii, he hides himself] .
humun livui-onkhum-un'] monak, she
covered it with a cloth. Cf . Wautacone,
pi. Waiitaconiiaog, R. W. {imldhkcbguo,
' C. , coat men ) ' ,
' such as wear coats '
a name given to the English, nuhkuhkom,
it covers over, overwhelms, puts
under (as a flood) ; an. ituhkuhkauau, it
overwhelms, covers over (him); from
nmkeu, it descends, comes down, with
i' progressive, natippau, nehtippau, it
is covered with water. Gen. 7, 19, 20.
covering, onkwheg (see cover), vppuh-
quos, obbohquos, a covering (awning,
screen, or the like), something put over
or above; ne ahuliquosik, its covering
(of a chariot. Cant. 3, 10) (abockquo-
simuh, pi., the mats used for covering
the wigwams, R. W. ).
covet, ahclieuvntam (he thinks very
much of, desires exceedingly), he covets
(it); pi. suppos. uhchewontegig, the
covetous.
cOTxraxd, sohquompimo, C. ;
soliqiiontpuijonk,
cowardice, ibid. (?); sniiqiilteiihhaue,
faint-hearted, ibid. (?).
crafty, wunnompewessu, wunnompuvmssu,
nehtdmpmrmu, (he is) crafty, 'subtile'
'with guile', (wimniipwowae kenosmwaonk,
crafty counsel, C. ); vmnnom-
peuhkuii, he beguiles, deceives by craft
(him). Cf. nompatauunat, to .substitute
one thing for another.
crane, tannag (taunek, JiAX.), iromidniie,
hoarse (?). sasmdi; ci. Aim. mssaghi-Sl,
il est droit.
crash, tai-likiimk, a crashing (noise?),
Zeph. 1, 10.
crawling, creeping-, p a m o mp a git.
(when) it creeps; noli pritnompag, that
which creeps; pi. pamompakecheg; an.
,
crawrliug, creeping—continued.
pamoinpagin Mas, 'creeping tiling' (nuppinnmojliisltom,
I creep, C. ); freq. and
habit, pidpdmompag, pi. -pakecheg, and
pupdincotcheg, creeping things.
create. See make.
creature. See animal.
creeping. Sec crawling.
crooked, u-oiniki (wdaki, R. W. ; wonkoi,
C. ), crooked (lit. it bends); ne v;oon-
kag, that which is crooked or bent;
adj. an. ivooiikexii (ironkkend.in, C. ), he is
bent or crooked; woankagk, (when it is
crooked) error, transgression. w6nkinnum,
he bends (it); woonkittemi, he
makes (it) bent or crooked [related
to waeemi, round about, bent or cur\'ed
around?], peii/iiji, crooked, H.W. [pan-
neaii, he goes out of the way, turns
aside, errs], pemuqudi, 'crooked or
winding', R. W. ; freq. pepemgque,
crooked, tortuous; cf. penigquoh [])emg-
queu, it whirls or twists], a whirl-
wind.
cross over, qnslikodtcau scip, he crossed
over the river; sdp ne woh mo qmhkodteo7)iuk
(pass, particip. ), a river that
could not be crossed over or passed.
crossway, pummeeche may, Obad. 14.
crow, n. kcmkontu {kaukont, pi. -\-uog,
R. AV.; kongkont, C. ); kutchikkonkont
Ikehche konkont.}, 'raven'; elsewhere
konkontu and weenont. Onomatopoetic.
cruel, onkapimnde, Awakompanae (tor-
menting, torturing), cruel, severe (of
pain or torture); onkqueneiinkqiie, C.,
vnkqi-inieiinkqiie, EL, grievous, terrible,
extreme [from linkqne or uhqueu, at the
extremity, extreme].
crust (of bread), konhklttake, C. From
bjshkl, rough (?), or kixlike-ojitag, that
which is at the side of (?).
cry (weep), mau {mou, C. ): nummmcheke
mull, I weep much; nummauop, m,ummdp,
{nuinmoup, C. ) I did weep; mauug,
mauuk, when he weeps or cries; suppos.
pi. neg mdugig they who weep;
adj. mane, mainre, weeping {nuliio,
'to cry and bewail', R. W.); freq.
mauetiiaii, he cries or mtjurns. See
mourn.
cry aloud, cry out, miilionlmirini, he

240 BUREAr OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
cry aloud, cry out—coiitinued.
W. ), cry out; vbl. n. act. mishontmva-
onk, a crying out, outcry, shouting.
cuckoo, kit/urik, Lev. 11, 16; but in
Deut. 14, 15, hikkmr is transferrer). It
is not certain to \vhat species of bird
tlie name nseii )iy Eliot belonged.
cunner, chogset, or burgall (Labrus
cliogset, Mitch.; Crenilabrus burgall,
Storer), cachauj-et, Stiles (Peq. ) [choh-
cliohh'Kil, spotted?].
cure, heal, nt-rlxh'hhen'u, lie cures or
lieals (liini) (causat., makes him well) ;
neeUkehtemi, he cures or heals (it, as a
fever, awound); neetske.ni,, (he is) cured
or restored to health {nun-neetskeh, I
heal, C. ); neetskehhuwaonk (a making
well), a cure.
current, bissitchuwan (it flows swiftly
onward); iik-kisiitchuanncoonk (vbl. n.
act., a flowing onward, a continuous
flowing). See flow.
curse, matt6num(iu, he curses (him);
iiiiilj'imimwk, curse ye (him); maitcintom,
indtlauitam, he cursed (it) {num-mattmtriitteam,v.
{.("!), I curse, C. ; mattannuk-
mat, V. t. an. (?), to curse, ibid. ) ; jnata-
nittuonk (mattannuttuonk, C. ), a curse
(pass. ) ; matunumdank, a curse (act.) ; cf.
mnttamrit, devil, matchenaneteau, v. i.
he curses; maicheiimitam (he thinks
evil, is evil-minded), he curses (it);
miilrheiKirieteaonk, cursing; mamatche-
dance, puiiinkoii,, he dances; pummukonat
(ptunukkonat, C), to dance; pummuka-
onk, a dancing {jiauochauog, 'they are
playing or dancing', E. W.;ahque mat-
ii-dkesh, do not dance, ('. ; mattwakkdonk,
dancing, ibid. This was probably the
war dance. Cf. ninttirni, an enemy;
iiiatiriu'ionck, a battle, R. W.).
dangerous, ndnukquok (when there is
need to beware), from nunmikqussu, he
takes heed, is cautious {nen nunnukqua,
I beware, C. ), which is from nuh-
quiieu (?), he looks for, looks out, uses
his eyes: imnnukque nquompiyeuash,
curse—continued
.
7iOit, he curses (him) [intens. from
mntchenaii].
custom, uhshuaonk, ushuaonk, a custom
(ushuwdonk, ussemik, an example, C.
ulwhutraonk, example, Danf. ), =uxsed-
T)
perilous times; nannukquajijni, nukqiinppu,
he is in danger.
dark, pohkendi {pmi.kunnmn,

TEUMBrLI.l ENGLISH-NATIOK DICTIONARY 241
dark—continued.
The name, as applieil to the constella-
tion and the animal, was probably de-
rived from pohkenai, signifying 'he
goes when it is dark', or by night.
daug'hter, vtit-l

.
242 BUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN' 25
day—continued
quindgok or qidnukok: pasuk kesuk, asuh
neemik kenukqiiAe . . . asuh piogkuk-
qiiiinir, 'one (lay or two days ... or
ten days', Num. 11, 19; nequtte ke,suk
asuh iifesequinnn, 'a day or two', Ex.
21, 21; ogguhse-qidrme, few days; mai-
chetikquinne, for many days. The sup-
pos. form is used after an ordinal, as
nishikquhiogok, on the third day {shuckqundckat,
'three days', R. W. ; nishik-
qunnohqudd, three days hence or ago,
C.) ; yoiiqiihiiKikiik, on the fourth day
[yomniiinrkiil. ' four days', R. W.'). So,
mahchrjiimi-liclik-qnhiogiik, 'after many
days' {nesiikquinogkod, two days ago,
mamusse quhme kesukod, all the day
C ;
long, ibid., which last phrase points to
the etymology, from quinne, long, the
measure of duration).
'
' They are punctual in measuring their
day by the sun, and their night by the
moon and the stars", R. "W. 67. Be-
sides the more obvious mode of indi-
cating time of day or night, by saying
that the sun or moon was 'so high'
(go li))nit mpl'i-an, 'the sun thus high, I
will come', R. W. 1, the seasons of
light and darkness were subdivided,
under significant names, to a degree
that admitted of considerable accuracy
in expressing time. The principal of
these subdivisions or hours were as follows:
adrhuwdmpag, (when it is) morn-
ing watch, just before daylight lahchu
vompag, he looks earnestly for daylight];
kiioiiipog, (when it is) daybreak
[keht-ii-(}iiiiiii(/ (? I, the beginning of day-
light] {kitiiiiijiiiiiisha. break of day, R.
W.; poalouwashd, C. ); c/(Oudea(c/i, about
cock-crowing, R. W. ; wompag (bright
light), full daylight (n-oinpan, niavldhoii,
(liiclii'tiitjndt, it is day; uiupaldidxiii. it is
broad day, R. AV.; Cree wdpmn, Howse
77); mohtompan, it is morning (mauta-
bon, R."" W. ) ; mohtompog, when it is (or
was, or will be) morning, in the morning;
nompodeii, early in the morning;
nompuhkeik, 'on the morrow', i. e.
when it W'as (next) morning; pAsh-
pishont {up-poshpishao)ik nepaz, C. ;
pd-
shisha, 'it is sunrise', R. W.), sunrise
[when he springs forth, suppos. from
pishpeshau (freq. olj/eshau), he springs
day—continued.
forth, it blossoms; cf. uppeshau, a flow-
er] pohsheqiidcu ( halfway , noon {pdire-
; )
shaquau', paushaqAaw, R.W. yahenpaw-
;
shaquan; almost noon, ibid.; pohshe-
qu

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 243
dead—continued
.
. separated']; iiianr/iai\h

244 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETH^fOLOGY [Bl-LLETIN 25
deliver—continued
.
causes (another) to go free. So, pohqaawhns
kuhhog and pohquohusli, ' escape
thou', 'save thyself . ?0)/!/i«(h, he delivers,
rescues, saves (him), makes him
safe; caus. from tomeu, he saves himself,
escapes; inan. tomwelUeau keitotaiidnh,
'he recovered the cities', 2 K. 13, 25.
See loose.
deliverance, pohquohinhunnittunnk, tom-
hiiliKiiik- (pass. vbls. ), the being save

TBr.MBUI.I.l ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 245
devil, laattaiiit, pi. iiuitlxoiiiitooff, -coog
[innt-amtto or matche-anitto, the negative
or opposite of m'anitto, god, the notgod
or evil god] (Muh. mtandou or maniiilo,
devil. "The last of these words
properly signifies a specter or anything
frightfur', Edwards, 2 Mass. II. C. x.
88. Del. inachtando or inatshbnimitiu,
devil, evil spirit, Hkw.) . It is probable
that this word was formed by Eliot or by
his Indian converts. The devil or evil
spirit of Indian mythology was called
Habamoiik, Hobbamoco, Ahbamocho, or
Chepie (Smith's Descr. of N. E. ; Jos-
selyn; Lechford). " Abbamocho or Chec-
pie many times smites them with in-
curable diseases, scares them with his
apparitions and panic terrors, by reason
of which they live in a wretched con-
sternation, worshipping tlie Devil for
fear", Josselyn, 3 Mass. H. C. in, 300.
"Another power they worship, whom
they call Hobbumock, and to the northward
of us, Hobbamoqai. This, as far
as we can conceive, is the Devil '
low's Relation (1624) .
, Wins-
'
The etymology
of this name is not apparent; but chepie
(Peq. cheeby, chepy, Stiles) , is a form
of cheppe or cMppe, separated, apart,
that which is distinct or separated from
us, that is, from the body 'or life.
Heckewelder explains the Delaware
"tschipey or tschHschank" (sometimes
wrongly used for "the soul or spirit of
man") as signifying a specter, spirit,
or ghost, and having "something ter-
rifyingabout it." "They call the place
or world they are to go to after death
Tschi-pey-ach-gink or TscMpeyhacking,
the world of spirits, specters, or ghosts,
where they imagine are varioas frightful
figures", Hkw., 2 Mass. H. C. .x, 147.
Eliot has chepl-ohke and chepioh-komuk
for hades, hell (the place of separation
or the land of spirits). So, cK&peck,
'the dead', R. W. [chippeog, they are
separated or apart]; fxee-e-p, 'ghost,
dead man', Nanticoke Voc. in 2 Mass.
H. C. X, 139. Squantuin, another name
for the evil spirit (Josselyn ; Higginson )
is clearly a contraction of musquantam,
'he is angry'. Roger Williams says
(109), "if it be but an ordinary accident,
a fall, etc., they will say, 'God
,
devil—continued.
wa.s angry and did it; masquantammand,
God is angry.' " See spirit; God.
devise. See consider.
devote. See offer.
devour. See eat.
dew, iii,i-liij'/i'ig {mechipog, R. W.); iiee-
rhipagii-e /jiittippeshineadi, dew-drops
[7ieechati, it gives birth to or (pass.)
is born of, -pog, water].
dice, irunimiigonhdmmin, "to plity at dice
in their tray" {iimnnonk, a dish, EL;
iKumulug, a tray, E. W. ) ; asauanash,
"the painted plum stones, which they
throw", "a kind of dice, which they
cast in a tray with a mighty noise and
sweating", R. W., 145, 146.
die, tiiippm, nnp, he dies or is dead;
suppos. part, nupuk, when he dies,
he dying; pi. nupukeg, the dead; insh
kenup, thou shalt die (kiionckquH, he is
dead, R. W.; nipwi, md,w [ = (wnaeM?],
he is gone, ibid. ; nippitch e.w6, let him
die, ibid. ;
niphettitch, let them die, ibid.
puh minnup, I shall die, C.) [related to
neepan, he rises up, and nuppoh, a wing?
or to ahpcoteau, uppmteau, lit. 'with-
ers?']. See dead.
difference, penmwomin, a difference or
unlikeness. See contend.
different, penwire, strange, foreign, dif-
ferent, or unlike [related to j>mme, out
of the way; panneu, he goes out of the
way, errs, is astr^] ; penamvyenoj, it
is strange, different, or unlike. See
foreign; strange; stranger.
siuckat, hard,
R. W. ; ) suppos. siogkod, siogkok, when
difficult, xlogke (stokke, C. ;
or if it is hard or difficult; ne siogkok,
that which is difficult, a difficult mat-
ter. From see, seog, sour, bitter. See
hard.
difficulty, siiigkeyenorik (vbl. n. art. I, a
hard matter, hard case, difficulty; in-
tens. sasioguk, pi. + ish, difficult matters.
dig, kiittahham, he digs into or through,
or, he digs for or digs up (anything):
kattdhh'Diiirog wetuomMh, 'they dig
through houses'. Job 24, 16; v. i.
itk-kulhamuneau, they digge

24n BUREAU OF AMREICAN ETHNOLOGY [BII.I.ETIN 25
dig—continued,
ging; cf. 2 K. 19, 24; Is. 37, 25) : w

'
,!.] KNGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 247
dog—continued.
instances tiiis word, as Roger Williams
had before done', as pronounced by the
Indians of Massachusetts, ininm, with
"inn produced"; by the Nipmucks,
alum; by the Northern (and the Quinnipiac)
Indians, arum, and, as Roger
Williams states, by the Narragansetts,
aybn (El. Gr. 2; R. W., Key, 9fi).
Stiles gives ayimp, aujimp (Narr. ), and
ri ahteah (Peq. ) . "The Delawares say alliim,
tlie Algonliins alim, the Etchemins
or Abenakis allomoos lalhi nt-uaas]".
Barton's Compar. Voc. From a root
signifying to take hold of (jr to hold
fast, to hold on to. The animate form
occurs not rareh' in Eliot's translation;
• as, noh anum-woli anunoni irelUauog-ul,
!one that taketh [suppos.] a dog by the
ears', Prov. 26, 17; vut-anmm oa-weeshit-
tmn-it, I caught him by his beard, 1
. Sam. 17, 35.
doing', action, ux.^eoiik- [vl)l. n. act. from
nxseu'}.
do not! ahqur [aijiiie, leave off, do not I
R. AV. ), desist or refrain from, followed
by a verb in the imperative; ahgue
wabesisli, fear not, do not fear; more
emphatically and authoritativel)' in the
imperative of the negative form, v;abe-
sehkon (aquie assokish, be not foolish,
R. W. ; ahque amaiih, don't depart, C.)
ahqueh, ' have patience with me ' (Matt.
18, 26), where it is used as a verb in
the an. suffix form. Eliot calls it an
'adverb of forbidding', 'beware, do
not' (Gr. 21). He uses it as a verb in
the indicative in Gen. 17, 22; Ruth 2,
20, for 'he desists, leaves off'. When
compounded with the verli to form the
imperative negative it has the form
-dhkoii, -uhkou, or -'kou, as kmiimmt-
uhkon, thou .shalt not steal (.steal not);
ahchewaniim uhkou, thou shalt not covet;
misheteohkon, thou shalt not kill, etc.
The vowel sound variously written ah,
-uh, -oh, -eh was probal)ly nearly like
the German o.
door, squdntaiii, xquonl, Kqiiouut (iisquoni,
C. ), pi. -amash, door or gateway; appu
vjusquonlam-ut lit wek-it, he sat in the
door of his tent (sqvnuutdumuck, at the
door, R. W. ); cf. o.«(V/»a)H, he sews (it)
up; usquontOKu, he is sewing, kuppuh-
;
door—continued.
hoa, a door [inan. cans, from kuijpi,
close: that which makes close].
do to, act or behave toward, -iinnehean,
he does to (him), conducts him-
self toward (another) ; ne uiuiehe, so
deal thou with me, do this to me;
unnihuk unnuk nag, so do ye to them;
toh kiainheshf what have I done ( what
do I) unto thee? ;
lounneneheau, he does
good to (him) or treats (him) well;
ivnunenehmrifuh wame, let us do good
to all men. Gal. 6, 10.
double , pdpiske, papasku, papskeu, papske,
pkken: papske ahtdonk, a double portion;
kiiji-ZKijiiixlii imkquatonsh, I will render
t" tlj louble, Zech. 9, 12; phh ueesit
pi.tkiu (JadUlUiaa, he shall pay double,
Ex. 22, 4, 7. Related to puihmke, pd-
piuhsuke, over against or (reciprocally)
opposite; or from pamik-m, it is one,
by reduplication jia-pa-mk-ai.
doubt, be doubtful, chanantam, he
doubts; oliduimtamirug, they doubted
(niit-rhdiidutam, I doubt, C. ; ahque chunantah
(do not doubt me), 'you may
take it for granted', ibid.).
doubtless, walla kdhche, 'no douljf
(uiatta kiihche, Danf.).
dove, iruskuhirhau (?). See pigeon.
down. See ca,st down; downward; go; let
down.
downward, ohkeiyeu {ohkeicu, helov,-,C.),
toward the earth, downward (aukee-
aaeia, downward, R. W.) [from ohke,
earth], wmmiycu, downward; ummiyeu
wmuihjeu, ' very low', Deut. 28, 43. nmkeu,
he descends, goes or comes down
[n' ohke-yeu]. wmmusau, voomsu, he goes
downward; ncowomussin iradrhuut, I
came down from the mountain; suppos.
noh umnisH, he who goeth downward;
vbl. n. act. iiwmsuoiik, a going
down, a declivity or descent.
draw out, kodlinnum, he draws or pulls
(it) out; an. kndtlnnau, kodnaii, hedraws
(him)out; kodncok indch nmlaulxit, draw
(him) out of the fire; suffix mik-kodtiuuk
wutch nlppekonlu, he drew me out of
the water; kodtinnum wuttogkodteg, he
drew his sword, kuhpinau ( =kodtinau7)
ha»hah])oh, he drew the net.
draw water, iruttuhuppan, tnduhpau, he
draw.-i water; wuttuhuppaog, they drew

248 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
draw water—t-untinued.
water {=quomphippaog, 1 Chr. 11, 18);
nmthupau, ncotuhupau, I drew water for
(him). See dip.
dream, unnukquorn, he dreams; v. t.
tiiittiiumgquomun unnugquomimjtd; I
dreamed a dream.
dress, lioykaionk (aukcoonk, C) , agarment
or covering of skin {acoh, 'their deer
skin', R. W.) ; monak, cloth {m6nak,
C. ; maunek, 'an English coat or man-
tle,' R. W. ), a garment, cloak, coat, etc.
(irdwdmek, a dress, C. ) ;
petashqushdonk,
petaoshqushaonk, a cloak, outer garment.
See clothe; clothing.
drink (n.), onkuppe, oukup, ininulike
inittiitlamdonk, strong drink.
drink (v.), iimttdttam, he drinks; inithilta-fh,
drink thou {ahque uuuniatous (=
iinmeuttaifli), do not drink all, R. W.
pdtUous notatdm, give me drink, ibid.;
nmldttam, I drink, C. ) ; vbl. n. act. ivuttat-
tainm^s] ; oliksijipaiinrrai,
[=,thqije-Kij>j'

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 249
dry—continued.
is not found except in composition.
kunkohteddte&e, dry, implied a lack or
deficiency of moisture: kunkohteAdteae
ohke, dry land, i. e. parched by drought.
From kunkan, kohnkan, there is dryness
or drought. The same word, compounded
with Ham, mouth, kohl-uttam,
kuhkuttam, signifies thirsty, lit. 'he is
dry-mouthed', mussai, (it is) dry, said
only of a tree or plant, grain, fruit, etc.,
and then only in compound words:
musscDunk, a dry tree; pi. muxxohguamin-
neash (nms»unkq-, misstinkg-), dry ears
of corn [perhaps, as originally applied
to a tree, from maosi, bare, stripped of
its leaves]. See drought.
duck, queqiu'cum. pi. -\-mduo

250 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
each, an and inan. nuhnoh, each, every,
eagle, trompsiknk, u'omsikiil; wom]m,isikmk
(wompissacuk, pi. -]rquduog,'R.'W .;
woinpsnkook, C. ) [^irompi - psuk, white
great bird]. The name is more appro-
priately given to the fishhawk or
osprey (Pandion halifetus) than to the
bald eagle (Halisetns leucocephalus),
but was possibly applied to both birds
by the Indians of the coast,
ear, inilitdnorj, pi. -^ quash; nehtauoff, my
ear; kehtnnng, thy ear; wehtauog, his
eB,r(v)utt6uwog,^\. -j-quaxh, R. W.; Peq.
kuttuwavnege, (your) 'ear, or what
you hear by', Stiles.) From vah-
tenv, he knows, understands, perceives
(?('(f ?co, C ; ) suppos. particip. vvihtennk,
knowing, with termination marking
inan. agent, and m' indefinite prefixed.
Cf. Or. afsiv (aim), to feel, to perceive,
to hear; Lat. audire; Fr. entendre, to
hear, to understand.
early, iiompodeu, vomjini'if, early (next)
morning. See day.
earn, tummuhhfmwi onkquatunk, he earns
(and obtains) wages;. suppos. iioh iam-
hmiiidt, he who earns (it).
earring, sogkunmhou, pi. -j-yuish.
earth, ohke {afike. E. W.; ohke, C), the
earth, land, place, country (Ahn. ki,
'terre', Rasles; Gr. yyj; Lat. terra).
The primary meaning appears to be
'that which produces or brings forth',
corresponding to the an. ohkas l=(ihke-
Odas}, the bringer forth, the mother.
nunahpd, nunohpe, earth, dry land (as
distinguished from water) . See dry.
earthquake, qveqvan (there is a shaking
or trembling), a shaking; pi. qiieqiian-
ash : olike inikkeemo koh qiieqnan, 'the
earth shook and trembled', Ps. 18, 7.
east, inHchepv.'6iyeu, imitchepiroayeii, eastward,
on or to the east; iimtehe wutchep-
ii'oii/eti, from the east; irutchejivosh ( umt-
chepwoshe udttin, C), the east wind.
For toutehepwoijfeu the Massachusetts
Psalter substitutes vompanniyeii, and
Roger Williams has Wompanavd, 'the
Eastern Ood' (i. e. god of the dawn or
mornnig light), but iiopdiiii. the east
E
east—continued.
wind, and rliepenrmn { = inil-riiepjir(ish
of Eliot), the northeast wind (p. 83)
liftit-chepioh-ijeit, belonging to Chejty,
or the bad spirit, to whom the northeast
region appears to liave been
appropriated, as the west or northwest
was to Chfkesiw;and or Kisukqnaml
and the southwest to Kaufi'inlo>rit or
the good god], immpannii/en (where
the daylight is) appears to have been
the more generally received word for
'east' or 'to the east'. Its radical,
wompan, irdpi (white, light, bright, of
the dawn) , enters into the composition
of the names of places and people, as
Abenaki. ( ]Vapanachki) and Wampan-
nag.i ( Wampan-ohke) . See north.
easy, 7iikk&mme {nickuminat, R. AV.; nikknmme,
nukkumme, ?mH*rt/no/, C), it is
easy, not difficult or hard; suppos.
nirkihnmat, when it is easy.
eat, meetsti, he eats (v. i. ), he takes
food; infin. metsinate, meetsimieate {vtetesimmhi,
'R. W. ; Del., mitzin Hkw.),
to eat; meet/fish, eat thon; meetfiHog, they
eat (ascAmetedmmis [=n,

—
TRUMBULL] ENGLISH- NATIOK DICTIONARY 251
eat—continued,
what is eaten "required the use of the
teeth", and guntammen when that
which was eaten "needed no chewing,
as pottage, mush, or the like." "If he
has eaten of both kinds of provisions at
his meal he will then use the generic
term [intransitive verb?] and say n' dap-
pi rnitzi, I have eaten" (correspondence
with Duponceau). The distinction between
the verVjs maybe more correctly
expressed, at least so far as the language
of Massachusetts is concerned,
by stating that the intransitive verb
'he eats' is expressed by metzu, the
transitive inanimate by meech, he eats
vegetable food (whence weatchiminne-
nsh, eachimminneash [^m' eechum-minnectsh,
eatable grain], corn, and meeckum-
uonk, fruit, vegetable food), and the
transitive animate by mmwhau, he eats
that which has life, or an animate ob-
ject; perhaps, primarily, hebites ortears
with the teeth: nimhcoti-omm [uinirliaii-
nioo'] og(fii; ngkaok-ut , 'it biteth like a
serpent', Prov. 23, 32; suppos. noh
7na)hhukqiie, 'he who eateth me', John
6, 57; mhquaog ummaihwhoiiJi, the worms
ate him, 'he was eaten of Avorms', Acts
12, 23; mmu'haii, locusts, 'he did eat
locusts', Mark 1, 6; but num-meech ivey-
aus, I eat meat, flesh (as Deut. 12, 20),
etc. These three verbs metzu, meech,
mmv-hau—denote the act of eating
or taking food. There was another
and older verb, not fomid in Eliot ex-
cept in compound words, which signi-
fied to feed or to satisfy the appetite,
namely iippao or upwou, (cf. Sansk. pd,
'nourrir, soutenir', 'sustentare' , Bopp.
Gr. Ttaoo; \M. p>a, m pii-ri, pd-hulum.)
Its compounds and derivatives are
numerous, as, nnliippco, iHidluppco, it
(an animal other than man) feeds or
grazes: pigs-og ncduppuog, the swine
feed or were feeding, Luke 8, 32; nee-
tasmiqg pish nadluppmog {nolupwock,
R. W.), the cattle shall feed, Is. 30,
23; V. t. inan. nadluppmwontam, he feeds
upon; kodtuppm [kod-Uppao, he desires
to feed], he is hungry; vanifpoo l^nameftppco,
he feeds wholly or entirely], he
is satisfied or fills himself; ti'ipiippm
\t&pi-uppm, he feeds sufticieiitly], he
;
eat—continued
.
has eaten enough, has sufficient; "-».ssaumepco
[wussaume-uppm, he eats too
much], he is gluttonous; mighadtupj>m
[mish-adt-tcppm, he eats when there is
much], he feasts, partakes of a feast;
weeladtiippoj lirrfii-adt-uppco, he eats in
company with], he feeds with others;
sogkepoo laogk-uppao], he bites; ntahchippco
lmahrhe-tij)pco, he has com-
pletely fed], he has done eating ( hkii'i-
rheptrnt, -when he hath eaten; niai'irhep-
micks, after meals, R. W.), hence, he
eats up, devours, wholly consumes
{nummahchip, I devour, C. ). vvhpillittuk,
let us eat together, Exp. Mayhew.
Cf. iiiejjil, tooth.
ebb tide, maiioheton, R. W. See tide.
edge, kenng (that which is sharp), vi- m
ketuig. v'lis, the edge, border, brim, etc.
{imiss, the edge or list of cloth, R. W. )
pi. viissash; the borders of; id ini/Diadt,
on the edge (of a garment, etc. ), on the
brim (of a cuj) or vessel, etc. ).
eels, neeshauog, sossammauqiiock, nquitle-
connauog, R. W. ; Peq. neesh, neeshnaugx,
Stiles; Narr. neshuongok, eels. Stiles;
nequttika, an eel, C. Two of these
names, nquitteconnauog and tii-ivldn'ing,
are evidently compounded with the
numerals neqtdfri, one, and iii'ei

252 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bui.letix 25
egg—continued.
from; ohie, earth; ohkas [=^olik-6d(ts],
mother; Sontoimik (dtomiik, E. M.), the
womb; Gr. mbv (aiov) ,eg^; a)oyEvf/i,
produced from the egg; tooro^os, that
lays eggs, etc. ; Lat. ovum.
eight, )

.
end (v. i. )—continued.
ii-ehquoshau, with it' progressive, it
moves onward to its limit.
en.d(v. t.). See finish.
enemy, matwau, (he is) an enemy; 7mmmalwom,
my enemy; Jcummaiwomog, thy
enemies; n. agent, mativaen, an enemy,
one who acts as an enemy; nummatwainii,
ut kummatwdmut, I am an enemy
to thy enemies, Ex. 23, 22. Elsewhere,
matwau, 'a soldier', i. e. an armed
enemy. See soldier; war.
Eng'lishman, WaiUacone, pi. Wni'itncorifi-
aiii/, 'i-oat-men' or clothed, R. W. ( hv/N
dhkooHoij, 'such as wear coats', C. ).
Morton, in his N. E. Canaan (book 3,
chapter v), says, "the Salvages of the
Massachussets . . . did call the English
planters Wotawquenange [for -auge ?],
which in their language signifieth stab-
bers or cut-throates ... a southerly
Indian that understood English well
. . . calling us by the name of Woto-
quanaawge; what that doth signifle,
hee said hee was not able by any dem-
onstration to expresse." The writer
confounded Wautacontiang, coat men,
withC/ia«7«ag»oci(see below). Wauiacoimk,
an English woman, R. W. ; dim.
WaiiUironi'inese, an English youth, ibid.
Airdiiiiagfxsuck, pi. English men, "as
much as to say, these strangers", ibid.
ananagus-antotranh, speak (thou) Eng-
lish, ibid, [aivdim, R. W. (hx/imn, El.),
somebody, anybody; awanick, '.some
come', ibid.; awaun eu-d, who is that?
ibid.] (Peq. Waunnuxuk, Englishmen,
Stiles). Chduquaquock, 'that is, Knive-
men ' , R. W. Chokquog, ( Oiogqussuog, C.
Englishmansog or Chohkquog, title to
Indian Laws, 1705) [rhohqubg (rhau-
quock, H. W.), a knife]. EiigUKlinidiiviwk
(pl.),R. \V.
enmity, ni'kennhlluoiik, enmity, mutual
hatred
hates]
[vbl. n. from .ifkoieum, he
enough, Idpi, taupi, (it is) sufficient,
enougti (tadbi, R. W.; tdpi, C. ); nut-
lapet (?), I have enough, Gen. 33, 9;
imperat. 3d pers. sing, inparh, let it
suflBce, let it be enough. Perhaps from
ut-appu, he rests at, sits down at. So, the
English 'enough' has been referred
to the Heb., Chal

254 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LLETIN 25
especially, nanpehyev, C. See very.
evening, iruimonkcoook, (when it is)even-
ini;; (rurinonkou, (it is) evening; adj.
)i-tiiinontrjuae, in the evening, at even-
ing. See daj'.
ever, forever, micheme {inkhane, R. W.;
iiiiclii'iiie, v.; michcmeshaui, he is gone
forever, R. W. ); inan. michemohtae,
everla-sting; michempn, (he ii^) ever-
lasting.
every, /(is/)»o/i, each, every: ni»lmoh irut-
tiuiicoii'aotik, (his) every word; nishnoh
imxkeiomp, every man (nishnoh teng,
everytliiiig, 0. ).
everywhere, fjiiiniuijiolike \_qiiiii nn ppe
(ilikf, aliout the land]; (juiiinnpjm mut-
tiiiik. alioiit the world, in everyplace;
nifliiiolt lit, at every place.
evidence. See witne^^s.
evil. See bad.
exalt, niinhehemi, he exalts (him) [makes
him great, cans. an. from minhe-u; cf.
iiiiiihooiniu, he ' brags or swaggers ' , C,
i. e. makes himself great]; mishelitewi,
he exalts, increases, makes (it) great
[cans. inan. from mmhe-u].
example (pattern), iis-hinrdonk, C; nh-
nhiiurtonk, Danf. See custom.
exceedingly, ahche, very much, very;
muWte {inwcheke, much; moachekeyeniik,
excessively, C); wussaume, too nnicb;
face, nuifskesuk, the eye, the face (Xarr.
.^kieziip, face, Stiles). See eye.
fade, fail, inuhuhi'iiii, inahslwau, it fails,
fades, decays, passes away, comes to an
end; inan. pi. mahtshaash, they (inan.)
pass away; said of the loss of strength
and health, the deca\f incident to
sickness or old age, etc.; nipjK maht-
xhiink, when the water fails; ne miiht-
"hiiiik, that which is past (suppos. when
it shall be passed); so, of the flight of
time, '^iiahtshunk kesukodtash, 'at the
end of the days', i. e. when they shall
have passed away; pass, nipjic nmlilfhlmoo
{mtihchimco), the water shall be
wasted, made to fail. Cf. mahchinau,
he is sick, from mahche or mahl- ( maut,
R. W. ), expressing completed action or
l)ast existence, the auxiliary of the per-
fect tense. See old (iin/htiiiitaiii).
F
exceedingly—continued.
iitattaf mmrheke, 'exceeding much', 2
Sam. 8, 8. See very.
except. See besides.
excite, stir up, iroijkmnmau misKinii'lit-
niiog, he stirs up, excites the people;
v'ogkoueonk (vbl. n. act., a stirring up),
excitement, commotion.
exert one's self. See strive after.
extinguish, iiiitliniii in/itiiii, he extin-
guislies or puts out the fire; naAau pixh
untliamun, tlie tire shall be put out;
(iiiiha m img moh kussaash , they extinguish
the coals [trans, inan. form, from oli-
tmo, I'lhtea, it goes out, as fire or a light].
See quench.
extreme, ulnjin'ii, at the point or extrem-
ity of; hence, at extremity, extreme,
grievous, cruel, severe, etc. In the
latter sense Eliot usually writes nnbiue,
but sometimes I'lhqiie, nhqinn, etc.
From uhk or u)iq, a point or sharp extremity.
See end.
eye, iniiKh'tiuk, the eye or the face; pi.
muskcxukquaKli: nuskesak, my eye; viin-
kesttk, his eye. {ivuskcesnck, R. W. ;
Peq. skeezuckii, eyes, Stiles; Narr. iris-
kezuenqunh, eyes. Stiles; Muh. likeesque,
eye, Edw. ; muskesuk, the eye, the
face, C.)
eyebrows, iiioiiii'iiinng I jil. ).
faint, be exhausted, kodtinnenu, he
faint.«; kiiilliiiiiniog, they faint.
faint-hearted, suhqiitteahaii, he is fainthearted;
sup|)OS. noli nohqiiltcaliuiit, he
who is faint-hearted {sohqiitteahliane,
faint-hearted, C. ). C'ausat. from .«;//-
qittlahham, he breaks in pieces or beats
to powder (?). But 'ncipUloi, he is in
black, i. e. he hath some one dead in
his house', R. W., apparently from
mi'icki, black or dark colored.
fair wind, irtinnagehan or viinnegi'n
iriii'ijii, fair wind; wunnegildi initlin,
when the wind is fair, R. AV.
faithful, jii'ihiihliiiiiiiiiiriU; -niwn, faithful,
trusty (jiiiliiililniili'iiiiire, honestly, 0.).
From /idhiilitiiiiiiiiniii, he trusts (him).
See trust.
fall, puniitii,' he falls down, prostrates
himself (Luke S, 41; 30, 47; rarely

fall—continued,
used), pi'nushau, he or it falls (acci-
dentally or by mischance) {nup-pints-
shom, I fall, C.) ; penushaoff, they fall;
penushean, it fadeth (as a flower, Is. 40,
7, 8) ; penushunk, when it falls; vbl. act.
penushaonk, pinshaonk, a falling, a fall
(El. and C); from punneu, which is
nearly related to, perhaps identical
with, panneu, he goes wrong, errs, goes
out of the way. petshau, he falls (acci-
dentally or by mischance) into, as petshau
wunoghd, he falls into a hole;
petshaog dpehhanit, they fall into the
snare; suppos. peUhdnit, petshint, if he
fall, when he falls; from pdutteau, he
goes into, kepshau, he falls (by mis-
chance) ,
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 255
strictly he stumbles and falls,
falls by an obstruction in the way, etc.
kepshau ohkeit, he fell on the earth;
kepshdoff, they fall; suppos. part, kep-
shont, when or if (he) fall, when falling;
kepshunk, when or if (it) fall; vbl. act.
kepshaonk, a falling, a fall, poi/kiihaii , he
or it falls, inanimately, drops down (as
fruit frem a tree) ; inan. pi. jjogkwhinneash,
they shall fall; pogslmnlc, when
it falls, kodsheau, it falls out of, as toy-
kodteg kodsheau, the sword fell out of
(its sheath) ; from kodtiiiinnu, he draws
(it) out. (-/(«». ,/,.s//,i», lir hills iiitn the
water (c/i((»"',y)/i

256 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
farther—continued.
{awn

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 257
father—continued.
and irutshau ((icdinnnrk 7i6trshem, 'I
came [from] over the water'; tunna
ti-utshaTiockf whence come they?). The
animate form i.s frequently employed
in its primary signification—that is,
without including the idea of paternity,
or rather of the filial relation, a.s nco-
chai wuhkumaiini, 'I am from above';
kenami koachaiimica) wutclingwii, ' yeare
from below', John 8, 23; iioh vmtcha
. . . nkh ivame, ' of him [as original or
source] are all things', Rom. 11, 36;
noh vajhet mlttamvossissit, 'he who is
[suppos.] born of a woman'. Gal. 4, 4;
causat. suppos. noh wajehayemit Godut,
' he who is of God', i. e. is caused to proceed
from or to have his origin in, John
6, 46; and in this form it is hardly sepa-
rable from the so-called preposi;ion,
which is in fact the primitive imper.sonal
verb, mitche,}nitch, mteh {ii-iM:hc,'R.'W.),
from, because of, etc. See begin; come
or proceed from; from.
[Marginal note.— " Since writing the above
I see in Maillard's Gram. Milvmaque (page 17)
that he has translated n'Stch, mon p6re, as
derived from i:Sschimk, etre fils".]
fathers (n. collect. ),«'!(to.57(iune(()/i-, the
fathers, colkctively or as a class, the
fatherhood.
fear, (jhsIuiu, he fears, is afraid of
(him); qusli, fear thou (him); qusheuk,
qushcok, fear ye; vbl. n. act. qushaonk,
fear (reverence, C); pass, qusliitteaonk,
tear (referred to the subject), wabequshau
[wdbe-qushau^, he stands in fear
or awe of, greatly fears (him). V. i.
wabesu, he fears, is afraid; ivabsek, fear
ye; ahqae wabsek, fear ye not, do not
be afraid {nm-ivabea, I am afraid, I fear,
C. ); vbl. n. act. uxibesuonk, fear {ivap-
suonUimcoonk, ' afraid ' , C. ) . vahesuon-
tam, lie fears or is afraid of (it), quehtam
(quUiam, C), he fears (it); kiikquehtammmvcD
togkodteg, you fear the
sword ; suppos. noh quohtog, he who fears
(it). See affrighted; afraid; honor.
feast, niinhddtupjifj), he feasts {inlsheadt-upfiiD,
he eats where there is much]
causat. mishadlupweheaii, he makes a
feast; mishadtupumtteuh, let us keep
a feaat; vbl. n. act. mishadtuppcoonk
{mishodtuppooonk, C), a feasting, nick-
B. A. E., Bill. 2.5 17
;
feast—continued.
6mmo, 'a feast or dance', li. W.: "Of
this feast they have public and private,
and that of two sorts: first, in sickness,
ordrought, or war, or famine; secondly,
after harvest, after hunting," etc.
feather, im'qun (penna), a feather, and
(2) a pen; mrqiiime, unnnequiine, feath-
ered; mi//chi'ki'qniiitii, iiiisJieqiiiKiii, (it is)
full of feathers (meek, a pen, C. ).
feeble. See weak.
feed (v. i. ). See eat.
feed (v. t.), assamau, he feedeth, giveth
food to (him); assamuuh motski'Iiludsli,
he feeds him with grass; ansamatk Jlock,
feed ye the flock, Zech. 11,4; assameh
{rMsamiia; R. W.), give me to eat, feed
me (see Howse 83). sohkomau, he
feeds, nourishes, continues to feed or
provide food for, sustains (him); kas-^
sohkoinconuk, he fed thee; iiussohkomon
flock, I feed the flock, Zech. 11, 7; Kohkomm(mm«h
meechum tie tapeiieunkquok,
feed thou me with food which is .suita-
ble ('convenient', Prov. 30, 8); sohkommaos
w.it-i!he])>iemes-og, feed thou my
lambs, John 21, 15. unnanumeh quoinjia-
tdsh lie si'jbaheg, 'feed me with that
pottage', Gen. 25, 30, lit. give to me
( dip up ) that pottage, meetseheaog mdi-
hogkuh, they feed themselves [caus.
from metsv, he eats].
feel. See touch.
female, squdan, sqiias, squdus, of womankind,
female; squaiyeum {=squaieu, she
is female, Gen. 6, 19). See woman.
sqnosJiitn {squdshim, R. W. ), a female
quadruped; adj. squosldmve. In the
Del. "the males of quadrupeds are
called lemio 'luechum, by contraction lennochum;
the females ochque wechum, by
contraction ochquechum" , Hkw.
fence, imnkdnous, wonkonms {uokmnnos,
C), a fence (also, a fort, q. v.); from
v!onki, woonki, it bends around, is
crooked, qussiikqxianeutunk {quismkqmimiutonk,
C. ), a stone fence, a wall.
pummeneutunk, a wall or fence.
fetch, nnn-neenskom (nun-neniskom, C),
I will fetch, I fetch (it); neemskomah
nipjicnies, fetch uie a little water;
neeingkomunach pHukqunneg, let bread
be fetched; neemskomidtuh, let us fetch
(it). See bring.

258 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25-
fever, in-csiiii.'iIi,hiiiJ:, nrx.hiiitoiil: (a pesti-
k^ntial or iiilcctious ilisuuse), a fever,
Juhii 4, oL' [iir.^iiiiiisliiii'iniirl; the plague,
R. W.) ;
wee.iushau, ivesohshau, he has a
fever (but loesauashaAi, he hath the
plague, R. W. ). This name is appar-
ently derived from veesoe (iregaui,
R.W. ), yellow, with the affix denoting
bad or evil, -ish, and describes "the
disease which they call the yellow
vomit, which", as Heckewelder states,
"at times carries off many of them"
(Hist. Account 216). Eliot also translates
'fever' by kussopitae nyne
(Deut. 28, 2) [jamopitae, very hot].
kusdnohsliau, he has a fever {ii-iniicknusopitanohock,
my body burns, R. W.,
i. e. warne kussSpitae nohock; ii' minotiiiiiii,
I have a fever, ibid., i. e. nen n6te-esu,
I am on fire). See pestilence.
few, oyguhsuog (an.pl.), few {ogkossmog,
C); inan. oggiiliS(ii(i.'l. -i-iiiiiiiiinog; neg iiycnhkniiiiiiit-
cheg (and nyeiiinhteaenuhchi'g), war-
riors (habitual fighters) (Jluh. oioteet
(particip. ), he who fights, Edw. ).
fill, numnvhteaii, it fills, it is filled
(inan.subj.), he fills or makes (it) full;
nurnwohtij'iish kciiidcheganll, fill thou thy
hand {iiiimwuhtaj, let it be tilled, C);
from inimiraeu (it is full) and uliteau.
auinmippuog veiu, they (an. subj.) fill
the house, i. e. the house is full of
them, namwdpanum •iriilnskcii jniiiuiiee,
he fills his horn with oil; luiminijHniiiiii-
mk, fill ye (one thing with another, as
barrels with water, 1 K. 18, 33). iium-
wamccrlium InuDiirae-ineechum^, he is
full of food, has filled himself (niimvxtmechimehleaiii,
I fill, C, i. e. make
myself full).
fi.lth, filthiness, ni-'^hkeiieiirikqiiok (sup-
pos. jiart. concrete, when it is filthy),
filth, dirt; nishk,;,, ,i„hin,,i:,,„k, tlie do-
ing of uncleanncss, lilthiucss in action.
filthy, nisthkenonikque, unclean, filthy
(inherently or by nature); nishki'iiciaik-
quodt, when unclean or filthy (as a gar-
ment, etc.); adj. an. n'lshkeneunkqussii,
(he is) filthy.
fin (of a fish), wpirekan (?); neg vapwi'-
kaiiUfJicg, they which have fins. Lev.
n, il; I lent. 4,

TBCMBULLl ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 259
fine—continued.
dust, Is. 29, 5. nulijiiiiiiiiif, in fine pow-
der, finely pcjwdered ; cf. •ml-ijiittahham,
be beats it to powder, >jrinils it small or
fine.
finger, jxijicli n ii iilcli i-ij. puhchardtch, pi.
-('r/)islt; L-ii/i/iolii-Jtaiiiilrli, thy finger; iii-
ijulht-tahslii' jMihrlKiiiilrluiii, he had six
fingers, 2 Sam. 21, 20. From po/is/iecm
(it divides oi' is divided) and nutcheg
( hand I. iiiiilliiiirliiiiiiti'liepiiohl:iil:ipiniiitrl,l

260 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
fish (n.)—continued.
ifHjgipiaeii-hi, nmtamagwaen-in (nattmhqainnuaenin,
C. ), a fisiherman. omaen
(pi. omaenuog), on§ who is fishing; sup-
pos. pi. neg om&cheg {auindcliick, R.
W. ), fishermen, i. e. they who fish
liabitually "
R. W.).
{aumanep, a fishing line,
fish, (v.), (with hook and line) uinaeu
(muimui, R.W., he fishes); (with nets)
n. agent, ponashabpaen, one who fishes
with nets or sets nets; nootamogquaonk,
a draft of fish, Luke 5, 9.
fisher (Mustela canadensis), pekanc,
Rat-les; lu-hui; wiillancag, valUmrg
(mod. irooUdiiiiig, .Judd, in Ocn. Regis-
ter, XI, 219).
fist, ],lltlllkijllnliiilrli,-g, piltlllkqttnitrh
[piitli(k'jiii-iiiili-li,ij, round hand].
five, tKijiiiiiiiii tdlixlie (nap(\Hna,'R.'\\.; iiiijiiiiiiKi,
C. ; Peq. nuppau, Stiles; Muh.
Dinii'ii, Kdw. ; Del. (Minsi) nalan,
(Unauii) pi

TBUMBl-I.I. ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 2C.1
flow, tonwgkoii, it flow.'^, there is :i flowing
or flood [nipiii' tiiiiioiikun, water flows,
C. ); fo)nmoyA');»', fliiwing (abundantly,
i. e. flooding). Itnpers. verb miititch-
uan, uadtutrlnuin (or -oowan], it flows
from: si'pupoij vntlichavan, 'rivers of
water run down' (from), Ps. 119, 136;
nuppe iruttitchuan-up, 'the water gushed
out' (from the rock), Ps. 78, 20.
SDliirutchuan [goh-miichuan'], it flows
forth, issues from or out of; sohkhetchu-
an, it continues to flow forth or issues
continuously. Is. 3.o, 6. unnitr.hium, it
flows to or toward; sepuash unnitchn-
anasli kehtahhannit, the rivers flow to
the sea, Eccl. 1, 7. (initchnan, tmuchu-
v:an, , wussemuSiri, (he
is) flying away, fled, C.) ; imperat.
vussemaik, flee ye; suppos. umsseinoan,
when thou didst flee; v. t. an. wasemumhteauoiit
mo»'p.toli, when he flees from
a bear. Huxishau, he flees to (a place or
person) for refuge, he runs or goes
quickly to; nd ussisluish or lishhn.fli, flee
thou thither [from vssn, by the inser-
tion of '.s/i to denote swift or violent action,
he bestirs himself, exerts himself
violently, does (agit) w'ith speed or celerity.
Primarily ussisshau means simply
he runs quickly or hastens], ushpuhhm
(and spidihm), he fliestofor refuge;
hiig apuhhajvxwg , they fled (for safety);
vbl. n. act. nshpvhhann'ionk, ."pnhhco-
ledonk, a refuge; nspuhhmmie ai/euonk,
a refuge place, place of refuge.
,

262 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIN 25
foain, jirlitcini fit foams), foam, froth;
pildoiii, tin.- .--i-uni I (if a pot); pelihiuvt-
tmiiiiii [jiililriiii-inillcoK}, he foams at the
month, t'f. jiitdii, jiilildii, lie juits on
tpv into.
fog, iiixliL-fiKin, (when there is) mist, fog,
tine rain; cf. wkcDon, rain, when it
rains; n. coll. uislikoiuiik, 'small rain',
drizzle, Deut. 32, 2. ouird;!, vapor, mist,
steam. See vapor.
follow, asuhkaiiau, he follows, goes
after (him) ; suppos. voh asidiit, he who
follows; suffix an. >rut-ashkau(jh, he
followed him (a>uhkriiii' (as adj. and adv.), fol-
lowing, going after; asuhkciii. he follows
or goes after (inan. olij. ), lie jmr-
sues (it) [aKiih-'k-dii, he continues to
go after or behind; nsuh, the i-adical, is
related t

TRUMBVLL] EXGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 263
foreig-n—continued
.
Ipenann'-ohteau, one who is different]
pi. penoaivohte&og, strangers, foreigners;
penimrohlcomitk, a strange place, a for-
eign c(juntry. See different; strange.
forest, tiiiiohkmnuk {louohkomuk, C. ; cf.
Del. trkenulk, in the woods, Hkw. ), lit.
a solitary place [toueu-kdmuk], the wil-
derness, the forest, pi +qu(isli. In the
index to Mr Pickering's edition of
Eliot's (irammar(2 M.H.C., i.x), among
the "select words from the translation
of the Bible", the editor gave 'soh.ni-
mdoii.k, forest' . This word (the active
verbal of sohsumo), it shines forth)
means a shining forth; in Eliot's trans-
lation, 'glory'. Mr Pickering's mis-
take is traceable, I suspect, to his er-
roneous reading of Is. 10, 18: 'wuttouohkomuk-que
sohmimoonk' , 'the glory
of his forest', lit. 'his fureirt glory'.
foretell. See predict.
forever, niiclieine. See ever,
forg-et, iriiiidtifam, he forgets (it); v:aiiiiiiKiiiiiii.
he forgets (him); ahque
u-iiiiniitiish. do nnt thou forget (it);
tniiKiiitdtiimirj, iri(ii(iii((f((imi:og, they for-
get (iiannhmntain, I forget, C); nmiravunniiiuhjuog,
they forget me, I am
forgot by them [muine-nntum, he is
witliout thought oi. lias not in mind].
vaiKintdiinn'iheiiii. lie causes (him) to
forget.
forgive, a/iqiio„„lsqifiiu.'

264 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
forty. See four.
foundation, quenohtag, suppos. part.
conori4e from quenohtau, he founds or
lays a foundation; lit. that which is
deep (?). Cf. qwmonteadt, 'when he
had digged deep', Luke 6, 48; quenoh-
tiiiiini, he founded it; pass, it is
founded.
four, //«», yauwe {yuh, R. W.; Peq.
yauuh, Stiles; yau, C. ; Muh. nauwoh,
Edw.; Del. neim, newa, Hkw.) ; yau-
ut nai, four square; pi. an. yauog,
yanooor/{y6irock, R.W.) ; inan. yauunash
(ydiri'iiiiia.ili, E. W.; yauunash, C);
yiiiiiit {i/aiiwut, C.),four times, naho
yau (jiiiick-nah ybh, K. W. ; Peq. pinijg
iiiiiihiit yini, Stiles), fourteen; naho
yiiiiiritilt, iiabo ijauut, fourteen times;
so, nabo yauwudt l-odtumirae, for four-
teen years, i. e. to the fourteenth year;
or, fourteen times one year, ytiinnii-liug
{youinicheck; R. W.; yainriii,„rli,,l:,C.)
forty ; pi. axi.yauuncli&ghodt'jy, ya uuiiclid-
gottog; inan. yauunchagkodtash. yauimidt
pasukmmog, four hundred (an.).
fowl, jiiijiiiimtliaas. See bird.
fox, iniiikqusnis, wonkfiis, pi. -\-aog; dim.
voiikqiis.'liKsrmrH, a little fox ( iiequnints,
a gray fox; iiii.':liqiiil-iliiiii, a red fox,
R.W.; Peq. -('»v(///;/^«,f,,x, Stiles; »v,»A--
9r,,«,-.v,c.).
fragment, rlujgq, a lilt, a morsel; kod-
cliuki, a piece or fragment of {cotchekun-
nemi irtvyoh,i, cut me some (i. e. a piece
of) meat, R. W. ). See spot; piece.
free (adj.), chipappu Ichippe-appu, he
remains apart or by himself], he is
free; suppos. c/n'pi»in?)»mi7, when he is
free, being free (clirppinnimiiu; ndu,
(he is) free born, C. ); sunnummatta
nid-chipi'yinnmnucuf am not I free? om-
peu, he is free, unbound. See loose;
man (omji).
free (v.). See deliver; loose.
freely, iiiniiidiiv, iiiiiionire, nanmnyeue,
freely (ikiiiiiiiiit, iiitiiii('iiiice,C),=nan-
tre, common, anybody's (?).
freeze. See frost; ice.
Frenchmen, Punachmonog (pl.),C.
friehd, icetomp, a favorite or dear friend;
pi. -\-&og; netoinp (lu-lop, R. W. ),my
friend, a 'general salutation' between
the Indians and English (R. W. 27)
(pcyaush netop, come hither, my friend.
,
friend—continued.
E. W.); kitomp, thy friend; iiectompnog
(netompadog , R. W. ), my friends (Del.
n'Uchv,, my friend; vUschutti, dear, be-
loved friend; nitis, (my) confidential
friend, Hkw.) \_iretii.-omj), house man,
companion, of the same household or
family; so, iceetompasgu, irelompas, a
brother or sister], tonkqs, friend, cousin,
kinsman {natoDcki!, my consin; mitbncks,
a [his] cousin, R. W. ; vodtonkqsin, a,
cousin, C. ): nuttonkqsog, 'sirs', Acts
27, 25, i. e. friends; cf. (fem.) inetuk-
nquoh, her sister; uetukkusq, my sister
{viiicks, a sister, R. W. ).
frog, tinogkukquas, tenogkequus, linogkco-
qiia.i, pi. -sitog {tinnogkdhqnase, pi. -suog;
liiiiKigkohteas, pi. -i-suog, a toad, C).
molimo»kuhtcam\og'\, frogs {mtilnnoskohieaseog,
Mass. Ps. ), Ps. 78, 45, but not
elsewhere. Abn. inoskcke, a toad.
Peij. kopkiuxx, kiipydx, frog. Stiles.
from, initrln; njich, mch (mnchf, irulchi,
R. W.; indrlw, C; Muh. ocheh, Edw.
The ell is guttural, nearly equivalent tO'
the German ch soft) . Primarily a de-
fective or impersonal verb, vtitchcu
{icutcJm, cotchu) , it proceeds from, comes
from, hence as a preposition from, of,
because of, etc. initch . . . yean, from
... to (after verbs of motion); noh
irntrhii, (it is) 'of him', as a source or
cause, Rom. 11, 36; mi catch suhhaman,
'there went forth from', Num. 11, 31;
na mch qiish.ken, he returned therefrom
(hence) yeu umtche (yb imchi, R. W. ;
),
from hence, from this place; ne vmiche
(from that), for that cause, therefore.
This root served to express the origin
of motion or source of being, and is to
be traced under various modifications
of form in a great number of compound
words denoting origin, source, motion
(animate and inanimate), progression,
cause and effect, production, etc. See
come from; father; begin, aim, ii-mm,
he goes or departs from. See go
from.
frost, tcohpu, (there is) frost (looh/i, Mass.
Ps. ; topu, R. W.; missittopu, a great
frost, ibid.; taquatt'ui, frost, ibid, (it
is freezing—the effect of frost); auke
Uiqii/ituhd, the ground is frozen, ibid. ; seip
taquuttin, the river is frozen, ibid.; tog-

frost—cuntinueil.
quttintwh nuhtauogash, I freeze uiy ears
(my ears are frozen), C. ).
froth. See foam.
firuit, meechummuonk {-muoonk, C), pi.
-ongash [vbl. n. act. from ineerhununa), it
is eaten, used as food, the pass. inan.
form of meech, he eats], fruit, perhaps
all vegetable food. n.sg, (/.s7/./, ]>\.ii.ii/ii(ish,
ashqi«isli,greei'i fruit or vci^ctalik'S. pri-
marily anything green ur immature of
vegetable growth, as wuskeasg, pi. jcus-
keasquo-ih, ' tender grass ' , 2 Sam. 23, 4;
Dan. 4, 15; from wuske, new, young, and
asq; with the indef. particle, m'askeht
(or by reduplication, oskotik, C. ), grass,
that which is green. From the same
root is aske, raw {askiin, it is raw, R. W.
askin, C. ); vuske, new, young; asq,
ashq, or osquam, not yet, a,nd ashkoshqni
{askosque, C. ), green in color. The
word asq was used especially to refer
to the fruit of the Cucurbitacese, mel-
ons, gourds, cucumbers, and what are
now known by their Indian name,
though the plural has been transformed
to the singular, 'squash-es. askmtasq,
pi. askattasquash, used by Eliot for 'cu-
cumbers', !N'um. 11, 5, was "askuta-
squasli, their vine apple, W'hich the
English from them call squashes"
(R. W.), and which Wood mentioned
(X. E. Prospect), as "ixqiioterqxKidies,
their best bread " ; from askrok, a snake,
and asq: snake-like or 'crook-neck'
squash, ^iiottcoasg, a gourd [from qunni,
long]; hence qiidnoowask, a bottle, C.
7nonaska)tasg, a melon (but by Cotton
mamosketumuk, 'cucumbers'. So, qui-
nosketiXmuk, 'muskmelon', and ohhosketiiinuk,
'watermelon', C, 'or a raw
thing'; from tiskehturrmn, he eats it
raw), iitlnne, iniii, pi. mlrineash, ber-
ries, nuts, small fruit, grain, etc., that
which is produced by and is peculiar to
each tree or plant Im'uiini, the kind
of, the species of]. In the singular in
compound words it denotes kind or
species, the growing tree or plant; in
the i)lural, the fruit, as iri-

'266 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY
gall, 11-eemre; noaveeswe, my gall. Cf.
m'esoe {icesaui, R. W.), yellow; weesof/-
kon, (when it is) bitter; so, AS. gealla,
fiall; gc-iih've, yellow; Gr. x°^V, Wle;
^Ao;/, X'^oa, greenish yellow; Arab.
iiiin-f, bile, liitter.
game (animals hunted), adcJiauonk, vl)l.
n. from adchan {auchaiil, E. W.), he
hunts. See hunt.
game (gamble) . See play.
gape, toaiiitai,_he gapes {loduendt, to gape;
inil-tdiivfiinii'cm, I gape, C. ); v. an. toan-
iirhtiiii, lie gapes at (him).
garden, liinohketeaonk, pi. tanohketea-
ongasli, cultivated plants. Is. 17, 10; vt
nocu adtanohketeamuk, in the midst of
the garden, Gen. 2, 9. Cf. tannettiidi/,
they grow as plants, are produced; dtan-
negi'ii, it yields or produces.
garment, hogkmviik {aukoionk, C), a
covering of skin; monak {mdiicik, C.
inaunek, an Englisli coat or mantle,
R. "W. ). See dress; clothe; clothing.
gate, xqiiiiiit, iisquont. See door.
gather (collect), v. t. an. inicmau, he assembles
or gathers (them) together,
he causes them to collect, migaeog,
mahjaiog, they gather or collect (themselves
together), they assemble; from
miyae, moeu (mogwe,C.), together; freq.
moh moeog [i. e. m' •mijaeog'] , they gather
themselves togetheroften or habitually.
See assemble, iiiuiniiiiii, he gathers or
collects (it); /.lo/i-j/iiy/oHiw.thou gather-
est (iiioinnitee, he gathers (fruit or the
like); iiKiiiinneeauog, they gather, R.
W. ); \-bl. n. mdurmmaorik, a gathering,
i. f. a triliute, custom, toll.
general, nature, common, q. v. (nanire
voskftoiitp, any man, C. ): naiure iciit-
Ejilstfeiiiii Jade, 'the general epistle of
Jude' ( =Del. /««)(!, which Heckewelder
translates 'original, common, plain,
pure, unmixed' (Corresp. .412); more
exactly, common, general, normal).
generation, pometuonk (vbl. n., a living,
i. e. a lifetime): iip-pummetiiongmth
A(hiin, 'the generations of Adam', Gen.
;
a
generation—continued.
5, 1; pometuongash, Is. 41, 4. See coixi-
late; couple.
giant, magoshketom}!, mugosktlotiiji [oiogke-wosketomp,
huge man].
gift, magmonk, vbl. n. act. from imigon,
he gives, a giving or offering; iiiiiiiiai/-
a>6nk n-oskdomp, a man's gift, Prov. 18,
16. See give.
girdle, puttukquobpus, piitlakquobus (nup-
pitttukqiwbbesin, 'it bindeth me about'.
Job 30, 18; cf. puttogquegnoldion, a -^eil;
puttogwhonk, a covering; pinltiigqiien, he
hides; %i-obpp, the thighs); jil. jndtog-
qnobj)igswash.
girl, tiunksqiia, iiunk!

TEUMErLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 267
g'lad—con t i n ued
.
glad; wekontamwe, -tamwae (-tamde, C),
gladly, willingly; muskouantam, he is
very glad, he rejoices, lit. he is boast-
ful: u-el;ontama)k kah ahche imiskouaiiUi-
mcok, rejoice ye and be exceeding glad,
Matt. 5, 12 [mis»i-v;eko7itn»i ?].
glittering, vnlmppae, wohsippohU'if. See
bright.
glory, sohsumoonk [soh-irolixiiiiimonk, a
shining forth; vbl. n. act. of sohsumo),
it shines forth. See note on forest].
gluttony, iimssaumepoaonk {vussomup-
2>o6onk, C), vbl. n. act. from v:us-
saumepoa \ii-ugsaume-uppm, he eats too
much], he is gluttonous. See eat.
gnat, sogkemas. From the same root as
.wgkepai, he bites.
go, mm, 6m, he goes from (a place
other than that in which the speaker
is) or proceeds from; cfjmwcD, it goes
from; na mmun, he went thence; mm-
u-og, they went on, proceeded on their
journey (as in Gen. 33, 16); tohnoh
kaimf whence dost thou come? {toh-
luumm koom kekitf when did you come
from home? C. ; tunna cnvxiCun f whence
mmup, he did go or
come you ? E. W. ;
)
come from; alifjue oomaogk, go ye not
from. Acts 1,4; suppos. img, when he
goes or proceeds from.
ail, he goes to (a place other than
that in which the speaker is); auog,
they go to; nunli, go thou to; ontuh, let
us go to {ijb a&iiUi, let us go that way,
R. W.); hitton foh kod 6(m, 'thou
walkedst whither thou wouldst [go
to]', John 21, 18; ailon, if I go. The
forms of this verb are more irregular
than of perhaps any other of the
primitive verbs. It is not always possible
to distinguish its suppositive and
participial forms from those of mm
under the disguises of Eliot's phonography.
This verb is often used intransi-
tively, and its primary signification was,
probably, to go: noadtit aui, 'he is
gone a long journey' (afar off). Prov.
7, 19; vttoh urimmuk, uitoh aommtik,
'whence it cometh, whither it goeth',
Mass. Ps., John .3, 8; ne ayoan, 'in the
way' (when thou goest), Ex. 23, 20;
suppos. littoh imh a6i or mjoi, whither I
may go. Hence »i'ay, a path: may toh-
go— continued.
«o/i adhettit, 'the way wherein they
must walk', Ex. 18, 20; vtt'njea mny
ooog, by what way ye should go, Deut.
1, 33. See path.
ainaen, he goes away, he departs
(without reference to the mode or act of
going, but simply expressing the sepa-
ration or withdrawal of one person or
thing from another); amaish, go thou
away (nuttamdeen, I depart; rimriennt,
to depart, C. ); suppos. amrjiil, itmaiiit
. . . amay'deh, if he depart ... let him
depart, 1 Cor. 7, 15.
moncha {mauclue, R. "VV. ), he goes
(from the speaker or the place where
the speaker is supposed to be; opposed
to jjeytiu, he comes; see come); ?i!()»monchem
{-eem,C.), I go; 7mm-mo»diip,
I went; monckish (ma^cMsh, R. W. ), go
thou; suppos. particip. noh •moiidiit, he
who goes; freq. momonchu, he moves,
i. e. continue.s to go; itlxhiioh oans . . .
noh mcimonchit, every animal . . . that
moveth, i. e. hath power of motion,
Ezek. 47, 9.
vadpeu, vdheti, he goes up (aljsolutely
or without regard to the mode or act
of going), he rises; imaj^emm, it goes
up, i. e. it is raised up: nippewh vaaphnmadi,
the waters rise up, Jer. 47, 2
{nmvdheem, I arise, C. ). From vadhe,
impers. verb, adv., and prep., it is
above, above.
!'.-com8w,icoHH(.s.si(, he goes down (absolutely);
mmmog, they go down; vmvomussln
vadchu-id, I came down from
the mountain; suppos. part, noh womussd,
noh vmmsit, he who goeth down;
neg tromussitchfg, they who go down.
From irmiiieit, vmmiyeu, impers. verb,
adv., and prep., it is down or beneath.
kuhkuhqueu, he goes upward, ascends
by progressive motion. See ascend.
iiroken, he goes downward, descends
(from above to or toward the earth
[ii' ohke-au']; cf. vmmfv, he goes down
below the earth or the speaker)
nmkmp, he descended, came down;
nmch nmkeiii kesukqid, 'I came down
from heaven', John 6, 38; suppos.
noh nmkit, he who descends, goes or
comes down; nmkiich, let him come
down; iuan. subj. nmkeinw, it went
;

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
go—continued,
down or came down; v. t. inan. iioal'in
111)1, he puts (it) down or lets ( it ) down.
fjushkeu, he goes liack, returns. See
return.
aswushau, he goes liackwanl; imtassMsham,
I go backward.
I'utchittoushav , he goes forward, jiro-
ceeds onward; iiiil--J:iti-liiltoiiiiliniii, I go
forward; inan. suT)j. Intcliilloiisjitniiai, it
goes forward [kutclwl. See begin.
pascotshaii, hegoes near or comes near;
Buppos. iioh jHismtshiidl, he who goes or
comes near; pasmsukau, he is going or
coming near, he approaches (imply-
ing, by the incorporation of k' progress-
ive, continued motion; pasattitluin ex-
presses merely the act of getting near
to, without necessarily including the
idea of voluntary motion )
petnknu, he goes in, enters (ingredi-
tur), i. e. he is going in.
petiittemi, he goes into or within (init,
intrat); jiitntietiuli {pcetitteash, C. ; pfti-
tei-s, R. AV. ), cf>me thou in, enter, go in.
sohham [=.n, he goes by
sea lpummoh-a>m']; n. agent, punimdhhamivaen,
pi. -waenuoy, they who
go by sea, mariners. See sea.
.
go—continued.
keiiiiilikhom, he goes spying, or as a
spy Ikemeu-oom, he goes secretly]
panneau, he goes out of the way, goes
wrong; suppos. part, iioh jmnneont, he
who goes wrong [prnuteti, (he is) out
of the way].
vmwnu, wCoiiii, he goes astray, wan-
ders; ncoauu'din, I go astray {ncowooivon,
I wander; wmvonnuog, they wander,
C. ); suppos. part, uxioiit, vat/ovt, going
astray or out of the way, hence the
setting of the sun, or his going out of
the way. See sun.
ndhmthguean, aiihttuliq-, ahdiiliankii-,
he goes to and fro [niili.-oiliqtu', to and
fro, 2K. 4, 35].
igiiKhau, agqxhiiii, he goes belw,
beneath, or under (it), 2 Sam. 18, 9;
Job 24, 8 [_agu-e, below].
Cree lloot-ayoo, he goes there; khv-
ayoo, he goes back, returns; kdospu,
he goes (from river or lake) inland;
ridsep ui/oo, he goes to the river, etc.
viilliaveeoo, he goes out, Howse 81.
god, manit (mamt, pi. manhtduvck, R.AV.
Peq. (HKJwfto, Stiles; Del. welsitmanniUo,
the good spirit); v. sub.st. manittoo,
manitto, (he is) a god; pi. innnittmog,
monitoug, El. Gr. "We ay God is; the
Indian of this is Mannitma. The two
first syllables stand for God; the latter
assert liis existence", Exp. Mayhew
(MS). In his translation of the
Bible Eliot has inmost instances trans-
ferred the name of "God" and of
"Jehovah" to the Indian text. He
gives, however, .l/a(( (7 wane masugkenuk,
'God Almighty', Ex. 6, 3, and nen
MtuiUlo, 'I am God' Is. 43, 12, etc.;
cf. ifaiilt, 'the Lord', Ps. 2, 4; JeJio-
vah, 'the Lord', v. 7; God-ut, '(against)
the Lord', v. 2. The possessive form
vum-mamtmm, my god, Ps. 3, 7; 7, 1;
kum-mamtmm, thy god, etc., is sometimes
used. The word is derived either
from dmii', above, with the suppos.
part, form and indef. prefix: m'anit, he
who is above or more than (all) (see
more), or from anhean, suppos. anhit, he
who does to or deals with. It is to be
observed that the derivative has the in-
definite and impersonal prefix w',
'somethmg above all' or something
.
;

TEUMBULI,] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 2(39
god—Continued,
which deals with us (see conduct one's
self ) . mattun it ( mal-an it), he who is not
God, the not-God, the devil, or bad
spirit; see devil.
manittoaoy, inanitooij {inanittovjocl:,
E. W. ), the gods of the Indian mythology.
"They have given me the names
of thirty-seven, which I have, all which
in their solemn worships they, invo-
cate", R. AV. 110. Kautdniovint, 'the
great South AVest God', 'to whose house
all souls go, and from whom came
their corn, beans, as they say', ibid.,
= CawtantowvAt, ' their great God '
B. AV., Introd. ; cf. Jehomth Keihtannit
[the great god, kehte-dnit^, 'the Lord
God', Gen. 24, 7. "The Massachusetts
call their great god Kichtan [A"/>Atan?],
. . . the Penobscots, the god TimiHjji,"
Capt. John Smith, 1631. "They worship
Kitan, their good god, or Hohha-
moco, their evil god '
' ,
, .
Lechford, Plaine
Dealing. Tdntiim was a contracted
form of heihtanit-cam, my great god or
our great god. "Kkhtnn . . . the
i:irincipal and maker of all the re.st [of
the gods] and to be made by n(.)ne . . .
who dwelleth above in the heavens
... far westward, whither all good
men go when they die", Winslow's
Relation, 1624; and in the margin:
"The meaning of the word kiehtan, I
think, hath reference to antiquity, for
chise [kutchise ?] is an old man and
kiehcfme a man that exceedeth in age '
'
(Del. Getaunitouit, God, Hkw. ) Squantam
(=Klehtati, and Kaiitantowitl):
"They acknowledge a god whom they
call Squantam, but worship him they
do not" (Josselyn, 3 M. C. H., in, 300).
Contracted from mussquaiitam, he is
angry; musquanlam Manit, God is angry,
R. AV. "If it be but an ordinary
accident, a fall, etc., they will say, God
was angry and did it", ibid. Ilohbamock
(Capt. John Smith), Ilobbamoco
(Lechford), Abbamocho or Cheeple (Josselyn),
'their evil god', 'that we
suppose their devil'; see devil. Kee-
.nwkquelnd [kestik-ojiit}, 'the Sun God',
R. AA'., "a name of the sun, by which
they acknowledge the sun, and adore
for a god or divine power". Cheke-
g-od—continued.
Kiimhiii, 'the AA'estern God', R. AA^
{rhikesii, the northwest wind, ibid.,
from clu'kes, violent, fierce, with the
animate active termination). ]V(impandnd,
'the Eastern (rod', K. AV.
Iwoinpan-anit, the god of the dawn
or of daylight, Eds]. Wunmununennit,
'the Northern God', R. AA'. \_immnanumau-anit,
the god of blessing, or
who blesses, confers benefits (?); imnumhjeu,
the north]. Soimoandnd, 'the
Southern God', R. AA''. [= sowan&yeu,
sdaniyeu {souniniu, R. AA'. ), southward,
to the south, in Eliot, but to the
southwest according to Roger AA'illiams.
"They have a tradition that to the
southwest, which the}' call xonyunlniu,
the gods chiefly dwell; and hither the
souls of all their great and good men
and women go", R. AV.]. AA'as »S'om'wanand
[smuaniu-dnit] another name
of Kiehtiin or KautdntouH'! Wetvo-
manit, 'the house God', E. AA'. [irelu-
com, my hou.se, -anif]. Squduaitit, 'the
AA'omans God', R. AA'. [xqua, woman,
-fmrt]. Muckquarliuckqiiini'l, 'the'Jhil-
drens God', E. AA'. liiinckquacliurks,
boy, ibid.]. Xnnepa-dshat, 'the moons
God', R. AA'. I'awnpddussit, 'the Sea-
God', R. AV; "that deity or Godhead
which they conceive to be in the sea',
ibid. ; see sea. Yotdanit, 'the fire God',
R. AA'. [)/dte, fire, ibid.]; see fire.
gold. "These Indians call gold vassa-
dor, which argueth there is thereof in
the country" (Archer's Account of
Gosnold's Voyage, 1602, 3 M. H. C,
VIII, 77). The Indians were those of
the mainland near Elizabeths island
(i. e. Cuttyhunk).
good, irunne, triiuii' {irirri; viUi), (it is)
good, (it is) well (in the abstract, the
possible, or subjectively); wunncgen, (it
is) good, a good thing, good, i)lea.sant,
fair (in the concrete, the actual, or ob-
jectively ) ; yt\. irtinnegenash, good things;
suppos. part. inan. VMimegik, (when it
is) good; a good thing, that which is
good: vMhteomin tranegik kah machuk,
to know (that which is) good and evil.
Gen. 3, 5 {uimnegin, welcome! R. AA'.
Del. irulik, the good, Hkw.). vuvne
is largely used in the composition of
;

270 KUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOHKiY
good—lontiiuifd.
wdnls t(i express goodue-s, liappines.-j,

TKUMBl-I.I.l KNGIJSH-NATICK DICTIONARY 271
great—cuntimied.
tivel y, great of its class or kind, of tilings
inanimate: mohsag wetii, ' the greater
house', 2Chr. 3,5; molmui iiinlrJu'snnik,
'so great a sin', Ex. 32, 'Z\; nl minhikkomukqut,
in a great house, 2 Tiui.
2, 20; cf. Del. in'ckinf/uc, above.
mogki, nioijkf, iiinkki, (it is) very groat,
huge, ingens, iniinaiiis* i
usually "f
things inanimate); pi. iiin(jkiii,'iiii^li,
(ien. 41,
.'i (innmnrhiinrash iiy./ii,,,,,! i, Il-
l/a, iiisli. 'great lights', i. e. the sun
and moon, R. W.); as n. inoijtKjUli,
iiiiii/(ii/(sli, great things; cf. mogkin-
iiiiiii, iiiiikkinum, he gathers together;
ogkc'tatn {Aketam, R. W.), he numbers,
counts, adds up; see iiidt/kc kriUitnnanli,
great cities, Dent, (i, 10. The
root is k' progressive nr (iiiiiiilali\ e.
mlmiiigb', Mfixiigke, great, |>ouiTful,
mighty (of animate lieings, with rc'la-
tion to |i(]sition, iniportance, iiciwer,
etc., Iml lint to niagnituile) ; noli innxiig-
ki'iiiik, he (who is) great; irnnir iiiii-
suijknnik. the.Mmighty I
IV(|. iikiiixsIiii-
knt iiiiinillii, the greah'sl god, Stiles);
]ires. iiarl. imh ,„ii«ii,/knii(l

972 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHKOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
grow—continued.
shall grow . . . trees', Ezek. 47, 12.
vi'kiii, vek-un, it grows, is grown, as a
plant increases by growth: nooche iiekin,
it began to grow; pajeh . . . vekik; until
. . . (when it was) grown; nish nehe-
wonche nekukish, things which grow of
themselves spontaneously, 2 K. 19, 29.
nekin means also he is born; suppos.
iiekit, (when he is) born; infin. as subst.
vmtch nekinneat, from the birth; see
birth; born. adtanekin=nekm; adtwie-
gek, Matt. 6, 28, =negil', Luke 12, 27.
npftu, he or it grows, as a plant or an
animal: iiiMasrj nedit, the rush grows
Jobs, 11; narj n&'fuog, they grow {neetu,
he i.i born, Prov. 17, 17; Job 5, 7); vbl.
n. act. neeliionk, birth, =ni'i'kuouk. ke-
iiuppetu, he grows, increases in stature
(grows rapidly): miikkies kenuppctu,
the child grew, kmttu, he is grown, has
attained full growth, kesukk'inliieati],
he is growing up, is attaining full
growth; suppos. jMJeh . . . kcsukit, till
he ... is grown up. Cf. keesaqilshin,
high water, R.W. ; see produce; ripe;
smi. nonkin, sonkiin, it springs forth,
shoots up, as a plant. See spring up.
guard. See watch.
guide, moiiclKinau (he carries away, an.
obj.), he guides (him); suffix an. uin-
imiichanuh, he guided them {kiimino-
had (auxil. ), malicJie, mamalwhe, aresoniettmes
employed to form a pluperfect
tense. See have.
haddock, pdkoandlain, C. See codfish.
hail, iiiiinKigou, Ps. 78, 48; 148, 8; rnis-
xcgini. Rev. 16, 21 [iiiixxi-kaj)!, great
snow '.'].
hair, mcexunk, meiffiHiik, ineymmnik (me-
siiiik, C; irhheck, R. W.), human hair
of theliead, quaniahquoau, he has long
hair, is long haired; pres. part, quam'ih-
qiinciiil, iiiii'iuonahquoant, having long
hair; vlil. ([lutiionukqnouiik {miippacuck,
K. W.I, a (long) lock of hair. vi'sIiA-
gaii, iiixhiigkin (ircsheck, hair, R. AV.),
hair on the body or limbs of man or
animals, wool {noohke shak&iiasli, soft
H
guide—L'ontinued.
vrhaii-ish, I will conduct you; mafichase,
be thou my guide; mouchatea, a guide,
K. Vi'.). sampirushanau, sampshdiiaii,
he guides (them), conducts (them)
aright; suffix an. viisminipuhiiriiih, he
guides them; n. agent, xiimjiirnxli^hxi'iui,
aguide; part. pres. nnj xauijisliiiiiinii'ln'r/,
they who guide, guides, leaders [mtnip-
v.v, right].
guilty, ke-idiittim, he is guilty; nnk-kesan-
Uuiuiiii'iiiiin, we are guilty, kesohkuon-
tam, he is guilty; suppos. kesohkoontog,
when he is guilty (kesuhkotamcoonk,
guilt, Danf. ; keesnntamOe, guilty, C.
kemhkdadtaiiuiy, guiltily, ibid.).
gull (a bird), Peq. ulipurkachip, Stiles.
gun, phkurick, R. W. "Conceiving a
similitude between our guns and thun-
der, they call a gun phkunck, and to
discharge jijfcsWiOHimin—that is, to thun-
der", R. W. nfimpduog pcskdinivock,
thmiderbolts are shot, ibid. Abn. ne-
]M'skam, je tire du fusil sur quelqu'un;
aSeimi peskak? qui tire?, Rasles. The
root is the same as in pashkvheau, it
bursts asunder with violence, through
pohsheau, it divides in two, anA pdhshe,
half. Cf. Cree p6oskoo-piUhu, it bursts
(fn.im within), as a gun, Howse 146;
p('ixki'sii/i/n», a gun, Howse 266-267.
gunpowder, %iupuck, R. W. ; aahuck, C.
hair—continued.
wool, C. ); verb subst. miceshaganu, he
is hairy; pi. vctlmkinnuooash, (his
hands) are hairy. Cf. Sax. sceacga;
Engl, shag, hair; Ethiop. sJin-kg, hair-
cloth. Mr. Pickering, in his Iiijiex to
Eliot's Granmiar, gives "vcshagdii, hair
of animals". The meaning can not be
thus restricted. See beard, wishsliu-
viixfuioiik (?) , hair growing on the body,
Lev. 19, 20, 21, 25, etc.
half, jtohshe, pdhahe, pohque (poqiicsti,
half [of an. obj.], R. W.; jmushe, some,
opposed to vame, all, R. W. ). poh-
ifhiimiii {paushinum, R. W.), he divides
in two, he halves (it); pohsheau, it
divides asunder, cleaves in two. Cf.
;

tri'mbvll] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 273
half—continued.
iSansk. pak-ihu, a side, a half; Zig. jinx,
l/el'-paxh , one-half; Engl, piece.
liand, m' niilcheg, menutcheg {menitcheg,
C. ); viuiDutrheg, iimnnutdi {wunnlcheke,
R. W. ), his hand; nun-nitchek, my
hand, Exp. Mayhew; pi. vmrinutcheganash
{wunniskegaimash (?), R. W.),
his hands; ut wunnutchegnn-it, in his
hand. From anit, primary form of
anniilt; pi. neg anitcheg, they that
take hold of; suppos. part, of aimnau
or anau, he takes hold of (him), noh-
kdii, the right hand; wnttinnohkoii {nuniiiiihkde
menitcheg, C. ), his right hand;
nuttinnohkSii, my right hand; see
right hand. Perhaps for noh kounuk,
he who carries, menadch h, the left hand
{menatche memtcheg, C. ); ummenadehu,
his left hand; idummenadcheanmont, in
their left hands {yo nmihmatch, to the
left hand (side of a path, etc. ), R. W. )
menadrhue, -chee {)iu)n>naichn, C), lefthanded,
puttukqiinltch Ipetukrjui-niitch,
round hand], the fist; anomannlrh
[ntiome-Diilrli, within the hand], the
hollow of the hand; vogquamdch, the
palm of the hand.
handful, ydiutchan [iidiiiimrni-i(iitr)i, he
shuts the hand; su|ipiis. iiihiilimtrh.
when he shuts the hand].
handle, moJiniussunnum, he handles (it);
freij. from mussunnum, he touches (it).
handsome, vunne, tvinne [wmsinnu, he
makes handsome, adorns, C. ; ncrmii, I
adorn, ibid. ). See good.
hang, keclie'juahinau, he hangs (him);
])ish kiikkcrlierptahiiiuk, he will hang
thee (kiik-ki'echerpiaubenitch, you shall
be hanged (I will hang thee), R. W.
nnkkechl(ptabes peininneat, I am choked
with a halter, C. ) ; suppos. part, concrete,
iidt kerlierjitabfuitthinik, that upon
which or by which (he) is hanged, a
gallows, waashancm, he hangs (him);
ne vaaslmnwk, hang ye (him) thereon;
suffix an. mwadxhanmth, they hanged
him. vadshau,he hangs or is hanging;
iroh mtmdsliun, he may liang or be
hanged; suppos. part. inan. v:aashuiik,
tcooshunk, if it hang (upon him); hag
voushaog mehtugqut, they hang on tlie
trees, Josh. 10, 26. ogkwchiu,hogkmchiii,
it hangs or is suspended, lie is sus-
B. A. E., Bill. 2.5 18
;
hang—continued.
pendeil from [itgnv-irnli-ln'ii']. n-ih'ixhod-
tdii, he hangs (it) on (him); ur inniiiuh-
shadtnnunat vis

274 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN' 25
haro (?)—continued.
bigness of a pig and rooting lilie a
pig', was probably the woodchuck
(Arctomys monax).
harlot, imnumnnmdxfjnaimen-lii, a harlot
or prostitute; imninwnaxhqiinaiisHen-in,
one who is a prostitute in aet, who
acts the harlot [n. agent, from verb
nan munnwd.'iquau-uss h ] .
riiarmsquaom,
mansquaosu, she commits fornication,
acts the harlot. See fornication; adul-
tery.
harm. See hurt.
harvest, h-iirinnn, he harvests or gath-
kipciu'unmln, to gather
ers the harvest (
corn, R. AV.); b-pcmish, 'reap thou',
Rev. 14, 15; vbl. n. act. h'/ienu-
mcoonk, the harvesting, harvest; suppos.
impers. and part. pass, h'pcnumuk
(when it is harvested), the time of
harvest {nunnowa, harvest time; anou-
unt, at harvest, R. W.; from niinaev,
it is dry(?); 'ninnmuruel, fall, autumn,
C. ). See seasons.
hasten, kennpahan, he makes haste; ke-
niipajKiHsh, hasten thou, make haste;
suppos. part. an. keDu/ixlioiit, when
hastening; freq. kakeinijislinnl. making
great haste, going very .-^wiftly; mii/
hiki',nipsli,„iilrl„;i. the swift (poten-
tially) [/,(/("/7""' it i" swift or quick,
with the particle of violent action '.s//].
wiipaiilam, he is in haste; nmirapi'tti-
tnm, I am in haste, C.
hat. See ca|i.
hatch, jm-olikiilili(jir(iii,{ the bird ) hatches.
See Is. 34, l.-i; Jer. 17, 11.
hatchet. See ax.
hate, sckeneaiii, sikt'iiam, he hates (it);
an. sekeneauau, he hates (him); suffix
missekenaMi, >nissekenmu6uh, they
hate him; vbl. n. act. xekeneaiidoiik, a
hating, hatred; sekeneausuonk, active
hating, hating in exercise; vbl. n. pass,
and recip. seke)ieaadt>imik, a being
hat^d, reciprocity of hatred, enmity;
vbl. n. inan. act. sekeneammonk, a
hating of (inan. obj). Primarily sekeneaiii
signifies he refuses, rejects, hence
manifests an aversion to, hates. Cf.
sniikoti, he spits (nis-snkc, I am spiteful
or mischievous, C. ). Del. kschingdlel,
I hate you, Hkw. jishajrtnm, he
loathes, despises, hates (iint-jhliantaiii,
hate—continued.
I hate, 1 despise, C. ); an. jit:hiiinimfiii,
he hates (him).
haughtiness, qii nnhgunneunkqussuonk,
by reduplication from qunnunkqui,
high, and ws-f", verb of action, he acts
very high ; vbl. in -onk, very high acting.
See proud.
have (auxil.), ma/ic/ii; (after, thereafter).
A word which expresses completed action
or the end of action, that which
has been, was employed as an auxiliary
to the verl) in forming the perfect and
pluperfect tenses {maiit, maht-, mauch-,
;/i('.s7(-, R. W.; nuin-ina]iche, Ihave; knm-
tniiche, thiiu hast, etc., C. Cree ghee,
'have'; Chip, kc or f/e): ne mahche,
that which hath been, Eccl. 3, 1.5; tanmahche
iissen, he hath done it. Is. 44, 23
{tashbi mhh. commaugf how much have
you given? R. W. ; 7t>at mesh-nawmOnash,
I did not see those things; niim-maut-
(ndreteai'iiiicii, I have done planting,
R. \V. ). Cf. iDiililxheati, it decays, fails,
comes to an end; vtajish, maiintadi'ish,
at last {tiuinrlid nhom, a dead man,
R. W. ) ; mahchiiuiii, he is sick, etc. See
had.
have (v.), dlitnu, he has, i. e. possesses
or owns (nnlldlitu, I have, I possess (it)
riidfddou, Ihave; kutnhtiinp, thou hadst;
viih. ahton, he has; nay ahtong, they
had, C. ); suppos. nohohtiink,he who
has, the owner; neg uldnnkeg, the
owners or possessors; vbl. n. ohteoonk,
iilitoonk, a having, a possession; vbl. n.
pass, or suppos. part. inan. ohteiik, posse.ssed,
had, owned; hence a field, land
cultivated, inclosed, or to which the
idea of ownership attaches {alilfnk, soil,
a field, C. ). See Vielong to.
haven, harbor, knhpiog, kohpaonk, kiip-
pdhkoinuk, kiilijidhkomtik, koppdmuk,
kdhpddnk, etc., all derived from kuppdhham,
kdbham, he shuts close, closes
up, which is from kuppi, kuppiyeu, it is
close, thick, dense; suppos. kobpog,
when it incloses or closes up; act. vbl.
kohpaonk, a closing or making close;
kuppiohkomuk [kupp\-koinak'\, a closed
place, a covert, etc.
havrk, quanundn. Lev. 11, 16; ow6h,shnog,
Dent. 14, I.t; maahquanon, Job
39, 26 {imghoirnnan, R. W.). Cf. qim-
;

TBUMBULLj ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 275
hawk—fontinueil.
huiiw, 'lion'; qimJiijiDinonoii, 'greyhound'.
he, she, eird, R.W. (Muh. uwoh, Edw.);
yioh, lie, she; inujiiin, him, her, EI. and
C. (Del. nek-a, tielcama, Hkw. ). Strictly
regarded, noh is a demonstrative and
relative pronoun, corresponding to the
inan. demonstrative ?ic; eioo [iio] is the
proper personal, represented by iv' , u',
or m' as a prefix, and 'oh or 'uh as a
suffix, in the 3d pers. sing, of verbs,
etc.: nen vnoh [nen ne-)ioh'], I am he,
Is. 41, 4; noh anakaiisit, he who labor-
eth \_anakausu (without prefixed pronoun),
he laboreth] ;
titlliicnuvJif where
is he? John 7, 11; ualt neen, I am he,
i. e. I am that man of whom }'ou speak,
John 9, 9; hoiran nohf who is he? i. e.
that he, v. 36 {ul noh, in him; nt ndgiim,
to him; nashpe ndgum, with him,
C. ;
matta ne, matta no, not that (house),
not that (man), ibid.; yo dppitch evd,
let him sit there; moaim ewo? who is
that? R. W. ; Del. na nipauvH, he that
stands there, Hkw., =ntau,
he hears (him) ; suppos. noatlit, when he
hears; noh nwtiit, he who hears, may
hear; vbl. n. neotamwonk (ncotainiionk,
C. ),a hearing.
hearken, knkkeitaii, kuhkeihtau, he
hearkens to (him), he listens with at-
tention to (him); suffix kukkehtnh,
hearken thou to me; noh kiikkcitnk, to
him ye shall hearken {nctop kikkita,
friend, hearken to me, R. W. ; knhkehiani,
he hearkens (to it, inan.), C).
heart, inetnh [m'ta/t], a heart; iniUnh,
my heart; ktittah, thy heart: imlttih,
his heart {ii-iittdh, R. W.; Muh. uloh,
Edw.; Del. 'H''rfee, Hkw. ; Minsi mc/(

27r. KHREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BUl.I.F.TIN 25
lieath-cocks—ciintiiuit'il.
nateil grouse, foniierly very cniumdii
in New Englaml, thdugh now rare, but
possibly Tetrao ninbellus, tbe ruffed
grouse, pheasant, or 'partrklge' of
Massachusetts and Connecticut. So
named I'nr the lieauty of its phunage:
iiiitiitki-ii. lie is painted, decorated with
]iaint; ]•!. (iiiiinl-ciirk, they are painted,
K. W.
ieaven, l,cnnl: (kre-iiick, R. \V.; Poq. ie.psk,
Stiles; Hkw. f/isrlmrh, Del. ), the visible*
heavens, the sky: krxnk kdh (ihkc, the
heaven and the earth, (Jen. 1,1. See
sun.
iieairy, tolikefjiiii, Inliki-ijuan, (it is) heavy;
1n}iki'(in()(j, that which is lieavy {luhke-
(jii(i)i, heavy, ('. ; kiick(jussaqun,kukgAs-
iiiirk(jini, yon arc heavy; rjussdcqnii,
heavy, R.W. ).
lieed, iiiniiiuhjiissit, he takes lieed,
acts cautiously (as if in danger); nun-
^inkfjiixsixh, take heed to thyself, beware;
luinniikijiittsilrh, let him take heed
{}ieii n>iriiwkiiii!

TRUMBULL] EN(JLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 277
hig'h place— uoiitimieLl.
iriiih-hii-iif, on the top of the mount
[kodt-uJih'! Cf. h(Mlt-vtihip, the top of the
head], koyhmsohkoai/, ahigh place; pi.
+ is/), 1 Sam. 1,3, 6 [suppo.s. redupl. of
kussohl-6i]. binfiohk-oi, kiittrnhkohjeii, a
(high) peak or point of rock or earth;
kmsohkolompsk, 'a sharp rock', 1 Sam.
14, 4; en kiissohkoii/eae imdchii-ut, into
a high mountain, Is. 40, 9 [from k6m,
ukqs, anything sharp or pointed].
liill, wadchuemcs, pi. (r.s7(, -f [dimin. of
wadcliu, mountain];

278 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY IBVLLETIN 25
hold—coutinueil.
kduminil, he liolils lialiitually or con-
tinues t« liold (it), lie liolds (it)
strongly, lays hold of it. mniulikhmm,
he holds (it) fast, takes a strong hold
of (it); nuiiinieiinlikiiinniii, I hold fast
(I hold, C); menn)iken!sh, hold thou it
fast Imcmihki, (it is) hard, strong,
firm]. sinni)i(ji/iiiiiiiii inniiiiilrlieg, he
holds out (.'Stretches out ) Ids hand; see
stretch out. vxlipinniin u-uinnitcheg, he
holds up (lifts up) his hand; suppos.
aspiiiiy

TBUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 279
hot, kussiltau(kussuttah, R. W. ), it is hot,
with reference to the heat of the sun,
the weather, or natural heat; kosittag,
kdsittag, kusohtag (suppos. part, inan.,
when it is hot), the heat of the day
(kescomincat, to be warm; nuk-kesoaap, I
am warm, C. ; kdasitteks, hot weather,
R. W.). kussopdsit, -when it is warm
[suppos. horn, kussopeam, dim. (?), a lit-
tle hot]. An. subj. kussoppusxu l_kuss-ap-
wosul, he is hot {nuk-kissi'ij)i!', I am hot;
7iuk-kisseeppeis, I itch; kiissupjH ximu'il,
to be hot, C. ); vbl. n. ki/K.-mjijiissinuik
(a heating of the person), inflamma-
tion, ktissopittaeu, it is hot, by the action
of fire, made hot, heated, made very hot;
as adj. ktiSfiSpittde, kussdpetde, hot; suppos.
inan. kassoppng, (when it is) very
hot (vbl. n. ktssopetteahdorik, fervency or
heat, C. ; this is formed from a causat.
verb kussopetteahhuau, he makes it to be
hot), kussampskussum, lie heats or
makes hot (a furnace, oven, or the
like). The root in all these words is
ohkus {okus), as in m'kussa, a burning
coal, from which, too, in the suppos.
an. form, may perhaps be derived kesuk,
thesun; seesun. Cf.Gr. Kaioo;Kav6(i);
Kav6ii; al'fioo, to burn; aiHi)p, the
empyreal region, the sky; 'iXi), e'iXti,
heat of the sun ; //Azos.
house, tvHu, El. Gr. 11; nee.k, nek, my
house; keek, thy house; meek, iiiek, his
house: ut v:ekit, in his house; xd weeku-
•wout or wekuwomui, in his (their)
house; "hence we corrupt this word,
wigwam", Kl. Gr. ll(ttv(((,ahouse; wetu-
dmiiek nuteshem, I came from the house;
wetuomuck, at home; nekick, my house;
k(Mck, your house, R. W. ) ; weetu ne
weetimuk, 'a tent to dwell in'. Is. 40, 22;
pi. teetuomash; ut weeluomut, on the
house, in the house or houses, tveiu is
evidently the 3d pers. sing, indie, of a
verb which can not be accurately trans-
lated into English, but to which 'lie
makes his home' approximates, and
week [weeg) appears to be the supposi-
tive form of the same verb. From this
last comes 'weekinneati, he lives in or
occupies a house; weekitleau, he builds a
house; an. wekuhkau, he builds (is build-
ingorconstructing) a housefor (any per-
son or an. obj.); vbl. n. weekitteaonk, a
house—continued.
building. Nearly related are: weetomcm,
he lives with (another); weetomp, a
friend, kinsman; /'rc/o/i/if, a sister (leeeluiioog,
they live ti>gether, Ind. Laws);
ireelanoindii, he takes (her) as a wife,
i. e. to his house; weetauadteog, they
marry or are married {awetawAluock,
they make a match, R. W. ) ; cf. neetu,
he is bor;i, he is produced, he or it
grows; neetuonk, birth; iiekit, (when
he is) born, etc. komuk (an inclosed
place) , an English house or building
other than a dwelling house, rarely
employed except in compound words:
woskeche komuk, the top of the house,
on the roof; qunnunkque komuk (a high
building), a tower; maumackk komuk
asuhmeechumeekomuk {meechimnkkom uk,
C. ), 'store house or barn', Luke 12,24
{maat/eakomuk, a meetinghouse; chlppi-
komiik, a chamber, C. ).
how, toll, tohlien: tlh kilte&shef toll kutteashishf
how many times?; tohlien nohnompuf
how often?; tohuttaachef how long?
{touf R. W., a general interrogative,
where? how? what? etc. : tou anuckqua-
qae? tounuckquaquef how much?; tounilckquaque
yb ivuchef how far from
hence? R.W. ; uttoh unnuhkiihquat? how
far? ; uttoh lul-lohlmissif how great? ; uttoh
uii.nif what manner? C. ). tohsu? tahghef
tolishe? how much?; pi. tohslilnaxh? tnli-
shinashf tohsuaslif how many?; an. tnh-
suog? how many persons? (lohshc, so
much; nethlishit, so often; tohtohshinnash
ke»&k6daslif how many days? C. ;
tashinf
how much?; tashlnash papouaslif how
many winters?; an. pi. taMiinclieckf
how many? R. W. ). uttoh [to what,
«n(D, he howls
or yells; comi-og, they howl; vbl. n.
ajnijjonk, howling. See shout; roar.
humble (adj.) , liohpdu, he is humble;
liohpde (hohpooe, C), humble; n. agent.
hohpdmu, one who is humble, suppos.
part. pi. ling liolipacheg , hohhohpacheg,
uhliolipdchcg, oliliolipdnntcheij, the hum-
ble; vbl. n. holipaonk, humility.
.

280 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
humble iv. l, hnhjuihi'/iliiaii, he makes
( liiiii ) liuuililf, lie humbles (him).
hundred, an. juinuhatog, inan. jxi-tHl:-
raasli: tit'(ji(t jKiaiikcoog, one hun(!re

TKTOIBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 281
idle—coutiimed.
mi IK III! j mil michick {p\.), idle persons, R.
W.; \]A. n. nanomjxmisifuonk, idleness,
C. [from nnnompamrau, he begs?].
idol, nunneukontunk, itnnnukontuiik {nin-
nukuiiionk, C. ), an image, an idol.
if, tiilincit: tohneit nenag, if it bo so.
image. See idol.
imitate, iiuttiannuu, I imitate; aiaiuiau-
onate, to imitate, C. ; cf. eiyune {aianne,
C), kinds of, or of the kind ..f. See
like; likeness.
immediately, tciiunk (lidwi, K. W.),
quickly, suddenl}', immediately.
immerse, touopham, he puts (it) into
the water, hence he soaks, he seethes,
etc. {lomropskhommke, 'cast anchor',
R. W. ) . Cf. chauopham ireyaus, he boils
flesh {chouwi'jphash, cast it overboard,
R. W. ) ; nepataush sahaheg, he seethes
prittase.
impossible. See possible.
in.
[Note.—Left unfinished. See '//.]
increase, mishehteau, he increases (it),
he makes (it) great; }}ish mishehteamin,
it shall be increased, made great.
nuDchekohteau , he increa.ses (it), he has
very much of ( it) . More commonly in-
crease is expressed by nano, signifying
'more and more' (El. Gr. 15): nnno
missl, it increaseth (is more and more
great) ;
wisdom (ij more and more wise); nano
naiio ivaantam, he increaseth in
majiiattish (inan. pl.l, they increase in
number.
indolent. See slothful; idle.
infant, peisses [for ]jcississii , he is] very
small, an infant (of either sex ;
) intens.
ixipeissu (papoos, R. W. ; Peq. poiqi-
poug, Stiles); Buppos. pelssissii, papjelssit,
when he is very small: noh jidssissit,
the smallest child, 'he who is lea.st',
Matt. 11, 11; peimissit ketompas, thy
younger sister, Ezek. 16, 46; suppos.
part, (pi.) nag papeississitcheg, infants,
very small children. From peawe,
peaeu, it is small; dim. pease, peasin
(suppos. peasik), and papease (suppos.
papeasick ) , it is very small ; papeaxe-ussii
( eontr. papeissu ) , he is very small . See
child, boy, girl, etc. (Del. jillairesis, a
boy; pilairetit, a male infant babe; qnetit,
a female infant bal)e, Hkw.
)
inform, militiiuiit, he shows (it) to ( him),
he informs (him) of (it); nahtus,
show thou (it); nahtusseh, show thou
(it) to me (nunnohtin, I show, C. );
causat. inan. from ndau (he sees): he
makes him see it; cf. nehtau, show
thyself to (him), 1 K. 18, 1. irahteau-
iraluiaii [causat. inan. from irajiteau,b.e
knows], he makes (him) know it {wah-
lriniini)i, make him to know, C. ). kvh-
kmlaiiHiii, l-iikhnlihiiiiitii, he informs
ihiiu I i.f. See teach.
inhabit. See ilwell.
inhabitant, noh ni/il, pi. nog uijitcheg;
noh iniiJohkit, pi. nog iroilohkitrheg. See
dwell.
inhabited, "like no n-oilolitinnik, a land
inhabited ( i. e. where it was possessed or
occupied); ohke inollo ""/o/i/.v/k, an un-
inhabited land; olikf jii.-ili iiiiliiliki'ln, the
land shall be inhabited ; chipohke \_chepi-
ohke^, uninhabited land.
injure. See hurt.
inquire, notmloman, he inquires of
(him), questions (him ) ; noltjjtomnhkau,
he prosecutes inquiry, seeks informa-
tion from (him); nadwnsldtteiiu, he in-
quires into (it), investigates (it) {neen
pitch nnadsitlainen, I will incjuire into
it; ininnoilfiitfamutta, let us search into
it, K. W. 1. See question.
instead of, nom.pe, nohnonipn: sun nen
noinpiii, am I in (his) stead? Gen. 30,2
[noinpeo, it is in the place or stead of
(it); iioinpcnaii, he is in the place or
stead of (him)].
instruction, kuhkmtainu-ehteaonk, in-
struction, teaching. See teach.
integrity, mmpundtahhaonk; sainpirehteaadonk,
vbl. n. from sampv-i'hteau, he
makes it straight or right.
intend, unnantam, anantani, he wills,
thinks, purposes, intends, has in mind:
[moHfi?] lie anantam nen, gut ken ne
anantaniaa (suppos.), 'notasi will, but
as thou wilt'. Matt. 26, 39; ne anontag,
according to his will (what he may
will or intend). This verb expresses
simple mental activity—volition, passion,
thought. It is the primary and
type of a large class of verbs (corresponding
to Zeisberger's third form of
conjugation, in the Delaware, "in elen-
diiin, indicating a disposition of the-

282 BUREAU OF AMERICAN- ETHNOLOGY [BULL
intend—continued.
mind" ) which EUot regards as "a sort
of verl> substantives" formed from
"adnouns of virtue and vice," etc.
(Gr., p. 16), and of which he gives, as
an example, a paradigm of the verb
wdantnm, he is wise, regularly conju-
cation from a more simple form, aiUdiii,
which expresses mental and emotional
activity, as iissu expresses physical
activity, and is correspondingly employed
in composition (see unnanta-
miindt). kesontam, he purposes, in-
tends, forms a resolution or resolves.
jiakodtantam, he determines, intends.
intention, unnantammonk {unantamoo-
onk, C. ); vbl. n. from unnantam: an in-
intention—continued.
tending (n'teatammowonck, that is my
thought or opinion, R. W. ).
into. See put into.
investigate. See inquire.
iron, mmushog, mousluKj {nimri'iKliuck, R.
W. ), from moal, black; cf. vompohshog,
brass (?), from vompi, white, misseh-
gated by affixing the verbal particles to
the "adnoun" waantam; but iraantam
chuoff, iron, from mixxi, great {iiiixst'h-
is primarily a verb and not an adnoun
c7i(B0(/, mines, C. ). See steel.
or adjective. I have called tinwrntaw
or anaiitam the primary, but strictly
speaking it is a derivative by redupli-
is, miif is it?; t^iiiiiiniiKitlii'! is it not? See
nppii; ayeu; iin; nont; ohteau.
island, mnnnoh, mvnnohhan {mtnuiohonk,
C). Strictly miiinu'th signifies an
island; munnohhan [iiiinnnili-aiiiil], any
j&vr, wutompeuk, wuttompek, his jaws;
ivutompeukanmooash, their jaws; mulom-
peuk, a jaw, anyone's jaw.
jealous, mcosmmnuam (?), (he is) jealous;
.
suppos. part. an. mcosumcmt, when he is
jealous; vbl. n. pass. mmsiUeammonk,
jealousy.
jerk, tendche wuttotukkon, " it jerketh or
suddenly twitcheth", C.
join, mOsogqiieog, they join (lit. stick,
adhere) {nummSsogeem, I join, 0. ) ; inan.
pi. moaogqunhtaash, they are joined to-
gether, adhere closely. See stick (v.).
missussin, (it touches) it adjoins, reaches
or extends to. See touch.
joint, anaqvestionk, ovoquesuonk, pi. -(mg-
ash, joints.
journey. See ilay's journey; go; walk.
judge, vMissnin, he ju

justify—continued.
the point of view of, the object of the
verb. Elsewhere (as in Rom. 5, 16,
18) Eliot employs the causat. form of
keep, wadchanum, he keeps (it); ooiraiichanum-un,
he keeps it; suppos. noh
wadchanuk, he who keeps ( it) , a keeper;
wadchanish, keep thou (it). See paradigm
of this verb in El. Or. 24-27. It
signifies not merely to keep, but to keep
safely, to preserve, to save, vxidchau,
he keeps (hjm), protects, keeps safe
( him) ; suffix an. mivadrhamth , he keeps
him; Hcoicadc/ianui-, he keeps me; wad-
chaneh, keep thou me; iradclianumeh,
keep thou it for me (vanchammmn, R.
W. ) See paradigm in El. Gr. 28-63.
This verb is largely employed by Eliot
in the composition of words new to the
language, but not the less intelligible to
his Indian hearers; as, vbl. n. pass.
wadchnnitiuonk, a being kept safe, 'salvation';
n. agent, wadchuwaen-in, one
who keeps safe, a sa\'iour {wduchaunat,
a guardian, R. W. ). ndndvxhteouunat,
to keep (?), C. ; mm-ndnaueehtat, I keep,
ibid, nandwanumeli, keep thou me, C.
nun-nanauwimut,! am kejit, ibid. See
protect.
kernel, umtch uhhuhkumuuil yean vuh-
hogkomunit, 'from the kernels even to
the husk', Xum. 6, 4.
kettle, ohkuk, ohknhk, ahkiihq (aucuck,
E. W. ; olikuke, C.),a.n (earthen) pot or
vessel, a kettle; pi. -i-quog [from ohke,
earth], mishquockuk, a red copper ket-
tle, R. W. Imishq'-ohkuk, red earthen].
See dish.
kick at, tDfjkixhkoiii, he kicks at or
against (it); kut-togkishknmiin, thou
kickest against it (contract, togskom);
from togku, he strikes, with 'sh of violent
action. V. i. lilfinnogshau, he
'kicked', Deut, 32, l.i.
kidneys, mnttcouiniswg (pi.), the kid-
neys, the reins; nuUmwmussog, my reins,
Ps. 26, 2.
kill, nushau, he kills (him); nummsh, I
kill or killed (him); suppos. noh mish-
;
KNGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 283
K
justify—continued.
the vbl. n. pass, mmpvienehittuonh, being
made just or right, from sampweneh-
heau, be makes (him) to lie just.
kill—continued
.
out or rifishoiil, he who kills; nush (niss,
R. W.I, kill thou; nughmk {nigsoke,
R. W. I, kill ye; pass, nushau, nusheau,
he is killed; pish nun-nushit, I shall be
killed; nng nnshitchejj, the slain (Gr.
veKpS), rsKvi; Lat. nex, tiecis; necor,
neci). iiiishnhkau (he goes on killing,
continues to kill), he daughters {nisheh-
konat, to kill, C.) [iivshau, with 'i- progressive].
V. i. nushehteav, mighteau, he
kills, he is a murderer {nuii-nlshteam,
I kill, C. ) : mishehteaog id imD/ut, they
commit murder in the way, Hos. 6, 9;
negat. imperat. rnishehteuhkon, thou
shalt not kill.
kind (adj.), u-omonausa [immonau-usm,
he acts lovingly], he is kind to; vbl. n.
tromonaumoiik (love in exercise), kind
acting, kindness. See love.
kind (n. ), unni (aianne, C. ; iane, Mass.
Ps. ) , erijane, of the sort or kind of ; as a
suffix -in, -e.nin, -ane, etc., marking the
relation of an individual to a species or
of species to genus, familv, or class; as
in neane, neijane, such as, of this or that
kind Ine-unni']: suppos. inan. neannak
{lifCinag, such, C. ), when it is of the
kind, like; and as substantive, likeness
(see like), unnaieu, unnwjeu, it is such
or so, it is of the kind of \^unnc-cuien']:
iie u'unnegen unnaiinyieat (infin. ), 'it is
good so to be', 1 Cor. 7, 26, i. e. to be in
such a state or condition (ageiionk).
An analysis of this verb furnishes the
key to Eliot's translation of Ex. 3, 14,
which proved so inexplicable a jiuzzle
to Mr Pickering and ilr Duponceau,
and which Heckewelder concluded,
after long research, must, "if it means
anything, be either 'I am a man, I am
a man ' or ' I do so, I do so '
,
" and which
his correspondent, Dencke, thought
might be a new verb formed by Eliot,
but "not genuine Indian" (Notes on

2S4 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [EVLLETIN 25
kind in. )—coutiuued.
Eliot's (irammar, 2 M. H. C. 9, xxiv-
xliv). Mr Pickering, at the puint
where his investigations promised suc-
cess, was misled by Cotton's vocabulary,
where the verb unniimit is given
with the translation 'to become' and
" iiiiltiiwi, I am become". This tran.s-
lation was perhaps suggested to Cotton
by some such use of the verb as in
John 1, 12: mnnaumoni'mneat God
[iniiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-iiinifiiiineat'], 'to become
the sons of (Jod', to be of or such as
sons ( if ( iod. Eliot himself contributed
to the misunderstanding by stating
that til. till, tiiiiic were syllables of "no
sitrniflcaticm, hut for ornament," and
only "in way of an elegancy" received
the affix of the verb, "as niiltinnr. kut-
tlniie, wiUtlniie." The manner in wtiich
these augments are employed in Eliot's
translation makes it clear that, while
the f may I)e interposed for euphony
merely, the additional syllables are
always significant, though not always
translatable to English, and that the
compound pronouns are equivalent to
mit-niinl, htl-iimu, inii-nnni, marking
the contrast or relation of 'such as' I,
thou, or he to or with those of another
kind or class. This significance attaches
to the verbal forms: nut-tinniin, I am of
the kind of, I am such as; nc nnttlmmn
{lie iiii'tiiiiniiii, Mass. Ps. ), I am such
as that, I am of that kind or class, 'so I
am ', John 1.3, 13; yen nuttiiiiin (yen nnt-
tiiiiKiiiii. 'thus 1 have been'. Gen. 31,
4H, thus T am; mn mittiniiini iieii init-
tiiiiiiiii. 1 am such as I myself am sucli
as, I am of my own kind, 'I am that
[which] I am', Ex. 3, 14. So with the
pronouns of the 2d and 3d persons:
iiednc uuiKnitay . . . ne n-uttinniin, 'as
he thinketh . . . so is lie'. Pro v. 23, 7;
viifliiiiiiii liiiii-iin, whosoever, i.e. of what
kind sncViT, he be. Matt. 16,24, 25; ne
pi.ili initliiiiiiiii, 'so will be his manner',
1 Sam. 27, 11; iienniil irnlfinncumin, ne
iniltiiiiiiiii iru.t.i(iiitiiiioiiiuii, 'as with the
servant so with his master', Is. 24, 2.
neanussii {neahheiiissil, 'such a one',
C. ), 'after its kind', suppos. from
neanusitn [iie-unni-u.'^su], the an. form
of necme; suppos. neaunak, of the an.
kind (n. )—continued.
kind or s]iecies of, resembling, like.
inline liyiiiie. all kinds of (inan. obj.).
See like.
king;, A•(•/(^t.«'"^ pi. krtassirjtiiinii-iiii. kings
{ =lali.', 11 ). The first
syllable is kehte, great or chief, which
is occasionally omitted, as above, and
also in the verbal hetassmtniiKDunk
(sometimes anscolamnoonk, as in Dan. 5,
28, 31, and tfiln^mtammoiik, Zeph. 3, 8;
Matt. 4, s, etc. ), a kingdom. 'I have
not met with the verb form n.iismtdtiL
or tahsi/jtiiin, and can not with certainty
determine its primary signification.
See sachem.
kinsman, iiii'tniiiji. my friend, my kinsman;
pi. "",'/; le.etniiij,. his friend or
kinsman; imtiHii/iiiiii, a friend, a kinsman,
i. e. the kinsman of anyone. I'ul-
tiiuuijikiniii'iiii, a kinsman of a female,
Kutli 3, 12; 4, 1; mittinotikumdog, my
kinsman. Acts 9, 3. irnttonkqs-oh, his
kinsman; nutorikej.^, 'my kinswoman',
Prov. 7, 4 {iiatoncks, my cousin, R. W.;
imcUrmkqsIn, a cousin, C. ).
kindred, C. See cousin.
oinnithiiiik,
kiss, e!iipiriiltii)iiiii)irfiii, he kisses (him);
init-rliijiinitliiiiiii/iiili, he kisses or kissed
him; eliijiiriiltaiiii'iiureh. kiss me (»»(-
chijiiiiitliDiiiiii. I kiss, C. ); reciprocal
eliipiiiittiuiii'iiiiiiilti'iii;/. they kiss each
other; vl>l. n. rliifjinittroiiiipienonk (a
kissing), a kiss [rhijijie-wuttoan, sepa-
rated mouth]. ,
kite, fjiiA'^iikrjiKinii.i/i. Lev. 11, 14; »..•/».///,
Deut. 14, 13; but inrinuil, a raven. Lev.
1 1 , .^.
knave, nioiilniikoniji, a knave; pi. —aor/,
C. (?).
knee, ninkkiillnk [ iiiiikknlliik, C. ), a knee;
pi. —ijiiiii/ iri'iike ( kitlnk. a crooked
knee,C.) [»(•./«//'/»»/., that which .sinks
down, from ijulliiihii. it sinks down,
goes down]. Cf. Engl, knee; AS.
cneoie; Iniiytui, incurvare, inclinare, to
boW', to bend, to incline.
knife, chohquoy {rhaiiij[u](irk, R. W.;
"whence they call Englishmen rVuic-
qiKiquock, that is, Knive-men"; see
Englishman); keiwliqiioy (keeneehquog,
C. ), a sharp knife [from kenai, it is
sharp] (eheqiKidireeliqiKiy, a razor, C).
vUi-ieek, rnocutick, pnnnetiinck, eiasiunck^

TEf.MBrLI,] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 285
knife—contiimeil.
chauguorl; akniie, R.W. ; cledussonkash
(pi.), knives, C. ; Peq. punneedunk,
vnyrmzzege, knife. Stiles; Del. pachtschican,
a knife. "All words ending
in -lean, -Mean, or -ksrhinii) denote a
sharp instrument for euttinsr", Hkw.
Corresp. 413.
knock, chithchunkqultahlidm, he knocks
(at the door); nidchohchunkqiHlahham,
I knock.
know, iraliraii, he knows (hhn); suffix
kirjii-dliiisli, I know thee; hmcahcnnurii),
ye know me; suppos. part, noli, vah-
eonl, he who knows; pi. nag n-ahe-
oncheg, they who know (an. obj.);
pass, waheau, he is known (kmwahhish,
I knowthee; nmvaeh noli, I know him;
nanrahik, he knows me; kcoirahik, he
knows thee, C. Cotton devoted more
than three jiages of his Vcicabulary to
labor. See bear children; wfirk.
lack. See want.
ladder, tohkmtauonk {talikmmvontuk, C. ).
From tohkmtaoii, he climbs upon; luh-
km-iii, he dim lis.
ladle. See spoon.
lake. See ponii ; water.
lame, (putqiienukquliau, hikijnnnkslian, he
halts or is crippled, freq. from qnnniikquexii,
he is lame (nirkqiUmqit'i, I am
lame, R. W. ), denoting temporary or
casual lameness; suppos. part, noh
qiMuiukesit, qnhinukqiiesit, he who is
lame; jil. nag quainikessitrheg, the lame
{quinnukqucsiikcki'shkhmwae doas, a lame
creature (animal), C). kelikcrhan, he
halts. Gen. 32, 31; suppos. part. pi. nag
kehkechirhatcheg, they who halt, rceh-
irepHii, he is lame, is a cripple (from
birth. Acts 3, 2; 14, 8). nmchumwesu
[an. from ncochunnri, it is weak], lie is
weak, impotent, lame, etc.: naichum-
v:esn lit viiKxeetit, he is 'imjiotent in his
feet'. Acts 14, 8; he is lame, 2 Sam.
4, 4; noh nmchunnreml, he that is lame,
Prov. 26, 7.
lamprey, qiinnamaug, jil. --xurk, 'lam-
pries, the first that come in the spring
know—continued.
examples of the forms, an. and inan.,
of the verb waheau, irahli-nii ); vlil. n.
vahheonk, knowledge (of persons), u-ah-
tftiii, he knows, perceives, under.standa
(it); with inan. obj. or intrans. >i'ah-
li'Duiiii, he knows it; iralitmuog, they
know (it) (nag iralili'oiig, 0.); iimvah-
li'oiiiin, I know it {iioinnVaiii. I understand,
R.W. ; noairalai, I know, Iimder-
stand, C. ); suppos. part, null traliteunk,
he when knowing, he who knows;
vbl. n. wahteonk, wahteauonk, knowledge
(of things). Caus. an. -imhteouwahean,
he makes (him) known to (him), he
makes (him) know (him), wahteau-
vahhiian, he makes (it) known to (him).
tatta, I know not (netop tattd, my friend,
I know not, R. W. ; tattd pitch, I can
not tell, it may so come to pass, iljid.
mat iiojmihleooo. I can't tell, C. ). See no.
lamprey—continued.
into the fresh rivers'. R. "\V., but

28fi BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
last, iimjiiih, iiKifliixli, at the last, lastly:
7najish ne kesuko};, in the last day; og-
guhsemese majkli, 'yet a little while' (to
the end), John 13, 33; peissit mojhh-
yeuoo, ' there remaineth the youngest '
1 Sam. 16, 11; from mahchc (see have,
aux. ;
) it denotes time future, maumachi.ih
[redupl. from maehish'], the very
last, at last: nen maumachisli, I am the
last ( lit momCiush ne hemkok, at the last
day, John Cotton; momncMsheue, lastly,
C ; inoiiiachisheyeue, Danf. ).
lasting', michemohtau, machemohtau (it is
for ever), michemolitae, machemohtae,
everlasting [miclieme, forever, and ohtaal;
suppos. inichemQhtag {micheme
ohtag, Vs. 145, 13), that which is (when
it is) everlasting.
late (in the day or night), cheke, checlieke
(slow), inissdanie tatsha, it is too late,
R. W.
lately, jkixii-u (paswese, soon, in a short
tUne, C; panu'u, nateah, kumma, lately,
ibid. ) Ipaswo), pasmoa, it is near], knitumma,
kittumma, very lately. El. Gr.
21 {kittwnmdyOT-mdish,even-now] kittumydi
tokhin, as soon as I wake, R. W. ).
laugh, iiIkiiiii, hiihiiiiii [ahdnu, R. W.;
ahhdiiii, C. ), he laughs; ahanuog, they
laugh; kenaaii lialianmgish, ye who
laugh {ahdnuock, thej' laugh; lairhitcli
ahdnean? why do you (dost thou) laugh?
R. W.); vbl. n. ahan&onk, hahanuonk
{ahhaiimink, C), laughing, laughter
(irinne talmnsha or ahanshdonk, a pleas-
ant laughter, C. ) .
ahanehtam, he laughs
at (it); (ihiiiiehtauau, he laughs at
(him).
law, ninumiltioiik, pi. -ongash. See commandment.
lazy, segenani, intens. S'iscgenam, sesege-
nearii, he is haViitually or liy disposition
idle, he is slothful (s,,/, ii,(i,,:nr imsxiiiiiiii,
lazy folks, C. ). iidiiiiinjijinsi'ii-. lazily,
C. See slothful.
lead(n.,'>-a metal), niolnniillahtag, mdimiltattag.
In Xum. 31, 22 the same word
is used fur tin, l)ut perhaps not elsewhere.
lead (v.), sagkompanau, sagkompagtmau,
he leads (them) ; suffix sm.missagkompa'
nopoh, he did lead them; ahqiie mgkompagunarinnean
{sogkoiirpriginnean, Luke
11, 4; .lagkompagiitiiinnean, Ind. Prim. ),
,
lead (v.)—continued.
do not lead us, ' lead us not', Matt. 6, 13;
suppos. part, iioh sagkoinpagutiont, one
W'ho leading; n. agent. sagkomp

TRUMBULL] KNGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 287
leave (to take), ironkomau, he embraces
(him). See embrace; farewell.
leave (v. i.), amaKii, he leaves, departs.
See depart.
leave (v. t. ), nnkkonan, he leaves, for-
sakes, abandons ( him ) ; suppos. nukkn-
nonl, when he leaves, when leaving
[mat kunn'wkansh, I will not leave you)
recipr. nukkdmltuog, they leave or for-
sake one another. See forsake. V. i.
or inan. obj. nukkodtum (nukodtiim, C. ),
he leaves {nlckattash, leave thou, depart;
nickdtlainmoke, leave ye, R. W.;
ne teag nogkudtuinnk, a thing left, C. ).
See remain.
leave o£f, ahqne, he leaves off, desists,
refrains from.
left (participle), nakkudtiimuk; see leave.
sequnan, sequnneau, he is left, remains;
suppos. part, noh sequnit, he
who remains; pi. luig seqtmutcheg {nag
asqunutrheg, Neh. 1, 3), they who are
left, ' the remnant that are left ' ; sup-
pos. part. inan. ne f:i'qunuk, ne ashqunnk,
that which is left; vbl. n. pass, sequnit-
liifiiik, being left, a remainder, that
which is left; see remain, sequttah-
ii-haii, (isqiittnhirhav, ufihquehtainnhau,
etc., he is left or remains (with regard
to others who are not left or are gone)
matta pasiik usquehtahwhoun, not one is
left; suppos. part. pi. nag sequttnhwkutcheg
{asqnt-, anhqueht-, etc. ), they who
remain; suppos. part. inan. ne sequtted-
niiik, what is left; pi. nish seqnttedmuk-
islt, the remnants, the leavings.
left hand, menadchii, the left hand; lunmenadchu,
his left hand {mendtche menitcheg,
the left hand, C. ; nummatehu,
left-handed, C. ;
; :
yo nmunnatch, to the
left hand, R. W. ); menadchue, lefthanded;
menadchee imsneet, his left foot;
menadchtinniijeu, on the left, to the left.
See hand.
leg^, muhkonl (niohkonl, R. W.), a leg; pi.
-\-agh; u-uhkonl, his leg.
leg'g'ings (?), niuttdsnsh, metaxash, 'san-
dals', Mark 6, 9; 'greaves', 1 Sara. 17, 6;
'hosen', Dan. 3, 21 {niattd.

288 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
lie down, seepsh), sfpsln, he lies down;
niis-seepsin, I lie down; sepsish, lie
down; from sepe, long, extended, and
ussu, verb of an. activity: he makes
himself long, sesepdeu, he lies stretched
at full length, he stretches himself;
freq. from sepe, (it is) long, extended.
lie with. See couple.
life, keteaonk, living, the life principle,
life; pomantamcoonk, living, life as a
.state of being; pometuonk. a lifetime,
a generation. See live.
lift up, nxhpiiiMin, vnapiiiain, he holds
or lifts (it) up; see hold, lahshinuin,
he lifts (it) up, he raises (it); nuttiihxhiiiiiiii
iiiiiiiiiilcheg, I lift up my
hand; Inhxliiunxli (or tohshinush) kentit-
rliiii. lift up thy hand; suppos. tah-
sliiiiiik, wlien he lifts it up; inan. subj.
kiiltdh talishoiim, thy heart is lifted up.
Iiilisliiiiiiii, he lifts (him) up, ral.ses
(him); tnliKhin kuhhog, lift up thyself;
ntij-tahxhiu, I lift up myself.
light (adj.), viirikinnu, nonkaneu, he is
light ikiin-ii'ifiki, you are light, =kint-
luiiikn,,, „n,ih„), light, R. AV.; wmkkt'
iixihiiiii, a light burden, G. ); diiin'
nankinimt/ oiik, they are lighter than,
Ps. 62,9; nil Ilk II III II, a yoimg man
\_m.inkanf-omp'\, dimin. niinkompnes
[ndiikup or iioitkumpaes, a boy, C. ).
light (n.), iiuypiiii (veqndi, B. W. ; nrqna-
sliiiii (dimin.?), moonlight, ibid.), it is
li;_'ht; iiii'i iri'ijiiai, there was light; im-
perat. 3tlpers. sing, iretjuaiaj, let there T)e
light, tivmpag, (when it U) light, bright
light, daylight; opposed to pohkenahfu,
in darkness [suppos. inan.from wompieii
it is white or bright] ; see day. treqitananteg
{wequanantig, R. W. ; vnndquond-
ni'lick, C. ), a light, candle, lamp, torch,
etc. {iri'kiiiaii, a light fire, R. AV. ; ire-
qiidiiiiiiiiiirkiiiiiiuiililiik. candlestick, C. ).
lightning, iikkiilshiiiiiiiiin (it lightens),
'
lightning; infin. as noun kutshamuna),
lightuing, Zech. 9, 14 (ciitshdiisha, R. W.
Abn. .iii'siiiUiigSdk, I'eclair, Rasles).
like, ogqit!', (igqur, initngqiie (ogqueu),
like to, resemliling; nr ogqne, like it or
like that. See liken; likeness, ininfii,
it is of the same kind as, it is of like
kind (see kind, n.); suppos. auuak,
diinag, vnaij, etc., (when it is) of the
kind, (when it is) like, neaiie. nei/amie
, ;
like—continued.
(as. El. Gr. ), nr tnnieu, that kind of,
such as that, in that manner, so, such,
like; veyanneyeu, neiiwiiien,itis like, he
is like; suppos. neaunak, ve dunag,
(when it is) like that, in the likeness of,
'according to' :
n'naj neaunak tinnauma-
fiionk, let it be done according to the
law,. Ezra 10, 3; nedunag yeu muttaok,
' the fashion of this world ' , 1 Cor. 7, 31
iieniinak inemitcheg, in the form of (like)
a hand, Ezek. 10, 8; with verli of an.
activity iicaniixxH, neyaimssu, he is of the
kind of or is like to, he is such as [?ie-
riiiiieii-iixiiu'}; suppos. neanussit, neyhnn-
n'lt, (when he is) of the kind of oris
like to: neanussit . . . n'nili, as is . . .
so is; -neanussit imsketonip, 'in the like-
ness of man', Phil. 2, 7 {neahanissit
uyjsketoiiip, such a man; ueahhenissit,
such a one, C.) . See .so; likeness; such.
netatnppe, that which is equal to or alike
(like, so. El. Gr. 22); neane . . . nela-
tuppe, like ... so {netdtup, it is all one,
R. W.); from ne and tatuppeu, it is
equal; see equal, tatuppeyeuw, it is
like, i. e. it is equal to or the same as;
1)1. tatiippeyeucoog, they are alike, ona-
liih, as, like: onatiih . . . netatuppe, as
... so (used only with the suppos.
mood, for innirtnli, as though, as when,
as if).
liken, ui/qiiiuititiii, he likens or compares
(it) to (it) (ugijiiantam, he supposes,
C. ). ogipiiinumaii, he likens (him) to
(him or it); ohqne ogqudinnn, ' count
me not', do not compare me with or
liken me to, 1 Sam. 1, 16; liou-an. ogquanumog
Ood-ut, to whom will you liken
God? Is. 40, l.S; sometimes in the
causat. an. form nut-rjgqtu'heouau, I
compare (them) to, make (them) like;
el.sewhere ogqunneau. he compares or
likens (him) to; vbl. n. ngqiieinieunk,
likening, a likeness, ogquenneunkqusgu,
he is like, resembles, he is made like to
(by life or action [»«*»] ); inan. ogqueuneunkquodt,
(when) it is like, is likened
to; sometimes as n., a likeness or com-
parison.
likeness, ogqneimeuuk, agqueneunk, like-
ness, resemblance; or suppos. form ogquenneunkquodt,
agqueneuukquok, when
(it) is like, veauussit (when he is like).
;

TRfMBVLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 289
likeness—continued.
in the likeness cif. nninixxiionl;, a like-
ness (of person to person), resemblance:
ut neliewonche iimllinnussnonganit, 'in
his own image', Gen. 1, 27; xnuUlnnus-
suonk, his form, appearance. Is. 52, 14
[vbl. n. from unni and hssh]. See like.
line. See mark.
lineag-e, nulnntseonk. See descent.
linen, }i

290 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIS 25-
look—continued,
look—continued.
looking and without regard to the ob- 104, 32), he looked on the earth; muneject
or purpose ; nuitinuhquain nogque,
) aumundt, monunneaumunat (infin. as
I look toward (it); unuhqudeu, ahadmk- noun), sight, appearance, looks.
queii, 'he looks this way and that way', naiinneham, he looks for (it); iiatin-
Ex. 2, 12; uimuhquash ketahhaniyeu, look neiurhdti, he looks for (him). See
thou toward the sea, 1 K. 18, 43; from search for.
nogque, toward (?); cf. ncohqueu, ncoliqiie looking--glass, jiepenaulrliilcliti-nkqtionk,
{n6 uhquaeu),fK> far as; lui noohque, so far pepenawidchitchnhquok, a mirror (pebe-
distant {nencohque, so, C. ); anmhque, nochichauqudnick and kmtkakineriinvck,
a looking-glass, R.W. ). Exp. Mayhew
(MS) gives an Indian word of 61 letters
so, thus; v:ehque (weqne, R. W. ), so far
as, etc. The compounds are numerous;
as, ompamuhquacu, he looks backward
or behind; sohhmqnaeu, sonkm-
quaeu, he looks forth; ushpuhquaeu,
spuhqudeu, he looks upward {pdnikqud,
squint-eyed, C, i. e. panne-uhquaeu,he
looks wrong or astray).
nadtaiiwompu, natawompu, he looks
(in order to see something); neg nadlaxavompuog,
they look; nadtauwompip,
I looked; v. t. inan. nadtauwbmpattam,
he looks for (it) ; an. nadtauwompwnaii,
he looks for (him). The primary verb
mnhpu or dmpu is not found by itself in
Eliot, but is preserved in other Algonquian
dialects; cf. Chip, oowdhhunden,
he seeth it, John 11, 9; nin ge w&hbahmah,
I have seen him, John 1, 34; Cree
wdppu, he sees; ne wdppamou, I see
him, Howse 43, 53. womdmpu, he
looks down; womompish, womdmpsh,
look thou down, wussampu, wussompu,
he looks out from (a window or other
opening): nmsamp nukkenogkeneganit, I
look out from my window {wMsaumpatdmmin,
to view or look about; itussaumpatdmoonck,
a prospect, R. W.).
pcDsampu,posainpu, he looks into or in:
pmsampil, when he looked in (to the
tomb), pconampu, he looks away; an.
pmnampamau, he looks away from
(him); poanampameh, look thou away
from me. Is. 22, 4.
monemi, he looks on or at (him);
suppos. part, moneauont inittamivussissoh,
(when) looking at a woman; monneali,
look on me; pass, infin. wwmetu
en moneauwoneaf, beautiful to look
upon. Gen. 26, 7; intens. monimnean,
he looks at with attention, he regards
attentively (him) ; inan. moneam, he
looks on or at (it); intens. monunaum
ohke{Gen. 6, 12), moninneam ohke (Ps.
signifying 'our well-skilled looking-
glass makers' : nup-pahk-nuh-t6-pe-penau
- im.d-ch.ut- chuh-qu6-ka-neh-cha-neh-
chtt-e-nin-nu-mun-n6-n6k ( ! )
looks (appearance), nogqUssuonk, appearance
or looks; nunnogquis, I appear,
C. dnukquok, noquok: onaliih noqiiok
iicoleau, 'as the appearance of fire'.
Num. 9, 15, ^nogquodt, v. 16; voskeche
nokquok, (its) outward appearance, 2
Cor. 10, 7. unnussuonk: voskeche unmts-
suonk, (his) outward appearance, 1
Sam. 16, 7. See look; like; likeness.
loose, ompeii, oinpu, he is free, loose,
unbound; infin. ompenat, to be free,,
to be unbound, 1 Cor. 7, 27; suppos.
ompean, if thou be free; v. t. an. ompeneau,
ompinneau, he looses, unbinds,
frees (him); ind-ompitweuh, he loosed
him; ompinneuk, loose ye him; inan.
ompenum,ompeneum, he looses, unbinds
(it) {aumpaniimmin, to untie a knot;
aumjxinish, untie this, R. W. ; ompene-
)
au»u, he is loosed, set free, unbound
lomjienecm-^issii, denoting the act of
loosing or unbinding], ponanau, he lets
(him) loose, sets (him) free: puhponanau
psuksesoh, he shall let loose the
bird. Lev. 14, 7. See scatter.
lose, wanneheau, he loses (him); suppos.
noh. vxDntelieunt, he who loses (an.
obj.). wannehteaUy wanteau, he loses
(it); suppos. luanteunk, wannehteunk, if
he loses (it); pass. part, ne wanteomuk,
ne teanteamuk, that which is lost. Caus.
from teanne (there is not), destitute of,
without,
lot (hazard), tanohtdadtuonk, determina-
tion by lot, a casting of lots.
loud, mishontcoimeit, inishontoaaeu (there
IS a loud noise, lit. a great voice) ; mish-
ant(Dv:ash, shout, cry out, speak loud-
.

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 291
loud—continued.
{miKliiiuntowash, speak cmt, R. W. ); as
adj. iiiishontmivae, loud; iiaim niashdu-
tooimtjk iiirDchehe{1), 'it waxed louder
and louder', Ex. 19, 19. See noise.
love, womanUim, he loves, he loves
(it); noo-u-oiiuinlam, I love; womanta-
mcok wanegih; love ye that which is
good; ka>-wotiiantam-umwa), ye love
{ncovmiidntam uiismkhoni, I love a
book, C. ). An. womonau, he loves (him
or her) ; naowomon, I love {nmwomon, or
u-onws, miUaminis, I love a woman);
kcowomomh {kooiimnonneish, C; cow&mmaunsh,
R. W.), I love thee {cowam-
niaun&ck, he loves you, R. W. ) ; vbl. n.
act. ifomondonk, a loving, love (referred
to the lover); pass, and recipr. vomo-
nittuonk, being loved or loving one an-
love—continued,
strongly {memihki) loved one another,
E. M.). An. act. ivomonannii, heactslov-
ingly, is kind or loving {mniiiixiininit, to
be kind; niuii-mahlche irumdiiiis, I have
been kind; womoausinneaf, to love, C. )
vbl. n. icdtnonaumionk, love in exercise,
kindness, love acting. Duponceau, in
Notes on El. Gr., x, derives this verb,
as well as iiiiiiiiiniiim, he blesses, "from
irunnegeii, good; Delawsire, iridieclini, it
is good or well done." Perhaps from
wainemilarii, he thinks all or wholly
(of), he wholly regards.
low {a.di. ),tiohqu!, tiuhque Itiahqiini, it i.s],
short, low (tidhquohque wixkumukkomuk,
a low barn, C). See short.
low (adv.), wcomiyeu (it is down), downward;
wmmiyeu wcomiyeu, verv low,
other, love (referred to the loved object) Deut. 28, 43.
or mutual love. Recipr. an. womonittUteiih,
let us love one another; immonittegk
(miiiwiiU'k, E. M.), love ye one another
(muiuuhk-wamontcopaneg, they
lower, nookiiiiiiii. he lowers (it), lets
it down; pass. inan. ncokhmo, it is let
down or lowered; ncokeii, he descends,
goes down.
M
mackerel, wmvwhunnekesftog (pl.),R.AV.
[irimni'-aunekesiiog, they are finely
painted, they have handsome colors].
mad, kogkeau, kogkei, (he is) mad {kogkeimu,
John 10, 26; kogkeae, mad, C.)
u. agent, kogkeunin , a. msLdman; suppos.
noh kagkeadt, he who is mad pi. nag ; kagkedcheg,
kogkeacheg, they who are mad;
vbl. n. kogkeaonk, madness, furor. An.
act. kogehu, (he acts) mad; lie is mad
in action. This word is apparently
derived from F progressive by redu-
plication, k' k' denoting rapid or forcible
progression. Cf. Gr. dvao, to move
with rapid motion, to rush, to rage, or
be furious; SrcJrs, a raging; Lat. furor;
Gr. (pepfgOai, ferri. kogkeusquaivonk,
harlotry, lasciviousness [kogke-squa,
woman-madness] ; kogkeii-^ippammonk,
ilrunkenness, drink-madness, etc.
magistrate, nananuu-aeii, an overseer,
ruler, magistrate (pi. nananuacheg, magistrates,
Ind. Laws; nanauunmtaen-in,
a justice, C. ; neen-nanovninmnemun, I
oversee it, R. W.). See keep; over-
seer; ruler.
;
maid, nKnksqiin, nunksq, a girl, jmclla
(iioitkkishq, trisskisqua, a girl, C. ; Abn.
naiikgkSe, dimin. nankskshsis, 'fllle,
vierge', Rasles); penomp {kcegsqidtw,
kilihtckqiiaw, R. W. ), virgo. See o-irlvirgin;
woman.
maimed, poh woskesit, he who is (sup-
pos. ) maimed. See hurt.
maize. See corn.
make, ayini, ai/iuii, he makes (it);
ayiimi-og, they made (luiUiyinn, I make;
ayiintinat, to make, C); an. ayci'iiiu
((hloiiijieh, he made a bow (but ((yim
bjnltquoiUtixli, he made arrows); noh
ayik, he who makes (it), the maker;
teagkulayimf what makest thou? keait-
tean, keslecrit, he produces, jierfec'ts,
makes, creates; kestmuopnashaonk, 'he
created the wind', Amos 4, 13; knkkesfc'oh
imnii- ieanteaqiimmi.ih, 'thou
hast created all things', Rev. 4, 11;
elsewhere kestcaunat (kestoufmat, to
finish, C. ), to complete, to perfect;
ne kesteaioniik, that which is created;
noh kesieunk, he who creates, a creator
{nuk-keciliyj, I make; nag k

292 BUREAIT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'I.l. F.TIN 25
make—continued.
make, G. ; h'cKittin Iceesuck, lie made
the heavens; ivtikkexittiniies mime, he
made all; umckee.iiHn tifike, he made the
earth, R. W. ; ) with an. obj. kezheau, he
made (him), created (him); nuk-kezeh,
Icreatehim; niik-kezheop, nuk-kezheotiip,
I did create (him); suppos. part, kez-
heunt, creating, when he creates. Cf.
heb'iiu, he comes to life, lives; kctenh-
he.au, he gives life tn, 'cjuickeneth',
causes to live.
male, nompaax, male, a male (of the
human species). noniposliuii, a male
animal (other than man); adj. mnnpo-
sliliiiire. enewasldiii, a male animal,
R. W. "The males of quadrupeds are
called lenno wechum, by contraction
lennochum; thefemales, oc/i(/"p «'fc/)"m,
by contraction urhqneehnni. With the
winged tribe . . . leu no irelielle for the
males, and

TEUSTBDLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 293
man—continued.
[mogke-omp, great man], a captain;
nunkomp [luaikon-omp, light man], a
young man, not yet a warrior; penoinp
[penaoe-omp, strange to man, nescius
viri ?], a virgin; ompiilnjuxh [ump-ohtagish,
belonging or appn.piiate to man],
weapons, used in tlie Mass. Psalter,
John 18, 3, where Eliot has amvah-
teaongcwh; ahlomp [mll-onp, ahhut-omp,
belonging to man], a bow; ompehtedonk,
ompetedotik [vbl. n. from omp-
ohteau, it belongs to man], 'an old
Indian word', says Cotton, 'that sig-
nifies obedience by giving any [tribute]
' ; tribute or royalty, exacted by
and paid to a superior (see tribute).
The primary signification of the word
omp is, perhaps, a freeman, independ-
ent, owing no fealty; it is allied to
ompeu, he is free, unbound, loose (see
loose), ompenum, he looses, unbinds;
but the.se last may be derivatives from
the common root. Heckewelder states
that in the Delaware the names of
animals "walking in an erect posture"
terminate regularly in ap or ape,
"henceleitape,raan" (Corresp.411). A
considerable class of words used by
Eliot to express manner of standing
and change of posture have apparently
a similar origin, being compounds of
a verb ompau, he stands; as sampmkompau,
he stood upright; quenikompau,
he stands upon (it); ohpikkompau
[= oiiipik-oinpau'!], it stands upon, etc.
(see stand). It may be that to stand
erect is the primary and to be free a
secondary signification of the same
verb, ompau or ompeu. C'f. Del. nihiUa-
peiri, 'I am free,' 'my own master,'
Zeisb.; Abn. arenaiihe {yA. -[^ ak) , homo;
sehuihhe (pi. +ak), vir, Rasles; kigaiibe,
'jeune homme non marie,' ibid.; "les
petitsanimauxdi'r. [dicitur] nahpekikS,
skSekikS, du mdle et femelle", ibid.;
Alg. uape, male; allsinape, man, Lahontan,
11,294;
ibid.
najieiiia, a married man'
mmht, indef. tni.^iiiimin, pi. missinninnuog,
man, homo, or rather barbarus;
in the pi. people, nations, race, etc.
-Vpplicahle only to men of other tribes
or races than that to which the.speaker
man—continued.
belongs; hence, used to signify captives,
tributaries, etc. From misd and
ninnu, corresponding exactly to the oi
TCoXXoi of the Greek. Roger Williams
\ia.ii rdnni mmMiirock {=nanui mminnuog,
common men), 'folk or people.'
mminniii. kah puppinashim, man
and beast (only in Gen. 6, 7) ; hoirae
iiikifinnin ken? of what people are you?
manifest, jMlupiaeu, pohqude, open, clear.
See open,
many, tndnaog, (they are) many (persons)
; inan. inunatash, muiiaaah, many
(things) {mmsaurne maimdaog, 'they
are too full of people', there are too
many; nmunetaxh, 'great store,' abund-
ance, E. \V. ) .
tohsuog f how many (per-
sons)?; inan. iolmlash, tohshinash, tahshiiimhf
how many (things)? See how.
ne adtaJishe, as many as; suppos. pi. an.
neadtahshehettU (when they are counted
or summed up), as many as.
'aia,Tm.er,pumni6hhamu-ain-in, a mariner;
pi. -waenuog {pummuhshottoeninuog,
mariners, C.) [pumm6h-win, he goes
by sea], kehtahlianrng (pi.), mariners,
seamen \_keldoh-a>m., he goes by sea].
mark, kulikitmcasu, he marks (it), dis-
tinguishes (it) by a mark; vbl. n. kuh-
kiniieasitoid; marking, a mark, a sign.
knhkiimeain, he marks, distinguishes,
notes (it), kuhkham, hemarks (it) out;
suffix iikkuhkhamun, he marks it out (cf.
kuhkulilieg, a bound or landmark; kuhkuhhiuik,
a boundary; kuhkuhu-aonk,
order, regularity),
marrow, ((('•;», veen, the marrow (.Vim.
Sin, graisse de moelle, Rasles.)
marry, uiiKKnilain, he marries, C. ; 'he
goes a wooing', R. AV. ; nooseenlam, I
marry, C; wiimenetitock, 'they make a
match ', E. \V. ; ybl. n. u-ussenlamSonk, a
wedding (a marrying) ; n. agent, wnssen-
tamwaen-in, one who marries, a bridegroom,
noh ^vusso, she is married.
Gen. 20, 3; she 'who is another man's
wife', Ind. Laws xi, p. 8. wetauomau,
veetdomau, he marries (her), he takes
(her) as a wife {weelamg, they live to-
gether, Ind. Laws xiii, p. 10) ; suppos.
noh n-eiauadteadt, he who is married, a
married man pi. neg ; wetauadteacheg, the
married; vbl. n. welandtuonk, marrying.

294 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
marry—continued.
takin^awife; n. agent. miaiiniUeiu'ii-in,
a bride (one marrying); recipr. irc-
iauadleog, they marry one another
{airclairdiiiock, 'tliey make a match,'
R. W.). See husband; wife.
marsh. See meadow.
marten (iMustela aniericana), umppen-
iiiKjh, openoch, Gen. Reg. xi, 219 (marte,
jii'pinial-esuS; peaude marte, qKinakessS,
Rasles; openocJi and unppenrmk, Judd,
Hist, of Hadley, 355; Del. woap elms,
Zeisb. Voc. 13)".
master, souihn, master (governor, C. ),
poi-a. nus-soi)tim-om [-cow], my jnaster;
nussonthnom ketasscot, 'my lord the
king', 2 Sam. 13, 33; pi. sontlnioog, son-
timosog (vbl. n. HDiitimawiik, sovereignty,
C).
mastery, sohkaiisiionk, xolikiiIi'

TRUMBULLl ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 295
Tneasures of length— continued.
aumsgussdyi, two spans (of wampum);
shivaumscussdiji, three spans; youvmpscmsayi,
four spans, R. W.). Cf. ompskot
(ompKcat,

296 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
messeng-er—continued.
he sent a messenger to (him). See
send.
metals. See gold; iron; lead; steel.
middle, ti6en, naihaueu, in the middle,
in the midst; en niien, ut n6eii, in the
midst of; n6ahtuk, noohtuk [iii'ii'ii-1ii];'\,
in the middle of the river; ni'ictijinknk,
noeutiptikkuk [nueu-tippaco'], midnight.
mighty, missugke (great, powerful); suiipos.
masugkenuk, (when he is) powerful
wame masugkenuk, the Almighty, Ex.
6, 8.
milk, sogkodtunk {wgkodonk, C. ) [suppos.
part. inan. from soh-kodtinnum: that
which is drawn forth; pi. sogkodhmga»h
teats, dugs, mammse]. meninnunk,
woman's milk: Meninnunk ivutch Muk-
kiemg, 'Milk for Babes', is the title
of Cotton's catechism ; and in the quota-
tion from 1 Pet. 2, 2, menbinuanue is
substituted for the sogkodtungane of
Eliot's version [munnimnug, a woman's
milk, R. W. ) [from noonau, he sucks;
suppos. part, inan., that which is
sucked].
millstone, tognlnnonganompsk, togwonka-
nompuk. See grind; mortar.
mind (to have in), unnanlam, he thinks,
purposes, wills, etc. See think.
mine, nnttaihe, it is mine (it belongs to
me); \>\. an. inilliillu-ng, inan. nuttaihe-
ash, they are mine; iinttailicin, it is ours.
See lielong to.
mingle, mix, kenukshau, it is mingled or
mixeil with; kenukshaog jieninrahted-ut,
they are mingled among the heathen,
Ps. 106, 35 {nuk-kinukklnum, I mingle
or mix, C. ; uunnickshan, to mingle;
u'uunlckshaas, mingled, E.W.); from
keintgke, (it is) among.
minister, nohtompenntog [noldomp-pean-
liiij, (uie who leads in prayer).
mink (Putorius vison) , notlomag (?), Judd,
in N,^ E. (Ten. Reg. xi, 219 (=mikM,
^cureuil, of Rasles ?).
mire. See mud.
mirror. See looking-glass.
mirth, puanatam, he makes mirth, Ezek.
21, 10;vbl. n.pdanittamaionk, mirth; neg
poarheg, they who make merry, Jer.
30, 19. mislie nnixkovantam, he makes
great mirth, Neh. 8, 12. wekontammonk,
, :
mirth—continued.
gladne.«s, mirth [wekontani, he is glad].
See glad; merry; play.
miry, saupaeu, sahaeii, it is soft (softened
by water?); saupae, sabae, soft, miry.
Cf. KCim/i; niijipnirn.
mischief, iniskildiinuuik, hurt, injury
ilnne; ii-nskrli itt ii on k , troskehtowonk,
hurt, injury suffered. See hurt.
miserable, kittiimongkeneankqniit, miser-
able (pitiable), C. ; kuttunwnkei' yrne,
miserably, ibid. See pity.
mishap, mussuhkauau, miskatnui, it happens
to (him); applied only to the encounter
of evils or mischance. See haj]-
pen.
miss. See want.
mist. See fog; vapor.
mistake, niip-iiiihldntitm, I mistake, C.
vlil. n.jiiilitiiiiliiiiiajiink, mistaking, ibid.;
cf. jtuttahhdin, he is caught, ensnared,
trapped, jxtnncii, he errs, goes wrong
or astray. See astray.
mistress, sonkisq, mnkusg, sonkufj, mis-
tress, queen; kehclie sonksq (great mis-
tress), queen, Esth. 1, 9, 11, 1.5, =kehchis-
sunkisq, v. 12 (Xarr. miinks, the queen,
or sachem's wife; pi. simncksguiinog, R.
AV. ; saunck sijikiiiIi, queen, Stiles; sunck
squa, Conn. Rec. ii, 289) [lanitlin-squa,
master-woman, or mnkqium (iiiihkau),
she prevails or has the mastery].
mock, mnmontauau, momonehtauau, he
mocks, derides, makes a mock of
(him); suppos. part, nnh nioinontiinimt,
one who mocks; suflSx innniomanlnu-
(hdi, they mocked him; inan. moinnn-
ehtatn, momontam, he mocks (it),
he makes a mock of (itl; v. i. act.
iiiniiiiiiiliiJisii, momontussK, he mocks,
is n locking; n. agent, ni'imoiitnhsuen,
inuiiujnililiixiicn, a mocker. Mntohkon-
auau, he mocks at, derides (him)
(elsewhere, 66tuhk-, eiontuhk-, elontogk-,
udntogk-, etc.); vnM6ont6hkonOuh, they
mock him; kuttdoniohkrmeh, thou mock-
est me; v. i. act. 66t6hkossu, Aontogkkoxsii,
he mocks, is mocking; n. agent. 6i'intbhkiiimoau'aen,
a mocker.
moist, iigqnxhki, (it is) moist, wet. See
wet.
moldy, ogijiKjiikKliaen, ogqiionkslieau, it
is moldy; adj. ogqnoiikshi'w; vbl. n. og-
quoiiksJtutik, mold, 'mildew'. Cf. OQ-
;

trvmecll] NATICK-ENGLISH DICTIONARY 297
moldy—CDiitinued.
(jUonkrjiKiff, 'ru^^t', JIatt. Ii, Id; og(/iixh-
ki, it is wet.
mole, mameechiiinif, Lev. 11, 30.
money. "The Indians are ignorant of
Europe's coin; }'et they have given a
name to ours, and call it moneosh, from
the English money", R. W. Eliot
translates money by ledgmtsh, Icatigumh
(pi. of li'ug, thing, object), res; and
Roger AVilliams gives nnl-leangun^h,
'my money'. See wampum.
month, ncpauz (the sun), a month {pau-
suck n'pai'ius, a month; nquit pawsuchen'paum,
one month; nees pawsxick
n'pm'ms, two months, etc., R. W. ).
See sun; moon.
moon, nepauzshad, nanepaiizsJi((d, iiniiepaushadt
[nanepaiishat, the moon, the
moon god ; munndnnock, a name of the
sun or moon, R.W. ; Peq. weyhan, moon.
Stiles); vuske iiepauzme, new moon (go
urqtiitteunk, a new moon; paushesui, a
half moon; irerpiashirn, a light moon,
R.W. ). Dimin. from nep&uz, the sun,=
nepauzese(l).
moose, riKDS, pi. mcosoog (for 'fallow
deer', 1 K. 4, 23) ("Tlie Elke, which
the Salvages call a J/o.«« ", Morton, N. E
Canaan. "Moon, a beast bigger than a
Stagge", Smith, Descr. of N. England,
1616. mods, Y)\. moosuog, 'the great ox,
or rather a red deer', R. AV. Abn.
mSs, pi. jnSsSk, 'orignal', Rasles.
more, dnue (the sign of the compara-
tive): dnue wiinnegen, better; dnue onk
nen, more than me; dnue onk vnme,
more than all. aneu, anueu, he is more
(than another), he is superior (nidtiin-
nuiinii, I overcome or conquer, C. );
suffix an. progr. wut-anenkouh, he is
better than he, i. e. superior to him,
Prov. 12, 9. From the euppos. aneit
(noli aneit, he who is above or superior),
with the indefinite prefix, comes, perhaps,
manil [m'one((], a god, something
superior. "There is a general custom
amongst them at the apprehension of
any excellency in men, women, birds,
beasts, fish, etc., to cry out Maniitdo,
that is, it is a god, as thus if they see one
man excel others in wisdom, valour,
strength, activity, etc., they cry out
MamUdo, a god", R. W. 111. The
)
more—continued.
.
progr. form inUaneukouh, he is better
than he, is used in Prov. 12, 9, meaning
he is superior, is better off. Compounds:
dtiiiiroill l^dmif-irolt-adQ, more
than enough, too much; dnupde, over-
flowing; amnmttchutmn, anitchumi, it
overflows, najio (a sign of the comparative
) , more and more.
moreover, v:onk, again, moreover, also.
morning', molilomjifni (mautdhon, R.W. ).
See day.
morro'w, .foHyi (soi'iop, R. W. ; sniiji, C.
Abn. seba, Rasles) , tomorrow. nompodeu,
on the morrow (i. e. early next
morning); suppos. nompnk, nnmpuhkeik,
11(1 ndmpnnk, (when it was) morn-
ing, next morning [from nompe, again].
morsel, chogq, kodchuhki. See piece; spot.
mortar, toggnliwhunk, togukwonk, togwonk
(Idcunck or tivsknnck, their pounding
mortar, R. W.), a mortar or place for
pounding corn; ul toggnliwhorignnit, in
a mortar, in mills. Num. 11, 8. From
tackhummin, to grind corn, R.W. ; toggultlinm,
he grinds, C. [ingkan, he
strikes, pounds]
mother, dkasoh, his motlier, tlie mother
of (okdxn. and irilcJurliinr, a mother,
R. W. ; initcliehinni, her mother, C. );
ndkas, nmkas, my mother (nokace, nichwhmi;
R.W.) ; kdkas, konkas, thymother;
wame okasuoli, she was the mother of
all (living), Gen. 3, 20; indef. wutokasin
(n-nttookdnin, C. ), a mother, i. e. any
mother, the mother of anyone; collect.
okasiiiiieiink, mothers, collectively or as-
a class, all motherhood. From the
same root as dlike, the earth, compounded
with odas, animal, animate
being, or with -us-ni, the verb of animate
activity, the producing animal,
the animate producer; but the form is
that of the verb dkasii, she produces;.
dkasoh, she produces him or her; dkasuoh,
she produces them. Cf. asm, he
goes or proceeds from; wutcheu, he be-
gins, comes from or out of; wshoh,
dshoh, father, etc. vutchehwau is evidently
the cau.s. an. (imlrhehhuati) from
wulcheti, he proceeds from or orieinates
from.
mountain, innl

298 BUBEAT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETI.V 25
mountain—continued.
/,(//( innk-hu, 'mountain and hill', Luke
S, 5; pi. vndchudsh; dimin. iradchue-
)///.

murmur—tontinued.
lie murmurs at (it); vbl. n. mcomcoskmtniiink,
a murmuring; nimmmskoinmaorik,
muttering, murmuring.
musical instrument, pulipequon, pi.
^nsh; p((/tpt'^»rti(, he makes music; monopuhpeg,
a trumpet ( puhpeeg, a trum-
pet or music, C. ). Cf. puhpeg, a dance,
an instrument of music, Ps. 14-t, 9.
From puhpuhki, hollow.
muskrat, musc/uush (musquassus (pi.),
Smith'sDescr.of N.England, 1616. "The
niuskewashe is a beast that frequenteth
the ponds", Morton's N. E. Canaan.
Abn. mSskSessS, Raales), Fiber zibethi-
cus [musqui-6das, red animal].
must, 7nos, shall or must, auxil. Eliot
gives "mos, pish, shall or will", as
words "signifying futurity, added to the
indicative mode to express the time to
come", El. Gr. 20; but, strictly speak-
ing, mos expresses obligation or necessity,
p!j

300 BUREAU (IB- AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BII.LETIN 25
nation, ii-iitohtiiiinin (iriittohtuiunii, C)\
pi. -muneash; ii. rcillect. wutoldimoin-
iieank, the natiuns, nillectively or cor-
porately.
naught. See bad; no.
navel, menwee; weemree, his navel [in'in
nueu, the middle or center].
near, jxwm, pdhsu, (it is) near (jxisu-u,
'lately', El. Gr. 21; paewese, soon, in a
short time, C. ) ; pascoche, a little way
off ( after verb of motion ) [pa-sco-coc/i c]
monchu pasmrhe, he went to a short
distance, a little way off. pasirohteim, it
is near, it draws near; pasmtnppu, he i.s
near, i. e. he remains near; suppos. noh
pasa/Uippit, noh paswopit, he who is
near; pi. neg pascotapntcheg, neg pasuo-
pitchcg, they w'ho are near, pascotshau,
he comes near (quickly, suddenly, or
with violence) ; pasmtuhnush, come thou
near. /otscosiUyoi, he is going near; noh
paxukog, he who is coming or going
near; pascosnkiitrh, let him come near,
let him approach, pasoaau, he brings
(him) near to; .suffix up-pai!a)-uh, he
brought him near to him; pasaik, liring
ye (theiri) near; cf. jiaiidtan, he brings
it near.
nearly, ihi1ii;ii, ahnii.

TKUMBULLJ ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 301
no, not—continued.
I have no money, R. W. ; Narr. mul-
tuku, no. Stiles; mdtla, no, not; vuil-
nequt, not at all [not one, mat neqtiQ;
mtUta xvebe, not only, C. ; Del. makhta,
Uih, Zeisb. ; indtta, no; td, no (a lazy
no); tagu, no, not; alia, ta, no, no; tnktani,
taktdani, I don't know, Hkw.).
wanne, without, destitute of: vanne
nippeno, there was no water in it;
wanne iimtmshe, without a father, having
no father; wanne howane, there was
no one (left), Num. 21, 35. ahque, do
not (refrain from, leave off), 'adverb
of forbidding'. El. Gr. 21. See do not.
The negative verb is formed from the
affirmative by interposing the diphthong
CO betwee' the radical and the
syllable following, as a)u-adchannmtin,
he keeps it; oaioadclunminamn, he does
not keep it. It is usually accompanied
by mat or matta, forming a double negative.
The 2d pers. sing, of the im-
perative negative is formed in -dhkon or
-uhkon (from ahque, do not), as kummwiuhkon,
'thou shalt not steal', etc.
Strictly this is the imperative of pro-
hibition or dehortation ratlier than of
simple negation.
noise, vsadtauatonkqussuonk (vbl. n., the
making of a sound, a voice), noise.
See voice.
noon, pohshequaeu, (it is) noon; polishe-
qiide, at noon (paushaqiiaw, paweshaq&aw,
E. W. ; jmhsheqiiae, C. ) . From
pohshe, half. See day.
north, ndnnmii/eu, 7ianmimmii/eu, nan-
nniinnaii, to, from, or at the north,
northward; nanumit, the north wind
(naiit'iinmalhi and minnddin, R. W.).
northeast wind, chepewessin, R. W. ; sd-
chimoachepewh»in, a strong northeast
wind, ibid. Is this from cheepie-tismi,
caused by the evil spirit, as contrasted
with sowanishev, the southwest wind,
'the pleasingest, warmest wind in the
climate', from sonmuniniu, the south-
west, where 'the Gods chief! v dwell'
(R. W. 83)?
northwest, irittcheksiiau, northwestward.
Acts 27, 12 (cWteu, 'the northwest
northwest—continued.
[wind]', R. W. ; rhekesitch, when the
wind blows northwest, ibid.; Clickesiiwand,
the Western God, ibid. puh-
;
tadtunii/eu and maquamittmniyeu, from
the west, Mass. Ps. ) ; initrhekt^uiii/eii,
westward, to or from the west, (jen.
13, 14.
nose, mutchan, a nose, the snout of an
animal; kutchan, thy noae; wutchan, hia
nose; pi. -\-ash (Peq. vmchatm, the nos-
trils; kuchijage, [your] nose, Stiles;
mutrliSii. a nose, C. ).
not. See do not; no.
notwithstanding, oiich, yet, notwith-
standing. See yet.
nourish, aasamau, he gives food to (lum)
sohkomau, he nourishes, continues to
feed (him). See feed.
now, yeni/en (by redupl. from yen, this).
number. See count.
numerals.
[Note.—Not completed. See one, two, three,
etc.]
nurse, nanovxtea, a nurse (a keeper, overseer),
R. W. [ndndwehteoii, he keeps
{nunndnaueehtoo, I keep, C )].
nut, annar}iim,Yi\. -\-hiash, nut, nuts, C;
cf. aiiihii-jiniiiiniensh, acorns, R. W.
Del. qui III, 'a nut growing on atree'(?);
u'unachquim, an acorn, Hkw., who fan-
cifully derives it 'from wunipach [it'ioi-
nepog}, a leaf, nach, a hand, and qiihn,
a nut growing on a tree', meaning 'the
nut of the tree the leaves of which resemble
a hand' (Corresp. 407). pndteateaminasli,
nuts. Gen. 43, 11. Ahn.pa-
gaiin, p\.-iuir, noix, Ra.sles. Del. in'niin,
hickory nut l_ma)si-rnin, smooth nut];
ptucquim, walnut Ipetukqui-mln, round
nut]; wapim, chestnut Iwompi-min,
white nut]; schauwemin, beech nut
[noshinne-min, angular nut?], Hkw.
Virginian sagatamener, osam^ner, pummuckoner,
'kind of berry like unto an
acorn', used to make bread and for oil;
sopuinmener, 'kind of berry like unto
an acorn', 'of this sort they make
bread'; mangummenauk, 'the very
acorn of their kind of oak', boiled with
fish or flesh. Tracts app. to Brereton,
3 M. H. C. VIII, 120.
;

302 BUREAU Oi" AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
o&k tree, iKOtiinlK pi. niotimlsitcaxh (piiit-
;liiatrherintnij(jut^suonk, a bad smell proceeding
from or caused by an animate
being; so wuttis»umunkrpissuo)ik, 'his
smell'. Gen. 27, 27.
otteT, pummunum, pumminniiin, lie offers,
devotes (it) to a superior; freq. paupaumunau,
he offers or presents (him)
suffix uppaupatiiiu'mih, he offers them.
Eliot uses this word to express the
offering or consecration of objects to
(Sod, not sacrificial. Cf. "Pi'onpom,
a trilmte skin when a deer is killed
in the water. This skin is carried to
the sachem or prince within whose
territory the deer was slain", R. W.
mngou, he offers; mnmagun, he offers
it; see give, sephausu, he offers sac-
rifice {seephaixsu, it is offered or sacri-
ficed); sephauKineau, he offers (it) in
sacrifice, he sacrifices (it); sephausauau,
;
o
offer—continued,
he sacrifices (him, an. obj.) to; mi//
wphaiiscoog wnnnaiimnnaoh . . . mitl-
trtnnittmh, they sacrificed their sons to
devils, Ps. 106, 27; vbl. n. sephaumonk,
an offering, sacrifice; n. agent, sepliaa-
siiaen, one who makes offerings, a sacri-
ficer, a priest; sephamauau, he offers
sacrifice to, or he sacrifices (it, inan.
obj.) to. ompontinnnm magmonk, he
.sends an offering ( i. e. a gift or a tribute)
[ompwwinan, he is tributary to].
offspring, neeckanog (pi.); n. collect.
wunneechdneunk, offspring collectively,
all children, Rom. 9, 8. See child.
often, nohnompil [when it is repeated;
suppos. from uohnompii], oftentimes.
mwcliekit nonipe, when it is many
times [mcochikit, nGmpe, often, C; k6n-
kitchea, ayatche {for adtahshe) , as often:
ayatche nippeeam, I am (come) often
here, R. W. ). adhishc, ahhut tahuhe, atlooche,
ultcoche, as often as, as many
times as [adt tahshe'].
oil, puinmee (pummee or sminiie, C).
From pumnioh, the sea, i. e. jiammae,
of the sea.
ointment, mssequeonk (anointing; vbl.
n. from susgeqiin, he anoints).
old, ki'hchiK, kiitchisKii, (lie is) old, an old
man; jil. kelirliixng, kiiirliisog, old men,
elders, seniores. Theinan. formissome-
times, though rarely, used, as kehchi-
yeue ketasKwi, an old king; pi. kihchiog
(an. inactive), the old, the ancients
{kitchize, R. W.; kelicMm, C; Del.
kigeyi lenno, an aged man, Hkw. "Chixe
is an old man, and kiehchise a man that
exceedeth in age", E. Winslow's Relation,
1624. kiitfliiiiiiii, a middle-aged
man (?), R.W. ). krhdihipia, kutch'isqiia,
an old woman (»'t'>(i>(', pi. -sMcA', R.W.
Del. girhtochqueii, an aged woman;
chauclifsclmia, a very old woman, Hkw. ).
h/iine.i, pi. -suck, an old man, old men,
R. W. mahtauntam, mohtantam, (he is)
old; nummolitaiitam, I am old; suppos.
iiiahlaiintog, when old (mattaAntam,
'very old and decrepit', R.W. Del.
inihilaitis, 'an old man worn out with
age', Hkw.) This word has nearly
;

, once,
trtmbull] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 303-
old—continued.
the same relation to kchchh ai> the
Latin senium to senectuf: tnohlmitam
primarily signifies he fails, decays,
is passing away. (Ger. ein alter Greis;
Fr. un vieillard, un barbon, Notes to
El. Or. xvii; see fade; decrepit);
kehchvtmi, an. of kehche, chief, superior,
denotes age entitled to respect, a su-
perior by reason of age. sepepomantam ,
(he lives long, is long lived) he is
grown old, 'stricken in years'. Gen.
24, 1. nukkukqidyeu, he is old, with
reference to a meas-ure of duration (toh
unnukkoohqniyeu noh nonksq, how old is
that girl? C. ). nuhkone {=negonne,
first), old, ancient (of inan. obj.):
nnkkone aeip, 'ancient river'; nukkone
mayagh, theold ways; nenegonneayeucoh,
'that which waxeth old'; yewsh nuk-
kdneyeuukhh, 'these (are) ancient
things'. Cf. nukkonau, he leaves, for-
sakes, he is left, is forsaken. eutmirCis,
'it is old' (cloth), R. W. ; eatauhana,
old traps, ibid.
old age, kehchiyeuunneat and kehchincunnmt
(to be old; infinitive for noun ) , old
age: ut kukkehchiyeuunneat, in thy old
age; ut wunne kutchiseunneat, in a good
old age. Gen. 25, 8. iii

304 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
opposite—contimu-il.
(]}i(irii, lie looks towaril, fiu-es, =n'iiwli-
or, iiiiuji.
order | n. ), kuhhthiraonk (order of succes-
sion or position ).
order (v.)- See command; shape.
orderly, in order, hohtdev, hohtiku,
'from time to time', Ezek. 4, 10, 11;
'in order', ex ordine. Acts 11, 4. kiili-
kem(uire, kiihkoowae, in order, orderly
[kuhkcnaihhe.au, freq. from kenaihheim,
kenauiirhhean, he shapes, forms, fasli-
ions].
ordure. See dung.
orphan, touies, toumies, tauviies \_lmi,eu-
M.5si(, he is deserted, left alone; or
dimin. from towc"]; pl- -\-og {toviiiwork,
fatherle.s8 children, R. \V. 1. See de-
serted.
other. See another; other side.
other side, ongkomai, ogkome, on the
other side of (beyond): ogkomcie pummeneuiunkanil
, on the other side of the
wall {acdwmuck ndteshem, 'I came over
the water', I came from the other side
acawmendakit [ogkome-
lvgkomut},'R.W. ;
olikit] , ' from the land on the other side '
England, ibid.), onkove {onkkoui', C),
beyond, behind, on the other side of.
otter, nkeke, pi. iikkpiock, R. W.; vki'-
rpidshunck, an otter-skin coat, ibid.
Alfr. nikik, Lahontan. From m-kikaii,
III nekikini, he tears, scratches.
ours, niiUaihiiii, it is ours (partic. pi.);
kiitldilii'iii. it is ours (gen. pi. ) {neiiinnin,
ours, C).
out. See draw out; ]«iurout; jmtfortli;
spread out; stretch out: \ve:ir out.
out of, initrjir. Scefnirn.
out of doors, jiiiliiiiinilrliit. See clear;
open.
outside, pohquodchiyeu, (it is) on the
outside of, in an open place; see clear.
v'oskeclte, withunt, outsiile of: iroskerlic
. . . vmnorik. ijul niiiiiiinl, 'the outside
of the dish, but within', Matt. 23, 25,
26; and voxkeche . . . anmnul, outwardly
. . . within, V. 28.
, ;
over. See al:)ove; other side.
overcome, solikoin, he overcomes, con-
(]uers (it); an. nohkau, he overcomes
(him). See conquer.
overflow, anuwiitchuv:an, anitchuan, it
overflows; anitrhuwanve, overflowing.
See flow.
oversee. See overseer; govern.
overseer, nanowetea, ' an orderer and
ruler of their worship', R. W. ; neen-
iKinoinruuiinnuii, I oversee it, ibid.;
iiani'tmreten, 'a nurse or keeper', ibid.
overwhelm, iiuhkuhkovi, it covers, overwhelms
(it); vmn-nuhkukkom-un,\t cov-
ered it, Ex. 24, lo, 16. From noakeii,
it descends, goes down.
owe, nmnamontukquohwhau, he owes
(him), lit. he is owed, unnontukquah-
v'hau, he owes, is in debt; suppos. part.
anuntukquohuonche, one who owes; toh
kin'mnontukquolihuk, how much dost
thou owe to (him)? (kuttinnohtukquahe,
I am in your debt, C. ; vbl. n. nummon-
luhqnahirhuHuoiik, a debt, ihid.; vbl. n.
pass. nohtiihqnnliwhiUuonk, debt, ibid.;
kmnnmnainautuckquaush, I will owe it
to you, R. W. ; nonamaiituckquaheginash
(pi.), debts, ibid.). See debt.
O'wl, cohmmaua {uhdmous, R. W. ), kcuhkmkhaus;
kitcheireircs, kvhrlie kmlikmk-
haus, a great owl (Strix virginiana?);
vhoes, the screech owl.
own, wadchanum, he owns (it), he pos-
sesses, has in keeping. See keep.
owner, suppos. imh in'iddclnimil iradchii,
'the owner (f the hill', 1 K. 16, 24;
tiuh vadtailiniiiitclie, he who owns (an.
obj.); suppos. mill inidhlillii, imll inidll-
hnt, the owner of (an. obj.); pi. img
vadtihehcheg, the owner. See belong to.
luih ohtnnk (he who possesses; suppos.
part from olit.au), the owner of (it); pi.
uir/ ohtinikcg, the owners. See have ( v. ).
oyster, clu'inkro, aptconnah, C. ; opponeviiuhock
(pi. ), oysters, R. W. ; Narr. whponuhpug,
Stiles; Peq. a'punnyhaug,
Stiles. From apwonau, he roasts, and
hogk, shellfish: the shellfish which are
for roasting.

trvmbvll; ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 305
paddle (n. ),v'iitiuhhnnk ( irutkitncl; R. W.
pautous ne notehunck, l)ring hitlier my
padflle, ibki., =pau(ltti.i!i naitdilihiink).
paddle ( v. ), chemdu, he paddles or rows;
menuhke chemAog, they were 'toiling in
rowing' (rowing hard), Mark 6, 48;
suppos. part. pi. vmme iioltl(ie cliemri-
cheg, 'all that handle the oar ' (who are
skillful rowers), Ezek. 27, 29 (imper.
chemosh, paddle or row; pi. chhneck,
paddle, R. W.).
pain, onkguanumcoonk, unkfjuanummonk,
vbl. n. from unkguanumau, he suffers or
is in pain; elsewhere ongrjitontomco, he
is in pain ;
nut-onkquomom, I am in pain
vbl. n. onkquommomaxmk, pain, torment;
from unkque, sore, grievous, extreme.
See extreme, ncliesamnunn, ncMsam-
matkiiii, I am in pain, R. W. See sore;
torment.
paint (n.), wurmam, 'their red painting
w^hich they most delight in', R. \V.
From uimne, handsome.
paint (v.), wussuekirhijiiimeii, to paint,
R. W., whence "viissuckwhonck, a let^
ter, for having no letters, their painting
comes the nearest"; wussuckhdsu, (he
is) painted, ibid. anogku, he is
painted, he paints himself (aunah'isu,
he is painted; pi. aiOKikt'iick, they are
painted, R. W.; nut-aiiiiogkliiinit, I
paint, C. ).
pale, wompekushonat, to be pale; wompekttshau,
he is pale^ tmmkegnk wompeku-
slinno, his face grows pale {u-ompekifh-
eede wosketomp, a pale man; nmvunippohkisham,
I am pale; wompishbiuonk,
paleness, C. ). From wompi, white,
k' progressive, with -ish denoting a bad
quality. Cf. gray.
palsied, nanunkqiu'su, ndnunkkusmi, (he
is) palsied, has a palsy; suppos. nok
nanunksit; pi. iieg nanunksitcheg, thev
who have the palsy. From mmnukktinnm,
freq. of older form nukkunum,
he shakes, with an. active usxh. Cf.
riukkeiiia), it is >haken; ninniukshini, he
trembles, quaki-s.
pant, inehiitelishaiiuiiiau, he jiants; niimmehmehshandnntp,
I did pant, Ps. 119,
131.
B. A. E., Bill. 2.5- -20
; ;
parched corn, tip/iiinnuinouiush (pi. ), vp-
puiii- [aiipi'niniin,,.ii,,islf. \l. W.; aci'.s, part riilge;';/»)tes, quail, Wood;
Del. jiithlifirkn, pheasant; popocust, partridge
(i.e. quail), Hkw.).
pass away, mahUheau, mahitheau, it fails,
fades, passes away. See fade.
pass by, pomsheau, it is passed, it passes,
'is over and gone'. Cant. 2, 11; 'is
past', Jer. 8, 20. paumushau, jiinnu-
shau, he jjasses by; jmumukuu

30(1 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
path—continued.
met/if where lies the way? R. W. )•
From rt", he goes to, aui, he goes, with
m' imlefinite. "From cian, 'to go', is
" (Chip.)>
derived (•//((//((, ' whitherlgo'
Schoolcraft.
patient, manunni^u, he is patient; vbl. n.
tiKiiiiinniyeuonk, patient, being patient;
manmniimonk, patience in exercise,
acting patiently. See slow.
pay, oiidtuhkau, he pays (him); oad-
liihhih, pay thou me {oadtuhkah eyeu,
pay me now, C. ); inan. Sadtehtean,
madtehteiiou, he pays (it), as money,
tribute, a vow, etc., he makes payment
of (it); (')(te/i

TRl'MBVLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 307
pickerel,

308 BUREAU OF AMEKICAN ETHNOLOGY [BliLLETIN 25
play—coiitinned.
throwing painted plum stones (iisauanauli)
into a tray {ii'uniidug), R. W.
please (?), iriissilciltnilihnrmat, C. ; noosse-
hilteah, I plrasc, iliid. ti-ekontam, he is
pleased. See glad.
Pleiades, (islxlujuttauog, Job 38, 31;
Amos ), S; but Roger Williams gives
tlii.s, shwinhciMoww&iiog, as the name of
'the golden mete-wand' (i. e. the belt
of Orion), and chippAptioek, 'the brood
lien' (or Pleiades). The latter is more
probably correct, since uliiiixliciUtiiii--
it'i'iHog or asishquUaog geema to l>e de-
rived from shwe, three, and .iqiitta, fire
(xliivishcuUoii; a wigwam with three
fires, R. W. 46), and clii.ppapuork
( =chipappuog, El.) means they keep
apart, are by themselves, are separate.
plenteous, miissegen, missegen, (it is)
plenteous, abundant: iwissej/fne ohke, a
plentiful land; suppos. tie masegik, that
which is plenteous or abundant, abundance
or plenty (as of a har\est, etc. ).
plenty. See abound; abundance.
ploug-h, lUKixkhdiii, he digs. See dig.
pluck, jMihiiiiKiiiiiiii misminkqunmlnneash,
be plucks cars (if corn { polisinikqiuiinm,
Matt. 12, 1 ). hidluhkoiii, be plucks;
mik-kodirthkom, 1 pluck, C. (?). Cf.
hidtiminm, he draws or plucks (it) out,
an a sword from the sheath, etc. ; an.
kodinneh, pull me out, Ps. 31, 4; kcidncok
ncDtauut, pull ye (them) out of the fire,
Jude 23.
plunder. See rob.
point, nhfjiiaen, idiqunr, at the point or
extremity of; rad. nlik, iiIkj, a sharp
extremity, a point, the ]inint of. See
end; extreme, naiiiay (when it is an-
gular or cornering), an angle, corner, or
point (e. g. of land). See angle.
poison, nliquoskeht, uhquoshket, unkqiiax-
kii, poison (of serpents, Ps. 140, 3; of
arrows, Job 6, 4): unkque mikquoshket,
'cruel venom', Deut. 32, 33. From
vnkqiir, iTuel, sore, grievous.
pole, ipiiniiihhig [quiini-idiliu/, a long
stick].
polished, kuKnenau.tue, Is. 49, 2.
pond, itippisfie, nips [dimin. of nippe,
water], a small body of water, a pool or
pond, often compounded with 'pog,
Spring: nippissepog, nip2}issipr; pi. ifuitrlte-
kuog {matcliik&e, poor; iwli iiuilt-liekco,
he is poor; nvm-mntchek (num-inacheke,
R. \V. ), I am poor, C. ; vbl. ) n. iiidlcliekn-
onk, poverty. From malrliuk, when it
is bad, or matrlic, bad, with 'A- iirogress-
ive, he is going on badly (?).
poplar tree, mfetwe, metwe.
poigy, mislirtip, pi. miAcuppatiog,
'bream', R. VV.. corrupted to 'scup',
'scupjiaug', and 'porgy' or 'paugee'
(Pagrus argyrops, Linn, and Storer).
The name is derived from the large,
close scales, rnishe-kup/ii.
porpoise, talnckommdi'iog, porpoises,
R. W. (tatagkom, he strikes repeatedly,
keeps striking or beating; freq. from
togkom, he strikes).
possess, ohtau, he has. See have (v.).
radchanum, he has in possession, he
keeps (it). See keep.
possible, v'oh unnag (if it may be so),
if it be possible; wame teanteaqudsinash
woh n' niln/ciMish, all things are possible
(may be so), nosknnongquot, noshkonnnkquiidt.
(when it is) impossible', an
impossibility; iimlta noshkununkquodti-
no, it is not jiossiWe.
post, nepattuhqiionk, neepaUmkqitmik, a
post, pillar, stake, standing upright.
From iiipattau, it stands upright.
See stand.
posteriors. See behind; hind })arts.
pot. See vessel.
pottage, sobalug, sehahig, sahaheg [sup-
pos. inan. from saupAeu, sahde, it is soft,
thin, melting, when it is made soft or
thinned].
pound. See beat.
pour out, sokenum, sokanum, he pours
(it) out; tmssokin, nussokun, I jiour
(it) out; sohkenush, pour thou; sokenmk,
;

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 309
pour out—contiuued.
pour ye; suppos. noh sohkenuk tdppe,
he who poure water; suppos. part,
inan. nokenug (that which is poured
out), ' a heap of corn ' , R. VV.; soJcenip-
pnsli. (for sukemish nippe), pour thou
out water; an. sokenunmuau, he pours
(it) upon (him). From sokaiion, it
pour.s, it rains. See rain.
poverty, matehekuoiik. See poor.
powder, suhfjuag (suppos. inan. from
sohqite), wlien it is made fine or lilie
dust; sohijiili/en, xnkrjuiyi'ii, in powder,
powdered. See fine. >iaupnck, B-.W.,
sahuck, C, gunpowder.
pox, iiKiiiuiskisliadi, he hath the (small?)
piix, K. W. ; mamaskiiiha^innck, ihe'po'x.,
iliid.; iiia»i(ixkl.'

310 BUREAU OF AMEBICAN ETHNOLOGY
prisoner—continued.
iilrlu-ij, prisoners; vbl. n. pass, kohshag-
kiiinitlnonk, imprisonment (being im-
prisoned); vbl. n. act. intrans. kohshag-
kineriiimonk, imprisonment (being pris-
oner). From kuppogki, it is closed,
thick, impenetrable, with 'sh of forced
or violent action, i. e. he is forcibly
shut up.
proceed, iradchcii, inilchett, wutchiyeii
he proceeds from, i. e. originates in or
is caused by; inan. pi. nish wutekiyeu-
ash Godiit, these things are God's, i. e.
belong to him , proceed from him as their
oriffin or source; suppos. iioh wajhit,
11, ih »'( I. /i7i/iV, he who proceeds from (iioh
iiiijh,! iiiitlaiiiuvitsissU, he that is 'born
of a woman'. Gal. 4, 4). See from.
ontseu, he proceeds from, is the offspring
of: VKinne ontseu, he is ' without descent '
Heb. 7, 3; nufonsem kah nmm Godut, 'I
proceeded forth and came from God',
John 8, 42; vbl. n. wut-omeonk, (his)
descent or lineage. ohhonUeu, he pro-
ceeds or moves nnward from one thing
to another:

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 311
punish—oontinued.
inli him (inixsolisamtUoh, I chastise; nus-
msitiiiitiOiliniinii, 1 punish, C. ); vbl. n.
pass. sasaiiidtahu'huHeaonk, punishment
received, chastisement, being punished;
n. agent. sasamatiihlDtiiyiei), one who
punishes or inflicts punishment.
pure, pohki, pahke(it is) clear, open, pure;
an. act. pahkesu, he is pure. See clear.
purify, pahkheaii, he purifies (him),
makes himpm'e; jMhketeaii, he purifies
(it) [caus. iroxn pidikt'].
purple, .j((ci(, black, R. W. ; Peq. 'siujgyo,
dark or black. Stiles; but the sackau-
hock, 'black money' was in fact 'black
inclining to blue', E. W. ('of a violet
colour', Morton, N. E. Canaan), made
friim tlie jiurple margin of Venus mercenaria,
the numd clam.
purpose, ki'si)iitijin,kcf;aiitam, hepui'poses,
intends; nukkesoniam, I purpose; vbl. n.
quahaug. See clam.
quail, Peq. paaishooiis, meadow quails
( meadow larks). Stiles. See partridge.
quarrel, mekonau, he quarrels with
(him); recipr. mekonithioy, they strive
together, they quarrel; suppos. part.
noh mekonont, he wiio strives or quarrels
(meca&tea, a fighter; vepi kummecaiitch,
you are a quarreller, R, W.).
See fight, iniskimtiicaw, a quarrelsome
fellow, R. W.
queen, sonkisq, sonksq {saunks, R. W. ),
kehche sonksq, kehchissunkisq. See mi.s-
tress.
quench, ontham nootau, he quenches, ex-
tinguishes, puts out the fire; onthamun,
it is quenched, extinguislied. Cf.
nmtau uhtea, the fire goes out, Prov. 26,
20. See extinguish, (ddappadtamunw,
it is quenched, extinguished; pass. part,
neg. maita woh uhtappaitauumuk, (the
fire) shall not be quenched, Mark 9,
Q
purpose—continued.
keswilaiii/jiink, purpose, umianlam, lie
intends, thinks, purposes, wills. See
think, pakodtantam, he purposes (re-
solves, determines); vbl. n. pakodtanta-
mcoonk, purpose, determination.
pursue. See follow.
put. See place (v.).
put away. See cast away.
put forth, sohiminum wuimutcheg, he put
forth his hand; an. sohhmu-unan, he puta
(him) forth, thrusts (him) out {kus-
sawhoki, do you put me out of doors?
tawh'iich, kiissawhokiean, why do you put
me out? R. \V.). sonkehieau, it puts
forth, springs out, as buds or leaves from
a plant.
put into, petav, he puts (it) in or into;
suppos. inan. pctunk (when it is put
into), a Viag.
put to flight. See jjrevail over.
quench—continued.
46, 48; nmfaii matia uldapattoi'mri, th^
fire is not quenched, v. 44 {lahtippad-
tauunat, to quench; nuUahtiipipodtou , I
quench, C. ; cf. tahtippadtou nenan, he
cools my tongue, Luke 16, 24).
question, mitwtomavau, he questions
(him), asks him a question; iiafmlomuhkau,
he continues to question,
makes inquiries ['A- progressive]; vbl.
n. natcolomuhlcaonk, a question (nattoa-
li( mirehteaonk, C. ). See ask.
quickly, tednuk. See immediately ; pres-
ently.
quiet, chequnappii, he is silent, he is still
{nut chequnnaji, I am silent, C. ). wa-
niinnappu, he is quiet, gentle, patient,
still, etc. See silent; slow.
quiver, petan; kuppetan, thy quiver; up-
tironnt, in his quiver. From petau,
petan iron ., _,
he puts it into; cf. jietuti

312 BUREAU or AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY BULLETIN 2.>
rabbit, Peq. tupsads, Stiles. See coney.
raccoon, di'imip (amupp, Wood), pi.
^-jidiiiio

RUMBl'LL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 313
recompense, repay, nnkquattantam,
iiiikqiicKllinilain, he recompenses or
rewards (it); an. oiikrptaltou, onkqriat-
leau, he recompenses, rewards (him),
he pays (him) wages or hire; kutonk-
qualoush, I will give you hire; kiippapasku
0}ikquatoush, I will render to you
double (ktitlnihu'ckqiiHtauiicli, 1 will pay
you, E. W. ) ; vbl. n. onqnalmik {cmqiiat-
oiik, C. ), a recompense, a reward, wages.
recover (from sickness), ketenii (he
revives, is made to live), he recovers:
sun woh nuk-ketemnf {pitch n'kteteemf
R. W. ), shall I recover? asq kongketeauf
is he (yet) well? mq ketenn, he is well,
Gen. 29, 6 {nickeetcm, I am recovered;
kongkeetedng, they are well, R. W. ) . See
live; well.
red, musqni, iiiMqiie, iiiKqiii, (it is) red;
suppos. masqudfj, mashquai/, mishqiiag,
when it is red {insqui, R. W. ; mishque,
C. ; Feq.mesh'jjiou, Stiles) . Fromacaus.
form, in'sqKehhemt, it makes red, comes
the verbal noun munquiheonk, m'sque-
heottk, blood.
refrain, ahqueieau (ahquehtou, C), he
refrains, leaves off, desists. See do not
(aliqxie).
refuge, usphmiHumk, mhphatu-aonk, spuhhaaicdonk,
etc., a refuge (vbl. n. from
rtspuhhoawcm, he files to for refuge);
adj. ugpuhhmwae ayeuonk, a place of
refuge. See fiy (v.).
refuse, sekenam, sekeneam, (1) he refuses,
rejects; (2) he hates, jlslianfam, {l)he
despises, abhors; (2) he rejects, refuses.
See hate.
reins, mvttcounussog (pi. ), the kidneys,
the reins. See kidneys,
rejoice, vehmtam, he is pleased, he
rejoices. See glad. muskouantam,muskauanatam
(mishkouanlam, C. ), (1) he
rejoices greatly, is very glad; (2) he
boasts, makes his boast of (intrans. mus-
kuau, he boasts; vbl. n. miskuaonk, boast-
ing); )n»sA-oMa»!

314 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
repent,

TRUMBrLL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONAKY 315
ripe, kesanajhteuu (kesatiiuota, C), it is
ripe (?); suppos. inan. kesmmhiag, h;-
mnmtag,Y;\ien it is ripe; pi. nhh negonne
kenanaitagish, those which are first ripe.
annoatag [sujipos. inan. from annohtmul'],
when it is ripe: figsash negonne
annmtag, when figs are first ripe, Nah.
3, 12. adtuhtag: negonne adtuhtag weno-
mimieash, when first (was the season of)
ripe grapes; kesadtihiaash, ripe (grapes),
Gen. 40, 10. kdkenumunne meechuntmuonk,
ripe fruit, Mic. 7, 1; kdkeneumuneagh,
the first-ripe fruits, Num. 18,
3 (cf. keneumunneash, first fruits. Lev.
2, 12, 14). kepenumcoonk kesixkun, the
harvest is ripe. Rev. 14, 1^, i. e. is fullygrown,
mature. See grow, unnunnmwni,
the harvest is ripe, Joel 3, 13;
cf. niumou'ua, har\-est time, R.W., from
nunaeu, it is dry (?).
rise, imdpeu, ivdbeu, he rises, goes upward
(without regard to the mode or act of
rising); inan. subj. waapemm, it rises:
nippemh waajiimmmh, the waters rise
up (nrowabeem, I rise, C). omohl-u, he
rises, gets up ( nuttomuhkem, I arise, C. >;
•suppos. noh omiMit nompode, he who
rises early; inan. subj. omohkemm, it
arose, neepau, he rises to an erect posi-
tion, stands up. See stand.
rising sun. See sunrise.
river, sep, seep, sHp, sepu, pi. sepua.ih [sepeu,
it is long, extended] {seip, R. W.;
Peq. sepe, sebe, Stiles) ; iit sepuut, at, to,
or by the river; lui^haue sepnu-ehtu, in
the midst of the rivers; sepupog, a river
of water, Ps. 119, 136; Rev. 22, 1. tuk-
kco, ink (not found in Eliot except in
compound words), a broad river, as
distinguished from a long river (sep).
l\s primary signification nearly corre-
sponds to the Latin fluctuosus, rising in
waves, and the pi., lukkooog, is used
by Eliot for waves. The radical verb
tukko) may be translated by fluctuat,
it flows in waves (so Rasles has
UgS, pi. tegs' ak, flot, for the Abnaki).
Heckewelder says that the Del. hittuck,
' ' when placed at the end of a word
and used as a compound", means "a
rapid stream", as in Lmapeu-ihittuck,
the river of the Lenape (Delaware
river), and Mohicannitturk, river of the
Mohicans (Hudson river), Hist. Ac-
river—continued,
count 33. noahluk, nodhtuk [nom-tnk],
in the middle of the river; vt kinhketuk,
at the bank of [kishke, by the side of]
the river; kchteihtukrpa \_kehte-tuhd'], to
the great river.
roar, cheqidtummig, they roixr (as lions),
Jer. .51, 38. onrjwmtrmraii, (igijHantmau,
he roars (as a wild beast), mnm, he
howls or yells (as a beast).
roast. See bake.
rob, mukkmkinnau, he rolis, spoils, plunders;
ahque mukkmkm, do not rob
(them); suppos. noh mukkmkinont, one
who robs; pi. neg mukkaikinoneheg, maggmkinoncheg,
they who rob, 'spoilers';
n. agent. 7nukkcokinnuwaen-in, a robber
(suppos. mukkcokinmvaenuit, 'if be
rob', i. e. if he be a robber, Ind. Laws,
XVI ). From mukkukki, he is bare,
stripped bare; cf. mukkmkeg, strip your-
selves. Is. 32, 11. chekeheuu, he uses
force to (him), he compels (him) by
violence (freq. impers. chechequniithi
tlicre is a roliliery committed; an. aqiiie
rh,,li,ijiiinni,nisl,, do not rob me; che-
rJnyun iiuuv rl( Ick ( neg chechekunuacheg )
robbers, R. W. ) ; neg chechekqunukquea-
neg jjish chechequnaog, ' they that prey
upon will r give for a prey' (they shall
be preyed upon or despoiled) , Jer. 30,
16. From chfkee, by force, violently;
cf . chichigin, a hatchet, R. W.
robin, Peq. quequisqiiitch, Stile.«.
rock. See stone.
rod, pogkomunk, a rod, a stick [suppos.
inan. from pogguhhatn, j)ogham, he beats
or threshesC?); cf. pockhommin, to
thresh or beat out corn, R. W.]
roll, unnequamim, he rolls (it), moves
(it) by rolling: imMquanumcok mogke
qitssiikiiihiiiasli, roll ye great stones.
t,iliii,j„.,,i,i,inii,, he rolls (it); pass. part.
taluj>ptquu)iionnk (that which is rolled),
a wagon or cart, ompmchenal, to roll, C.
room, tauhapimmin, there is room
enough, R. W. [tdpi, taupi, there is
enough] .
mohchoi week, is there room
in the house? Gen. 24, 23 Imohchiyeu, it
is empty].
root, wadchdbiik,uittchaubuk [vutch-appu]
{initchappehk or teottapp, C; vattAp,
R. W. ). In composition -adchdhuk,
-adchauhiik: nnndchdbuknog, they take
,

316 RUREAIT OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIN 2&
root—continued.
root, I.s. 37, 31, =cowadchabuk(oog, Jer.
12, 3; ]ilsh nakkodtahchahpuhkondog, I
will pluck them up by the roots, 2 Chr.
7, 20; kodohchabuhkohham, he roots (it)
uji. irulrhuhqnoiii (and wutdionquom
iiuttiKjiint, at the root of the tree, Matt.
3, 10; Luke 3, 9; i. e. to the lowest part,
the base \_wuich6mqu1, to the bottom].
rotten, an'it (when it is corrupted, 'it is
putrefied', R. W.); adj. anittue, cor-
rupt, rotten. See corrupt.
roug-h, koshki, kiishke, (it is) rough: kashke
li.(igkroo:ik, urough garment (koshkeyiue,
'roughly (a coat not soft),' C).
round, juinkqiii, jietnltki, puttukqiii. El.
and ('.
round about. See around.
row(n. ),7)Hmo/itoas/i (pi. ), inanimate objects
in a row or rows; an. pumikkompoofj,
( they stand in ) a row. See walk.
row (v.). See paddle (v.).
rub, umukqidnum-unat, to rub, C.
rule (n.), kuhkehheg, pi. -j-n.s/t, a rule,
rules, C. [kiihkuhheg, a bound, a limit;
kuhkham, he marks (it) out].
rule ( V. ), nanaanuin, he rules or governs.
See govern.
ruler, nanaaimwaen, nanuwimnmixu'n,
iinnnnncuii, a ruler or governor; neg
niinimnoncheij, niniawunonchcg, they
who rule (nanannacheg, magistrates,
rulers, Ind. Laws), atauskatvau; a lord
or ruler, R. W. ; pi. ataihkawawog. See
master; sachem.
sachem, sagamore, siichim, a king; pi.
+((i"«/, R. W.; sachimduonck, a kingdom,
iliid.; Narr. saunchem, Stiles;
Peq. suiijitiii, Stiles; Del. sakimau, he is
a chief, Hkw. Related to sohkom, he
has the mastery; sohkaii, sonkqhuau, he
prevails over or has the mastery of
(them); or to sagkompanau, he leads
(them); n. agent, sagkompagunuaen, a
leader. Cf. sonksqua, a queen, soh-
kdiiiiiii and noiikciJiiKin are easily cor-
rupted tn siii/diiiori an

TRUMBULL] EKGLISH-NATIGK DICTIONARY 317
.sail (n.)—continued.
from sepaghcnii, he sails, lit. he goes by
sprearling out, from sepe, suppos. sepak,
whtn it is sjiread out or extended
(.vpinithniiiiiuiniii, let US sail, R. W.
seppaijhainunal, to sail, C. ).
.sail (v. ), pumindhham, he goes by sea, as
distinguished from going in a boat or
by oars or paddles; hence n. agent, pi.
pummdhhamwaenuog, mariners, Jonah
1, 5, those who goon the sea {pummoh-
(Din].
«almon, tnishquammaitqtwck (pi.), red-
fish, salmon, R. W. {musqui, red; o;?i-
maugql; Abn. meskSamegS, pi. -\-ok,
Rasles.
salt. The English word is transferred
by Eliot, the Indians not having then
learned the use of salt. In a .single in-
stance 'salt water' (James .3, 12) is
rendered seippog, i. e. sour water [.s(%-
'poglsame,
?k(>i,- inan. nenan, ne >um, that
same; pi. ne rvanoash; an. rtoh luxn, the
same (person); neane, so, in the same
manner as (nendn, nnih, nont ne, the
same; mat nahnane, not the same, C. ).
See as; like; such.
samp. See soft.
sand, n&guni, nagunt, sand, a sandy place;
nngorilii, in the sand.
sassafras tree, samunckpdnmck, R. \V.
satisfy, t4pi, taupi, there is .«uflBcient,
enough; tapaiUam, tapanatam [tdjii-
antaml, he is satisfied, is satisfied with
(it); tapehteau, he satisfies (him) with
(it); tapheauau, he satisfies (him),
makes (him) satisfied; suppos. noli
taplieunt, he who satisfies; tapenemi, he
is satisfied with (him). See accept;
comfort; enough, tapepu, he is .sat-
isfied with food, he eats enough. See
eat.
saucy, iiitiskegeue, saucily, C. ; mat qua-
qtUtdmmco, (he is) saucy, ibid.(?).
save, tomlleau, he saves (him); tom-
wehteau, he saves, rescues, or delivens
(it) [caus. an. and inan. from tomeu,
he saves himself, escapes] . See deliver.
wadchanum, he keeps (it) safe, he saves
(it); an. wadchanan, he keeps or saves
(him), pass, he is saved; n. agent.
wadchanuwaen-iii, one who saves, a
savior.
;
saw (n. ), poksimkqiionk, tussonkqaonk.
say, wussin, he says, he speaks; nussin,
I say; k-ussin, thou sayest; nusHm,
if I say, when I say; lUtoh asean, what-
ever thou mayest say {teagua hsslmf
what do you say?; nissimun, we say, C. )
nag us, say thou to thein, tell them;
nussip, I said, I did say. See think.
iruttinuli, he says to him; nuttiii, I say
to (him); .=ufflx kuttinsh, I say to thee,
I tell thee; vnittinmh, they said to him
{nuttimmwap, I said, C. ; teagua n'tilnnawen
or nteawemf what shall I speak?
R.W. ). ncowaw, hesays; noDwaoy, they
say; nooMicw/i, say thou; na)V!agk, sa.yye;
na>adt, if he .say; nam

318 BCREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
scatter—continued
.
beads), nasw&e, ncutwayeue scattered
[ne st'ahwhau, or ne seaheull.
scold, auuskomcm, he reproves (him);
see reprove, nunnishquewam, I chide or
scdlil; mmnishquet, I rage, C.
scornful, mamanmmntam, he is scornful,
a scorner Imomontauau, he mocks
iliiiii)].
scratch, i(i'lmihiii(ni,he tears or scratches
(an. obj. ) as a wild beast; suflBx v:u>i-
nehnekiii-uh, he tears him (iieehnelcm-
nuoiiut, to scratch; nunmgimum, I t«ar,
C. ). nukkitchkeem, I scratch, C. (?).
scum, pehtom. See foam.
scuppaug, inisliri'iji, pi. —jxniug. See
l.c.r-v.
sea, kelliluli, kcliluh, keitoh {kitthan and
weeMkum, R. W.; Peq. kikhonnohk,
Stiles; Del. l-itdhican, Hkw.) ; pi. keh-
tahhanash; ndeu kehtahhannit, in the
midstof thesea; kishke kehtahhannit, by
the sea; kee.cliippam kehtahhannit, on the
seashore ( = »f olujuamipam); kehtahhannuppog,
the water of the sea [keli-
tm, it is very great, vast]. See chief.
pdmmoh, pdmrnoh, paumm, a name of
the sea which is not found except in
compound words. It is probably de-
rived fromywJ, the particle of indefinite,
undirected, or variable motion or activity.
From it are derived pummohham,
he goes on the sea; pummohhamu-aen, a
mariner; woskechepam {wosketupam, Is.
18, 2), the surface of the sea (cf. n-oskeche
mojnol, Gen. 1, 2); ohquanupam,
the shore or border of the sea [uhquae,
on the edge or margin of] ; kehchippam,
keecliepam, on the shore [kutche-pam,
where the sea begins] , John 21, 4; Gen.
22, 17; paumpdgusslt, 'the Sea God,'
R. W. ; pummee, oil \_pumm&e, of or
from the sea]; p^irnupsq, pumlpsk, a
rock in the sea, a sunken rock, etc.
tfechekum (R. W. ) w-as perhaps a name
given py the Indians of the sea coast
to the ocean as the great 'producer'
(u-utcheken, it yields, produces) of their
staple food, fish.
search for, n&timieham, he seeks (it),
searches for (it); mitinnehammk, search
ye for (it) {nat'mnehas, search thou;
teaqua cunndtinnef what do .you look
for?; ntauhaunanatinnehdmmin, I can
search for—oontinued.
not look or search, R. W.; nun-nat-
tlnneahteam, I search, C. ); an. nalinne-
awhaii, he seeks for (him) ; vbl. n. nailnneahteaonk,
search (for inan. obj. ). See
look.
season. See time.
seasonably, uttmehr,

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 319
Beed—continued.
nemuneash, skunnemutiash, seeds (seed
corn, Gen. 47, 19, 23, 24). weepammuwae
wiiskannem, semen virile.
seek. See look; search for.
seethe. See boil (v.); immerse,
seize, tohqunum, he seizes, lays hold
of (it); tnhqimau, he seizes (him); vbl.
n. toh(jiiiiiiiNi'in)ik, prey, that which is
caught . ir seized. See catch; stay; take,
seldom, rlulccwi, C. (?).
select. See choose,
self, hog, body. See body; myself.
sell, mnj^co, mrigoii (he gives), he gives
in exchange for money or other things
{num-mag, I sell;. indgiiiHif, to give or
sell, C. ). See give. hiiUaniriiinpaxu,
kodtauwompasu, he sells or 1 jarter.a; kodtmtwcmpash,
sell thou (it); suppos. noh
kndlauwompasit, he who sells; n. agent.
kodtauompasuen-in, a seller {cuttattaila-
tnish, I will buy this of you, R. W. ).
See buy; trade.
send, annmnau, he sends (him), i. e.
gives him an order, command, or message;
prim, he commands (him), employs
(him); nut-annam, I send (him)
annameh, send thou me; kut-nnnamumuw,
I send you {kut-annamsh, I will hire
you, R. W.) ; inan. annmtam, he sends
(it). See command; hire; messenger.
negontmau, he sends to (him); lit. he
sends in advance or beforehand [ne-
gcmne} {nekoncUuonat, to send; nun-
Ttikonchuam, I send, C. ); cf. negonskau,
he runs before or in advance; negon-
shaen, a leader,
sentence, doom, pogkodchimau, he sentences,
condemns (him); suppos. noh
pakodchimit, he who sentences. From
pakodcheu, he finishes, makes an end of
it. See condemn; judge.
separate, chippi, cheppi, it is separate or
apart; chipphmm, he divides or separates
(it); V. i. act. rhippachdiisu, he
makes a division or separation. See
divide,
servant, iOT^ttmnum (he serves), aser\'ant
{imMinnundn, uiittinniniimin, a servant,
C. ) ; raMinnineum, nutiinneum, my serv-
ant, i. e. one who belongs to me; nuttinmim,
my servant, i. e. one who
serves me or does me service; umttinneum,
constr. wuttinneumoh, his servant,
;
servant—eon t i n ued
.
the servant of (him), who belongs to
him; wuttinnum, constr. mtttinnumoh,
his servant, the servant of (him), who
serves him {unUtmninn&moh, his serv-
ant, C. ) ; anconden utittiimumun, a hired
servant; n. collect, wutfinnumumiennk,
the servants, collectively, Ex. 21, 7;
wuttmneumunneunk, owned ser\-ants,
collectively, Eph. 6, .5.
serve, annammi [pass, of annmnan, he
sends or commands or employs], he
is employed, he is hired; n. agent, nn-
nmnden-in, one who serves for hire.
nwswetau, noswehtau, he obeys or serves,,
primarily, he follows (him); nwswcet-
ash, serve thou (him) ; ncosweetmk, obey,,
serve ye. See obey. M-uffjn»m, he serves,
he is a servant; vmUinnumunneat, infin.
to be a servant; v. i. act. progr. viit-tinnumuhkaum
(he continues to act a.
a servant), he does service habitually
(villi:,, Ininiirknsxliiat. to serve, C); vbl.
u. iriiiin,,,, i'i„,,iIil.n,ii,onk, (his) service,
a serxiug ( him ) ; nuUinnumuhkauituoiik,
service performed, the doing of service.
From n-uttinnum, (his) servant, he
.serves (him).
set free. See deliver; loose.
seven, nesdusuk tahshe (nesasuk, C. ; enada^
R. W. ; Del. nischoasch, nischasch, Hkw. ;
Alg. n',ii!tmi,,Kf:(„i, ninshwassoo; Peq. nez-
zitiiinixl:. .Utiles); an. nesaumk tahmoff
{i'„iii/i'il,i.tihii/. R. W.). naho nesausuk
iidtahshe, seventeen (piuck-nab enada,
R. W. ; Peq. piugg-nauhiit shviansk,
Stiles), nesausuk tahshinchag + -kudto^
(an.), -kodtash (inan.), seventy.
sew, asequamw, ushqtuimm, he sews; asequam,
ushquam, he .sews (it); kut-ushquam,
thou sewest (it) up (ushquamtl-
nat monag, to sew one's clothes, C. );
V. i. an. act. usquontosu, he is sewing;
pass, usquosin, it is seweil; „,iill,i „xquo-
sincoh, (it) was without seum, ji..t sewed,
John 19, 23. Cf. mquoul, ,

320 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
shadow—continued
.
iis a covering or it is covered]. Cf. onk-
quequohhou, a veil; onhivheg, a cover.
shake, nukkunum, freq. nunnukkimuin,
he shakes (it), causes it to shake or
tremble; inan. subj. nukkemm, nunnuk-
kemco, it shakes, it is shaken; derog.
nunnuksheau, namiuksheaii , he shakes,
trembles; vbl. n. nimnukshdoiik, trembling.
See tremble. nenemuhkonau,he
shakes (him); jyish kenenemuhkonish, I
will [shake you, C. tattauunum, he
shakes (it): iattawlnum wuthogkwonk,
he shakes his garment; caus. inan. tai-
taiiwoldeau, tadtauohteau, etc., he shakes
(it), makes it shake; tattwiivohteash ktih-
liog, shake thyself; tattauiwhteagk pup-
pissi, shake off the dust, Mark 6, 11
[=papauohteagk puppmi. Matt. 10, 14;
Luke 9, 5) (tatdgganish, shake this,
E. W.).
shall, aux. mos. See must.
shallop, vmnnauandunnck; dimin. iruii-
nauanounuckqiiese, a skiff, R. W. "Although
they themselves have neither,
yet they give them such names, which
in their language signifieth carrying vessels.
"
shallow. See ford.
shape, ki-ihki'miini-elitmii, he shapes,
fashions, forms ( it) ; kuhkenauwiheau, he
forms (him). Caus. an. and inan. from
kuhkhaiit, he marks it out, or kulikenmnn;
placed in order: he causes (it or
him) to be made in order or by rule.
nussu, ummssti, he is shaped or formed.
See form.
sharp, kenai, keneh, (it is) sharp; suppos.
kenag, (when it is) sharp, that which is
sharp: nniKsetunk . . . kenag, the haft
. . . the blade (of a knife), Judg. 3, 22;
kenehquog (keenneehquog, C. ), a .sharp
knife; kenompsk (keneh-ompsk) , a sharp
stone. See edge; point.
sharpen, kt'htarjtau, kehtattau, he sharp-
ens; kfldadtatioma), it sharpens; pass.
pa.Ti. 'kehladtainni, (it is) sharpened
U'erkodtaiiwKil, to whet or make sharp,
C).
shave, nuomm (he smooths (it), makes
(it) smooth), he cuts or shaves the hair:
mmsum iimmesunk, heshavesoff his hair;
nimsuk, when he shaves his head (tncosomunat,
to shear, C. ); an. mconmu
shave—continued.
u'uhhogkuh, he shaves himself. From
incod, it is smooth, peeghumimat, to
shave; nuppeeghnm, 1 shave; sun v>oh
hippeegivhitteamwco? will you be shaved?
C. chequoddueyaheau [caus. an., che-
quodtwahlieaul, he shaves (him); chequodwehham,
he shaves (his head, his
face, etc.) inan. obj.; suppos. inan.
chequotweydaheg, that which shaves, a
razor, Is. 7, 20 ( =

TRUMBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 321
ship, kehlmiHy, ktihtajnof/ (kilunack,^.^' .;
diinin. kUtinnckguese, a little ship, ibid. )
From kehtoh-mn, kehtohhmii, he goes by
sea; h'htohhan-u-cKj, when he goes by
8ea(?). But see shallop. U kehie-oumik
a great ' carrying vessel '?
shoe, mokns, mokis, mokkussin; pi. mokkussinash,
moxinash (mocAsnnags and
mockuasinchass, shoes 'made of their
deerskin worn out',E.W.; Peq. muckasons,
Indian shoes, Stiles); ummohis,
his shoe; kummohis, thy shoe.
shoot (with a bow or gun), pummu,
he shoots; freq. pepuinmu, he shoots
often or repeatedly (pepemdi, 'he is
gone to fowl', he is shooting, R. W.);
pummuog, freq. pepumm uog, pepumwaoff,
they shoot; pums/i (puinin, R. W. ),
shoot thou; pummaok (pummoke, R.
W.), shoot ye; noh pepemit, one who
shoots; ncg pepemutcheg, they who
shoot; n. agent, pepumioaen, pepummuwaen,
a shooter, an archer; an. pepmnmuau,
pepumwau, he shoots at (him);
suffix up-pepumw6uh, they shoot at him.
See fly (v.); gun.
shore, bhrhippam, keechpam [kutche-
pamifio/i], where the sea begins, the sea
shore, ohtiiiaii iipani [ohr/itnnu-pummoh]
the sea margin, the edge of the sea;
ohquaiui kehtahhanit, on the sea shore,
Mark 2, 13. See bank; haven,
short, ti6hqui, thihque, (it is) short (tioh-
kmsue, (he is) short, C.; liaquonkqusm,
low and short, R. W. ).
shorten tiohqiitleau, tioquehtleau, he
makes (it) short, he shortens (it) [cans,
inan. from (iohqiii, short].
shortly, temmk, soon, quickly.
shoulder, mohpegk, muhpeg, the shoul-
der; iippegk, tihpegk, his shoulder (uppeke,
pi. vppeqiidck, R. W.); uhpequan,
Gen. 49, 15: nanashaue olipequanit, between
his shoulders, Deut. 33, 12. nmt-
iugk, m'tnk, the shoulders, i. e. the up-
per part of the back: vt nuttukeel, vt
nutlughl, on my shoulders; wuttugkit,
vmtiukit, on his shoulders (miuik, a
shoulder, C. ).
shoulder-blade, tipimon (?): wutch nuttipimonil,
from mv shoulder-blade Job
31, 22.
sliout, muhoiilin. winhoiilwinni. he shouts
cries out with a loud voice; vbl. n.
B. A. E., Bi-LL. 2.5 21
"•
,
j
shout—continued.
miahontcoummk, a shouting, a loud
noise {Mlnhaunknmsh, speak (thou) out,
R. W. ; iiiishoiilowmat, to roar, C. ). "See
liowl.
show, iiohtinan, he shows (it) to (him);
suffix wiinnohlm6uh, wunnohtmovh,
he showed (it) to them; kenahtlnush,
I show it to you; nohtus, show
thou; natusseh, show to me {nunnohtin,
I show; nahl.Ksseh keek, show me your
house, C. ). Caus. from nawjH, he sees,
n(?a!t, he sees him; ndehiinau, he causes
him to see it; so, naehtau, show thyself
to (him),
teach.
1 K. 18, 1. See inform;
shower, lapihim, C. na timlllno),, 'there
Cometh a shower', Luke 12, .54. pdpi'id-
tinunk, showers, rain in showers (n.
collect, droppings). See rain.
shrill, sashkontmwaonk, a shrill tone or
voice, C.
shut, i/unlllinmin, he shuts (it), as a
door, gate, or the like, to or together;
often, he shuts the door (without .«y»/o?!^
expressed): yanittanumwog, they shut
the gate. Josh. 2, 7 {yeaush, shut the
door after you, R. AV.). ydnunum,
he shuts (it, as the hand, the eye,
etc.): yanunush wuske-wkmoash . shut
thou their eyes; hence, ydnequohhon, a.
veil.
shut up. See close.
sick, mahchinau, he is sick (nuinmah-
cheeni, niimmohtchtnum , I am sicknummatmmwua
mohchinnai, my wife is
sick, C; nvmmauchnem, 1 am sick;
mauchinatii, he is sick, R. W. ) ; nummachinam,
nen mmchinam, I am sick;
suppos. mgmahchmacheg, the sick; vbl.
n. mahchindonk, sickness. See fade;
have (auxil.); old; pass away.
side, muhjjHeog, rib, side; uppefeagiinlt,
tippeteognnil, to his side, simippoen , aas-
sippoe, (it is) on the side of: smsippoeu
wadchu, on the side of the mountain;
nequt sumppoi, on one side; kus-mssip-
poiyeum, on thy side; sussipponkomuk,
wssuppongkonmk ismaippoeu-kom iik']
the side of the house, wutnhahame . .
ongkoue, on this side of . . . beyond or
on the other side of: wululishame aepiuit,
on this side of the river {u-utloahiiwn-
yii. on this side, C. ). ymien, yudi. yode.
,

3'J2 BHREAU OF AMERICAN KTHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
side—cuntinueil.
nil line side of: punuk yoiieii . . . imka-
liik •Kikomdeu, one on one siiif . . . an-
other on the other, Ex. 17, 12. ttcaic-
mendakil, 'from the land on the other
side'; acdmimck nutesfiem, 'I came over
the water', E. W. logkoiniii'u-o/iki'].
See other side, aeetawe, acetane, flilAI,
on both sides of; t'htdikenag, two-edged,
sharp on both sides; aeetaue seep, on
b(.ith sides of the river.
sig-ht, lummaxmk, a seeing, sight; vlil. n.
from iKiinn, he sees.
silent, chcqimappH { he remains (jiiiet), lie
is silent, he stands still; cheijitiiapnh, be
thou quiet, be silent ( ii nti-hequimap, I am
silent, C).
ein, iiiutehuk (evil), nKili-hrttnuik (evil do-
ing I. See bad.
since, uddteuh (iii(teal(. lately, C): viid-
teuli DC kesuk(jk, since tliat day.
sinew, iimfchoJil. iuiiIcIkiIiI, a sinew; pi.
+ ((.S/).
sing, niiii(i)liain,

TRIMMl'I.t.] ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 323
skin—cimtinued.
kuniu'M, to be clotlied; ogkoo, he is
clothed; vbl. n. ogkmonk, hogkmonk,
clothing). N. collect, ohkmammk,
skins.
skull. See head.
skunk, Peq. (lusounch,

324 BUREAU Oi' AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bn.r.ETiN Si
smelt—continued,
been transferred to another species.
From mohmoeog, pass, and recipr. moh-
moittedo;/, tliey are gathered together.
smoke, jiiikiil, pulcit [pi'ick, R. W.); pii-
kittmuo, (it) smokes; pukittauaiash, they
(inan.pl.) smoke (kek p&kkuttduo, your
house smokes, C. ) ; adj. and adv. pukut-
/(ic, .smoking, of smoke; iiimm. X'ukkui-
(neme-% vapor, fog. Cf. pukguee, ashes,
mire; puhrjuohke, a clod of earth.
smooth, mcoM, mcose, mmniyeu, ma>sm,(it
is) smooth, bare (mmsi, bald, C. ); pi.
iiKDnlnciids]!, tliey are smooth; but jocose
rjii.f.iiikqiiiiiiisii.'

TRUMBULL] KNGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 325
son-in-law—contimieil.
iriisi'ciiiiiiiiikqihh, tlidu r^lialt l)e my son-
in-law, 1 Sam. IS, L'l; Huppos. part.
wasenumukqutche, a son-in-law (noslnemticl;
he is my son-in-law, 'R. W.).
soon, Ifiiniik. quenau, rjuende, as soon as
( kittiniiiiiiii, kittumijdi, E. W. ). See im-
niediatt'ly.
soot, jienoht, C. (?).
sore, kchkerhiii (it is sore), a sore; an.
kehkechemi, (he is) sore; vbl. n. kehke-
chesuonk, kehchemonk, soreness, a sore
{n'chcmmmam, n' chesaminattam, I am
in pain; nr.hhammam n'sHe, my foot is
sore, R. W.).
sorrowful, uciiautani, he is sorrowful, he
grieves; v. i. and v. t. inan. he grieves,
he grieves for (it); vbl. n. neuaniamco-
onk, sorrowing, sorrow. See grieve,
sorry, (liustkoimdam, he is sorry; v. t. lie
is sorry for (it). See repent.
so soon as, ijuenau, qucn&e, as so(jii as,
scarcely.
soul, ketmhor/koii, (he is or it is) a living
creature, a living self [kcteae-hotjk].
This woril is used by Kliot for 'soul',
(living) 'creature', a human being,
etc. It is doulrtful if it was known to
the language before he employed it.
Cotton, however, has kelenlioi/kau, soul.
cowwhj'onrk [=k(>ii.mnk'\, the soul," be-
cause they say it works and operates
when the Ijody sleeps \_koueu']. inicha-
chwick, the soul in a higher notion,
whicli is of affinity with a word signi-
fying a looking-glass or clear resemsemblance,
so that it hath its name
from a clear sight or discerning."— i
R. A\'. timhauoiik. the spirit of man,
lit. breath, TTvFviia. See spirit.
sound. See voice.
sour, .««', (it is) sour; suppos. seof/ (when
it is sour), that which is .sour: nfepetuk-
ijumiuiik, leavened bread; ste wine,
'vinegar'; adj. sedne [xt'e-unne, sour-
like], sour: neane wenom, sour (unripe)
grape. Is. 18, 5. Cf. nior/ke, hard, diffi-
cult.
south, xoiiyindyeii, sdnnaiyeu., .southward,
to or at the south, but {smnoaiiuu) ac-
cording to R. Williams, 'the South-
west', where 'the Gods chiefly dwell'.
sowanokke, the south country,
southeast wind, nandckqattln, R. W.
j Ji"W,-fMa)^-«m,
south wind, wimnsh, smoanshin, thei'e is
a .«outh wind, the south wind blows
(wirwaiiisheu; the southwest wind; tou-
wiUtin, the south wind, R. W. ).
sow, oliketeau,
plant,
he sows or plants. See
span, dmskinausii. See measures of
length.
sparrow. iiKimeesasliqiien is used for
'swallow' and 'sparrow'; ntdinhhiish-
qiihh, Ps. 102, 7 (mamessasliqiKits, JIass.
Ps.).
speak, kiitto), he speaks, he utters
speech; vbl. n. kuttcaonk, kuUoowonk,
speech (a word, C. ; theWord, 6 Xoyoi) ;
with k' progressive ketmhm, lie talks,
goes on speaking; kHmkash [kiitldbtsh,
R.W.), speak thou (noh wiinne kekelm-
knu, he speaks well or is fair-spoken;
I speak, C. ). annmmni,
(lutimirim, nimcowau, he speaks to (as
a suj)erior to an inferior), he tells or
commands (him); i(nndi-, speak ye to
(them); noh aiiont, he who speaks to
or commands; dndn, when I speak to
(him) (nal-amiatnuk, he commands
me; imncowotuit, to say, C. ). See say;
tliink. kenmnmi, he speaks to (him),
he talks with (him); teico/io//-, .speak
ye to (ih.e\n)\' kenaoa, speak thou to
(them); suffix kuk-kenconsh,\ talk with
you, 1 speak to you (as a superior to an
inferior ) ; n. agent, fenconuaen-i*/, a coun-
selor.
spear, qiiNiilifui/, pi. Squash [quinii-
iihliujk, long stick]; ,nuH;j,iinihliik, a
fish .spear, Job 41, 7 (Del. iiolanu'sli'icaii,
Hkw.].
species. See kind (n.).
speckled, momdne, 'freckled'. Lev. 13,
H9; iiiumoneau, (heoran. obj. is)speckled
[mdmdnesein. Gen. 30, 33); suppos. ])art.
pi. neg mdmdnesildieg, they which are
speckled. See spot,
speech, kultmwonk, speech, utterance;
vbl. n. from kutlco, he speaks; keketoo-
kmionk, continued speech, talk; vbl. n.
from kckclmkau, he goes on sjieakiug;
hettwirotik, vnnontcowaonk, speech, language.
See language,
spider, iiuirimnapit, mamunappeht.
spill, quounhau, quodshau, it is spilled,
Luke 5, 37; Mark 2,22; ne qiiouhk-amuk,
that which is spilled, 2 Sam. 14, 14.

326 BUREAU OF AMERICAN KTHNdLOCJY [Bl'I-I-ETIN '25
spin, liiij/HKdlilcmi, tiiliippenolitertii, (he) [
spins, twists. See striii^;; twist.
spirit, iiimliriaitiik, breath, the spirit of
man {nvfvna. spiritns). Apparently
a \erl)al from iian. 4, S, 9; 5, bS); iiash-
aiiaiill. Matt. 4. 1 (cf. iiiattunit, the :ip(ii!

TRVMBULI,] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 327
squirrel—CDiitimieil.
squirrels are little animals resembling
rats. The epithet of Suisse is bestow'd
upon 'em in reganl that tlio hair which
covers their boily is sticakM with black
and white and resembles a Suisse's doub-
let, and that these streaks make a ring
on each thigh which bearsa great deal of
resemblance toaSuisse'a cap."—Lahontan
I, 235-236 (ed. 1703). mUhdnneke,
R. W, ; mislidnnek, pi. +wog, C. ; m'ush-
dnneege and s/iemieci^itc, a squirrel, Stiles
[muhe-aul'qus, great squirrel].
staff, aiuroJihoti {wut-dnjio, R. W.) , a walk-
ing staff {aii, he stands, he rises up
(erect); nintneepoh, I stand; riepaush,
stand thou ('up' Judg. 8, 20); ne-
paitch, let him stand; suppos. noh ne-
pauit, he who stands (nunnepm, I stand,
C; yd ii'riMiiish, sVav or stand here,
R.W. ); iiKiii.Mil.j. ,/,,/„,//,„,,,. iH.pnmra,
it stands; , //..// //, .y»;,„„„/.s/,, tliese things
stand; inan. cans, nepadtau, nepattau,
he makes (it) stand, he stands (it) up,
and with inan. subj. it stands (i. e. it is
made tf) stand up) : matta pish nepad-
taucou.fli, they (inan.) .shall not stand
up. Is. 27, 9; hence iiepat/nhqiifjiik, a
post, a stake.
kompaii, he stands erect, as a man
stands. This verb, related to omp, man,
is not found exre|pt in compounds, of
which there an- M lonsi.li Table number.
Heckewelder ol)s(r\c-s that in the Delaware
'ap or ape, for walking in an
erect posture', is one of the regular
terminations of the-names of animals;
'hence lenape, man', Corresp. 411.
miHpmkompau [sampire, straight, upright],
he stands upright, quenikom-
pau, quesikompcni, he stands upon (it);
pish kukquesikompdu qnssuk, thou shalt
stand upon a rock, Ex. 33, 21. ohpikkompau
rmaseelaah, he stands upon his
feet, Dan. 7, 4; cf. ohpatitu, he walks
or treads upon, Job 9, 8. rheqtinikom-
stand—continued.
jiiiK, be stands still, Josli. 10, I;;, w/-
qiickdiDjiiiiiof/, they stand like nr in the
manner of. Job 38, 14. pumihiiiij/nnot/,
-pdog (they stand in a row), a row of
men or animals; cf. pumdhtaash (they
are in a row), a row of inan. otijects.
nauwakompau, nawddkOmpau [iianii'aeK,
nauwdm, he bends or stoops], he stands
bent or stooping. waeenikompxiUdiiog,
they stood round about (it); m-lnne-
kompattanog, Gen. 37, 7 Iwaeenu, it is
roundabout, around], quinnuppekompdii
[ipi'nniiippii, he turns about], he
stands turned about; hence 'he is C(jn-
verted', and qninnuppekompauani, 'a
convert'.
qKeiiolitmit, it stands (is suiipurted)
on; suppos. inan. 7HfHo///r/;/, a founda-
tion.
star, anogqs {andckqus, pi. aiiurksiu-k,
.- R. VV.; o.ndgqs, C); p\. arwgqsog mislidnogqns
{mishdnrwck, R. W. ). the
UKjrning star {inlshe-anoqs'}.
starve, paitkanontam, he suffers extreme
hunger, he starves: noh nahen nuppeoe
paskdnontaiii, he is like to die with
hmiger, Jer. 38, 9; vbl. n. paskdnovUiinmonk,
starvation, extreme hunger.
stay, appu, lie stays or remains. See sit.
iogkoghu, togkogqshau, it is stayed, is
stopped: enninneaonk togkogqshau, the
plague was stayed. Num. 16, 48, 50,
=togkogquahomai. Num. 25, 8.
steal, kommwto, kummmto, he steals;
suppos. part. pass, kommmtomuk, (that
which is) stolen; neg. imperat. kotn-
mmtulikon, thou shalt not steal (nukkmnmmt,
I steal, C. ; v^ejie cukkAmmcot,
you have stole, R. W.) ; vl)l. n. komiiim-
tow07>k, stealing, theft; ii. agent, koiii-
ina)towaen-in , a thief.
steel, iiiermhkequog, mimelu-linog. See
iron.
sterile, nu-hcheu, niehchhjeii, (it is) sterile,
barren, empty. See emjity.
stick (n.). See rod; wood.
stick (v.), piuogipisheau, plssogqshfaH, it
cleaveth, sticketh, it is adhesive or
sticky; a

328 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bulletin 25
stick (V. )—contimieil.
Una, I cleave to or stick to, C. ) ; from
musxuniim, he touches (it).
still (adj.), chequnapiiu, he is still, he
remains quiet. See silent, chequnussu,
•he is still (in action), he does or acts
quietly, ahtotapagodtut {?), 'beside the
still waters', Ps. 23, 2, =manumishae
nippeil, Mass. Ps.
still (adv. ) . See
yet.
sting, vbl. n. chohhmwarml;, a stinging
[rli(ii/, sharj) ?] (chiilikuhJini, a sting, C)
stir, momontunmuii, imi-, he stirs, moves,
cau-ses motion in (it): momontunnnm
nippeadi, he troubled the watens, John
5, 4; mamunlonuk vnissismttai7iash, when
he moved his lips, Prov. 16, 30.
inamonchu, he stirs, he moves; mamonrhemm,
it stirs. ontaMeav, ontohteau, it
stirs, it is moved from its place.
loogkauunau, he stirs up, incites, sets
in motion (him); v:ogkouunum, he stirs
(it) up, sets (it) in motion; inan.
subj. olan wogkouwemcu, the city was
moved (excited). Acts 21, 28; nippe
wngkoui'mrmk, when the water is trou-
l.iled, stirred, John 5, 7; vbl. n. wogkoueiiiik.
stir, commotion. See move.
stockings, ciiiikoiiiiiixli, K. \X.; Peq. c!(h-
(jiiiriiiitrh, a stocking. Stiles. See leg-
gings.
stomach, muppmchhiau, C. See bosom.
stone, qussuk, a rock, pi. qussukcjuanasJi
i qitxxurk, a stone, R. W. ; qussuk, rock,
C. ). Imssun, a stone, pi. +rish; dimin.
hasmmemcK (so El. Gr. 10, 12; but the
distinction is not uniformly observed
in his translation), qussukquanehtu,
among the rocks; qussukquaneutunk
{quismkquanmitonk, C. ), a wall (Del.
meechek arhsinink, at the big rock,
Hkw.; qxisgucqim, it is heavy, R. W.).
hassnniiegk, a cave; hiissunneuhmk, a
stone wall, ompxk, ompsq, in compound
words, an upright rock, a stone
(not found separately in Eliot's Bible;
but missitche otnpsqut, 'a great rock',
occurs in Samp. Quinnup., p. 156):
kenoiiipsq, a sharp stone [^keneh-ompsk'] ;
vxinashquompsk, the top of a rock
[hi a n a shque-ompskj ; tog u- onk a n-
ompsk, a mill stone, etc. chepiskq, chip-
.
stone—continued.
pipsk, in compound words, a rock [a
iletached, separate (c/iippj) rock?];
woskechepisk, the top of a rock, 2 Chr.
25, 12; Ezek. 24, 7; ut rhippipsqnt, 'on
the rocks' (on a rock). Acts 27, 29
{machipscat, sl stony path, E.W., =may-
chippiskqut!). pumijisk, pumupsq, pi.
pumipsfpiash, a rock, rocks; kenugke
pumipsquehtii, among the rocks. Job
28, 10; pi. pumujjsquehtimsli (?), 1 K.
19, 11.
stoop, sukoslikodtaeu, sukoshkodtassun
onatuh qurmonou, 'he stooped down,
he couched as a lion'. Gen. 49, 9; wixhquossun,
he couched (as a lion). Num.
24, 9. See bend one's self; bow down.
storm, misheldashin (it storms), a storm
of wind, a tempest {inishitd.fhin, there
is a storm, a storm, R. W. ; mishetdshin,
winds, C. ) : waahin mhihshehtash, there
arose a tempestuous wind. Acts 27, 14;
suppos. viishihliishiiiit, when it storuLs:
'iimti-lie iiiisjii: t'lhsliiiiil.innn the storm,
Is. 25, 4 [mlslir-lalislilu, it is greatly
lifted up, there is a great uplifting].
luisliqulliii. (it destroys, it rages with
violence), a violent and destructive
tempest (nashqittm, uhquohquat, a
northerly storm or a tempest, 0. ) ; sup-
pos. iKIxliqail-. ci. iu(shqilll(li/.tirv. s(jHltll,
R. W.
story, uimelitongtjuiil. a storv; pi. • '(.s/i,
C.
straight, .lampiri. See right.
strange, jitiimwi', different, unlike, for-
eign ; jn iifDirolikomuk, a strange place.
See different; foreign.
stranger, jiencowohteau, he is strange or
a stranger, he is different, unlike; con-
tract, penaiu-olit, peiruimt, a stranger
(pencou-ohtea, C. ); pi. ]H'.nwwijldedi)(/,
strangers, 'the heathen', Ezek. 36,3,4
{nippenowdnUiwvm, I am of another
language; penoichnlowavliHtt'iock, they
are of a divers language, R. W. ).
strawberry, uutiahminne'jh, C; i)l., u-utl,V,i„i„

TRl'MBULLj ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 329
stretch out—continued,
out ( his hand, a staff, etc. ) ; suppos.
aitininagunak tcanniiichey, when he
stretched out his hand; ne samogkmamuk,
that which is stretched out; num-
magohteau, it stretches out or is
stretched out, extended {summogquissin-
nuniiat, to lie along, C, i. e. to stretch
one's self; nussummogqussin, 1 lie along,
ibid. )
[soh-magun, he offers or presents
it forth], sesekeu (?) , he stretches him-
self, sesepdeu, he stretches himself, lies
at full length; suppos. part. pi. neg sese-
paiu'cheg, they who stretch themselves,
Amos 6, 7 [from sepe, sest-appu, extend-
ed, at length] . See spread out.
strife, penudnittuonk, contention, strife;
vbl. n. recipr. from penuanumau, he has
a difference with (him). See conten-
tion.
strike, togku, he strikes. This, the primary
intransitiveverl), is rarely found in
use. The infinitive ^jyiona/, 'to hurl'
(stones), occurs in 1 Chr. 12, 2, i. e. to
strike with, whence the suppos. inan.
ioghink, an ax, an instrument to strike
with (or to be hurled?), and vbl. n. togwoiik,
toggahwhonk ]_^togkii,onk'], a mor-
tar for pounding corn, lit. a striking.
togkomau, he strikes (him); nutlogbiin,
1 strike, El. and C. ; suppos. part, noh
togkoniont, he who strikes; intrans. noli
togkomit, he who strikes or smites (with
a rod, etc. ),Is, 30, 31; freq. tattagkomiia,
he strikes (him) repeatedly, he beats
(him); sulKx vuHatlagkoiiwuh, they
beat him {nnUathlgkom, I beat, C. );
vbl. n. act. togkommwaonk, a blow; i:>ass.
logkomltteaonk, a blow received, log-
kodtam, he strikes (it); suppos. part.
»io/i togkoiUog, he who strikes; freq. noh
tohlogkodlog, he who strikes often, who
beats; suppos. inan. togkodUg, that
which strikes, when it strikes, a sword;
vbl. n. togkodtuonk, a blow, a stroke; tut-
logkodluonk,a,hea.ting{tattagkodlHoiigash,
stripes, Ind. Laws). Irxtteoldiridt menu)-
cheg, to strike with the hand; pisit Uid-
teadt, he will smite with (it), Is. 3, 17.
See shake.
strings, pemunneohl, peinuntieat, a cord, a
string (peminneahl orne, a fishing line;
petimenyahl, a cable, C. ); pi. -\-ash,
string—continued.
oiiajih. Iidfitppan, taiuppin, a (spun
or twisted) thread: nisqiii tultuppln, a
scarlet thread. Josh, l', 21; adj. Intlup-
piiiide, twined or spun.
strip, poskiiiatt, he strips (him), uncovers
(him). See naked, mukkwkinau, he
strips, plunders, robs (him). See rob.
strive, nukonau, he strives, contends,
quarrels with (him) {wd-chekeayeuil-
feam, I strive, C. ) ; recipr. from cheke-
/iea«, he uses' force. See fight; q\iarrel.
strive after, dhcJtu, he strives, exerts
himself, is diligent: ahclme, 'do thy
diligence', exert thyself, 2 Tim. 4, 9;
ahchue tapaekon, 'labor not to comfort
me', Is. 22, 4. See hunt.
strong, menuhki, meimhkett (mimnuhke,
Exp. Mayhew), it is strong, firm, hard;
an. inenuhkesa {minikesu, R. W.), he is
strong; n. agent, memihkesuen-in, a
strong man, 'mighty man of valor', 2
Chr. 32, 21; -vbl. n. menuhkesuonk, animate
strength, might (dimin. minio-
qm'xn, weak, R.W., i. e. a little strong).
strong drink, onkuppe, onkup; menuhke
inithitlamdoiik.
stronghold. See fort.
stuff, clieetham-unat, to stuff, C. ; cf.
rhi'llinav, he compels (him).
stumble, lugku.tittmi'U)), he stimibles
{niilhigkisxlia.-^x;-,,, I stumble, C. ); logki'ssittiissniiili:ilit,
when they stumble
[l

380 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [Bl'LLETIN 25
such, so.
[Note.—Delii
(iunat/; vaj: Vfi
iiipleted. t>eitun

TRUMBULL] KNGLItiH-NATICK DICTIONARY 331
sweat—continued,
are sweating, R. \V., i. e. they are tak-
ing a sweat in the /n'stiinnicl:. ' liot
house ' for vapor Itaths.
sweep, chekhdiii, he sweeps (it); an.
act. chekhauHU, chekhusu, he sweeps, is
sweeping, and pass, it is swept; suppcs.
inan. chekhihmk (when it sweeps"), a
),ro,,Mi.
sweet, nrkoii, irfrkmi, (it is) sweet: pi.
swell, iiiini'/nm, moi/ijiiri'ii. it swells, rises
his body is swelle

.
332 BUKEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
tautog—continued
has been retained for tlie singular
and has given a name to the species
Labrus tautoga Mitchell (Labrus americanus
Bloch). Dr J. V. C. Smith
says '
' tautog is a Mohegan word mean-
'
ing black ' ! (Fishes of Mass. 255)
teach, kuhkmtam, he shows (it), makes
it known; an. kuhkootamau, he makes
(it) known to (him) (cans. inan. hih-
kwtumwehteaic, he teaches, C. ; »t«^--
kuhkcotumwehteam, I teach, ibid.); n.
agent. knJibntfiiiiitrhtraeii, a teacher;
vbl. n. kiilil'iii, ,1111', lit, nonk, teaching,
instruction. Si'i- inform; show.
tear (n., lacrymal secretion), mnssippeg-
ini.iii, innssuj}pe(]uash (pi.); iciL^sippf-
qiiiish, his tears [m'sipuk, that wliich
flows or drops down (?)]. See water.
tear (v. ), nehnekimim, nenekunum he tears
(it) {mmneguimm, Hear, C); nehneksliaeu,
it is torn; as n. a rent; with
'k progressive nehnekikkom, he tears
(it) in pieces, i. e. goes on tearing it;
V. i. an. subj. nehnekikusu, he tears
to pieces (as a wild beast, etc.), and
pass, it is torn in pieces; suppos. ne
nehnegikausik, that which is torn (n«-
nehkifs/isu, cutting, cut, C. ); an. suffix
inmnehnekukkauoh, he tears him in
pieces. soligsJiadtrnt, sSkshadtati, sohk-
irunlKuHmi, he tears (it) in pieces, vio-
lently or as a wild beast tears its prey;
suppos. sohqshadtunk, when he tear.a;
V. i. an. sohquhkausu, smkuhkausit, he
tears, pass, it is torn {sokshau, it is torn,
1 K. 13, 5); suppos. ne sauhquhkavsik,
that which is torn in pieces (by wild
beasts), Lev. 17, 15; 22, 8; v. t. an.
sohqshanan, scokshmiau, he tears (him);
an. progr. tsohquhknimu, scoquhkauau, he
goes on tearing (him). The root is suk-
qiiiev., sohquiyeu, it is in small pieces.
Sec fine, tannogkinnum, he tears (a
garment, a skin, cloth, etc.) (tandcki,
taiiock.ilut, it is torn or rent, R. W.
kiim-nxihrhe-tannakunamoiui, I have torn
it off for you, ibid.); tannogsheaii, tan-
iiij(jku.'air (•.').
testimony, irnviraoiik, witnessing, bear-
ing witness. From axiuimu, he testi-
fies.
than, iJiil: nilx.il i ink, grea.ter than.
thank, Uilmttaiitdm, he is thankful, he
gives thanks; an. tithntlnntanmuau, he
gives thanks to (him), thanks (him)
{kvttabotoiiiUJi, I thank you, C. ; tadbot-
iicaiiawAyettv., I thank you, R.W.); vbl.
n. t(diiitl

they, neg, nag (nahoh, iiagoh, El. Gr. 7;
nag, naliog, or nagunum, C. ), they who;
nagoh, them who, them.
thick, hnppi, (it is) thick, close, dense
(aippi-inachauy, thick wood, a swamp,
R. W. ); htppahtu, in or among that
which is thick or close, 'In thickets',
'in covert'; knppohquodt {kuppaquat,
E.W.), thick or cloudy weathej; kuppogk!
(kohpoghi, C; koppdcki, R. W.),
thick, dense. See close.
thicket, kuppohkomuk (a place shut in or
inclosed or a place where trees are thick
or close). Ci. kuppahtu, 'in thickets'.
thief, kommmtowam, -in, n. agent, from
himmmto, he steals. See steal.
thigh, iiiiiiijiiini, iiiifliquau; neehqiiau, my
thigh; cf. iiiohpii, the hip. apjome, pi.
apbmash, the thigh, thighs, R. AV".
thin, saupae, sabae, thin, not hard or
dense, in a liquid or semiliquid state,
soft. See soft. wosKabpe,wosappe{imis-
sdppi, C; wass&ppi, E. W.), thin; wos-
sappehteau (inan. cans.), he makes it
thin;' pass, it is made thin,
thing, tedg; ne tedg . . . matta tedg,
iiiatteag, something . . . nothing [ted,-
qim, what thing, R. W.); pi. tedguash,
teatiguash, 'money', movable property,
teaguas, a matter or thing not
material or tangible; pi. teaguassimsh,
things, matters, res; with redupl. iimne
teanleagiiassinish, all matters, all things.
Gen. 24, 1 [teag and usm, a thing re-
lated to or dependent on animate action].
think, andntam, unnntam, he thinks,
purposes, wills, supposes, has in mind;
nuUenanlatii, I think; nuttenantomun, I
think it, I will it; ne anantamup, that
which I did think; matta ne aitanlam
nen, qut km ne anantaman (suppos.),
'not as I will, but as thou wilt'. Matt.
26, 39; ne anoiitog, wha.t he may think
or may will, 'according to his will',
John 5, 21. In form this word is a
frequentative or intensive from an ear-
lier form, Antam, which is not found in
Eliot. Roger Williams has n' tnnn&nlam
or nedntam, I think (Chip, hiendam,
he thmks. Bar., q. v.). This primary
verb, which may be translated ' he is
minded' or 'he has in mind', is used
in composition of ail verbs which ex-
EWGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 333
I
I
' tmn,
1 third.
I mussantam
think—continued,
press mental states, conditions, and
operations, the passions, emotions, etc.,
and denotes mental activity, as usm
denotes physical activity. The animate
active form of andntam or vndntam
would be andnaii, he wills (him),
nearly corresponding with anmian, nnnunau,
he commands (him); and a corresponding
relationship appears to exist
Ijetween ussu, he acts, ussmi, he does
it, and vmssin, he says, nihmntnm,
Imissi-antam], he thinks
much or habitually, he is minded or
disposed (mmdntam, he aims at, C. ).
See three.
thirst, kohketmn, kuhkittta>n, he is
thirsty; nnkkohhitlrmi, I thirst (/t/ccb/'-
katone, I am thirsty, R. \\.; nukkdhktt-
C); suppos. kohkmttaig, when he
thirsts; noh kohkuttmg, one who thirsts;
pi. neg kohkuttcogig, they who thirst, the
thirsty;vbl. n. kohhittmnmonk, kdnkutla)nmonk,
thirst. From kohnkan, kunkan,
(it is) dry, and loan, mouth.
thirty, nishwinchag {shwincheck, R. W.;
nishwinnechak, pi. -suog, C. ; Peq. neezunchaug
nauhvt piaugg (twenty-ten) and
srmtnchaug, Stiles); an. pi. +kodlog;
inan. pi. -\-kodtash.
this, yen, this (thing); an. yenoh, this
(man); pi. inan. yeush, an. yeag (yd,
R. W. ): yeu nepauz, this month; yen
kemkok, this day, to-day; yen unne, yeu
in [yeuunni, C), thus, in this manner;
yeu tvaj, for this cause; yeu or yewjeu,
at this time, now; yen, at this place,
here; yeunugque (toward this), hither
{yd iveque, thus far; yowa, thus; yd
nowekin, I dwell here; yd uiirlie, from
hence, R.W.). Of. we, that,
thistle, kogkuunogohquohhou. Cf. kihnik-
kehtahwhau, he pricks or pierces.
thither, j/ra«, yaen [yd en, to yonder];
yen nogqiie in kah yd in, hither and
thither; monrhi-th yeu vrntch, yaaiinh, go
hence [go] to yonderplace, Matt. 1 7, 20.
See yonder.
thorn, kuus, a thorn, briar, bramble;
asinnekmis, assunnekuus [haxxune-ki'mti,
stony (very hard) briar], a thorn,
thorn bush. Cf. m'iti^.?, an awl; m'niikm,
a nail; kouhquodl, an arrow.

3:u BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BfLLETIN
thoroughly, puniipjK. iiii,i„. whcil-
ly. tlKiroughly. See thn.uj:li. fuibul-
flir, jiiijitykodche (pditn'itclu . juniiiriilrjii'.
K.W.), completely, tothefull. entirely,
thoruiiirhly. papivjucuini:. utterly, th(.)r-
oiifihly, completely.
thou, heii{kehi); (inseparable! /.' ; knh-
ho(j, thyself; kuttinne. thou tliyself, tu
ipse, such as thou (see kind, n. ); knt-
livihe, it is thine, it belongs to thee.
thousand, miitlnimnnfi. mutlrimunil': j>l.
an. mnll

TRl'MBULL] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 335
tire—continued.
koilche nussouiinum, I am very weary,
C. ); suppos. noh sammuk, he who is
weary; an. sauunumau, he tires (him);
cans, sauunnumwahliuau, he causes
(him) to be weary, makes (him) tired.
to, alter verbs of motion, is expressed
by tlie directive and locative .suffix 'I.
(-tit, -at, -it) when the object is inani-
mate, and by -oh, -uh when it is ani-
mate, though -ut sometimes takes the
place of -oh. en is used after a verb
(_if motion or an active verb the activity
(if wliich is directed toward, and not
immediately upon, the object: annoas en
Joppa, send to Joppa, Acts 10, 5. yean
(yd en, to yonder), to, as far as: umtch
. . . yean, from ... to.
toad, tinnogkohtea.i, C. ; Abn. maskeke;
cf. Chip, omakiki, a toad; omamakistt,
'he has the smallpox'. Bar. See frog.
tobacco, muttaniduog, R. W.; wuttainmasim,
give me tobacco; iimtt&mmaijon,
a pipe, ibid. ;
Peq. wuttummunc, a pipe,
Stiles; wuttoohjioaimweonish, tobacco, C.
(cf. u-uttcohiippan, he draws water);
Abn. Sd'aman; Micmac. lomahouee and
lomakan, a pipe. See pipe.
toe, pahchaseet (ci. polichanulche(j, finger);
kehtequaseet, the great toe.
together, moeu, moae, miyae, moe ( mn.ywe,
C. ), lit. there is a gathering or assem-
bling. See assemble; gather.
tomorro'w, snup {sauop, R. W. ; a sav
upp. Wood). See morrow.
tongue, menaii. El. and C. ; pi. -\-ash;
wenan, his tongue {iceennt, R. W.; Pel.
witano, Hkw.; Miami u-ehlaneh; Sauk
nenraneweh, Keating).
too, too much, umssaume {wussdmme, C. ),
very greatly, extremely, too: imuisaume
iioolik, 'if the way V)e too long', if the
place be too far off, Deut. 14, 24; irnssaume
peagin, it is too small (wusmume
kusdpita, too hot; comume sokemimmis,
you have poured out too much, R. W. ).
tooth, meepit, El. and C. ; neepil, my
tooth (Peq. neebut, Stiles); weepit, his
tooth (irepU, R. W. ) ; pi. -i-teash. From
iippo), he eats; nnitual inan. nppiltmsh,
they eat together. See eat.
toothache, pummaumpiteuiirk, 'which
is the onely paine will force their stout
toothache—continued.
hearts to cry', R. \V.; Del. u' uijtitiiie,
I have the toothache, Hkw.
top, wanashque, on the top; vlil. n. n-an-
ashqiionk, the top or .summit : innuixhqiie
iriiltiiiirohhiin, (in the top of his staff;
iraiiiisliijiiiiilfiiiiiii iiadchrmt, (when)
upon the tup of the mountain, Ezek.
wimachikomuk \_wanashque-koniuk']
6, 13 ;
the chimney. Lit. at the end of; see
end. woskeche, on the surface of: ii-os-
kechepiskq, on the top of a rock, Ezek.
24, 7; see surface, kodtuhkoe [kodtuh-
koeii^, in a high place, on the summit of
(a mountain or hill) : ul kodtuhk6e vmd-
chuut, on the top of the mountain; sup-
pos. kodtuhkoag, koduhkoag, kodohkoag,
(when it is at) the top, a high place; see
high place, kuhkuhquug, kohkuhqnog
[suppos. inan. from kiihkuhqueu, he goes
up], the top or summit, also, a heap.
torment, onkapunanau, he torments
(him); ahque onkapimaneh, do not torment
me, Luke 18, 28; pass, onkapu-
nanoog, they were tortured, Heb. 11, 35;
vbl. n act. onkapunnaonk, tormenting,
torment inflicted; pass, onkapunanittu-
onk, being tormented, torment endured.
dwakomjKmaii, he suffers torment,
is toruK'ntcd; act. he torments (him);
vbl. n. iiinrakdiiijuiiKJoiik, torment; v. i.
a.ct.diiukuiiipaunasu, he inflicts torture,
torments.
torn. See tear.
tortoise, Imiaippnsog, Lev. 11. 29. See
turtle.
torture. See torment.
totem. This word is a corruption from
irntiililae, wutohtu. See "•»^.
touch, mussinum, mitsunum, mussunum
(mismmm, C), he touches (it); nummussinum,
I touch; ahque mwsinuniaik,
do not touch (it), touch ye (it) not;
suppos. noh masunuk, he who touches
(it); an. mutsunan, he touches (him);
suppos. noh masunont, he who touches
(him) (vbl. n. mwsimnntbonk, touch,
C).
tow, liashabp (n!t}idpimg, R. W, i. See
flax.
toward, nogque; ne nogquc, 'toward that
way', El. Gr. 21; yen nnyque, hither;
uuttinuhffuain nogque, I looked toward
,

336 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BVLLETIN 25
toward—continued.
(it). From uuhqaani, he looks or turns
his face to. See look.
towel, cliisklienilcholihou. From chiskhant,
jiakham, he wipes, and nutch, hand.
town, otaii, pi. otaiuish (otAn, R. W. ; olan-
ick, to the town, ibid. ; Del. othiink, to
the town, Hkw.); dimin. otanemes, a
small town, a village.
he
sells, barters, trades. See sell, anaqushmi,
hetriuiea; cinaqushdhHtich, letthem
trade, kodhtinrompaxii, kodtauompcmi ,
trade {rinuqnshhito, let us trade; anaqushauog
(they trade), traders; mouanaqu-
shauog, chapmen, R. W. ; cf. anaquesu,
)
it is joined, he makes a joint, nuttommattimun,
we bargain; mim-mahttmmnot-
timun, we have bargained, C. ; cf. vnttottowam,
I buy, ibid.; adtuau, he buys
of (him). El.
trap (n. ), appeh, ahpeh, appehhan, a snare,
a trap (apihana, traps; V'uskapehana,
new traps; eatauhana, old traps, E. W. )
pi. appehhanog, appehe.onog. From pali-
heau, up-paheaii, he waits for (him);
suppos. noh pahhit, he who waits for;
niippaih, I wait for ( him ) .
minnuckhig,
a. falling trap for wolves, R. W. 14.S.
trap (v.), puUahhiim, he is taken in a
snare, he goes into a snare or trap
[petaw, he puts in, he is put in, and
-mm, he goes ( verb of motion ) ] ; puttah-
Immvog, they are ensnared or caught.
Job .34, .30; an. puttahu-hav, he traps
(him), ensnares (him), and pa.ss. he is
entrapped; putlalt'irvhuog, they are
caught in snares, are entrapped; iioli
pidliilihik. he who is ensnared, trapped;
vtil. n. iKittiililidmcoonk, entrapping,
catching in a trap.
travail. See bearV-hiliiren.
travel. See walk.
tray, iniK/imik, a dish, 'platter' {wmi-
iiHiiij, tray; pi. ^anaah, R. W. ); wvii-
iiongaiiit, in the dish. Cf. wdnogq, a
hole; fyn-imogku, he digs a hole (hollows
out?).'
treachery. See betray.
tread on, taskuhkom, freq. tattaskuJikoin,
he treads on (it); snppos. tasknihkog,
tathtslikukog, when he treads on (it);
an. iKxknhkauau, he treads on (him)
(mill vKltahtAskuhkauiih, he treads on
;
tread on—continued.
him, C. ). ohpuntu, he treads on, sets
his feet on (it), walks on (it).
treasure, nompnkou, a precious thing, a
treasure, a 'jewel'; pi. -iridiiiuli,
tree, niehtiiij, mehtugq, malug (mintuck,
R. W. ; mehtuk, C. ; Peq. a'tucknh, Stiles;
Del. hittuck, Hkw.); pi. mehtugquash,
matugquash; dimin. mehtugques, mehtugqiiemes,
a small tree (timhtookoomes, a
stick, C. ) ; pi. mehtiigkcDiiieMiah, twigs,
'rods'. Gen. 30, 37. The radical is 'h'tug
or 'Ktuk (the initial Hi' being the indefi-
nite particle), as is apparent in the
compounds, where 'tree' or 'wood' is
expressed by -uhtug, and sometimes
(terminally) by -unk or -iilmk: tnis-
ncoimk, musscounk, a dry tree, Ezek. 17,
24; 20, 47 [niussco, it is dried] (Abn.
mesaks ab&si., arbre sec, Rasles) ; as-
kunkq, ashkuhnk, a green tree [askq, ash-
kosh, green] (Abn. aresksnkS, Rasles);
agwonk, under a tree, 1 Sam. 31, 13
\_agim, below]; and ut kishkimk, under
[kinhke, beside, near to?] a tree. Gen.
18, 4, 8. See ash tree; oak tree; pine
tree; poplar tree; sassafras tree; walnut
tree; willow tree.
tremble, nunnukkushau, nunnukshau, he
trembles (iiunnukktshom, I tremble,
C. ) ; suppos. noh nanukshont, he who
trembles; vbl. n. mmnukshdonk, trembling.
From uimmikkviiiim, he shakes
(it), with 'sh of derogation.
tribe, cltippanmonk, chippdiKmronk. From
cliippanan, he separates or divides
(them); vbl. n. chippanmonk, a divid-
ing, division, or separation, rhippisnuog
(they separate themselves, they are sep-
arated), a people, a tribe.
tribute, ompwunnau, he pays tribute to,
he is tributary to (him); suffix wntompiniiiah,
he paid him tribute, he 'gave
him presents', 2 K. 17, 3; vbl. n. ompirann&onk
and oinpelttmonk, ompinet£aonk
{ompehteaonk, C. ), tribute; n. agent.
ompwetsaen, ompeteaen -in, a tributary,
a payer of tribute; m6iintini

teombull] ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 337
trifle, chogq. See sjjot.
trouble, wuUamantam, he is troubled,
disturbed, he has care or trouble; 7109-
tamantam, I am troubled (nitop, notanimdimtam,
'friend, I am busy', R. W. );
caus. an. wuttainehhcau, he troubles,
disturbs (him), he gives him trouble,
makes him trouble (nmlamehhuimm, I
hinder, C. ; kotammish, I hinder you;
cotamme, cotammume, you trouble me,
R. W. ) ; caus. inan. vmitamehteau, he
troubles (it), makes (it) trouble or dis-
turbance; wutamehpunaonk, trouble.
trout, mishguskou, C.
true, truth, wunnomumi, he speaks
truth; nmnomwam, Ispeak truth, 1 Tim.
2, 7; suppos. inmnomtmeet/an, if I speak
truth {wunnamnwayemi, if he say true;
tmnndiimtvagh, speak thou the truth;
umnndumwaw ewb, he speaks true, R.
W. ); vbl. n. wunnomwdyeuonk, a truth;
? bidtogh {neemeecUck,
R. W. ; Peq. iwezunchage or phigg nau-
but pdugg (ten plus ten), Stiles; Del.
it is true); adv. timnrmmuhqut, truly, >dscMnakhki; Abn. nmneski).
verily; tounnamuhquttei/eum, (it) is true; twice, neesit ( when there are two ) : pasiik-
pi. -yeuosh, (they) are true; vbl. n. imnqut asuh neesit, once or twice; neesoawudt '
neesit nompe, when it was doubled twice,
Gen. 41, 32; neese tahshe, suppos. 'jifewY
tahshin, twice as much.
twins, tagu'osu weechau, 'twins were in
her womb', she bore twins, (Jen. 38,
27; togqiioiisumog, there were twins.
Gen. 25, 24 (fogquos, ogquos, a twin,
pi. +siiog, C. ; tackquiuwock, twins, R.
W.)
twist, tuppinohteau, freq. tuttuppjennohteau,
he spins or twists, caus. inan. from
lattuppiinau , fatuppineau, it is twisted
(turned or rolled around) ; tuttuppun,
tatuppiii (spun, twisted), a twisted
thread or string; sometimes tuttuppuno-
ahlog, that which is twisted or made to
twist. From taiupj)e, equal, alike;
tatuppehteav , he makes it equal, equal-
izes it, P.s. 33, 15. Cf. taluppeqvrnium,
he rolls (it).
twisted (tortuous), pepemsqiie (peniia-
qudi, crooked or winding, R. W. ). See
crooked.
two, neese, nees, pi. an. neesuog, inan. twe-
sinash (nehse, neise, nees, pi. an. neestmck,
inan. neenash, R. W.; Peq. nah, neese.
Stiles). See twice.

338 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
unable, nmnnm, nmnarnim, I am unable,
I can not, and he is unable, he can not;
nmnonamumun, we are notable (noiid-
niim, nodnsliem, I can not, R.W. ; nconat,
to be wanting or defective, C. )• Cf.
nmchumun, weak; matUmum, he is unworthy,
Mark 1, 7. I'mheau, he could
not, Judg. 1, 19. matta tapenum, he is
not able, he can not; matta iapenumm, it
can not, it is unable; from tdpi, taupi,
enough, sufficient; tapenum, he suffices
for, can.
unbind, ompenniii, he unbinds (him).
See loose.
uncle, v-ussissex, trussusses, his unrle
( cosheshi, an uncle, C. ; wussese, R. W . )
nwmsses, my uncle; ummittamvussuh
(Dshesoh, the wife of his uncle (Muh.
nsase, (my) uncle by the father's side;
iiuchehque, (my i uncle by the mother's
side, Edw. ).
unclean, iiishkeneunkrpu; suppos. jiis/i-
leneunkquodt, when it is unclean; an.
nishkeneimkqussu, (he is) unclean; vlil.
n. nishkeneunkqussuonk, (the doing of)
uncleanness; cans. inan. mshketean, he
makes (it) unclean, defiles it.
uncover, wohsliiiiam, he uncovers
(opens), poskinum, he lays bare.
under, agivu, agive, it is below, underneath.
See below.
understand,
See know.
im/itmii, he understand.-.
undesignedly, p ehchen ( ' unawares '
Num. ?..5, 11; Gal. 2, 4).
unexpectedly, tiadchu. See suddenly.
unless, knttiiiiiiiiii (kittumma, C. ; kottutne,
knttiimiua, C. Mather).
until, pajeh; yeu pajeh, until now; no
pajfh, toh pajeh {v6 pajeh, ndpaj, C),
until that, until.
, ;
u
unto (as far as), vehqiie (yb u-iqne.
far, R. W. )
See end.
[wuhkoeu, at the end
up. See go; lift up; spring up.
upper, knhkukqiif, almve, upper,
ascend; go.
upper part, imskrrhr. See surface;
thus
of].
See
top.
upright, .s'„y//

vainly, Inhnmclie.
valiant, kenoiiipue, valiant, valiantly; ke-
iiiiiiijK'iotil; vaXoi; keiKiiiijtdiiinihji'ixKHonk-,
lioldness, C. Cf. keiiomji, a captain,
John 18, 12; keenomp and inuckquonip,
a captain or valiant man, R. W. See
captain, meimhkesii, memihke ussti, he
does valiantly (he is strong, powerful,
in action); meniihkemeii, a "mighty
man of valor', 2 Chr. .32, 21. n-ntlmnantamoonk,
'valor', Man. Pom. 86.
valley, mndahkm, amouohkoi, mconokdiyea
{oonomi'ohkfxil, pi. -i-i/euash, C. ): en
mnouhki'iriinw, into the valley, into the
low country [ajiHii-nlikf, deep or low
land].
value, wuncoham, he values, fixes the
value of (it); mumhainun, he values it;
an. ininmhiiii, he values him, estimates
his value (for ransom); vbl. n. ininaj-
lumicooitk, a valuing, valuation, estimated
value. See ransom.
vanish, mohtiqwhteau, mohtuppaeu, it
\-anishes, passes away. See consume;
fade; pass away.
vapor, oiiirdii, mist, vapor, mshkentui,
collect, nishkenunk, mist, fog, tine rain.
pukkuttaemes [dimin. from pvkkut,
smoke], vapor, mist.
vast. See great.
veil, otikquerpiohhoii, -hm. a veil {onkqiieek-
hm, a hat, C. ); vbl. n. caus. from onkvhav,
he covers (him), he is covered:
onquequoldtoii , 'he covered his face'
{}icdttiler.im ireei/om, I long for venison,
R. W.). See flesh.
very, ahche, very much, exceedingly;
muttae, mcocheke, much, very much;
vussauiiie, too much, too, very [navprh.
very; nanjiehpeatrag, least, very small;
ahche and pefituh, very, C. ).
ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 339
A^
vessel, irixkq, irisq, 7iiisJiq (irpaskq, C ), a
dish, pot, or vrs.-^el: irishiiiiic jiiiiuiiice,a,
pot of oil; iiii/.i.-,,inxli,iin,,lf, 'in old bot-
tles' (when the vc^^scUh. ,1(1). Ci.ohkuk,
earthen pot, kettle; qadnaoask Iqunni-
wiskij, long vessel], bottle, wiskq or
weaskq was the name for any dish or
vessel made from a gourd or other
of the Cucurl)itace!e, asq, (i.vpiash. See
gourd; scpiasli.
vessel (boat). See boat; shallop; ship.
vex, nimxqKeheau, mcosqheau, he vexes
him. Caus. an. from musquanumaii, he
is angry with (him) (?). See provoke.
victory, .solikmuiu, he prevailsover (him )
lie obtains the victory; v. i. an. mhk6-ii(,
he conquers, he has the victory; sup-
pos. noh solikaasit, he who is victorious;
vbl. n. sohkohsiionk, sohkauxKonk, viiv
tory. See prevail over.
vieiw, kuhkhmeam, kohkinnum, he ob-
serves, notices, marks (it); kuhkinneasu,
lie marks it (nukkeehkcneam, I view;
kiihkhi

340 BITREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [BULLETIN 25
voice, iradUiiKitoiikfjHssurnik vuttavatonk-
qiissuonk [ the making a sound), a voice,
noise, sound; a»radtauatonhjnssuoiik,
his voice, [tut for the noise of the sea.
Is. 17, 12; the sound of wheels, Ezek.
3, 13, etc. mishonta/wati, he makes a
loud nois6, lifts up his voice, shouts;
adj. and adv. mishontrntiKie, with a loud
voice, loud-sounding [mi!

TRUMBULL] ENGJ.ISH-NATICK DICTIONAEY 341
wampum, wompam.—continued.
English by the name wampum or wampumpeage.
vjompam, the white beads
'which they make of the stem . . .
or stock of the periwinkle [Pyrula
carica or P. canaliculata Say] which
they call meteaHhock when all the
shell is broken off', R. W. 128:
irau6mpeg or wauompesichick-mesim,
give me white (money), ibid. "A
kind of beads . . . which they call
immpam-peak ... of two sorts . . .
white and ... of a violet colour",
Morton, N. E. Canaan. Abn. Saii-
baiihi, pi. -bialc, white beads; segan-
hi^-hmk, black beads; Sanbigan, -nak,
'canon de porcelaine', Easles. The
primitive umpeag or ompek, 'that which
pays tribute', may be traced in Eliot's
translation in such compounds aa nemoinpaiil
Inemunum-ompai], 'he hath
taken a bag of money', Prov. 7, 20;
oswwuiinompacheg, 'money changers'.
Matt. 21, 12, etc. suckauhock (imir-
Jiackus, Wood), 'their black [money],
sdc/ri signifying black', R. W.; suckau-
hock, nausakesacMck, ' the blackmoney '
siickatianafmirk, the black shells; suck-
(iiKi.-'h'.sKijiiiisji [xiicki-trnskesukquashl,
the lilack eyes or that part of the shell-
fish called poquauhock (or heiu) [(pui-
huHg, round clam, Venus mercenaria],
broken out near the eyes, of which
they make the black [or rather dark-
colored, purple, 'black inclining to
blue'] money', ibid, nqnittompeg,
' one fathom of their stringed money '
nees-aumpaugatuck, two fathoms, etc.;
enomph&mmin, 'to thread or string',
' thread or string these ' ; iiatouwSmpUm,
' a coiner or minter ' (a maker of wampum
) ; natouwdmpitees, ' make money or
coin', R.W. See scatter.
wander, nammyeu, he wanders, goes
astray {noh nanmusshau, he wanders,
C), i. e. he goes at large (cf. nanwe,
general, any, common) , he loses him-
self, waudnit, uddmi, u-Oonv, he goes
astray; neg wauonitcheg, they who go
astray {wdwdncMck, wandering, C. ; u-a-
inmnuog, they wander, ibid. ). Cf. iraee-
»u, round about.
want, ' ijuenmiat or namai, to lie wanting
or defective'; quenaxixidte, necessarily
; ;
want—continued.
(suppos., when it is wanting), C. ;
que-
nauet, 'impers. verb, it is necessary',
Exp. Mayhew. An. pasukquemnurussu,
one (man) is lacking; u-annequeii.a((inM-
."«(/( ;)a.9MA-, not one (man) islacking,Num.
31, 49; quenaim-ehik, quenaihhukqnoli,
quenakuk, quenmiwdhik, he lacks, is in
need or want of ( it) :
wanne quenamo&hikm,
he had no lack, 2 Cor. 8, 15; paswi
kukquenauhik, one thing thou lackest,
Mark 10, 21; Luke 18, 22; kukqumaUikumuw,
ye lack (it), Phil. 4, 10 (luikquenauwihMk,
I want, C. ; matta nickque-
Mck, I want it not, R. W.); suppos.
quenanhikqiiil, if helack (it) ;
quenahnk-
quehettit. when they were in want of,
when they lacked (it), John 2, 3; vbl. n.
quenauu-ehikmonk, quendhikmonk, a lack-
ing, wanting, lack of (cf. matta teng
nukquentamcomim, we missed nothing,
1 Sam.25, 1.5; mo teag quentamm, nothing
was missed, 1 Sam. 25, 21; quencaimn,
he denies (him); quenaowantam, he
denies (it); guejiOicdHoj', they complain,
R.W. ; tdirhitchqueytau-dyea-nf why complain
you? ibid.). Freq. quequenauanumau,
he is in great want, need, or difficulty:
quequeuananumdog, 'they were
in a strait', 'were distressed', 1 Sam.
13, 6; vbl. n. quequanaiidnumdonk, diffi-
culty, 'distress', Ifeh. 2, 17.
war, ayeuuhtedn, ayeuiLiMtau, he makes
war, engages in war, tights; phh kuta-
i/euwehteam, thou shalt make war;
ayenhtedhitash, make thou war, Prov.
20, 18 (Jiihetteke, fight ye; juhettltlea, let
us fight, R. W. ; ) n. agent, ayndeaen-m,
one who makes war, a fighter, a ' man
of war'. Josh. 17, 1; vbl. n. ayeutcaonk,
ayeiiimtti'ionk, warring, fighting, war.
See fight, ayeuuhkonau, he wars
against, makes war on (him); mut.
ayeuuhkonlttiiog (they are mutually op-
posed), they make war on each other;
suppos. neg ayeuqueagig, they who are
opposed, adversaries. See opposite.
ayeuteaoiitmtriioiik [noise of war, ayeunlt-
tede-ontma-aonk'], an alarm of war, Jer.
4, 19 (irairirhaittov:ai.i:duatiyit, "tis an
alami', R. W. ).
warm. See hot.
wash, kiitr)i!sxilt(iii. he washe.-* (it);
kiitchuaittaif^h kugKeetash, wash thy feet;

342 BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY Bl-LLKTI.V.
wash—continued.
vbl. n. ktitchissUtuonk, washing ( of inan.
obj.); an. kutchissumau (-inco), lie
washes (himself or another person )
nuk-kutclnsnuiii, I wash myself (uiikkiti-
SJHH, I wash, C); kutchissumuti^h (kiltmumwtsh,
C), wa.sh thyself; vbl. n.
kutchmum6onk, washing (of an. obj.).
waste. See barren; empty; fade,
watch, 'ixkuhfiniii, he watcheH or waits
for (it); ankidilittmiroi/, they watch or
wait for (it); v. i. askuhu-ehteau, mkuhwheteaii,
he watches, waits; askuh-
v'heteagk, watch ye; uidaskwHeam, I
watch, Ps. 102, 7; n. agent, askuhwhete-
aen-in, a watchman; vbl. n. askiihwhetaonk,
watching, a watch; adj. and
adv. (iskuhwheteae komuk, watcli tower.
Cans, from iiskiiii,
raw.
it is not yet. See
water, iiippe, nuppe; pi. nippeash {nip,
R. W.; vupp, nupph, Stiles; matmippenof
have you no water? R. W. ; Muh.
nbey, Edw. ; Chip, nebhi, Edw. ; veehi,
Sch.; nipi, Keating; Abn. nehi); matia
nippeno, wanne nuppeno, there is no wa-
ter; yen nippe, 'here is water'. Acts 8,
36; viippeuiitchnippekonUi, 'water from
[among the] w'ater'. Gen. 1, 6; dhnin.
nippis^e, nips (niphrese, R. AV.; nij/pii,
Mass. Ps. ), a small quantity or body of
water, a pond or small lake: inippi&v
iiippe, 'water of the pool'. Is. 22, 11; p].
niippemah, ponds; double dimin. nip-
peemcs, nippemes, a little water (as for
drinking). The radical is 'pe or 'pi'i,
to which is prefixed the «' demonstra-
tive, n'pe, or, as Edwards gives if( for
the Mohegan ) , nbey. This root is iden-
tical with or related to appu, he sits,
stays, remains, and distinguishes water
at rest, standing water, or placed water,
)('/;

weary, .iiiiifniinii. lie is weary, tired. See
tire.
Peij. 'i'»i;(cts//, Stiles. See fisher;
marten.
weather, wunnuhquodt, (when it is) fair
weather (tmnnohquat, pleasant weather,
_ weasel,
0.) [mmne, goodl. iiie.kineauq&at, fair
weather; wekinnAuquocks, when it is fair
weather, E. W.; wekeneankquat, warm
weather, C. pohkohquodt, (when it is)
clear, in a clear day [pohkok, the clear
sky] {pduqui, pduquaqudt, ' it holds up '
the weather clears, R. W. ) . tohkokquok,
(when it is) cold (lahki, tdtakki, cold
weather; iaukocks, cold weather, R. W. )
uKttohquvdt, (when it is) cloudy weather
( in&Uaqual or kuppaquat, it is overcast,
R.W. ); matohquokish,' in aday of rain',
Ezek. 1 , 28 [matokqs, a cloud] . onkquoh-
quodt, 'lowering'. Matt. 16, 3 {onnoh-
quat, raining, C. ; dnaquat, rain, R. W. ).
>inxsi'i)tfiii), he marrie.s.
weed, iiKiiiaskiiiiiit'iiiiiit, R. W. See hoe.
weep. Sec cry; ii]')urn.
weig-h, quUijinpijijIuvtau, lie weighs (it)
(noh quttompaghcotoo nashpe qultooheg,
he weighs by the pound, C. ; ) suppos.
inan. qnttompaghcoteg, when it weighs, a
balance, 'weights', Deut. 25, 13 (vbl. n.
quttompaghaitoonk, weighing, C. ) . From
quttaueu, it sinks down(?). Cf. qnttiih-
hain, he measures,
weig-hty, lohkequn. See heavy,
welcome, koonepmm, (thou art) welcmie,
C.
well (adj.), kungketeau, he is well; ri.^y-
kiiitgketeau? is he yet well? (kongkec-
Ifdug, they are well, R. W.; mn imm-
iinhkeleaonkcmiiu? is it a healthy time?;
nultaniikkO vmnnikkeleam, I am pretty
well; toll kuttinukkitgam/ how do you
do?C.).
well (adv.), wunne, winne, (it is) well;
munneitu [ivunne-xtssuj, he acts or does
. ,
KNGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 343
well—continued.
well; wimneneheau, he does well to
(him), treats (him) well (cans, an.,
makes it well to him). See conduct
one's self; good.
well (n. ), uiMahhamonk, a well; isthamonk,
his well. See wet.
west. See northwest.
west wind, papdnetin, R. W.; cf. papone,
popon, winter. See northwest.
wet, wuttogki, (it is wet) 'moisture',
Luke 8, 6 (vnUtapdhquol, wet (weather);
an. ncotagkes, I am wet; wuttagkesinneat,
to be wet, C. ;
Peq. wuttuggio eyew keezuk
weenugh, wet today, very. Stiles), og-
qushk-i, (it is) wet, moist; ogqvshkaj, let
it be wet, Dan. 4, 15.
whale, jxstdop, paotah, potab [pcotab, (_'.;
poUjp, R. W.; Peq. podumbaug, jnidinii-
haug, Stiles; Del. rn'bmk, Hkw.) [pa>-
t

344 HUEEAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY [bui.i
while—continued.
pomantoij, 'all the days of his life', bo
long as he may live, 2 K. 25, 30. agh
('adv. of continuation', 'still'. El. Gr.
21), while, during the continuance of:
ashpdme, ashpummen, while yet, before
the completion or termination of (as-
pummeu'i, he is not gone by, R. W. ).
See walk.
whippoorwiU, Pecj. mvckko-irheesfe,
Stile.':!.
whirl, pepemsqushau, he or it whirls about
(of the wind, Eccl. 1, 6); freq. from
jit'insijKui. it is crooked or tortuous.
whirlwind, pemsquoh, it twists about, it
wliirls. See whirl.
white, irompi, (there is) white; pi. wom-
phjeuanh, white (things); vompiyeum, it
is white. El. Gr. 16; v. i. an. wompesu,
(he is) white; nootvompes, I am white
(wompi, R. W. and C; Peq. wumbiow,
Stiles; Del. wape, Hkw.; Alg. loabi;
Abn. wapiyo; L. I. u-mnpayo; dimin.
wompishocki, gray (whitish); wompe-
Tchheeae, pale, C. ); suppos. inan. wmn-
pay, when it is white, (that which is)
white; brightness, bright daylight: ne
vniiipin/ w66u, the white of an egg.
whither, toll noh; uttoh, to what, where-
unto, whither, how; toll nogqiieu, Ps.
139, 7. See whence.
who, relat. noh, he who; interrog. howa/i.
[c)ri,-iiiinl, any he.] See any.
wholly, papanuppe: papaquanne,v.tter\y
; , ;
completely; see thoroughly, wame
(omnino); see all. mdmusse (ex toto;
mamiisseySue, W'holly, C. ).
whortleberry, aUitdash (pi.), R. W.
.aniaash. ibid. (?).
why (interrog.), toll irvtchf, toh waj.
wicked, uiotchrton [iiiatclie-ohtau], he is
wicked, inherently liad; matchesu [mal-
i-Ih-iisxii}, lie if- wicked, acts badlv. See
bad.
wide, iiiishoiioyod, mishonogok, (w'hen it
is) wide, broad. Matt. 7, 13(?).
widow, sekousq, pi. sekousquaog (segousquaiv,
R. W. ; sek&uishq, C. ). From
sequnau, he remains behind, is left,
or asiihkau, he goes after, and sqnn,
woman.
widower, srijano, R. W. [amihkauau ?]
m„hkn,ll,thi-n,, V.
width, III' koxlikag, the width or Vjreadth
of it. See breadth.
j wife,
)
iiiitliiiiiiiiis, iiiittiimiriissis, a woman,
a wife (mulier, uxor); numndttatmims,
my wife; kummittamums, thy wife; um-
miltaminissoh, his wife, the wife of {m'd-
tamus, R. W.; kommittamus or koinecmi,
your wife; nummUtamus or nuUoymia,
my wife, ibid. ;
himmittumus, j'our wife,
C. ; suppos. mittamttmgslt, if she be, or
when she is, the wife of; indef. ummit-
taiiiii^nssin, a wife, any wife, 1 Cor. 7,
10; V. act. ummitlamwussu, ummittamicus-
sissu, he takes to wife, takes as a wife
(cf. noh nmsso, she is a man's wife.
Gen. 20, 3; wussentam, he marries, R.
W. ; wuskittamvms, a young woman
[wuske, young] ). nequt mkauau, he has
one wife, 1 Tim. 3, 2 (see Rasles, s. v.
homme). vehco, a wife; noweewo, my
wife, R. W. Narr. nehyewgh, my wife;
wenygh, woman, Stiles. Abn. phdi-
nf»i*, femme, Rasles.
[•Compiler's note.—"Can this be a (-orrup
tion of the French?"]
wild, chachepism, (he is) fierce, R. W.,
wild, C. See fierce, sassakusauc . . .
puppinashimwog, wild beasts, Mass. Ps.,
Ps. 50, 11; touohkomukque puppinashiin,
wild beast, i. e. beast of the wilderness.
El.
wildcat, pjiissoiigh, R. W. ; pessoir, Judd,
Gen. Reg. xi, 219.
wilderness, /oMo/iA-o??H(l' (deserted or soli-
tary place). See forest.
will (auxil.), pwh, {pilch, H.W.) 'aword
signifying futurity'. El. Gr. 20, which
is prefixed to verbs in the indiciitive to
form the simple future tense. Strictly
regarded, it is a unipensonal or defec-
tive verb, signifying 'there will be'.
Cf . pd, ' let me be paj, pajeh, until
' ;
peyaush (imperat. ), come thou; as, pd
nmivaantam, let me be wise, El. Gr. 25;
pish nmvxiantani, I will be wise; pajeh
nmwaantam, until I am (will be) wise.
will (v.), unndntam, andnlam, he wills,
purposes, intends, etc. See think,
willingly, unnaniamwe.
•willo'w tree, aninrnmissukuppe, anumums-
sikkup {(mumussukuppe, Mass. Ps. ).
win (v.), tummuhhouonat, 'to obtain', 1
Cor. 9, 25 (?). Cf. attumunum, he re-
ceives (it). See earn,
wind, vahan {ii:dpan, C. ; loadpi, pi.
vdupanaah, R. W.; Peq. ivuttun. Stiles;
Old Alg. lootiii, Lahontan; Chip, no-
;

TRl'MBULL) ENGLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 345
wind—continued.
fhu;, McK. ). Cf. wa&beu, wadpu, it rises
up; ivoppinnok, air, C. misMupan
[inishc-wdpan'], a great wind, R. W.
mishaowrjiin, a greatealm; aawepin, the
wind ceased, Mark 4, 39 \_co-ioaban or
wmdban (the neg. form), there was no
wind] .
ii'unndgehan or wunnigm wm'ipi,
(there is) a fair wind; wanncgitch tinit-
tin, when the wind is fair, R. W. mat-
tdgehan, a cross wind; mattagehatch,
when the wind is cross, ibid. See
driven by the wind; east; north;
northeast wind; northwest; southeast
wind; south wind; west wind.
wind about, looweausiiin, it winds about,
a winding about, Ezek. 41, 7. See
around.
window, kenogkoneg, kenogkeneg (kenag-
Mnneg, a glass window; kunnatequa-
nick, C. ).
wing, timnnuppoh, (his) wing, the wing
or wings of: pagukwunnuppoh, one w-ing
of {viinnuppoh, pi. +whunash,C.; %vun-
nup, pi. -\-pash, R. W. ) ; also n-unnuppohwhimoh,
wunnupwkunoh, the wing or
wings of: pasukwunnuppohtohunoh, one
wing of; wunnuppuhmhunduh, their
wings, the wings of (them); niippoh-
u-tmau (he has wings), 'having wings'.
Is. 6,2; yaidnne.puhvhunau, having four
wings, Ezek. 1, 6. From neepoh, neepati,
he rises up; cans, inan., it makes
rise up; umnnuppuhwhun/mh, for inin-
neep-uhhauun-ouh, they cause them to
rise ('their wings').
winter, pSpon {papdne, R. W.; Abn.
pebSn; Old. Alg. pipomi, Lahontan; Ottawa,
/»ip(5n; Chip. peebdn,pipoon; Muh.
hpoon, Edw.). See seasons.
wipe, chiskham, jiskham, he wipes (it);
inan. pi. iimtchiskhftmunash, she wiped
them, Luke 7, 28 {nut-jeeskham, I wipe,
C. ).
towel.
From chekham, he sweeps. See
wise, waantam, he is wise (tmuontam, a
wise man or counselor; suppos. pi.
wauontakick, wise men, R. W.); ncowaanlam,
I am wise; loaantash, be thou
wise; JWrtHtaj, let him be wi.se; suppos.
waantog, if he be wise; noh waantog, he
who is wise; vbi. n. widitiamouonk, wisdom,
being wise. From vahruh, ircih-
eau, he knows, and (iiumtam, he has in
mind, is minded (?). Uiupoirnir, a wise
wise—continued.
speaker; pi. taupoimuog, their wi.se
men, R. W. See priest.
wish, iioiitux'cmtam, he wishes; iiua-
liiinliiyijiititm, I wish, C. kodtantam,
he wishes for, he desires (it). See de-
sire; would that.
viritch.,.k6sji.kquom, Deut. 18, 10. panwau, a
wizard or witch, a sorcerer; fem. pau-
wA^q, witch, 'sorceress', Is. 57, 3; see
priest, mamoiitam, a diviner, a wizard;
iiioiH'tiKink, 'divination', Deut. 18, 10;
inamoiitumaioiik, 'enchantment' {inaa-
neiu, a conjurer, R. W. ).
with, nashpe, with, by, by means of (an
inan. object) {ndshpe, hy, C). weeche,
with, in company with (a person or an.
object): kco-weeche ivcomf:eunsh, I go
down with thee, Gen. 46, 4.
wither, ahpcoteau, uhpooieau, it withers;
(dries up?); pi. ahpmtaash, uppooiamh,
they wither; an. uppmsuog, they
wither; cf. appmsu, he cooks, he ia
baked, roasted (ap'ifsumma, warm this
for me, R. W.).
withhold, kogk/hmum, he withholds
(it); an. kogkdunumau, he withholds
(it) from (him). See hold,
within, andme (uniiommiyeu, C. ); en
aiioiiie, en anoomut, in the inside of, in
the inner part of; wutthmomhog, the entrails
or inwards,
without, u-oskeche. See outside; surface,
poqandche, without, outside of (in
the open air); suppos. pohgiuidckif,
(when) outside, without, in open air
{puckqi'ialchlck, R-W.). nxiiine, with-
out (not liaving, destitute of). See no.
witness, 'nnnmu, he bears witness,
he testifies; (mmconaj, let it be a wit-
ness or a testimony; suppos. neg ii-au-
u-acheg, they who bear witness; vbl. n.
wamvaonk, witnessing, testimony; n.
agent. wamvaen-in,ii witness {wdwaenin,
C. ); inan. obj. wauontam, wauwdontam,
he bears witness to (it), he testifies to
(it).
wolf, mukquosMm, mummugquoshum
{murkqiutshim, R. W. ; miikquXsshum, C;
nattcohqiimiog, wolves, ibid.; nattmhgu.i,
Mass. Ps., John 10, 12; natdqus, a
wolf; moattdquit, a black wolf; natdqumhuiu-k,
a wolf-skin coat, R. W.;
Vi-q.. mueks, wolf, Stiles) {mogke-oaas,
great animal]. Cf. Muh. mqiioli, bear.

346 BUREAU OF AMEPICAN ETHNOLOGY
woman, .s

write—ointinued.
a book, etc. ; wusmikwMsiwnk, ( the act
of) writing,
wrong', parmeu, panneau, he is out of the
way, perverae, he goes wrong; suppos.
noh pannmnt, he who goes wrong;
pannean, he erreth, Prov. 10. 17; v. i.
yawn, toannehtau, he yawns or gapes at;
nuUdaniiehtounkquog, they gape at me.
Job 16, 10 (infinit. tdanidat, C. ; nuttoiwanneem,
I gape, ibid. ; nuttddnemun, we
gape, ibid.). Cf. toon, m'tam, mouth.
yea. See yes.
year, kodtumco; suppos. kOdtmncok, kddtumuk;
pi. kodiummash (kodlummd, pi.
-\-ash, C. ); adv. and adj. kodtumwae,
yearly, of the year; kogkodtumwae,
yearly, year after year, every year; yeu
k6dtuma>k, this year (kakod, this year;
tieyanat, last year, C. ); kodtumwohkom
[kodtumm, with 'k progressive] he con-
tinues or goes on for . . . years, he is
. . . years old: Tuiboneese kodtumwohkom,
she was twelve years of age, Mark
5, 42 (toh kutteashekodtniiiiinhkoiji^ how
many years old are you? <
'. ; ii'/init, kmitummo,
one year; neexi' knuU'iiiiiiKi, tun
years; tahshe kautummof how many
years? R. W.).
yell, mnw, he yells; he howls; maush
kah aathih, 'cry and howl', Ezek. 21, 12;
mnwog, they yell, Jer. .51, 38 (of wild
animals). Cf. anum, a dog.
yellow, weesoe {wesaui, R. W. ). Cf. wee-
sire, gall; ii:esogkon, bitter.
yes, yea, 6 or 66, nasal; "but there being
another Indian word of the same
signification, viz, niir . . . the former
is scarce ever used in writing", Exp.
Mayhew. nux, yea, yes, verily, El.
Gr. 21 (Narr. nuk. Stiles; nux, which
"should rather be mikkies, in two syl-
lables", Exp. Mayhew): nuxyeuooutch,
let it be yea, James 5, 12.
yesterday, wunnonkou, umnnonkoo (it was
evening). See evening; day.
yet, ouch, yet, notwithstanding; ohnchi-
koh, but yet. qut, but, yet, liut yet {gut-
onch, but, because, yet so, but also, etc.,
C. ) .
ENOLISH-NATICK DICTIONARY 3i7
aaquiim, asq, aslig, not yet [asquam.
Y
wrong—con ti ii iieti.
act. paniieussii, he does wrong; ship]iiih.
>ioh pann^seit, noh panneait, lie \\\u>
does wrong; vbl. n.pauneyeuonk, wrong,
error; panneusseonk, wrongdoing, trans-
gression. See astray; perverse, t/mtrhf,
nmtrhit, bad. See bad.
yet—continued
.
not yet, R. W.; asqhuttmche [asq-ut-
tmche], whilst, C. ); cf. askun, it is
raw; aske, raw (not complete, unfin-
ished, immature); asq, ashquosh, grass;
wuske, young, new.
yield, vbl. n. natsweonk, yielding, sub-
mission; ncoswehtau, he serves, submits,
yields to {mm-nmsweem, I yield; infin.
iicoswenat; nmsfivetah nen, yield your-
self to me, C. ). See obey.
yield (bear fruit) . See produce.
yonder, y6, yd, yonder, that way: yen
nogque in kah yd in, hither and thither,
to this side and that; ij6 nuU6nan, we
will go yonder, Gen. 22, h. Ci. yeu,
this; n6, afar off.
you, h')„liuiil Ik.'innl, C. ).
young, "'"x/.v, iriN/.,n viiung virgin; n. agent.
wusken-in(wttskenin,C.; wuskhie,R.yV.),
a young man; wuskenu, wuskeno), he is
young; an. adj. (v. i. act.) wuskenesu,
he is a yomig man, he is young; vbl.
n. wuskenuaionlc, youth, the season of
youth. See new; small, vruskittamivus
[wuske-m' tamvMs'] , a young woman. See
woman, wuskoshim, wuskishlm, a young
animal (other than man): wushkoshim-
u'us, a whelj^; pi. -\-so(j, Prov. 17, 2;
Nah. 2, 12. See new. Cf. Abn. S.'

ige 4. agque. Hee ii(/ijii!:
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS
S. anantam. See niiiiiiiitaiiit'iiidt.
16. asqueteahwhau, asquttahwhau. See seqiittalnvhau.
19. aunchemcokaii. See iiiniaiinchi'ma)krin6viit.
aune. See inim:
auonat. See om'it.
25. dtannegen. See acltdiiiiec/i'ii; tumiegen.
26. *eshtoh. See *sloh.
29. howan. See nnneii.
35. ketassoot. See tahscotam.
45. kuttauweu. See quttaaeu.
77. *nanummatin. See *mmnddin.
107. oncquomonat. See nnkqiiamonat.
112. ookos. See v

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
3 9088 00729 8979